From b954e6dbcceaba3b50aca624e1bddc6db4830829 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Roberto C. Sanchez" Date: Tue, 21 Oct 2014 22:48:25 -0400 Subject: Imported Upstream version 2.2 --- CMakeLists.txt | 49 +- ChangeLog | 51 + README | 4 +- cmake/FindCLucene.cmake | 6 +- cmake/FindSword.cmake | 60 +- cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake | 8 +- cmake/docs/handbook_po4a.conf | 2 +- docs/Doxyfile | 1510 +++ docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 13 +- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 70 +- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 309 +- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html | 41 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html | 8 +- .../handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 60 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 29 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 87 + docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html | 41 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html | 24 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 109 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 72 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 419 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 550 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 61 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook | 14 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html | 102 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html | 57 +- .../handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 56 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 27 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 128 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 85 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html | 22 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 143 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html | 158 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 24 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html | 22 +- docs/handbook/de/html/index.html | 26 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 43 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 311 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html | 36 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html | 8 +- .../handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 16 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 52 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 34 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html | 11 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html | 42 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png | Bin 0 -> 2149 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png | Bin 0 -> 2034 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png | Bin 0 -> 2355 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png | Bin 0 -> 1738 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png | Bin 0 -> 2185 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png | Bin 0 -> 2087 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png | Bin 0 -> 2410 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png | Bin 0 -> 2294 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png | Bin 0 -> 2183 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png | Bin 0 -> 1947 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png | Bin 0 -> 2362 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png | Bin 0 -> 2635 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/index.html | 30 +- docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png | Bin 62049 -> 49417 bytes docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 6 +- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 64 +- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 312 +- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html | 32 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html | 8 +- .../handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 52 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 32 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html | 18 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html | 45 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html | 24 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 6 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 55 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 310 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html | 32 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html | 8 +- .../handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 52 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 30 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html | 17 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html | 43 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html | 24 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 19 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 210 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 316 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html | 43 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html | 8 +- .../handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 25 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 103 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 71 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html | 17 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html | 49 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html | 26 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 6 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 55 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 310 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook | 4 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html | 32 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html | 8 +- .../handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 52 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 30 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html | 19 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html | 43 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html | 6 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html | 24 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 184 + docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 86 + docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 382 + docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 1073 ++ docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 69 + docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook | 81 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html | 79 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html | 28 + .../pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 29 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 13 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 69 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 40 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html | 10 + .../pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 96 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 88 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html | 147 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 15 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html | 11 + docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html | 21 + docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 22 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html | 6 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 20 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 8 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html | 30 +- docs/howto/bg/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 24 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html | 4 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 18 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html | 6 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 10 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html | 30 +- docs/howto/cs/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 22 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html | 6 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 24 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 10 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 12 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 8 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 14 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html | 26 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html | 16 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 16 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html | 38 +- docs/howto/de/html/index.html | 6 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 20 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 10 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html | 6 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 16 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html | 4 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 14 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 8 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 12 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 6 +- docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html | 24 +- docs/howto/en/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 20 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 20 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html | 6 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 10 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html | 10 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 18 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html | 28 +- docs/howto/fi/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 12 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 16 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 10 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html | 10 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html | 32 +- docs/howto/fr/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 20 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 10 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html | 6 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 20 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 12 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 16 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html | 36 +- docs/howto/hu/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 22 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html | 6 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 20 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 12 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 14 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html | 30 +- docs/howto/it/html/index.html | 6 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 22 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 10 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 18 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html | 30 +- docs/howto/ko/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 22 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html | 6 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 20 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 12 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 8 +- docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html | 30 +- docs/howto/nl/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook | 94 +- docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook | 162 +- .../pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook | 305 +- docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook | 23 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 35 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 17 +- .../howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html | 4 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 28 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html | 24 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 47 +- .../pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 11 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 18 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html | 38 +- .../howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 15 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html | 8 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html | 43 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html | 44 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 42 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 43 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 29 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html | 129 +- docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html | 27 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html | 22 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html | 12 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html | 6 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html | 20 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html | 4 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html | 10 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html | 2 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html | 8 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html | 12 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html | 12 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html | 14 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html | 6 +- docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html | 30 +- docs/howto/ru/html/index.html | 4 +- i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po | 657 +- i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po | 1845 +--- i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po | 438 +- i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po | 432 +- i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po | 495 +- i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po | 432 +- i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po | 2106 ++++ i18n/handbook/handbook.pot | 408 +- i18n/howto/howto-de.po | 3877 +------ i18n/howto/howto-pt-br.po | 994 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts | 550 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.qm | Bin 33702 -> 32733 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.ts | 615 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.qm | Bin 34990 -> 34101 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.ts | 606 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.qm | Bin 39270 -> 78117 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts | 10981 ++++--------------- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.qm | Bin 38506 -> 37474 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts | 604 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.qm | Bin 79257 -> 106111 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts | 731 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.qm | Bin 57922 -> 57364 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts | 554 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.qm | Bin 56260 -> 55209 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts | 603 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.qm | Bin 80611 -> 100557 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts | 759 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.qm | Bin 94009 -> 92458 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts | 689 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.qm | Bin 75223 -> 73639 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts | 612 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.qm | Bin 104975 -> 103397 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts | 528 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.qm | Bin 36932 -> 35953 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts | 606 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.qm | Bin 24316 -> 23539 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.ts | 547 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.qm | Bin 40080 -> 39018 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts | 604 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.qm | Bin 43464 -> 42370 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts | 604 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.qm | Bin 33876 -> 32927 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.ts | 616 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.qm | Bin 38126 -> 37102 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts | 615 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.qm | Bin 38228 -> 37257 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.ts | 614 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.qm | Bin 51503 -> 50407 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts | 601 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.qm | Bin 40318 -> 39248 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts | 604 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.qm | Bin 37080 -> 96332 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts | 1990 ++-- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.qm | Bin 36468 -> 35509 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.ts | 604 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.qm | Bin 36144 -> 35217 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.ts | 615 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.qm | Bin 17878 -> 17071 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.ts | 553 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.qm | Bin 30502 -> 29696 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts | 604 +- i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.qm | Bin 30268 -> 29462 bytes i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts | 604 +- pics/icons/document_magnifier.svg | 24 +- src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp | 1343 ++- src/backend/config/cbtconfig.h | 334 +- src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp | 36 - src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp | 14 +- src/backend/filters/bt_plainhtml.cpp | 2 +- src/backend/keys/cswordversekey.cpp | 16 - src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp | 4 - src/bibletime.cpp | 37 +- src/bibletime.h | 55 +- src/bibletime_init.cpp | 448 +- src/bibletime_slots.cpp | 217 +- src/bibletimeapp.h | 4 +- src/display-templates/Blue.tmpl | 4 + src/display-templates/Crazy.tmpl | 2 + src/display-templates/Green.tmpl | 4 + src/display-templates/HighContrast.tmpl | 7 +- src/display-templates/Simple.tmpl | 5 +- src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/btinstallmgr.cpp | 6 - src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/btinstallmgr.h | 2 - .../bookshelfmanager/btmodulemanagerdialog.cpp | 16 + .../bookshelfmanager/btmodulemanagerdialog.h | 11 +- .../bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp | 1 - .../installpage/btinstallthread.cpp | 15 +- .../bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallthread.h | 3 +- .../bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp | 2 +- src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp | 19 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp | 126 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.h | 22 +- .../displaywindow/bttoolbarpopupaction.cpp | 29 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/bttoolbarpopupaction.h | 7 + src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp | 262 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.h | 2 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp | 67 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.h | 8 +- .../displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp | 136 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.h | 7 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp | 255 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.h | 219 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp | 133 +- src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.h | 12 +- src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp | 2 + src/frontend/keychooser/cscrollbutton.cpp | 116 +- src/frontend/keychooser/cscrollbutton.h | 115 +- .../versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp | 6 +- .../versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp | 114 +- .../versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.h | 9 + .../analysis/csearchanalysisdialog.cpp | 8 +- .../analysis/csearchanalysislegenditem.cpp | 2 +- src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp | 6 +- src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.h | 2 +- src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutsdialog.cpp | 115 + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutsdialog.h | 59 + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp | 413 + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.h | 96 + .../settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.cpp | 278 + .../settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.cpp.OFF | 268 - .../settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.h | 83 + .../settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.h.OFF | 72 - .../settingsdialogs/cconfigurationdialog.cpp | 50 +- .../settingsdialogs/cconfigurationdialog.h | 11 +- src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.cpp | 9 +- src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.h | 15 +- src/main.cpp | 37 +- 532 files changed, 29418 insertions(+), 30461 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/Doxyfile create mode 100644 docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png create mode 100644 docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html create mode 100644 i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po create mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutsdialog.cpp create mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutsdialog.h create mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp create mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.h create mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.cpp delete mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.cpp.OFF create mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.h delete mode 100644 src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.h.OFF diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index e2f052b..1c0fff2 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ PROJECT(bibletime CXX C) -CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED(VERSION 2.4.0) +CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED(VERSION 2.6.0) #Version -ADD_DEFINITIONS(-DBT_VERSION=\\\"2.0.1\\\") +ADD_DEFINITIONS(-DBT_VERSION="2.2") #Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS af bg cs da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it ko nl nn_NO no pl pt_br ro ru sk sv ua vi zh_CN zh_TW) #WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS, #also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed. -LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS cs de fi fr hu nl) +LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS cs de fi fr hu nl pt-br) LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS bg cs de fi fr it hu ko nl pt-br ru) ###################################################### @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ IF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") # this will run moc on source files QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) ADD_EXECUTABLE(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} ${bibletime_SOURCES} ${bibletime_UIS_H} ${bibletime_MOC_SOURCES}) - SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} - PROPERTIES - COMPILE_FLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS}" #Enable exception handling - ) +# SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} +# PROPERTIES +# COMPILE_FLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS}" #Enable exception handling +# ) INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE}) TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} ${QT_LIBRARIES} @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ ELSE (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") ${bibletime_test_SOURCES} ${bibletime_UIS_H} ${bibletime_MOC_SOURCES} ${bibletime_test_MOC_SOURCES}) SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} PROPERTIES - COMPILE_FLAGS "-DBT_ENABLE_TESTING ${SWORD_CFLAGS}" #Enable exception handling and Testing + COMPILE_FLAGS "-DBT_ENABLE_TESTING" #Enable exception handling and Testing ) SET(QT_USE_QTTEST 1) INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE}) @@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ IF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) ENDIF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) IF (MSVC) - SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DNO_DBUS -DSWUSINGDLL -DBT_VERSION=\\\"${BT_VERSION}\\\" /MD /Zc:wchar_t- /W1 /D_UNICODE /DUNICODE ") - SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DNO_DBUS -DSWUSINGDLL -DBT_VERSION=\\\"${BT_VERSION}\\\" /MDd /Zc:wchar_t- /W1 /D_UNICODE /DUNICODE -DBT_ENABLE_TESTING /ZI") + SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "-DNO_DBUS -DSWUSINGDLL -DBT_VERSION=\\\"${BT_VERSION}\\\" /MD /Zc:wchar_t- /W1 /D_UNICODE /DUNICODE ") + SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "-DNO_DBUS -DSWUSINGDLL -DBT_VERSION=\\\"${BT_VERSION}\\\" /MDd /Zc:wchar_t- /W1 /D_UNICODE /DUNICODE -DBT_ENABLE_TESTING /ZI") ELSE (MSVC) - SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "-W -O2 -fexceptions ${SWORD_CFLAGS} ") - SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "-Wall -O0 -g -fexceptions ${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DBT_ENABLE_TESTING") + SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "-W -O2 -fexceptions") + SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "-Wall -Werror -O0 -g -fexceptions -DBT_ENABLE_TESTING") ENDIF (MSVC) @@ -306,8 +306,8 @@ ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(uninstall "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -P "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/c SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY "BibleTime for Windows Beta") SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "http://www.bibletime.info") SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR "2") -SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR "0") -SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH "1") +SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR "2") +SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH "0") SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "BibleTime") ###################################################### @@ -346,6 +346,9 @@ IF(WIN32 AND NOT UNIX) DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}") ENDIF(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") + # Qt Plugins + INSTALL(DIRECTORY "${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/iconengines" "${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/imageformats" DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins") + # This adds in the required Windows system libraries and libsword.dll INCLUDE(InstallRequiredSystemLibraries) STRING(REPLACE ".lib" ".dll" SWORD_DLL "${SWORD_LIBRARY}") @@ -378,10 +381,20 @@ ELSEIF(APPLE) DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}/../Library/Frameworks/") ENDFOREACH(QT_FRAME ${QT_FRAMEWORKS_USED}) # Other libraries I need - INSTALL(FILES "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}" "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/libclucene.0.0.0.dylib" "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/libclucene.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libcurl.4.dylib" - "/opt/local/lib/libssl.0.9.8.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libcrypto.0.9.8.dylib" #"/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.0.dylib" - #"/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.0.dylib" - #"/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.0.dylib" + INSTALL(FILES "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}" + "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/libclucene.0.0.0.dylib" + "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/libclucene.0.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libcurl.4.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libssl.0.9.8.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libcrypto.0.9.8.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.0.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.0.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.0.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.dylib" + "/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libpng12.0.dylib" DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}/../Library") diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index ce7b6a8..c0f6e1f 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,54 @@ +2009-08-26 Martin Gruner + * Add Patch by Kang Sun to avoid compiler warnings + * Release 2.2 + +2009-08-19 Martin Gruner + * Release 2.2.rc1 + +2009-08-17 Jaak Ristioja + * Made the verse key chooser dropdown buttons appear on hover for better toolbar layout + * Fixed template display problems on dark color schemes. + +2009-08-15 Jaak Ristioja + * Fixed mouse cursor vanishing problem when using the verse key chooser scroll buttons + +2009-08-12 Martin Gruner + * Release 2.2.beta1 + +2009-08-09 Jaak Ristioja + * Fixed install manager performance issue on installing many works at once + +2009-08-03 Gary Holmlund + * Fix the Forward/backward in history toolbar buttons to work with shortcuts + +2009-07-25 Gary Holmlund + * Add shortcut page to config settings dialog + * Rework of how actions are setup, many shortcuts had not been working + +2009-07-12 Martin Gruner + * Release 2.1 + +2009-07-05 Martin Gruner + * Release 2.1.rc1 + +2009-06-28 Martin Gruner + * Release 2.1.beta1 + +2009-06-27 Thomas Abthorpe + * Add Brazilian Portuguese Handbook translation to the build + +2009-06-19 Gary Holmlund + * Config Dialog does not open for first time starting of BibleTime + +2009-06-08 Martin Gruner + * Require Sword 1.6.0, obsolete support code removed + * Require CMake 2.6.0 + * Re-enabled -Werror for debug builds + +2009-06-06 Gary Holmlund + * Config and Bookshelf Manager dialogs will remember their last size and position + * Fix warning coming from document_magnifier.svg + 2009-06-06 Martin Gruner * Release 2.0.1 diff --git a/README b/README index 7f435dc..0a63a3b 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ BibleTime is a Bible study application based on Qt. 1.1 BUILD REQUIREMENTS -QT 4.4+ - -Sword 1.5.9+ (http://crosswire.org/sword) + -Sword 1.6.0+ (http://crosswire.org/sword) -CLucene 0.9.16a+ (http://clucene.sf.net) -Boost header files (libboost-dev) - -cmake 2.4.0+ (http://cmake.org) + -cmake 2.6.0+ (http://cmake.org) 1.2 DOCUMENTATION GENERATION REQUIREMENTS (OPTIONAL) -po4a diff --git a/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake b/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake index 85e59b3..a5aa681 100644 --- a/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake +++ b/cmake/FindCLucene.cmake @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ ENDIF(EXISTS ${PROJECT_CMAKE}/CLuceneConfig.cmake) IF(MSVC) IF(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") - SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src/CLucene/Release) + SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core/src/CLucene/Release) ELSE(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") - SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src/CLucene/debug) + SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core/src/CLucene/debug) ENDIF(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") - SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src) + SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH ../clucene-core/src) ELSE(MSVC) SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH "") SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH "") diff --git a/cmake/FindSword.cmake b/cmake/FindSword.cmake index 8080895..4c5677d 100644 --- a/cmake/FindSword.cmake +++ b/cmake/FindSword.cmake @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ -SET (REQUIRED_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.9) -SET (SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.10) -SET (MULTIVERSE_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.1) -SET (SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.98) -#SET (INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.98) # same as SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION, treated together +SET (REQUIRED_SWORD_VERSION 1.6.0) # This module looks for installed sword # @@ -10,7 +6,6 @@ SET (SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.98) # SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR # SWORD_LIBRARY # SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR -# SWORD_CFLAGS IF(MSVC) SET(SWORD_WIN32_LIBRARY_PATH ../sword/lib/vcppmake/vc8/ICUDebug) @@ -43,10 +38,15 @@ SET(TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS ${SWORD_WIN32_INCLUDE_PATH} ) -FIND_LIBRARY(SWORD_LIBRARY sword NAMES libsword PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS}) +IF(MSVC) + FIND_LIBRARY(SWORD_LIBRARY NAMES libsword PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS}) +ELSE(MSVC) + FIND_LIBRARY(SWORD_LIBRARY sword NAMES libsword PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS}) +ENDIF(MSVC) + IF (SWORD_LIBRARY) MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Sword library: ${SWORD_LIBRARY}") - SET(SWORD_LIBRARY "sword") +# SET(SWORD_LIBRARY "sword") ELSE (SWORD_LIBRARY) MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find the Sword library.") ENDIF (SWORD_LIBRARY) @@ -69,12 +69,18 @@ ENDIF (SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR) # Check for minimum Sword version # MACRO(CHECK_SWORD_VERSION VERSION) + IF(MSVC) + SET(CHECK_SWORD_VERSION_DEFINES "/DSWUSINGDLL") + ENDIF(MSVC) TRY_RUN(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_RESULT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/sword_version_compare.cpp CMAKE_FLAGS "-DINCLUDE_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}" "-DLINK_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR}" "-DLINK_LIBRARIES:STRING=${SWORD_LIBRARY}" + ${SWORD_LIBRARY} + COMPILE_DEFINITIONS + ${CHECK_SWORD_VERSION_DEFINES} COMPILE_OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_OUTPUT RUN_OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_OUTPUT ARGS ${VERSION} @@ -93,43 +99,26 @@ ELSE(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Installed Sword version is NOT ok! Check program said: ${SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_OUTPUT}") ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) -# -# Check for API changes that require compiler definitions -# - -# SIMPLE_RENDER -CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_VERSION}) -IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) - SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_SIMPLERENDER") - MESSAGE(STATUS " Found simple render version of Sword.") -ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) - -# MULTIVERSE -CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${MULTIVERSE_SWORD_VERSION}) -IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) - SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_MULTIVERSE") - MESSAGE(STATUS " Found multiverse version of Sword.") -ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) - -# SYSCONF_CHANGED and INTERNET_WARNING -CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION}) -IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) - SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_SYSCONF_CHANGED -DSWORD_INTERNET_WARNING") - MESSAGE(STATUS " Found sysconf_changed and internet_warning version of Sword.") -ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0) - -MESSAGE(STATUS "SWORD_CFLAGS: ${SWORD_CFLAGS}") - # # Sword linker flag detection # MACRO(CHECK_SWORD_LINK_LIBRARIES FLAGS) + IF(MSVC) + SET(CHECK_SWORD_CXX_FLAGS "/Zc:wchar_t- /MDd") + SET(CHECK_SWORD_LINK_DEFINES "/DSWUSINGDLL") + ELSE(MSVC) + SET(CHECK_SWORD_CXX_FLAGS "") + SET(CHECK_SWORD_LINK_DEFINES "") + ENDIF(MSVC) TRY_COMPILE(SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_RESULT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/sword_linker_check.cpp CMAKE_FLAGS "-DINCLUDE_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}" "-DLINK_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR};${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}" "-DLINK_LIBRARIES:STRING=${FLAGS}" + "-DCMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG:STRING=${CHECK_SWORD_CXX_FLAGS}" + COMPILE_DEFINITIONS + ${CHECK_SWORD_LINK_DEFINES} OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_OUTPUT ) ENDMACRO(CHECK_SWORD_LINK_LIBRARIES FLAGS) @@ -151,5 +140,4 @@ MARK_AS_ADVANCED( SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR SWORD_LIBRARY SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR - SWORD_CFLAGS ) diff --git a/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake b/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake index c3ac1da..bddf98f 100644 --- a/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake +++ b/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake @@ -79,7 +79,9 @@ SET(bibletime_SOURCES src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/chidemodulechooserdialog.cpp #Settings dialog (configuration) -# src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.cpp #DISABLED + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutsdialog.cpp + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.cpp src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp @@ -238,7 +240,9 @@ SET(bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.h src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clistwidget.h src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cconfigurationdialog.h - #src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.h.OFF + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutsdialog.h + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.h + src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cacceleratorsettings.h src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.h src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.h src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.h diff --git a/cmake/docs/handbook_po4a.conf b/cmake/docs/handbook_po4a.conf index 96c485a..e6493de 100644 --- a/cmake/docs/handbook_po4a.conf +++ b/cmake/docs/handbook_po4a.conf @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # If you modify the language list here, make sure you also modify CMakeLists.txt # -[po4a_langs] cs de fi fr hu nl +[po4a_langs] cs de fi fr hu nl pt-br [po4a_paths] i18n/handbook/handbook.pot $lang:i18n/handbook/handbook-$lang.po [type: docbook] docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook $lang:docs/handbook/$lang/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook [type: docbook] docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook $lang:docs/handbook/$lang/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook diff --git a/docs/Doxyfile b/docs/Doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ea8c64 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/Doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.5.8 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = BibleTime + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = doxygen + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, +# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, +# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, +# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses. +# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag. +# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of +# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP, +# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat +# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), +# use: inc=Fortran f=C + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penality. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespace are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = YES + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = YES + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = YES + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories +# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy +# in the documentation. The default is NO. + +SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command , where is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by +# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files +# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents +# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a +# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name +# of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = ../ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx +# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.cpp *.h + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command , where +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. +# The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER +# is applied to all files. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = YES + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = NO + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER +# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for +# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated +# HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add. +# For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's +# filter section matches. +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are +# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values +# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, +# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; +# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which +# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous +# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE +# respectively. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NONE + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. +# This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. +# On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse +# the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a +# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = YES + +# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output +# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This +# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need +# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name +# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, +# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the +# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory +# containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the +# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a +# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot +# can find it using this tag. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = YES + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Options related to the search engine +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be +# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index fefc5c8..1a98b24 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -155,13 +155,12 @@ a písma Unicode, která je podporují). <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v &bibletime; -uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte -možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo -vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu -"křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, Äasopis zobrazí -náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste -zvolili. + Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžete nyní v &bibletime; +nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost +vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno +odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu "křížových" +biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, Äasopis zobrazí náhled obsahu +veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste zvolili. diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index e55fb34..bbd762c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ <phrase>Okno aplikace &bibletime;</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Knihovna na levé -stranÄ› se používá pro otevírání dÄ›l a správu vaÅ¡ich záložek. Malé okno -Äaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených -do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emístíte myÅ¡ například nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis -zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup -k důležitým funkcím, na ploÅ¡e vpravo skuteÄnÄ› pracujete.</para> + Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Okno vlevo nahoÅ™e se +používá k otevírání instalovaných dÄ›l v kartÄ› knihovny, na kartÄ› záložek +můžete spravovat záložky. Malé okno "Äasopisu" pod knihovnou se používá pro +zobrazení dalších informací vložených do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emístíte myÅ¡ +například nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis zobrazí aktuální obsah +poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup k důležitým +funkcím. Plocha vpravo je místo kde skuteÄnÄ› pracujete.</para> <para>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých Äástí aplikace individuálnÄ›.</para> </sect1> @@ -30,32 +31,32 @@ záložky a poté k nim pÅ™istupovat.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> <title>ÄŒtení dÄ›l - Pro otevÅ™ení díla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te levým tlaÄítkem -myÅ¡i na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, -Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté kliknÄ›te na -jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™ení pro Ätení. Okno pro Ätení díla se objeví na -ploÅ¡e. + Pro otevÅ™ení díla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te +levým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na požadovanou kategorii +(Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení +jejího obsahu. Poté kliknÄ›te na jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™ení pro Ätení. Okno +pro Ätení díla se objeví na ploÅ¡e. ChyÅ¥ & pust dílo - Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dílo a chcete otevřít jiné dílo ve stejné pasáži, můžete -použít zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te levým tlaÄítkem -myÅ¡i na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›ní v ruku) a + Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dílo a chcete otevřít stejnou pasáž v jiném díle, můžete +použít zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te levým +tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›ní v ruku) a pÅ™etáhnÄ›te ho do knihovny. UpusÅ¥te ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to -bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném místÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etánout odkaz verÅ¡e na +bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném místÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etáhnout odkaz verÅ¡e na existující okno, které se pÅ™esune na požadované umístÄ›ní. Další informace o dílech - Pokud kliknete pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na symbol + Pokud kliknete pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na symbol díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto dílo. "O tomto díle"otevÅ™e okno s mnoha zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. "Odemknout toto -dílo" otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zabezpeÄené dokumenty, kde můžete -vložit přístupová kód k otevÅ™ení díla. Pro další informace o zamÄených +dílo" otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zaÅ¡ifrované dokumenty, kde můžete +vložit přístupový kód k otevÅ™ení díla. Pro další informace o zamÄených dílech se podívejte na tuto stránku na webu Crosswire Bible Society. @@ -63,8 +64,8 @@ stránku na webu Crosswire Bible Society. Vyhledávání v dílech - Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím pravým tlaÄítkem -myÅ¡i na jeho symbol a vybráním položky"Hledat v + Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím pravým +tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol a vybráním položky"Hledat v díle(ch)". Stiskem klávesy &Shift; a kliknutím na další díla můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevÅ™ením vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve vÅ¡ech tÄ›chto @@ -80,16 +81,16 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">zde. ChyÅ¥ & pust dílo - KliknÄ›te pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na kategorii + KliknÄ›te pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na kategorii záložek v knihovnÄ› a vyberte "VytvoÅ™it novou složku", pokud chcete vytvoÅ™it novou podsložku záložek. Můžete použít běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k pÅ™etáhnutí odkazu verÅ¡e z -otevÅ™ených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› jako +otevÅ™ených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› tak pro pÅ™esouvání záložek mezi složkami. Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K tomu otevÅ™ete kontextové menu adresáře záložek jak bylo popsáno pÅ™edtím a vyberte "Exportovat -záložky". To otevÅ™e dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce +záložky". Toto otevÅ™e dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat. KliknÄ›te pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na adresáře a @@ -142,12 +143,12 @@ dílo z knihovny Crosswire Bible Society, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář"). Pokud otevÅ™ete osobní komentář kliknutím levým -tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se pro Ätení. V tomto módu -není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat poznámku, -musíte ho otevřít pomocí pravého tlaÄítka myÅ¡i a -zvolit Editovat toto dílo a potom také +tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se v módu pro Ätení. V +tomto módu není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat +poznámku, musíte ho otevřít pomocí pravého +tlaÄítka myÅ¡i a zvolit Editovat toto dílo a potom také Prostý text (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo -HTML(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor). +HTML(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor). Pokud je položka Upravit toto dílo @@ -169,8 +170,8 @@ text. Vyhledávání textu v aktivním oknÄ› Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevÅ™eném aktivním oknÄ› (napÅ™. kapitolu bible, kterou Ätete), je to stejné jako v jiných -programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím -pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i a vybráním +programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím +pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i a zvolením Najít..., nebo použitím horké klávesy &Ctrl;F. PÅ™eÄtÄ›te si jak hledat v celých dílech. @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ v celých dílech. Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání V díle můžete hledat kliknutím pravým tlaÄítkem -myÅ¡i na symbol v knihovnÄ› a vybráním Hledat +myÅ¡i na symbol v KnihovnÄ› a vybráním Hledat ve vybraných dílech. PÅ™idržením &Shift; nebo &Ctrl; a kliknutím na jména dalších dÄ›l můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté následuje stejný postup otevÅ™ení dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve vÅ¡ech @@ -271,8 +272,9 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného Å™etÄ›zce bylo nalezeno, setřídÄ›no podle dÄ›l. Kliknutí na dílo pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i vám umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout vÅ¡echny verÅ¡e které byli v daném -díle nalezeny. To pÅ™i kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na urÄitý -odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› náhledu. +díle nalezeny. Kliknutím na jeden nebo více odkazů ke kopírování, uložení +nebo tisku. Kliknutí na urÄitý odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› +náhledu. PÅ™etáhnÄ›te odkaz a upusÅ¥te ho na symbol díla v knihovnÄ› k otevÅ™ení díla na tomto verÅ¡i v novém oknÄ›. @@ -361,7 +363,7 @@ je možné Vybrat, Uložit nebo Tisknout. to funguje napÅ™. v aktivním oknÄ› když kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verÅ¡e, nebo na stránce výsledků hledání -pÅ™i kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden Äi více odkazů veršů. Je to krásnÄ› +pÅ™i kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden Äi více odkazů veršů. Je to velmi přímoÄaré, prostÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte. Tisk z &bibletime; spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 0fbe260..58b1c79 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -104,6 +104,21 @@ potÅ™ebujete více Äasu pro Äasopis. + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Zapne zobrazení knihovny. Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, +nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud +potÅ™ebujete více místa pro Äasopis. + + + @@ -143,7 +158,9 @@ nebo vypnutí zobrazení Äasopisu na levé stranÄ›. Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí -Bibli. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla. +Bibli. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další +díla. DetailnÄ›jší popis vyhledávání najdete zde. @@ -165,7 +182,9 @@ Bibli. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.< Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve vÅ¡ech dílech. Do -vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla. +vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána, Äi z nÄ›j odebrána, další +díla. DetailnÄ›jší popis vyhledávání naleznete zde. @@ -485,6 +504,291 @@ informace o verzi &bibletime;, pÅ™ispÄ›vatelích projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi + + Odkazy + + V této sekci najdete popis ikon pÅ™iÅ™azených k otevÅ™eným dílům. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Posouvá vpÅ™ed historií. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Posouvá zpÄ›t historií. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyberte nainstalovanou bibli. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyberte další bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyhledávání ve vybraných dílech + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Nastavení zobrazení + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyberte nainstalované komentáře. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyberte další komentáře. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronizovat zobrazený údaj s aktivním oknem Bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vber knihu. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyberte nainstalovaný glosář nebo modlitbu. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Vyberte další glosář nebo modlitbu. + + + + + + + + Seznam horkých kláves Toto je seznam vÅ¡ech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v @@ -755,4 +1059,5 @@ knih otevÅ™e správce knih. + diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index c2b1d5d..ff627b9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ PříruÄka &bibletime; je souÄástí &bibletime;. - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 &bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword. diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html index 06e3133..560ad38 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime
Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime

Obsah

Dialog Nastavení BibleTime
- Display +Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime
Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime

Obsah

Dialog Nastavení BibleTime
+ Display
- Languages + Languages
- Desk + Desk
- HotKeys + HotKeys

V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení BibleTime které najdete pod volbou -Nastavení v hlavním menu.

Dialog Nastavení BibleTime

Uživatelské rozhraní programu BibleTime může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha +Nastavení v hlavním menu.

Dialog Nastavení BibleTime

Uživatelské rozhraní programu BibleTime může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit výběrem Nastavení -Natavit BibleTime.

+Natavit BibleTime.

Display

Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností: -

  • Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku

Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost +

  • Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku

Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se -náhled v pravém poli.

+náhled v pravém poli.

Languages

Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.

V základním nastavení používá BibleTime výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ zobrazuje jen jako řetězec otazn víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle.

K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které -se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.

Instalace písem

Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více +se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.

Instalace písem

Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více informací můžete použít Unicode -HOWTO.

Tip

Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), BibleTime -poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad Bitstream Cyberbit®(asi 12Mb).

Získání písem

Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:

  • Vaše *nixová distribuce.

  • Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.

  • Existující instalace Microsoft -Windows® na stejném počítači.

  • Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.

  • Online kolekce písem

Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou +HOWTO.

Tip

Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), BibleTime +poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad Bitstream Cyberbit®(asi 12Mb).

Získání písem

Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:

  • Vaše *nixová distribuce.

  • Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.

  • Existující instalace Microsoft +Windows® na stejném počítači.

  • Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.

  • Online kolekce písem

Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných písem neobsahuje všechny znaky definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtít použít různá písma pro různé jazyky.

Tabulka 4.1. Písma Unicode

@@ -56,15 +56,14 @@ z Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.

Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( Vícejazyčná Unicode TrueType Fonts na internetu), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( výběr znaků Unicode -a písma Unicode, která je podporují).

+a písma Unicode, která je podporují).

Desk -

Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v BibleTime -uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte -možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo -vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu -"křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí -náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste -zvolili.

+

Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžete nyní v BibleTime +nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost +vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno +odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu "křížových" +biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí náhled obsahu +veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste zvolili.

HotKeys

Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v BibleTime má definovány horké diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html index d3862a7..29df043 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kapitola 1. Úvod

Kapitola 1. Úvod
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 1. Úvod

Obsah

O BibleTime
Dostupná díla
Motivace

O BibleTime

BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a +Kapitola 1. Úvod

Kapitola 1. Úvod
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 1. Úvod

Obsah

O BibleTime
Dostupná díla
Motivace

O BibleTime

BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a spravovat. Je založen na knihovně Sword, která poskytuje funkcionalitu pro BibleTime, jako zobrazování biblických textů, @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ vyhled projektem Sword. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů naleznete ve vývojářské sekci na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible -Society.

Dostupná díla

Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek Crosswire Bible Society. To zahrnuje: +Society.

Dostupná díla

Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek Crosswire Bible Society. To zahrnuje:

Bible

Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ biblick Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon a International Standard Bible Encyclopedia. Dostupné slovníky zahrnují: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of -the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

Motivace

Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s +the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

Motivace

Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s Ním. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitní program stále jednoduchý a intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.

 

Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce -nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.

 
 --Jakubův 1:17

Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.

Předcházející   Další
Příručka BibleTime Domů Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime
+nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.

  --Jakubův 1:17

Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.

Předcházející   Další
Příručka BibleTime Domů Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index e6e7c0f..613afe4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Správa knih
Správa knih
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Správa knih

Správa knih je nástroj pro správu +Správa knih

Správa knih
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Správa knih

Správa knih je nástroj pro správu knihovny. Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat -či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod Nastavení → Správa knih v hlavním menu.

Nastavení cesty ke knihám

Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má BibleTime uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít -mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".

Tip

Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale +či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod Nastavení → Správa knih v hlavním menu.

Nastavení cesty ke knihám

Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má BibleTime uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít +mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".

Tip

Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění knihovny. Když zapnete BibleTime, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD -vloženo v mechanice.

Instalace/aktualizace děl

Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", +vloženo v mechanice.

Instalace/aktualizace děl

Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", "library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ knihovny přidat, nebo děl, kter novější verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete označit všechna díla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na Instalovat díla. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaší -knihovny.

Odebrání děl

Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní +knihovny.

Odebrání děl

Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní místo na disku. Jednoduše označte položky a klikněte na Odstranit -díla.

Vyhledávací indexy

Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné -indexy smazaných děl.

Tip

+díla.

Vyhledávací indexy

Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné +indexy smazaných děl.

Tip

If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
Předcházející Nahoru Další
Vyhledávání v dílech Domů Export a tisk
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 22b9273..902f495 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Export a tisk
Export a tisk
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Export a tisk

Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím +Export a tisk

Export a tisk
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Export a tisk

Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím pravým tlačítkem myši. V závislosti na kontextu je možné Vybrat, Kopírovat (do schránky), Uložit nebo Tisknout. to funguje např. v aktivním okně když kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verše, nebo na stránce výsledků hledání -při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů. Je to krásně +při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů. Je to velmi přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.

Tisk z BibleTime spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud vytváříte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahující text děl z BibleTime, doporučujeme formátovat dokument za použití systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu -prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z BibleTime.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Správa knih Domů Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime
+prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z BibleTime.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Správa knih Domů Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index fb0ef30..827173b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ -Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Části okna aplikace BibleTime

Knihovna

Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a +Části okna aplikace BibleTime

Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Části okna aplikace BibleTime

Knihovna

Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své -záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.

Čtení děl

Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte levým tlačítkem -myši na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, -Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na -jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno pro čtení díla se objeví na -ploše.

Tip

Chyť & pust dílo

Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít jiné dílo ve stejné pasáži, můžete -použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte levým tlačítkem -myši na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a +záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.

Čtení děl

Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte +levým tlačítkem myši na požadovanou kategorii +(Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení +jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno +pro čtení díla se objeví na ploše.

Tip

Chyť & pust dílo

Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít stejnou pasáž v jiném díle, můžete +použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte levým +tlačítkem myši na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a přetáhněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to -bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetánout odkaz verše na -existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.

Další informace o dílech

Pokud kliknete pravým tlačítkem myši na symbol +bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetáhnout odkaz verše na +existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.

Další informace o dílech

Pokud kliknete pravým tlačítkem myši na symbol díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto dílo. "O tomto díle"otevře okno s mnoha zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. "Odemknout toto -dílo" otevře malý dialog pro zabezpečené dokumenty, kde můžete -vložit přístupová kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených +dílo" otevře malý dialog pro zašifrované dokumenty, kde můžete +vložit přístupový kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených dílech se podívejte na tuto -stránku na webu Crosswire Bible Society.

Vyhledávání v dílech

Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím pravým tlačítkem -myši na jeho symbol a vybráním položky"Hledat v +stránku na webu Crosswire Bible Society.

Vyhledávání v dílech

Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím pravým +tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol a vybráním položky"Hledat v díle(ch)". Stiskem klávesy Shift a kliknutím na další díla můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevřením vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve všech těchto -dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete zde.

Práce se záložkami

+dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete zde.

Práce se záložkami

-

Tip

Chyť & pust dílo

+

Tip

Chyť & pust dílo

- Klikněte pravým tlačítkem myši na kategorii + Klikněte pravým tlačítkem myši na kategorii záložek v knihovně a vyberte "Vytvořit novou složku", pokud chcete vytvořit novou podsložku záložek. Můžete použít běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k přetáhnutí odkazu verše z -otevřených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejně jako +otevřených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejně tak pro přesouvání záložek mezi složkami.

Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K tomu otevřete kontextové menu adresáře záložek jak bylo popsáno předtím a vyberte "Exportovat -záložky". To otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce +záložky". Toto otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.

Klikněte pravým tlačítkem myši na adresáře a -záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.

Časopis

Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna BibleTime pasivní. Kdykoli je váš +záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.

Časopis

Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna BibleTime pasivní. Kdykoli je váš kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu -samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.

Plocha

Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s BibleTime. Zde můžete +samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.

Plocha

Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s BibleTime. Zde můžete otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, hledat v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky -v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se dolů).

Čtení děl

Jak už jsme viděli, +v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se dolů).

Čtení děl

Jak už jsme viděli, můžete jednoduše otevírat díla pro čtení kliknutím na jejich symbol v knihovně. Okno díla se otevře na ploše. Každé okno díla má nástrojovou lištu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dílem, například tlačítka -historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.

Umístění aktivního okna

Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik +historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.

Umístění aktivního okna

Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku Okno v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění BibleTime. Toho docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou přístupné přes Okno → Mód rozvržení. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a -funguje to.

Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů

Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat +funguje to.

Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů

Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat dílo z knihovny Crosswire Bible Society, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář").

Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím levým -tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se pro čtení. V tomto módu -není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznámku, -musíte ho otevřít pomocí pravého tlačítka myši a -zvolit Editovat toto dílo a potom také +tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se v módu pro čtení. V +tomto módu není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat +poznámku, musíte ho otevřít pomocí pravého +tlačítka myši a zvolit Editovat toto dílo a potom také Prostý text (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo -HTML(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).

Tip

Pokud je položka Upravit toto dílo deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu -do souborů osobních komentářů.

Tip

Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho +HTML(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor).

Tip

Pokud je položka Upravit toto dílo deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu +do souborů osobních komentářů.

Tip

Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho text.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 3. Operace programu Domů Vyhledávání v dílech
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 5ffe0ab..3c21d6b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Vyhledávání v dílech
Vyhledávání v dílech
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Vyhledávání v dílech

Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně

Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně +Vyhledávání v dílech

Vyhledávání v dílech
Předcházející Kapitola 3. Operace programu Další

Vyhledávání v dílech

Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně

Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně (např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných -programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím -pravým tlačítkem myši a vybráním +programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím +pravým tlačítkem myši a zvolením Najít..., nebo použitím horké klávesy CtrlF. Přečtěte si jak hledat -v celých dílech.

Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání

V díle můžete hledat kliknutím pravým tlačítkem -myši na symbol v knihovně a vybráním Hledat +v celých dílech.

Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání

V díle můžete hledat kliknutím pravým tlačítkem +myši na symbol v Knihovně a vybráním Hledat ve vybraných dílech. Přidržením Shift nebo Ctrl a kliknutím na jména dalších děl můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté následuje stejný postup otevření dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve všech těchto dílech najednou.

Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na Hledat z hlavního menu a vybráním odpovídající položky.

Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v -aktuálním okně.

Nastavení vyhledávání

Výběr děl

Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko Vybrat (nebo +aktuálním okně.

Nastavení vyhledávání

Výběr děl

Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko Vybrat (nebo Choose) (díla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve více dílech, klikněte na toto tlačítko, poté vám bude nabídnuto menu s možností výběru děl ve -kterých chcete vyhledávat.

Použití oblastí vyhledávání

Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z +kterých chcete vyhledávat.

Použití oblastí vyhledávání

Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z definovaných oblastí v seznamu Rozsah hledání Můžete definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko -Nastavit rozsah.>

Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe

Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání +Nastavit rozsah.>

Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe

Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá slova spojkou AND.

Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' @@ -27,12 +27,13 @@ n Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'

Dostupné předpony:

Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledávání

PředponaVýznam
heading:hledá hlavičky
footnote:hledá poznámky
strong:hledání Strongových čísel
morph:hledá morfologické kódy


BibleTime používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Výsledky hledání

Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Výsledky hledání

Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle děl. Kliknutí na dílo pravým tlačítkem myši vám umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše které byli v daném -díle nalezeny. To při kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na určitý -odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně náhledu.

Tip

Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na -tomto verši v novém okně.

Tip

Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na -požadovanou pozici.

Tip

K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.

Analýza výsledků hledání

Klikněte na Analýza vahledávání pro zobrazení analýzy +díle nalezeny. Kliknutím na jeden nebo více odkazů ke kopírování, uložení +nebo tisku. Kliknutí na určitý odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně +náhledu.

Tip

Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na +tomto verši v novém okně.

Tip

Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na +požadovanou pozici.

Tip

K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.

Analýza výsledků hledání

Klikněte na Analýza vahledávání pro zobrazení analýzy vyhledávání. Zobrazí jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množství nalezených -řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Části okna aplikace BibleTime Domů Správa knih
+řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Části okna aplikace BibleTime Domů Správa knih
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html index d6d0b3a..75f3424 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -Kapitola 3. Operace programu
Kapitola 3. Operace programu
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Obsah

Náhled programu
Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledávání v dílech
Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně
Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání
Nastavení vyhledávání
Výsledky hledání
Správa knih
Nastavení cesty ke knihám
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrání děl
Vyhledávací indexy
Export a tisk

Náhled programu

Takto vypadá typická relace BibleTime: +Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Kapitola 3. Operace programu
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Obsah

Náhled programu
Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledávání v dílech
Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně
Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání
Nastavení vyhledávání
Výsledky hledání
Správa knih
Nastavení cesty ke knihám
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrání děl
Vyhledávací indexy
Export a tisk

Náhled programu

Takto vypadá typická relace BibleTime:

Okno aplikace BibleTime

- Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Knihovna na levé -straně se používá pro otevírání děl a správu vašich záložek. Malé okno -čaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených -do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš například nad značku poznámky, časopis -zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup -k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.

Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.

Předcházející   Další
Spouštěcí sekvence. Domů Části okna aplikace BibleTime
+ Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Okno vlevo nahoře se +používá k otevírání instalovaných děl v kartě knihovny, na kartě záložek +můžete spravovat záložky. Malé okno "časopisu" pod knihovnou se používá pro +zobrazení dalších informací vložených do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš +například nad značku poznámky, časopis zobrazí aktuální obsah +poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup k důležitým +funkcím. Plocha vpravo je místo kde skutečně pracujete.

Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.

Předcházející   Další
Spouštěcí sekvence. Domů Části okna aplikace BibleTime
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 5fbdfff..ff02bfa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Seznam horkých kláves
Seznam horkých kláves
Předcházející Kapitola 5. Odkazy 

Seznam horkých kláves

Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v +Seznam horkých kláves

Seznam horkých kláves
Předcházející Kapitola 5. Odkazy 

Seznam horkých kláves

Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete se podívat přímo do nabídek BibleTime (vždy se zde zobrazují horké @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ knih otevře spr Pohled → Zobrazit knihovnu zapne zobrazení knihovny. F9 - Pohled → Zobrazit časopis zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.

Předcházející Nahoru 
Kapitola 5. Odkazy Domů 
+ Pohled → Zobrazit časopis zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.
Předcházející Nahoru 
Odkazy Domů 
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3d6f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +Odkazy
Odkazy
Předcházející Kapitola 5. Odkazy Další

Odkazy

+ V této sekci najdete popis ikon přiřazených k otevřeným dílům. +

+

+ + +

+ Posouvá vpřed historií. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Posouvá zpět historií. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyberte nainstalovanou bibli. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyberte další bible. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyhledávání ve vybraných dílech +

+

+

+ + +

+ Nastavení zobrazení +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyberte nainstalované komentáře. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyberte další komentáře. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Synchronizovat zobrazený údaj s aktivním oknem Bible. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vber knihu. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyberte nainstalovaný glosář nebo modlitbu. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Vyberte další glosář nebo modlitbu. +

+

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 5. Odkazy Domů Seznam horkých kláves
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html index 1c1918c..fd0dba1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Kapitola 5. Odkazy
Kapitola 5. Odkazy
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 5. Odkazy

Obsah

Odkazy Hlavního menu
- File +Kapitola 5. Odkazy
Kapitola 5. Odkazy
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 5. Odkazy

Obsah

Odkazy Hlavního menu
+ File
- View + View
- Search + Search
- Window + Window
- Settings + Settings
- Help -
Seznam horkých kláves

Odkazy Hlavního menu

V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu + Help +

Odkazy
Seznam horkých kláves

Odkazy Hlavního menu

V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu BibleTime. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v BibleTime, včetně podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech horkých kláves naleznete v této -sekci.

+sekci.

File

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ sekci.

Zavře BibleTime. BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.

-

+

View

@@ -40,23 +40,30 @@ přejete zapnout nebo vypnout Hlavn

Zapne zobrazení knihovny. Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud -potřebujete více času pro časopis.

+potřebujete více času pro časopis.

+ View → Show Bookmarks +

+ Zapne zobrazení knihovny. Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, +nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud +potřebujete více místa pro časopis.

View → Show Mag

Zapne zobrazení časopisu. Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí -nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.

+nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.

Search

Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF)

Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí -Bibli. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.

+Bibli. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další +díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání najdete zde.

Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech. Do -vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.

+vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána, či z něj odebrána, další +díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání naleznete zde.

Window

Window → Save session @@ -100,7 +107,7 @@ tak je vyzkoušejte!)

Window → Close all (CtrlAltW)

- Zavře všechna otevřená okna.

+ Zavře všechna otevřená okna.

Settings

@@ -113,7 +120,7 @@ nastavit všechny vlastnosti BibleTime, kte Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat -svou knihovnu. Další inormace naleznete v této sekci.

+svou knihovnu. Další inormace naleznete v této sekci.

Help

@@ -133,4 +140,4 @@ P

Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu BibleTime obsahuje informace o verzi BibleTime, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi Sword, verzi -Qt a licenční ujednání.

Předcházející   Další
Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime  Domů Seznam horkých kláves
+Qt a licenční ujednání.

Předcházející   Další
Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime  Domů Odkazy
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 1f8911a..d985056 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Spouštěcí sekvence.
Spouštěcí sekvence.
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime Další

Spouštěcí sekvence.

Když se BibleTime spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než +Spouštěcí sekvence.

Spouštěcí sekvence.
Předcházející Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime Další

Spouštěcí sekvence.

Když se BibleTime spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než se otevře hlavní okno BibleTime:

Bookshelf Manager

@@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ rychle sezn Configure BibleTime dialog

Přizpůsobí BibleTime.Tento dialog vám dovolí přizpůsobit -BibleTime vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na detailní popis tohoto dialogu.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime Domů Kapitola 3. Operace programu
+BibleTime vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na detailní popis tohoto dialogu.

Předcházející Nahoru Další
Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime Domů Kapitola 3. Operace programu
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html index 55ae084..a1afb5a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime
Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime

Obsah

Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštění BibleTime
Další správci oken
Nastavení spuštění
Spouštěcí sekvence.

Jak spustit BibleTime

Spuštění BibleTime

BibleTime je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního +Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime

Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime
Předcházející   Další

Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime

Obsah

Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštění BibleTime
Další správci oken
Nastavení spuštění
Spouštěcí sekvence.

Jak spustit BibleTime

Spuštění BibleTime

BibleTime je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního prostředí. BibleTime můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou:

BibleTime spouštěcí ikona

BibleTime může být spuštěn také z příkazové řádky. Pro spuštění BibleTime otevřete okno terminálu a napište: - 

BibleTime

Další správci oken

BibleTime může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, + 

BibleTime

Další správci oken

BibleTime může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny -nainstalovány na vašem počítači.

Nastavení spuštění

Z terminálu můžete použít BibleTime k otevření příslušného verše ve +nainstalovány na vašem počítači.

Nastavení spuštění

Z terminálu můžete použít BibleTime k otevření příslušného verše ve výchozí bibli: 

bibletime --open-default-bible

Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte: 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"

Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.

Předcházející   Další
Kapitola 1. Úvod Domů Spouštěcí sekvence.
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 4f1c65c..084051b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Příručka BibleTime
Příručka BibleTime
   Další

Příručka BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.0

Copyright © 1999-2009 tým BibleTime

Příručka BibleTime je součástí BibleTime.

Abstrakt

BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.

Obsah

1. Úvod
O BibleTime
Dostupná díla
Motivace
2. Spuštění BibleTime
Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštění BibleTime
Další správci oken
Nastavení spuštění
Spouštěcí sekvence.
3. Operace programu
Náhled programu
Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledávání v dílech
Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně
Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání
Nastavení vyhledávání
Výsledky hledání
Správa knih
Nastavení cesty ke knihám
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrání děl
Vyhledávací indexy
Export a tisk
4. Nastavení BibleTime
Dialog Nastavení BibleTime
- Display +Příručka BibleTime
Příručka BibleTime
   Další

Příručka BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.2

Copyright © 1999-2009 tým BibleTime

Příručka BibleTime je součástí BibleTime.

Abstrakt

BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.

Obsah

1. Úvod
O BibleTime
Dostupná díla
Motivace
2. Spuštění BibleTime
Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštění BibleTime
Další správci oken
Nastavení spuštění
Spouštěcí sekvence.
3. Operace programu
Náhled programu
Části okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledávání v dílech
Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně
Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání
Nastavení vyhledávání
Výsledky hledání
Správa knih
Nastavení cesty ke knihám
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrání děl
Vyhledávací indexy
Export a tisk
4. Nastavení BibleTime
Dialog Nastavení BibleTime
+ Display
- Languages + Languages
- Desk + Desk
- HotKeys + HotKeys
5. Odkazy
Odkazy Hlavního menu
- File + File
- View + View
- Search + Search
- Window + Window
- Settings + Settings
- Help -
Seznam horkých kláves

Seznam tabulek

3.1. Typy vyhledávání
4.1. Písma Unicode
   Další
   Kapitola 1. Úvod
+ Help +
Odkazy
Seznam horkých kláves

Seznam tabulek

3.1. Typy vyhledávání
4.1. Písma Unicode
   Další
   Kapitola 1. Úvod
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 48c7ce2..322e240 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ &bibletime; einrichten - In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be -found under Settings in the main menu. + In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie &bibletime; zu +konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü Einstellungen im +Hauptmenü finden. - Configure &bibletime; Dialog - The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on -your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting - Settings -Configure &bibletime;. + Dialog &bibletime; konfigurieren + Die &bibletime; Benutzeroberfläche kann auf vielfältige Art ihren Ansprüchen +angepasst werden. Sie können auf den Konfigurationsdialog über die Auswahl +von Einstellungen +&bibletime; einrichten. gelangen. <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -19,9 +20,9 @@ Optionen aus: <para>Startlogo anzeigen</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> - <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various -built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</para> + <para>Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, +usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer +Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <title> @@ -31,42 +32,46 @@ on the right pane.</para> verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</para> - <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can -override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be -displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</para> + <para>Standardmäßig verwendet &bibletime; die System-Standardschrift zur +Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen +erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können +und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu +spezifizieren.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + <phrase>Optionendialog - Schriften</phrase> </textobject> <caption> <para>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</para> </caption> </mediaobject> - <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are -interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work -only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then -you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</para> + <para>&bibletime; kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die +für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts +unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen +(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass die +Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält.</para> - <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select -the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that -supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the -work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</para> + <para>Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem +Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen "Benutzerdefinierte +Schrift verwenden" aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart +aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele +verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten +Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie +bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu +installieren.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> <title>Schriftarten installieren - Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this -handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the Unicode -HOWTO. + Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang +dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch +das +Unicode-HOWTO lesen. - If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run -faster than with a large font like Bitstream -Cyberbit(about 12Mb). + Wenn Sie eine kleine Schriftart wie Clearlyu (etwa 22kb) verwenden, wird +&bibletime; schneller laufen als mit einer großen Schriftart wie Bitstream Cyberbit (etwa 12MB). @@ -74,14 +79,14 @@ Cyberbit(about 12Mb). Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden: - Your *nix distribution. + Ihre *nix-Distribution. Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution. - An existing Microsoft -Windowsinstallation on the same computer. + Eine bestehende Microsoft +Windows-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer. Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream @@ -91,10 +96,10 @@ erhältlich sind. Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet. - Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these -fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all -characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages. + Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser +Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten +enthält alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also +evtl. verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen. Unicode Schriftarten @@ -112,14 +117,14 @@ Zeichenbereich ab. SIL unicode fonts - Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics. + Exzellente Unicode-Schriftarten des Summer Institute of Linguistics. FreeFont - A new free Unicode font initiative. + Eine neue Initiative für freie Unicode-Schriftarten. @@ -151,9 +156,10 @@ Hebräisch, Thai.
- There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer -( Multilingual Unicode -TrueType Fonts in the Internet), or the one by Alan Wood ( Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von +Christoph Singer (Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts +in the Internet), oder eine von Alan Wood ( Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them). @@ -162,13 +168,14 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them). <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. + Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, +können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften +sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, +Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz +spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des +Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie +fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, +gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 5b7cf68..cee8f4c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-intro"> <title>Einleitung - About &bibletime; - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides -the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society. + Über &bibletime; + &bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und +Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach +installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der Sword-Bibliothek, welche die +zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für &bibletime; zur Verfügung +stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, +usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft. - &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported -document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society. + &bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der +Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige +Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den Entwicklerseiten +des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden. Vorhandene Werke @@ -25,28 +26,29 @@ verfügbar. Dazu gehören: Bibeln - The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings -and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and -include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project. + Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, +Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen +Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern +umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", +hebräisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes. Bücher - Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works" + Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und +"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke" Kommentare - Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the Personal commentary you can record your own personal notes to -sections of the Bible. + Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on +the Bible", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers "Kommentar über Galater". " +Mit dem Persönlichen Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage +Ihre eigenen Notizen über +Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen. @@ -59,21 +61,23 @@ Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen". Lexika / Wörterbücher - Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible -Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible -Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible. + Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons "Morphological Analysis +Codes", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der +International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören +u.a. Strongs "Hebrew Bible Dictionary", Strongs "Greek Bible Dictionary", +Websters "Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913" und +Naves "Topical Bible". Motivation - Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their -relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality -program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire -that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things. + Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, +dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu +einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig +einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott +gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist.
Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 4283ba3..6753bc6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -2,22 +2,24 @@ Programmbedienung Programmüberblick - This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + So sieht eine typische &bibletime;-Sitzung aus: - The &bibletime; application window + Das &bibletime;-Applikations-Fenster - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work. + Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters +erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im +Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen +verwalten. Das kleine "Lupen"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in +Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre +Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den +tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen +den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der +rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit. Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln betrachten. @@ -41,37 +43,39 @@ zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol. Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop - If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the -passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference -(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work -you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified -location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location. + Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des +aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl +verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der linken +Maustaste auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird +zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu +öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle +geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes +Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen. Weitere Informationen über Werke - If you click with the rightmouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. + Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Symbol +eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk +relevanten Einträgen. "Über..." öffnet ein +Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte +Werk. "Entschlüsseln..." öffnet ein kleines +Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den +Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere +Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte diese +Seite auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft. In Werken suchen - You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting -"Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here. + Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der rechten +Maustaste auf sein Symbol klicken und "Suche +in..." auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; und auf andere Werke +klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben +Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser +Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften +können Sie hier finden. @@ -82,20 +86,22 @@ can be found here. Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark -category of the bookshelf and select "Create new -folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal -drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or -search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders. - You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark -folder as described above, and select "Export -bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. + Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den +Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie "Neuer +Ordner" aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie +können normale Drag&Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus +Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um +Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen. + Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren +sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um +dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das Kontextmenü des +Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie "Aus +Verzeichnis exportieren...". Dies wird ein Dialogfenster +öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das +Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise. - You can also click with the righton folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. + Auch können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf +Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern. @@ -111,59 +117,62 @@ es einfach aus. Die Arbeitsfläche - The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can -open works from the Bookshelf, read them, search in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see below). + Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit &bibletime; +statt. Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin +suchen und sogar ihre persönlichen +Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe unten). Werke lesen - As we have already seen, -you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the -Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has -a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read -window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser. + Wie wir bereits gesehen +haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im +Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche +öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie +Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu +navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie +von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind. Lese-Fenster Anordnung - Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several -possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see -that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely -yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve -this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at - Window Arrangement -mode . Just try it out, it's simple and works. + Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt +verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche +anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das Fenster-Menü +im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung +vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder &bibletime; die automatische Anordnung +überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der +verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in +Fenster Anordnungs-Art + aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und +funktioniert. Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar - To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have -install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is -called "Personal commentary". + Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein +bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft +installieren. Dieses Werk heißt "Persönlicher Kommentar". - If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in -read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to -write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain -text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). + Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im +Bücherregal mit der linken Maustaste öffnen, wird +dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in +diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen +Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der rechten +Maustaste öffnen und dann Bearbeiten und +dann entweder Reintext (Quellcode-Editor) oder +HTML (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen. - If Edit this work is -deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary. + Falls Bearbeiten deaktiviert +ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des +persönlichen Kommentars besitzen. - Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted. + Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, +um den Text des Verses einzufügen. @@ -172,36 +181,37 @@ will be inserted. In Werken suchen - Searching text in an open read window - You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter -of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other -programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works. + Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen + Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem +Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen +Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit +der rechten Maustaste und Auswahl von +Finden..., oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls + &Ctrl;F erreicht +werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen +können. Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen - You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in -work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other -work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to -open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time. + Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der rechten +Maustaste auf das Symbol im Bücherregal +klicken und Suche in... auswählen. Indem Sie +&Shift; oder &Ctrl; gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist +eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den +Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig +suchen. - You can also access the search dialog by clicking on -Search from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry. + Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf +Suche im Hauptmenü klicken und den +entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen. - A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an -open read window. + Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem +offenen Lesefenster zu klicken. - Search configuration + Such-Konfiguration Suchtext Einstellungen @@ -211,91 +221,96 @@ open read window. - Selecting works - At the top of the options tab you will find -Choose(works). If you would like to search in -multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in. + Werke auswählen + Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie +Auswählen.... Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen +möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü +auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können. - Using Search Scopes - You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by -selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search -scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton. + Suchbereiche verwenden + Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, +indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste +Bereich: auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen +Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf Einrichten... +klicken. - Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND. - You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' -matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. - To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'. - Available text types: + Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax + Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die +Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini +zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit +AND. + Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während +'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt +Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'. + Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt +von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der +Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'. + Verfügbare Textarten: - Search Types + Sucharten - Prefix - Meaning + Präfix + Bedeutung heading: - searches headings + durchsucht Kopfzeilen footnote: - searches footnotes + durchsucht Fußnoten strong: - searches Strong's Numbers + durchsucht Strong-Nummern morph: - searches morphology codes + durchsucht Morphologie-Codes
- &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has -many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: &bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat +viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html - Search results - Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse -button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a -certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the -references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below. + Suchergebnisse + Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden +wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der rechten +Maustaste erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk +gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies +funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um +sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen +bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster. - Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window. + Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem +Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen +Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt. - Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to -that verse. + Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn +dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen. - Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks. + Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu +erstellen. - Search result analysis - Click on Search analysisto open the search analysis -display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis. + Suchergebnisse analysieren + Klicken Sie auf Ergebnisse analysieren..., um die +Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache +graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie +die Analyse abspeichern. Suchanalyse Dialogbox @@ -309,51 +324,58 @@ analysis. Der <guimenuitem>Bücherregal Verwalter</guimenuitem> - The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your -Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking -Settings Bookshelf Manager - in the main menu. + Die Bücherregal-Verwaltung ist ein Werkzeug, das +Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie +aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf + Einstellungen +Bücherregal-Verwaltung im Hauptmenü +klicken. - Bookshelf path(s) setup - Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/". + Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten + Hier können Sie festlegen, wo &bibletime; Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte +abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen +speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist "~/.sword/". - If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard -disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD -as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present. + Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte +installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie +den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie +&bibletime; starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie +eingelegt ist. - Install/update work(s) - With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library. - To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to -connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click -on Connect to library. &bibletime; will scan the -contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can -add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available -in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark -all works that you want to install or update, and click on -Install works. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf. + Werke installieren/updaten + Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt +"Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem +lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein +(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires +Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module +anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit +Hinzufügen... und Löschen... +verwalten. + Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie +eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen +Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken +Sie auf Auffrischen.... &bibletime; wird den Inhalt +der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, +die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und +aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren +oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf +Installieren... klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem +Bücherregal übertragen. Werk(e) entfernen - This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your -Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on -Remove works. + Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem +Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei +einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf Entfernen.... - Search Indexes - This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works. + Suchindizes + Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste +Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen. If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. @@ -362,20 +384,21 @@ index files for removed works. Exortieren und Drucken - In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will -allow you to Select, -Copy (to clipboard), -Save or Print -text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the -normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you -click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out. + An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der +rechten Maustaste öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext +wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit Auswählen, +Kopieren (zur Zwischenablage), +Speichern oder Drucken +zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn +Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der +Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere +Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's +einfach mal. - Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If -you are composing a document or presentation containing text from -&bibletime; works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or -editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from &bibletime; directly. + Das Drucken in &bibletime; ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel +gedacht. Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text +aus &bibletime;-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für +Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr +Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von &bibletime; aus direkt zu drucken. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index f0c040f..353b56c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ Referenz - Main menu reference - In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the -main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in -&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they -belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of -all hotkeys can be found in this -section. + Hauptmenü-Referenz + In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im +&bibletime;-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch +in &bibletime; auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer +jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge +nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in diesem Abschnitt. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ section</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.</para> + <action>&bibletime; schließen.</action> &bibletime; wird Sie fragen, ob Sie +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to -maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + <action>Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</action> Diese Einstellung maximiert +das &bibletime;-Fenster.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the -main toolbar on or off.</para> + <action>Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</action> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht +der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -98,9 +98,24 @@ main toolbar on or off.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to -turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</para> + <action>Bücherregal anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die +Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies +kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Lesezeichen anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie +die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich +sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -113,8 +128,8 @@ more space for the Mag.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this -setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</para> + <action>Lupenfenster anzeigen.</action> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das +Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -142,8 +157,9 @@ setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + <action>In der Standard-Bibel suchen...</action>. Es können mehr Werke zum +Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können +Sie <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">hier</link> finden.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -164,8 +180,9 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + <action>In offenen Werken suchen...</action>. Werke können im Suchdialog +hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung +können Sie <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">hier</link> finden.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -187,10 +204,11 @@ works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a -context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be -overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.</para> + <action>Sitzung speichern</action>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem +Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen +können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den +nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern +können.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -208,8 +226,8 @@ new session.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.</para> + <action>Als neue Sitzung speichern</action>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach +einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -223,8 +241,8 @@ for a new name to save the session to.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + <action>Sitzung laden</action>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo +Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -238,8 +256,8 @@ where you can select an existing session to load.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + <action>Sitzung löschen</action>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das +Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -253,10 +271,10 @@ where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it -for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> + <action>Anordnungs-Art</action>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie +bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten +(manueller Modus), oder dass &bibletime; sich um die Fensteranordnung +kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!).</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -280,7 +298,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Cascades all open windows</action>. + <action>Geöffnete Fenster staffeln</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -304,7 +322,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + <action>Vertikal kacheln</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -328,7 +346,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>. + <action>Horizontal kacheln</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -352,7 +370,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para> + <action>Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</action>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -377,10 +395,11 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can -configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your -needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for -details.</para> + <action>&bibletime; konfigurieren</action>. Dies öffnet den +Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von &bibletime;. Sie können hier alle möglichen +Einstellungen von &bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen +Sie in <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details +nach.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> @@ -404,9 +423,10 @@ details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link -linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> + <action>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</action>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur +Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie +bitte in <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">diesem Abschnitt</link> +für Details nach.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -436,7 +456,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + <action>Handbuch</action>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von &bibletime;. Sie +lesen es gerade.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -460,13 +481,15 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of -the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the -scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen -as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We -expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If -you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + <action>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</action>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie +man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, +dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und +nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil +er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu +fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu +verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass +Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht +enttäuschen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -479,31 +502,318 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> -contains information about &bibletime; software version, project -contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the -license agreement.</para> + <action>Über &bibletime;</action>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit +Projekt-Informationen über &bibletime; und enthält die &bibletime;-Version, +Projekt-Beitragende, &sword;-Version, &qt;-Version und das Lizenzabkommen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Werksreferenz + + In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken +assoziierten Symbolzeichen. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Blättert vorwärts im Verlauf. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Blättert rückwärts im Verlauf. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt eine installierte Bibel aus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt eine zusätzliche Bibel aus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + In ausgewählten Werken suchen. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Konfiguration anzeigen. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt ein installiertes Kommentar aus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt ein zusätzliches Kommentar aus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronisiert angezeigten Eintrag mit aktivem Bibelfenster. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt ein Buch aus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt ein installiertes Glossar oder eine installierte Andacht aus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Wählt ein zusätzliches Glossar oder eine zusätzliche Andacht aus. + + + + + + + + - HotKeys index - This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section. + Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis + Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden +Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch +sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel +eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in +&bibletime; ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel +mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in diesem Abschnitt nachsehen. - Hotkey - Description + Tastenkürzel + Beschreibung @@ -512,14 +822,14 @@ can look it up in this section. &Alt;Left - Moves back in the history of read windows. + Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurückblättern. &Alt;Right - Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne. + Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwärtsblättern. @@ -528,9 +838,9 @@ can look it up in this section. -Search Search in default bible - equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible. +Suche In Standardbibel +suchen... öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +der Standardbibel zu suchen. @@ -540,9 +850,10 @@ default bible. - Window Arrangement -mode Auto-tile vertically - equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + Fenster +Anordnungs-Art Automatisches +Vertikal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus. @@ -552,9 +863,10 @@ mode Auto-tile vertically &Ctrl;&Alt;H - Window Arrangement -mode Auto-tile horizontally - equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + Fenster +Anordnungs-Art Automatisches +Horizontal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus. @@ -562,9 +874,10 @@ mode Auto-tile horizontally &Ctrl;&Alt;J - Window Arrangement -mode Auto-cascade -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading. + Fenster +Anordnungs-Art Automatisches +Staffeln schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf +automatisches Staffeln. @@ -572,9 +885,9 @@ equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading. &Ctrl;&Alt;M - Window Arrangement -mode Manual mode -equivalent; toggle manual window placement. + Fenster +Anordnungs-Art Manuell + schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus. @@ -583,8 +896,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. -Window Save as new session - equivalent; saves current layout as new session. +Fenster Als neue Sitzung +speichern speichert die aktuelle Sitzung +als neue Sitzung ab. @@ -593,36 +907,36 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. -Window Close all - equivalent; closes all open windows. +Fenster Alle Fenster schließen + schließt alle geöffneten Fenster. &Ctrl;- - Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows. + Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern. &Ctrl;+ - Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows. + Vergrößern. Dies vergrößert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern. &Ctrl;A - Select all. This selects all text in read windows. + Alles auswählen. Dies wählt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus. &Ctrl;C - Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard. + Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewählten Text in die Zwischenablage. @@ -630,7 +944,8 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. &Ctrl;F - Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window. + Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu +suchen. @@ -641,8 +956,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. -Window Tile vertically - equivalent. +Fenster Vertikal kacheln + setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales +Kacheln. @@ -654,8 +970,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. -Window Tile horizontally - equivalent. +Fenster Horizontal kacheln + setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales +Kacheln. @@ -667,8 +984,8 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. -Window Cascade - windows equivalent. +Fenster Staffeln + setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung. @@ -679,9 +996,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement. -Search Search in open work(s) - equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works. +Suche In offenen Werken +suchen... öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen. @@ -691,15 +1008,15 @@ currently opened works. -File Quit - equivalent; closes &bibletime;. +Datei Beenden + schließt &bibletime;. &Ctrl;W - Closes the current window. + Schließt das aktuelle Fenster. @@ -708,8 +1025,8 @@ currently opened works. - Help Handbook - equivalent; opens the handbook. + Hilfe Handbuch + öffnet das Handbuch. @@ -718,8 +1035,8 @@ currently opened works. - Help BibleStudy -Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto. + Hilfe Anleitung zum +Bibelstudium öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo. @@ -729,9 +1046,9 @@ Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto. - Settings Bookshelf -Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager. + Einstellungen +Bücherregal-Verwaltung +öffnet die Bücherregal-Verwaltung. @@ -741,8 +1058,8 @@ Manager. -View Show Bookshelf - equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf. +Ansicht Bücherregal anzeigen + aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals. @@ -752,11 +1069,12 @@ Manager. -View Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass). +Ansicht Lupenfenster anzeigen + aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters. + diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 303e7a6..ab7e1f0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,42 +1,44 @@ &bibletime; starten - How to start &bibletime; + Wie &bibletime; zu starten ist &bibletime; starten - &bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + &bibletime; ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert +ist. Sie können &bibletime; aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten: - &bibletime; start icon + &bibletime;-Start-Symbol - &bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: + &bibletime; kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen +werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben +Sie folgendes ein: &bibletime; - Other window managers - &bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer. + Andere Fenstermanager + &bibletime; kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, +OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die +entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert +sind. - Startup customization - From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the -default bible: + Konfiguration des Startverhaltens + Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, um +einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. + "<random>"Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: + bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen. - Startup sequence - As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main -&bibletime; window opens: + Start-Sequenz + Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen +des Hauptfensters sehen: @@ -44,13 +46,15 @@ default bible: - Modifies your Bookshelf. This dialog lets you modify your -Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if -no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see this section for further -details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to -install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know -&bibletime;'s basic features quickly. + Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren. Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, +Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom +System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein +Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in diesem Abschnitt für weitere +Details nach. Falls Sie &bibletime; mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, +ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein +Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von +&bibletime; kennen zu lernen. @@ -59,9 +63,10 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know - Customizes &bibletime;.This dialog lets you adapt -&bibletime; to your needs. Please see the -detailed description of this dialog. + &bibletime; anpassen.Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen +&bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie die detaillierte Beschreibung dieses Dialogs +nach. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook index 458130a..1ea43a0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ KDE'> Qt'> - - + + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ ]> - The &bibletime; handbook + Das &bibletime;-Handbuch Fred @@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ 1999-2009 - the &bibletime; team + Das &bibletime;-Team Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;. - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. + &bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert. QT4 diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html index fdb4f65..d132ab2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,56 +1,61 @@ -Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Configure BibleTime Dialog
- Display +Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren
+ Display
- Languages + Languages
- Desk + Desk
- HotKeys -

In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be -found under Settings in the main menu.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on -your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting -Settings -Configure BibleTime.

+ HotKeys +

In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie BibleTime zu +konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü Einstellungen im +Hauptmenü finden.

Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren

Die BibleTime Benutzeroberfläche kann auf vielfältige Art ihren Ansprüchen +angepasst werden. Sie können auf den Konfigurationsdialog über die Auswahl +von Einstellungen +BibleTime einrichten. gelangen.

Display

Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden Optionen aus: -

  • Startlogo anzeigen

Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various -built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.

+

  • Startlogo anzeigen

Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, +usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer +Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,

Languages

Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, -und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.

By default, BibleTime uses the default system display font. You can -override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be -displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.

Options Dialog - fonts

Der Optionendialog - Schriften.

BibleTime can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are -interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work -only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then -you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.

To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select -the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that -supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the -work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.

Schriftarten installieren

Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this -handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the Unicode -HOWTO.

Tipp

If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), BibleTime will run -faster than with a large font like Bitstream -Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

Schriftarten beziehen

Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:

  • Your *nix distribution.

  • Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.

  • An existing Microsoft -Windows®installation on the same computer.

  • Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream -erhältlich sind.

  • Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.

Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these -fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all -characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.

Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten

+und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.

Standardmäßig verwendet BibleTime die System-Standardschrift zur +Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen +erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können +und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu +spezifizieren.

Optionendialog - Schriften

Der Optionendialog - Schriften.

BibleTime kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die +für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts +unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen +(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass die +Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält.

Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem +Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen "Benutzerdefinierte +Schrift verwenden" aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart +aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele +verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten +Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie +bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu +installieren.

Schriftarten installieren

Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang +dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch +das +Unicode-HOWTO lesen.

Tipp

Wenn Sie eine kleine Schriftart wie Clearlyu (etwa 22kb) verwenden, wird +BibleTime schneller laufen als mit einer großen Schriftart wie Bitstream Cyberbit® (etwa 12MB).

Schriftarten beziehen

Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:

  • Ihre *nix-Distribution.

  • Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.

  • Eine bestehende Microsoft +Windows®-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer.

  • Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream +erhältlich sind.

  • Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.

Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser +Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten +enthält alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also +evtl. verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen.

Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten

Code2000 Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen Zeichenbereich ab.
SIL unicode fonts - Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.
+ Exzellente Unicode-Schriftarten des Summer Institute of Linguistics.
FreeFont - A new free Unicode font initiative.
+ Eine neue Initiative für freie Unicode-Schriftarten.
Crosswire's font directory Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Seite von Crosswire verfügbar.
@@ -61,22 +66,23 @@ seine Gr Hebräisch, Thai.
Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban - Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.

There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer -( Multilingual Unicode -TrueType Fonts in the Internet), or the one by Alan Wood ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

+

Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.

Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von +Christoph Singer (Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts +in the Internet), oder eine von Alan Wood ( Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

Desk -

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

+

Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, +können nun in BibleTime konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften +sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, +Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz +spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des +Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie +fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, +gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben.

HotKeys

Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von BibleTimes Befehlen -hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (dieser Abschnitt enthält eine +hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (dieser Abschnitt enthält eine komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von BibleTime kann hier ein Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.

Zurück   Weiter
Exortieren und Drucken Zum Anfang Kapitel 5. Referenz
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html index 8aa66a0..f72957c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,27 +1,32 @@ -Kapitel 1. Einleitung
Kapitel 1. Einleitung
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 1. Einleitung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

About BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides -the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported -document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Vorhandene Werke

Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft +Kapitel 1. Einleitung

Kapitel 1. Einleitung
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 1. Einleitung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Über BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation

Über BibleTime

BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und +Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach +installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der Sword-Bibliothek, welche die +zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für BibleTime zur Verfügung +stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, +usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft.

BibleTime wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der +Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige +Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den Entwicklerseiten +des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden.

Vorhandene Werke

Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft verfügbar. Dazu gehören: -

Bibeln

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings -and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and -include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Bücher

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"

Kommentare

Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the Personal commentary you can record your own personal notes to -sections of the Bible.

Andachtsbücher

Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes -Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".

Lexika / Wörterbücher

Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible -Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible -Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

Motivation

Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their -relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality -program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire -that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.

 

Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, -ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.

 
 --Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle

Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.

Zurück   Weiter
The BibleTime handbook Zum Anfang Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
+

Bibeln

Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, +Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen +Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern +umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", +hebräisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes.

Bücher

Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und +"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke"

Kommentare

Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on +the Bible", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers "Kommentar über Galater". " +Mit dem Persönlichen Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage +Ihre eigenen Notizen über +Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen.

Andachtsbücher

Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes +Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".

Lexika / Wörterbücher

Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons "Morphological Analysis +Codes", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der +International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören +u.a. Strongs "Hebrew Bible Dictionary", Strongs "Greek Bible Dictionary", +Websters "Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913" und +Naves "Topical Bible".

Motivation

Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, +dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu +einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig +einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott +gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist.

 

Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, +ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.

 
 --Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle

Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.

Zurück   Weiter
Das BibleTime-Handbuch Zum Anfang Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index c110d14..b5c6d13 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,27 +1,35 @@ -Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

Der Bücherregal Verwalter

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your -Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

Bookshelf path(s) setup

Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".

Tipp

If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard -disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD -as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.

Install/update work(s)

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library.

To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to -connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click -on Connect to library. BibleTime will scan the -contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can -add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available -in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark -all works that you want to install or update, and click on -Install works. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.

Werk(e) entfernen

This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your -Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on -Remove works.

Search Indexes

This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.

Tipp

+Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

Der Bücherregal Verwalter

Die Bücherregal-Verwaltung ist ein Werkzeug, das +Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie +aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf +Einstellungen → Bücherregal-Verwaltung im Hauptmenü +klicken.

Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten

Hier können Sie festlegen, wo BibleTime Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte +abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen +speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist "~/.sword/".

Tipp

Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte +installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie +den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie +BibleTime starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie +eingelegt ist.

Werke installieren/updaten

Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt +"Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem +lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein +(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires +Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module +anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit +Hinzufügen... und Löschen... +verwalten.

Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie +eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen +Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken +Sie auf Auffrischen.... BibleTime wird den Inhalt +der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, +die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und +aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren +oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf +Installieren... klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem +Bücherregal übertragen.

Werk(e) entfernen

Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem +Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei +einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf Entfernen....

Suchindizes

Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste +Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen.

Tipp

If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
Zurück Nach oben Weiter
In Werken suchen Zum Anfang Exortieren und Drucken
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 7995aef..0435d3a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ -Exortieren und Drucken
Exortieren und Drucken
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

Exortieren und Drucken

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will -allow you to Select, -Copy (to clipboard), -Save or Print -text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the -normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you -click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.

Printing from BibleTime is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If -you are composing a document or presentation containing text from -BibleTime works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or -editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from BibleTime directly.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Der Bücherregal Verwalter Zum Anfang Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
+Exortieren und Drucken
Exortieren und Drucken
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

Exortieren und Drucken

An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der +rechten Maustaste öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext +wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit Auswählen, +Kopieren (zur Zwischenablage), +Speichern oder Drucken +zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn +Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der +Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere +Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's +einfach mal.

Das Drucken in BibleTime ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel +gedacht. Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text +aus BibleTime-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für +Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr +Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von BibleTime aus direkt zu drucken.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Der Bücherregal Verwalter Zum Anfang Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 72f318b..3ef4fe6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,69 +1,75 @@ -Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Das Bücherregal

Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Das Bücherregal

Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können -sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.

Werke lesen

Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte +sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.

Werke lesen

Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument -zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.

Tipp

Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop

If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the -passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference -(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work -you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified -location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.

Weitere Informationen über Werke

If you click with the rightmouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

In Werken suchen

You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting -"Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here.

Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten

+zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.

Tipp

Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop

Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des +aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl +verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der linken +Maustaste auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird +zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu +öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle +geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes +Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen.

Weitere Informationen über Werke

Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Symbol +eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk +relevanten Einträgen. "Über..." öffnet ein +Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte +Werk. "Entschlüsseln..." öffnet ein kleines +Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den +Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere +Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte diese +Seite auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft.

In Werken suchen

Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der rechten +Maustaste auf sein Symbol klicken und "Suche +in..." auswählen. Indem Sie Umschalt und auf andere Werke +klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben +Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser +Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften +können Sie hier finden.

Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten

-

Tipp

Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop

+

Tipp

Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop

- Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark -category of the bookshelf and select "Create new -folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal -drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or -search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.

You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark -folder as described above, and select "Export -bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

You can also click with the righton folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

Die Lupe

Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von BibleTime ist rein + Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den +Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie "Neuer +Ordner" aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie +können normale Drag&Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus +Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um +Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen.

Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren +sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um +dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das Kontextmenü des +Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie "Aus +Verzeichnis exportieren...". Dies wird ein Dialogfenster +öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das +Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise.

Auch können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf +Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern.

Die Lupe

Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von BibleTime ist rein passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie -es einfach aus.

Die Arbeitsfläche

The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can -open works from the Bookshelf, read them, search in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

Werke lesen

As we have already seen, -you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the -Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has -a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read -window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.

Lese-Fenster Anordnung

Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several -possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see -that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely -yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve -this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at -Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have -install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is -called "Personal commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in -read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to -write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain -text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

Tipp

If Edit this work is -deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.

Tipp

Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Zum Anfang In Werken suchen
+es einfach aus.

Die Arbeitsfläche

Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit BibleTime +statt. Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin +suchen und sogar ihre persönlichen +Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe unten).

Werke lesen

Wie wir bereits gesehen +haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im +Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche +öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie +Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu +navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie +von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind.

Lese-Fenster Anordnung

Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt +verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche +anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das Fenster-Menü +im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung +vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder BibleTime die automatische Anordnung +überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der +verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in Fenster → Anordnungs-Art aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und +funktioniert.

Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar

Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein +bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft +installieren. Dieses Werk heißt "Persönlicher Kommentar".

Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im +Bücherregal mit der linken Maustaste öffnen, wird +dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in +diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen +Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der rechten +Maustaste öffnen und dann Bearbeiten und +dann entweder Reintext (Quellcode-Editor) oder +HTML (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen.

Tipp

Falls Bearbeiten deaktiviert +ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des +persönlichen Kommentars besitzen.

Tipp

Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, +um den Text des Verses einzufügen.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Zum Anfang In Werken suchen
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 3330c02..263e039 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,39 +1,46 @@ -In Werken suchen
In Werken suchen
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

In Werken suchen

Searching text in an open read window

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter -of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other -programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.

Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen

You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in -work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other -work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to -open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.

You can also access the search dialog by clicking on Search from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.

A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an -open read window.

Search configuration

Selecting works

At the top of the options tab you will find -Choose(works). If you would like to search in -multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.

Using Search Scopes

You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by -selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search -scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton.

Basic Search Syntax Introduction

Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND.

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' -matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

Available text types: -

Tabelle 3.1. Search Types

PrefixMeaning
heading:searches headings
footnote:searches footnotes
strong:searches Strong's Numbers
morph:searches morphology codes


BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has -many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Search results

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse -button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a -certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the -references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

Tipp

Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window.

Tipp

Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to -that verse.

Tipp

Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.

Search result analysis

Click on Search analysisto open the search analysis -display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters Zum Anfang Der Bücherregal Verwalter
+In Werken suchen
In Werken suchen
Zurück Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung Weiter

In Werken suchen

Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen

Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem +Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen +Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit +der rechten Maustaste und Auswahl von +Finden..., oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls +StrgF erreicht +werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen +können.

Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen

Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der rechten +Maustaste auf das Symbol im Bücherregal +klicken und Suche in... auswählen. Indem Sie +Umschalt oder Strg gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist +eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den +Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig +suchen.

Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf Suche im Hauptmenü klicken und den +entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen.

Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem +offenen Lesefenster zu klicken.

Such-Konfiguration

Werke auswählen

Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie +Auswählen.... Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen +möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü +auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können.

Suchbereiche verwenden

Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, +indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste +Bereich: auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen +Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf Einrichten... +klicken.

Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax

Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die +Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini +zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit +AND.

Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während +'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt +Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'.

Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt +von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der +Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'.

Verfügbare Textarten: +

Tabelle 3.1. Sucharten

PräfixBedeutung
heading:durchsucht Kopfzeilen
footnote:durchsucht Fußnoten
strong:durchsucht Strong-Nummern
morph:durchsucht Morphologie-Codes


BibleTime benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat +viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Suchergebnisse

Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden +wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der rechten +Maustaste erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk +gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies +funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um +sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen +bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster.

Tipp

Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem +Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen +Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt.

Tipp

Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn +dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen.

Tipp

Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu +erstellen.

Suchergebnisse analysieren

Klicken Sie auf Ergebnisse analysieren..., um die +Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache +graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie +die Analyse abspeichern.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters Zum Anfang Der Bücherregal Verwalter
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html index 9852ab2..b9f92a9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ -Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Programmüberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bücherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsfläche
In Werken suchen
Searching text in an open read window
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Search configuration
Search results
Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Bookshelf path(s) setup
Install/update work(s)
Werk(e) entfernen
Search Indexes
Exortieren und Drucken

Programmüberblick

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like: -

The BibleTime application window

- You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.

Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln -betrachten.

Zurück   Weiter
Startup sequence Zum Anfang Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
+Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Programmüberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bücherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsfläche
In Werken suchen
Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Such-Konfiguration
Suchergebnisse
Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten
Werke installieren/updaten
Werk(e) entfernen
Suchindizes
Exortieren und Drucken

Programmüberblick

So sieht eine typische BibleTime-Sitzung aus: +

Das BibleTime-Applikations-Fenster

+ Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters +erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im +Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen +verwalten. Das kleine "Lupen"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in +Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre +Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den +tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen +den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der +rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit.

Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln +betrachten.

Zurück   Weiter
Start-Sequenz Zum Anfang Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 8bd717d..0050266 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,92 +1,97 @@ -HotKeys index
HotKeys index
Zurück Kapitel 5. Referenz 

HotKeys index

This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section.

HotkeyDescription
+Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis
Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis
Zurück Kapitel 5. Referenz 

Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis

Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden +Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch +sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel +eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in +BibleTime ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel +mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in diesem Abschnitt nachsehen.

TastenkürzelBeschreibung
AltLeft - Moves back in the history of read windows.
+ Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurückblättern.
AltRight - Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.
- CtrlAltF + Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwärtsblättern.
+ StrgAltF - Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible.
- CtrlAltG + Suche → In Standardbibel +suchen... öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +der Standardbibel zu suchen.
+ StrgAltG - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches +Vertikal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus.
- CtrlAltH - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
- CtrlAltJ - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-cascade -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
- CtrlAltM - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Manual mode -equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
- CtrlAltS - - Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
- CtrlAltW - - Window → Close all - equivalent; closes all open windows.
- Ctrl- - Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.
- Ctrl+ - Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.
- CtrlA - Select all. This selects all text in read windows.
- CtrlC - Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.
- CtrlF - Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.
- CtrlG - - Window → Tile vertically equivalent. + StrgAltH + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches +Horizontal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus.
+ StrgAltJ + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches +Staffeln schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf +automatisches Staffeln.
+ StrgAltM + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Manuell schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus.
+ StrgAltS + + Fenster → Als neue Sitzung +speichern speichert die aktuelle Sitzung +als neue Sitzung ab.
+ StrgAltW + + Fenster → Alle Fenster schließen schließt alle geöffneten Fenster.
+ Strg- + Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern.
+ Strg+ + Vergrößern. Dies vergrößert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern.
+ StrgA + Alles auswählen. Dies wählt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus.
+ StrgC + Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewählten Text in die Zwischenablage.
+ StrgF + Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu +suchen.
+ StrgG + + Fenster → Vertikal kacheln setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales +Kacheln.
- CtrlH + StrgH - Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. + Fenster → Horizontal kacheln setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales +Kacheln.
- CtrlJ + StrgJ - Window → Cascade - windows equivalent. + Fenster → Staffeln + setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung.
- CtrlO + StrgO - Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works.
- CtrlQ + Suche → In offenen Werken +suchen... öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen.
+ StrgQ - File → Quit - equivalent; closes BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Closes the current window.
+ Datei → Beenden + schließt BibleTime.
+ StrgW + Schließt das aktuelle Fenster.
F1 - Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
+ Hilfe → Handbuch öffnet das Handbuch.
F2 - Help → BibleStudy -Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
+ Hilfe → Anleitung zum +Bibelstudium öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo.
F4 -Settings → Bookshelf -Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager.
+Einstellungen → Bücherregal-Verwaltung +öffnet die Bücherregal-Verwaltung.
F8 - View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
+ Ansicht → Bücherregal anzeigen aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals.
F9 - View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
Zurück Nach oben 
Kapitel 5. Referenz Zum Anfang 
+ Ansicht → Lupenfenster anzeigen aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.
Zurück Nach oben 
Werksreferenz Zum Anfang 
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0edda3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Werksreferenz
Werksreferenz
Zurück Kapitel 5. Referenz Weiter

Werksreferenz

+ In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken +assoziierten Symbolzeichen. +

+

+ + +

+ Blättert vorwärts im Verlauf. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Blättert rückwärts im Verlauf. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt eine installierte Bibel aus. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt eine zusätzliche Bibel aus. +

+

+

+ + +

+ In ausgewählten Werken suchen. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Konfiguration anzeigen. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt ein installiertes Kommentar aus. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt ein zusätzliches Kommentar aus. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Synchronisiert angezeigten Eintrag mit aktivem Bibelfenster. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt ein Buch aus. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt ein installiertes Glossar oder eine installierte Andacht aus. +

+

+

+ + +

+ Wählt ein zusätzliches Glossar oder eine zusätzliche Andacht aus. +

+

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 5. Referenz Zum Anfang Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index e3bd43a..d4a54bc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,140 +1,152 @@ -Kapitel 5. Referenz
Kapitel 5. Referenz
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 5. Referenz

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Main menu reference
- File +Kapitel 5. Referenz
Kapitel 5. Referenz
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 5. Referenz

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Hauptmenü-Referenz
+ File
- View + View
- Search + Search
- Window + Window
- Settings + Settings
- Help -
HotKeys index

Main menu reference

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the -main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in -BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they -belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of -all hotkeys can be found in this -section.

+ Help +

Werksreferenz
Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis

Hauptmenü-Referenz

In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im +BibleTime-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch +in BibleTime auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer +jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge +nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in diesem Abschnitt.

File

- File → Quit (CtrlQ) + File → Quit (StrgQ)

- Closes BibleTime. BibleTime will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.

-

+ BibleTime schließen. BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.

+

View

View → Fullscreen mode (F5)

- Toggles full screen display. Toggle this setting to -maximize the BibleTime window.

+ Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen. Diese Einstellung maximiert +das BibleTime-Fenster.

View → Show toolbar (F6)

- Toggles Toolbar display. Toggle this setting to turn the -main toolbar on or off.

+ Werkzeugleiste anzeigen. Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht +der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus.

View → Show Bookshelf

- Toggles display of the Bookshelf. Toggle this setting to -turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.

+ Bücherregal anzeigen. Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die +Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies +kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.

+ View → Show Bookmarks +

+ Lesezeichen anzeigen. Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie +die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich +sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.

View → Show Mag

- Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass). Toggle this -setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.

+ Lupenfenster anzeigen. Dieser Umschalter zeigt das +Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.

Search

- Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF) + Search → Search in standard bible (StrgAltF)

- Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.

+ In der Standard-Bibel suchen.... Es können mehr Werke zum +Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können +Sie hier finden.

- Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO) + Search → Search in open work(s) (StrgO)

- Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.

+ In offenen Werken suchen.... Werke können im Suchdialog +hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung +können Sie hier finden.

Window

Window → Save session

- Directly saves the current session. This will open a -context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be -overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.

- Window → Save as new session (CtrlAltS) + Sitzung speichern. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem +Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen +können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den +nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern +können.

+ Window → Save as new session (StrgAltS)

- Saves the current session under a new name. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.

+ Als neue Sitzung speichern. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach +einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen.

Window → Load session

- Loads an existing session. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.

+ Sitzung laden. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo +Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können.

Window → Delete session

- Deletes an existing session. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.

+ Sitzung löschen. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das +Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen.

Window → Arrangement mode

- Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have BibleTime handle it -for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).

+ Anordnungs-Art. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie +bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten +(manueller Modus), oder dass BibleTime sich um die Fensteranordnung +kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!).

- Window → Cascade (CtrlJ) + Window → Cascade (StrgJ)

- Cascades all open windows. + Geöffnete Fenster staffeln.

- Window → Tile vertically (CtrlG) + Window → Tile vertically (StrgG)

- Automatically tiles all open windows vertically. + Vertikal kacheln.

- Window → Tile horizontally (CtrlH) + Window → Tile horizontally (StrgH)

- Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally. + Horizontal kacheln.

- Window → Close all (CtrlAltW) + Window → Close all (StrgAltW)

- Closes all open windows.

+ Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen.

Settings

Settings → Configure BibleTime

- Opens BibleTime's main configuration dialog. You can -configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt BibleTime to your -needs. Please see this section for -details.

+ BibleTime konfigurieren. Dies öffnet den +Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von BibleTime. Sie können hier alle möglichen +Einstellungen von BibleTime an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen +Sie in diesem Abschnitt für Details +nach.

Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

+ Bücherregal-Verwaltung. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur +Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie +bitte in diesem Abschnitt +für Details nach.

Help

Help → Handbook (F1)

- Opens BibleTime's user guide You are reading it now.

+ Handbuch. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von BibleTime. Sie +lesen es gerade.

Help → Bible Study Howto (F2)

- Opens a guide on how to study the Bible It is the hope of -the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the -scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen -as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We -expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If -you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.

+ Anleitung zum Bibelstudium. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie +man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime-Teams, +dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und +nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil +er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu +fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu +verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass +Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht +enttäuschen.

Help → About

- Opens a window about BibleTime project information -contains information about BibleTime software version, project -contributors, Sword software version, Qt software version and the -license agreement.

Zurück   Weiter
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten Zum Anfang HotKeys index
+ Über BibleTime. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit +Projekt-Informationen über BibleTime und enthält die BibleTime-Version, +Projekt-Beitragende, Sword-Version, Qt-Version und das Lizenzabkommen.

Zurück   Weiter
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten Zum Anfang Werksreferenz
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 67f834c..7fa538c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ -Startup sequence
Startup sequence
Zurück Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten Weiter

Startup sequence

As BibleTime launches you may see the following screens before the main -BibleTime window opens:

+Start-Sequenz
Start-Sequenz
Zurück Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten Weiter

Start-Sequenz

Wenn BibleTime startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen +des Hauptfensters sehen:

Bookshelf Manager

- Modifies your Bookshelf. This dialog lets you modify your -Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if -no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see this section for further -details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to -install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know -BibleTime's basic features quickly.

+ Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren. Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, +Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom +System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein +Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in diesem Abschnitt für weitere +Details nach. Falls Sie BibleTime mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, +ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein +Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von +BibleTime kennen zu lernen.

Configure BibleTime dialog

- Customizes BibleTime.This dialog lets you adapt -BibleTime to your needs. Please see the -detailed description of this dialog.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten Zum Anfang Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
+ BibleTime anpassen.Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen +BibleTime an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie die detaillierte Beschreibung dieses Dialogs +nach.

Zurück Nach oben Weiter
Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten Zum Anfang Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html index 9118571..00fcb7e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ -Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

How to start BibleTime
BibleTime starten
Other window managers
Startup customization
Startup sequence

How to start BibleTime

BibleTime starten

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon: -

BibleTime start icon

BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

BibleTime

Other window managers

BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

Startup customization

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the -default bible: +Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
Zurück   Weiter

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Wie BibleTime zu starten ist
BibleTime starten
Andere Fenstermanager
Konfiguration des Startverhaltens
Start-Sequenz

Wie BibleTime zu starten ist

BibleTime starten

BibleTime ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert +ist. Sie können BibleTime aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten: +

BibleTime-Start-Symbol

BibleTime kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen +werden. Um BibleTime zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben +Sie folgendes ein: + 

BibleTime

Andere Fenstermanager

BibleTime kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, +OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die +entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert +sind.

Konfiguration des Startverhaltens

Von einem Terminal aus können Sie BibleTime folgendermaßen verwenden, um +einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

Zurück   Weiter
Kapitel 1. Einleitung Zum Anfang Startup sequence
+ "<random>"

Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"

Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen.

Zurück   Weiter
Kapitel 1. Einleitung Zum Anfang Start-Sequenz
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 1db13f5..23c5261 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -The BibleTime handbook
The BibleTime handbook
   Weiter

The BibleTime handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.0

Copyright © 1999-2009 the BibleTime team

Der BibleTime-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von BibleTime.

Zusammenfassung

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Einleitung
About BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation
2. BibleTime starten
How to start BibleTime
BibleTime starten
Other window managers
Startup customization
Startup sequence
3. Programmbedienung
Programmüberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bücherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsfläche
In Werken suchen
Searching text in an open read window
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Search configuration
Search results
Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Bookshelf path(s) setup
Install/update work(s)
Werk(e) entfernen
Search Indexes
Exortieren und Drucken
4. BibleTime einrichten
Configure BibleTime Dialog
- Display +Das BibleTime-Handbuch
Das BibleTime-Handbuch
   Weiter

Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.2

Copyright © 1999-2009 Das BibleTime-Team

Der BibleTime-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von BibleTime.

Zusammenfassung

BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Einleitung
Über BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation
2. BibleTime starten
Wie BibleTime zu starten ist
BibleTime starten
Andere Fenstermanager
Konfiguration des Startverhaltens
Start-Sequenz
3. Programmbedienung
Programmüberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bücherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsfläche
In Werken suchen
Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Such-Konfiguration
Suchergebnisse
Der Bücherregal Verwalter
Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten
Werke installieren/updaten
Werk(e) entfernen
Suchindizes
Exortieren und Drucken
4. BibleTime einrichten
Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren
+ Display
- Languages + Languages
- Desk + Desk
- HotKeys -
5. Referenz
Main menu reference
- File + HotKeys +
5. Referenz
Hauptmenü-Referenz
+ File
- View + View
- Search + Search
- Window + Window
- Settings + Settings
- Help -
HotKeys index

Tabellenverzeichnis

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode Schriftarten
   Weiter
   Kapitel 1. Einleitung
+ Help +
Werksreferenz
Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis

Tabellenverzeichnis

3.1. Sucharten
4.1. Unicode Schriftarten
   Weiter
   Kapitel 1. Einleitung
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index c30f0ac..81f9bed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ An existing Microsoft - Windowsinstallation on the same + Windows installation on the same computer. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you - hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses + hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 8e449bd..abf7062 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ You can easily see the different parts of the - application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works - and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the + application. The top left window is used to open installed works + in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can + manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the - left mouse buttonon the + left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can @@ -60,12 +61,12 @@ Additional information about works If you click with the - rightmouse button on the symbol of a + right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. - "About this work"opens a window with + "About this work" opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. - "Unlock this work"opens a small + "Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ Searching in works You can search in a work by clicking with the - rightmouse button on its symbol and + right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more @@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ Click with the - rightmouse button on the bookmark + right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop @@ -106,14 +107,14 @@ between folders. You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the - context menuof the bookmark folder as + context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. You can also click with the - righton folders and bookmarks to + right on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry - Windowin the main menu. There you can see + Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select @@ -175,12 +176,12 @@ If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a - leftmouse button, it opens in read + left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the - rightmouse button and then select - Edit this workand then either + right mouse button and then select + Edit this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the - rightmouse button and selecting + right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can @@ -219,9 +220,9 @@ Accessing the search dialog You can search in a work by clicking with the - rightmouse button on its symbol in the + right mouse button on its symbol in the - Bookshelfand selecting + Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open @@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the - Setup rangesbutton. + Setup ranges button. Basic Search Syntax Introduction @@ -320,7 +321,7 @@ Search results Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the - rightmouse button allows you to copy, + right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular @@ -342,7 +343,7 @@ Search result analysis Click on - Search analysisto open the search + Search analysis to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis. @@ -425,7 +426,7 @@ Exporting and Printing In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the - rightmouse button. Depending on context, + right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 028bd49..73d6064 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -106,6 +106,22 @@ + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle + this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or + off. This can be handy if you need more space for the + Mag. + + + @@ -147,7 +163,8 @@ Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog. + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + here. @@ -169,8 +186,9 @@ Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open - works. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog. + works. Works can be added or removed in the Search + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + here. @@ -507,6 +525,292 @@ + + Works reference + + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons + associated with open works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls forward through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls back through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Search in selected works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Display configuration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select additional commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select a book. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + HotKeys index This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding @@ -837,4 +1141,5 @@ + diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook index 944a217..2bce422 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;. - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html index e4552ff..ccf8aa1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime
Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime
Prev   Next

Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime

Table of Contents

Configure BibleTime Dialog
- Display +Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime
Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime
Prev   Next

Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime

Table of Contents

Configure BibleTime Dialog
+ Display
- Languages + Languages
- Desk + Desk
- HotKeys + HotKeys

In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be found under - Settings in the main menu.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many + Settings in the main menu.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting Settings - Configure BibleTime.

+ Configure BibleTime.

Display

The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options: -

  • Show startup logo

Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, +

  • Show startup logo

Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you - select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.

+ select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.

Languages

Here you can specify which language should be used for the biblical booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@ font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package - for that language.

Installing fonts

Detailed font installation instructions are outside the + for that language.

Installing fonts

Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the - Unicode HOWTO.

Tip

If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), + Unicode HOWTO.

Tip

If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), BibleTime will run faster than with a large font like Bitstream - Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

Obtaining Fonts

Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:

  • Your *nix distribution.

  • Your distribution's localization packages.

  • An existing + Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

Obtaining Fonts

Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:

  • Your *nix distribution.

  • Your distribution's localization packages.

  • An existing Microsoft - Windows®installation on the same - computer.

  • A font collection, such as are available from Adobe - or Bitstream.

  • Online font collections.

Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, + Windows® installation on the same + computer.

  • A font collection, such as are available from Adobe + or Bitstream.

  • Online font collections.

    • Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Alan Wood ( Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support - them).

    + them).

    Desk

    Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in BibleTime. These features are documented @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you - hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses + hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you - specified.

    + specified.

    HotKeys

    HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html index 448c381..dc03919 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 1. Introduction

    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 1. Introduction

    Table of Contents

    About BibleTime
    Available works
    Motivation

    About BibleTime

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for +Chapter 1. Introduction

    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 1. Introduction

    Table of Contents

    About BibleTime
    Available works
    Motivation

    About BibleTime

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible - Society.

    Available works

    Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the + Society.

    Available works

    Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Crosswire Bible Society. These include:

    Bibles

    The full Bible text, with optional things like @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's - Topical Bible.

    Motivation

    Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help + Topical Bible.

    Motivation

    Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.

     

    Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from above, coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there - is no variation or shifting shadow.

    		 
     --James 1:17, NASB

    God bless you as you use this program.

    Prev   Next
    The BibleTime handbook Home Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime
    + is no variation or shifting shadow.

      --James 1:17, NASB

    God bless you as you use this program.

    Prev   Next
    The BibleTime handbook Home Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 2758c71..2e6357b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -The Bookshelf Manager
    The - Bookshelf Manager
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    The +The Bookshelf Manager
    The + Bookshelf Manager
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    The Bookshelf Manager

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking - Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Bookshelf path(s) setup

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your + Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Bookshelf path(s) setup

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple - directories. Default is "~/.sword/".

    Tip

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all + directories. Default is "~/.sword/".

    Tip

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all works - on the CD if it is present.

    Install/update work(s)

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of + on the CD if it is present.

    Install/update work(s)

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on Install works. They will then be - transferred to your Bookshelf.

    Remove work(s)

    This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works + transferred to your Bookshelf.

    Remove work(s)

    This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on - Remove works.

    Search Indexes

    This option allows you to create new search indexes and - cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.

    Tip

    + Remove works.

    Search Indexes

    This option allows you to create new search indexes and + cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.

    Tip

    If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
    Prev Up Next
    Searching in works Home Exporting and Printing
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html index dbc3a32..7e6b9c8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Exporting and Printing
    Exporting and Printing
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    Exporting and Printing

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with +Exporting and Printing

    Exporting and Printing
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    Exporting and Printing

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the - rightmouse button. Depending on context, + right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing from BibleTime directly.

    Prev Up Next
    The - Bookshelf Manager Home Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime
    + Bookshelf Manager Home Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 018fb11..1ec0a2b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ -Parts of the BibleTime application window
    Parts of the BibleTime application window
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    Parts of the BibleTime application window

    The Bookshelf

    The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category +Parts of the BibleTime application window

    Parts of the BibleTime application window
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    Parts of the BibleTime application window

    The Bookshelf

    The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is - where you can store and access your own bookmarks.

    Reading works

    To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply + where you can store and access your own bookmarks.

    Reading works

    To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the left mouse button on the desired category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for reading. A read window will appear in - the Desk area.

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Works Here

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open + the Desk area.

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Works Here

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the - left mouse buttonon the + left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, then - it will jump to the specified location.

    Additional information about works

    If you click with the - rightmouse button on the symbol of a + it will jump to the specified location.

    Additional information about works

    If you click with the + right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. - "About this work"opens a window with + "About this work" opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. - "Unlock this work"opens a small + "Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this page on the Crosswire Bible Society web - site.

    Searching in works

    You can search in a work by clicking with the - rightmouse button on its symbol and + site.

    Searching in works

    You can search in a work by clicking with the + right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found - here.

    Working with bookmarks

    + here.

    Working with bookmarks

    -

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Works Here

    +

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Works Here

    Click with the - rightmouse button on the bookmark + right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop @@ -48,51 +48,51 @@ results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.

    You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the - context menuof the bookmark folder as + context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the - righton folders and bookmarks to - change their names and descriptions.

    The Mag(nifying glass)

    This little window in the lower left corner of the + right on folders and bookmarks to + change their names and descriptions.

    The Mag(nifying glass)

    This little window in the lower left corner of the BibleTime window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just try it - out.

    The Desk

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes + out.

    The Desk

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, search in them, and even save your annotations in the personal commentary module (see - below).

    Reading works

    As we have + below).

    Reading works

    As we have already seen, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you - know from your browser.

    Read window placement

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. + know from your browser.

    Read window placement

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry - Windowin the main menu. There you can see + Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at - Window → Arrangement mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Editing your own commentary

    To be able to store your own comments about parts of the + Window → Arrangement mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Editing your own commentary

    To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is called "Personal commentary".

    If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a - leftmouse button, it opens in read + left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the - rightmouse button and then select - Edit this workand then either + right mouse button and then select + Edit this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or HTML(basic gui wysiwyg - editor).

    Tip

    If + editor).

    Tip

    If Edit this work is deactivated, please check if you have write - permission for the files of the personal commentary.

    Tip

    Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and + permission for the files of the personal commentary.

    Tip

    Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse will be inserted.

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 3. Program operation Home Searching in works
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html index a5c8dbd..07ec0af 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -Searching in works
    Searching in works
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    Searching in works

    Searching text in an open read window

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window +Searching in works

    Searching in works
    Prev Chapter 3. Program operation Next

    Searching in works

    Searching text in an open read window

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the - rightmouse button and selecting + right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how you can - search in entire works.

    Accessing the search dialog

    You can search in a work by clicking with the - rightmouse button on its symbol in the + search in entire works.

    Accessing the search dialog

    You can search in a work by clicking with the + right mouse button on its symbol in the - Bookshelfand selecting + Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ the same time.

    You can also access the search dialog by clicking on Search from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.

    A third possibility to start searches is to click on the - search symbol in an open read window.

    Search configuration

    Selecting works

    At the top of the options tab you will find + search symbol in an open read window.

    Search configuration

    Selecting works

    At the top of the options tab you will find Choose(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to - search in.

    Using Search Scopes

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts + search in.

    Using Search Scopes

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the - Setup rangesbutton.

    Basic Search Syntax Introduction

    Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the + Setup ranges button.

    Basic Search Syntax Introduction

    Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.

    You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of @@ -39,20 +39,20 @@ searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: - http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Search results

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Search results

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the - rightmouse button allows you to copy, + right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window - below.

    Tip

    Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the + below.

    Tip

    Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the work at that verse in a new read - window.

    Tip

    Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and - it will jump to that verse.

    Tip

    Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to - create bookmarks.

    Search result analysis

    Click on - Search analysisto open the search + window.

    Tip

    Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and + it will jump to that verse.

    Tip

    Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to + create bookmarks.

    Search result analysis

    Click on + Search analysis to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of - the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.

    Prev Up Next
    Parts of the BibleTime application window Home The - Bookshelf Manager
    + the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.

    Prev Up Next
    Parts of the BibleTime application window Home The + Bookshelf Manager
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html index 542e16e..b3d1694 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ -Chapter 3. Program operation
    Chapter 3. Program operation
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 3. Program operation

    Table of Contents

    Program overview
    Parts of the BibleTime application window
    The Bookshelf
    The Mag(nifying glass)
    The Desk
    Searching in works
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accessing the search dialog
    Search configuration
    Search results
    The - Bookshelf Manager
    Bookshelf path(s) setup
    Install/update work(s)
    Remove work(s)
    Search Indexes
    Exporting and Printing

    Program overview

    This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like: +Chapter 3. Program operation

    Chapter 3. Program operation
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 3. Program operation

    Table of Contents

    Program overview
    Parts of the BibleTime application window
    The Bookshelf
    The Mag(nifying glass)
    The Desk
    Searching in works
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accessing the search dialog
    Search configuration
    Search results
    The + Bookshelf Manager
    Bookshelf path(s) setup
    Install/update work(s)
    Remove work(s)
    Search Indexes
    Exporting and Printing

    Program overview

    This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

    The BibleTime application window

    You can easily see the different parts of the - application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works - and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the + application. The top left window is used to open installed works + in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can + manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.

    Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the - application individually.

    Prev   Next
    Startup sequence Home Parts of the BibleTime application window
    + application individually.

    Prev   Next
    Startup sequence Home Parts of the BibleTime application window
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 9636237..0f6c289 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -HotKeys index
    HotKeys index
    Prev Chapter 5. Reference 

    HotKeys index

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding +HotKeys index

    HotKeys index
    Prev Chapter 5. Reference 

    HotKeys index

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ View → Show mag equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying - glass).

    Prev Up 
    Chapter 5. Reference Home 
    + glass).
    Prev Up 
    Works reference Home 
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9e0613 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Works reference
    Works reference
    Prev Chapter 5. Reference Next

    Works reference

    + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons + associated with open works. +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls forward through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls back through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Search in selected works. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Display configuration. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select additional commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select a book. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed glossary or devotional. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional glossary or devotional. +

    +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 5. Reference Home HotKeys index
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html index 25de9fc..2e896d0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Chapter 5. Reference
    Chapter 5. Reference
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 5. Reference

    Table of Contents

    Main menu reference
    - File +Chapter 5. Reference
    Chapter 5. Reference
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 5. Reference

    Table of Contents

    Main menu reference
    + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    HotKeys index

    Main menu reference

    In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all + Help +

    Works reference
    HotKeys index

    Main menu reference

    In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in - this section.

    + this section.

    File

    @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@

    Closes BibleTime. BibleTime will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.

    -

    +

    View

    @@ -42,12 +42,18 @@ Toggles display of the Bookshelf. Toggle this setting to turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need more space for the + Mag.

    + View → Show Bookmarks +

    + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle + this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or + off. This can be handy if you need more space for the Mag.

    View → Show Mag

    Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass). Toggle this setting to turn the Mag on the - left pane on or off.

    + left pane on or off.

    Search

    @@ -55,13 +61,15 @@

    Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog.

    + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + here.

    Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

    Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open - works. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog.

    + works. Works can be added or removed in the Search + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + here.

    Window

    Window → Save session @@ -113,7 +121,7 @@ Window → Close all (CtrlAltW)

    - Closes all open windows.

    + Closes all open windows.

    Settings

    @@ -131,7 +139,7 @@ Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and manage your bookshelf. Please see this - section for details.

    + section for details.

    Help

    @@ -157,4 +165,4 @@ information contains information about BibleTime software version, project contributors, Sword software version, Qt software - version and the license agreement.

    Prev   Next
    Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime Home HotKeys index
    + version and the license agreement.

    Prev   Next
    Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime Home Works reference
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index e1328f7..c437f1a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Startup sequence
    Startup sequence
    Prev Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime Next

    Startup sequence

    As BibleTime launches you may see the following screens +Startup sequence

    Startup sequence
    Prev Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime Next

    Startup sequence

    As BibleTime launches you may see the following screens before the main BibleTime window opens:

    Bookshelf Manager

    @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ Customizes BibleTime.This dialog lets you adapt BibleTime to your needs. Please see the detailed - description of this dialog.

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime Home Chapter 3. Program operation
    + description of this dialog.

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime Home Chapter 3. Program operation
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html index bb6be76..c0a959f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime
    Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime

    Table of Contents

    How to start BibleTime
    Starting BibleTime
    Other window managers
    Startup customization
    Startup sequence

    How to start BibleTime

    Starting BibleTime

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated +Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime

    Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime
    Prev   Next

    Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime

    Table of Contents

    How to start BibleTime
    Starting BibleTime
    Other window managers
    Startup customization
    Startup sequence

    How to start BibleTime

    Starting BibleTime

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

    BibleTime start icon

    BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

    BibleTime

    Other window managers

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such + 

    BibleTime

    Other window managers

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are already - installed on your computer.

    Startup customization

    From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a + installed on your computer.

    Startup customization

    From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the default bible: 

    bibletime --open-default-bible
       "<random>"

    To open at a given passage like John diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c20edfa Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caba77b Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57b4381 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25cbd5d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..215883d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e069a60 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91f0b37 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d98873 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88f2cb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14abcd6 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99e47f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea7f9a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index 642d7b7..26c45b2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -The BibleTime handbook

    The BibleTime handbook
       Next

    The BibleTime handbook

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.0

    Copyright © 1999-2009 the BibleTime team

    The BibleTime handbook is part of - BibleTime.

    Abstract

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword - framework.

    Table of Contents

    1. Introduction
    About BibleTime
    Available works
    Motivation
    2. Starting BibleTime
    How to start BibleTime
    Starting BibleTime
    Other window managers
    Startup customization
    Startup sequence
    3. Program operation
    Program overview
    Parts of the BibleTime application window
    The Bookshelf
    The Mag(nifying glass)
    The Desk
    Searching in works
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accessing the search dialog
    Search configuration
    Search results
    The - Bookshelf Manager
    Bookshelf path(s) setup
    Install/update work(s)
    Remove work(s)
    Search Indexes
    Exporting and Printing
    4. Configuring BibleTime
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +The BibleTime handbook
    The BibleTime handbook
       Next

    The BibleTime handbook

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.2

    Copyright © 1999-2009 the BibleTime team

    The BibleTime handbook is part of + BibleTime.

    Abstract

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword + framework.

    Table of Contents

    1. Introduction
    About BibleTime
    Available works
    Motivation
    2. Starting BibleTime
    How to start BibleTime
    Starting BibleTime
    Other window managers
    Startup customization
    Startup sequence
    3. Program operation
    Program overview
    Parts of the BibleTime application window
    The Bookshelf
    The Mag(nifying glass)
    The Desk
    Searching in works
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accessing the search dialog
    Search configuration
    Search results
    The + Bookshelf Manager
    Bookshelf path(s) setup
    Install/update work(s)
    Remove work(s)
    Search Indexes
    Exporting and Printing
    4. Configuring BibleTime
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys
    5. Reference
    Main menu reference
    - File + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    HotKeys index

    List of Tables

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Unicode Fonts
       Next
       Chapter 1. Introduction
    + Help +
    Works reference
    HotKeys index

    List of Tables

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Unicode Fonts
       Next
       Chapter 1. Introduction
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png index 7d0ed9e..e88be81 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png and b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 9e7cdea..f51c7ce 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ Bitstream Cyberbit (noin 12Mb). Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit. - Olemassaoleva Microsoft Windows -asennus samalla tietokoneella. + An existing Microsoft Windows +installation on the same computer. Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them). have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 1abd686..443d0ef 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ The &bibletime;-sovelluksen ikkuna - Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa -kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien -hallintaan. Pieni "Suurennuslasi" -ikkuna kirjahyllyn alla käytetään -näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi -alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen -sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti -käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen -työn. + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work. Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, @@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ then it will jump to the specified location. Tehtävien lisätiedot - If you click with the rightmouse button on the + If you click with the right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. Etsintä teoksista You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these @@ -83,20 +83,20 @@ can be found here. Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders. You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. - Voit napsauttaa hiiren oikealla painikkeella -kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia. + You can also click with the right on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ know from your browser. Lukuikkunan sijoitus Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@ tietty teos Crosswire Bible Societyn sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary". If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ personal commentary. You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting +right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ you can search in entire works. Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ you can select the works you want to search in. You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton. +Setup ranges button. Perushaun syntaksiohje @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html Etsinnän tulokset Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference @@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ kohdalle. Etsintätulosten analysointi - Napsauta Hakuanalyysiavataksesi -hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka -monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit -tallettaa analyysin. + Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis. Hakuanalyysi-ikkuna @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen. Vienti ja tulostus In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), Save or Print diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index fde9e2a..d87c444 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -104,6 +104,21 @@ haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille. + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag. + + + @@ -143,8 +158,9 @@ piilotetuksi. - Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa. + Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here. @@ -165,8 +181,9 @@ teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa. - Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa. + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here. @@ -490,6 +507,292 @@ license agreement. + + Works reference + + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls forward through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls back through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Search in selected works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Display configuration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select additional commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select a book. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + Pikanäppäinten luettelo This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the @@ -760,4 +1063,5 @@ Manager. + diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook index 7fe8356..16e885d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ &bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa. - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html index f3812c6..2580f60 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset

    Sisällys

    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset

    Sisällys

    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys

    Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka BibleTime:n asetuksia asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon Asetukset --kohdasta.

    Configure BibleTime Dialog

    BibleTime käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi +-kohdasta.

    Configure BibleTime Dialog

    BibleTime käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla Asetukset Aseta -BibleTime.

    +BibleTime.

    Display

    Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: -

    • Näytä aloituskuva

    Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko +

    • Näytä aloituskuva

    Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset -yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.

    +yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.

    Languages

    Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.

    By default, BibleTime uses the default system display font. You can @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ in this work.

    To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.

    Kirjasimien asennus

    Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.

    Kirjasimien asennus

    Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the Unicode -HOWTO.

    Vihje

    Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), BibleTime on +HOWTO.

    Vihje

    Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), BibleTime on nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten -Bitstream Cyberbit® (noin 12Mb).

    Kirjasimien hankinta

    Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:

    • Your *nix distribution.

    • Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.

    • Olemassaoleva Microsoft Windows® -asennus samalla tietokoneella.

    • Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.

    • Online kirjasinkokoelmat.

    Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa +Bitstream Cyberbit® (noin 12Mb).

    Kirjasimien hankinta

    Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:

    • Your *nix distribution.

    • Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.

    • An existing Microsoft Windows® +installation on the same computer.

    • Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.

    • Online kirjasinkokoelmat.

    Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.

    Taulu 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet

    @@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ heprean ja Thai-kielen.
    Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.

    Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), tai Alan Woodin ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

    +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

    Desk

    Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

    +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.

    HotKeys

    HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's commands have predefined HotKeys diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html index e1108f3..210ea7a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Luku 1. Johdanto

    Luku 1. Johdanto
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 1. Johdanto

    Sisällys

    Tietoja BibleTime:stä
    Saatavana olevat tehtävät
    Motivaatiota

    Tietoja BibleTime:stä

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +Luku 1. Johdanto

    Luku 1. Johdanto
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 1. Johdanto

    Sisällys

    Tietoja BibleTime:stä
    Saatavana olevat tehtävät
    Motivaatiota

    Tietoja BibleTime:stä

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

    BibleTime on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin kehittäjien -osio.

    Saatavana olevat tehtävät

    Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana Crosswire Bible Societyn +osio.

    Saatavana olevat tehtävät

    Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana Crosswire Bible Societyn sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät:

    Raamattuja

    The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ sis Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

    Motivaatiota

    Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

    Motivaatiota

    Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien asioiden lähde.

     

    Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan -tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.

    		 
     --Jaak 1:17, NASB

    Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    BibleTime-käsikirja Alkuun Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    +tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.

      --Jaak 1:17, NASB

    Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    BibleTime-käsikirja Alkuun Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index ef7a876..c61ed1e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    Kirjahyllyn hallinta

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your +Kirjahyllyn hallinta

    Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    Kirjahyllyn hallinta

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".

    Vihje

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".

    Vihje

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.

    Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.

    Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on Install works. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.

    Poista teos/teoksia

    Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä +Bookshelf.

    Poista teos/teoksia

    Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja -napsauta Poista teokset.

    Etsii indeksejä

    Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten -orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.

    Vihje

    +napsauta Poista teokset.

    Etsii indeksejä

    Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten +orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.

    Vihje

    If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Etsintä teoksista Alkuun Vienti ja tulostus
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 551a715..6734586 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Vienti ja tulostus
    Vienti ja tulostus
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    Vienti ja tulostus

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will +Vienti ja tulostus

    Vienti ja tulostus
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    Vienti ja tulostus

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), Save or Print @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.

    Printing from BibleTime works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from BibleTime directly.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta Alkuun Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    +from BibleTime directly.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta Alkuun Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 4f898f4..c362a25 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,69 +1,69 @@ -BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

    Kirjahylly

    Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

    Kirjahylly

    Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian -"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.

    Lukutehtäviä

    Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta +"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.

    Lukutehtäviä

    Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta yksinkertaisestivasenta hiiren nappia halutussa kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä -teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.

    Vihje

    Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.

    Vihje

    Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.

    Tehtävien lisätiedot

    If you click with the rightmouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.

    Tehtävien lisätiedot

    If you click with the right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Etsintä teoksista

    You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Etsintä teoksista

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here.

    Kirjanmerkkityöskentely

    +can be found here.

    Kirjanmerkkityöskentely

    -

    Vihje

    Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän

    +

    Vihje

    Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän

    - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.

    You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    Voit napsauttaa hiiren oikealla painikkeella -kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.

    Suurennuslasi

    This little window in the lower left corner of the BibleTime window is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the right on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

    Suurennuslasi

    This little window in the lower left corner of the BibleTime window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just -try it out.

    Työpöytä

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can +try it out.

    Työpöytä

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, search in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

    Lukutehtäviä

    As we have already seen, +annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

    Lukutehtäviä

    As we have already seen, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.

    Lukuikkunan sijoitus

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +know from your browser.

    Lukuikkunan sijoitus

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi

    Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi

    Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa tietty teos Crosswire Bible Societyn sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".

    If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Vihje

    If Edit this work is +HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Vihje

    If Edit this work is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.

    Vihje

    Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Alkuun Etsintä teoksista
    +personal commentary.

    Vihje

    Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Alkuun Etsintä teoksista
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 12b1fe7..f79199a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -Etsintä teoksista
    Etsintä teoksista
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    Etsintä teoksista

    Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +Etsintä teoksista

    Etsintä teoksista
    Edellinen Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto Seuraava

    Etsintä teoksista

    Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting +right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.

    Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy

    You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in +you can search in entire works.

    Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.

    You can also access the search dialog by clicking on Search from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.

    Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia -avoimessa lukuikkunassa.

    Etsinnän asetukset

    Tehtävien valinta

    At the top of the options tab you will find +avoimessa lukuikkunassa.

    Etsinnän asetukset

    Tehtävien valinta

    At the top of the options tab you will find Choose(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.

    Hakualueiden käyttäminen

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.

    Hakualueiden käyttäminen

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton.

    Perushaun syntaksiohje

    Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa +Setup ranges button.

    Perushaun syntaksiohje

    Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.

    Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas '?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.

    To search t number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

    Saatavana olevat tekstityypit:

    Taulu 3.1. Search Types

    EtuliiteMerkitys
    otsikko:etsii otsikoita
    alaviite:etsii alaviitteitä
    vahvennos:etsii Strongin numeroita
    muoto:etsii mofologisia koodeja


    BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Etsinnän tulokset

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Etsinnän tulokset

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Vihje

    Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen -lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.

    Vihje

    Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen -kohdalle.

    Vihje

    Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.

    Etsintätulosten analysointi

    Napsauta Hakuanalyysiavataksesi -hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka -monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit -tallettaa analyysin.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna Alkuun Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Vihje

    Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen +lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.

    Vihje

    Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen +kohdalle.

    Vihje

    Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.

    Etsintätulosten analysointi

    Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna Alkuun Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html index f62f370..117df0c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
    Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

    Sisällys

    Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    Kirjahylly
    Suurennuslasi
    Työpöytä
    Etsintä teoksista
    Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
    Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy
    Etsinnän asetukset
    Etsinnän tulokset
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
    Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia
    Poista teos/teoksia
    Etsii indeksejä
    Vienti ja tulostus

    Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan

    Tyypillinen BibleTime-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: +Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

    Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

    Sisällys

    Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    Kirjahylly
    Suurennuslasi
    Työpöytä
    Etsintä teoksista
    Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
    Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy
    Etsinnän asetukset
    Etsinnän tulokset
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
    Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia
    Poista teos/teoksia
    Etsii indeksejä
    Vienti ja tulostus

    Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan

    Tyypillinen BibleTime-istunto näyttää tällaiselta:

    The BibleTime-sovelluksen ikkuna

    - Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa -kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien -hallintaan. Pieni "Suurennuslasi" -ikkuna kirjahyllyn alla käytetään -näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi -alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen -sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti -käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen -työn.

    Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Käynnistyssarja Alkuun BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.

    Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Käynnistyssarja Alkuun BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index a57bee6..6c70cbe 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Pikanäppäinten luettelo
    Pikanäppäinten luettelo
    Edellinen Luku 5. Viittaus 

    Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    Pikanäppäinten luettelo
    Edellinen Luku 5. Viittaus 

    Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ Manager. F9 View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).

    Edellinen Ylös 
    Luku 5. Viittaus Alkuun 
    + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
    Edellinen Ylös 
    Works reference Alkuun 
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e5c70d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Works reference
    Works reference
    Edellinen Luku 5. Viittaus Seuraava

    Works reference

    + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls forward through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls back through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Search in selected works. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Display configuration. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select additional commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select a book. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed glossary or devotional. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional glossary or devotional. +

    +

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 5. Viittaus Alkuun Pikanäppäinten luettelo
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html index a94375d..5a15821 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Luku 5. Viittaus
    Luku 5. Viittaus
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 5. Viittaus

    Sisällys

    Päävalikon käyttöopas
    - File +Luku 5. Viittaus
    Luku 5. Viittaus
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 5. Viittaus

    Sisällys

    Päävalikon käyttöopas
    + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    Päävalikon käyttöopas

    In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + Help +

    Works reference
    Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    Päävalikon käyttöopas

    In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in this -section.

    +section.

    File

    @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ section.

    Closes BibleTime. BibleTime will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.

    -

    +

    View

    @@ -40,24 +40,31 @@ asettaaksesi p

    Vaihtaa kirjahyllyn näkymisen. Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi kirjahyllyn näkyviin tai piilotetuksi. Tämä on kätevää, jos -haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.

    +haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.

    + View → Show Bookmarks +

    + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.

    View → Show Mag

    Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen. Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai -piilotetuksi.

    +piilotetuksi.

    Search

    Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF)

    - Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.

    + Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here.

    Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

    - Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.

    + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here.

    Window

    Window → Save session @@ -102,7 +109,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).

    Window → Close all (CtrlAltW)

    - Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.

    + Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.

    Settings

    @@ -116,7 +123,7 @@ details.

    < Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

    Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

    +manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

    Help

    @@ -138,4 +145,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Opens a window about BibleTime project information contains information about BibleTime software version, project contributors, Sword software version, Qt software version and the -license agreement.

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset Alkuun Pikanäppäinten luettelo
    +license agreement.

    Edellinen   Seuraava
    Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset Alkuun Works reference
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index e5ae099..5cbb330 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Käynnistyssarja
    Käynnistyssarja
    Edellinen Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys Seuraava

    Käynnistyssarja

    Kun BibleTime käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin BibleTimen +Käynnistyssarja

    Käynnistyssarja
    Edellinen Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys Seuraava

    Käynnistyssarja

    Kun BibleTime käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin BibleTimen pääikkuna avautuu:

    Bookshelf Manager

    @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ saadakseen selville BibleTimen perusominaisuude

    Räätälöi BibleTimen.Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä BibleTime:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä yksityiskohtainen kuvaus lisää tietoa tästä -ikkunasta.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys Alkuun Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
    +ikkunasta.

    Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
    Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys Alkuun Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html index 3f499a5..3aedddd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys

    Sisällys

    Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään
    BibleTimen käynnistys
    Muut ikkunamanagerit
    Käynnistyksen säätäminen
    Käynnistyssarja

    Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään

    BibleTimen käynnistys

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys

    Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    Edellinen   Seuraava

    Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys

    Sisällys

    Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään
    BibleTimen käynnistys
    Muut ikkunamanagerit
    Käynnistyksen säätäminen
    Käynnistyssarja

    Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään

    BibleTimen käynnistys

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

    BibleTime käynnistyskuvake

    BibleTime-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi BibleTime-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna ja kirjoita: - 

    BibleTime

    Muut ikkunamanagerit

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + 

    BibleTime

    Muut ikkunamanagerit

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

    Käynnistyksen säätäminen

    Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa +already installed on your computer.

    Käynnistyksen säätäminen

    Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa BibleTimen komennolla: 

    bibletime --open-default-bible
       "<random>"

    Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index e093a59..3c2dffe 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -BibleTime-käsikirja

    BibleTime-käsikirja
       Seuraava

    BibleTime-käsikirja

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.0

    Copyright © 1999-2009 BibleTime-työryhmä

    BibleTime-käsikirja on osa BibleTime-ohjelmaa.

    Tiivistelmä

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

    Sisällys

    1. Johdanto
    Tietoja BibleTime:stä
    Saatavana olevat tehtävät
    Motivaatiota
    2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään
    BibleTimen käynnistys
    Muut ikkunamanagerit
    Käynnistyksen säätäminen
    Käynnistyssarja
    3. Ohjelman toiminto
    Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    Kirjahylly
    Suurennuslasi
    Työpöytä
    Etsintä teoksista
    Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
    Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy
    Etsinnän asetukset
    Etsinnän tulokset
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
    Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia
    Poista teos/teoksia
    Etsii indeksejä
    Vienti ja tulostus
    4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +BibleTime-käsikirja
    BibleTime-käsikirja
       Seuraava

    BibleTime-käsikirja

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.2

    Copyright © 1999-2009 BibleTime-työryhmä

    BibleTime-käsikirja on osa BibleTime-ohjelmaa.

    Tiivistelmä

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

    Sisällys

    1. Johdanto
    Tietoja BibleTime:stä
    Saatavana olevat tehtävät
    Motivaatiota
    2. BibleTimen käynnistys
    Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään
    BibleTimen käynnistys
    Muut ikkunamanagerit
    Käynnistyksen säätäminen
    Käynnistyssarja
    3. Ohjelman toiminto
    Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
    BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
    Kirjahylly
    Suurennuslasi
    Työpöytä
    Etsintä teoksista
    Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
    Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy
    Etsinnän asetukset
    Etsinnän tulokset
    Kirjahyllyn hallinta
    Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
    Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia
    Poista teos/teoksia
    Etsii indeksejä
    Vienti ja tulostus
    4. BibleTime:n asetukset
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys
    5. Viittaus
    Päävalikon käyttöopas
    - File + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    Luettelo tauluista

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet
       Seuraava
       Luku 1. Johdanto
    + Help +
    Works reference
    Pikanäppäinten luettelo

    Luettelo tauluista

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet
       Seuraava
       Luku 1. Johdanto
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 31f296e..7edeb82 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ Cyberbit(about 12Mb). Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution - An existing Microsoft -Windowsinstallation on the same computer. + An existing Microsoft Windows +installation on the same computer. Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them). have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 37e9c4b..2e10377 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ The &bibletime; application window - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work. + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work. Examinons chacune des parties de l'application. @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau. If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, @@ -52,11 +53,11 @@ then it will jump to the specified location. Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules - If you click with the rightmouse button on the + If you click with the right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. Rechercher dans des modules You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these @@ -82,19 +83,19 @@ can be found here. Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders. You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. - You can also click with the righton folders and + You can also click with the right on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web. Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at @@ -147,11 +148,11 @@ url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society, appelé "Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary"). If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). @@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ will be inserted. You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting +right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -185,8 +186,8 @@ you can search in entire works. Accéder au dialogue de recherche You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the @@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ you can select the works you want to search in. You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton. +Setup ranges button. Basic Search Syntax Introduction @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html Résultats de recherche Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference @@ -294,7 +295,7 @@ bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets. Analyse de la recherche - Click on Search analysisto open the search analysis + Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis. @@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ index files for removed works. Exporter et imprimer In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), Save or Print diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 5b82b10..eb45f30 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -105,6 +105,21 @@ zoom. + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag. + + + @@ -144,7 +159,8 @@ de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here. @@ -165,8 +181,9 @@ only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. - Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog. + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here. @@ -490,6 +507,292 @@ license agreement. + + Works reference + + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls forward through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls back through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Search in selected works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Display configuration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select additional commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select a book. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + Index des raccourcis This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the @@ -761,4 +1064,5 @@ Manager. + diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index bb622b7..af6af41 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;. - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html index 95c4d5d..6970d4e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime
    Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime

    Table des matières

    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime
    Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime

    Table des matières

    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys

    In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be -found under Settings in the main menu.

    Configure BibleTime Dialog

    The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under Settings in the main menu.

    Configure BibleTime Dialog

    The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting Settings -Configure BibleTime.

    +Configure BibleTime.

    Display

    Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : -

    • Afficher le logo de démarrage

    Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +

    • Afficher le logo de démarrage

    Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.

    +on the right pane.

    Languages

    Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ in this work.

    To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.

    Installer des polices

    Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.

    Installer des polices

    Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the Unicode -HOWTO.

    Astuce

    If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), BibleTime will run +HOWTO.

    Astuce

    If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), BibleTime will run faster than with a large font like Bitstream -Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

    Obtenir des polices

    Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources

    • Your *nix distribution.

    • Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution

    • An existing Microsoft -Windows®installation on the same computer.

    • Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.

    • Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.

    Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

    Obtenir des polices

    Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources

    • Your *nix distribution.

    • Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution

    • An existing Microsoft Windows® +installation on the same computer.

    • Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.

    • Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.

    Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different languages.

    Tableau 4.1. Polices Unicode

    @@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ cyrilliques, grec, h Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.

    There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), or the one by Alan Wood ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

    +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

    Desk

    Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

    +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.

    HotKeys

    Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent être utilisée à la place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes BibleTime onts des diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html index 2113b48..0926317 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Chapitre 1. Introduction

    Chapitre 1. Introduction
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 1. Introduction

    Table des matières

    About BibleTime
    Œuvres disponibles
    Motivation

    About BibleTime

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +Chapitre 1. Introduction

    Chapitre 1. Introduction
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 1. Introduction

    Table des matières

    About BibleTime
    Œuvres disponibles
    Motivation

    About BibleTime

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

    BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

    Œuvres disponibles

    Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

    Œuvres disponibles

    Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès de la Crosswire Bible Society. Parmi ceux-ci:

    Bibles

    The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ Losungen.

    Lexiques et dictionnaires

    Motivation

    Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

    Motivation

    Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.

     

    Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des -lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.

    		 
     --Jacques 1:17, TOB

    Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma

    Précédent   Suivant
    Le manuel de BibleTime Sommaire Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime
    +lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.

      --Jacques 1:17, TOB

    Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma

    Précédent   Suivant
    Le manuel de BibleTime Sommaire Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 13f315b..19da332 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your +Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque

    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".

    Astuce

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".

    Astuce

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.

    Installer/mettre à jour module

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.

    Installer/mettre à jour module

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ biblioth votre bibliothèque; ou que vous avez déjà installés mais dont une nouvelle version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules à installer ou à mettre à jour et cliquez sur Installer modules. Elles -seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.

    Enlever des modules

    Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour +seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.

    Enlever des modules

    Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez -surEnlever modules.

    Search Indexes

    This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.

    Astuce

    +surEnlever modules.

    Search Indexes

    This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.

    Astuce

    If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Rechercher dans des modules Sommaire Exporter et imprimer
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 6aa8c79..f31d205 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Exporter et imprimer
    Exporter et imprimer
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Exporter et imprimer

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will +Exporter et imprimer

    Exporter et imprimer
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Exporter et imprimer

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), Save or Print @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.

    L'imprimer rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation contenant du texte d'modules de BibleTime, nous vous invitons à utiliser un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre système pour mettre en forme -votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de BibleTime.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque Sommaire Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime
    +votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de BibleTime.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque Sommaire Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 66f33de..e8ec360 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,70 +1,70 @@ -Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.

    La bibliothèque

    La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par +Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.

    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.

    La bibliothèque

    La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos -signets et d'y accéder.

    Lire des modules

    Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la +signets et d'y accéder.

    Lire des modules

    Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires, Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de -lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.

    Astuce

    Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.

    Astuce

    Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.

    Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules

    If you click with the rightmouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.

    Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules

    If you click with the right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Rechercher dans des modules

    You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Rechercher dans des modules

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here.

    Utilisez les signets

    +can be found here.

    Utilisez les signets

    -

    Astuce

    Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici

    +

    Astuce

    Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici

    - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.

    You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the righton folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

    Le zoom

    Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the right on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

    Le zoom

    Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de BibleTime est complètement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas -dans le texte-même. Essayez.

    Le bureau

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can +dans le texte-même. Essayez.

    Le bureau

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, search in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

    Lire des modules

    Comme nous l'avons déjà +annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

    Lire des modules

    Comme nous l'avons déjà vu, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothèque. Une fenêtre de lecture s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenêtre de lecture a sa propre barre d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi -que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.

    Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.

    Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Éditer votre propre commentaire

    Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Éditer votre propre commentaire

    Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez au préalable installer une module spécifique de la Crosswire Bible Society, appelé "Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").

    If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Astuce

    If Edit this work is +HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Astuce

    If Edit this work is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.

    Astuce

    Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +personal commentary.

    Astuce

    Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse will be inserted.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Sommaire Rechercher dans des modules
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 99e467e..9abbf09 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -Rechercher dans des modules
    Rechercher dans des modules
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Rechercher dans des modules

    Searching text in an open read window

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +Rechercher dans des modules

    Rechercher dans des modules
    Précédent Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme Suivant

    Rechercher dans des modules

    Searching text in an open read window

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting +right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.

    Accéder au dialogue de recherche

    You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in +you can search in entire works.

    Accéder au dialogue de recherche

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.

    You can also access the search dialog by clicking on Search from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.

    Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône -de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.

    Configuration de la recherche

    Sélectionner les modules

    At the top of the options tab you will find +de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.

    Configuration de la recherche

    Sélectionner les modules

    At the top of the options tab you will find Choose(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.

    Limiter l'étendue de la recherche

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.

    Limiter l'étendue de la recherche

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton.

    Basic Search Syntax Introduction

    Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +Setup ranges button.

    Basic Search Syntax Introduction

    Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.

    You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

    To search text other than number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

    Available text types:

    Tableau 3.1. Search Types

    PrefixMeaning
    heading:searches headings
    footnote:searches footnotes
    strong:searches Strong's Numbers
    morph:searches morphology codes


    BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Résultats de recherche

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Résultats de recherche

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Astuce

    Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Astuce

    Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre -de lecture.

    Astuce

    Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture -ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.

    Astuce

    Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la -bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.

    Analyse de la recherche

    Click on Search analysisto open the search analysis +de lecture.

    Astuce

    Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture +ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.

    Astuce

    Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la +bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.

    Analyse de la recherche

    Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. Sommaire Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    +analysis.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. Sommaire Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html index ae041a7..5d56368 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme
    Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme

    Table des matières

    Vue d'ensemble du programme
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    La bibliothèque
    Le zoom
    Le bureau
    Rechercher dans des modules
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accéder au dialogue de recherche
    Configuration de la recherche
    Résultats de recherche
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques
    Installer/mettre à jour module
    Enlever des modules
    Search Indexes
    Exporter et imprimer

    Vue d'ensemble du programme

    This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like: +Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme

    Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme

    Table des matières

    Vue d'ensemble du programme
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    La bibliothèque
    Le zoom
    Le bureau
    Rechercher dans des modules
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accéder au dialogue de recherche
    Configuration de la recherche
    Résultats de recherche
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques
    Installer/mettre à jour module
    Enlever des modules
    Search Indexes
    Exporter et imprimer

    Vue d'ensemble du programme

    This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

    The BibleTime application window

    - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.

    Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.

    Précédent   Suivant
    Séquence de démarrage Sommaire Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.

    Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.

    Précédent   Suivant
    Séquence de démarrage Sommaire Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 1e8f8e4..d8ebc04 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Index des raccourcis
    Index des raccourcis
    Précédent Chapitre 5. Référence 

    Index des raccourcis

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +Index des raccourcis

    Index des raccourcis
    Précédent Chapitre 5. Référence 

    Index des raccourcis

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ Manager. F9 View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).

    Précédent Niveau supérieur 
    Chapitre 5. Référence Sommaire 
    + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
    Précédent Niveau supérieur 
    Works reference Sommaire 
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0002a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Works reference
    Works reference
    Précédent Chapitre 5. Référence Suivant

    Works reference

    + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls forward through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls back through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Search in selected works. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Display configuration. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select additional commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select a book. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed glossary or devotional. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional glossary or devotional. +

    +

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 5. Référence Sommaire Index des raccourcis
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html index 25bd0a4..38ed0fa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Chapitre 5. Référence
    Chapitre 5. Référence
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 5. Référence

    Table des matières

    Référence du menu principal
    - File +Chapitre 5. Référence
    Chapitre 5. Référence
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 5. Référence

    Table des matières

    Référence du menu principal
    + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Index des raccourcis

    Référence du menu principal

    Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les + Help +

    Works reference
    Index des raccourcis

    Référence du menu principal

    Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les entrées du menu principal de BibleTime. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre où ils apparaissent dansBibleTime, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez -aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter la liste complète des raccourcis.

    +aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter la liste complète des raccourcis.

    File

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ aussi voir le raccourci de chaque

    Closes BibleTime. BibleTime will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.

    -

    +

    View

    @@ -40,23 +40,30 @@ de faire appara Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils. Permet de faire apparaître ou disparaître la bibliothèque dans le panneau de gauche. Cela peut être utile si vous avez besoin de plus de place pour le -zoom.

    +zoom.

    + View → Show Bookmarks +

    + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.

    View → Show Mag

    Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils. Permet -de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche.

    +de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche.

    Search

    Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF)

    Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.

    +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here.

    Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

    - Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.

    + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here.

    Window

    Window → Save session @@ -101,7 +108,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).

    Window → Close all (CtrlAltW)

    - Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes.

    + Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes.

    Settings

    @@ -115,7 +122,7 @@ details.

    < Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

    Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

    +manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

    Help

    @@ -137,4 +144,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Opens a window about BibleTime project information contains information about BibleTime software version, project contributors, Sword software version, Qt software version and the -license agreement.

    Précédent   Suivant
    Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime Sommaire Index des raccourcis
    +license agreement.

    Précédent   Suivant
    Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime Sommaire Works reference
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index f60735a..090591d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Séquence de démarrage
    Séquence de démarrage
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime Suivant

    Séquence de démarrage

    Au démarrage de BibleTime, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que +Séquence de démarrage

    Séquence de démarrage
    Précédent Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime Suivant

    Séquence de démarrage

    Au démarrage de BibleTime, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que la fenêtre principale de BibleTime ne s'ouvre:

    Bookshelf Manager

    @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know

    Customizes BibleTime.This dialog lets you adapt BibleTime to your needs. Please see the -detailed description of this dialog.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime Sommaire Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme
    +detailed description of this dialog.

    Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
    Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime Sommaire Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html index b94244d..eabca86 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime
    Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime

    Table des matières

    Comment lancer BibleTime
    Lancer BibleTime
    Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres
    Configuration du démarrage
    Séquence de démarrage

    Comment lancer BibleTime

    Lancer BibleTime

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime

    Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime
    Précédent   Suivant

    Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime

    Table des matières

    Comment lancer BibleTime
    Lancer BibleTime
    Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres
    Configuration du démarrage
    Séquence de démarrage

    Comment lancer BibleTime

    Lancer BibleTime

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

    BibleTime start icon

    BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

    BibleTime

    Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + 

    BibleTime

    Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

    Configuration du démarrage

    From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.

    Configuration du démarrage

    From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the default bible: 

    bibletime --open-default-bible
       "<random>"

    To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index 53395bc..f067960 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Le manuel de BibleTime

    Le manuel de BibleTime
       Suivant

    Le manuel de BibleTime

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.0

    Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe BibleTime

    Le manuel BibleTime fait partie de BibleTime.

    Résumé

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

    Table des matières

    1. Introduction
    About BibleTime
    Œuvres disponibles
    Motivation
    2. Lancer BibleTime
    Comment lancer BibleTime
    Lancer BibleTime
    Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres
    Configuration du démarrage
    Séquence de démarrage
    3. Utilisation du programme
    Vue d'ensemble du programme
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    La bibliothèque
    Le zoom
    Le bureau
    Rechercher dans des modules
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accéder au dialogue de recherche
    Configuration de la recherche
    Résultats de recherche
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques
    Installer/mettre à jour module
    Enlever des modules
    Search Indexes
    Exporter et imprimer
    4. Configurer BibleTime
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +Le manuel de BibleTime
    Le manuel de BibleTime
       Suivant

    Le manuel de BibleTime

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.2

    Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe BibleTime

    Le manuel BibleTime fait partie de BibleTime.

    Résumé

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

    Table des matières

    1. Introduction
    About BibleTime
    Œuvres disponibles
    Motivation
    2. Lancer BibleTime
    Comment lancer BibleTime
    Lancer BibleTime
    Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres
    Configuration du démarrage
    Séquence de démarrage
    3. Utilisation du programme
    Vue d'ensemble du programme
    Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.
    La bibliothèque
    Le zoom
    Le bureau
    Rechercher dans des modules
    Searching text in an open read window
    Accéder au dialogue de recherche
    Configuration de la recherche
    Résultats de recherche
    Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque
    Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques
    Installer/mettre à jour module
    Enlever des modules
    Search Indexes
    Exporter et imprimer
    4. Configurer BibleTime
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys
    5. Référence
    Référence du menu principal
    - File + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Index des raccourcis

    Liste des tableaux

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Polices Unicode
       Suivant
       Chapitre 1. Introduction
    + Help +
    Works reference
    Index des raccourcis

    Liste des tableaux

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Polices Unicode
       Suivant
       Chapitre 1. Introduction
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index c1ae9f3..21c01e5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ Cyberbit(kb. 12MB). Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai. - MeglévÅ‘ Microsoft Windowstelepítés -ugyanazon a számítógépen. + An existing Microsoft Windows +installation on the same computer. Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream. @@ -166,14 +166,13 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode karakter <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - Sok lehetÅ‘séget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a -&bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetÅ‘ségek jelezve vannak a -párbeszédablakban. LehetÅ‘ség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok -meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum -van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia -van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebbÅ‘l fog megjelenni a hivatkozott -vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi -például egy King James fordítású Bibliában. + Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index ab29d93..1cb5aaf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ <phrase>A &bibletime; alkalmazás ablak</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különbözÅ‘ részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal -oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzÅ‘k kezelésére használható. A kisebb -"Nagyító" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt -mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a -"Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors -elérést biztosít a különbözÅ‘ funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a -megnyitott dokumentum helye.</para> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</para> <para>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</para> </sect1> @@ -41,36 +42,37 @@ látható.</para> <para>A Fogd & Vidd működése</para> </tip> - <para>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát -ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson -a <mousebutton>bal egérgombbal</mousebutton> a versre, hivatkozásra (a -mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt -dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy -hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog -ugrani.</para> + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>KiegészítÅ‘ információk egy adott dokumentumról - Amikor jobb egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum -szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott -munkára érvényes. Az "Ãltalános információk" egy -új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A -"Feloldás" egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, -ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt -dokumentumokról kiegészítÅ‘ információt olvashat ezen az -oldalon, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. + If you click with the right mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see this +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. Keresés a dokumentumokban - Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a jobb egérgombbal -kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a "Keresés -itt:" menüpontot. A &Shift; segítségével másik ikonokra -kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes -kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását itt találhatja. + You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting +"Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found here. @@ -81,22 +83,20 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">itt találhatja. A Fogd & Vidd működése - Kattintson a jobb egérgombbal a könyvjelzÅ‘k -kategóriára, majd válassza az "Új mappa -létrehozása" menüelemet egy új könyvjelzÅ‘ mappa -létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy -verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a kereséséi eredményeket áthúzza a -könyvjelzÅ‘khöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévÅ‘ könyvjelzÅ‘it. - LehetÅ‘sége van könyvjelzÅ‘k importálására és exportálására is. Ennek -érdekében nyissa meg a helyi menüt a könyvjelzÅ‘ mappában, -ahogyan az az elÅ‘zÅ‘ekben le lett írva, majd válassza a -"KönyvjelzÅ‘k exportálása" menüpontot. Ekkor -elÅ‘jön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzÅ‘it. Az -importálás hasonlóképpen történik. + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select "Create new +folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders. + You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select "Export +bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. - A jobb egérgombbal kattintás természetesen -alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzÅ‘k neveinek és leírásainak -megváltoztatására is. + You can also click with the right on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. @@ -129,13 +129,14 @@ munkában. Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése - Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, -ahol több lehetÅ‘sége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az -Ablak menüre a fÅ‘menüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok -elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a &bibletime; automatikusan is -szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az Ablak -menü Ablakok automatikus elrendezése - menüpontot. + Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at + Window Arrangement +mode . Just try it out, it's simple and works. @@ -144,13 +145,14 @@ menü Ablakok automatikus elrendezése telepíteni a Crosswire Biblia Társaság egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt". - Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára -kattintva a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban -nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha -jobb egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a -Dokumentum szerkesztése pontot és az -Egyszerű szöveg (forráskód szerkesztÅ‘) vagy -HTML(alap wysiwyg szerkesztÅ‘). + If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain +text(source code editor) or +HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). Ha a Dokumentum szerkesztése @@ -169,24 +171,24 @@ dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban - Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen -olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a -jobb egérgombbal, és válassza a -Keresés... opciót, vagy használhatja a &Ctrl; F billentyű -kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes -dokumentumokban is. + You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +right mouse button and selecting +Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works. Keresési párbeszédablak elérése - Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy -jobbegérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a -Könyvespolcon, és kiválasztja a Keresés a -dokumentum(ok)ban lehetÅ‘séget. A &Shift; vagy a &Ctrl; nyomva -tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló -módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott -munkában fog keresni egyszerre. + You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in +work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time. Szintén elérhetÅ‘ a keresési funkció a fÅ‘menü Keresés almenüjébÅ‘l, ahol kiválaszthatja a @@ -219,13 +221,10 @@ lehetÅ‘ségekbÅ‘l kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat. Keresési hatókörök használata - Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ -egyet a Hatósugár által felajánlott listából. Ön is -meghatározhat hatókört a Telepítés gombra -kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben -választ egyet a Hatósugár által felajánlott listából. Ön -is meghatározhat hatókört a Telepítés gombra -kattintva. + You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search +scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +Setup ranges button. Az alapvetÅ‘ keresési kifejezések bemutatása @@ -291,19 +290,12 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html webcímen. Keresési találatok - Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként -csoportosítva. Jobb egérgombbal a munkára -kattintva lehetÅ‘sége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes -verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, -ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, -munkánként csoportosítva. Jobb egérgombbal a -munkára kattintva lehetÅ‘sége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az -összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik -az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében. + Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below. Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy @@ -322,13 +314,10 @@ könyvjelzÅ‘k készítéséhez. Keresési találatok elemzése - Kattintson a Találatok elemzése gombra, hogy -megnyissa a találatokat elemzÅ‘ ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést -láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt -az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a Találatok -elemzése gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemzÅ‘ -ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok -száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni. + Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis. Találatok elemzése ablak @@ -411,20 +400,15 @@ indexeit. Exportálás és Nyomtatás - Több helyen van lehetÅ‘sége helyi menüt nyitni a -jobb egérgombbal. HelyzettÅ‘l függÅ‘en lehetÅ‘sége -van Kijelölni, Másolni -(a vágólapra), Menteni vagy -Nyomtatni. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.Több helyen van lehetÅ‘sége -helyi menüt nyitni a jobb egérgombbal. HelyzettÅ‘l -függÅ‘en lehetÅ‘sége van Kijelölni, -Másolni (a vágólapra), -Menteni vagy -Nyomtatni. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki. + In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to Select, +Copy (to clipboard), +Save or Print +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out. A &bibletime; nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetÅ‘bbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 8fb42fb..d22f0bb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -109,6 +109,21 @@ kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését. + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag. + + + @@ -149,10 +164,9 @@ megjelenítését. - Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában. További -bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.Keresés megnyitása az -alapértelmezett Bibliában. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a -párbeszédablakban. + Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here. @@ -173,10 +187,9 @@ párbeszédablakban. - Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot nyit -meg. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a -párbeszédablakban.Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot -nyit meg. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban. + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here. @@ -524,6 +537,292 @@ a felhasználási feltételekrÅ‘l. + + Works reference + + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls forward through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls back through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Search in selected works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Display configuration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select additional commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select a book. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + Gyorsbillentyűk Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás @@ -818,4 +1117,5 @@ nagyító (információs) ablakot. + diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 4b7dda0..710083e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 &bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver. diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html index 6d584bc..dd84000 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása
    4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása
    Előző   Következő

    4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása

    Tartalom

    A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak
    - Display +4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása
    4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása
    Előző   Következő

    4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása

    Tartalom

    A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys

    Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü -Beállítások menüjében talál.

    A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak

    A BibleTime felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is +Beállítások menüjében talál.

    A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak

    A BibleTime felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a Beállítások BibleTime -beállítása menüpont kiválasztásával.

    +beállítása menüpont kiválasztásával.

    Display

    A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül: -

    • Indítási logó mutatása

    A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek +

    • Indítási logó mutatása

    A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt -egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.

    +egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.

    Languages

    Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.

    Alapértelmezetten a BibleTime az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ men jelölőnégyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepített betűkészlet sem képes helyesen megjeleníteni a kívánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg -telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.

    Betűkészlet telepítése

    A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a +telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.

    Betűkészlet telepítése

    A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a UNICODE -HOWTO weboldalt.

    Tipp

    Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), +HOWTO weboldalt.

    Tipp

    Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), a BibleTime gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél, mint a Bitstream -Cyberbit®(kb. 12MB).

    Elérhető betűkészletek

    A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:

    • Az ön *nix disztribúciója.

    • Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.

    • Meglévő Microsoft Windows®telepítés -ugyanazon a számítógépen.

    • Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.

    • Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.

    Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb +Cyberbit®(kb. 12MB).

    Elérhető betűkészletek

    A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:

    • Az ön *nix disztribúciója.

    • Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.

    • An existing Microsoft Windows® +installation on the same computer.

    • Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.

    • Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.

    Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhető. Egy betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különböző betűkészleteket @@ -66,16 +66,15 @@ h Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.


    Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph Singer összeállításában ( Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType betűkészletek az Interneten), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( Unicode karakter -összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák).

    +összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák).

    Desk -

    Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a -BibleTime futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a -párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok -meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum -van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia -van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott -vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi -például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.

    +

    Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.

    HotKeys

    A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos BibleTime parancshoz diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html index a080c97..38b41e3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -1. fejezet - Bevezetés

    1. fejezet - Bevezetés
    Előző   Következő

    1. fejezet - Bevezetés

    Tartalom

    Mi a BibleTime
    Elérhető dokumentumok
    Motivációnk

    Mi a BibleTime

    A BibleTime egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó +1. fejezet - Bevezetés

    1. fejezet - Bevezetés
    Előző   Következő

    1. fejezet - Bevezetés

    Tartalom

    Mi a BibleTime
    Elérhető dokumentumok
    Motivációnk

    Mi a BibleTime

    A BibleTime egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, modullal. Ez a program a Sword keretrendszerre épül, mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ mely lehetőv zászlóshajója.

    A BibleTime arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt fejlesztői -szekciójában találhat.

    Elérhető dokumentumok

    Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a Crosswire Biblia Társaság +szekciójában találhat.

    Elérhető dokumentumok

    Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. Itt találhat:

    Bibliákat

    A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok, fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ the Bible", Matthew Henry'komment Biblia fejezeteihez.

    Napi áhítatok

    Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.

    Lexikonok/szótárak

    Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódokat, Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikonát és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia Enciklopédiát. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög -Bibliai Szótár elérhető...

    Motivációnk

    Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, +Bibliai Szótár elérhető...

    Motivációnk

    Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsőítve legyen, ahogyan Tőle származik minden jó.

     

    Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak -árnyéka.

    		 
     --Jakab 1:17, Károli

    Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.

    Előző   Következő
    BibleTime kézikönyv Tartalom 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása
    +árnyéka.

      --Jakab 1:17, Károli

    Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.

    Előző   Következő
    BibleTime kézikönyv Tartalom 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 3e5fb40..184dd95 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -A Könyvespolc menedzser
    A Könyvespolc menedzser
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    A Könyvespolc menedzser

    A Könyvespolc menedzser egy segédeszköz a +A Könyvespolc menedzser

    A Könyvespolc menedzser
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    A Könyvespolc menedzser

    A Könyvespolc menedzser egy segédeszköz a könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segítségével tud új dokumentumokat telepíteni a könyvespolcra, frissíteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja -a főmenü Beállítások → Könyvespolc menedzser almenüjében.

    Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása

    Itt adható meg, hogy a BibleTime hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a +a főmenü Beállítások → Könyvespolc menedzser almenüjében.

    Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása

    Itt adható meg, hogy a BibleTime hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.Itt adható meg, hogy a BibleTime hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több -könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.

    Tipp

    Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, +könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.

    Tipp

    Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a BibleTime indításakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a BibleTime indításakor az összes -dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.

    Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése

    Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez +dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.

    Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése

    Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez ("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ helyi k tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket, majd Telepítés... és a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára -kerülnek.

    Dokumentum(ok) törlése

    Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, +kerülnek.

    Dokumentum(ok) törlése

    Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a Törlés... gombra.Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, -majd kattintson a Törlés... gombra.

    Keresési indexek

    Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a +majd kattintson a Törlés... gombra.

    Keresési indexek

    Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult -indexeit.

    Tipp

    +indexeit.

    Tipp

    If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
    Előző Fel Következő
    Keresés a dokumentumokban Tartalom Exportálás és Nyomtatás
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 02fc817..a1fbd81 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,17 +1,12 @@ -Exportálás és Nyomtatás
    Exportálás és Nyomtatás
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    Exportálás és Nyomtatás

    Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a -jobb egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége -van Kijelölni, Másolni -(a vágólapra), Menteni vagy -Nyomtatni. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.Több helyen van lehetősége -helyi menüt nyitni a jobb egérgombbal. Helyzettől -függően lehetősége van Kijelölni, -Másolni (a vágólapra), -Menteni vagy -Nyomtatni. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.

    A BibleTime nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak +Exportálás és Nyomtatás

    Exportálás és Nyomtatás
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    Exportálás és Nyomtatás

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to Select, +Copy (to clipboard), +Save or Print +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.

    A BibleTime nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben BibleTime szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a BibleTime @@ -20,4 +15,4 @@ k ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben BibleTime szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a BibleTime nyomtatási képességeire -támaszkodjon közvetlenül.

    Előző Fel Következő
    A Könyvespolc menedzser Tartalom 4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása
    +támaszkodjon közvetlenül.

    Előző Fel Következő
    A Könyvespolc menedzser Tartalom 4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index f66af76..8240aad 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,64 +1,67 @@ -A BibleTime ablak részei
    A BibleTime ablak részei
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    A BibleTime ablak részei

    A Könyvespolc

    A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és +A BibleTime ablak részei

    A BibleTime ablak részei
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    A BibleTime ablak részei

    A Könyvespolc

    A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és nyelvenként. Itt található a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja és -elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.

    Dokumentumok olvasása

    Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a bal +elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.

    Dokumentumok olvasása

    Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a bal egérgombbal a kívánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok, Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott munkára a megnyitásához. A kívánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz -látható.

    Tipp

    A Fogd & Vidd működése

    Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát -ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson -a bal egérgombbal a versre, hivatkozásra (a -mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt -dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy -hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog -ugrani.

    Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról

    Amikor jobb egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum -szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott -munkára érvényes. Az "Általános információk" egy -új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A -"Feloldás" egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, -ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt -dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat ezen az -oldalon, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján.

    Keresés a dokumentumokban

    Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a jobb egérgombbal -kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a "Keresés -itt:" menüpontot. A Shift segítségével másik ikonokra -kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes -kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását itt találhatja.

    Munka a könyvjelzőkkel

    +látható.

    Tipp

    A Fogd & Vidd működése

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.

    Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról

    If you click with the right mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see this +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Keresés a dokumentumokban

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting +"Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found here.

    Munka a könyvjelzőkkel

    -

    Tipp

    A Fogd & Vidd működése

    +

    Tipp

    A Fogd & Vidd működése

    - Kattintson a jobb egérgombbal a könyvjelzők -kategóriára, majd válassza az "Új mappa -létrehozása" menüelemet egy új könyvjelző mappa -létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy -verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a kereséséi eredményeket áthúzza a -könyvjelzőkhöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévő könyvjelzőit.

    Lehetősége van könyvjelzők importálására és exportálására is. Ennek -érdekében nyissa meg a helyi menüt a könyvjelző mappában, -ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett írva, majd válassza a -"Könyvjelzők exportálása" menüpontot. Ekkor -előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az -importálás hasonlóképpen történik.

    A jobb egérgombbal kattintás természetesen -alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak -megváltoztatására is.

    A Nagyító

    Ez a kis ablak a BibleTime bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select "Create new +folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.

    You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select "Export +bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the right on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

    A Nagyító

    Ez a kis ablak a BibleTime bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészítő információ (például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a -részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...

    A Munkaasztal

    A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a BibleTime szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak +részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...

    A Munkaasztal

    A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a BibleTime szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, kereshet bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket -fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( ahogyan az itt látható).

    Dokumentumok olvasása

    Ahogyan azt már láthattuk, a dokumentumokat +fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( ahogyan az itt látható).

    Dokumentumok olvasása

    Ahogyan azt már láthattuk, a dokumentumokat egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott -munkában.

    Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése

    Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, -ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az -Ablak menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok -elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a BibleTime automatikusan is -szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az Ablak -menü → Ablakok automatikus elrendezése menüpontot.

    Saját kommentár szerkesztése

    Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges +munkában.

    Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +Window → Arrangement +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Saját kommentár szerkesztése

    Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges telepíteni a Crosswire Biblia -Társaság egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".

    Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára -kattintva a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban -nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha -jobb egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a -Dokumentum szerkesztése pontot és az -Egyszerű szöveg (forráskód szerkesztő) vagy -HTML(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).

    Tipp

    Ha a Dokumentum szerkesztése -inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.

    Tipp

    A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a +Társaság egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".

    If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain +text(source code editor) or +HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Tipp

    Ha a Dokumentum szerkesztése +inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.

    Tipp

    A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül.

    Előző Fel Következő
    3. fejezet - A program működése Tartalom Keresés a dokumentumokban
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html index e4825a0..23c943b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,30 +1,27 @@ -Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    Keresés a dokumentumokban

    Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban

    Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen -olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a -jobb egérgombbal, és válassza a -Keresés... opciót, vagy használhatja a F billentyű -kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes -dokumentumokban is.

    Keresési párbeszédablak elérése

    Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy -jobbegérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a -Könyvespolcon, és kiválasztja a Keresés a -dokumentum(ok)ban lehetőséget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva -tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló -módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott -munkában fog keresni egyszerre.

    Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü Keresés almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a +Keresés a dokumentumokban

    Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Előző 3. fejezet - A program működése Következő

    Keresés a dokumentumokban

    Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +right mouse button and selecting +Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.

    Keresési párbeszédablak elérése

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in +work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.

    Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü Keresés almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a megfelelő bejegyzést.

    A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés -ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.

    A keresés testreszabása

    Dokumentumok kiválasztása

    A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy +ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.

    A keresés testreszabása

    Dokumentumok kiválasztása

    A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy Választás feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy Választás feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a -lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.

    Keresési hatókörök használata

    Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ -egyet a Hatósugár által felajánlott listából. Ön is -meghatározhat hatókört a Telepítés gombra -kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben -választ egyet a Hatósugár által felajánlott listából. Ön -is meghatározhat hatókört a Telepítés gombra -kattintva.

    Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása

    Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.

    Keresési hatókörök használata

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search +scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +Setup ranges button.

    Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása

    Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes @@ -48,29 +45,19 @@ sz előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'.

    Lehetséges szövegtípusok:

    3.1. táblázat - Keresési típusok

    ElőtagJelentés
    heading: (fejléc)A fejlécekben keres
    footnote: (lábjegyzet)a lábjegyzetekben keres
    strong:a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi
    morph: (alak)alaktani kódokra keres


    A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html webcímen.

    Keresési találatok

    Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként -csoportosítva. Jobb egérgombbal a munkára -kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes -verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, -ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, -munkánként csoportosítva. Jobb egérgombbal a -munkára kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az -összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik -az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.

    Tipp

    Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html webcímen.

    Keresési találatok

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Tipp

    Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a -dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.

    Tipp

    Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum +dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.

    Tipp

    Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy -megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.

    Tipp

    Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők +megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.

    Tipp

    Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők készítéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra -könyvjelzők készítéséhez.

    Keresési találatok elemzése

    Kattintson a Találatok elemzése gombra, hogy -megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést -láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt -az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a Találatok -elemzése gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző -ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok -száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.

    Előző Fel Következő
    A BibleTime ablak részei Tartalom A Könyvespolc menedzser
    +könyvjelzők készítéséhez.

    Keresési találatok elemzése

    Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.

    Előző Fel Következő
    A BibleTime ablak részei Tartalom A Könyvespolc menedzser
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html index 5852a6c..69077eb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -3. fejezet - A program működése
    3. fejezet - A program működése
    Előző   Következő

    3. fejezet - A program működése

    Tartalom

    A program áttekintése
    A BibleTime ablak részei
    A Könyvespolc
    A Nagyító
    A Munkaasztal
    Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban
    Keresési párbeszédablak elérése
    A keresés testreszabása
    Keresési találatok
    A Könyvespolc menedzser
    Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása
    Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése
    Dokumentum(ok) törlése
    Keresési indexek
    Exportálás és Nyomtatás

    A program áttekintése

    Így néz ki egy tipikus BibleTime munkafolyamat: +3. fejezet - A program működése

    3. fejezet - A program működése
    Előző   Következő

    3. fejezet - A program működése

    Tartalom

    A program áttekintése
    A BibleTime ablak részei
    A Könyvespolc
    A Nagyító
    A Munkaasztal
    Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban
    Keresési párbeszédablak elérése
    A keresés testreszabása
    Keresési találatok
    A Könyvespolc menedzser
    Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása
    Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése
    Dokumentum(ok) törlése
    Keresési indexek
    Exportálás és Nyomtatás

    A program áttekintése

    Így néz ki egy tipikus BibleTime munkafolyamat:

    A BibleTime alkalmazás ablak

    - Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal -oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb -"Nagyító" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt -mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a -"Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors -elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a -megnyitott dokumentum helye.

    Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.

    Előző   Következő
    Indítási folyamat Tartalom A BibleTime ablak részei
    + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.

    Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.

    Előző   Következő
    Indítási folyamat Tartalom A BibleTime ablak részei
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index c335e58..8b3a65a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Gyorsbillentyűk
    Gyorsbillentyűk
    Előző 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás 

    Gyorsbillentyűk

    Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás +Gyorsbillentyűk

    Gyorsbillentyűk
    Előző 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás 

    Gyorsbillentyűk

    Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a BibleTime menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti ebben a részben. Ne feledje, hogy a @@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ l Megegyezik a Nézet → Nagyító mutatása menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a -nagyító (információs) ablakot.

    Előző Fel 
    5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás Tartalom 
    +nagyító (információs) ablakot.
    Előző Fel 
    Works reference Tartalom 
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12c990d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Works reference
    Works reference
    Előző 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás Következő

    Works reference

    + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls forward through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls back through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Search in selected works. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Display configuration. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select additional commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select a book. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed glossary or devotional. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional glossary or devotional. +

    +

    Előző Fel Következő
    5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás Tartalom Gyorsbillentyűk
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html index 9cb8af2..745f1f1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás
    5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás
    Előző   Következő

    5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás

    Tartalom

    Főmenü referenciája
    - File +5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás
    5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás
    Előző   Következő

    5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás

    Tartalom

    Főmenü referenciája
    + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Gyorsbillentyűk

    Főmenü referenciája

    Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a BibleTime fő menüjének összes + Help +

    Works reference
    Gyorsbillentyűk

    Főmenü referenciája

    Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a BibleTime fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját ebben a részben találja.Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a BibleTime fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk -tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját ebben a részben találja.

    +tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját ebben a részben találja.

    File

    @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ tartoznak. Az el

    BibleTime bezárása. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.

    -

    +

    View

    @@ -43,29 +43,32 @@ kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő eszk

    Könyvespolc megjelenítése. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.Könyvespolc megjelenítése. Itt -kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.

    +kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.

    + View → Show Bookmarks +

    + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.

    View → Show Mag

    Nagyító megjelenítése. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) megjelenítését.Nagyító megjelenítése. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) -megjelenítését.

    +megjelenítését.

    Search

    Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF)

    - Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában. További -bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.Keresés megnyitása az -alapértelmezett Bibliában. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a -párbeszédablakban.

    + Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here.

    Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

    - Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit -meg. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a -párbeszédablakban.Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot -nyit meg. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.

    + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here.

    Window

    Window → Save session @@ -116,7 +119,7 @@ seg Window → Close all (CtrlAltW)

    - Az összes ablakot bezárja

    + Az összes ablakot bezárja

    Settings

    @@ -134,7 +137,7 @@ ablak Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a könyvespolcát. Bővebb információért tekintse meg ezt a fejezetet.Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a -könyvespolcát. Bővebb információért tekintse meg ezt a fejezetet.

    +könyvespolcát. Bővebb információért tekintse meg ezt a fejezetet.

    Help

    @@ -168,4 +171,4 @@ benne a BibleTime verzi Qt verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekről.Információs ablakot nyit meg a BibleTime projektről, benne a BibleTime verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a Sword verziójáról, a Qt verziójáról és -a felhasználási feltételekről.

    Előző   Következő
    4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása Tartalom Gyorsbillentyűk
    +a felhasználási feltételekről.

    Előző   Következő
    4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása Tartalom Works reference
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 752de20..b7527b9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Indítási folyamat
    Indítási folyamat
    Előző 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása Következő

    Indítási folyamat

    Mikor a BibleTime indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő BibleTime ablak +Indítási folyamat

    Indítási folyamat
    Előző 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása Következő

    Indítási folyamat

    Mikor a BibleTime indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő BibleTime ablak betöltése előtt:

    Bookshelf Manager

    @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ megismerje a BibleTime alap lehetős Configure BibleTime dialog

    BibleTime testreszabása Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy -a BibleTime a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a lehetőségek részletes leírását.

    Előző Fel Következő
    2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása Tartalom 3. fejezet - A program működése
    +a BibleTime a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a lehetőségek részletes leírását.

    Előző Fel Következő
    2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása Tartalom 3. fejezet - A program működése
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html index 4fb9d15..cfcb71c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása
    2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása
    Előző   Következő

    2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása

    Tartalom

    Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot
    BibleTime indítása
    Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)
    Egyéni indítások
    Indítási folyamat

    Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot

    BibleTime indítása

    A BibleTime egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel +2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása

    2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása
    Előző   Következő

    2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása

    Tartalom

    Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot
    BibleTime indítása
    Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)
    Egyéni indítások
    Indítási folyamat

    Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot

    BibleTime indítása

    A BibleTime egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel az ikonnal:

    BibleTime indítóikon

    A BibleTime természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: - 

    BibleTime

    Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)

    A BibleTime természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, + 

    BibleTime

    Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)

    A BibleTime természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti -hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)

    Egyéni indítások

    Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a BibleTime: +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)

    Egyéni indítások

    Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a BibleTime: 

    bibletime --open-default-bible "random"

    Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így: 

    bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

    Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is.

    Előző   Következő
    1. fejezet - Bevezetés Tartalom Indítási folyamat
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index 4d3a2aa..b19c6d3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -BibleTime kézikönyv
    BibleTime kézikönyv
       Következő

    BibleTime kézikönyv

    Saalbach, Fred

    Hoyt, Jeffrey

    Gruner, Martin

    Abthorpe, Thomas

    2.0

    Copyright © 1999-2009 a BibleTime csapat

    A BibleTime kézikönyv a BibleTime része

    Kivonat

    BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó -szoftver.

    Tartalom

    1. Bevezetés
    Mi a BibleTime
    Elérhető dokumentumok
    Motivációnk
    2. BibleTime indítása
    Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot
    BibleTime indítása
    Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)
    Egyéni indítások
    Indítási folyamat
    3. A program működése
    A program áttekintése
    A BibleTime ablak részei
    A Könyvespolc
    A Nagyító
    A Munkaasztal
    Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban
    Keresési párbeszédablak elérése
    A keresés testreszabása
    Keresési találatok
    A Könyvespolc menedzser
    Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása
    Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése
    Dokumentum(ok) törlése
    Keresési indexek
    Exportálás és Nyomtatás
    4. BibleTime beállítása
    A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak
    - Display +BibleTime kézikönyv
    BibleTime kézikönyv
       Következő

    BibleTime kézikönyv

    Saalbach, Fred

    Hoyt, Jeffrey

    Gruner, Martin

    Abthorpe, Thomas

    2.2

    Copyright © 1999-2009 a BibleTime csapat

    A BibleTime kézikönyv a BibleTime része

    Kivonat

    BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó +szoftver.

    Tartalom

    1. Bevezetés
    Mi a BibleTime
    Elérhető dokumentumok
    Motivációnk
    2. BibleTime indítása
    Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot
    BibleTime indítása
    Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)
    Egyéni indítások
    Indítási folyamat
    3. A program működése
    A program áttekintése
    A BibleTime ablak részei
    A Könyvespolc
    A Nagyító
    A Munkaasztal
    Keresés a dokumentumokban
    Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban
    Keresési párbeszédablak elérése
    A keresés testreszabása
    Keresési találatok
    A Könyvespolc menedzser
    Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása
    Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése
    Dokumentum(ok) törlése
    Keresési indexek
    Exportálás és Nyomtatás
    4. BibleTime beállítása
    A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys
    5. Tájékoztatás
    Főmenü referenciája
    - File + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Gyorsbillentyűk

    A táblázatok listája

    3.1. Keresési típusok
    4.1. UNICODE betűkészletek
       Következő
       1. fejezet - Bevezetés
    + Help +
    Works reference
    Gyorsbillentyűk

    A táblázatok listája

    3.1. Keresési típusok
    4.1. UNICODE betűkészletek
       Következő
       1. fejezet - Bevezetés
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 2b48a91..8fa6d3f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ Cyberbit(about 12Mb). De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie. - An existing Microsoft -Windowsinstallation on the same computer. + An existing Microsoft Windows +installation on the same computer. Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them). have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified. diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index b260712..3dcfd32 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ The &bibletime; application window - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work. + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work. Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken. @@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ Bureaugebied. If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, @@ -54,11 +55,11 @@ then it will jump to the specified location. Additionele informatie over modules - If you click with the rightmouse button on the + If you click with the right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. Zoeken in modules You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these @@ -84,19 +85,19 @@ can be found here. Drag & Drop Werkt Hier - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders. You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. - You can also click with the righton folders and + You can also click with the right on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. @@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser. Plaatsing van leesvensters Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at @@ -150,11 +151,11 @@ installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar). If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ will be inserted. You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting +right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -188,8 +189,8 @@ you can search in entire works. De zoekdialoog benaderen You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the @@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ you can select the works you want to search in. You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton. +Setup ranges button. Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht @@ -278,7 +279,7 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html Zoekresultaten Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference @@ -297,7 +298,7 @@ te maken. Analyse van zoekresultaten - Click on Search analysisto open the search analysis + Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis. @@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ index files for removed works. Exporteren en Printen In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), Save or Print diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 556c4b5..bc0f2d3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -105,6 +105,21 @@ vergrootglas. + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag. + + + @@ -145,7 +160,8 @@ zetten. Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here. @@ -166,8 +182,9 @@ only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. - Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog. + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here. @@ -492,6 +509,292 @@ license agreement. + + Works reference + + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls forward through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls back through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Search in selected works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Display configuration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select additional commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select a book. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + Sneltoetsen index This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the @@ -762,4 +1065,5 @@ Manager. + diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook index 122a7ea..c460b90 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime; - 2009-04 - 2.0 + 2009-06 + 2.2 &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html index b29ab47..48e6f3b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
    Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren

    Inhoudsopgave

    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
    Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren

    Inhoudsopgave

    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys

    In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be -found under Settings in the main menu.

    Configure BibleTime Dialog

    The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under Settings in the main menu.

    Configure BibleTime Dialog

    The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting Settings -Configure BibleTime.

    +Configure BibleTime.

    Display

    Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een keuze uit de volgende opties: -

    • Toon opstartlogo

    Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various +

    • Toon opstartlogo

    Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.

    +on the right pane.

    Languages

    Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ in this work.

    To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.

    Lettertypen installeren

    Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.

    Lettertypen installeren

    Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the Unicode -HOWTO.

    Tip

    If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), BibleTime will run +HOWTO.

    Tip

    If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), BibleTime will run faster than with a large font like Bitstream -Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

    Lettertypen verkrijgen

    Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:

    • Your *nix distribution.

    • De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.

    • An existing Microsoft -Windows®installation on the same computer.

    • Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.

    • Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.

    Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +Cyberbit®(about 12Mb).

    Lettertypen verkrijgen

    Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:

    • Your *nix distribution.

    • De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.

    • An existing Microsoft Windows® +installation on the same computer.

    • Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.

    • Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.

    Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different languages.

    Tabel 4.1. Unicode lettertypen

    @@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ en Thaise karakters.
    bijbehorende website.

    There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), or the one by Alan Wood ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

    +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

    Desk

    Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

    +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.

    HotKeys

    Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van BibleTime's commando's diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html index 4d4b17d..d78f74e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

    Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

    Inhoudsopgave

    About BibleTime
    Beschikbare modules
    Motivatie

    About BibleTime

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

    Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

    Inhoudsopgave

    About BibleTime
    Beschikbare modules
    Motivatie

    About BibleTime

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

    BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

    Beschikbare modules

    Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de Crosswire Bible Society. Hierin zijn +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

    Beschikbare modules

    Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de Crosswire Bible Society. Hierin zijn opgenomen:

    Bijbels

    The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.

    Lexi Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

    Motivatie

    Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.

    Motivatie

    Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.

     

    Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van -ommekeer.

    		 
     --Jakobus 1:17, NBG51

    God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.

    Terug   Volgende
    Het BibleTime handboek Begin Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
    +ommekeer.

      --Jakobus 1:17, NBG51

    God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.

    Terug   Volgende
    Het BibleTime handboek Begin Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index aa67ef4..eb227bd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -De Boekenplank Manager
    De Boekenplank Manager
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    De Boekenplank Manager

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your +De Boekenplank Manager

    De Boekenplank Manager
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    De Boekenplank Manager

    The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

    Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)

    Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".

    Tip

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".

    Tip

    If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.

    Modules installeren/bijwerken

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.

    Modules installeren/bijwerken

    With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ Boekenplank kunt toevoegen of die reeds ge bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of bijwerken en dan klikken op Installeer modules. Ze -zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.

    Module(s) verwijderen

    Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules +zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.

    Module(s) verwijderen

    Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op -Verwijder modules.

    Search Indexes

    This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.

    Tip

    +Verwijder modules.

    Search Indexes

    This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.

    Tip

    If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature.
    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Zoeken in modules Begin Exporteren en Printen
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 242b3ea..b9ad447 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Exporteren en Printen
    Exporteren en Printen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    Exporteren en Printen

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -rightmouse button. Depending on context, it will +Exporteren en Printen

    Exporteren en Printen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    Exporteren en Printen

    In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), Save or Print @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.

    Afdrukken vanuit BibleTime modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en -niet om direct vanuit BibleTime af te drukken.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    De Boekenplank Manager Begin Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
    +niet om direct vanuit BibleTime af te drukken.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    De Boekenplank Manager Begin Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 4f0341b..930b2dd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,72 +1,72 @@ -Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

    De Boekenplank

    De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

    De Boekenplank

    De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is -de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.

    Modules lezen

    Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met +de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.

    Modules lezen

    Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met de linker muisknop klikken op de gewenste categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één van de modules om die te openen. Er verschijnt dan een leesvenster in het -Bureaugebied.

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Werkt Hier

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +Bureaugebied.

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Werkt Hier

    If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse buttonon the verse/passage reference +left mouse button on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.

    Additionele informatie over modules

    If you click with the rightmouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.

    Additionele informatie over modules

    If you click with the right mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work"opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work"opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Zoeken in modules

    You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol and selecting +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

    Zoeken in modules

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here.

    Werken met bladwijzers

    +can be found here.

    Werken met bladwijzers

    -

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Werkt Hier

    +

    Tip

    Drag & Drop Werkt Hier

    - Click with the rightmouse button on the bookmark + Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select "Create new folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.

    You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menuof the bookmark +them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark folder as described above, and select "Export bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the righton folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

    Het Vergrootglas

    Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het BibleTime venster is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

    You can also click with the right on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

    Het Vergrootglas

    Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het BibleTime venster is volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer -het maar eens uit.

    Het Bureau

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can +het maar eens uit.

    Het Bureau

    The Desk is where the real work with BibleTime takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, search in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

    Modules lezen

    Zoals we al gezien +annotations in the personal commentary module (see below).

    Modules lezen

    Zoals we al gezien hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, -alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.

    Plaatsing van leesvensters

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.

    Plaatsing van leesvensters

    Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Windowin the main menu. There you can see +at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken

    Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

    Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken

    Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de Crosswire Bible Society installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar).

    If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a leftmouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -rightmouse button and then select Edit -this workand then either Plain +right mouse button and then select Edit +this work and then either Plain text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Tip

    If Edit this work is +HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

    Tip

    If Edit this work is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.

    Tip

    Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +personal commentary.

    Tip

    Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse will be inserted.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Begin Zoeken in modules
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html index f157306..f4f9806 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -Zoeken in modules
    Zoeken in modules
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    Zoeken in modules

    Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +Zoeken in modules

    Zoeken in modules
    Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma Volgende

    Zoeken in modules

    Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster

    You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -rightmouse button and selecting +right mouse button and selecting Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.

    De zoekdialoog benaderen

    You can search in a work by clicking with the -rightmouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelfand selecting Search in +you can search in entire works.

    De zoekdialoog benaderen

    You can search in a work by clicking with the +right mouse button on its symbol in the +Bookshelf and selecting Search in work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.

    You can also access the search dialog by clicking on Search from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.

    Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het -zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.

    Configuratie van de zoekopdracht

    Modules selecteren

    At the top of the options tab you will find +zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.

    Configuratie van de zoekopdracht

    Modules selecteren

    At the top of the options tab you will find Choose(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.

    Zoekbereiken gebruiken

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.

    Zoekbereiken gebruiken

    You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup rangesbutton.

    Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht

    Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +Setup ranges button.

    Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht

    Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.

    U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ AND God'.

    To search text other than the main text, enter the text type fol number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

    Beschikbare typen tekst:

    Tabel 3.1. Search Types

    VoorvoegselBetekenis
    Koptekst:doorzoekt kopteksten
    voetnoot:doorzoekt voetnoten
    strong:doorzoekt Strong-nummering
    morph:doorzoekt morfologische codes


    BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Zoekresultaten

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the rightmouse +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Zoekresultaten

    Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Tip

    Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op -de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.

    Tip

    Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en -die zal verspringen naar dat vers.

    Tip

    Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers -te maken.

    Analyse van zoekresultaten

    Click on Search analysisto open the search analysis +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

    Tip

    Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op +de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.

    Tip

    Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en +die zal verspringen naar dat vers.

    Tip

    Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers +te maken.

    Analyse van zoekresultaten

    Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster Begin De Boekenplank Manager
    +analysis.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster Begin De Boekenplank Manager
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html index 22fa4e6..9736267 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
    Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

    Inhoudsopgave

    Programma overzicht
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    De Boekenplank
    Het Vergrootglas
    Het Bureau
    Zoeken in modules
    Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
    De zoekdialoog benaderen
    Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
    Zoekresultaten
    De Boekenplank Manager
    Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
    Modules installeren/bijwerken
    Module(s) verwijderen
    Search Indexes
    Exporteren en Printen

    Programma overzicht

    This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like: +Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

    Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

    Inhoudsopgave

    Programma overzicht
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    De Boekenplank
    Het Vergrootglas
    Het Bureau
    Zoeken in modules
    Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
    De zoekdialoog benaderen
    Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
    Zoekresultaten
    De Boekenplank Manager
    Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
    Modules installeren/bijwerken
    Module(s) verwijderen
    Search Indexes
    Exporteren en Printen

    Programma overzicht

    This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

    The BibleTime application window

    - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.

    Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de -verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.

    Terug   Volgende
    Volgorde van opstartschermen Begin Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.

    Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de +verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.

    Terug   Volgende
    Volgorde van opstartschermen Begin Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index a0705de..192fcff 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Sneltoetsen index
    Sneltoetsen index
    Terug Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing 

    Sneltoetsen index

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +Sneltoetsen index

    Sneltoetsen index
    Terug Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing 

    Sneltoetsen index

    This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ Manager. F9 View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).

    Terug Omhoog 
    Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing Begin 
    + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
    Terug Omhoog 
    Works reference Begin 
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9363a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Works reference
    Works reference
    Terug Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing Volgende

    Works reference

    + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls forward through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls back through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Search in selected works. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Display configuration. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select additional commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select a book. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed glossary or devotional. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional glossary or devotional. +

    +

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing Begin Sneltoetsen index
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html index d00dede..9d881ce 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
    Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing

    Inhoudsopgave

    Hoofdmenu verwijzing
    - File +Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
    Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing

    Inhoudsopgave

    Hoofdmenu verwijzing
    + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Sneltoetsen index

    Hoofdmenu verwijzing

    In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in + Help +

    Works reference
    Sneltoetsen index

    Hoofdmenu verwijzing

    In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in het hoofdmenu van BibleTime. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in BibleTime, met alle sub-items genoemd onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk -item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in deze sectie.

    +item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in deze sectie.

    File

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in Closes BibleTime. BibleTime will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.

    -

    +

    View

    @@ -40,24 +40,31 @@ instelling in/uit om de hoofdwerkbalk wel/niet weer te geven.

    Schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/uit. Schakel deze instelling in/uit om de Boekenplank in het linkerpaneel wel/niet weer te geven. Dit kan handig zijn als u meer ruimte nodig heeft voor het -vergrootglas.

    +vergrootglas.

    + View → Show Bookmarks +

    + Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.

    View → Show Mag

    Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit. Schakel deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te -zetten.

    +zetten.

    Search

    Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF)

    Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.

    +only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found here.

    Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

    - Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.

    + Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found here.

    Window

    Window → Save session @@ -103,7 +110,7 @@ elkaar) Window → Close all (CtrlAltW)

    - Sluit alle geopende vensters

    + Sluit alle geopende vensters

    Settings

    @@ -117,7 +124,7 @@ details.

    < Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

    Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

    +manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

    Help

    @@ -139,4 +146,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.

    Opens a window about BibleTime project information contains information about BibleTime software version, project contributors, Sword software version, Qt software version and the -license agreement.

    Terug   Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren Begin Sneltoetsen index
    +license agreement.

    Terug   Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren Begin Works reference
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 4879ab3..eeb3d27 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Volgorde van opstartschermen
    Volgorde van opstartschermen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten Volgende

    Volgorde van opstartschermen

    Wanneer BibleTime opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het +Volgorde van opstartschermen

    Volgorde van opstartschermen
    Terug Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten Volgende

    Volgorde van opstartschermen

    Wanneer BibleTime opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het hoofdvenster van BibleTime opent:

    Bookshelf Manager

    @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know

    Customizes BibleTime.This dialog lets you adapt BibleTime to your needs. Please see the -detailed description of this dialog.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten Begin Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
    +detailed description of this dialog.

    Terug Omhoog Volgende
    Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten Begin Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html index 1ca26f2..a3c19ed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
    Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

    Inhoudsopgave

    Hoe u BibleTime opstart
    BibleTime opstarten
    Andere window managers
    Aanpassing van het opstarten
    Volgorde van opstartschermen

    Hoe u BibleTime opstart

    BibleTime opstarten

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

    Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
    Terug   Volgende

    Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

    Inhoudsopgave

    Hoe u BibleTime opstart
    BibleTime opstarten
    Andere window managers
    Aanpassing van het opstarten
    Volgorde van opstartschermen

    Hoe u BibleTime opstart

    BibleTime opstarten

    BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

    BibleTime start icon

    BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

    BibleTime

    Andere window managers

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + 

    BibleTime

    Andere window managers

    BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

    Aanpassing van het opstarten

    From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.

    Aanpassing van het opstarten

    From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the default bible: 

    bibletime --open-default-bible
       "<random>"

    To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index 34ba647..83be3d2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Het BibleTime handboek

    Het BibleTime handboek
       Volgende

    Het BibleTime handboek

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.0

    Copyright © 1999-2009 het BibleTime team

    Het BibleTime handboek is onderdeel van BibleTime

    Samenvatting

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

    Inhoudsopgave

    1. Introductie
    About BibleTime
    Beschikbare modules
    Motivatie
    2. BibleTime opstarten
    Hoe u BibleTime opstart
    BibleTime opstarten
    Andere window managers
    Aanpassing van het opstarten
    Volgorde van opstartschermen
    3. Werking van het programma
    Programma overzicht
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    De Boekenplank
    Het Vergrootglas
    Het Bureau
    Zoeken in modules
    Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
    De zoekdialoog benaderen
    Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
    Zoekresultaten
    De Boekenplank Manager
    Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
    Modules installeren/bijwerken
    Module(s) verwijderen
    Search Indexes
    Exporteren en Printen
    4. BibleTime configureren
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    - Display +Het BibleTime handboek
    Het BibleTime handboek
       Volgende

    Het BibleTime handboek

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.2

    Copyright © 1999-2009 het BibleTime team

    Het BibleTime handboek is onderdeel van BibleTime

    Samenvatting

    BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

    Inhoudsopgave

    1. Introductie
    About BibleTime
    Beschikbare modules
    Motivatie
    2. BibleTime opstarten
    Hoe u BibleTime opstart
    BibleTime opstarten
    Andere window managers
    Aanpassing van het opstarten
    Volgorde van opstartschermen
    3. Werking van het programma
    Programma overzicht
    Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
    De Boekenplank
    Het Vergrootglas
    Het Bureau
    Zoeken in modules
    Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
    De zoekdialoog benaderen
    Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
    Zoekresultaten
    De Boekenplank Manager
    Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
    Modules installeren/bijwerken
    Module(s) verwijderen
    Search Indexes
    Exporteren en Printen
    4. BibleTime configureren
    Configure BibleTime Dialog
    + Display
    - Languages + Languages
    - Desk + Desk
    - HotKeys + HotKeys
    5. Verwijzing
    Hoofdmenu verwijzing
    - File + File
    - View + View
    - Search + Search
    - Window + Window
    - Settings + Settings
    - Help -
    Sneltoetsen index

    Lijst van tabellen

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Unicode lettertypen
       Volgende
       Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
    + Help +
    Works reference
    Sneltoetsen index

    Lijst van tabellen

    3.1. Search Types
    4.1. Unicode lettertypen
       Volgende
       Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8392637 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + Configurando &bibletime; + Nessa seo voc vai encontrar uma viso geral de como configurar o &bibletime;, +que pode ser encontrado em Configuraes no menu principal. + + Dilogo de configurao do &bibletime; + A interface de usurio do &bibletime; pode ser personalizada de vrias +maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Voc pode acessar o dilogo de +configurao selecionando Configuraes + Configurar &bibletime;. + + + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + + O comportamento de inicializao pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas +opes: + + + Mostrar logo de inicializao + + + Modelos de exibio definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). H vrios +modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no +painel direito. + + + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + + Aqui voc pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros +bblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponvel, e voc se sentir em +casa. + + Por padro, &bibletime; usa a fonte padro do sistema. Voc pode sobrescrever +essa fonte se necessrio. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem +exibidos corretamente, e esse dilogo permite a voc especificar uma fonte +personalizada para cada idioma. + + + + + + Dilogo de Opes - fontes + + + O dilogo de Opes - Fontes. + + + &bibletime; pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que voc +deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma +obra somente mostra uma srie de pontos de interrogao (??????) or caixas +vazias, ento a fonte de exibio padro no contm os caracteres usados nessa +obra. + + Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleo. Marque a +caixa Usar fonte personalizada. Ento selecione uma fonte. Por exemplo, uma +fonte que suporta muitos idiomas Code2000. Se nenhuma fonte instalada pode +exibir a obra em que voc est interessado, tente instalar o pacote de +localizao para esse idioma. + + Instalando fontes + Instrues detalhadas de instalao de fontes esto fora do escopo desse livro de +mo. Para mais informaes, por favor verifique em Unicode +HOWTO. + + Se voc usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), &bibletime; +ir rodar mais rpido do que com uma fonte como Bitstream Cyberbit (em torno de 12Mb). + + + + Obtendo fontes + Fontes podem ser obtidas de vrios lugares: + + + Sua distribuio *nix. + + + Pacotes de localizao da sua distribuio. + + + Uma instalao existente do Microsoft +Windows no mesmo computador. + + + Uma coleo de fontes, tais como as disponveis da Adobe ou Bitstream. + + + Colees de fontes online. + + + Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas +fontes esto disponveis gratuitamente. Nenhuma da fontes disponveis incluem +todos os caracteres definidos no padro Unicode, ento voc pode querer usar +diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas. + + Fontes Unicode + + + + + + Code2000 + + Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de +caracteres. + + + + + SIL unicode fonts + + Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Lingustica Summer. + + + + + FreeFont + + Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita. + + + + + Crosswire's font directory + + Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society. + + + + + Bitstream CyberBit + + Cobre quase toda a gama do Unicode, mas pode fazer o &bibletime; ficar lento +por causa do seu tamanho. + + + Clearlyu + Includa em algumas distribuies. Contm Europeu, Grego, Hebreu e Tailands. + + + + + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban + + Cobertura parcial, ver informaes no site linkado. + + + +
    + Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph +Singer (Fontes TrueType +UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet), ou a por Alan Wood (Faixas de caracteres +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam). +     +     + + + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser +personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio +dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem +ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa +referncia. Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de +referncias cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai +mostrar o contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que +voc especificou. + + + + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + + Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no +lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do &bibletime; tm teclas de +atalho pr-definidas (veja esta +seo para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do +&bibletime; pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para +acessar rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa. + +     +     diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfd36f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + Introduo + + Sobre &bibletime; + &bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de +instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca Sword, que prov a +funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto +bblico, pesquisar, etc. Sword o carro-chefe da Crosswire Bible Society. + + &bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os +formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na seo +dedesenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society. + + + Obras disponveis + Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da Crosswire Bible Society. Esto +inclusos: + + + Bblias + + O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, +cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e +incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", grego). Essa a +seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword. + + + + Livros + + Livros disponveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e +"Josephus: The Complete Works" (em ingls) + + + + Comentrios + + Comentrios disponveis incluindo clssicos como "Notas sobre a Bblia" de John +Wesley, o comentrio de Matthew Henry e o "Comentrio sobre Glatas" de +Lutero. Com o comentrio pessoal voc pode gravar suas prprias notas pessoas +nas sees da Bblia. + + + + Devocionais dirios + + Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras +disponveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (ingls). + + + + Lxicos/Dicionrios + + Lxicos disponveis incluem: Cdigos de Anlise Morfolgicos de Robinson, Lxico +Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopdia da International Standard +Bible. Dicionrios disponveis incluem o Dicionrio Bblico Hebraico de Strong, +o Dicionrio Bblico Grego de Strong, Dicionrio Revisado da lngua Inglesa de +Webster 1913, Bblia em Tpicos de Nave. + + + + + + Motivao + Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +no seu relacionamento com Ele. Ns batalhamos para tornar isso um programa +poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operao +intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas +as coisas boas. +
    + Tiago 1:17, ACF + Toda a boa ddiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das +luzes, em quem no h mudana nem sombra de variao. +
    + Deus o abenoe enquanto usa esse programa. +     +     +     diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e04036 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ + + Operao do programa + + Viso geral do programa + assim que parece uma tpica sesso do &bibletime;: + + + + + + A janela de aplicao do &bibletime; + + + Voc pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicao. A janela superior +esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com +a aba Marcadores, voc pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela +"Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informaes extras que +esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando voc move o cursor sobre um marcador +de rodap, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o contedo real da nota de rodap. A +barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rpido a importantes funes, e a mesa no +lado direito onde voc faz seu trabalho de verdade. + + Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicao individualmente. + + + Partes da janela de aplicao do &bibletime; + + A Estante de Livros + A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +categoria e idioma. Ela tambm tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui +onde voc pode armazenar e acessar seus prprios marcadores. + + + Lendo obras + Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o +boto esquerdo do mouse na categoria desejada +(Bblias, Comentrios, Lxicos, Livros, Devocionais ou Glossrios) para mostrar +seu contedo. Ento clique em uma das obras para abri-la para leitura. Uma +janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa. + + + Arraste e solte obras aqui + + + Se voc est lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que est +lendo, voc pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o boto +esquerdo do mouse na referncia do versculo/passagem (o cursor +muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que voc quer +abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Voc tambm pode +arrastar uma referncia de versculo para uma janela de leitura j existente, e +ele vai para o local desejado. + + + + Informao adicional sobre obras + Se voc clicar com o boto direito do mouse +nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. "Sobre essa obra" abre uma janela com +vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. "Destravar essa obra" abre um +pequeno dilogo para documentos criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave +de liberao para acessar a obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, +veja +essa pgina no site da Crosswire Bible Society. + + + + Buscando em obras + Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +direito do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando +"Buscar em obra(s)". Pressionando &Shift; +eclicando em outras obras, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos +esses documentos. Uma descrio completa da operao e dos recursos de busca +podem ser encontrados aqui. + + + + Trabalhando com marcadores + + + + Arraste e solte obras aqui + + + Clique com o boto direito do mouse na categoria +de marcadores da estante e selecione "Criar nova +pasta" para criar uma nova subpasta de marcadores. Voc pode +usar funes "arrastar e soltar" para arrastar referncias de versculos de +janelas de leitura ou de resultados de buscas, e para rearranjar os +marcadores entre pginas. + Voc tambm pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar marcadores +para compartilh-los. Para fazer isso, abra o menu de +contexto da pasta do marcador como descrito acima, e selecione +"Exportar marcadores". Isso ir trazer uma caixa +de dilogo para voc salvar a coleo de marcadores. Voc pode importar +marcadores de uma maneira similar. + + Voc tambm pode clicar com o boto direito em +pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descries. + + + + + A Lupa + + Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do &bibletime; puramente +passiva. Quando seu cursor do mouse est localizado sobre algum texto com +informaes adicionais (ex. nmeros Strong), ento essa informao adicional +exibida na lupa, e no no texto em si. Experimente. + + + + A Mesa + A Mesa onde o trabalho real com &bibletime; acontece. Aqui voc pode abrir +obras da Estante, l-las, procurar +nelas, e at salvar suas anotaes no mdulo de comentrios pessoais (veja abaixo). + + + Lendo obras + Como ns j vimos, voc +pode abrir obras para simples leitura clicando sobre seu smbolo na Estante. +Uma janela de leitura ir abrir na rea da Mesa. Cada janela de leitura tem +uma barra de ferramentas. Ali voc pode encontrar ferramentas para navegar na +obra em que essa janela de leitura est conectada, assim como botes de +histrico como os que voc conhece no seu navegador. + + + + Posicionamento da janela de leitura + claro, voc pode abrir vrias obras ao mesmo tempo. H muitas possibilidades +de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item +Janela no menu principal. Ali voc pode ver que voc pode +tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura voc mesmo, ou fazer +com que o &bibletime; faa isso por voc. Para fazer isso, voc deve selecionar +um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis em +Janela Modo de posicionamento +. Experimente, simples e funciona. + + + + Editando seu prprio comentrio + Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc +precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da Crosswire Bible Society. Essa obra +chama-se "Comentrio pessoal". + + Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o +boto esquerdo do mouse, ele abre em modo de +leitura. Voc no poder edit-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotaes no +comentrio pessoal, voc deve abri-lo com o boto +direito do mouse e ento selecionar +Editar essa obra e ento ou Texto +simples (editor de cdigo fonte) ou +HTML (editor gui wysiwyg bsico). + + + Se Editar essa obra est +desativado, por favor, verifique se voc tem permisses de escrita para os +arquivos do comentrio pessoal. + + + + Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referncia de versculo e o texto do +versculo ser inserido. + + + + + + Buscando em obras + + + Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta + Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em +outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto +direito do mouse e selecionando +Procurar..., ou usando a tecla de atalho &Ctrl;F. Continue lendo para +aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras. + + + + Acessando o dilogo de busca + Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +direito do mouse em seu smbolo na +Estante e selecionando Buscar +na(s)obra(s). Segurando &Shift; ou &Ctrl; e clicando em outros +nomes de obra, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga os mesmos +procedimentos para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todas +essas obras ao mesmo tempo. + + Voc tambm pode acessar o dilogo de busca clicando em +Procurar no menu principal, e selecionando +a entrada apropriada. + + Uma terceira possibilidade para comear buscar clicar no smbolo de busca +numa janela de leitura aberta. + + + + Configurao de pesquisa + + Aba de Opes do dilogo de busca de texto + + + + + + + + Selecionando obras + No topo da aba de opes voc vai encontrar Escolher +(obras). Se voc gostaria de buscar em vrias obras, clique nesse boto e ser +oferecido um menu onde voc pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja +procurar. + + + Usando Escopos de Busca + Voc pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bblia +selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em Escopo de +busca. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no +boto Configurar faixas. + + + Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca + Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca +vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca +(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND. + Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de +caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de +parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) +AND Deus'. + Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto +seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo +nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'. + Tipos de texto disponveis: + + Tipos de Busca + + + + Prefixo + Significado + + + + + heading: + busca em cabealhos + + + footnote: + busca em rodaps + + + strong: + busca em Nmeros Strong + + + morph: + busca em cdigos morfolgicos + + + +
    + &bibletime; usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele +tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html +     +     + + Resultados de busca + Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, +classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o boto +direito do mouse permite voc copiar, salvar ou +imprimir todos os versculos encontrados numa obra de uma vez s. Isso tambm +funciona quando voc clica em uma ou mais referncias para copiar, salvar ou +imprimi-las. Clicando numa referncia em particular abre o versculo em +contexto na janela de visualizao abaixo. + + Arraste uma referncia e solte-a no smbolo de uma obra na Estante para abrir +a obra naquele versculo numa nova janela de leitura. + + + Arraste uma referncia e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela ir +pular para aquele versculo. + + + Selecione referncias e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores. + + + Anlise do resultado de busca + Clique em Anlise de busca para abrir a anlise da +busca. Isso d uma simples anlise grfica do nmero de instncias onde o termo +de busca foi encontrado em cada livro da Bblia, e voc tambm pode salvar a +anlise. + + Caixa de dilogo Anlise de Busca + + + + + + + + +     + + O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem> + O Gerenciador da Estante uma ferramenta para +gerenciar sua Estante. Voc pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e +atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em + Configuraes Gerenciador da +Estante no menu principal. + + Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante + Aqui voc pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante do +disco rdigo. Voc pode at armazenar em mltiplos diretrios. O padro +"~/.sword/". + + Se voc tem um CD do Sword, mas no quer instalar todas as obras no disco +rgido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, ento voc pode adicionar o caminho +para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o +&bibletime;, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente. + + + + Instalar/atualizar obra(s) + Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o +repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo +mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com Adicionar +biblioteca e Excluir biblioteca. + Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca +qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) +obra(s). Ento clique em Conectar +biblioteca. &bibletime; ir varrer o contedo da biblioteca e +mostrar uma lista de obras que voc pode adicionar sua Estante, ou que voc j +tenha instalado, mas esto disponveis em uma nova verso na biblioteca, e +assim podem ser atualizadas. Ento voc pode marcar todas as obras que quiser +instalar ou atualizar, e clicar emInstalar +obras. Elas sero ento transferidas para a sua Estante. + + + Remover obra(s) + Esse recurso permite a voc excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para +liberar espao em disco. Simplesmente marque os itens e clique em +Remover obras. + + + ndices de pesquisa + Essa opo permite a voc criar novos ndices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos de +ndice rfos de obras removidas. + + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + + + + + Exportando e Imprimindo + Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto +direito do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele +permitir a voc Selecionar, +Copiar (para a rea de transferncia), +Salvar ou Imprimir +texto. Isso funciona por exemplo, em janelas de leitura, quando voc clica no +texto normal ou na referncia de versculo, ou na pgina de resultado de +pesquisa quando voc clica sobre uma obra ou uma ou mais referncias de +versculo. bem simples, experimente. + + A impresso no &bibletime; bem bsica e includa somente como uma +utilidade. Se voc est compondo um documento ou apresentao contendo texto das +obras do &bibletime;, sugerimos que voc use uma das ferramentas de edio no +seu sistema para formatar seu documento, ao invs de imprimir do &bibletime; +diretamente. + +     diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77cbfaa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,1073 @@ + + Referncia + + Referncia do menu principal + Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu +principal do &bibletime;. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que +aparecem no &bibletime;, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual +eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada nessa seo. + + + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;Q + + + + + + + File + Quit + + + + + Fecha o &bibletime;. &bibletime; ir perguntar se voc deseja +salvar mudanas no-salvas para o disco. + + + + + + + + + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + + + + + + + + + F5 + + + + + + + + View + Fullscreen mode + + + + + Alterna exibio em tela inteira. Alterne essa chave para +maximizar a janela do &bibletime;. + + + + + + + + + F6 + + + View + Show toolbar + + + + + Alterna exibio da barra de ferramentas. Alterne essa chave +para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas. + + + + + + + View + Show Bookshelf + + + + + Alterna exibio da Estante. Alterne essa chave para exibir +ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando voc +precisa de mais espao para a Lupa. + + + + + + + View + Show Bookmarks + + + + + Alterna exibio dos Marcadores. Alterne essa chave para +exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando +voc precisa de mais espao para a Lupa. + + + + + + + View + Show Mag + + + + + Alterna exibio da Lupa. Alterne essa chave para exibir ou +ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo. + + + + + + + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;F + + + + + + + Search + Search in standard bible + + + + + Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bblia +padro. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Dilogo de Busca. Uma +descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui. + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;O + + + + + + + Search + Search in open work(s) + + + + + Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar em todas as +obras. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Dilogo de +Busca. Uma descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui. + + + + + + + + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + + + + + + + Window + Save session + + + + + + Diretamente salva a sesso atual. Essa ao ir abrir um menu +de contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para salvar. Ela +ser sobrescrita com sua sesso atual. Veja o prximo item sobre como salvar +para uma nova sesso. + + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;S + + Window + Save as new session + + + + + + Salva a sesso atual sob um novo nome. Essa ao ir perguntar +por um novo nome para salvar a sesso. + + + + + + + Window + Load session + + + + + + Carrega uma sesso existente. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para carregar. + + + + + + + Window + Delete session + + + + + + Exclui uma sesso existente. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para excluir. + + + + + + + Window + Arrangement mode + + + + + + Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas. No +menu de contexto que se abre, voc pode especificar se quer cuidar do +posicionamento voc mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o &bibletime; cuide +para voc (modos Automticos, experimente). + + + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;J + + + + + + + Window + Cascade + + + + + + Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas. + + + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;G + + + + + + + Window + Tile vertically + + + + + + Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas +abertas. + + + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;H + + + + + + + Window + Tile horizontally + + + + + + Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas +abertas. + + + + + + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;W + + + + + + + Window + Close all + + + + + + Fecha todas as janelas abertas. + + + + + + + + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + + + + + + + + + + + Settings + Configure &bibletime; + + + + + Abre o dilogo de configurao principal do &bibletime;. Voc +pode mudar todo tipo de configuraes legais aqui para adaptar o &bibletime; +sua necessidade. Por favor veja essa +seo para detalhes. + + + + + + + + + F4 + + + + + + + + Settings + Bookshelf Manager + + + + + Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e +gerenciar sua Estante. Por favor veja essa seo para detalhes. + + + + + + + + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + + + + + + + + F1 + + + + + + + + Help + Handbook + + + + + Abre o guia de usurio &bibletime; que voc est lendo agora. + + + + + + + + + F2 + + + + + + + + Help + Bible Study Howto + + + + + Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bblia A equipe do +&bibletime; espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as +escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo em particular foi +escolhido por no advocar por nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Ns esperamos que voc leia e estude as escrituras para entender o +que elas dizem. Se voc comear com a inteno de que deseja que o Senhor semeie +sua palavra em seu corao, Ele no ir desapont-lo. + + + + + + + Help + About + + + + + Abre uma janela com informaes do projeto &bibletime; contm +informaes sobre a verso do software &bibletime;, contribuidores do projeto, +verso do software &sword;, verso do software &qt; e o contrato de licena. + + + + + + + + Works reference + + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls forward through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scrolls back through history. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional bible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Search in selected works. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Display configuration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select additional commentary. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select a book. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + + + + + + + + + + ndice de teclas de atalho + Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes +no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) +alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um +menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no &bibletime; (pois ele sempre +mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar nessa seo. + + + + + + + Tecla de atalho + Descrio + + + + + + + &Alt;Left + + Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura. + + + + + &Alt;Right + + Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura. + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;F + + + +Procurar Procurar na bblia +padro equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar na bblia padro. + + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;G + + + + Janela Modo de +posicionamento Auto-dividir +verticalmente equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas. + + + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;H + + + Janela Modo de +posicionamento Auto-dividir +horizontalmente equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas. + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;J + + + Janela Modo de posicionamento + Auto-cascata +equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas. + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;M + + + Janela Modo de +posicionamento Modo manual + equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;S + + + +Janela Salvar como nova sesso + equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso. + + + + + &Ctrl;&Alt;W + + + +Janela Fechar tudo + equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas. + + + + + &Ctrl;- + + Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura. + + + + + &Ctrl;+ + + Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura. + + + + + &Ctrl;A + + Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura. + + + + + &Ctrl;C + + Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia. + + + + + + &Ctrl;F + + Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura. + + + + + + &Ctrl;G + + + + +Janela Dividir verticalmente + equivalente. + + + + + + + &Ctrl;H + + + + +Janela Dividir horizontalmente + equivalente. + + + + + + + &Ctrl;J + + + + +Janela Cascata + equivalente a janelas. + + + + + + + &Ctrl;O + + + +Procurar Procurar nas obras +abertas equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas. + + + + + + &Ctrl;Q + + + +Arquivo Sair + equivalente; fecha o &bibletime;. + + + + + &Ctrl;W + + Fecha a janela atual. + + + + + F1 + + + + Ajuda Livro de mo + equivalente; abre o livro de mo. + + + + + F2 + + + + Ajuda BibleStudy +Howto equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo +Bblico. + + + + + F4 + + + + + Configuraes Gerenciador da +Estante equivalente; abre o Gerenciador +da Estante. + + + + + F8 + + + + +Exibir Mostrar Estante + equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante. + + + + + F9 + + + + +Exibir Mostrar lupa + equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa. + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c9058e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + Iniciando &bibletime; + + Como iniciar o &bibletime; + + Iniciando &bibletime; + &bibletime; um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro +&bibletime; do menu de incio com esse cone: + + + + + + cone do &bibletime; + + + &bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para +iniciar o &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: + &bibletime; + + + Outros gerenciadores de janelas + &bibletime; pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, +Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base +apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador. + + + Personalizao de incio + De um terminal voc pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versculo aleatrio +na bblia padro: + bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: + bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual. + + + + Sequncia de incio + Ao iniciar o &bibletime;, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela +principal do &bibletime; abrir: + + + + Bookshelf Manager + + + + Modifica sua Estante. Esse dilogo permite a voc modificar +sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se +nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja essa seo para mais detalhes. Se +voc iniciar com uma Estante vazia, ser til para instalar pelo menos uma +Bblia, Comentrio, Lxico e um Livro para conhecer os recursos bsicos do +&bibletime; rapidamente. + + + + + Configure &bibletime; dialog + + + + Customiza &bibletime;. Esse dilogo permite adaptar +o&bibletime; s suas necessidades. Veja a +descrio detalhada desse dilogo. + + + + + diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05c9c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + +BibleTime'> + Sword'> + KDE'> + Qt'> + + + + + + + + + + +]> + + + O livro de mo do &bibletime; + + + Fred + Saalbach + + + Jeffrey + Hoyt + + + Martin + Gruner + + + Thomas + Abthorpe + + + + + + 1999-2009 + a equipe &bibletime; + + + O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;. + + 2009-06 + 2.2 + + &bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword. + + + QT4 + bibletime + sword + crosswire + help dialog + +&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5; + + diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..406a77f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
    Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime

    Índice

    Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime
    + Display +
    + Languages +
    + Desk +
    + HotKeys +

    Nessa seo voc vai encontrar uma viso geral de como configurar o BibleTime, +que pode ser encontrado em Configuraes no menu principal.

    Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime

    A interface de usurio do BibleTime pode ser personalizada de vrias +maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Voc pode acessar o dilogo de +configurao selecionando Configuraes Configurar BibleTime.

    + Display +

    O comportamento de inicializao pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas +opes: +

    • Mostrar logo de inicializao

    Modelos de exibio definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). H vrios +modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no +painel direito.

    + Languages +

    Aqui voc pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros +bblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponvel, e voc se sentir em +casa.

    Por padro, BibleTime usa a fonte padro do sistema. Voc pode sobrescrever +essa fonte se necessrio. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem +exibidos corretamente, e esse dilogo permite a voc especificar uma fonte +personalizada para cada idioma.

    Dilogo de Opes - fontes

    O dilogo de Opes - Fontes.

    BibleTime pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que voc +deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma +obra somente mostra uma srie de pontos de interrogao (??????) or caixas +vazias, ento a fonte de exibio padro no contm os caracteres usados nessa +obra.

    Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleo. Marque a +caixa Usar fonte personalizada. Ento selecione uma fonte. Por exemplo, uma +fonte que suporta muitos idiomas Code2000. Se nenhuma fonte instalada pode +exibir a obra em que voc est interessado, tente instalar o pacote de +localizao para esse idioma.

    Instalando fontes

    Instrues detalhadas de instalao de fontes esto fora do escopo desse livro de +mo. Para mais informaes, por favor verifique em Unicode +HOWTO.

    Dica

    Se voc usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), BibleTime +ir rodar mais rpido do que com uma fonte como Bitstream Cyberbit® (em torno de 12Mb).

    Obtendo fontes

    Fontes podem ser obtidas de vrios lugares:

    • Sua distribuio *nix.

    • Pacotes de localizao da sua distribuio.

    • Uma instalao existente do Microsoft +Windows® no mesmo computador.

    • Uma coleo de fontes, tais como as disponveis da Adobe ou Bitstream.

    • Colees de fontes online.

    Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas +fontes esto disponveis gratuitamente. Nenhuma da fontes disponveis incluem +todos os caracteres definidos no padro Unicode, ento voc pode querer usar +diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.

    Tabela 4.1. Fontes Unicode

    + + Code2000 + Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de +caracteres.
    + + SIL unicode fonts + Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Lingustica Summer.
    + + FreeFont + Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.
    + + Crosswire's font directory + Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.
    + + Bitstream CyberBit + Cobre quase toda a gama do Unicode, mas pode fazer o BibleTime ficar lento +por causa do seu tamanho.
    ClearlyuIncluda em algumas distribuies. Contm Europeu, Grego, Hebreu e Tailands.
    + + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban + Cobertura parcial, ver informaes no site linkado.

    Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph +Singer (Fontes TrueType +UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet), ou a por Alan Wood (Faixas de caracteres +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam).

    + Desk +

    Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser +personalizados no BibleTime. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio +dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem +ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa +referncia. Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de +referncias cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai +mostrar o contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que +voc especificou.

    + HotKeys +

    Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no +lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do BibleTime tm teclas de +atalho pr-definidas (veja esta +seo para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do +BibleTime pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para +acessar rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa.

    Anterior   Próxima
    Exportando e Imprimindo Principal Capítulo 5. Referncia
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1134517 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Capítulo 1. Introduo
    Capítulo 1. Introduo
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 1. Introduo

    Índice

    Sobre BibleTime
    Obras disponveis
    Motivao

    Sobre BibleTime

    BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de +instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca Sword, que prov a +funcionalidade de back-end para o BibleTime, tal como visualizar texto +bblico, pesquisar, etc. Sword o carro-chefe da Crosswire Bible Society.

    BibleTime foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os +formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na seo +dedesenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.

    Obras disponveis

    Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da Crosswire Bible Society. Esto +inclusos: +

    Bblias

    O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, +cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e +incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", grego). Essa a +seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.

    Livros

    Livros disponveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e +"Josephus: The Complete Works" (em ingls)

    Comentrios

    Comentrios disponveis incluindo clssicos como "Notas sobre a Bblia" de John +Wesley, o comentrio de Matthew Henry e o "Comentrio sobre Glatas" de +Lutero. Com o comentrio pessoal voc pode gravar suas prprias notas pessoas +nas sees da Bblia.

    Devocionais dirios

    Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras +disponveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (ingls).

    Lxicos/Dicionrios

    Lxicos disponveis incluem: Cdigos de Anlise Morfolgicos de Robinson, Lxico +Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopdia da International Standard +Bible. Dicionrios disponveis incluem o Dicionrio Bblico Hebraico de Strong, +o Dicionrio Bblico Grego de Strong, Dicionrio Revisado da lngua Inglesa de +Webster 1913, Bblia em Tpicos de Nave.

    Motivao

    Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +no seu relacionamento com Ele. Ns batalhamos para tornar isso um programa +poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operao +intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas +as coisas boas.

     

    Toda a boa ddiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das +luzes, em quem no h mudana nem sombra de variao.

    		 
     --Tiago 1:17, ACF

    Deus o abenoe enquanto usa esse programa.

    Anterior   Próxima
    O livro de mo do BibleTime Principal Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f65fea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +O Gerenciador da Estante
    O Gerenciador da Estante
    Anterior Capítulo 3. Operao do programa Próxima

    O Gerenciador da Estante

    O Gerenciador da Estante uma ferramenta para +gerenciar sua Estante. Voc pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e +atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em +Configuraes → Gerenciador da +Estante no menu principal.

    Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante

    Aqui voc pode especificar onde o BibleTime pode armazenar sua Estante do +disco rdigo. Voc pode at armazenar em mltiplos diretrios. O padro +"~/.sword/".

    Dica

    Se voc tem um CD do Sword, mas no quer instalar todas as obras no disco +rgido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, ento voc pode adicionar o caminho +para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o +BibleTime, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.

    Instalar/atualizar obra(s)

    Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o +repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo +mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com Adicionar +biblioteca e Excluir biblioteca.

    Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca +qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) +obra(s). Ento clique em Conectar +biblioteca. BibleTime ir varrer o contedo da biblioteca e +mostrar uma lista de obras que voc pode adicionar sua Estante, ou que voc j +tenha instalado, mas esto disponveis em uma nova verso na biblioteca, e +assim podem ser atualizadas. Ento voc pode marcar todas as obras que quiser +instalar ou atualizar, e clicar emInstalar +obras. Elas sero ento transferidas para a sua Estante.

    Remover obra(s)

    Esse recurso permite a voc excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para +liberar espao em disco. Simplesmente marque os itens e clique em +Remover obras.

    ndices de pesquisa

    Essa opo permite a voc criar novos ndices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos de +ndice rfos de obras removidas.

    Dica

    + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. +
    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Buscando em obras Principal Exportando e Imprimindo
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f85529b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Exportando e Imprimindo
    Exportando e Imprimindo
    Anterior Capítulo 3. Operao do programa Próxima

    Exportando e Imprimindo

    Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto +direito do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele +permitir a voc Selecionar, +Copiar (para a rea de transferncia), +Salvar ou Imprimir +texto. Isso funciona por exemplo, em janelas de leitura, quando voc clica no +texto normal ou na referncia de versculo, ou na pgina de resultado de +pesquisa quando voc clica sobre uma obra ou uma ou mais referncias de +versculo. bem simples, experimente.

    A impresso no BibleTime bem bsica e includa somente como uma +utilidade. Se voc est compondo um documento ou apresentao contendo texto das +obras do BibleTime, sugerimos que voc use uma das ferramentas de edio no +seu sistema para formatar seu documento, ao invs de imprimir do BibleTime +diretamente.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    O Gerenciador da Estante Principal Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a8eba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
    Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
    Anterior Capítulo 3. Operao do programa Próxima

    Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime

    A Estante de Livros

    A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +categoria e idioma. Ela tambm tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui +onde voc pode armazenar e acessar seus prprios marcadores.

    Lendo obras

    Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o +boto esquerdo do mouse na categoria desejada +(Bblias, Comentrios, Lxicos, Livros, Devocionais ou Glossrios) para mostrar +seu contedo. Ento clique em uma das obras para abri-la para leitura. Uma +janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa.

    Dica

    Arraste e solte obras aqui

    Se voc est lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que est +lendo, voc pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o boto +esquerdo do mouse na referncia do versculo/passagem (o cursor +muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que voc quer +abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Voc tambm pode +arrastar uma referncia de versculo para uma janela de leitura j existente, e +ele vai para o local desejado.

    Informao adicional sobre obras

    Se voc clicar com o boto direito do mouse +nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. "Sobre essa obra" abre uma janela com +vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. "Destravar essa obra" abre um +pequeno dilogo para documentos criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave +de liberao para acessar a obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, +veja +essa pgina no site da Crosswire Bible Society.

    Buscando em obras

    Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +direito do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando +"Buscar em obra(s)". Pressionando Shift +eclicando em outras obras, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos +esses documentos. Uma descrio completa da operao e dos recursos de busca +podem ser encontrados aqui.

    Trabalhando com marcadores

    + +

    Dica

    Arraste e solte obras aqui

    + + Clique com o boto direito do mouse na categoria +de marcadores da estante e selecione "Criar nova +pasta" para criar uma nova subpasta de marcadores. Voc pode +usar funes "arrastar e soltar" para arrastar referncias de versculos de +janelas de leitura ou de resultados de buscas, e para rearranjar os +marcadores entre pginas.

    Voc tambm pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar marcadores +para compartilh-los. Para fazer isso, abra o menu de +contexto da pasta do marcador como descrito acima, e selecione +"Exportar marcadores". Isso ir trazer uma caixa +de dilogo para voc salvar a coleo de marcadores. Voc pode importar +marcadores de uma maneira similar.

    Voc tambm pode clicar com o boto direito em +pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descries.

    A Lupa

    Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do BibleTime puramente +passiva. Quando seu cursor do mouse est localizado sobre algum texto com +informaes adicionais (ex. nmeros Strong), ento essa informao adicional +exibida na lupa, e no no texto em si. Experimente.

    A Mesa

    A Mesa onde o trabalho real com BibleTime acontece. Aqui voc pode abrir +obras da Estante, l-las, procurar +nelas, e at salvar suas anotaes no mdulo de comentrios pessoais (veja abaixo).

    Lendo obras

    Como ns j vimos, voc +pode abrir obras para simples leitura clicando sobre seu smbolo na Estante. +Uma janela de leitura ir abrir na rea da Mesa. Cada janela de leitura tem +uma barra de ferramentas. Ali voc pode encontrar ferramentas para navegar na +obra em que essa janela de leitura est conectada, assim como botes de +histrico como os que voc conhece no seu navegador.

    Posicionamento da janela de leitura

    claro, voc pode abrir vrias obras ao mesmo tempo. H muitas possibilidades +de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item +Janela no menu principal. Ali voc pode ver que voc pode +tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura voc mesmo, ou fazer +com que o BibleTime faa isso por voc. Para fazer isso, voc deve selecionar +um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis emJanela → Modo de posicionamento. Experimente, simples e funciona.

    Editando seu prprio comentrio

    Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc +precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da Crosswire Bible Society. Essa obra +chama-se "Comentrio pessoal".

    Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o +boto esquerdo do mouse, ele abre em modo de +leitura. Voc no poder edit-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotaes no +comentrio pessoal, voc deve abri-lo com o boto +direito do mouse e ento selecionar +Editar essa obra e ento ou Texto +simples (editor de cdigo fonte) ou +HTML (editor gui wysiwyg bsico).

    Dica

    Se Editar essa obra est +desativado, por favor, verifique se voc tem permisses de escrita para os +arquivos do comentrio pessoal.

    Dica

    Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referncia de versculo e o texto do +versculo ser inserido.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Capítulo 3. Operao do programa Principal Buscando em obras
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80717ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +Buscando em obras
    Buscando em obras
    Anterior Capítulo 3. Operao do programa Próxima

    Buscando em obras

    Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta

    Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em +outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto +direito do mouse e selecionando +Procurar..., ou usando a tecla de atalhoCtrlF. Continue lendo para +aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras.

    Acessando o dilogo de busca

    Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +direito do mouse em seu smbolo na +Estante e selecionando Buscar +na(s)obra(s). Segurando Shift ou Ctrl e clicando em outros +nomes de obra, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga os mesmos +procedimentos para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todas +essas obras ao mesmo tempo.

    Voc tambm pode acessar o dilogo de busca clicando em Procurar no menu principal, e selecionando +a entrada apropriada.

    Uma terceira possibilidade para comear buscar clicar no smbolo de busca +numa janela de leitura aberta.

    Configurao de pesquisa

    Selecionando obras

    No topo da aba de opes voc vai encontrar Escolher +(obras). Se voc gostaria de buscar em vrias obras, clique nesse boto e ser +oferecido um menu onde voc pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja +procurar.

    Usando Escopos de Busca

    Voc pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bblia +selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em Escopo de +busca. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no +boto Configurar faixas.

    Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca

    Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca +vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca +(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND.

    Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de +caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de +parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) +AND Deus'.

    Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto +seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo +nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

    Tipos de texto disponveis: +

    Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca

    PrefixoSignificado
    heading:busca em cabealhos
    footnote:busca em rodaps
    strong:busca em Nmeros Strong
    morph:busca em cdigos morfolgicos


    BibleTime usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele +tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

    Resultados de busca

    Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, +classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o boto +direito do mouse permite voc copiar, salvar ou +imprimir todos os versculos encontrados numa obra de uma vez s. Isso tambm +funciona quando voc clica em uma ou mais referncias para copiar, salvar ou +imprimi-las. Clicando numa referncia em particular abre o versculo em +contexto na janela de visualizao abaixo.

    Dica

    Arraste uma referncia e solte-a no smbolo de uma obra na Estante para abrir +a obra naquele versculo numa nova janela de leitura.

    Dica

    Arraste uma referncia e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela ir +pular para aquele versculo.

    Dica

    Selecione referncias e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores.

    Anlise do resultado de busca

    Clique em Anlise de busca para abrir a anlise da +busca. Isso d uma simples anlise grfica do nmero de instncias onde o termo +de busca foi encontrado em cada livro da Bblia, e voc tambm pode salvar a +anlise.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime Principal O Gerenciador da Estante
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..847dc17 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +Capítulo 3. Operao do programa
    Capítulo 3. Operao do programa
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 3. Operao do programa

    Índice

    Viso geral do programa
    Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
    A Estante de Livros
    A Lupa
    A Mesa
    Buscando em obras
    Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
    Acessando o dilogo de busca
    Configurao de pesquisa
    Resultados de busca
    O Gerenciador da Estante
    Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
    Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
    Remover obra(s)
    ndices de pesquisa
    Exportando e Imprimindo

    Viso geral do programa

    assim que parece uma tpica sesso do BibleTime: +

    A janela de aplicao do BibleTime

    + Voc pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicao. A janela superior +esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com +a aba Marcadores, voc pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela +"Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informaes extras que +esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando voc move o cursor sobre um marcador +de rodap, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o contedo real da nota de rodap. A +barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rpido a importantes funes, e a mesa no +lado direito onde voc faz seu trabalho de verdade.

    Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicao individualmente.

    Anterior   Próxima
    Sequncia de incio Principal Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..899a2f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +ndice de teclas de atalho
    ndice de teclas de atalho
    Anterior Capítulo 5. Referncia 

    ndice de teclas de atalho

    Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes +no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) +alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um +menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no BibleTime (pois ele sempre +mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar nessa seo.

    Tecla de atalhoDescrio
    + AltLeft + Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura.
    + AltRight + Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura.
    + CtrlAltF + + Procurar → Procurar na bblia +padro equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar na bblia padro.
    + CtrlAltG + + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Auto-dividir +verticalmente equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas. +
    + CtrlAltH + + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Auto-dividir +horizontalmente equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas.
    + CtrlAltJ + + Janela → Modo de posicionamento + → Auto-cascata +equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas.
    + CtrlAltM + + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Modo manual equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.
    + CtrlAltS + + Janela → Salvar como nova sesso equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso.
    + CtrlAltW + + Janela → Fechar tudo equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas.
    + Ctrl- + Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.
    + Ctrl+ + Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.
    + CtrlA + Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura.
    + CtrlC + Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia.
    + CtrlF + Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura.
    + CtrlG + + Janela → Dividir verticalmente equivalente. +
    + CtrlH + + Janela → Dividir horizontalmente equivalente. +
    + CtrlJ + + Janela → Cascata + equivalente a janelas. +
    + CtrlO + + Procurar → Procurar nas obras +abertas equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas.
    + CtrlQ + + Arquivo → Sair + equivalente; fecha o BibleTime.
    + CtrlW + Fecha a janela atual.
    + F1 + + Ajuda → Livro de mo equivalente; abre o livro de mo.
    + F2 + + Ajuda → BibleStudy +Howto equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo +Bblico.
    + F4 + + +Configuraes → Gerenciador da +Estante equivalente; abre o Gerenciador +da Estante.
    + F8 + + Exibir → Mostrar Estante equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante.
    + F9 + + Exibir → Mostrar lupa equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa.
    Anterior Acima 
    Works reference Principal 
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..564f920 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Works reference
    Works reference
    Anterior Capítulo 5. Referncia Próxima

    Works reference

    + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls forward through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Scrolls back through history. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional bible. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Search in selected works. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Display configuration. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select additional commentary. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select a book. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an installed glossary or devotional. +

    +

    +

    + + +

    + Select an additional glossary or devotional. +

    +

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Capítulo 5. Referncia Principal ndice de teclas de atalho
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05496f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +Capítulo 5. Referncia
    Capítulo 5. Referncia
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 5. Referncia

    Índice

    Referncia do menu principal
    + File +
    + View +
    + Search +
    + Window +
    + Settings +
    + Help +
    Works reference
    ndice de teclas de atalho

    Referncia do menu principal

    Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu +principal do BibleTime. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que +aparecem no BibleTime, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual +eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada nessa seo.

    + File +

    +

    + + File → Quit (CtrlQ) +

    + Fecha o BibleTime. BibleTime ir perguntar se voc deseja +salvar mudanas no-salvas para o disco.

    +

    + View +

    + + View → Fullscreen mode (F5) +

    + Alterna exibio em tela inteira. Alterne essa chave para +maximizar a janela do BibleTime.

    + View → Show toolbar (F6) +

    + Alterna exibio da barra de ferramentas. Alterne essa chave +para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.

    + View → Show Bookshelf +

    + Alterna exibio da Estante. Alterne essa chave para exibir +ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando voc +precisa de mais espao para a Lupa.

    + View → Show Bookmarks +

    + Alterna exibio dos Marcadores. Alterne essa chave para +exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando +voc precisa de mais espao para a Lupa.

    + View → Show Mag +

    + Alterna exibio da Lupa. Alterne essa chave para exibir ou +ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.

    + Search +

    + + Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF) +

    + Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bblia +padro. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Dilogo de Busca. Uma +descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui.

    + + Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO) +

    + Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar em todas as +obras. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Dilogo de +Busca. Uma descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada aqui.

    + Window +

    + Window → Save session +

    + Diretamente salva a sesso atual. Essa ao ir abrir um menu +de contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para salvar. Ela +ser sobrescrita com sua sesso atual. Veja o prximo item sobre como salvar +para uma nova sesso.

    + Window → Save as new session (CtrlAltS) +

    + Salva a sesso atual sob um novo nome. Essa ao ir perguntar +por um novo nome para salvar a sesso.

    + Window → Load session +

    + Carrega uma sesso existente. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para carregar.

    + Window → Delete session +

    + Exclui uma sesso existente. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para excluir.

    + Window → Arrangement mode +

    + Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas. No +menu de contexto que se abre, voc pode especificar se quer cuidar do +posicionamento voc mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o BibleTime cuide +para voc (modos Automticos, experimente).

    + + Window → Cascade (CtrlJ) +

    + Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas. +

    + + Window → Tile vertically (CtrlG) +

    + Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas +abertas. +

    + + Window → Tile horizontally (CtrlH) +

    + Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas +abertas. +

    + + Window → Close all (CtrlAltW) +

    + Fecha todas as janelas abertas.

    + Settings +

    + + Settings → Configure BibleTime +

    + Abre o dilogo de configurao principal do BibleTime. Voc +pode mudar todo tipo de configuraes legais aqui para adaptar o BibleTime +sua necessidade. Por favor veja essa +seo para detalhes.

    + + Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4) +

    + Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e +gerenciar sua Estante. Por favor veja essa seo para detalhes.

    + Help +

    + + Help → Handbook (F1) +

    + Abre o guia de usurio BibleTime que voc est lendo agora.

    + + Help → Bible Study Howto (F2) +

    + Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bblia A equipe do +BibleTime espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as +escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo em particular foi +escolhido por no advocar por nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Ns esperamos que voc leia e estude as escrituras para entender o +que elas dizem. Se voc comear com a inteno de que deseja que o Senhor semeie +sua palavra em seu corao, Ele no ir desapont-lo.

    + Help → About +

    + Abre uma janela com informaes do projeto BibleTime contm +informaes sobre a verso do software BibleTime, contribuidores do projeto, +verso do software Sword, verso do software Qt e o contrato de licena.

    Anterior   Próxima
    Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime Principal Works reference
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e0e8ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +Sequncia de incio
    Sequncia de incio
    Anterior Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime Próxima

    Sequncia de incio

    Ao iniciar o BibleTime, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela +principal do BibleTime abrir:

    + Bookshelf Manager +

    + Modifica sua Estante. Esse dilogo permite a voc modificar +sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se +nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja essa seo para mais detalhes. Se +voc iniciar com uma Estante vazia, ser til para instalar pelo menos uma +Bblia, Comentrio, Lxico e um Livro para conhecer os recursos bsicos do +BibleTime rapidamente.

    + Configure BibleTime dialog +

    + Customiza BibleTime. Esse dilogo permite adaptar +oBibleTime s suas necessidades. Veja a +descrio detalhada desse dilogo.

    Anterior Acima Próxima
    Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime Principal Capítulo 3. Operao do programa
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f79a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
    Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
    Anterior   Próxima

    Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

    Índice

    Como iniciar o BibleTime
    Iniciando BibleTime
    Outros gerenciadores de janelas
    Personalizao de incio
    Sequncia de incio

    Como iniciar o BibleTime

    Iniciando BibleTime

    BibleTime um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro +BibleTime do menu de incio com esse cone: +

    cone do BibleTime

    BibleTime pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para +iniciar o BibleTime, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: + 

    BibleTime

    Outros gerenciadores de janelas

    BibleTime pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, +Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base +apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador.

    Personalizao de incio

    De um terminal voc pode usar o BibleTime para abrir um versculo aleatrio +na bblia padro: + 

    bibletime --open-default-bible
+      "<random>"

    Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: + 

    bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"

    Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual.

    Anterior   Próxima
    Capítulo 1. Introduo Principal Sequncia de incio
    diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a8caca --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +O livro de mo do BibleTime
    O livro de mo do BibleTime
       Próxima

    O livro de mo do BibleTime

    Fred Saalbach

    Jeffrey Hoyt

    Martin Gruner

    Thomas Abthorpe

    2.2

    Copyright © 1999-2009 a equipe BibleTime

    O livro de mo do BibleTime parte do BibleTime.

    Resumo

    BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.

    Índice

    1. Introduo
    Sobre BibleTime
    Obras disponveis
    Motivao
    2. Iniciando BibleTime
    Como iniciar o BibleTime
    Iniciando BibleTime
    Outros gerenciadores de janelas
    Personalizao de incio
    Sequncia de incio
    3. Operao do programa
    Viso geral do programa
    Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
    A Estante de Livros
    A Lupa
    A Mesa
    Buscando em obras
    Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
    Acessando o dilogo de busca
    Configurao de pesquisa
    Resultados de busca
    O Gerenciador da Estante
    Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
    Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
    Remover obra(s)
    ndices de pesquisa
    Exportando e Imprimindo
    4. Configurando BibleTime
    Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime
    + Display +
    + Languages +
    + Desk +
    + HotKeys +
    5. Referncia
    Referncia do menu principal
    + File +
    + View +
    + Search +
    + Window +
    + Settings +
    + Help +
    Works reference
    ndice de teclas de atalho

    Lista de Tabelas

    3.1. Tipos de Busca
    4.1. Fontes Unicode
       Próxima
       Capítulo 1. Introduo
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index c27225a..b15bebc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Подходи към Божието Слово
    Подходи към Божието Слово
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Подходи към Божието Слово

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Подходи към Божието Слово

    Подходи към Божието Слово
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Подходи към Божието Слово

    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

    Слушане

    Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.“

    Четене

    Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]“

    1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]“ -

    Study

    Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

    Слушане

    Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.“

    Четене

    Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]“

    1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]“ +

    Study

    Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“ -

    2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“ +

    2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.“

    Запаметяване

    Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.“

    Размисъл

    Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.“

    Запаметяване

    Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.“

    Размисъл

    Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“

    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index ca2f0a8..e8e0dc2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18

    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18

    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18

    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

    What does „practicing your righteousness“ mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:

    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

    What does „practicing your righteousness“ mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. When you give

    2. When you fast

    3. When you pray

    Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да -избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":

    1. When you give -

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ -today?)

      2. do it secretly.

      3. etc.

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Основи на правилното интерпретиране Начало Как да използваме конкорданс?
    +Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

    1. When you give

    2. When you fast

    3. When you pray

    Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":

    1. When you give +

      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ +today?)

      2. do it secretly.

      3. etc.

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Основи на правилното интерпретиране Начало Как да използваме конкорданс?
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 551fa4f..1c063d9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Основи на правилното интерпретиране

    Съдържание

    Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!

    Контекст

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +Основи на правилното интерпретиране

    Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Основи на правилното интерпретиране

    Съдържание

    Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!

    Контекст

    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

    Препратки

    Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +book.

    Препратки

    Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата част от Библията.

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Начини за изучаване на Библията Начало Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index d15c045..7d5b34f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Начини за изучаване на Библията
    Начини за изучаване на Библията
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Начини за изучаване на Библията

    Тематично изучаване

    Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или -конкорданс.

    Изучаване на герои

    Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф -(Бит. 37-50)

    Изследване

    Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Подходи към Божието Слово Начало Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    +Начини за изучаване на Библията
    Начини за изучаване на Библията
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Начини за изучаване на Библията

    Тематично изучаване

    Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.

    Изучаване на герои

    Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)

    Изследване

    Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Подходи към Божието Слово Начало Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index da9c092..e0d8c99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Как да използваме конкорданс?
    Как да използваме конкорданс?
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Как да използваме конкорданс?

    За да намерим определен стих

    1. Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.

    2. Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред

    3. Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...

    Find these verses: -

    1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

    2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

    -

    За да проследим тема

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +Как да използваме конкорданс?

    Как да използваме конкорданс?
    Назад Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията Напред

    Как да използваме конкорданс?

    За да намерим определен стих

    1. Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.

    2. Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред

    3. Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...

    Find these verses: +

    1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

    2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

    +

    За да проследим тема

    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

    За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge -not lest you be judged“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought."

    За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи

    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge +not lest you be judged“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

    1. Look up "judge".

    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

    3. Now look up "judgeth".

    4. Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350

    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.)

      1. Look up "judge".

      2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

      3. Now look up "judgeth".

      4. Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350

      5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    За да разберем значенията на имената

    По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или -еврейски.

    Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:

    • Навал

    • Авигея

    • Исус Навиев

    • Варава

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
    +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

    За да разберем значенията на имената

    По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.

    Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:

    • Навал

    • Авигея

    • Исус Навиев

    • Варава

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index 31a7611..5b4ae48 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
    Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
    Назад   Напред

    Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията

    Съдържание

    Целта на изучаването
    Подходи към Божието Слово
    Слушане
    Четене
    Study
    Запаметяване
    Размисъл
    Начини за изучаване на Библията
    Тематично изучаване
    Изучаване на герои
    Изследване
    Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    Съдържание
    Контекст
    Препратки
    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
    Как да използваме конкорданс?
    За да намерим определен стих
    За да проследим тема
    За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи
    За да разберем значенията на имената

    Целта на изучаването

    +Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията

    Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
    Назад   Напред

    Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията

    Съдържание

    Целта на изучаването
    Подходи към Божието Слово
    Слушане
    Четене
    Study
    Запаметяване
    Размисъл
    Начини за изучаване на Библията
    Тематично изучаване
    Изучаване на герои
    Изследване
    Основи на правилното интерпретиране
    Съдържание
    Контекст
    Препратки
    Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18
    Как да използваме конкорданс?
    За да намерим определен стих
    За да проследим тема
    За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи
    За да разберем значенията на имената

    Целта на изучаването

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just +said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 039f2cd..6161344 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Книга, която е боговдъхновена

    Книга, която е боговдъхновена
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга, която е боговдъхновена

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +Книга, която е боговдъхновена

    Книга, която е боговдъхновена
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга, която е боговдъхновена

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 75acb61..f3ba49f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Съвети

    Съвети
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Съвети

    +Съвети

    Съвети
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Съвети

    2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на истината." diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 966d811..8320a2f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Книга, която дарява свобода

    Книга, която дарява свобода
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга, която дарява свобода

    +Книга, която дарява свобода

    Книга, която дарява свобода
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга, която дарява свобода

    Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Mine... "

    Виждаме, & всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".

    "А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила." Мат. 22:29

    Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?

    • Писанията

    • Божията сила

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Книга, която е действена Начало Книга за духовното воюване
    +писанията нито Божията сила." Мат. 22:29

    Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?

    • Писанията

    • Божията сила

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Книга, която е действена Начало Книга за духовното воюване
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index f62089d..8404c3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"

    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 2ce6365..2cd91af 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

    1. Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.

    2. Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, -съответстваща на датата)

    3. Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +

      1. Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.

      2. Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата)

      3. Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и -140.

      4. Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.

      5. Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +140.

      6. Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.

      7. Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" Начало Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 30def33..10eec5d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Книга за духовното воюване
    Книга за духовното воюване
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга за духовното воюване

    +Книга за духовното воюване

    Книга за духовното воюване
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга за духовното воюване

    Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.

    Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня

    ВъпросОтговор
    Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?5
    Колко - за нападение?One
    Кое? Словото - rhema

    Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
    Книга, която дарява свобода Начало Съвети
    diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9452f56..83f80e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Книга, която е действена
    Книга, която е действена
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга, която е действена

    +Книга, която е действена

    Книга, която е действена
    Назад Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово Напред

    Книга, която е действена

    С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че Библията "действува между вас, вярващите". Нека разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index e862251..1116935 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

    Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово
    Назад   Напред

    Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

    Съдържание

    Книга, която е уникална
    Книга, която е боговдъхновена
    Книга, която е действена
    Книга, която дарява свобода
    Книга за духовното воюване
    Съвети
    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

    Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово
    Назад   Напред

    Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово

    Съдържание

    Книга, която е уникална
    Книга, която е боговдъхновена
    Книга, която е действена
    Книга, която дарява свобода
    Книга за духовното воюване
    Съвети
    Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"
    Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

    Книга, която е уникална

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • +communicate with God.

      Книга, която е уникална

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

      • +

      • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

      • +

      • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index 299c2fb..8607391 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

        Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

        Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

        Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

        Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

        Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст

        Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

        Пример 2.1

        В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -"да се роди от вода и +within its context, we have to look further.

        Пример 2.1

        В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -"да се роди от вода и Дух". Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?

        Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

        Пример 2.2

        1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]“

        Пример 2.3

        Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

        Пример 2.2

        1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“ has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]“

        Пример 2.3

        Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3191131..b3a1e91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

        -At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but -„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, -„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

        Пример 3.1

        „3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст

        +At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but +„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, +„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

        Пример 3.1

        „3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

        Пример 3.2

        Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

        Пример 3.2

        Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 9fa9775..311ad80 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

        Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

        Пример 4.1

        „evil eye“ in Mt.6:23.

        Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) Напред

        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика

        Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

        Пример 4.1

        „evil eye“ in Mt.6:23.

        Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

        What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

        What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

        Пример 4.2

        Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

        Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

        +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

        Пример 4.2

        Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

        Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

        References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

        Назад Ниво нагоре Напред
        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст Начало Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
        diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 8e72c94..62e9e71 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
        Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) 

        Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
        Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория
        Назад Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) 

        Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория

        An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

        Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?

        Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

        Пример 5.1

        The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

        Пример 5.1

        The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

        Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.

        Пример 5.2

        The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.

        Пример 5.2

        The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

        The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

        Назад Ниво нагоре 
        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика Начало 
        diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 54634b2..e0544d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
        Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
        Назад   Напред

        Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)

        Съдържание

        Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите
        Пример 1.1
        Example 1B
        Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
        Пример 2.1
        Пример 2.2
        Пример 2.3
        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
        Пример 3.1
        Пример 3.2
        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
        Пример 4.1
        Пример 4.2
        Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
        Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)
        Назад   Напред

        Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)

        Съдържание

        Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите
        Пример 1.1
        Example 1B
        Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст
        Пример 2.1
        Пример 2.2
        Пример 2.3
        Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст
        Пример 3.1
        Пример 3.2
        Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика
        Пример 4.1
        Пример 4.2
        Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория
        Пример 5.1
        Пример 5.2

        We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

        1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

        2. Препратки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

          1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

          2. Препратки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

          Пример 1.1

          Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

        Пример 1.1

        Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

        Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

        Example 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

        Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

        Example 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

        Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Cross-references for aleipho: -

          1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

          2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

          3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

          4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

          5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

        • Cross-references of chrio: -

          1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]“

          2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

          3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

          4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

        So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Cross-references for aleipho: +

          1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

          2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

          3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

          4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

          5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

        • Cross-references of chrio: +

          1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]“

          2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

          3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

          4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

        So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

        As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 30636f5..972ff6a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

        Ръководство за изучаване на Библията
           Напред

        Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

        Bob Harman

        The BibleTime team

        Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

        +Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

        Ръководство за изучаване на Библията
           Напред

        Ръководство за изучаване на Библията

        Bob Harman

        The BibleTime team

        Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

        This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

        Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

        Резюме

        +

        Резюме

        The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

        diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 8377ac9..4b8c8e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Přístupy k Božímu Slovu

        Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Přístupy k Božímu Slovu

        Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Přístupy k Božímu Slovu

        Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Přístupy k Božímu Slovu

        Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

        Slyšení

        Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.“

        Čtení

        Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]“

        1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]“ -

        Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated

        Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

        Slyšení

        Lk.11:28 „blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.“

        Čtení

        Rev.1:3 „Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]“

        1 Tim.4:13 „give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]“ +

        Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated

        Acts 17:11 „Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“ -

        2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.“ +

        2 Tim.2:15 „Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.“

        Memorování

        Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.“

        Meditování

        Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.“

        Memorování

        Ps.119:11 „Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.“

        Meditování

        Ps.1:2-3 „But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.“

        The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 82b1491..a5a3131 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18

        Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18

        Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18

        Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18

        Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

        1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

        What does „practicing your righteousness“ mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:

        1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

        What does „practicing your righteousness“ mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

        1. When you give

        2. When you fast

        3. When you pray

        A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům -praktikování spravedlnosti:

        1. When you give -

          1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ -today?)

          2. do it secretly.

          3. etc.

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Základy správného výkladu Domů Jak používat konkordanci
        +Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

        1. When you give

        2. When you fast

        3. When you pray

        A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:

        1. When you give +

          1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ +today?)

          2. do it secretly.

          3. etc.

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Základy správného výkladu Domů Jak používat konkordanci
        diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ba734d8..2043f99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Základy správného výkladu
        Základy správného výkladu
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Základy správného výkladu

        Obsah

        Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.

        Souvislosti

        What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +Základy správného výkladu

        Základy správného výkladu
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Základy správného výkladu

        Obsah

        Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.

        Souvislosti

        What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

        Odkazy

        Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +book.

        Odkazy

        Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Typy studia Bible Domů Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
        diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 4576eaf..bcdc3ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Typy studia Bible
        Typy studia Bible
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Typy studia Bible

        Tématické studium

        Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají -se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.

        Studium postavy

        Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.

        Vysvětlující studium

        Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Přístupy k Božímu Slovu Domů Základy správného výkladu
        +Typy studia Bible
        Typy studia Bible
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Typy studia Bible

        Tématické studium

        Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.

        Studium postavy

        Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.

        Vysvětlující studium

        Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Přístupy k Božímu Slovu Domů Základy správného výkladu
        diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index cb21dff..cc88897 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -Jak používat konkordanci
        Jak používat konkordanci
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Jak používat konkordanci

        K nalezení konkrétního verše

        1. Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.

        2. Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).

        3. Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.

        Find these verses: -

        1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

        2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

        3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

        -

        K tématickému studiu

        Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +Jak používat konkordanci

        Jak používat konkordanci
        Předcházející Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible Další

        Jak používat konkordanci

        K nalezení konkrétního verše

        1. Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.

        2. Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).

        3. Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.

        Find these verses: +

        1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

        2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

        3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

        +

        K tématickému studiu

        Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

        K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině

        What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge -not lest you be judged“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought."

        K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině

        What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „Judge +not lest you be judged“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

        1. Look up "judge".

        2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

        3. Now look up "judgeth".

        4. U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.

        5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.)

          1. Look up "judge".

          2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

          3. Now look up "judgeth".

          4. U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.

          5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

        K nalezení významu jmen

        Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.

        Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:

        • Nábal

        • Abigail

        • Jozue

        • Barnabáš

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 Domů Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
        +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

      K nalezení významu jmen

      Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.

      Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:

      • Nábal

      • Abigail

      • Jozue

      • Barnabáš

    Předcházející Nahoru Další
    Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 Domů Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index 4085fe4..639f61e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
    Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
    Předcházející   Další

    Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible

    Obsah

    Proč přistupujeme k Bibli
    Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
    Slyšení
    Čtení
    Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated
    Memorování
    Meditování
    Typy studia Bible
    Tématické studium
    Studium postavy
    Vysvětlující studium
    Základy správného výkladu
    Obsah
    Souvislosti
    Odkazy
    Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
    Jak používat konkordanci
    K nalezení konkrétního verše
    K tématickému studiu
    K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině
    K nalezení významu jmen

    Proč přistupujeme k Bibli

    +Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible

    Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
    Předcházející   Další

    Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible

    Obsah

    Proč přistupujeme k Bibli
    Přístupy k Božímu Slovu
    Slyšení
    Čtení
    Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated
    Memorování
    Meditování
    Typy studia Bible
    Tématické studium
    Studium postavy
    Vysvětlující studium
    Základy správného výkladu
    Obsah
    Souvislosti
    Odkazy
    Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18
    Jak používat konkordanci
    K nalezení konkrétního verše
    K tématickému studiu
    K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině
    K nalezení významu jmen

    Proč přistupujeme k Bibli

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just +said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0496676..1aa560b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kniha vdechnutá Bohem

    Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha vdechnutá Bohem

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +Kniha vdechnutá Bohem

    Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha vdechnutá Bohem

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 59c5c5f..81d933a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Napomenutí

    Napomenutí
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Napomenutí

    +Napomenutí

    Napomenutí
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Napomenutí

    "Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně vykládá slovo pravdy." (2Tm 2,15) diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 7809a06..97d4266 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kniha, která osvobozuje

    Kniha, která osvobozuje
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha, která osvobozuje

    +Kniha, která osvobozuje

    Kniha, která osvobozuje
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha, která osvobozuje

    Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ slova.

    Řeck vítr. abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená každým větrem učení... Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".

    Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."Mt 22,29

    Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?

    • Boží slovo

    • Boží moc

    Předcházející Nahoru Další
    Kniha, která pracuje Domů Kniha, která bojuje
    +děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."Mt 22,29

    Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?

    • Boží slovo

    • Boží moc

    Předcházející Nahoru Další
    Kniha, která pracuje Domů Kniha, která bojuje
    diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index bef4c5b..8a096fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"

    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 37495ca..3322d7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

    Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

    Příloha: Plány čtení Bible
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

    1. Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.

    2. Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci.

    3. Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.

    4. Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně.

    5. Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +

      1. Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.

      2. Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.

      3. Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.

      4. Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.

      5. Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a dva týdny.

    Předcházející Nahoru Další
    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" Domů Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible
    diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 48cb471..35d0d62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Kniha, která bojuje
    Kniha, která bojuje
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha, která bojuje

    +Kniha, která bojuje

    Kniha, která bojuje
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha, která bojuje

    V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.

    Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj

    OtázkaOdpověď
    Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?5
    Kolik je jich útočných?One
    Která (-é)? Slovo - rhema

    Předcházející Nahoru Další
    Kniha, která osvobozuje Domů Napomenutí
    diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index 7adc98e..5235f7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kniha, která pracuje
    Kniha, která pracuje
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha, která pracuje

    +Kniha, která pracuje

    Kniha, která pracuje
    Předcházející Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova Další

    Kniha, která pracuje

    Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je "slovo Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících." Popišme si, co všechno Slovo vykonává. diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index b1aaf64..642b871 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova

    Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
    Předcházející   Další

    Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova

    Obsah

    Jedinečná kniha
    Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
    Kniha, která pracuje
    Kniha, která osvobozuje
    Kniha, která bojuje
    Napomenutí
    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
    Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova

    Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova
    Předcházející   Další

    Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova

    Obsah

    Jedinečná kniha
    Kniha vdechnutá Bohem
    Kniha, která pracuje
    Kniha, která osvobozuje
    Kniha, která bojuje
    Napomenutí
    Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"
    Příloha: Plány čtení Bible

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

    Jedinečná kniha

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • +communicate with God.

      Jedinečná kniha

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

      • +

      • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

      • +

      • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index 572318f..0dc6a7a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu

        Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

        Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu

        Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu

        Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

        Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu

        Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

        Příklad 2A

        Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z +within its context, we have to look further.

        Příklad 2A

        Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z Ducha". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?

        Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

        Příklad 2B

        1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]“

        Přiklad 2C

        Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

        Příklad 2B

        1 Cor.14:34 „Let the women keep silent in the churches“ has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]“

        Přiklad 2C

        Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 90c5f27..67caf28 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

        -At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but -„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, -„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

        Příklad 3A

        „3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu

        +At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but +„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, +„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

        Příklad 3A

        „3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

        Příklad 3B

        Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

        Příklad 3B

        Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2e7d997..929ac62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce

        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce

        Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

        Příklad 4A

        „evil eye“ in Mt.6:23.

        Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce

        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) Další

        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce

        Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

        Příklad 4A

        „evil eye“ in Mt.6:23.

        Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

        What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

        What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

        Příklad 4B

        Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

        Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

        +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

        Příklad 4B

        Is.59:1 „The Lord's hand is not short;“

        Deut.33:27 „Underneath are the everlasting arms.“

        References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

        Předcházející Nahoru Další
        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu Domů Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
        diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index e9f4167..8e8d726 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
        Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) 

        Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
        Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií
        Předcházející Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) 

        Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií

        An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

        Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?

        Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

        Příklad 5A

        The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

        Příklad 5A

        The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

        Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.

        Příklad 5B

        The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +obtěžuje atd.

        Příklad 5B

        The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

        The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

        Předcházející Nahoru 
        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce Domů 
        diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 9e31536..eaeaebd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
        Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
        Předcházející   Další

        Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)

        Obsah

        Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.
        Příklad 1A
        Example 1B
        Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
        Příklad 2A
        Příklad 2B
        Přiklad 2C
        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
        Příklad 3A
        Příklad 3B
        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
        Příklad 4A
        Příklad 4B
        Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
        Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)
        Předcházející   Další

        Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)

        Obsah

        Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.
        Příklad 1A
        Example 1B
        Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu
        Příklad 2A
        Příklad 2B
        Přiklad 2C
        Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu
        Příklad 3A
        Příklad 3B
        Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce
        Příklad 4A
        Příklad 4B
        Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií
        Příklad 5A
        Příklad 5B

        We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

        1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

        2. Odkazy. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

          1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

          2. Odkazy. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

          Příklad 1A

          Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

        Příklad 1A

        Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

        Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

        Example 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

        Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

        Example 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

        Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Cross-references for aleipho: -

          1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

          2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

          3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

          4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

          5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

        • Cross-references of chrio: -

          1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]“

          2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

          3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

          4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

        So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Cross-references for aleipho: +

          1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

          2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

          3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

          4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

          5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

        • Cross-references of chrio: +

          1. Lk.4:18 „The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]“

          2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

          3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

          4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

        So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

        As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index ce4bbc9..cd534f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Jak studovat Bibli

        Jak studovat Bibli
           Další

        Jak studovat Bibli

        Bob Harman

        The BibleTime team

        Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

        +Jak studovat Bibli

        Jak studovat Bibli
           Další

        Jak studovat Bibli

        Bob Harman

        The BibleTime team

        Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

        This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

        Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

        Původní anglické znění:

        +

        Původní anglické znění:

        The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

        diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 9f734e1..8b1cbed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -Annäherung an Gottes Wort

        Annäherung an Gottes Wort
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Annäherung an Gottes Wort

        Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Annäherung an Gottes Wort

        Annäherung an Gottes Wort
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Annäherung an Gottes Wort

        Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

        Hören

        Lukas 11,28 „Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort -Gottes hören und es befolgen.“

        Lesen

        Offenbarung 1,3 „Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +cements the word in our minds.

        Hören

        Lukas 11,28 „Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.“

        Lesen

        Offenbarung 1,3 „Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist -nahe.“

        1. Timotheus 4,13 „Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.“ -

        Studium

        Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „Diese waren freundlicher als die in +nahe.“

        1. Timotheus 4,13 „Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.“ +

        Studium

        Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.“ -

        2. Timotheus 2,15 „Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.“ +

        2. Timotheus 2,15 „Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, -als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. “

        Auswendiglernen

        Psalm 119,11 „Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich -nicht sündige.“

        Nachdenken

        Psalm 1,1-3 „Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. “

        Auswendiglernen

        Psalm 119,11 „Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.“

        Nachdenken

        Psalm 1,1-3 „Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.“ +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.“

        The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 0501ffb..2363571 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

        Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18

        Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

        1. Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen

        Was bedeutet „Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen“? Gibt der Text +Roman numeral One of your outline:

        1. Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen

        Was bedeutet „Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen“? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? Unsere Absichten! Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln -diesen Gedanken?

        1. Wenn Sie spenden

        2. Wenn Sie fasten

        3. Wenn Sie beten

        Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es -vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:

        1. Wenn Sie spenden -

          1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ -today?)

          2. Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.

          3. usw.

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung Zum Anfang Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        +diesen Gedanken?

        1. Wenn Sie spenden

        2. Wenn Sie fasten

        3. Wenn Sie beten

        Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:

        1. Wenn Sie spenden +

          1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „sound a trumpet“ +today?)

          2. Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.

          3. usw.

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung Zum Anfang Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 1996534..4dd921c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung

        Inhalt

        Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung

        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung

        Inhalt

        Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.

        Kontext

        Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +wird.

        Kontext

        Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.

        Querverweise

        Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.

        Querverweise

        Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen.

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Arten des Bibelstudiums Zum Anfang Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
        diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6946599..7cefdbe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Arten des Bibelstudiums
        Arten des Bibelstudiums
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Arten des Bibelstudiums

        Thematische Studie

        Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter -Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.

        Charakterstudie

        Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in -1. Mose 37-50

        Textauszugsstudie

        Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Annäherung an Gottes Wort Zum Anfang Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        +Arten des Bibelstudiums
        Arten des Bibelstudiums
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Arten des Bibelstudiums

        Thematische Studie

        Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.

        Charakterstudie

        Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50

        Textauszugsstudie

        Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Annäherung an Gottes Wort Zum Anfang Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0055c64..a252a20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt

        Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden

        1. Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.

        2. Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.

        3. Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.

        Finden Sie diese Verse: -

        1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

        2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

        3. Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus

        -

        Eine thematische Studie durchführen

        Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt

        Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        Zurück Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums Weiter

        Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt

        Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden

        1. Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.

        2. Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.

        3. Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.

        Finden Sie diese Verse: +

        1. „Faithful are the wounds of a friend“

        2. „We are ambassadors of Christ.“

        3. Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus

        +

        Eine thematische Studie durchführen

        Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

        Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären

        Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!“ und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) „Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +"bought."

        Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären

        Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!“ und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) „Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern).

        1. Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.

        2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

        3. Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.

        4. Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.

        5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern).

          1. Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.

          2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

          3. Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.

          4. Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.

          5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

        Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

        Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder -Hebräischen Namen finden.

        Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:

        • Nabal

        • Abigail

        • Josua

        • Barnabas

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 Zum Anfang Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

      Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

      Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.

      Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:

      • Nabal

      • Abigail

      • Josua

      • Barnabas

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 Zum Anfang Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index 54736de..3b2f11b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
    Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
    Zurück   Weiter

    Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums

    Inhaltsverzeichnis

    Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
    Annäherung an Gottes Wort
    Hören
    Lesen
    Studium
    Auswendiglernen
    Nachdenken
    Arten des Bibelstudiums
    Thematische Studie
    Charakterstudie
    Textauszugsstudie
    Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
    Inhalt
    Kontext
    Querverweise
    Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
    Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
    Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
    Eine thematische Studie durchführen
    Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
    Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

    Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern

    +Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums

    Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
    Zurück   Weiter

    Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums

    Inhaltsverzeichnis

    Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
    Annäherung an Gottes Wort
    Hören
    Lesen
    Studium
    Auswendiglernen
    Nachdenken
    Arten des Bibelstudiums
    Thematische Studie
    Charakterstudie
    Textauszugsstudie
    Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
    Inhalt
    Kontext
    Querverweise
    Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
    Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
    Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
    Eine thematische Studie durchführen
    Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
    Die Bedeutung von Namen finden

    Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern

     

    You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

    		 
     --Jn.5:39-40

    The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just +said „we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby“; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

     

    The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index efa0036..cefadc1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat

    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat

    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat

    Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -

    2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt „Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].“ Glauben Sie das? +

    2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt „Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].“ Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht.

     

    He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

    		 
     --John R.W. Stott, Christ the Controversialist, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95

    2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: „ist nütze zur Lehre, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95

    2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: „ist nütze zur Lehre, zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. “ Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +geschickt. “ Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist.

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das arbeitet
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 7e168b9..6b6f90c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Ermahnungen
    Ermahnungen
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ermahnungen

    -2. Thimotheus 2,15„Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +Ermahnungen

    Ermahnungen
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ermahnungen

    +2. Thimotheus 2,15„Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.“ +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.“

    -Kollosser 3,16„ Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Kollosser 3,16„ Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. “ +Herzen. “

    Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?

    Nicht wenig!

    Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." -

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt Zum Anfang Anhang: Einer für Alle
    +

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt Zum Anfang Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b8d1760..b0089bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Ein Buch, das befreit
    Ein Buch, das befreit
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das befreit

    +Ein Buch, das befreit

    Ein Buch, das befreit
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das befreit

    Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,6 +10,6 @@ einen gewaltsamen Wind. weggeblasen werden“.

    Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.“ -Matthäus 22,29

    Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?

    • Gottes Wort

    • Gottes Kraft

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Ein Buch, das arbeitet Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht „weggeblasen werden“.

    Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.“ +Matthäus 22,29

    Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?

    • Gottes Wort

    • Gottes Kraft

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Ein Buch, das arbeitet Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 8519450..8c2c720 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Anhang: Einer für Alle
    Anhang: Einer für Alle
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Anhang: „Einer für Alle“

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Anhang: „Einer für Alle“

    Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Anhang: „Einer für Alle“

     

    The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 16f9a83..268a323 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Anhang: Bibellesepläne

    Anhang: Bibellesepläne
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Anhang: Bibellesepläne

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Anhang: Bibellesepläne

    Anhang: Bibellesepläne
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Anhang: Bibellesepläne

    Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

    1. Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage -die Woche.

    2. Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, -dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.

    3. Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +

      1. Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.

      2. Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.

      3. Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 -lesen.

      4. Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und -Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.

      5. Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +lesen.

      6. Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.

      7. Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Anhang: Einer für Alle Zum Anfang Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
    +

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Anhang: „Einer für Alle“ Zum Anfang Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 974606e..631c1e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt

    +Ein Buch, das Krieg führt

    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt

    Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.

    Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung

    FrageAntwort
    Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?5
    Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?One
    Welche? das Wort - rhema

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Ein Buch, das befreit Zum Anfang Ermahnungen
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index 1560282..48fe334 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Ein Buch, das arbeitet
    Ein Buch, das arbeitet
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das arbeitet

    +Ein Buch, das arbeitet

    Ein Buch, das arbeitet
    Zurück Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes Weiter

    Ein Buch, das arbeitet

    Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel „ auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.“ Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +dass die Bibel „ auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.“ Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit nieder, die das Wort durchführt.

    Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?

    ReferenzZweck
    Epheser 5,26 -es reinigt -- „[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...“ +es reinigt -- „[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...“
    Apostelgeschichte 20,32 @@ -14,23 +14,23 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
    Römer 15,4 -es ermutigt -- „Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +es ermutigt -- „Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. “ +haben. “
    Römer 10,17 -es gibt Glauben -- „So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.“ +es gibt Glauben -- „So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.“
    1. Korinther 10,11 -es warnt -- „ Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]“ +es warnt -- „ Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]“
    Matthäus 4,4 -Nahrung -- „Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Nahrung -- „Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."“ +Wort Gottes geht."“

    Zurück Nach oben Weiter
    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat Zum Anfang Ein Buch, das befreit
    diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index 6d85d5a..7367c87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
    Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
    Zurück   Weiter

    Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes

    Inhaltsverzeichnis

    Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
    Ein Buch, das arbeitet
    Ein Buch, das befreit
    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    Ermahnungen
    Anhang: Einer für Alle
    Anhang: Bibellesepläne

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes

    Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
    Zurück   Weiter

    Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes

    Inhaltsverzeichnis

    Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
    Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
    Ein Buch, das arbeitet
    Ein Buch, das befreit
    Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
    Ermahnungen
    Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
    Anhang: Bibellesepläne

    Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

    Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist

    The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

    • +communicate with God.

      Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist

      The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

      • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

      • +

      • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

      • +

      • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index 49e05d4..a224118 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

        Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang

        Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

        Beispiel 2A

        In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -„geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist“ Im +within its context, we have to look further.

        Beispiel 2A

        In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +„geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist“ Im Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?

        Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

        Beispiel 2B

        1 Korinther 14,34 „[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 „Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]“ genommen werden.

        Beispiel 2C

        Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

        Beispiel 2B

        1 Korinther 14,34 „[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 „Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]“ genommen werden.

        Beispiel 2C

        Acts 2:38 „And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 55cfbfe..8ae1421 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

        -At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but -„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, -„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

        Beispiel 3A

        „3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang

        +At first we are not asking „What does it mean to me?“ but +„What did it mean to the original readers?“; later we can ask, +„What does it mean to me?“. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

        Beispiel 3A

        „3 days & 3 nights“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

        Beispiel 3B

        Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

        Beispiel 3B

        Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index dc9bdf5..8927f1e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache

        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der -Sprache
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) Weiter

        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache

        Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

        Beispiel 4A

        „böses Auge“ in Mt.6,23.

        Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

        Beispiel 4A

        „böses Auge“ in Mt.6,23.

        Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

        What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

        What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „evil eye“. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

        Beispiel 4B

        Jes. 59:1 „Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;“

        Deut.33:27 „ unter den ewigen Armen.“

        +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

        Beispiel 4B

        Jes. 59:1 „Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;“

        Deut.33:27 „ unter den ewigen Armen.“

        References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 „He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust“. W.M. said, „By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

        Zurück Nach oben Weiter
        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang Zum Anfang Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index eb4bbe5..7709d97 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) 

        Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        Zurück Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) 

        Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie

        Eine Allegorie ist eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.

        Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?

        Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

        Beispiel 5A

        The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

        Beispiel 5A

        The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

        Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.

        Beispiel 5B

        The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.

        Beispiel 5B

        The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

        The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

        Zurück Nach oben 
        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index 829f9c4..7449f2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        Zurück   Weiter

        Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)

        Inhaltsverzeichnis

        Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
        Beispiel 1A
        Beispiel 1B
        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 2A
        Beispiel 2B
        Beispiel 2C
        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 3A
        Beispiel 3B
        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        Zurück   Weiter

        Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)

        Inhaltsverzeichnis

        Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
        Beispiel 1A
        Beispiel 1B
        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 2A
        Beispiel 2B
        Beispiel 2C
        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 3A
        Beispiel 3B
        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
        Beispiel 4A
        Beispiel 4B
        Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        Beispiel 5A
        Beispiel 5B

        We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.“

        How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

        Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.

        The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

        1. Bestimmung. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

        2. Querverweise. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

          1. Bestimmung. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

          2. Querverweise. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

          Beispiel 1A

          Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

        Beispiel 1A

        Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

        Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

        Beispiel 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

        Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

        Beispiel 1B

        In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

        Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

        • Querverweise für aleipho: -

          1. Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest

          2. Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen -und Jesus zu salben.

          3. Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.

          4. Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie -mit dem Öl.

          5. Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.

        • Querverweise für chrio: -

          1. Lk 4,18 „Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

            • Querverweise für aleipho: +

              1. Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest

              2. Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.

              3. Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.

              4. Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.

              5. Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.

            • Querverweise für chrio: +

              1. Lk 4,18 „Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe...“

              2. Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast

              3. Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist -und mit Kraft

              4. 2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...

            Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +bringe...“

          2. Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast

          3. Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft

          4. 2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...

        Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE GEISTLICHE.

        As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.

        Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden „Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +anwenden „Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.“ Ist hier „salben“ geistlich +Namen des Herrn.“ Ist hier „salben“ geistlich oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!

        And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index d271741..93a9181 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

        Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium
           Weiter

        Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

        Bob Harman

        The BibleTime team

        Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

        +Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

        Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium
           Weiter

        Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium

        Bob Harman

        The BibleTime team

        Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

        This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

        Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

        Zusammenfassung

        +

        Zusammenfassung

        The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

        @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

        Inhaltsverzeichnis

        1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
        Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
        Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
        Ein Buch, das arbeitet
        Ein Buch, das befreit
        Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
        Ermahnungen
        Anhang: Einer für Alle
        Anhang: Bibellesepläne
        2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
        Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
        Annäherung an Gottes Wort
        Hören
        Lesen
        Studium
        Auswendiglernen
        Nachdenken
        Arten des Bibelstudiums
        Thematische Studie
        Charakterstudie
        Textauszugsstudie
        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        Inhalt
        Kontext
        Querverweise
        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
        Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
        Eine thematische Studie durchführen
        Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
        Die Bedeutung von Namen finden
        3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
        Beispiel 1A
        Beispiel 1B
        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 2A
        Beispiel 2B
        Beispiel 2C
        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 3A
        Beispiel 3B
        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +

        Inhaltsverzeichnis

        1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
        Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist
        Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat
        Ein Buch, das arbeitet
        Ein Buch, das befreit
        Ein Buch, das Krieg führt
        Ermahnungen
        Anhang: „Einer für Alle“
        Anhang: Bibellesepläne
        2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums
        Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern
        Annäherung an Gottes Wort
        Hören
        Lesen
        Studium
        Auswendiglernen
        Nachdenken
        Arten des Bibelstudiums
        Thematische Studie
        Charakterstudie
        Textauszugsstudie
        Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung
        Inhalt
        Kontext
        Querverweise
        Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18
        Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt
        Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden
        Eine thematische Studie durchführen
        Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären
        Die Bedeutung von Namen finden
        3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)
        Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.
        Beispiel 1A
        Beispiel 1B
        Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 2A
        Beispiel 2B
        Beispiel 2C
        Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang
        Beispiel 3A
        Beispiel 3B
        Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache
        Beispiel 4A
        Beispiel 4B
        Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie
        Beispiel 5A
        Beispiel 5B

        Tabellenverzeichnis

        1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten
        1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?
        1.3. Geistliche Rüstung
           Weiter
           Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 61e504d..7781e32 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -Approaches to God's Word
        Approaches to God's Word
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Approaches to God's Word

        Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Approaches to God's Word

        Approaches to God's Word
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Approaches to God's Word

        Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

        Hear

        Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it.”

        Read

        Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]”

        1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]” -

        Study

        Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

        Hear

        Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and +observe it.”

        Read

        Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]”

        1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]” +

        Study

        Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” -

        2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” +

        2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth.”

        Memorize

        Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee.”

        Meditate

        Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And +accurately the word of truth.”

        Memorize

        Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not +sin against Thee.”

        Meditate

        Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.” +wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.”

        The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b66c912..da88012 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18

        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18

        Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums +An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18

        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18

        Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:

        1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

        What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

        1. When you give

        2. When you fast

        3. When you pray

        Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness:

        1. When you give -

          1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” today?)

          2. do it secretly.

          3. etc.

        Prev Up Next
        Basics of Correct Interpretation Home Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        +if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:

        1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

        What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area +of our lives is being addressed? Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

        1. When you give

        2. When you fast

        3. When you pray

        Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our +righteousness:

        1. When you give +

          1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” today?)

          2. do it secretly.

          3. etc.

        Prev Up Next
        Basics of Correct Interpretation Home Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4c22833..63d2fa8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Basics of Correct Interpretation
        Basics of Correct Interpretation
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Basics of Correct Interpretation

        Content

        What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.

        Context

        What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

        Cross-reference

        What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God +Basics of Correct Interpretation

        Basics of Correct Interpretation
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Basics of Correct Interpretation

        Content

        What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful +with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.

        Context

        What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make +sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.

        Cross-reference

        What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.

        Prev Up Next
        Types of Bible Studies Home An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html index bc68911..8568ac0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Types of Bible Studies
        Types of Bible Studies
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Types of Bible Studies

        Topical Study

        Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.

        Character Study

        Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50.

        Expository Study

        Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.

        Prev Up Next
        Approaches to God's Word Home Basics of Correct Interpretation
        +Types of Bible Studies
        Types of Bible Studies
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Types of Bible Studies

        Topical Study

        Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a +concordance.

        Character Study

        Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in +Gen.37-50.

        Expository Study

        Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.

        Prev Up Next
        Approaches to God's Word Home Basics of Correct Interpretation
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index b47b383..782754e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance

        To Find a Particular Verse

        1. Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.

        2. Turn to this word alphabetically.

        3. Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.

        Find these verses: -

        1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

        2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

        3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

        -

        To Do a Topical Study

        Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the +Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance

        Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        Prev Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics Next

        Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance

        To Find a Particular Verse

        1. Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.

        2. Turn to this word alphabetically.

        3. Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.

        Find these verses: +

        1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

        2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

        3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

        +

        To Do a Topical Study

        Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

        To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew

        What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 -“He that is spiritual judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)

        1. Look up "judge".

        2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down.

        3. Now look up "judgeth".

        4. Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

        5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

        To Find Meanings of Names

        By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.

        Look up these names and write down their meaning:

        • Nabal

        • Abigail

        • Joshua

        • Barnabus

        Prev Up Next
        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 Home Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
        +"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."

        To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew

        What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 +“He that is spiritual judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in +English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)

        1. Look up "judge".

        2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. + Write it down.

        3. Now look up "judgeth".

        4. Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

        5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the + OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

        To Find Meanings of Names

        By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.

        Look up these names and write down their meaning:

        • Nabal

        • Abigail

        • Joshua

        • Barnabus

        Prev Up Next
        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 Home Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html index 507a4a8..a597db8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
        Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
        Prev   Next

        Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics

        Table of Contents

        Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible
        Approaches to God's Word
        Hear
        Read
        Study
        Memorize
        Meditate
        Types of Bible Studies
        Topical Study
        Character Study
        Expository Study
        Basics of Correct Interpretation
        Content
        Context
        Cross-reference
        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
        Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        To Find a Particular Verse
        To Do a Topical Study
        To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew
        To Find Meanings of Names

        Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible

        +Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics

        Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
        Prev   Next

        Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics

        Table of Contents

        Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible
        Approaches to God's Word
        Hear
        Read
        Study
        Memorize
        Meditate
        Types of Bible Studies
        Topical Study
        Character Study
        Expository Study
        Basics of Correct Interpretation
        Content
        Context
        Cross-reference
        An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18
        Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance
        To Find a Particular Verse
        To Do a Topical Study
        To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew
        To Find Meanings of Names

        Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible

         

        You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

        		 
         --Jn.5:39-40

        The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so +said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

         

        The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index c1b9e84..cad5945 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A Book that God Breathed

        A Book that God Breathed
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that God Breathed

        Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... +A Book that God Breathed

        A Book that God Breathed
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that God Breathed

        Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 733f148..8094df3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exhortations

        Exhortations
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        Exhortations

        +Exhortations

        Exhortations
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        Exhortations

        2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth."

        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index ee954ac..3b6737d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A Book that Liberates

        A Book that Liberates
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that Liberates

        +A Book that Liberates

        A Book that Liberates
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that Liberates

        Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... "

        We see that this is a conditional promice, specifica waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine..."One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."

        But Jesus answered and said to them, "You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God."Mt.22:29

        What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?

        • God's word

        • God's power

        Prev Up Next
        A Book that Works Home A Book that Wars
        +understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God."Mt.22:29

        What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?

        • God's word

        • God's power

        Prev Up Next
        A Book that Works Home A Book that Wars
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html index f0fdfc3..9cb20fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix: "Once for All"
        Appendix: "Once for -All"
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        Appendix: "Once for +Appendix: "Once for All"
        Appendix: "Once for +All"
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        Appendix: "Once for All"

         

        The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 70e1595..df3c360 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -Supplement: Bible Reading Programs

        Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        Supplement: Bible Reading +Supplement: Bible Reading Programs
        Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        Supplement: Bible Reading Programs

        Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

        1. New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week.

        2. Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month.

        3. Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.

        4. Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day.

        5. Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if +

          1. New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a +week.

          2. Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, +corresponding to the day of the month.

          3. Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, +for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.

          4. Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs +one chapter per day.

          5. Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.

        Prev Up Next
        Appendix: "Once for All" Home Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6ce331f..135f0e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -A Book that Wars
        A Book that Wars
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that Wars

        +A Book that Wars

        A Book that Wars
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that Wars

        Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.

        Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor

        QuestionAnswer
        How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?5
        How many are offensive?One
        Which one(s)? the word - rhema

        Prev Up Next
        A Book that Liberates Home Exhortations
        diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html index 1c54d1a..852df34 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A Book that Works
        A Book that Works
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that Works

        +A Book that Works

        A Book that Works
        Prev Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word Next

        A Book that Works

        What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "performs its work in you who believe." Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html index e040caa..c0af915 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word

        Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
        Prev   Next

        Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word

        Table of Contents

        A Book that is Unique
        A Book that God Breathed
        A Book that Works
        A Book that Liberates
        A Book that Wars
        Exhortations
        Appendix: "Once for +Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
        Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word
        Prev   Next

        Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word

        Table of Contents

        A Book that is Unique
        A Book that God Breathed
        A Book that Works
        A Book that Liberates
        A Book that Wars
        Exhortations
        Appendix: "Once for All"
        Supplement: Bible Reading Programs

        Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

        A Book that is Unique

        The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

        • +communicate with God.

          A Book that is Unique

          The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

          • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

          • +

          • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

          • +

          • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:

          Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.

          WorkWhen WrittenEarliest CopyTime LapseNumber of Copies
          Herodotus448-428 B.C.900 A.D.1300 years8 diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html index b9ce9f9..12d99fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
          Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

          Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
          Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

          Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context

          Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.

          Example 2A

          In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the Spirit." In context, what is +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.

          Example 2A

          In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 "born of water and the Spirit." In context, what is the water under discussion here?

          Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

          Example 2B

          1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]”

          Example 2C

          Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, +interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

          Example 2B

          1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to be taken within the biblical +context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]”

          Example 2C

          Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 139157a..5b27bc5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context

          Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

          Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context

          -At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, “What does it mean to me?”. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

          Example 3A

          “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have +Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context

          Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

          Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context

          +At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but “What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, “What does it mean to me?”. +We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

          Example 3A

          “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ apparent contradiction.

          We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any par of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.

          Example 3B

          Gen.15:7-21. The historical context +day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.

          Example 3B

          Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html index f81e743..6531964 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language

          Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

          Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language

          Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

          Example 4A

          “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

          Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even +Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language

          Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) Next

          Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language

          Let literal language be literal and +figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

          Example 4A

          “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

          Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!!

          What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 +understanding it rightly!!

          What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

          Example 4B

          Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

          Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

          +Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

          Example 4B

          Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

          Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

          References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird”. The Mormons +Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same +rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

          Prev Up Next
          Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context Home Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
          diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 533ed34..7b369f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
          Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) 

          Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

          An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

          Every parable is an allegory, true or false?

          Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of +Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

          Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
          Prev Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) 

          Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

          An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

          Every parable is an allegory, true or false?

          Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

          Example 5A

          The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one +our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

          Example 5A

          The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

          All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.

          Example 5B

          The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it +"bothers" Him, etc.

          Example 5B

          The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

          The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

          Prev Up 
          Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language Home 
          diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html index 794ef4d..0f02e3d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
          Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
          Prev   Next

          Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)

          Table of Contents

          Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.
          Example 1A
          Example 1B
          Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
          Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)
          Prev   Next

          Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)

          Table of Contents

          Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.
          Example 1A
          Example 1B
          Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context
          Example 2A
          Example 2B
          Example 2C
          Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context
          Example 3A
          Example 3B
          Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language
          Example 4A
          Example 4B
          Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
          Example 5A
          Example 5B

          We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are +this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no +prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; +by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction.”

          How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

          Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.

          The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

          1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.

          2. Cross-reference. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +their own destruction.”

            How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been +drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

            Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.

            The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. +Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:

            1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.

            2. Cross-reference. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning.

            Example 1A

            Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want + words may have different shades of meaning.

          Example 1A

          Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

          Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only me up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

          Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

          Example 1B

          In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

          Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated +is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

          Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

          Example 1B

          In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

          Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

          • Cross-references for aleipho: -

            1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

            2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

            3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

            4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

            5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

          • Cross-references of chrio: -

            1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]”

            2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

            3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

            4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

          So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the +verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

          • Cross-references for aleipho: +

            1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

            2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

            3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.

            4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

            5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

          • Cross-references of chrio: +

            1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]”

            2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

            3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

            4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

          So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

          As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html index 924d009..b8d09c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -The Biblestudy HowTo

          The Biblestudy HowTo
             Next

          The Biblestudy HowTo

          Bob Harman

          The BibleTime team

          Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

          +The Biblestudy HowTo

          The Biblestudy HowTo
             Next

          The Biblestudy HowTo

          Bob Harman

          The BibleTime team

          Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

          This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

          Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

          Abstract

          +

          Abstract

          The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

          It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 2a87481..b459b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

          Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan

          Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.

          Kuuntele

          Lk.11:28 ”Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja -seuraavat sitä.”

          Lue

          Rev.1:3 ”Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]”

          1 Tim.4:13 ”Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]” -

          Tutki

          Apt. 17:11 ”Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.

          Kuuntele

          Lk.11:28 ”Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.”

          Lue

          Rev.1:3 ”Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]”

          1 Tim.4:13 ”Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]” +

          Tutki

          Apt. 17:11 ”Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.” -

          2 Tim.2:15 ”Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.” +

          2 Tim.2:15 ”Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.”

          Paina mieleen

          Ps.119:11 ”Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi -sinua vastaan.”

          Mietiskele

          Ps.1:2-3 ”Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +sanaa oikein.”

          Paina mieleen

          Ps.119:11 ”Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.”

          Mietiskele

          Ps.1:2-3 ”Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.” +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.”

          Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 25e92d7..0b43a89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen

          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen

          Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen

          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen

          Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:

          1. Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi

          Mitä tarkoittaa ”hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen”? Antaako +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:

          1. Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi

          Mitä tarkoittaa ”hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen”? Antaako tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -Motiivimme! Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?

          1. Kun annat

          2. Kun paastoat

          3. Kun rukoilet

          Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa -hurskauttamme:

          1. Kun annat -

            1. älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”kuulostaa -trumpetilta” tänäpäivänä?)

            2. tee se salaisesti.

            3. jne.

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet Alkuun Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          +Motiivimme! Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?

          1. Kun annat

          2. Kun paastoat

          3. Kun rukoilet

          Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:

          1. Kun annat +

            1. älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”kuulostaa +trumpetilta” tänäpäivänä?)

            2. tee se salaisesti.

            3. jne.

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet Alkuun Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 3befaa1..664ebd6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet

          Sisältö

          Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.

          Asiayhteys

          Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +Oikean tulkinnan perusteet

          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet

          Sisältö

          Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.

          Asiayhteys

          Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.

          Ristiinviittaukset

          Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +kanssa.

          Ristiinviittaukset

          Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin.

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat Alkuun Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index 65ecfe9..eeb4bd1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat

          Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen

          Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai -sanahakemistoa.

          Henkilöiden tutkiminen

          Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.

          Selittävä tutkiminen

          Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan Alkuun Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          +Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat

          Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen

          Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.

          Henkilöiden tutkiminen

          Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.

          Selittävä tutkiminen

          Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan Alkuun Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 5076edc..90804fd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa

          Löydä erityinen jae

          1. Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.

          2. Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.

          3. Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.

          Etsi nämä jakeet: -

          1. ”Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta”

          2. ”Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä”

          3. Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.

          -

          Tee aiheen tutkiminen

          Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa

          Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          Edellinen Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat Seuraava

          Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa

          Löydä erityinen jae

          1. Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.

          2. Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.

          3. Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.

          Etsi nämä jakeet: +

          1. ”Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta”

          2. ”Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä”

          3. Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.

          +

          Tee aiheen tutkiminen

          Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu."

          Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen

          Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”Hengellinen +"ostaa" tai " ostettu."

          Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen

          Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”Hengellinen ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia.” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi?

          1. Katso "tuomio".

          2. Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.

          3. Nyt katso "tuomio".

          4. Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.

          5. Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +voi tutkia.” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi?

            1. Katso "tuomio".

            2. Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.

            3. Nyt katso "tuomio".

            4. Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.

            5. Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen!

          Etsi nimien merkityksiä

          Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien -merkityksiä.

          Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:

          • Nabal

          • Abigail

          • Joosua

          • Barnabas

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen Alkuun Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
          +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen!

          Etsi nimien merkityksiä

          Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.

          Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:

          • Nabal

          • Abigail

          • Joosua

          • Barnabas

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen Alkuun Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index 63889e1..3a05289 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
          Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
          Edellinen   Seuraava

          Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat

          Sisällys

          Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua
          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
          Kuuntele
          Lue
          Tutki
          Paina mieleen
          Mietiskele
          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
          Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen
          Henkilöiden tutkiminen
          Selittävä tutkiminen
          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          Sisältö
          Asiayhteys
          Ristiinviittaukset
          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
          Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          Löydä erityinen jae
          Tee aiheen tutkiminen
          Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen
          Etsi nimien merkityksiä

          Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua

          +Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat

          Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
          Edellinen   Seuraava

          Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat

          Sisällys

          Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua
          Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan
          Kuuntele
          Lue
          Tutki
          Paina mieleen
          Mietiskele
          Raamatuntutkimisen tavat
          Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen
          Henkilöiden tutkiminen
          Selittävä tutkiminen
          Oikean tulkinnan perusteet
          Sisältö
          Asiayhteys
          Ristiinviittaukset
          Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen
          Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa
          Löydä erityinen jae
          Tee aiheen tutkiminen
          Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen
          Etsi nimien merkityksiä

          Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua

           

          Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän.

          		 
           --Joh 5:39-40

          -

          Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”Menemme -kehdon luo vauvan takia”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +

          Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.

           

          Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index ea7f4df..8b7d834 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

          Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

          Heb.4:12 "Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

          Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen

          Heb.4:12 "Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja toimii... " Jeesus sanoi (Matt.4:4), "On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta." Kun luemme diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 5827098..1631367 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kehotus

          Kehotus
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kehotus

          +Kehotus

          Kehotus
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kehotus

          2 Tim.2:15 "Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein." diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index f03637b..77af04f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kirja, joka vapahtaa

          Kirja, joka vapahtaa
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, joka vapahtaa

          +Kirja, joka vapahtaa

          Kirja, joka vapahtaa
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, joka vapahtaa

          Joh.8:32 "Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä vapaita."Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita..."Yksi asia, mink Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."

          Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, "Te kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa."Matt.22:29

          Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?

          • Jumalan sana

          • Jumalan voima

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Kirja, joka toimii Alkuun Kirja, joka sotii
          +voimaa."Matt.22:29

          Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?

          • Jumalan sana

          • Jumalan voima

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Kirja, joka toimii Alkuun Kirja, joka sotii
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index 63002ba..9055ba6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
          Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Liite: "Kerran kaikille"

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Liite: "Kerran kaikille"

          Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Liite: "Kerran kaikille"

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 02041bd..b39e1a7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

          Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

          Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

          Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

          Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta pitääksesi sen tuoreena! -

          1. Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.

          2. Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem -kuukaudenpäivää.

          3. Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla -luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.

          4. Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi -yksi luku päivässä.

          5. Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +

            1. Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.

            2. Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.

            3. Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.

            4. Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.

            5. Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Liite: "Kerran kaikille" Alkuun Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 9ce419b..ae974c0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Kirja, joka sotii
          Kirja, joka sotii
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, joka sotii

          +Kirja, joka sotii

          Kirja, joka sotii
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, joka sotii

          Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.

          Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste

          KysymysVastaus
          Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?5
          Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?Yksi
          Mikä niistä? sana - rhema

          Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
          Kirja, joka vapahtaa Alkuun Kehotus
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3f4d2b0..79f9247 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kirja, joka toimii
          Kirja, joka toimii
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, joka toimii

          +Kirja, joka toimii

          Kirja, joka toimii
          Edellinen Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys Seuraava

          Kirja, joka toimii

          Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu "vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte." Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index f53ae8c..f85c7f4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

          Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
          Edellinen   Seuraava

          Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

          Sisällys

          Ainutlaatuinen kirja
          Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
          Kirja, joka toimii
          Kirja, joka vapahtaa
          Kirja, joka sotii
          Kehotus
          Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
          Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

          Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

          Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys
          Edellinen   Seuraava

          Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys

          Sisällys

          Ainutlaatuinen kirja
          Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen
          Kirja, joka toimii
          Kirja, joka vapahtaa
          Kirja, joka sotii
          Kehotus
          Liite: "Kerran kaikille"
          Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat

          Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.

          Ainutlaatuinen kirja

          Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa:

          • +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.

            Ainutlaatuinen kirja

            Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:

            • suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best seller! -

            • +

            • tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. -

            • +

            • säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat luotettavia? vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden muinaisten tekstien kanssa: diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index 8b2dde8..96dc118 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä

              Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

              Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä

              Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä

              Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

              Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä

              Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.

              Esimerkki 2A

              Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 "syntynyt vedestä ja +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.

              Esimerkki 2A

              Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 "syntynyt vedestä ja Hengestä." Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä asiayhteydessään?

              Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.

              Esimerkki 2B

              1 Kor.14:34 ”Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa” on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]”

              Esimerkki 2C

              Apt. 2:38 ”Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.

              Esimerkki 2B

              1 Kor.14:34 ”Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa” on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]”

              Esimerkki 2C

              Apt. 2:38 ”Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " ”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +[...] " ”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3da14c9..235d8e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä

              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä

              -Emme kysy ensiksi ”Mitä se merkitsee minulle?” vaan ”Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -”Mitä se merkitsee minulle?”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.

              Esimerkki 3A

              ”3 päivää & 3 yötä” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä

              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä

              +Emme kysy ensiksi ”Mitä se merkitsee minulle?” vaan ”Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +”Mitä se merkitsee minulle?”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.

              Esimerkki 3A

              ”3 päivää & 3 yötä” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia "Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ tahansa p päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.

              Esimerkki 3B

              Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +poistaa ongelman.

              Esimerkki 3B

              Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index e8527db..db766d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

              Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.

              Esimerkki 4A

              ”paha silmä” Mt.6:23.

              Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) Seuraava

              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan

              Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.

              Esimerkki 4A

              ”paha silmä” Mt.6:23.

              Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö 2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!

              Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”evil -eye”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +oikein!!

              Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”evil +eye”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 "ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?" Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.

              Esimerkki 4B

              Is.59:1 ”Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;”

              5. Moos. 33:27 ”Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.

              Esimerkki 4B

              Is.59:1 ”Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;”

              5. Moos. 33:27 ”Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää -heidät.”

              +heidät.”

              Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin (Kulttien kuningaskunnan tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.”. W.M. sanoi, ”Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.”. Mormonien oli +kilpi.”. W.M. sanoi, ”Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.”. Mormonien oli naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa.

              Edellinen Ylös Seuraava
              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä Alkuun Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 02bdcce..7291a43 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
              Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) 

              Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
              Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä
              Edellinen Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) 

              Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä

              Vertauskuva on: Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on merkitys.

              Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?

              Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.

              Esimerkki 5A

              Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.

              Esimerkki 5A

              Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?

              Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.

              Esimerkki 5B

              Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.

              Esimerkki 5B

              Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva?

              Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta.

              Edellinen Ylös 
              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan Alkuun 
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index 4a543ad..4631e67 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
              Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
              Edellinen   Seuraava

              Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)

              Sisällys

              Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.
              Esimerkki 1A
              Esimerkki 1B
              Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
              Esimerkki 2A
              Esimerkki 2B
              Esimerkki 2C
              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
              Esimerkki 3A
              Esimerkki 3B
              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
              Esimerkki 4A
              Esimerkki 4B
              Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
              Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)
              Edellinen   Seuraava

              Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)

              Sisällys

              Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.
              Esimerkki 1A
              Esimerkki 1B
              Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä
              Esimerkki 2A
              Esimerkki 2B
              Esimerkki 2C
              Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä
              Esimerkki 3A
              Esimerkki 3B
              Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan
              Esimerkki 4A
              Esimerkki 4B
              Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä
              Esimerkki 5A
              Esimerkki 5B

              We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

              Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

              Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:

              Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.

              Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:

              Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.

              Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla:

              1. Määrittely. Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta -Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.

              2. Ristiinviittaukset. Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +merkitys näillä askelilla:

                1. Määrittely. Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.

                2. Ristiinviittaukset. Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ sinulle yht Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.

                Esimerkki 1A

                Joh.20:17 "Älä koske minuun" (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.

              Esimerkki 1A

              Joh.20:17 "Älä koske minuun" (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' @@ -40,17 +40,17 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Esimerkki 1B

              Jaak. 5:14, Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Esimerkki 1B

              Jaak. 5:14, Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan. Mitä on tämä voitelu?

              Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: -

                1. Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi

                2. Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.

                3. Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä

                5. Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan

              • Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: -

                1. Lk.4:18 ”Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]”

                2. Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut

                3. Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala

              Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: +

                1. Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi

                2. Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.

                3. Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä

                5. Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan

              • Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: +

                1. Lk.4:18 ”Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]”

                2. Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut

                3. Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala

              Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: "aleipho" on öljyn jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen

              Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 97d3fda..383e50b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

              Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo
                 Seuraava

              Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              +Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

              Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo
                 Seuraava

              Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on lisensioitu "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä.

              Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu -

              Abstrakti

              +

              Abstrakti

              The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

              diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e43bc4c..62779e3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -Approche de la Parole de Dieu

              Approche de la Parole de Dieu
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Approche de la Parole de Dieu

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Approche de la Parole de Dieu

              Approche de la Parole de Dieu
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Approche de la Parole de Dieu

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

              Écouter

              Luc 11:28 " Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et -qui la gardent !"

              Lire

              Apocalypse 1:3 "Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +cements the word in our minds.

              Écouter

              Luc 11:28 " Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"

              Lire

              Apocalypse 1:3 "Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de la prophétie..."

              1 Timothée.4:13 "appliques toi à la lecture [des Écritures]..." -

              Étude

              Actes 17:11 "Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +

              Étude

              Actes 17:11 "Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait était exact."

              2 Timothée.2:15 "Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui -dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."

              Mémoriser

              Psaumes.119:11 " Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas -pécher contre toi."

              Méditer

              Psaumes.1:2-3 "Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."

              Mémoriser

              Psaumes.119:11 " Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."

              Méditer

              Psaumes.1:2-3 "Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit." diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 1086b7f..438c412 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18

              Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18

              Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus

              Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus

              Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?

              1. Quand tu fais l'aumône

              2. Quand tu jeûnes

              3. Quand tu pries

              Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant -d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :

              1. Quand tu fais l'aumône -

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « sound a trumpet » -today?)

                2. que ton aumône se fasse en secret.

                3. etc.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Bases d'une juste interprétation Sommaire Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
              +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?

              1. Quand tu fais l'aumône

              2. Quand tu jeûnes

              3. Quand tu pries

              Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :

              1. Quand tu fais l'aumône +

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « sound a trumpet » +today?)

                2. que ton aumône se fasse en secret.

                3. etc.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Bases d'une juste interprétation Sommaire Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 156f6d9..52fd8e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Bases d'une juste interprétation
              Bases d'une juste interprétation
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Bases d'une juste interprétation

              Contenu

              Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +Bases d'une juste interprétation

              Bases d'une juste interprétation
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Bases d'une juste interprétation

              Contenu

              Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.

              Contexte

              Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +signifie pas.

              Contexte

              Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage -entier et du livre.

              Références croisées

              Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +entier et du livre.

              Références croisées

              Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Types d'études bibliques Sommaire Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 7f3402d..7a2cadc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Types d'études bibliques
              Types d'études bibliques
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Types d'études bibliques

              Étude thématique

              Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.

              Étude de personnage

              Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans -Genèse 37-50.

              Étude expositoire

              Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Approche de la Parole de Dieu Sommaire Bases d'une juste interprétation
              +Types d'études bibliques
              Types d'études bibliques
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Types d'études bibliques

              Étude thématique

              Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.

              Étude de personnage

              Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genèse 37-50.

              Étude expositoire

              Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Approche de la Parole de Dieu Sommaire Bases d'une juste interprétation
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index f343ec3..9555802 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
              Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index

              Pour rechercher un verset particulier

              1. Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.

              2. Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique

              3. Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.

              Trouver ces versets : -

              1. « Faithful are the wounds of a friend »

              2. « We are ambassadors of Christ. »

              3. L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.

              -

              Pour faire une étude thématique

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index

              Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
              Précédent Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique Suivant

              Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index

              Pour rechercher un verset particulier

              1. Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.

              2. Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique

              3. Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.

              Trouver ces versets : +

              1. « Faithful are the wounds of a friend »

              2. « We are ambassadors of Christ. »

              3. L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.

              +

              Pour faire une étude thématique

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

              Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux

              Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +"bought."

              Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux

              Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir de -maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs)

              1. Recherche du mot "jugés".

              2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

              3. Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".

              4. Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

              5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs)

                1. Recherche du mot "jugés".

                2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                3. Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".

                4. Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

                5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

              Pour trouver la signification des noms

              À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des -nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.

              Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :

              • Nabal

              • Abigaïl

              • Josué

              • Barnabas

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 Sommaire Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
              +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

            Pour trouver la signification des noms

            À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.

            Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :

            • Nabal

            • Abigaïl

            • Josué

            • Barnabas

          Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
          Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 Sommaire Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index 5315a68..b5b2feb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
          Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
          Précédent   Suivant

          Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique

          Table des matières

          Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible
          Approche de la Parole de Dieu
          Écouter
          Lire
          Étude
          Mémoriser
          Méditer
          Types d'études bibliques
          Étude thématique
          Étude de personnage
          Étude expositoire
          Bases d'une juste interprétation
          Contenu
          Contexte
          Références croisées
          Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18
          Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
          Pour rechercher un verset particulier
          Pour faire une étude thématique
          Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux
          Pour trouver la signification des noms

          Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible

          +Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique

          Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
          Précédent   Suivant

          Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique

          Table des matières

          Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible
          Approche de la Parole de Dieu
          Écouter
          Lire
          Étude
          Mémoriser
          Méditer
          Types d'études bibliques
          Étude thématique
          Étude de personnage
          Étude expositoire
          Bases d'une juste interprétation
          Contenu
          Contexte
          Références croisées
          Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18
          Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index
          Pour rechercher un verset particulier
          Pour faire une étude thématique
          Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux
          Pour trouver la signification des noms

          Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible

           

          You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

          		 
           --Jn.5:39-40

          The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said « we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby »; just +said « we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby »; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

           

          The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index bb47ceb..752fd92 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

          Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

          Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

          Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu

          Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 522f836..28d30b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -les exhortations

          les exhortations
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          les exhortations

          +les exhortations

          les exhortations
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          les exhortations

          2 Timothée 2:15 "Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité." diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 051f319..e186efc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Un livre qui libère

          Un livre qui libère
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre qui libère

          +Un livre qui libère

          Un livre qui libère
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre qui libère

          Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ ancrer dans la v facilement "emportés".

          Jésus leur répondit : "Vous êtes dans l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de Dieu."Matthieu.22:29

          Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de -l'erreur ?

          • La Parole de Dieu

          • La puissance de Dieu

          Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
          Un livre qui agit Sommaire Un livre qui combat
          +l'erreur ?

          • La Parole de Dieu

          • La puissance de Dieu

          Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
          Un livre qui agit Sommaire Un livre qui combat
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index ef9115b..b3a82b1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"

          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b0914da..4b90696 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

          Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

          Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

          Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

          Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

          1. Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.

          2. Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, -correspondant au jour dans le mois.

          3. Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +

            1. Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.

            2. Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.

            3. Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & -140.

            4. Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes -un chapitre par jour.

            5. Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +140.

            6. Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.

            7. Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.

          Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" Sommaire Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 04874ca..b9597f8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Un livre qui combat
          Un livre qui combat
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre qui combat

          +Un livre qui combat

          Un livre qui combat
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre qui combat

          Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel

          Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle

          QuestionRéponse
          Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?5
          Combien sont offensives ?One
          La (les) quelle(s) ? La Parole - rhema

          Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
          Un livre qui libère Sommaire les exhortations
          diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9bbf9bd..fd63a63 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Un livre qui agit
          Un livre qui agit
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre qui agit

          +Un livre qui agit

          Un livre qui agit
          Précédent Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu Suivant

          Un livre qui agit

          Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 affirme que la Bible "...agit en vous qui croyez." À coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index 1641044..7df906b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

          Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
          Précédent   Suivant

          Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

          Table des matières

          Un livre unique
          Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
          Un livre qui agit
          Un livre qui libère
          Un livre qui combat
          les exhortations
          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
          Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

          Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

          Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu
          Précédent   Suivant

          Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu

          Table des matières

          Un livre unique
          Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu
          Un livre qui agit
          Un livre qui libère
          Un livre qui combat
          les exhortations
          Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"
          Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible

          Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

          Un livre unique

          The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

          • +communicate with God.

            Un livre unique

            The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

            • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

            • +

            • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

            • +

            • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index 708c7a2..cb25d1d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique

              Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

              Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique

              Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique

              Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

              Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique

              Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

              Exemple 2A

              Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 "...naît +within its context, we have to look further.

              Exemple 2A

              Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 "...naît d'eau et d'Esprit..." D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont on parle ici ?

              Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

              Exemple 2B

              1 Corinthiens 14:34 "que les femmes se taisent dans les +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

              Exemple 2B

              1 Corinthiens 14:34 "que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées" doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Corinthiens 11:5 "Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui -prophétise..."

              Exemple 2C

              Acts 2:38 « And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +prophétise..."

              Exemple 2C

              Acts 2:38 « And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]" ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]" ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 476212b..e73698f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

              -At first we are not asking « What does it mean to me? » but -« What did it mean to the original readers? »; later we can ask, -« What does it mean to me? ». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

              Exemple 3A

              « 3 days & 3 nights » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel

              +At first we are not asking « What does it mean to me? » but +« What did it mean to the original readers? »; later we can ask, +« What does it mean to me? ». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

              Exemple 3A

              « 3 days & 3 nights » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

              Exemple 3B

              Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

              Exemple 3B

              Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index c4e8bf2..3534557 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

              Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

              Exemple 4A

              « oeil en mauvais état » dans Mt.6:23.

              Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) Suivant

              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots

              Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

              Exemple 4A

              « oeil en mauvais état » dans Mt.6:23.

              Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

              What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « evil eye ». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

              What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « evil eye ». Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

              Exemple 4B

              Is.59:1 « Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte »

              Deut.33:27 « Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite. »

              +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

              Exemple 4B

              Is.59:1 « Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte »

              Deut.33:27 « Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite. »

              References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 « He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust ». W.M. said, « By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 « He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust ». W.M. said, « By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur Suivant
              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel Sommaire Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a707a69..42be882 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
              Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) 

              Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
              Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie
              Précédent Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) 

              Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie

              Une allégorie est : Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification.

              Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?

              Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

              Exemple 5A

              The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

              Exemple 5A

              The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

              Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.

              Exemple 5B

              The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.

              Exemple 5B

              The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

              The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

              Précédent Niveau supérieur 
              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots Sommaire 
              diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index abba70a..1705d62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
              Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
              Précédent   Suivant

              Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)

              Table des matières

              Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.
              Exemple 1A
              Exemple 1B
              Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique
              Exemple 2A
              Exemple 2B
              Exemple 2C
              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
              Exemple 3A
              Exemple 3B
              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
              Exemple 4A
              Exemple 4B
              Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
              Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)
              Précédent   Suivant

              Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)

              Table des matières

              Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.
              Exemple 1A
              Exemple 1B
              Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique
              Exemple 2A
              Exemple 2B
              Exemple 2C
              Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel
              Exemple 3A
              Exemple 3B
              Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots
              Exemple 4A
              Exemple 4B
              Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie
              Exemple 5A
              Exemple 5B

              We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation. »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation. »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « ...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « ...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. »

              How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. »

              How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

              Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.

              The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

              Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.

              The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

              1. Définition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

              2. Références croisées. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

                1. Définition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

                2. Références croisées. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

                Exemple 1A

                Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

              Exemple 1A

              Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Exemple 1B

              In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Exemple 1B

              In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

              Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Références croisées d'alelpho : -

                1. Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête

                2. Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : -"oindre"] Jésus.

                3. Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.

                5. Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds -avec ses cheveux

              • Références croisées de chrio -

                1. Lk.4:18 « L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...] »

                2. Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint

                3. Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu

              Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Références croisées d'alelpho : +

                1. Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête

                2. Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.

                3. Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.

                5. Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux

              • Références croisées de chrio +

                1. Lk.4:18 « L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...] »

                2. Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint

                3. Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu

              Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE SPIRITUEL

              As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index d09b8c0..68f7378 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Tutoriel d'étude biblique

              Tutoriel d'étude biblique
                 Suivant

              Tutoriel d'étude biblique

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              +Tutoriel d'étude biblique

              Tutoriel d'étude biblique
                 Suivant

              Tutoriel d'étude biblique

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

              Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

              Résumé

              +

              Résumé

              The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

              diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index f6ad442..dba6084 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

              Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

              Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni +Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

              Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              Hozzáállás Isten Szavához

              Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.

              Hallgatni

              Lk.11:28 „Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, -és megtartják azt.”

              Olvasni

              Jel.1:3 „Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]”

              1 Tim.4:13 „legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]” -

              Tanulmányozni

              ApCsel 17:11 „Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.

              Hallgatni

              Lk.11:28 „Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.”

              Olvasni

              Jel.1:3 „Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]”

              1 Tim.4:13 „legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]” +

              Tanulmányozni

              ApCsel 17:11 „Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.” -

              2 Tim.2:15 „Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.” +

              2 Tim.2:15 „Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak -beszédét.”

              Memorizálni

              Zsolt.119:11 „Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem -ellened.”

              Elmélkedni

              Zsolt. 1:2-3 „Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +beszédét.”

              Memorizálni

              Zsolt.119:11 „Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.”

              Elmélkedni

              Zsolt. 1:2-3 „Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.” +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.”

              A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index db4729f..4ab342b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása

              Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása

              Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a +Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása

              Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása

              Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):

              1. Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok

              Mit jelent a „kegyesség gyakorlása”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):

              1. Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok

              Mit jelent a „kegyesség gyakorlása”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? A -motivációnknak! Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?

              1. Amikor adsz

              2. Amikor böjtölsz

              3. Amikor imádkozol

              Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz -módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:

              1. Amikor adsz -

                1. ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „kürtöltethet” bárki manapság?)

                2. titokban csináld.

                3. stb.

              Előző Fel Következő
              A helyes értelmezés alapjai Tartalom Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
              +motivációnknak! Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?

              1. Amikor adsz

              2. Amikor böjtölsz

              3. Amikor imádkozol

              Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:

              1. Amikor adsz +

                1. ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „kürtöltethet” bárki manapság?)

                2. titokban csináld.

                3. stb.

              Előző Fel Következő
              A helyes értelmezés alapjai Tartalom Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
              diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ca63ee8..2582fe8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -A helyes értelmezés alapjai
              A helyes értelmezés alapjai
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              A helyes értelmezés alapjai

              Tartalom

              Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.

              Szövegkörnyezet

              A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +A helyes értelmezés alapjai

              A helyes értelmezés alapjai
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              A helyes értelmezés alapjai

              Tartalom

              Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.

              Szövegkörnyezet

              A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.

              Kereszthivatkozások

              Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +szakasszal és könyvvel.

              Kereszthivatkozások

              Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok tesztjének.

              Előző Fel Következő
              A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai Tartalom Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
              diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6408254..b7e50e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
              A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai

              Témák tanulmányozása

              Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy -szószedetek alapján.

              Karakterek tanulmányozása

              Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.

              Megismerő tanulmányozás

              Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.

              Előző Fel Következő
              Hozzáállás Isten Szavához Tartalom A helyes értelmezés alapjai
              +A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
              A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai

              Témák tanulmányozása

              Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.

              Karakterek tanulmányozása

              Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.

              Megismerő tanulmányozás

              Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.

              Előző Fel Következő
              Hozzáállás Isten Szavához Tartalom A helyes értelmezés alapjai
              diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 2605473..048c023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
              Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)

              Megtalálni a pontos verset

              1. Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.

              2. Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére

              3. Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.

              Keresse meg ezeket: -

              1. „Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek”

              2. „Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. ”

              3. A gazdag ember és Lázár története.

              -

              Téma szerinti tanulmányozás

              Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először +Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)

              Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
              Előző 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok Következő

              Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)

              Megtalálni a pontos verset

              1. Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.

              2. Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére

              3. Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.

              Keresse meg ezeket: +

              1. „Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek”

              2. „Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. ”

              3. A gazdag ember és Lázár története.

              +

              Téma szerinti tanulmányozás

              Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette".

              A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből

              Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek!” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „A lelki ember azonban -mindent megítél” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, +"vásárol" vagy "megvette".

              A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből

              Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„Ne ítéljetek, +hogy ne ítéltessetek!” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „A lelki ember azonban +mindent megítél” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.)

              1. Keresse meg az "ítél" szót

              2. Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.

              3. Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.

              4. Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.

              5. Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a +Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.)

                1. Keresse meg az "ítél" szót

                2. Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.

                3. Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.

                4. Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.

                5. Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz!

              Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

              Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.

              Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:

              • Nábál

              • Abigail

              • Józsué

              • Barnabás

              Előző Fel Következő
              Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása Tartalom 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
              +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz!

            Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

            Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.

            Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:

            • Nábál

            • Abigail

            • Józsué

            • Barnabás

          Előző Fel Következő
          Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása Tartalom 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
          diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 0c64177..b02a288 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
          2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
          Előző   Következő

          2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok

          Tartalom

          A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához
          Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
          Hallgatni
          Olvasni
          Tanulmányozni
          Memorizálni
          Elmélkedni
          A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
          Témák tanulmányozása
          Karakterek tanulmányozása
          Megismerő tanulmányozás
          A helyes értelmezés alapjai
          Tartalom
          Szövegkörnyezet
          Kereszthivatkozások
          Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
          Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
          Megtalálni a pontos verset
          Téma szerinti tanulmányozás
          A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből
          Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

          A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához

          +2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok

          2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
          Előző   Következő

          2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok

          Tartalom

          A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához
          Hozzáállás Isten Szavához
          Hallgatni
          Olvasni
          Tanulmányozni
          Memorizálni
          Elmélkedni
          A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai
          Témák tanulmányozása
          Karakterek tanulmányozása
          Megismerő tanulmányozás
          A helyes értelmezés alapjai
          Tartalom
          Szövegkörnyezet
          Kereszthivatkozások
          Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása
          Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)
          Megtalálni a pontos verset
          Téma szerinti tanulmányozás
          A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből
          Nevek jelentésének megkeresése

          A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához

           

          Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!

          		 
           --Jn.5:39-40

          A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: -„ Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát”; de a +„ Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát”; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az Istennel való szövetségért.

           

          A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0ec1437..fb74781 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A könyv, amit Isten ihletett

          A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv, amit Isten ihletett

          Zsid. 4:12 "Isten igéje élő és +A könyv, amit Isten ihletett

          A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv, amit Isten ihletett

          Zsid. 4:12 "Isten igéje élő és ható... " Jézus mondta (Mt. 4:4) Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik. Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index d89539d..bad0b5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Bátorítás

          Bátorítás
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          Bátorítás

          +Bátorítás

          Bátorítás
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          Bátorítás

          2 Tim. 2:15 " Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét." diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 85dbf6f..67a502e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A könyv ami megszabadít

          A könyv ami megszabadít
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv ami megszabadít

          +A könyv ami megszabadít

          A könyv ami megszabadít
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv ami megszabadít

          Jn. 8:32 "És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká tesz titeket." Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ vagyunk a tan tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk könnyen "elfújhatók."

          De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik, "Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát." Mt. 22:29

          Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?

          • Isten igéje

          • Isten hatalma

          Előző Fel Következő
          A könyv, amely cselekszik Tartalom A könyv, amely harcol
          +Istennek hatalmát." Mt. 22:29

          Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?

          • Isten igéje

          • Isten hatalma

          Előző Fel Következő
          A könyv, amely cselekszik Tartalom A könyv, amely harcol
          diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index 462b9ec..1d8521a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"

           

          Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó +Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"

          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"

           

          Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a hapax és az ephapax határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b2a5934..6e3deb0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

          Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

          Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen +Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

          Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

          Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! -

          1. Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy -héten.

          2. Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak -megfelelően.

          3. Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, -például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.

          4. Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a -Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.

          5. Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +

            1. Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten.

            2. Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelően.

            3. Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.

            4. Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.

            5. Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.

          Előző Fel Következő
          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" Tartalom 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok
          diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3e28d2c..214ad7b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -A könyv, amely harcol
          A könyv, amely harcol
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv, amely harcol

          +A könyv, amely harcol

          A könyv, amely harcol
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv, amely harcol

          Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.

          1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél

          KérdésVálasz
          Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?5
          Mennyi támadó?Egy
          Melyik(ek)? az ige - réma

          Előző Fel Következő
          A könyv ami megszabadít Tartalom Bátorítás
          diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index a7c396d..93e0b91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A könyv, amely cselekszik
          A könyv, amely cselekszik
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv, amely cselekszik

          +A könyv, amely cselekszik

          A könyv, amely cselekszik
          Előző 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége Következő

          A könyv, amely cselekszik

          Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy "annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek." Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index 810e099..e6d4930 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

          1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
          Előző   Következő

          1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

          Tartalom

          A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN
          A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
          A könyv, amely cselekszik
          A könyv ami megszabadít
          A könyv, amely harcol
          Bátorítás
          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
          Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

          Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják +1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

          1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége
          Előző   Következő

          1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége

          Tartalom

          A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN
          A könyv, amit Isten ihletett
          A könyv, amely cselekszik
          A könyv ami megszabadít
          A könyv, amely harcol
          Bátorítás
          Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"
          Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok

          Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.

          A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN

          A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:

          • +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.

            A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN

            A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:

            • népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év bestsellere! -

            • +

            • szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta volna. -

            • +

            • fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség dokumentumai? műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más ősi iratokkal: diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index 2af262d..19f1e2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében

              2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

              2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében

              Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi +2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében

              2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

              2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében

              Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk.

              2A példa

              Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 "születik víztől és +tovább kell keresnünk.

              2A példa

              Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 "születik víztől és Lélektől" igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?

              Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a -magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.

              2B példa

              1 Kor. 14:34 „ A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben,” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]”

              2C példa

              ApCsel 2:38 „ Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és +magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.

              2B példa

              1 Kor. 14:34 „ A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a +gyülekezetekben,” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „Minden +asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]”

              2C példa

              ApCsel 2:38 „ Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; "”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi +bocsánatjára; "”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9caadfe..2d21d75 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben

              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben

              -Először ne azt kérdezzük „ Mit jelent ez számomra”, hanem -„Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?” Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: „Mit jelent ez számomra?” Be kell -tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.

              3A példa

              „Három nap és három éjjel” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a +3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben

              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben

              +Először ne azt kérdezzük „ Mit jelent ez számomra”, hanem +„Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?” Csak ez után +tegyük fel a kérdést: „Mit jelent ez számomra?” Be kell +tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.

              3A példa

              „Három nap és három éjjel” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a "Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ vizesv napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.

              3B példa

              1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek +harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.

              3B példa

              1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 3d16ab1..11bec7f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében

              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében

              A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell +4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében

              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) Következő

              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében

              A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet.

              4A példa

              „gonosz szem” Mt. 6:23-ban

              1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, +is lehet.

              4A példa

              „gonosz szem” Mt. 6:23-ban

              1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk!

              Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „gonosz -szem”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: +értelmezünk!

              Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „gonosz +szem”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: Mt. 20:15 "Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?" Itt azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 -hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget.

              4B példa

              Ésa. 59:1 „ Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,”

              5 Móz. 33:27 „alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;”

              +szöveget.

              4B példa

              Ésa. 59:1 „ Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,”

              5 Móz. 33:27 „alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;”

              A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ belől elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a Kingdom of the Cults szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -„Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;” -W.M azt mondta ekkor: „ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint +„Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;” +W.M azt mondta ekkor: „ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján +bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét.

              Előző Fel Következő
              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben Tartalom 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
              diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 7e13598..1391133 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
              5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) 

              5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
              5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt
              Előző 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) 

              5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt

              Az allegória: történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése van.

              Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?

              Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.

              5A példa

              Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.

              5A példa

              Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?

              Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.

              5B példa

              A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória?

              A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.

              5B példa

              A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória?

              A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája becsapását.

              Előző Fel 
              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében Tartalom 
              diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index 50e75b4..7c43ef1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
              3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
              Előző   Következő

              3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)

              Tartalom

              1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján
              1A példa
              1B példa
              2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
              2A példa
              2B példa
              2C példa
              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
              3A példa
              3B példa
              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
              4A példa
              4B példa
              5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
              3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)
              Előző   Következő

              3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)

              Tartalom

              1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján
              1A példa
              1B példa
              2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében
              2A példa
              2B példa
              2C példa
              3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben
              3A példa
              3B példa
              4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében
              4A példa
              4B példa
              5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt
              5A példa
              5B példa

              Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 „ Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes +Pét. 1:20 „ Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem +támad saját magyarázatból.”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -„a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a +„a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a -magok vesztére.”

              Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson +magok vesztére.”

              Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:

              1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján

              Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a +Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:

              1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján

              Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő -lépések követésével:

              1. Definíció. Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az -igeidő is döntő fontosságú.

              2. Kereszthivatkozások. Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög +lépések követésével:

                1. Definíció. Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.

                2. Kereszthivatkozások. Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ haszn is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a magyar? Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata -is.

                1A példa

                Jn. 20:17 "Ne érints" keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy +is.

              1A példa

              Jn. 20:17 "Ne érints" keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ valamit/valakit, hat a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy -fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              1B példa

              Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és +fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              1B példa

              Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében. Mi ez a megkenés?

              Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ bed (Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)

              • Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: -

                1. Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet

                2. Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék -őt.

                3. Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.

                4. Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.

                5. Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a -saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.

              • Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: -

                1. Lk. 4:28 „Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy -a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]”

                2. ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit -felkentél, [...]

                3. ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal,

                4. 2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;

              Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a +főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)

              • Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: +

                1. Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet

                2. Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +őt.

                3. Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.

                4. Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.

                5. Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.

              • Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: +

                1. Lk. 4:28 „Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]”

                2. ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...]

                3. ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal,

                4. 2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;

              Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: "aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, "chrio" pedig a szellemi

              Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 8b5543f..0db91ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát

              Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát
                 Következő

              Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát

              Harman, Bob

              The BibleTime team,

              Copyright © 2001-2009 A BibleTime csapat (info@bibletime.info)

              +Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát

              Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát
                 Következő

              Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát

              Harman, Bob

              The BibleTime team,

              Copyright © 2001-2009 A BibleTime csapat (info@bibletime.info)

              Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette.

              Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön jelzettek. -

              Vázlat

              +

              Vázlat

              A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához

              diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e519f76..404e0f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Approcci alla parola di Dio

              Approcci alla parola di Dio
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Approcci alla parola di Dio

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Approcci alla parola di Dio

              Approcci alla parola di Dio
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Approcci alla parola di Dio

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

              L'ascolto

              Lk.11:28 «blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.»

              La lettura

              Rev.1:3 «Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]»

              1 Tim.4:13 «give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]» -

              Study

              Acts 17:11 «Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

              L'ascolto

              Lk.11:28 «blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.»

              La lettura

              Rev.1:3 «Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]»

              1 Tim.4:13 «give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]» +

              Study

              Acts 17:11 «Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.» -

              2 Tim.2:15 «Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.» +

              2 Tim.2:15 «Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.»

              Memorizzazione

              Ps.119:11 «Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.»

              Meditazione

              Ps.1:2-3 «But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.»

              Memorizzazione

              Ps.119:11 «Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.»

              Meditazione

              Ps.1:2-3 «But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.» +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.»

              The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 4337cff..df69a0e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18

              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18

              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

              What does «practicing your righteousness» mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

              What does «practicing your righteousness» mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

              1. When you give

              2. When you fast

              3. When you pray

              Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di -praticare le tue buone opere:

              1. When you give -

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a trumpet» -today?)

                2. do it secretly.

                3. etc.

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta Partenza Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              +Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

              1. When you give

              2. When you fast

              3. When you pray

              Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:

              1. When you give +

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a trumpet» +today?)

                2. do it secretly.

                3. etc.

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta Partenza Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4a12674..47a25a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta

              Contenuto

              Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.

              Contesto

              What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +Le basi di una interpretazione corretta

              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta

              Contenuto

              Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.

              Contesto

              What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

              Referenze

              Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +book.

              Referenze

              Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Tipi di studio della bibbia Partenza Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
              diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index 9627170..bf95cbf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Tipi di studio della bibbia
              Tipi di studio della bibbia
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Tipi di studio della bibbia

              Studio tematico

              Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o -una concordanza.

              Studio di una personaggio

              Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di -Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.

              Esposizione

              Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Approcci alla parola di Dio Partenza Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              +Tipi di studio della bibbia
              Tipi di studio della bibbia
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Tipi di studio della bibbia

              Studio tematico

              Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.

              Studio di una personaggio

              Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.

              Esposizione

              Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Approcci alla parola di Dio Partenza Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 5e46fc9..29efacb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza

              Trovare un particolare versetto

              1. Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.

              2. Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.

              3. Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.

              Find these verses: -

              1. «Faithful are the wounds of a friend»

              2. «We are ambassadors of Christ.»

              3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

              -

              Fare uno studio tematico

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza

              Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              Indietro Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia Avanti

              Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza

              Trovare un particolare versetto

              1. Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.

              2. Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.

              3. Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.

              Find these verses: +

              1. «Faithful are the wounds of a friend»

              2. «We are ambassadors of Christ.»

              3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

              +

              Fare uno studio tematico

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

              Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico

              What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge -not lest you be judged» and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought."

              Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico

              What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge +not lest you be judged» and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

              1. Look up "judge".

              2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

              3. Now look up "judgeth".

              4. Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.

              5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.)

                1. Look up "judge".

                2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                3. Now look up "judgeth".

                4. Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.

                5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

              Trovare i significati dei nomi

              Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o -ebraico.

              Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:

              • Nabal

              • Abigail

              • Joshua

              • Barnabus

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 Partenza Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

            Trovare i significati dei nomi

            Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.

            Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:

            • Nabal

            • Abigail

            • Joshua

            • Barnabus

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 Partenza Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
          diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index 1723b17..9c03909 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
          Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
          Indietro   Avanti

          Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia

          Indice

          La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia
          Approcci alla parola di Dio
          L'ascolto
          La lettura
          Study
          Memorizzazione
          Meditazione
          Tipi di studio della bibbia
          Studio tematico
          Studio di una personaggio
          Esposizione
          Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
          Contenuto
          Contesto
          Referenze
          Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
          Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
          Trovare un particolare versetto
          Fare uno studio tematico
          Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico
          Trovare i significati dei nomi

          La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia

          +Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia

          Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
          Indietro   Avanti

          Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia

          Indice

          La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia
          Approcci alla parola di Dio
          L'ascolto
          La lettura
          Study
          Memorizzazione
          Meditazione
          Tipi di studio della bibbia
          Studio tematico
          Studio di una personaggio
          Esposizione
          Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
          Contenuto
          Contesto
          Referenze
          Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
          Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
          Trovare un particolare versetto
          Fare uno studio tematico
          Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico
          Trovare i significati dei nomi

          La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia

           

          You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

          		 
           --Jn.5:39-40

          The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said «we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby»; just +said «we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby»; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

           

          The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 09167f7..36d1d39 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Un libro ispirato da Dio

          Un libro ispirato da Dio
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro ispirato da Dio

          Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +Un libro ispirato da Dio

          Un libro ispirato da Dio
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro ispirato da Dio

          Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c707b67..5aa19b0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Esortazioni

          Esortazioni
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Esortazioni

          -2 Tm 2,15 «Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +Esortazioni

          Esortazioni
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Esortazioni

          +2 Tm 2,15 «Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno -scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.» +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.»

          -Col 3,16 «La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +Col 3,16 «La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici -spirituali.» +spirituali.»

          Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?

          Non poco!

          Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." -

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Un libro che da battaglia Partenza Appendice: Una volta per tutte
          +

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Un libro che da battaglia Partenza Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
          diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 92c449d..c4319ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Un libro che rende liberi
          Un libro che rende liberi
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro che rende liberi

          +Un libro che rende liberi

          Un libro che rende liberi
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro che rende liberi

          Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e l saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente "soffiati via."

          E Gesù rispose loro: "Voi vi ingannate, non conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio."Mt 22,29

          Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?

          • La parola di Dio

          • La forza di Dio

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Un libro che funziona Partenza Un libro che da battaglia
          +dall'errore?

          • La parola di Dio

          • La forza di Dio

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Un libro che funziona Partenza Un libro che da battaglia
          diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index 1c188e1..4c740e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Appendice: Una volta per tutte
          Appendice: Una volta per tutte
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»

          Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 64653aa..4569476 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

          Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

          Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

          Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

          Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

          1. Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla -settimana.

          2. Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al -giorno del mese, ogni giorno.

          3. Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per -esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.

          4. Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al -giorno.

          5. Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +

            1. Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.

            2. Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.

            3. Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.

            4. Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.

            5. Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Appendice: Una volta per tutte Partenza Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
          +

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Appendice: «Una volta per tutte» Partenza Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
          diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3851460..b90a2cb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Un libro che da battaglia
          Un libro che da battaglia
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro che da battaglia

          +Un libro che da battaglia

          Un libro che da battaglia
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro che da battaglia

          Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.

          Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale

          DomandaRisposta
          Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?5
          Quante sono offensive?One
          Quale? La parola - rhema

          Indietro Risali Avanti
          Un libro che rende liberi Partenza Esortazioni
          diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8487100..84d220a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Un libro che funziona
          Un libro che funziona
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro che funziona

          +Un libro che funziona

          Un libro che funziona
          Indietro Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio Avanti

          Un libro che funziona

          Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la bibbia "opera in voi che credete." Accanto ad ogni scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index b330521..877afed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio

          Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio
          Indietro   Avanti

          Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio

          Indice

          Un libro eccezionale
          Un libro ispirato da Dio
          Un libro che funziona
          Un libro che rende liberi
          Un libro che da battaglia
          Esortazioni
          Appendice: Una volta per tutte
          Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

          Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio

          Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio
          Indietro   Avanti

          Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio

          Indice

          Un libro eccezionale
          Un libro ispirato da Dio
          Un libro che funziona
          Un libro che rende liberi
          Un libro che da battaglia
          Esortazioni
          Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
          Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia

          Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

          Un libro eccezionale

          The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

          • +communicate with God.

            Un libro eccezionale

            The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

            • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

            • +

            • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

            • +

            • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index f41e734..320746d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico

              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico

              Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico

              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico

              Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

              Esempio 2A

              In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "nato d'acqua +within its context, we have to look further.

              Esempio 2A

              In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "nato d'acqua e di Spirito." Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?

              Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

              Esempio 2B

              1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches» has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]»

              Esempio 2C

              Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

              Esempio 2B

              1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches» has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]»

              Esempio 2C

              Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 01c64a5..08d8950 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale

              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale

              -At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?» but -«What did it mean to the original readers?»; later we can ask, -«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

              Esempio 3A

              «3 days & 3 nights» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale

              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale

              +At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?» but +«What did it mean to the original readers?»; later we can ask, +«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

              Esempio 3A

              «3 days & 3 nights» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

              Esempio 3B

              Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

              Esempio 3B

              Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d3b22fe..da7ab13 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua

              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua

              Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

              Esempio 4A

              «evil eye» in Mt.6:23.

              Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua

              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) Avanti

              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua

              Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

              Esempio 4A

              «evil eye» in Mt.6:23.

              Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

              What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

              What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

              Esempio 4B

              Is.59:1 «The Lord's hand is not short;»

              Deut.33:27 «Underneath are the everlasting arms.»

              +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

              Esempio 4B

              Is.59:1 «The Lord's hand is not short;»

              Deut.33:27 «Underneath are the everlasting arms.»

              References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 «He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 «He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

              Indietro Risali Avanti
              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale Partenza Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
              diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index c796650..b71255e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) 

              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria
              Indietro Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) 

              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria

              An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

              Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?

              Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

              Esempio 5A

              The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

              Esempio 5A

              The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

              Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.

              Esempio 5B

              The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.

              Esempio 5B

              The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

              The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

              Indietro Risali 
              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua Partenza 
              diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index c8b9c0b..150cb65 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              Indietro   Avanti

              Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)

              Indice

              Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
              Esempio 1A
              Example 1B
              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
              Esempio 2A
              Esempio 2B
              Esempio 2C
              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
              Esempio 3A
              Esempio 3B
              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua
              Esempio 4A
              Esempio 4B
              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              Indietro   Avanti

              Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)

              Indice

              Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
              Esempio 1A
              Example 1B
              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
              Esempio 2A
              Esempio 2B
              Esempio 2C
              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
              Esempio 3A
              Esempio 3B
              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua
              Esempio 4A
              Esempio 4B
              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
              Esempio 5A
              Esempio 5B

              We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

              How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

              How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

              Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.

              The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

              Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.

              The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

              1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

              2. Referenze. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

                1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

                2. Referenze. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

                Esempio 1A

                Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

              Esempio 1A

              Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Example 1B

              In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Example 1B

              In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

              Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Cross-references for aleipho: -

                1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

              • Cross-references of chrio: -

                1. Lk.4:18 «The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]»

                2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

              So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Cross-references for aleipho: +

                1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

              • Cross-references of chrio: +

                1. Lk.4:18 «The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]»

                2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

              So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

              As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index 26aa343..22e2301 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia

              HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia
                 Avanti

              HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              +HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia

              HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia
                 Avanti

              HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

              Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

              Abstract

              +

              Abstract

              The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

              @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

              Indice

              1. L'importanza della parola di Dio
              Un libro eccezionale
              Un libro ispirato da Dio
              Un libro che funziona
              Un libro che rende liberi
              Un libro che da battaglia
              Esortazioni
              Appendice: Una volta per tutte
              Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
              2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
              La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia
              Approcci alla parola di Dio
              L'ascolto
              La lettura
              Study
              Memorizzazione
              Meditazione
              Tipi di studio della bibbia
              Studio tematico
              Studio di una personaggio
              Esposizione
              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              Contenuto
              Contesto
              Referenze
              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
              Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              Trovare un particolare versetto
              Fare uno studio tematico
              Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico
              Trovare i significati dei nomi
              3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
              Esempio 1A
              Example 1B
              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
              Esempio 2A
              Esempio 2B
              Esempio 2C
              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
              Esempio 3A
              Esempio 3B
              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua
              Esempio 4A
              Esempio 4B
              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +

              Indice

              1. L'importanza della parola di Dio
              Un libro eccezionale
              Un libro ispirato da Dio
              Un libro che funziona
              Un libro che rende liberi
              Un libro che da battaglia
              Esortazioni
              Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»
              Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia
              2. Elementi di studio della bibbia
              La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia
              Approcci alla parola di Dio
              L'ascolto
              La lettura
              Study
              Memorizzazione
              Meditazione
              Tipi di studio della bibbia
              Studio tematico
              Studio di una personaggio
              Esposizione
              Le basi di una interpretazione corretta
              Contenuto
              Contesto
              Referenze
              Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18
              Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza
              Trovare un particolare versetto
              Fare uno studio tematico
              Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico
              Trovare i significati dei nomi
              3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)
              Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.
              Esempio 1A
              Example 1B
              Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico
              Esempio 2A
              Esempio 2B
              Esempio 2C
              Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale
              Esempio 3A
              Esempio 3B
              Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua
              Esempio 4A
              Esempio 4B
              Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria
              Esempio 5A
              Esempio 5B

              Lista delle tabelle

              1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.
              1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?
              1.3. Armamento spirituale
                 Avanti
                 Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio
              diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4229391..a92ec40 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
              하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              하나님의 말씀으로의 접근

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +하나님의 말씀으로의 접근

              하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              하나님의 말씀으로의 접근

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

              들음(Hear)

              Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.”

              읽음(Read)

              Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]”

              1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]” -

              공부

              Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

              들음(Hear)

              Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.”

              읽음(Read)

              Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]”

              1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]” +

              공부

              Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” -

              2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” +

              2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.”

              암송(Memorize)

              Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.”

              묵상(Meditate)

              Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.”

              암송(Memorize)

              Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.”

              묵상(Meditate)

              Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.”

              The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 19ff65c..8f9e0dc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기

              마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기

              마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

              What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

              What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

              1. When you give

              2. When you fast

              3. When you pray

              우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:

              1. When you give -

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” -today?)

                2. do it secretly.

                3. etc.

              이전 위로 다음
              바른 해석의 기본 처음으로 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
              +Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

              1. When you give

              2. When you fast

              3. When you pray

              우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:

              1. When you give +

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” +today?)

                2. do it secretly.

                3. etc.

              이전 위로 다음
              바른 해석의 기본 처음으로 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
              diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c6dd38a..95c49cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -바른 해석의 기본
              바른 해석의 기본
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              바른 해석의 기본

              내용(Content)

              말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.

              문맥(Context)

              What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +바른 해석의 기본

              바른 해석의 기본
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              바른 해석의 기본

              내용(Content)

              말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.

              문맥(Context)

              What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

              겹참조(Cross-reference)

              성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +book.

              겹참조(Cross-reference)

              성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.

              이전 위로 다음
              성경공부의 유형들 처음으로 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
              diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index c0377bd..b4e692d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -성경공부의 유형들
              성경공부의 유형들
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              성경공부의 유형들

              주제별 성경공부

              특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.

              인물별 성경공부

              성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.

              설명적인(Expository) 성경공부

              특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.

              이전 위로 다음
              하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 처음으로 바른 해석의 기본
              +성경공부의 유형들
              성경공부의 유형들
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              성경공부의 유형들

              주제별 성경공부

              특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.

              인물별 성경공부

              성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.

              설명적인(Expository) 성경공부

              특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.

              이전 위로 다음
              하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 처음으로 바른 해석의 기본
              diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index fc872eb..1e53577 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
              워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법

              특정 구절 찾기

              1. 문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.

              2. 가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.

              3. 필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.

              Find these verses: -

              1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

              2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

              3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

              -

              주제별 성경공부 하기

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법

              워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
              이전 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 다음

              워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법

              특정 구절 찾기

              1. 문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.

              2. 가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.

              3. 필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.

              Find these verses: +

              1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

              2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

              3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

              +

              주제별 성경공부 하기

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

              헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기

              What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge -not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought."

              헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기

              What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

              1. Look up "judge".

              2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

              3. Now look up "judgeth".

              4. 고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.

              5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.)

                1. Look up "judge".

                2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                3. Now look up "judgeth".

                4. 고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.

                5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

              이름의 의미들을 찾기

              헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다.

              이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.

              • 나발(Nabal)

              • 아비가일(Abigail)

              • 여호수아(Joshua)

              • 바나바(Barnabus)

              이전 위로 다음
              마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 처음으로 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
              +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

            이름의 의미들을 찾기

            헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다.

            이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.

            • 나발(Nabal)

            • 아비가일(Abigail)

            • 여호수아(Joshua)

            • 바나바(Barnabus)

          이전 위로 다음
          마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 처음으로 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
          diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index 9a8c1f1..878a5ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
          2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
          이전   다음

          2장. 성경 공부의 기초들

          차례

          성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적
          하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
          들음(Hear)
          읽음(Read)
          공부
          암송(Memorize)
          묵상(Meditate)
          성경공부의 유형들
          주제별 성경공부
          인물별 성경공부
          설명적인(Expository) 성경공부
          바른 해석의 기본
          내용(Content)
          문맥(Context)
          겹참조(Cross-reference)
          마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
          워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
          특정 구절 찾기
          주제별 성경공부 하기
          헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기
          이름의 의미들을 찾기

          성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적

          +2장. 성경 공부의 기초들

          2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
          이전   다음

          2장. 성경 공부의 기초들

          차례

          성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적
          하나님의 말씀으로의 접근
          들음(Hear)
          읽음(Read)
          공부
          암송(Memorize)
          묵상(Meditate)
          성경공부의 유형들
          주제별 성경공부
          인물별 성경공부
          설명적인(Expository) 성경공부
          바른 해석의 기본
          내용(Content)
          문맥(Context)
          겹참조(Cross-reference)
          마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기
          워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법
          특정 구절 찾기
          주제별 성경공부 하기
          헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기
          이름의 의미들을 찾기

          성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적

           

          You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

          		 
           --Jn.5:39-40

          The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just +said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

           

          The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 50edbd3..ceab65b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

          하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

          Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

          하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책

          Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 84f9d02..f390bcd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -권면(Exhortations)

          권면(Exhortations)
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          권면(Exhortations)

          +권면(Exhortations)

          권면(Exhortations)
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          권면(Exhortations)

          딤후 2:15 (KJV) "네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라."

          diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index daaaa9e..96e19c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -자유케하는 책

          자유케하는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          자유케하는 책

          +자유케하는 책

          자유케하는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          자유케하는 책

          Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ Mine... "

          이것은 조건적 바람이다. "결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 안된다..."성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.

          예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 "너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다."마 22:29

          오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?

          • 하나님의 말씀

          • 하나님의 능력

          이전 위로 다음
          역사하는 책 처음으로 영적전쟁을 하는 책
          +Ye do err] 오해하였도다."마 22:29

          오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?

          • 하나님의 말씀

          • 하나님의 능력

          이전 위로 다음
          역사하는 책 처음으로 영적전쟁을 하는 책
          diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index b46b9fd..8a1e380 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
          부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          부가(Appendix): "Once for All"

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +부가(Appendix): "Once for All"

          부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          부가(Appendix): "Once for All"

           

          The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 9b74b2d..17eef26 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

          부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

          Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

          부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

          Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

          1. 일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.

          2. 한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.

          3. 한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.

          4. 6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.

          5. 2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +

            1. 일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.

            2. 한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.

            3. 한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.

            4. 6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.

            5. 2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 수 있다.

          이전 위로 다음
          부가(Appendix): "Once for All" 처음으로 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들
          diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index f2899b3..6518357 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -영적전쟁을 하는 책
          영적전쟁을 하는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          영적전쟁을 하는 책

          +영적전쟁을 하는 책

          영적전쟁을 하는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          영적전쟁을 하는 책

          엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.

          표 1.3. 영적인 무기

          물음답
          리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?5
          몇 가지가 공격용인가?One
          어떤 것인가? 말씀 - 레마(rhema)

          이전 위로 다음
          자유케하는 책 처음으로 권면(Exhortations)
          diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index 135cac8..5cee503 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -역사하는 책
          역사하는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          역사하는 책

          +역사하는 책

          역사하는 책
          이전 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 다음

          역사하는 책

          성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 역사하느니라." 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다.

          표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?

          참조(Reference)역사하는 것(Action)
          엡 5:26 diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index e22f792..3ea6bb4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
          1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
          이전   다음

          1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성

          차례

          특별한(Unique) 책
          하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
          역사하는 책
          자유케하는 책
          영적전쟁을 하는 책
          권면(Exhortations)
          부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
          부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

          Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성

          1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성
          이전   다음

          1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성

          차례

          특별한(Unique) 책
          하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책
          역사하는 책
          자유케하는 책
          영적전쟁을 하는 책
          권면(Exhortations)
          부가(Appendix): "Once for All"
          부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램

          Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

          특별한(Unique) 책

          The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

          • +communicate with God.

            특별한(Unique) 책

            The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

            • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

            • +

            • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

            • +

            • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index 5d286ce..a0593e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

              규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

              규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

              Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

              규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

              규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라

              Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

              예 2A

              In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 "born of water and the +within its context, we have to look further.

              예 2A

              In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 "born of water and the Spirit." In context, what is the water under discussion here?

              Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

              예 2B

              1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]”

              예 2C

              Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

              예 2B

              1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]”

              예 2C

              Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 031a5ce..677ca36 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

              -At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but -“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, -“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

              예 3A

              “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라

              +At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but +“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

              예 3A

              “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

              예 3B

              Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

              예 3B

              Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index df3e791..367b6d5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

              Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

              예 4A

              “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

              Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 다음

              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라

              Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

              예 4A

              “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

              Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

              What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

              What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

              예 4B

              Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

              Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

              +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

              예 4B

              Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

              Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

              References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

              이전 위로 다음
              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 처음으로 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
              diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index ea0537b..418db87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
              규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 

              규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
              규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory
              이전 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) 

              규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory

              An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

              Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?

              Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

              예 5A

              The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

              예 5A

              The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

              All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.

              예 5B

              The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.

              예 5B

              The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

              The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

              이전 위로 
              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 처음으로 
              diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index 8501407..c4e4b22 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
              3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
              이전   다음

              3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)

              차례

              규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.
              예 1A
              Example 1B
              규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
              예 2A
              예 2B
              예 2C
              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
              예 3A
              예 3B
              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
              예 4A
              예 4B
              규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
              3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)
              이전   다음

              3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)

              차례

              규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.
              예 1A
              Example 1B
              규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라
              예 2A
              예 2B
              예 2C
              규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라
              예 3A
              예 3B
              규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라
              예 4A
              예 4B
              규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory
              예 5A
              예 5B

              We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

              How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

              How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

              규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.

              The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

              규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.

              The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

              1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

              2. 겹참조(Cross-reference). Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

                1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

                2. 겹참조(Cross-reference). Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

                예 1A

                Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

              예 1A

              Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Example 1B

              In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

              Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

              Example 1B

              In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

              Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Cross-references for aleipho: -

                1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

              • Cross-references of chrio: -

                1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]”

                2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

              So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

              • Cross-references for aleipho: +

                1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

                4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

              • Cross-references of chrio: +

                1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]”

                2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

              So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

              As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index 1094640..4a97b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -바이블스터디 하우투

              바이블스터디 하우투
                 다음

              바이블스터디 하우투

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              +바이블스터디 하우투

              바이블스터디 하우투
                 다음

              바이블스터디 하우투

              Bob Harman

              The BibleTime team

              저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

              This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

              Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

              개요

              +

              개요

              The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 7e8e0d6..feb9380 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

              Horen

              Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.”

              Lezen

              Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]”

              1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]” -

              Bestuderen

              Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

              Horen

              Lk.11:28 “blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.”

              Lezen

              Rev.1:3 “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]”

              1 Tim.4:13 “give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]” +

              Bestuderen

              Acts 17:11 “Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” -

              2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.” +

              2 Tim.2:15 “Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.”

              Memoriseren

              Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.”

              Overdenken

              Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.”

              Memoriseren

              Ps.119:11 “Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.”

              Overdenken

              Ps.1:2-3 “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.”

              The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b12cc2c..0e4d7ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18

              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18

              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

              What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

              What does “practicing your righteousness” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

              1. When you give

              2. When you fast

              3. When you pray

              Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde -manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:

              1. When you give -

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” -today?)

                2. do it secretly.

                3. etc.

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie Begin Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
              +Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

              1. When you give

              2. When you fast

              3. When you pray

              Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:

              1. When you give +

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” +today?)

                2. do it secretly.

                3. etc.

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie Begin Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c3eaedc..82ebc63 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie

              Inhoud

              Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.

              Context

              What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie

              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie

              Inhoud

              Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.

              Context

              What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

              Tekstverwijzingen

              Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +book.

              Tekstverwijzingen

              Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie Begin Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 97bf803..c42331c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie

              Onderwerp-studie

              Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van -tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.

              Karakterstudie

              Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het -leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.

              Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte

              Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen Begin Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              +Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie

              Onderwerp-studie

              Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.

              Karakterstudie

              Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.

              Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte

              Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen Begin Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 65e6f52..cb4dc2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
              Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
              Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

              Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?

              Om een bepaald vers te vinden

              1. Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.

              2. Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.

              3. Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?

                Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
                Terug Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie Volgende

                Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?

                Om een bepaald vers te vinden

                1. Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.

                2. Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.

                3. Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden hebt.

                Find these verses: -

                1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

                2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

                3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

                -

                Om een onderwerp-studie doen

                Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +

                1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

                2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

                3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

                +

                Om een onderwerp-studie doen

                Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

                Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken

                What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge -not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought."

                Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken

                What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “Judge +not lest you be judged” and 1 Cor.2:15 “He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

                1. Look up "judge".

                2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                3. Now look up "judgeth".

                4. Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

                5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.)

                  1. Look up "judge".

                  2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                  3. Now look up "judgeth".

                  4. Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.

                  5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

                Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

                Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of -Hebreews vinden.

                Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:

                • Nabal

                • Abigail

                • Jozua

                • Barnabas

                Terug Omhoog Volgende
                Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 Begin Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
                +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

              Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

              Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.

              Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:

              • Nabal

              • Abigail

              • Jozua

              • Barnabas

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 Begin Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index 1368e3b..7c77030 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
              Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
              Terug   Volgende

              Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie

              Inhoudsopgave

              Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen
              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
              Horen
              Lezen
              Bestuderen
              Memoriseren
              Overdenken
              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
              Onderwerp-studie
              Karakterstudie
              Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte
              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              Inhoud
              Context
              Tekstverwijzingen
              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
              Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
              Om een bepaald vers te vinden
              Om een onderwerp-studie doen
              Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken
              Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

              Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen

              +Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie

              Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
              Terug   Volgende

              Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie

              Inhoudsopgave

              Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen
              Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen
              Horen
              Lezen
              Bestuderen
              Memoriseren
              Overdenken
              Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie
              Onderwerp-studie
              Karakterstudie
              Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte
              Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie
              Inhoud
              Context
              Tekstverwijzingen
              Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18
              Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?
              Om een bepaald vers te vinden
              Om een onderwerp-studie doen
              Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken
              Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden

              Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen

               

              You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

              		 
               --Jn.5:39-40

              The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just +said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

               

              The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 186c3cf..618382d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -En boek met de adem van God

              En boek met de adem van God
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              En boek met de adem van God

              Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +En boek met de adem van God

              En boek met de adem van God
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              En boek met de adem van God

              Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 4467d4e..9b5d53c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Vermaningen

              Vermaningen
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Vermaningen

              +Vermaningen

              Vermaningen
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Vermaningen

              2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid recht snijdt." diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bb50519..8396cdf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Een bevrijdend boek

              Een bevrijdend boek
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Een bevrijdend boek

              +Een bevrijdend boek

              Een bevrijdend boek
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Een bevrijdend boek

              Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei wind van leer..."Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.

              Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods." Matt.22:29

              Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?

              • Gods woord

              • Gods kracht

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Een boek dat werkt Begin Een boek dat strijdt
              +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods." Matt.22:29

              Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?

              • Gods woord

              • Gods kracht

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Een boek dat werkt Begin Een boek dat strijdt
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index f211383..b52f76d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"

               

              The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"

              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"

               

              The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 25d7e66..a5908a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

              Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

              Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

              Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

              Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

              1. Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per -week.

              2. Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, -overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.

              3. De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van -30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.

              4. Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag -een hoofdstuk.

              5. Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +

                1. Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.

                2. Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.

                3. De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.

                4. Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.

                5. Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" Begin Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index e10d8cf..033e163 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Een boek dat strijdt
              Een boek dat strijdt
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Een boek dat strijdt

              +Een boek dat strijdt

              Een boek dat strijdt
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Een boek dat strijdt

              Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.

              Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting

              VraagAntwoord
              Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?5
              En hoeveel aanvalswapens?One
              Welke? het woord - rhema

              Terug Omhoog Volgende
              Een bevrijdend boek Begin Vermaningen
              diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3cacb79..4a6cbda 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Een boek dat werkt
              Een boek dat werkt
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Een boek dat werkt

              +Een boek dat werkt

              Een boek dat werkt
              Terug Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord Volgende

              Een boek dat werkt

              Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel "werkzaam is in u, die gelooft" Schrijf naast elk schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 09827ec..ff903b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

              Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord
              Terug   Volgende

              Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

              Inhoudsopgave

              Een uniek boek
              En boek met de adem van God
              Een boek dat werkt
              Een bevrijdend boek
              Een boek dat strijdt
              Vermaningen
              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
              Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

              Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

              Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord
              Terug   Volgende

              Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord

              Inhoudsopgave

              Een uniek boek
              En boek met de adem van God
              Een boek dat werkt
              Een bevrijdend boek
              Een boek dat strijdt
              Vermaningen
              Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"
              Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's

              Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

              Een uniek boek

              The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

              • +communicate with God.

                Een uniek boek

                The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

                • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

                • +

                • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

                • +

                • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 1c37c50..cfe7c56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

                  Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

                  Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

                  Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

                  Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

                  Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context

                  Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

                  Voorbeeld 2A

                  In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 "geboren ...uit water +within its context, we have to look further.

                  Voorbeeld 2A

                  In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 "geboren ...uit water en geest." Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier gaat?

                  Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

                  Voorbeeld 2B

                  1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]”

                  Voorbeeld 2C

                  Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

                  Voorbeeld 2B

                  1 Cor.14:34 “Let the women keep silent in the churches” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]”

                  Voorbeeld 2C

                  Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index d05a023..04b3239 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

                  Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

                  Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

                  -At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but -“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, -“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

                  Example 3A

                  “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

                  Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

                  Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context

                  +At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but +“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, +“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

                  Example 3A

                  “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

                  Voorbeeld 3B

                  Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

                  Voorbeeld 3B

                  Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 6bf0b3a..ef0dfed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

                  Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

                  Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

                  Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

                  Voorbeeld 4A

                  “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

                  Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

                  Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) Volgende

                  Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal

                  Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

                  Voorbeeld 4A

                  “evil eye” in Mt.6:23.

                  Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

                  What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

                  What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

                  Voorbeeld 4B

                  Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

                  Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

                  +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

                  Voorbeeld 4B

                  Is.59:1 “The Lord's hand is not short;”

                  Deut.33:27 “Underneath are the everlasting arms.”

                  References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

                  Terug Omhoog Volgende
                  Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context Begin Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
                  diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 00aa785..a60c4a1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
                  Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) 

                  Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
                  Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie
                  Terug Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) 

                  Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie

                  An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

                  Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?

                  Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

                  Voorbeeld 5A

                  The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

                  Voorbeeld 5A

                  The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

                  De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.

                  Voorbeeld 5B

                  The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.

                  Voorbeeld 5B

                  The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

                  The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

                  Terug Omhoog 
                  Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal Begin 
                  diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index eca625c..9393c00 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ -Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
                  Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
                  Terug   Volgende

                  Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)

                  Inhoudsopgave

                  Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
                  Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)
                  Terug   Volgende

                  Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)

                  Inhoudsopgave

                  Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.
                  Voorbeeld 1A
                  Example 1B
                  Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context
                  Voorbeeld 2A
                  Voorbeeld 2B
                  Voorbeeld 2C
                  Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context
                  Example 3A
                  Voorbeeld 3B
                  Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal
                  Voorbeeld 4A
                  Voorbeeld 4B
                  Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie
                  Voorbeeld 5A
                  Voorbeeld 5B

                  We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

                  How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

                  How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

                  Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

                  Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.

                  The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

                  1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

                  2. Tekstverwijzingen. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

                    1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

                    2. Tekstverwijzingen. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

                    Voorbeeld 1A

                    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

                  Voorbeeld 1A

                  Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

                  Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

                  Example 1B

                  In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

                  Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

                  Example 1B

                  In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

                  Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

                  • Cross-references for aleipho: -

                    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

                    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

                  • Cross-references of chrio: -

                    1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]”

                    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

                  So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

                  • Cross-references for aleipho: +

                    1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                    2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                    3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

                    4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                    5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

                  • Cross-references of chrio: +

                    1. Lk.4:18 “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]”

                    2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                    3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                    4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

                  So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

                  As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index cf9e010..d461aa6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Bijbelstudie HowTo

                  Bijbelstudie HowTo
                     Volgende

                  Bijbelstudie HowTo

                  Bob Harman

                  The BibleTime team

                  Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

                  +Bijbelstudie HowTo

                  Bijbelstudie HowTo
                     Volgende

                  Bijbelstudie HowTo

                  Bob Harman

                  The BibleTime team

                  Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

                  This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

                  Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

                  Overzicht

                  +

                  Overzicht

                  The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

                  diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 3b2ceef..ef9e667 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -3,25 +3,23 @@ Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia -

                  Jn.5:39-40 You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life. +
                  Jn.5:39-40 Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.
                  -The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. +O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +disse nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê, então no +estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus.
                  John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104. -The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...] +Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo. @@ -29,10 +27,10 @@ que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo. Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus -Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds. +Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas +escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em +nossas mentes. Ouvir Lc 11.28 Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a @@ -68,11 +66,12 @@ escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita de dia e noite. -The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible. +Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos +quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo +precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +Bíblia. @@ -112,11 +111,11 @@ outras escrituras. Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 -Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline: +Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? +Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se +está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o +numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano: Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado @@ -138,9 +137,8 @@ maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações: Quando você oferta - don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet -today?) - faça-o em secreto + não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem toca a trombeta?) + faça-o em secreto. etc. @@ -151,26 +149,26 @@ today?) Para encontrar um versículo particular - Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo - Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente - Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo + Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo. + Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente. + Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo. Encontre esses versículos: - Faithful are the wounds of a friend - We are ambassadors of Christ. - A história do rico e de Lázaro + Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo + Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo + A história do rico e de Lázaro. Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos -Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." +Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra +"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e +procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras +relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, +resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." @@ -182,14 +180,14 @@ sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui). - Procure "julgar" - Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down. - Agora procure "julgado" - Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350 - Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! + Procure "julgar". + Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. A direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a. + Agora procure "julgado". + Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350. + Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a +língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o +significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 0ea56b1..c7e174d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,29 +1,30 @@ Importância da Palavra de Deus -Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God. +Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus. Um Livro que é Único -The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in: +A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em: -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita +por uma única pessoa. -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents -Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: +Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +confiáveis? compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros +textos antigos: @@ -63,50 +64,49 @@ texts: 40 D.C. - 100 D.C.130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos 30 - 310 anos5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim

              -Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! -
              Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +Existem dez copias de Caesar's Gallaic War, a mais nova +foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. Para o Novo +Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 D.C., papiro contendo +a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 D.C. e fragmentos do evangelho de +João de 130 D.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar uns com os +outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! +
              Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em Questões da Vida +p. 25-26"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."
              Um Livro Inpirado por Deus -Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. +Hb 4.12"Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +eficaz..." Jesus disse (Mt 4.4), +"Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra +que sai da boca de Deus". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. 2 Tm 3.16 declara "Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.
              John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou +'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis +2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele +disse, 'Bem profetizou Isaías acerca de vós, hipócritas, como está escrito:' +quando Ele se referia a uma fala direta do Senhor Deus (Mc 7.6 & Is +29.13). É de Jesus mesmo que os autores do Novo Testamento haviam ganhado +convicção da dupla autoria das Escrituras. Para eles era verdade tanto dizer +'Havendo Deus antigamente falado muitas vezes, e de muitas maneiras, aos +pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus +falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma +forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram +de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.
              +Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de +Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso.
              2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia "opera em vós que credes". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz: +escreva o que a Palavra faz. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos? @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ palavra" At 20.32 -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" Um Livro que Liberta -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... " +Jo 8.32 "e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa +incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a +resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "Se vós +permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus +discípulos..." Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ verdade da Palavra de Deus. vento violento. " para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". "Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as Escrituras nem o poder de Deus" Mt 22.29 @@ -251,41 +251,41 @@ espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" Não só um pouquinho! -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." +Ec 12.11 "As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos +bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não +há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne." Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
              John R. W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso,Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107 The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and -ephapax. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation. +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107 A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o +advérbio hapax e +ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Versão +Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi +feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a +fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos +diz, "Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por +todas" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). +Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a +redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das +tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foramsola +scriptura para nossa autoridade e sola +gratia para nossa salvação.
              -Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana. diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 2b9648e..db5040d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,89 +1,92 @@ -Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) -We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. +Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) +Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor +original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, +somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que +nenhuma escritura é de particular interpretação (2 Pe 1.20 sabendo +primeiramente isto: que nenhuma profecia da Escritura é de particular +interpretação) Certas regras são úteis para descobrimos o +significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários +problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 ...nas quais há +pontos difíceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o +fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição -How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind: +Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que +nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é +claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente: -
              Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras -The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps: +
              Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras. +Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado +das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos: Definição - Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial. + Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial. Referencia Cruzada - Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning. + Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou +hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a +esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou +essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de +referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos +também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é +bom o suficiente? Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser +traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter +significados diferentes.
              Exemplo 1A -Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991). +Jo 20.17 "Deixa de me tocar" parece áspero, não? Parece +que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era +muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em +The Complete Word Study New Testament, de Spiros +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991). -Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found? +Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se +à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição +(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de +um objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de +pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo". Agora +vejamos "pim". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de +Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que "pim" significa "presente imperativo +ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um +comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação +contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer +alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos? Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!
              Exemplo 1B -In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing? -Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851) +Em Tiago 5.14, "Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da +igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +Senhor". Que unção é essa? +Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe +outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou +esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" +(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado +participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação +simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o +verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851). Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça - Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo + Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo. Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam +os curavam. Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus cabelos @@ -104,44 +107,45 @@ Deus Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as definições e note a diferença: "Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual. +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual -As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões +ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos +tempos de Jesus. Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 "Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor". Essa unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática! -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, +então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 +está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar +por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o +espiritual em nosso Deus!
              Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico -Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further. +Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos +vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se +adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o +que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a +chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós +interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.
              Exemplo 2A Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do Espírito". Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui? -Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth. +Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do +tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma +troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação +está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento +natural.
              Exemplo 2B 1 Co 14.34 as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas deve ser @@ -149,15 +153,16 @@ considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 Mas toda mulher que ora ou profetiza....
              Exemplo 2C -Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]". Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? +Atos 2.38 Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um +de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados..." está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir +isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em +Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o +batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o +batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter +escrito 1 Co 1.17 "Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas +para pregar o evangelho"?
              @@ -165,50 +170,51 @@ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"?
              Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural -At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but -What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, -What does it mean to me?. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients. +Nós não começamos perguntando O que isso significa para mim?, +mas O que isso significou para os leitores originais?; depois +nós podemos nos perguntar O que isso significa para mim?. Nós +devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos +destinatários. -
              Exemplo 3A 3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction. -We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble. +
              Exemplo 3A 3 dias e 3 noites (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria +da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à +tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não +ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição. +Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de +um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se +existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, +mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, +qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as +6h e terminavam às 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado +18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto +no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.
              -
              Exemplo 3BGen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant. +
              Exemplo 3BGn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de +Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento +podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, +somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.
              Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem -Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings. +Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.
              Exemplo 4A -olhos maus em Mt 6.23 -Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!! -What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. +olhos maus em Mt 6.23. +Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. +Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não +combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós +não estamos entendendo corretamente!!! +O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, olho +mau. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: "Não +me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu +sou bom?" Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma +expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos +como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.
              Exemplo 4B @@ -216,17 +222,17 @@ notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context. Dt 33.27 O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços eternos -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust. W.M. said, By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos +Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as +pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar +deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons +desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de +versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um +versículo, Sl 91.4 "Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das +suas asas encontras refúgio". W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de +interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês +também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que +eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula.
              @@ -237,26 +243,27 @@ parábola e uma alegoria significado Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso? -Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine. +Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma +alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, +etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para +ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; +elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos +fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a +ilustra, ótimo.
              Exemplo 5A -The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have? +A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que +nós teremos? Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.
              Exemplo 5B -The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? -The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. +A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria? +O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook index 48ef931..c606694 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ 2001-2009 - The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info) + Time do &bibletime;, (info@bibletime.info) @@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por +AA). @@ -49,16 +50,16 @@ indicated. Resumo - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. + O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia. - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a +estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular +foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor +mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index d107bdc..818fe76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus

              Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

              Ouvir

              Lc 11.28 “Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a -palavra de Deus, e a observam.”

              Ler

              Ap 1.3 “Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as -palavras desta profecia.. ”

              1 Tm 4.13 “aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino” -

              Estudo

              At 17.11 “Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus

              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus

              Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas +escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em +nossas mentes.

              Ouvir

              Lc 11.28 “Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.”

              Ler

              Ap 1.3 “Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. ”

              1 Tm 4.13 “aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino” +

              Estudo

              At 17.11 “Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. ” -

              2 Tm 2.15 “Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. ” +

              2 Tm 2.15 “Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da -verdade.”

              Memorizar

              Sl 119.11 “Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra -ti.”

              Meditar

              Sl 1.2-3 “Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos +verdade.”

              Memorizar

              Sl 119.11 “Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra +ti.”

              Meditar

              Sl 1.2-3 “Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. ” -

              The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Principal Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              +de dia e noite. ” +

              Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos +quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo +precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +Bíblia.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Principal Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 27d77ee..3527d1f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ -Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18

              Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

              1. Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado

              O que “fazer as vossas boas obras” significa? A passagem dá +Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18

              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18

              Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? +Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se +está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o +numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:

              1. Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado

              O que “fazer as vossas boas obras” significa? A passagem dá algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? -Nossas motivações! Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?

              1. Quando você oferta

              2. Quando você jejua

              3. Quando você ora

              Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar -maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:

              1. Quando você oferta -

                1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “sound a trumpet” -today?)

                2. faça-o em secreto

                3. etc.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Bases da Interpretação Correta Principal Como usar uma concordância
              +Nossas motivações! Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?

              1. Quando você oferta

              2. Quando você jejua

              3. Quando você ora

              Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:

              1. Quando você oferta +

                1. não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem “toca a trombeta”?)

                2. faça-o em secreto.

                3. etc.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Bases da Interpretação Correta Principal Como usar uma concordância
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 6db902c..fb784a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Bases da Interpretação Correta
              Bases da Interpretação Correta
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Bases da Interpretação Correta

              Conteúdo

              O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definições. Não leia o que não é dito.

              Contexto

              O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +Bases da Interpretação Correta

              Bases da Interpretação Correta
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Bases da Interpretação Correta

              Conteúdo

              O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.

              Contexto

              O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.

              Referencia Cruzada

              O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +passagem e livro.

              Referencia Cruzada

              O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico Principal Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html index d4bd4a7..94dc6bb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico

              Estudo de Tópicos

              Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma -concordância.

              Estudo de Personagem

              Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.

              Estudo Expositivo

              Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus Principal Bases da Interpretação Correta
              +Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico

              Estudo de Tópicos

              Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.

              Estudo de Personagem

              Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.

              Estudo Expositivo

              Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus Principal Bases da Interpretação Correta
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 7b65383..b11e382 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -Como usar uma concordância
              Como usar uma concordância
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Como usar uma concordância

              Para encontrar um versículo particular

              1. Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo

              2. Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente

              3. Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo

              Encontre esses versículos: -

              1. “Faithful are the wounds of a friend”

              2. “We are ambassadors of Christ.”

              3. A história do rico e de Lázaro

              -

              Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos

              Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

              Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico

              Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 “Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados” e 1 Co -2.15 “Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas”. Talvez +Como usar uma concordância

              Como usar uma concordância
              Anterior Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico Próxima

              Como usar uma concordância

              Para encontrar um versículo particular

              1. Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.

              2. Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.

              3. Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.

              Encontre esses versículos: +

              1. “Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo”

              2. “Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo”

              3. A história do rico e de Lázaro.

              +

              Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos

              Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra +"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e +procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras +relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, +resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado."

              Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico

              Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 “Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados” e 1 Co +2.15 “Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas”. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui).

              1. Procure "julgar"

              2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

              3. Agora procure "julgado"

              4. Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350

              5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

              Encontre o significado dos nomes

              Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego -ou hebraico.

              Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:

              • Nabal

              • Abigail

              • Josué

              • Barnabé

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 Principal Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)
              +daqui).

              1. Procure "julgar".

              2. Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. A direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.

              3. Agora procure "julgado".

              4. Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.

              5. Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a +língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o +significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta!

              Encontre o significado dos nomes

              Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.

              Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:

              • Nabal

              • Abigail

              • Josué

              • Barnabé

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 Principal Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html index c837a4a..db2541d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
              Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
              Anterior   Próxima

              Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico

              Índice

              Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
              Ouvir
              Ler
              Estudo
              Memorizar
              Meditar
              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              Estudo de Tópicos
              Estudo de Personagem
              Estudo Expositivo
              Bases da Interpretação Correta
              Conteúdo
              Contexto
              Referencia Cruzada
              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
              Como usar uma concordância
              Para encontrar um versículo particular
              Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
              Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
              Encontre o significado dos nomes

              Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia

              -

               

              You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.

              		 
               --Jn.5:39-40

              -

              The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby”; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -

               

              The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]

              Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico

              Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
              Anterior   Próxima

              Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico

              Índice

              Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
              Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
              Ouvir
              Ler
              Estudo
              Memorizar
              Meditar
              Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
              Estudo de Tópicos
              Estudo de Personagem
              Estudo Expositivo
              Bases da Interpretação Correta
              Conteúdo
              Contexto
              Referencia Cruzada
              Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
              Como usar uma concordância
              Para encontrar um versículo particular
              Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
              Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
              Encontre o significado dos nomes

              Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia

              +

               

              Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.

              		 
               --Jn.5:39-40

              +

              O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +disse “nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê”, então no +estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus. +

               

              Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados

              Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.

              		 
               --John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.
              Anterior   Próxima
              Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica Principal Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index b8c4792..5cf2d66 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,30 +1,29 @@ -Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
              Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Um Livro Inpirado por Deus

              Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and -active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), -"It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. +Um Livro Inpirado por Deus

              Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Um Livro Inpirado por Deus

              Hb 4.12"Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +eficaz..." Jesus disse (Mt 4.4), +"Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra +que sai da boca de Deus". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.

              2 Tm 3.16 declara "Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.

               

              He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.

               

              Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou +'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis +2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele +disse, 'Bem profetizou Isaías acerca de vós, hipócritas, como está escrito:' +quando Ele se referia a uma fala direta do Senhor Deus (Mc 7.6 & Is +29.13). É de Jesus mesmo que os autores do Novo Testamento haviam ganhado +convicção da dupla autoria das Escrituras. Para eles era verdade tanto dizer +'Havendo Deus antigamente falado muitas vezes, e de muitas maneiras, aos +pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus +falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma +forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram +de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...

              -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

              		 
               --John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora +Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de +Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso.

              		 
               --John R.W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95

              2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra". Se nós diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 12f423c..51ac30c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exortações

              Exortações
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Exortações

              +Exortações

              Exortações
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Exortações

              2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade"

              @@ -7,9 +7,8 @@ ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e c espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações"

              Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?

              Não só um pouquinho!

              -Eccl.12:11-12 "The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body." +Ec 12.11 "As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos +bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não +há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne."

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Um Livro que Luta Principal Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index f0d316f..9edf186 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -Um Livro que Liberta
              Um Livro que Liberta
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Um Livro que Liberta

              -Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... "

              Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +Um Livro que Liberta

              Um Livro que Liberta
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Um Livro que Liberta

              +Jo 8.32 "e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa +incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a +resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "Se vós +permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus +discípulos..."

              Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.

              A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um vento violento. " para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".

              "Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as -Escrituras nem o poder de Deus" Mt 22.29

              Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?

              • Palavra de Deus

              • Poder de Deus

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Um Livro que Funciona Principal Um Livro que Luta
              +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".

              "Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus" Mt 22.29

              Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?

              • Palavra de Deus

              • Poder de Deus

              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Um Livro que Funciona Principal Um Livro que Luta
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html index a76f357..919d31a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
              Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"

               

              The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -hapax and -ephapax. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"Christ also died for sins once for all" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).

              -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola -scriptura for our authority and sola -gratia for our salvation.

              		 
               --John R. W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso,Editora +Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
              Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"

               

              A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o +advérbio hapax e +ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Versão +Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi +feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a +fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos +diz, "Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por +todas" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).

              +Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a +redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das +tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foramsola +scriptura para nossa autoridade e sola +gratia para nossa salvação.

              		 
               --John R. W. Stott, Cristo o Controverso,Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107
              Anterior Acima Próxima
              Exortações Principal Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
              diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 49924a0..3c928ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
              Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
              Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

              Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

              Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

              1. Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.

              2. Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente -ao dia do mês.

              3. Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.

              4. Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por -dia.

              5. Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo +Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

                Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
                Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

                Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

                Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! +

                1. Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.

                2. Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.

                3. Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.

                4. Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por +dia.

                5. Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" Principal Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 0282719..da0cb88 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Um Livro que Luta
                Um Livro que Luta
                Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

                Um Livro que Luta

                +Um Livro que Luta

                Um Livro que Luta
                Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

                Um Livro que Luta

                Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.

                Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual

                PerguntaResposta
                Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?5
                Quantas são para atacar?One
                Qual? a palavra - rhema

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Um Livro que Liberta Principal Exortações
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8b15cc5..cc4d7fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Um Livro que Funciona
                Um Livro que Funciona
                Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

                Um Livro que Funciona

                +Um Livro que Funciona

                Um Livro que Funciona
                Anterior Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus Próxima

                Um Livro que Funciona

                O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia "opera em vós que credes". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz: +escreva o que a Palavra faz.

                Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?

                ReferênciaAção
                Ef 5.25 santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela palavra"
                At 20.32 -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"
                Rm 15.4 diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html index c899c43..a9f6f06 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ -Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
                Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
                Anterior   Próxima

                Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus

                Índice

                Um Livro que é Único
                Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
                Um Livro que Funciona
                Um Livro que Liberta
                Um Livro que Luta
                Exortações
                Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
                Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

                Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

                Um Livro que é Único

                The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

                • -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

                • -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

                • -preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents -Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: +Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus

                  Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
                  Anterior   Próxima

                  Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus

                  Índice

                  Um Livro que é Único
                  Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
                  Um Livro que Funciona
                  Um Livro que Liberta
                  Um Livro que Luta
                  Exortações
                  Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
                  Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica

                  Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.

                  Um Livro que é Único

                  A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:

                  • +Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! +

                  • +Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita +por uma única pessoa. +

                  • +Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +confiáveis? compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros +textos antigos:

                  Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.

                  TextoQuando foi EscritoCópia mais recenteDiferença de TempoNúmero de Cópias
                  Herodotus448-428 A.C.900 D.C.1300 anos8
                  Tacitus100 D.C.1100 D.C.1000 anos20
                  Caesar's Gallic War50-58 A.C.900 D.C.950 anos10
                  Livy's História Romana59 A.C. - 17 D.C.900 D.C.900 anos20
                  Novo Testamento40 D.C. - 100 D.C.130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos30 - 310 anos5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim -

                  Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!

                   

                  "Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."

                  		 
                   --Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life -p. 25-26
                  Anterior   Próxima
                  Estudo Bíblico HowTo Principal Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
                  +

                Existem dez copias de Caesar's Gallaic War, a mais nova +foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. Para o Novo +Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 D.C., papiro contendo +a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 D.C. e fragmentos do evangelho de +João de 130 D.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar uns com os +outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!

                 

                "Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."

                		 
                 --Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em Questões da Vida +p. 25-26
                Anterior   Próxima
                Estudo Bíblico HowTo Principal Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html index 34bbc37..78a5925 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,23 @@ -Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) Próxima

                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico

                Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

                Exemplo 2A

                Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do -Espírito". Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?

                Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

                Exemplo 2B

                1 Co 14.34 “as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas” deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....”

                Exemplo 2C

                Acts 2:38 “And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 "For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"? -

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) Principal Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                +Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico

                Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos +vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se +adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o +que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a +chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós +interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.

                Exemplo 2A

                Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 "nascer da água e do +Espírito". Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?

                Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do +tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma +troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação +está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento +natural.

                Exemplo 2B

                1 Co 14.34 “as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas” deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....”

                Exemplo 2C

                Atos 2.38 “Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um +de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados..."” está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir +isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em +Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o +batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o +batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter +escrito 1 Co 1.17 "Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas +para pregar o evangelho"? +

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Principal Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 8243d09..715f8d6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) Próxima

                Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural

                -At first we are not asking “What does it mean to me?” but -“What did it mean to the original readers?”; later we can ask, -“What does it mean to me?”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

                Exemplo 3A

                “3 days & 3 nights” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.

                We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

                Exemplo 3B

                Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico Principal Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                +Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

                Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural

                +Nós não começamos perguntando “O que isso significa para mim?”, +mas “O que isso significou para os leitores originais?”; depois +nós podemos nos perguntar “O que isso significa para mim?”. Nós +devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos +destinatários.

                Exemplo 3A

                “3 dias e 3 noites” (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria +da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à +tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não +ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.

                Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de +um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se +existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, +mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, +qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as +6h e terminavam às 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado +18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto +no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.

                Exemplo 3B

                Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de +Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento +podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, +somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico Principal Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 64e7208..a27fd38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,23 +1,24 @@ -Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) Próxima

                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem

                Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

                Exemplo 4A

                “olhos maus” em Mt 6.23

                Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

                What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “evil eye”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

                Exemplo 4B

                Is 59.1 “Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida”

                Dt 33.27 “O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços -eternos”

                -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust”. W.M. said, “By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem

                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) Próxima

                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem

                Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.

                Exemplo 4A

                “olhos maus” em Mt 6.23.

                Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. +Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não +combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós +não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!

                O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, “olho +mau”. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: "Não +me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu +sou bom?" Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma +expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos +como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.

                Exemplo 4B

                Is 59.1 “Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida”

                Dt 33.27 “O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos”

                +Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos +Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as +pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar +deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons +desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de +versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um +versículo, Sl 91.4 "Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das +suas asas encontras refúgio". W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de +interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês +também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que +eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula.

                Anterior Acima Próxima
                Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural Principal Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 834a3d1..ed13cd6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
                Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) 

                Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
                Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria
                Anterior Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) 

                Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria

                Uma alegoria é: uma história onde cada elemento tem um -significado

                Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?

                Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

                Exemplo 5A

                The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?

                Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.

                Exemplo 5B

                The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory?

                The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

                Anterior Acima 
                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem Principal 
                +significado

                Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?

                Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma +alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, +etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para +ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; +elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos +fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a +ilustra, ótimo.

                Exemplo 5A

                A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que +nós teremos?

                Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.

                Exemplo 5B

                A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria?

                O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.

                Anterior Acima 
                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem Principal 
                diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html index 9ab4638..41b6c51 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,73 @@ -Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)
                Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)
                Anterior   Próxima

                Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)

                Índice

                Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras
                Exemplo 1A
                Exemplo 1B
                Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                Exemplo 2A
                Exemplo 2B
                Exemplo 2C
                Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                Exemplo 3A
                Exemplo 3B
                Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                Exemplo 4A
                Exemplo 4B
                Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria
                Exemplo 5A
                Exemplo 5B

                We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.”

                How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

                Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras

                The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

                1. Definição. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

                2. Referencia Cruzada. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

                Exemplo 1A

                Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New -Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991).

                Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

                Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

                Exemplo 1B

                In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick. What is this anointing?

                Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

                • Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: -

                  1. Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça

                  2. Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo

                  3. Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam

                  4. Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo

                  5. Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos

                • Referencia Cruzada de chrio: -

                  1. Lc 4.18 “ O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para -anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]”

                  2. At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]

                  3. At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder

                  4. 2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)

                    Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
                    Anterior   Próxima

                    Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)

                    Índice

                    Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.
                    Exemplo 1A
                    Exemplo 1B
                    Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                    Exemplo 2A
                    Exemplo 2B
                    Exemplo 2C
                    Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                    Exemplo 3A
                    Exemplo 3B
                    Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                    Exemplo 4A
                    Exemplo 4B
                    Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria
                    Exemplo 5A
                    Exemplo 5B

                    Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor +original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, +somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que +nenhuma escritura é de particular interpretação (2 Pe 1.20 “sabendo +primeiramente isto: que nenhuma profecia da Escritura é de particular +interpretação”) Certas regras são úteis para descobrimos o +significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários +problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 “...nas quais há +pontos difíceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o +fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição”

                    Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que +nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é +claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:

                    Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.

                    Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado +das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:

                    1. Definição. Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial.

                    2. Referencia Cruzada. Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou +hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a +esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou +essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de +referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos +também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é +bom o suficiente? Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser +traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter +significados diferentes.

                    Exemplo 1A

                    Jo 20.17 "Deixa de me tocar" parece áspero, não? Parece +que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era +muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em +The Complete Word Study New Testament, de Spiros +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).

                    Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se +à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição +(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de +um objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de +pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo". Agora +vejamos "pim". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de +Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que "pim" significa "presente imperativo +ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um +comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação +contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer +alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?

                    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

                    Exemplo 1B

                    Em Tiago 5.14, "Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da +igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +Senhor". Que unção é essa?

                    Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe +outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou +esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" +(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado +participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação +simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o +verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).

                    • Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: +

                      1. Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça

                      2. Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.

                      3. Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam.

                      4. Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo

                      5. Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos

                    • Referencia Cruzada de chrio: +

                      1. Lc 4.18 “ O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]”

                      2. At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]

                      3. At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder

                      4. 2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é Deus

                    Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as definições e note a diferença: "Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual.

                    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual

                    Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões +ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos +tempos de Jesus.

                    Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 "Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor". Essa unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!

                    -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, +então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 +está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar +por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o +espiritual em nosso Deus!

                    Anterior   Próxima
                    Como usar uma concordância Principal Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html index aff6785..5ffec2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ -Estudo Bíblico HowTo
                    Estudo Bíblico HowTo
                       Próxima

                    Estudo Bíblico HowTo

                    Bob Harman

                    The BibleTime team

                    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

                    +Estudo Bíblico HowTo

                    Estudo Bíblico HowTo
                       Próxima

                    Estudo Bíblico HowTo

                    Bob Harman

                    The BibleTime team

                    Copyright © 2001-2009 Time do BibleTime, (info@bibletime.info)

                    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

                    - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. -

                    Resumo

                    - The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the -Bible. + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por +AA). +

                    Resumo

                    + O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia.

                    - It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. -

                    Índice

                    1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
                    Um Livro que é Único
                    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
                    Um Livro que Funciona
                    Um Livro que Liberta
                    Um Livro que Luta
                    Exortações
                    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
                    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
                    2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
                    Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
                    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
                    Ouvir
                    Ler
                    Estudo
                    Memorizar
                    Meditar
                    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
                    Estudo de Tópicos
                    Estudo de Personagem
                    Estudo Expositivo
                    Bases da Interpretação Correta
                    Conteúdo
                    Contexto
                    Referencia Cruzada
                    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
                    Como usar uma concordância
                    Para encontrar um versículo particular
                    Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
                    Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
                    Encontre o significado dos nomes
                    3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)
                    Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras
                    Exemplo 1A
                    Exemplo 1B
                    Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                    Exemplo 2A
                    Exemplo 2B
                    Exemplo 2C
                    Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                    Exemplo 3A
                    Exemplo 3B
                    Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                    Exemplo 4A
                    Exemplo 4B
                    Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma + A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a +estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular +foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor +mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. +

                    Índice

                    1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
                    Um Livro que é Único
                    Um Livro Inpirado por Deus
                    Um Livro que Funciona
                    Um Livro que Liberta
                    Um Livro que Luta
                    Exortações
                    Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"
                    Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica
                    2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico
                    Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia
                    Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus
                    Ouvir
                    Ler
                    Estudo
                    Memorizar
                    Meditar
                    Tipos de Estudo Bíblico
                    Estudo de Tópicos
                    Estudo de Personagem
                    Estudo Expositivo
                    Bases da Interpretação Correta
                    Conteúdo
                    Contexto
                    Referencia Cruzada
                    Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18
                    Como usar uma concordância
                    Para encontrar um versículo particular
                    Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos
                    Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico
                    Encontre o significado dos nomes
                    3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)
                    Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.
                    Exemplo 1A
                    Exemplo 1B
                    Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico
                    Exemplo 2A
                    Exemplo 2B
                    Exemplo 2C
                    Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural
                    Exemplo 3A
                    Exemplo 3B
                    Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem
                    Exemplo 4A
                    Exemplo 4B
                    Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria
                    Exemplo 5A
                    Exemplo 5B

                    Lista de Tabelas

                    1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.
                    1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?
                    1.3. Armadura Espiritual
                       Próxima
                       Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index dacb598..aeec26d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -Приближение к Слову Божьему
                    Приближение к Слову Божьему
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Приближение к Слову Божьему

                    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +Приближение к Слову Божьему

                    Приближение к Слову Божьему
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Приближение к Слову Божьему

                    Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.

                    Слышать

                    Lk.11:28 «blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.»

                    Читать

                    Rev.1:3 «Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]»

                    1 Tim.4:13 «give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]» -

                    Изучать

                    Acts 17:11 «Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.

                    Слышать

                    Lk.11:28 «blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.»

                    Читать

                    Rev.1:3 «Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]»

                    1 Tim.4:13 «give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]» +

                    Изучать

                    Acts 17:11 «Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.» -

                    2 Tim.2:15 «Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.» +

                    2 Tim.2:15 «Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.»

                    Запоминать

                    Ps.119:11 «Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.»

                    Размышлять

                    Ps.1:2-3 «But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.»

                    Запоминать

                    Ps.119:11 «Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.»

                    Размышлять

                    Ps.1:2-3 «But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.» +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.»

                    The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index a83128b..5d3e3dd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18

                    Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18

                    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18

                    Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18

                    Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:

                    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

                    What does «practicing your righteousness» mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:

                    1. Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed

                    What does «practicing your righteousness» mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

                    1. When you give

                    2. When you fast

                    3. When you pray

                    Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных -путей проявления своей праведности:

                    1. When you give -

                      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a trumpet» -today?)

                      2. do it secretly.

                      3. etc.

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Основы правильного истолкования Начало Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                    +Our motives! What sub-headings develop this thought?

                    1. When you give

                    2. When you fast

                    3. When you pray

                    Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:

                    1. When you give +

                      1. don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «sound a trumpet» +today?)

                      2. do it secretly.

                      3. etc.

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Основы правильного истолкования Начало Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ee6b97a..f294910 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Основы правильного истолкования
                    Основы правильного истолкования
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Основы правильного истолкования

                    Содержание

                    Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.

                    Контекст

                    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +Основы правильного истолкования

                    Основы правильного истолкования
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Основы правильного истолкования

                    Содержание

                    Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.

                    Контекст

                    What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.

                    Перекрёстные ссылки

                    Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +book.

                    Перекрёстные ссылки

                    Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест Писания.

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Типы изучения Библии Начало Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index 638825a..cd7f1e5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Типы изучения Библии
                    Типы изучения Библии
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Типы изучения Библии

                    Тематическое изучение

                    Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.

                    Изучение действующих лиц

                    Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.

                    Экспозиционное изучение

                    Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Приближение к Слову Божьему Начало Основы правильного истолкования
                    +Типы изучения Библии
                    Типы изучения Библии
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Типы изучения Библии

                    Тематическое изучение

                    Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.

                    Изучение действующих лиц

                    Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.

                    Экспозиционное изучение

                    Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Приближение к Слову Божьему Начало Основы правильного истолкования
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 3d59ac7..4c20b40 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                    Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией

                    Чтобы найти определённый стих

                    1. Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.

                    2. Найдите это слово по алфавиту.

                    3. Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.

                    Find these verses: -

                    1. «Faithful are the wounds of a friend»

                    2. «We are ambassadors of Christ.»

                    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

                    -

                    Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование

                    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией

                    Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                    Пред. Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии След.

                    Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией

                    Чтобы найти определённый стих

                    1. Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.

                    2. Найдите это слово по алфавиту.

                    3. Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.

                    Find these verses: +

                    1. «Faithful are the wounds of a friend»

                    2. «We are ambassadors of Christ.»

                    3. The story of the rich man and Lazarus.

                    +

                    Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование

                    Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought."

                    Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке

                    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge -not lest you be judged» and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought."

                    Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке

                    What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «Judge +not lest you be judged» and 1 Cor.2:15 «He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.)

                    1. Look up "judge".

                    2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                    3. Now look up "judgeth".

                    4. Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.

                    5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.)

                      1. Look up "judge".

                      2. Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.

                      3. Now look up "judgeth".

                      4. Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.

                      5. Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

                    Чтобы найти значения имён

                    Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.

                    Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:

                    • Навал (Nabal)

                    • Авигея (Abigail)

                    • Иисус Навин (Joshua)

                    • Варнава (Barnabus)

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
                    +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!

                Чтобы найти значения имён

                Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.

                Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:

                • Навал (Nabal)

                • Авигея (Abigail)

                • Иисус Навин (Joshua)

                • Варнава (Barnabus)

                Пред. Уровень выше След.
                Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 Начало Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
                diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index 457a194..ef3f299 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
                Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
                Пред.   След.

                Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии

                Содержание

                Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии
                Приближение к Слову Божьему
                Слышать
                Читать
                Изучать
                Запоминать
                Размышлять
                Типы изучения Библии
                Тематическое изучение
                Изучение действующих лиц
                Экспозиционное изучение
                Основы правильного истолкования
                Содержание
                Контекст
                Перекрёстные ссылки
                Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
                Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                Чтобы найти определённый стих
                Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование
                Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке
                Чтобы найти значения имён

                Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии

                +Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии

                Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
                Пред.   След.

                Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии

                Содержание

                Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии
                Приближение к Слову Божьему
                Слышать
                Читать
                Изучать
                Запоминать
                Размышлять
                Типы изучения Библии
                Тематическое изучение
                Изучение действующих лиц
                Экспозиционное изучение
                Основы правильного истолкования
                Содержание
                Контекст
                Перекрёстные ссылки
                Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18
                Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией
                Чтобы найти определённый стих
                Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование
                Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке
                Чтобы найти значения имён

                Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии

                 

                You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.

                		 
                 --Jn.5:39-40

                The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said «we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby»; just +said «we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby»; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.

                 

                The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 7c17054..77d5077 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

                Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

                Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and +Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

                Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Книга, вдохновлённая Богом

                Heb.4:12 "For the word of God is living and active... " Jesus said (Mt.4:4), "It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God." diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 075ff3a..7a1744a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Увещевания

                Увещевания
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Увещевания

                +Увещевания

                Увещевания
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Увещевания

                2 Тим.2:15 "Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины."

                diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b45617c..7c8dc7c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Книга, которая освобождает

                Книга, которая освобождает
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Книга, которая освобождает

                +Книга, которая освобождает

                Книга, которая освобождает
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Книга, которая освобождает

                Jn.8:32 "and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... "

                Как види&# ветер. "Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения..." Изучение Библии даёт нам укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть".

                Иисус сказал им в ответ: "заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией" Мтф.22:29.

                Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?

                • Божье Слово

                • Божья Сила

                Пред. Уровень выше След.
                Действенная Книга Начало Книга, которая воюет
                +зная Писаний, ни силы Божией" Мтф.22:29.

                Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?

                • Божье Слово

                • Божья Сила

                Пред. Уровень выше След.
                Действенная Книга Начало Книга, которая воюет
                diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index 4c34cf8..de485ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
                Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Приложение: "Однажды для всех"

                 

                The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +Приложение: "Однажды для всех"

                Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Приложение: "Однажды для всех"

                 

                The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4035bd3..f5d5688 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

                Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

                Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

                Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

                Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -

                1. Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.

                2. Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу -месяца.

                3. Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например -20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.

                4. Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной -главе в день.

                5. Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +

                  1. Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.

                  2. Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца.

                  3. Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.

                  4. Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.

                  5. Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.

                Пред. Уровень выше След.
                Приложение: "Однажды для всех" Начало Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии
                diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index c33f434..7acd0e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Книга, которая воюет
                Книга, которая воюет
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Книга, которая воюет

                +Книга, которая воюет

                Книга, которая воюет
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Книга, которая воюет

                В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.

                Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие

                ВопросОтвет
                Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?5
                Сколько для нападения?One
                Какое? слово - рхема (rhema)

                Пред. Уровень выше След.
                Книга, которая освобождает Начало Увещевания
                diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 849e41e..9407533 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Действенная Книга
                Действенная Книга
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Действенная Книга

                +Действенная Книга

                Действенная Книга
                Пред. Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего След.

                Действенная Книга

                Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия "действует в вас, верующих." Рядом с каждым отрывком, запишите действие, которое производит Слово. diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index 9db3f46..2465f49 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

                Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
                Пред.   След.

                Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

                Содержание

                Уникальная Книга
                Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
                Действенная Книга
                Книга, которая освобождает
                Книга, которая воюет
                Увещевания
                Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
                Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

                Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

                Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего
                Пред.   След.

                Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего

                Содержание

                Уникальная Книга
                Книга, вдохновлённая Богом
                Действенная Книга
                Книга, которая освобождает
                Книга, которая воюет
                Увещевания
                Приложение: "Однажды для всех"
                Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии

                Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.

                Уникальная Книга

                The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

                • +communicate with God.

                  Уникальная Книга

                  The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:

                  • popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -

                  • +

                  • authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -

                  • +

                  • preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index 9f8f419..1832764 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

                    Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

                    Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

                    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

                    Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

                    Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте

                    Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.

                    Пример 2А

                    В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 "рождённый от воды и +within its context, we have to look further.

                    Пример 2А

                    В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 "рождённый от воды и Духа". В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?

                    Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

                    Пример 2Б

                    1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches» has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]»

                    Пример 2В

                    Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.

                    Пример 2Б

                    1 Cor.14:34 «Let the women keep silent in the churches» has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]»

                    Пример 2В

                    Acts 2:38 «And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3df1231..b5e8b4e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

                    -At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?» but -«What did it mean to the original readers?»; later we can ask, -«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

                    Пример 3А

                    «3 days & 3 nights» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте

                    +At first we are not asking «What does it mean to me?» but +«What did it mean to the original readers?»; later we can ask, +«What does it mean to me?». We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.

                    Пример 3А

                    «3 days & 3 nights» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.

                    Пример 3Б

                    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.

                    Пример 3Б

                    Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 9090e6d..b4e8408 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

                    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

                    Пример 4А

                    «evil eye» in Mt.6:23.

                    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) След.

                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке

                    Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.

                    Пример 4А

                    «evil eye» in Mt.6:23.

                    Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

                    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!

                    What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «evil eye». Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

                    Пример 4Б

                    Is.59:1 «The Lord's hand is not short;»

                    Deut.33:27 «Underneath are the everlasting arms.»

                    +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.

                    Пример 4Б

                    Is.59:1 «The Lord's hand is not short;»

                    Deut.33:27 «Underneath are the everlasting arms.»

                    References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of Kingdom of the Cults) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 «He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 «He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust». W.M. said, «By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.

                    Пред. Уровень выше След.
                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте Начало Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index d455321..7397d05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
                    Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) 

                    Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией

                    An allegory is: A story where each element has a +Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией

                    Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
                    Пред. Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) 

                    Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией

                    An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning.

                    Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?

                    Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

                    Пример 5А

                    The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.

                    Пример 5А

                    The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?

                    Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.

                    Пример 5Б

                    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.

                    Пример 5Б

                    The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?

                    The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.

                    Пред. Уровень выше 
                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке Начало 
                    diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index ee9966a..25c506d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ -Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
                    Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
                    Пред.   След.

                    Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)

                    Содержание

                    Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.
                    Пример 1А
                    Example 1B
                    Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
                    Пример 2А
                    Пример 2Б
                    Пример 2В
                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
                    Пример 3А
                    Пример 3Б
                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
                    Пример 4А
                    Пример 4Б
                    Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
                    Пример 5А
                    Пример 5Б

                    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)

                    Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)
                    Пред.   След.

                    Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)

                    Содержание

                    Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.
                    Пример 1А
                    Example 1B
                    Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте
                    Пример 2А
                    Пример 2Б
                    Пример 2В
                    Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте
                    Пример 3А
                    Пример 3Б
                    Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке
                    Пример 4А
                    Пример 4Б
                    Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией
                    Пример 5А
                    Пример 5Б

                    We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

                    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.»

                    How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

                    Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.

                    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:

                    Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.

                    The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:

                    1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.

                    2. Перекрёстные ссылки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:

                      1. Definition. Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.

                      2. Перекрёстные ссылки. Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.

                      Пример 1А

                      Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.

                    Пример 1А

                    Jn.20:17 "Touch me not" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

                    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

                    Example 1B

                    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?

                    Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!

                    Example 1B

                    In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick. What is this anointing?

                    Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

                    • Cross-references for aleipho: -

                      1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                      2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                      3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.

                      4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                      5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

                    • Cross-references of chrio: -

                      1. Lk.4:18 «The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]»

                      2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                      3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                      4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

                    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)

                    • Cross-references for aleipho: +

                      1. Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head

                      2. Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.

                      3. Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.

                      4. Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume

                      5. Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair

                    • Cross-references of chrio: +

                      1. Lk.4:18 «The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]»

                      2. Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed

                      3. Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power

                      4. 2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God

                    So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual

                    As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index 7ed009a..6a01b36 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Как изучать Библию

                    Как изучать Библию
                       След.

                    Как изучать Библию

                    Bob Harman

                    The BibleTime team

                    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

                    +Как изучать Библию

                    Как изучать Библию
                       След.

                    Как изучать Библию

                    Bob Harman

                    The BibleTime team

                    Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of BibleTime (info@bibletime.info)

                    This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".

                    Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. -

                    Резюме

                    +

                    Резюме

                    The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible.

                    diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po index f008311..f3b3a5e 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-cs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-01 21:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-17 21:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jan BÄ›lohoubek \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -43,15 +43,17 @@ msgid "" " Settings " "Configure &bibletime;." msgstr "" -"Uživatelské rozhraní programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha smÄ›rech, v " -"závislosti na vaÅ¡ich potÅ™ebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete pÅ™istoupit " -"výbÄ›rem Nastavení " +"Uživatelské rozhraní programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha " +"smÄ›rech, v závislosti na vaÅ¡ich potÅ™ebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete " +"pÅ™istoupit výbÄ›rem Nastavení " "Natavit &bibletime;." # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19 -msgid "The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" -msgstr "Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuÅ¡tÄ›ní. Vyberte z následujících možností:" +msgid "" +"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuÅ¡tÄ›ní. Vyberte z následujících možností:" # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:23 @@ -87,10 +89,10 @@ msgid "" "displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for " "each language." msgstr "" -"V základním nastavení používá &bibletime; výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je to " -"nezbytné, můžete to zmÄ›nit. NÄ›které jazyky vyžadují pro správné " -"zobrazení speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo " -"pro každý jazyk." +"V základním nastavení používá &bibletime; výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je " +"to nezbytné, můžete to zmÄ›nit. NÄ›které jazyky vyžadují pro správné zobrazení " +"speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo pro každý " +"jazyk." # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:48 @@ -181,8 +183,8 @@ msgstr "LokalizaÄní balíÄky vaší distribuce." # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 msgid "" -"An existing Microsoft Windowsinstallation on the same computer." +"An existing Microsoft Windows " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" "Existující instalace Microsoft Windows na stejném poÄítaÄi." @@ -217,7 +219,8 @@ msgstr "Písma Unicode" # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119 -msgid "Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." +msgid "" +"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." msgstr "Možná nejlepší svobodné písmo Unicode, pokrývá Å¡iroký výbÄ›r znaků." # type: Content of:
                    @@ -252,12 +255,14 @@ msgstr "Clearlyu" # type: Content of:
                    #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:156 msgid "Included in some distributions. Contains European, Greek, Hebrew, Thai." -msgstr "Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské." +msgstr "" +"Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské." # type: Content of:
                    #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:164 msgid "Partial coverage, see information on linked site." -msgstr "ČásteÄnÄ› odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku." +msgstr "" +"ČásteÄnÄ› odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku." # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:170 @@ -282,11 +287,11 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." msgstr "" -"Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v &bibletime; " -"uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost " +"Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžete nyní v &bibletime; " +"nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost " "vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno " "odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu \"křížových" "\" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, Äasopis zobrazí náhled obsahu " @@ -398,8 +403,8 @@ msgid "" "Books available include \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and " "\"Josephus: The Complete Works\"" msgstr "" -"Dostupné knihy jsou \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", a" -"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\"" +"Dostupné knihy jsou \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", a\"Josephus: " +"The Complete Works\"" # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:47 @@ -514,40 +519,42 @@ msgstr "Okno aplikace &bibletime;" # type: Content of: #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on " -"the right side is where you do your real work." -msgstr "" -"Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Knihovna na levé " -"stranÄ› se používá pro otevírání dÄ›l a správu vaÅ¡ich záložek. Malé okno " -"Äaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených " -"do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emístíte myÅ¡ například nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis " -"zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup " -"k důležitým funkcím, na ploÅ¡e vpravo skuteÄnÄ› pracujete." +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." +msgstr "" +"Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Okno vlevo nahoÅ™e se " +"používá k otevírání instalovaných dÄ›l v kartÄ› knihovny, na kartÄ› záložek " +"můžete spravovat záložky. Malé okno \"Äasopisu\" pod knihovnou se používá " +"pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emístíte myÅ¡ " +"například nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. " +"Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup k důležitým funkcím. Plocha " +"vpravo je místo kde skuteÄnÄ› pracujete." # type: Content of: -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." msgstr "Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých Äástí aplikace individuálnÄ›." # type: Content of: -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "Části okna aplikace &bibletime;" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "Knihovna" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -558,13 +565,13 @@ msgstr "" "své záložky a poté k nim pÅ™istupovat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "ÄŒtení dÄ›l" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -572,82 +579,82 @@ msgid "" "display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for " "reading. A read window will appear in the Desk area." msgstr "" -"Pro otevÅ™ení díla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým tlaÄítkem " -"myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, " -"Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté kliknÄ›te na " -"jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™ení pro Ätení. Okno pro Ätení díla se objeví na " -"ploÅ¡e." +"Pro otevÅ™ení díla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým</" +"mousebutton> tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, " +"Lexikony, Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté " +"kliknÄ›te na jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™ení pro Ätení. Okno pro Ätení díla se " +"objeví na ploÅ¡e." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "ChyÅ¥ & pust dílo" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " "then it will jump to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dílo a chcete otevřít jiné dílo ve stejné pasáži, můžete " -"použít zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i</" -"mousebutton> na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›ní v ruku) a " +"Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dílo a chcete otevřít stejnou pasáž v jiném díle, můžete " +"použít zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým</mousebutton> " +"tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›ní v ruku) a " "pÅ™etáhnÄ›te ho do knihovny. UpusÅ¥te ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to " -"bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném místÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etánout odkaz verÅ¡e na " +"bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném místÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etáhnout odkaz verÅ¡e na " "existující okno, které se pÅ™esune na požadované umístÄ›ní." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "Další informace o dílech" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. " -"For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</ulink> on the " -"Crosswire Bible Society web site." -msgstr "" -"Pokud kliknete <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na symbol " +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." +msgstr "" +"Pokud kliknete <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na symbol " "díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto " "dílo. <guimenuitem>\"O tomto díle\"</guimenuitem>otevÅ™e okno s mnoha " "zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. <guimenuitem>\"Odemknout toto dílo" -"\"</guimenuitem> otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zabezpeÄené dokumenty, kde můžete " -"vložit přístupová kód k otevÅ™ení díla. Pro další informace o zamÄených " +"\"</guimenuitem> otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zaÅ¡ifrované dokumenty, kde můžete " +"vložit přístupový kód k otevÅ™ení díla. Pro další informace o zamÄených " "dílech se podívejte na <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/" "aboutlocked.jsp\"> tuto stránku</ulink> na webu Crosswire Bible Society." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "Vyhledávání v dílech" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " "in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " "you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " "search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " "description of the operation of the search features can be found <link " "linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" -"Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i</" -"mousebutton> na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<guimenuitem>\"Hledat v díle" +"Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> " +"tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<guimenuitem>\"Hledat v díle" "(ch)\"</guimenuitem>. Stiskem klávesy &Shift; a kliknutím na další díla " "můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevÅ™ením " "vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve vÅ¡ech tÄ›chto dokumentech. " @@ -655,31 +662,31 @@ msgstr "" "op-search\">zde</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "Práce se záložkami" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" "guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " "& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " "results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders." msgstr "" -"KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na kategorii " +"KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na kategorii " "záložek v knihovnÄ› a vyberte <guimenuitem>\"VytvoÅ™it novou složku\"</" "guimenuitem>, pokud chcete vytvoÅ™it novou podsložku záložek. Můžete použít " "běžnou funkci \"drag & drop \" k pÅ™etáhnutí odkazu verÅ¡e z otevÅ™ených " -"oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› jako pro " +"oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› tak pro " "pÅ™esouvání záložek mezi složkami." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" "guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " "collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." @@ -687,25 +694,25 @@ msgstr "" "Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K " "tomu otevÅ™ete <guimenu>kontextové menu</guimenu> adresáře záložek jak bylo " "popsáno pÅ™edtím a vyberte <guimenuitem>\"Exportovat záložky\"</guimenuitem>. " -"To otevÅ™e dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete " +"Toto otevÅ™e dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete " "záložky importovat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." msgstr "" "KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na adresáře a " "záložky, pokud chcete zmÄ›nit jejich jméno nebo popis." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "ÄŒasopis" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -714,16 +721,17 @@ msgid "" "try it out." msgstr "" "Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna &bibletime; pasivní. Kdykoli je váš " -"kurzor umístÄ›n nad nÄ›jakým textem s dalšími informacemi (napÅ™. Strongova Äísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v oknÄ› Äasopisu, ne v textu " +"kurzor umístÄ›n nad nÄ›jakým textem s dalšími informacemi (napÅ™. Strongova " +"Äísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v oknÄ› Äasopisu, ne v textu " "samotném. ProstÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "Plocha" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " "open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" @@ -732,13 +740,12 @@ msgid "" "link>)." msgstr "" "Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skuteÄná práce s &bibletime;. Zde můžete " -"otvírat díla z knihovny, Äíst je, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" -"\">hledat</link> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaÅ¡e poznámky v modulu osobních " -"komentářů (podívejte se <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">dolů</" -"link>)." +"otvírat díla z knihovny, Äíst je, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hledat</" +"link> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaÅ¡e poznámky v modulu osobních komentářů " +"(podívejte se <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">dolů</link>)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" "link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " @@ -754,16 +761,16 @@ msgstr "" "historie jako ve vaÅ¡em webovém prohlížeÄi." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "UmístÄ›ní aktivního okna" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " @@ -772,19 +779,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "SamozÅ™ejmÄ› můžete mít otevÅ™eno více dÄ›l ve stejné dobÄ›. Máte nÄ›kolik " "možností jak umístit okna na ploÅ¡e. Prosím podívejte se na položku " -"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístÄ›ní oken " -"můžete ovládat buÄ osobnÄ›, nebo zvolit automatické umístÄ›ní &bibletime;. Toho docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístÄ›ní, které jsou " -"přístupné pÅ™es <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód " -"rozvržení</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. ProstÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte, je to snadné a " -"funguje to." +"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístÄ›ní oken můžete " +"ovládat buÄ osobnÄ›, nebo zvolit automatické umístÄ›ní &bibletime;. Toho " +"docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístÄ›ní, které jsou přístupné " +"pÅ™es <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód rozvržení</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. ProstÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte, je to snadné a funguje to." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "Úpravy vaÅ¡ich vlastních komentářů" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." @@ -793,30 +800,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře Äástí Bible, musíte nainstalovat " "dílo z knihovny <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible " -"Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje \"Personal commentary\" (\"Osobní komentář\")." +"Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje \"Personal commentary\" (\"Osobní komentář" +"\")." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" "(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " "editor)." msgstr "" "Pokud otevÅ™ete osobní komentář kliknutím <mousebutton>levým</mousebutton> " -"tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se pro Ätení. V tomto módu " -"není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat poznámku, " -"musíte ho otevřít pomocí <mousebutton>pravého</mousebutton> tlaÄítka myÅ¡i a " -"zvolit <guimenu>Editovat toto dílo</guimenu> a potom také " +"tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se v módu pro Ätení. V " +"tomto módu není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat " +"poznámku, musíte ho otevřít pomocí <mousebutton>pravého</mousebutton> " +"tlaÄítka myÅ¡i a zvolit <guimenu>Editovat toto dílo</guimenu> a potom také " "<guimenuitem>Prostý text</guimenuitem> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo " -"<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor)." +"<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " "deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the " @@ -827,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" "souborů osobních komentářů." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " "will be inserted." @@ -836,52 +844,52 @@ msgstr "" "text." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 msgid "Searching text in an open read window" msgstr "Vyhledávání textu v aktivním oknÄ›" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" "\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " "search in entire works." msgstr "" "Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevÅ™eném aktivním oknÄ› (napÅ™. " -"kapitolu bible, kterou Ätete), je to stejné jako v jiných programech. tuto " +"kapitolu bible, kterou Ätete), je to stejné jako v jiných programech. Tuto " "funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄítkem " -"myÅ¡i a vybráním <guimenuitem>Najít...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitím horké " +"myÅ¡i a zvolením <guimenuitem>Najít...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitím horké " "klávesy <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. " "PÅ™eÄtÄ›te si jak hledat v celých dílech." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</" -"guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By " -"holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select " -"more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You " -"will be searching in all of these works at the same time." +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." msgstr "" "V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄítkem " -"myÅ¡i na symbol v <guimenu>knihovnÄ›</guimenu> a vybráním <guimenuitem>Hledat " +"myÅ¡i na symbol v <guimenu>KnihovnÄ›</guimenu> a vybráním <guimenuitem>Hledat " "ve vybraných dílech</guimenuitem>. PÅ™idržením &Shift; nebo &Ctrl; a " "kliknutím na jména dalších dÄ›l můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté " "následuje stejný postup otevÅ™ení dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve vÅ¡ech " "tÄ›chto dílech najednou." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting " @@ -891,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> z hlavního menu a vybráním odpovídající položky." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." @@ -900,22 +908,22 @@ msgstr "" "aktuálním oknÄ›." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" msgstr "Nastavení vyhledávání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "Nastavení dialogu hledání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" msgstr "VýbÄ›r dÄ›l" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" "(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button " @@ -928,17 +936,17 @@ msgstr "" "kterých chcete vyhledávat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" msgstr "Použití oblastí vyhledávání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením urÄitých Äástí Bible pomocí jedné z " "definovaných oblastí v seznamu <guimenu>Rozsah hledání</guimenu> Můžete " @@ -946,12 +954,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Nastavit rozsah</guibutton>.>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" msgstr "Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " "return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " @@ -963,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "AND." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " @@ -975,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "obsahovat nejménÄ› jedno ze slov v závorce, Ježíš nebo duch, a slovo Bůh." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " "':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " @@ -986,67 +994,67 @@ msgstr "" "Strongova Äísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 msgid "Available text types:" msgstr "Dostupné pÅ™edpony:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 msgid "Search Types" msgstr "Typy vyhledávání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "PÅ™edpona" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Význam" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" msgstr "heading:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 msgid "searches headings" msgstr "hledá hlaviÄky" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" msgstr "footnote:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 msgid "searches footnotes" msgstr "hledá poznámky" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" msgstr "strong:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" msgstr "hledání Strongových Äísel" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" msgstr "morph:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 msgid "searches morphology codes" msgstr "hledá morfologické kódy" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " "many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url=" @@ -1059,15 +1067,15 @@ msgstr "" "java/docs/index.html</ulink>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" msgstr "Výsledky hledání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " @@ -1076,11 +1084,12 @@ msgstr "" "Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného Å™etÄ›zce bylo nalezeno, setřídÄ›no podle " "dÄ›l. Kliknutí na dílo <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i vám " "umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout vÅ¡echny verÅ¡e které byli v daném " -"díle nalezeny. To pÅ™i kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na urÄitý " -"odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› náhledu." +"díle nalezeny. Kliknutím na jeden nebo více odkazů ke kopírování, uložení " +"nebo tisku. Kliknutí na urÄitý odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› " +"náhledu." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." @@ -1089,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" "tomto verÅ¡i v novém oknÄ›." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." @@ -1098,19 +1107,19 @@ msgstr "" "požadovanou pozici." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." msgstr "K vytvoÅ™ení záložek vyberte odkazy a pÅ™etáhnÄ›te je do knihovny." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" msgstr "Analýza výsledků hledání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." @@ -1120,17 +1129,17 @@ msgstr "" "Å™etÄ›zců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialog analýzy vyhledávání" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " "Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove " @@ -1138,28 +1147,28 @@ msgid "" "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> in the main menu." msgstr "" -"<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> je nástroj pro správu knihovny. Můžete " -"do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat Äi odstranit ty " -"existující. Přístupná pod <menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> v hlavním menu." +"<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> je nástroj pro správu knihovny. " +"Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat Äi " +"odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</" +"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> v hlavním menu." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" msgstr "Nastavení cesty ke knihám" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " "drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is \"~/.sword/" "\"." msgstr "" -"Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má &bibletime; uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít mnoho " -"adresářů. Výchozí je \"~/.sword/\"." +"Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má &bibletime; uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít " +"mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je \"~/.sword/\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " "disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD " @@ -1167,17 +1176,17 @@ msgid "" "works on the CD if it is present." msgstr "" "Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete vÅ¡echna díla instalovat na disk, ale " -"používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístÄ›ní knihovny. Když " -"zapnete &bibletime;, zobrazí se vÅ¡echna díla, pokud je CD vloženo v " -"mechanice." +"používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístÄ›ní " +"knihovny. Když zapnete &bibletime;, zobrazí se vÅ¡echna díla, pokud je CD " +"vloženo v mechanice." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" msgstr "Instalace/aktualizace dÄ›l" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " "\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " @@ -1188,13 +1197,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tímto nástrojem se můžete pÅ™ipojit k repositáři dÄ›l (je zvaný \"knihovna\", " "\"library\") a nahrát jedno nebo více dÄ›l do své lokální knihovny. Tyto " -"knihovny mohou být lokální (napÅ™. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (napÅ™. Crosswire" -"online repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly " +"knihovny mohou být lokální (napÅ™. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (napÅ™. " +"Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly " "Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <guibutton>PÅ™idat knihovnu</" "guibutton> a <guibutton>Smazat knihovnu</guibutton>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -1217,12 +1226,12 @@ msgstr "" "knihovny." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "Odebrání dÄ›l" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " @@ -1233,12 +1242,12 @@ msgstr "" "díla</guibutton>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 msgid "Search Indexes" msgstr "Vyhledávací indexy" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." @@ -1247,15 +1256,15 @@ msgstr "" "indexy smazaných dÄ›l." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "Export a tisk" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" "guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " "<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " @@ -1269,11 +1278,11 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> (do schránky), <guimenuitem>Uložit</guimenuitem> nebo " "<guimenuitem>Tisknout</guimenuitem>. to funguje napÅ™. v aktivním oknÄ› když " "kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verÅ¡e, nebo na stránce výsledků hledání " -"pÅ™i kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden Äi více odkazů veršů. Je to krásnÄ› " +"pÅ™i kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden Äi více odkazů veršů. Je to velmi " "přímoÄaré, prostÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1319,15 +1328,17 @@ msgid "" "<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to " "write unsaved changes to disk." msgstr "" -"<action>ZavÅ™e &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; se vás zeptá, jestli si pÅ™ejete " -"zapsat neuložené zmÄ›ny na disk." +"<action>ZavÅ™e &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; se vás zeptá, jestli si " +"pÅ™ejete zapsat neuložené zmÄ›ny na disk." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:69 msgid "" "<action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to " "maximize the &bibletime; window." -msgstr "<action>PÅ™epíná zobrazení pÅ™es celou obrazovku.</action> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno &bibletime;." +msgstr "" +"<action>PÅ™epíná zobrazení pÅ™es celou obrazovku.</action> Aktivujte tuto " +"možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:88 @@ -1352,6 +1363,17 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Zapne zobrazení knihovny.</action> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, " +"nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud " +"potÅ™ebujete více místa pro Äasopis." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 +msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." msgstr "" @@ -1359,25 +1381,30 @@ msgstr "" "nebo vypnutí zobrazení Äasopisu na levé stranÄ›." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" -"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí Bibli</" -"action>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla." +"action>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla. DetailnÄ›jší " +"popis vyhledávání najdete <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">zde</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve vÅ¡ech dílech</action>. Do " -"vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla." +"vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána, Äi z nÄ›j odebrána, další díla. " +"DetailnÄ›jší popis vyhledávání naleznete <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" +"\">zde</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " "context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be " @@ -1389,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "na další položku jak uložit nové sezení." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " "for a new name to save the session to." @@ -1398,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "pro uložení sezení." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session to load." @@ -1407,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "vybrat existující sezení a naÄíst ho." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session that should be deleted." @@ -1416,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" "můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " "opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " @@ -1429,27 +1456,28 @@ msgstr "" "tak je vyzkouÅ¡ejte!)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>VÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna do kaskády</action>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." msgstr "<action>Automaticky dláždí vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna vertikálnÄ›</action>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." -msgstr "<action>Automaticky dláždí vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna horizontálnÄ›.</action>." +msgstr "" +"<action>Automaticky dláždí vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna horizontálnÄ›.</action>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>ZavÅ™e vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna</action>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " "configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your " @@ -1461,23 +1489,23 @@ msgstr "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">tuto sekci</link> pro více informací." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " "manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" "bookshelfmanager\">this section</link> for details." msgstr "" -"<action>OtevÅ™e dialog kde můžete zmÄ›nit vaÅ¡e nastavení Sword a spravovat svou " -"knihovnu</action>. Další inormace naleznete v <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" +"<action>OtevÅ™e dialog kde můžete zmÄ›nit vaÅ¡e nastavení Sword a spravovat " +"svou knihovnu</action>. Další inormace naleznete v <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" "bookshelfmanager\">této sekci</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." msgstr "<action>OtevÅ™e příruÄku &bibletime;</action>, kterou právÄ› Ätete." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1486,26 +1514,105 @@ msgid "" "expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If " "you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in " "your heart He will not disappoint you." -msgstr "<action>OtevÅ™e průvodce jak studovat Bibli</action>. Přáním týmu &bibletime; je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo Ätenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu dozvÄ›dÄ›t se co říkají. Tato příruÄka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. OÄekáváme, že budete Äíst a studovat Písma, abyste jim rozumÄ›li. Když zaÄnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno PánÄ› v srdci, On vás nezklame." +msgstr "" +"<action>OtevÅ™e průvodce jak studovat Bibli</action>. Přáním týmu &bibletime; " +"je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo Ätenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu " +"dozvÄ›dÄ›t se co říkají. Tato příruÄka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje " +"doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. OÄekáváme, že budete Äíst a studovat " +"Písma, abyste jim rozumÄ›li. Když zaÄnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno " +"PánÄ› v srdci, On vás nezklame." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " "contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the " "license agreement." msgstr "" -"<action>OtevÅ™e okno s informacemi o projektu &bibletime;</action> " -"obsahuje informace o verzi &bibletime;, pÅ™ispÄ›vatelích projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi &qt; a licenÄní ujednání." +"<action>OtevÅ™e okno s informacemi o projektu &bibletime;</action> obsahuje " +"informace o verzi &bibletime;, pÅ™ispÄ›vatelích projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi " +"&qt; a licenÄní ujednání." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Odkazy" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "V této sekci najdete popis ikon pÅ™iÅ™azených k otevÅ™eným dílům." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "Posouvá vpÅ™ed historií." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "Posouvá zpÄ›t historií." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "Vyberte nainstalovanou bibli." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "Vyberte další bible." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "Vyhledávání ve vybraných dílech" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "Nastavení zobrazení" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "Vyberte nainstalované komentáře." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Vyberte další komentáře." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "Synchronizovat zobrazený údaj s aktivním oknem Bible." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Vber knihu." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "Vyberte nainstalovaný glosář nebo modlitbu." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "Vyberte další glosář nebo modlitbu." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" msgstr "Seznam horkých kláves" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " "handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to " @@ -1521,27 +1628,27 @@ msgstr "" "sekci</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "Klávesová zkratka" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" msgstr "Popis" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." msgstr "Posune zpÄ›t v historii aktivního okna." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." msgstr "Posune vpÅ™ed v historii aktivního okna." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> " @@ -1549,12 +1656,12 @@ msgid "" "default bible." msgstr "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " -"<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozí bibli</" -"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevÅ™e vyhledávací dialog pro vyhledávání " -"ve výchozí bibli." +"<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozí bibli</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link>otevÅ™e vyhledávací dialog pro vyhledávání ve výchozí " +"bibli." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1565,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> zapnout automatické skládání oken." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1576,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> zapne automatické skládání oken." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1587,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" "zapne automatické skládání oken do kaskády." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1598,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "manuální skládání oken." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1609,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> </link> uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1620,65 +1727,65 @@ msgstr "" "</link> zavÅ™e vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Oddálit. Zmenší velikost písma v aktivním oknÄ›." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." msgstr "PÅ™iblížit. ZvÄ›tší velikost písma v aktivním oknÄ›." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." msgstr "Vybrat vÅ¡e. Vybere vÅ¡echen text v aktivním oknÄ›." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." msgstr "Kopírovat. Zkopíruje vybraný text do schránky." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." msgstr "Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivního okna" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> equivalent." msgstr "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " -"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice vertikálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " -"</link>." +"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice vertikálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> equivalent." msgstr "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " -"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice horizontálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " -"</link>." +"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice horizontálnÄ›</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" "link> windows equivalent." msgstr "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " -"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kaskáda</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " -"</link> obdoba oken." +"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kaskáda</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> obdoba oken." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> " @@ -1691,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "otevÅ™ených dílech." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" @@ -1702,12 +1809,12 @@ msgstr "" "link> ukonÄí &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." msgstr "ZavÅ™e aktuální okno." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." @@ -1716,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> otevÅ™e příruÄku." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto." @@ -1725,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevÅ™e Návod, jak studovat Bibli." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</" @@ -1736,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevÅ™e správce knih." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1747,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> </link>zapne zobrazení knihovny." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" @@ -1849,7 +1956,8 @@ msgstr "bibletime --open-default-bible \"Jan 3:16\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37 msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." -msgstr "Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih." +msgstr "" +"Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:42 @@ -1877,12 +1985,12 @@ msgid "" "features quickly." msgstr "" "<action>Upravit vaÅ¡i knihovnu.</action> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat " -"vaÅ¡i knihovnu, pÅ™idávat nebo mazat díla ve vaÅ¡em systému. Bude " -"zobrazen pouze v případÄ›, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím " -"podívejte se do <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">této sekce</" -"link>, pokud se chcete dozvÄ›dÄ›t více. Pokud zaÄínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, " -"bude užiteÄné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, " -"abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi &bibletime;." +"vaÅ¡i knihovnu, pÅ™idávat nebo mazat díla ve vaÅ¡em systému. Bude zobrazen " +"pouze v případÄ›, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím podívejte se do " +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">této sekce</link>, pokud se " +"chcete dozvÄ›dÄ›t více. Pokud zaÄínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude užiteÄné " +"nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, abyste se " +"rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:69 @@ -1947,16 +2055,17 @@ msgstr "PříruÄka &bibletime; je souÄástí &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -msgid "2009-04" +#, fuzzy +msgid "2009-06" msgstr "2009-04" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" +#, fuzzy +msgid "2.2" msgstr "2.0" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework." msgstr "&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword." - diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po index 557e985..35e8244 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ -# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# +# translation of handbook-de.po to Deutsch # Joachim Ansorg, 2003. # Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. # Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. # Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. # Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005. +# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009. +# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# # translation of full.po to # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# @@ -18,17 +20,17 @@ # translation of de.po to msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: de\n" +"Project-Id-Version: handbook-de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-22 23:58+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>\n" -"Language-Team: <de@li.org>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-18 22:23+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Deutsch <bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "#-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-#\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "#-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-#\n" "#-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-#\n" @@ -46,15 +48,13 @@ msgstr "&bibletime; einrichten" msgid "" "In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be " "found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Ãœbersicht, wie &bibletime; zu konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> im Hauptmenü finden." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog" -msgstr "&bibletime; konfigurieren" +msgstr "Dialog &bibletime; konfigurieren" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on " "your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting " @@ -67,8 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>&bibletime; einrichten</guimenuitem>. gelangen." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19 -msgid "" -"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" +msgid "The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" msgstr "" "Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden " "Optionen aus:" @@ -78,15 +77,13 @@ msgid "Show startup logo" msgstr "Startlogo anzeigen" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:26 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various " "built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview " "on the right pane." msgstr "" -"Anzeigenstile definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, usw.). Es " -"sind mehrere eingebaute Stile verfügbar. Nach Auswahl eines Stils wird im " -"rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt," +"Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, usw.). Es " +"sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt," #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:34 msgid "" @@ -105,19 +102,17 @@ msgid "" "override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be " "displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for " "each language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardmäßig verwendet &bibletime; die System-Standardschrift zur Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu spezifizieren." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:48 -#, fuzzy msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>" -msgstr "Optionendialog - Schriften" +msgstr "<phrase>Optionendialog - Schriften</phrase>" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:51 msgid "The Options dialog - Fonts." msgstr "Der Optionendialog - Schriften." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:54 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are " "interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work " @@ -125,36 +120,27 @@ msgid "" "you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used " "in this work." msgstr "" -"&bibletime; kann alle von KDE/Qt unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. " -"Solange die für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden muss nichts " +"&bibletime; kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. " +"Solange die für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts " "unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen " -"(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann wissen Sie nun, dass " -"die Standard-Schriftart von KDE die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht " +"(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass " +"die Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht " "enthält." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:61 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select " "the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that " "supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the " "work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that " "language." -msgstr "" -"Um dies zu korrigieren wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus der " -"Box aus. Wählen Sie die "Benutzerdefinierte Schriftart verwende" " -"Box aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart aus. So ist zum Beispiel " -"die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. " -"Wenn keiner der installierten Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk " -"darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie bitte, das entsprechende &kde; Sprach-" -"Lokalisierungspaket zu installieren." +msgstr "Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen "Benutzerdefinierte Schrift verwenden" aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu installieren." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:68 msgid "Installing fonts" msgstr "Schriftarten installieren" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:69 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this " "handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink url=" @@ -162,16 +148,9 @@ msgid "" "ulink>." msgstr "" "Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang " -"dieses Handbuches hinaus. &kde;s <ulink url=\"help:/kcontrol/index.html" -"\">Kontrollzentrum</ulink> enthält ein exzellentes und einfach zu " -"benutzendes Modul zur Installation von Schriftarten. Bitte lesen Sie <ulink " -"url=\"help:/kcontrol/kcmfontinst/index.html\">dessen Dokumentation</ulink>. " -"Für weitergehende Informationen könnten Sie auch das<ulink url=\"http://www." -"ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/other-formats/html_single/Unicode-HOWTO." -"html#toc4\"> Unicode HOWTO</ulink> lesen." +"dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch das <ulink url=\"http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html\"> Unicode-HOWTO</ulink> lesen." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:75 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run " "faster than with a large font like <trademark class=\"registered\">Bitstream " @@ -190,22 +169,20 @@ msgid "Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:" msgstr "Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:86 -#, fuzzy msgid "Your *nix distribution." -msgstr "Ihre Linux-Distribution" +msgstr "Ihre *nix-Distribution." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:89 msgid "Your distribution's localization packages." msgstr "Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" -"trademark>installation on the same computer." +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" "Eine bestehende <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" -"trademark> Installation auf dem gleichen Computer." +"trademark>-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:98 msgid "A font collection, such as are available from Adobe or Bitstream." @@ -218,7 +195,6 @@ msgid "Online font collections." msgstr "Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these " "fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all " @@ -226,8 +202,8 @@ msgid "" "fonts for different languages." msgstr "" "Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser " -"Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine verfügbare Schriftart enthält " -"alle Zeichen des Unicode Standards. Sie müssen also evtl. verschiedene " +"Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten enthält " +"alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also evtl. verschiedene " "Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:111 @@ -235,21 +211,18 @@ msgid "Unicode Fonts" msgstr "Unicode Schriftarten" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119 -msgid "" -"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." +msgid "Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." msgstr "" "Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen " "Zeichenbereich ab." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:127 -#, fuzzy msgid "Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics." -msgstr "Exzellente Schriftarten des Summer Institute of Linguistics." +msgstr "Exzellente Unicode-Schriftarten des Summer Institute of Linguistics." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:135 -#, fuzzy msgid "A new free Unicode font initiative." -msgstr "Eine neue Initiative für eine freie Unicode-Schriftart." +msgstr "Eine neue Initiative für freie Unicode-Schriftarten." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:142 msgid "Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society Ftp site." @@ -286,6 +259,10 @@ msgid "" "url=\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html\"> Unicode character " "ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>)." msgstr "" +"Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von Christoph Singer (<ulink url=\"http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm\">Multilingual Unicode " +"TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), oder eine von Alan Wood (<ulink " +"url=\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html\"> Unicode character " +"ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:184 @@ -295,9 +272,9 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:198 msgid "" @@ -321,12 +298,10 @@ msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Einleitung" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "About &bibletime;" -msgstr "Ãœber BibleTime" +msgstr "Ãœber &bibletime;" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:5 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts " "and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and " @@ -336,16 +311,12 @@ msgid "" "flagship product of the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire " "Bible Society</ulink>." msgstr "" -"&bibletime; ist ein mächtiges Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, geschrieben für die " -"&kde;Umgebung auf dem Linux Betriebssystem. Es basiert auf der <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Sword</ulink> Bibliothek, welche die " -"&bibletime; zugrundeliegende Funktionalität zur Verfügung stellt, zum " -"Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, usw. Sword ist das " +"&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword\">Sword</ulink>-Bibliothek, welche die zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für &bibletime; zur Verfügung stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, usw. Sword ist das " "Hauptprodukt der <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire " "Bibelgesellschaft</ulink>." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:14 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats " "supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported " @@ -353,11 +324,10 @@ msgid "" "sword/develop/index.jsp\"> developers section</ulink> of the Sword Project, " "Crosswire Bible Society." msgstr "" -"&bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem Format " -"vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige " +"&bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige " "Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den <ulink " "url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp\">Entwicklerseiten</" -"ulink> des Sword Projektes Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden." +"ulink> des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:22 msgid "Available works" @@ -384,28 +354,25 @@ msgid "" "include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex " "Leningradensis (\"WLC\", Hebrew), and the Septuagint (\"LXX\", Greek). This " "is the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis (\"WLC\", hebräisch), und die Septuaginta (\"LXX\", griechisch). Dies ist der fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:40 msgid "Books" msgstr "Bücher" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Books available include \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and " "\"Josephus: The Complete Works\"" msgstr "" -"Die Sammlung vorhandener Bücher umfasst unter anderem "Imitation of " -"Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete " -"Works"" +"Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören \"Imitation of " +"Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\" und \"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke\"" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:47 msgid "Commentaries" msgstr "Kommentare" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:49 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's \"Notes on the " "Bible\", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's \"Commentary on Galatians." @@ -413,10 +380,8 @@ msgid "" "\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> record your own personal notes</link> to " "sections of the Bible." msgstr "" -"Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys Notes on " -"the Bible und Luthers Commentary on Galatians. Mit dem " -"<emphasis>Persönlichen</emphasis> commentary können Sie Ihre eigenen Notizen " -"zu Bibelversen eingeben." +"Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys \"Notes on the Bible\", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers \"Kommentar über Galater\". \" Mit dem <emphasis>Persönlichen</emphasis> Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage <link linkend=" +"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">Ihre eigenen Notizen</link> über Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:58 msgid "Daily devotionals" @@ -435,24 +400,19 @@ msgid "Lexicons/Dictionaries" msgstr "Lexika / Wörterbücher" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:68 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, Brown-" "Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible " "Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible " "Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged " "Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible." -msgstr "" -"Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, " -"Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of " -"the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible." +msgstr "Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons \"Morphological Analysis Codes\", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören u.a. Strongs \"Hebrew Bible Dictionary\", Strongs \"Greek Bible Dictionary\", Websters \"Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913\" und Naves \"Topical Bible\"." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:80 msgid "Motivation" msgstr "Motivation" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:81 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their " "relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality " @@ -461,9 +421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, " "dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu " -"einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig " -"einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Wir möchten damit Gott ehren, da Er " -"die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist." +"einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:87 msgid "James 1:17, NASB" @@ -493,26 +451,26 @@ msgstr "Programmüberblick" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:5 msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "So sieht eine typische &bibletime;-Sitzung aus:" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>" -msgstr "Elemente des &bibletime; Fensters" +msgstr "<phrase>Das &bibletime;-Applikations-Fenster</phrase>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on " -"the right side is where you do your real work." -msgstr "" +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." +msgstr "Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen verwalten. Das kleine \"Lupen\"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." @@ -520,15 +478,15 @@ msgstr "" "Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln " "betrachten." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "Elemente des &bibletime; Fensters" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "Das Bücherregal" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -538,12 +496,12 @@ msgstr "" "sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens \"Lesezeichen\". Hier " "können sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "Werke lesen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -556,116 +514,94 @@ msgstr "" "Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument " "zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " "then it will jump to the specified location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "Weitere Informationen über Werke" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. " -"For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</ulink> on the " -"Crosswire Bible Society web site." -msgstr "" -"Zwei weitere Funktionen sind durch Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten</" -"mousebutton> Maustaste auf den Modulnamen verfügbar. \"Über dieses Modul\" " -"öffnet ein Fenster mit Informationen über Copyright und anderen wichtige " -"Eigenschaften dieses Dokumentes. \"Dieses Modul entschlüsseln\" öffnet einen " -"kleinen Dialog für verschlüsselte Dokumente. Dies erlaubt es den Besitzern " -"des Schlüssels, diesen einzugeben, um das Modul zu entschlüssenl und damit " -"lesbar zu machen. Die Crosswire Bible Society muss Module verschlüsseln, bis " -"entweder der Copyrightinhaber die Erlaubnis für die Weitergabe des Moduls " -"erteilt, oder der Text in Public Domain übergegangen ist (Verfallen des " -"Copyrights). <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked." -"jsp\">Lesen Sie die Informationen über verschlüsselte Module auf den Seiten " -"der Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>." - -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk relevanten Einträgen. <guimenuitem>\"Ãœber...\"</guimenuitem> öffnet ein Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte Werk. <guimenuitem>\"Entschlüsseln...\"</guimenuitem> öffnet ein kleines Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\">diese Seite</" +"ulink> auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "In Werken suchen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " "in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " "you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " "search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " "description of the operation of the search features can be found <link " "linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." -msgstr "" -"Sie können in einem Modul suchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten</" -"mousebutton> Maustaste auf den Modulnamen in der Liste der Module klicken " -"und \"Ausgewählte Module durchsuchen...\" auswählen. Durch Drücken von " -"Umschalt- und Klicken auf andere Module können Sie mehr als eins auswÀhlen. " -"Befolgen Sie die gleiche Prozedur um die Module zu durchsuchen. Sie suchen " -"dann in allen gewählten Dokumenten. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der " -"Bedienung der Suchfunktionen kann <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</" -"link> gefunden werden." - -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +msgstr "Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf sein Symbol klicken und <guimenuitem>\"Suche in...\"</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; und auf andere Werke klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" "guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " "& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " "results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>\"Neuer Ordner\"</guimenuitem> aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie können normale Drag&Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" "guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " "collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das <guimenuitem>Kontextmenü</guimenuitem> des Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>\"Aus Verzeichnis exportieren...\"</guimenuitem>. Dies wird ein Dialogfenster öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." -msgstr "" -"Sie können mit dem <mousebutton>rechten</mousebutton> auf Ordner und " -"Lesezeichen klicken, um die Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern." +msgstr "Auch können Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "Die Lupe" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -679,12 +615,11 @@ msgstr "" "diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie " "es einfach aus." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "Die Arbeitsfläche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " "open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" @@ -692,14 +627,13 @@ msgid "" "commentary module (see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">below</" "link>)." msgstr "" -"Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die tatsächliche Arbeit mit &bibletime; statt. " +"Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit &bibletime; statt. " "Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin <link " "linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">suchen</link> und sogar ihre persönlichen " -"Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <link linkend=\"hdbk-" -"op-parts-desk-write\">unten</link>)." +"Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">unten</link>)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" "link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " @@ -708,377 +642,331 @@ msgid "" "read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that " "you know from your browser." msgstr "" +"Wie wir <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">bereits gesehen</" +"link> haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "Lese-Fenster Anordnung" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu>-Menü im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder &bibletime; die automatische Anordnung überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und funktioniert." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." "crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. This work is called " "\"Personal commentary\"." msgstr "" -"Der persönliche Kommentar ist ein Sword Modul. Wenn Sie es nicht in der " -"Hauptgruppe findenfinden, dann laden Sie es von der<ulink url=\"http://www." -"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink> herunter." +"Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der <ulink url=\"http://www." +"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</ulink> installieren. Dieses Werk heißt \"Persönlicher Kommentar\"." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" "(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " "editor)." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der perönliche Kommentar mit dem <mousebutton>linken</mousebutton> " -"Mausknopf geöffnet wurde, wird er im nur-Lesen Modus geöffnet. Wenn Sie " -"Einträge in den persönlichen Kommentar machen möchten, dann gibt ihnen ein " -"Klick mit dem <mousebutton>rechten</mousebutton> Mausknopf auf den " -"<menuchoice>persönlichen Kommentar</menuchoice> ihnen die Auswahl zwischen " -"einem reinen Text- und einem HTML-Editor." +msgstr "Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im Bücherregal mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen, wird dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen und dann <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> und dann entweder <guimenuitem>Reintext</guimenuitem> (Quellcode-Editor) oder <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " "deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the " "personal commentary." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der Editor die Einträge nicht abspeichert, überprüfen Sie bitte, ob Sie " -"Schreibrechte für die Dateien des persönlichen Kommentars haben." +msgstr "Falls <menuchoice> <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> </menuchoice> deaktiviert ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des persönlichen Kommentars besitzen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " "will be inserted." msgstr "" -"Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen um " +"Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, um " "den Text des Verses einzufügen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 msgid "Searching text in an open read window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" "\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " "search in entire works." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> und Auswahl von <guimenuitem>Finden...</guimenuitem>, oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> erreicht werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen können." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</" -"guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By " -"holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select " -"more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You " -"will be searching in all of these works at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Sie können in einem Dokument suchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten</" -"mousebutton> Maustaste auf den Dokumentennamen innerhalb der " -"<guimenu>Hauptgruppe</guimenu> klicken und dann <guimenuitem>Durchsuche " -"gewählte Module</guimenuitem> auswählen. Durch gleichzeitiges Drücken von " -"Umschalt- oder Strg und Auswählen von anderen Modulnamen können mehrer " -"ausgewählt werden. Gehen Sie in der selben Art und Weise vor, um in allen " -"gewählten Modulen zu suchen." +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." +msgstr "Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol im <guimenu>Bücherregal</guimenu> klicken und <guimenuitem>Suche in...</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; oder &Ctrl; gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig suchen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting " "the appropriate entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <menuchoice> <guimenu>Suche</guimenu> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken und den entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem offenen Lesefenster zu klicken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" -msgstr "Suchbereich-Einstellung" +msgstr "Such-Konfiguration" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "Suchtext Einstellungen\t" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" -msgstr "Einstellungen" +msgstr "Werke auswählen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" "(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button " "and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to " "search in." -msgstr "" -"Ganz oben im Abschnitt \"Einstellungen\" finden die den Knopf " -"<guibutton>Module wählen</guibutton>, mit den bereits gewählten Modulen " -"darunter. Wenn Sie weitere Module durchsuchen möchten, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Module wählen</guibutton>, es öffnet sich ein Dialog mit allen " -"durchsuchbaren Modulen. Wählen Sie Module mit einem Klick auf die Box aus, " -"dann klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton>Gewählte Module benutzen</" -"guibutton>." - -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 -#, fuzzy +msgstr "Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie <guibutton>Auswählen...</guibutton>. Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" -msgstr "Suchbereich-Einstellung" +msgstr "Suchbereiche verwenden" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." -msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste <guimenu>Bereich:</guimenu> auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Einrichten...</guibutton> klicken." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " "return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " "the terms separate the terms by AND." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit AND." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " "search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während '?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " "':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " "number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 msgid "Available text types:" -msgstr "Vorhandene Werke" +msgstr "Verfügbare Textarten:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 msgid "Search Types" -msgstr "Suchen" +msgstr "Sucharten" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Präfix" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bedeutung" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "heading:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 msgid "searches headings" -msgstr "Suchbereich-Einstellung" +msgstr "durchsucht Kopfzeilen" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "footnote:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 msgid "searches footnotes" -msgstr "Suchbereich-Einstellung" +msgstr "durchsucht Fußnoten" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "strong:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" -msgstr "Suchbereich-Einstellung" +msgstr "durchsucht Strong-Nummern" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "morph:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 msgid "searches morphology codes" -msgstr "Suchbereich-Einstellung" +msgstr "durchsucht Morphologie-Codes" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " "many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url=" "\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/" "java/docs/index.html</ulink>" msgstr "" +"&bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: <ulink url=" +"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/" +"java/docs/index.html</ulink>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" -msgstr "Der Suchergebnis-Abschnitt" +msgstr "Suchergebnisse" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " "opens that verse up in context in the preview window below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Versnummer und ziehen Sie diese in die Hauptgruppe um " -"Lesezeichen anzulegen," +msgstr "Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu erstellen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" -msgstr "Dialogbox Suchergebnis" +msgstr "Suchergebnisse analysieren" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Suchanalyse</guibutton> - Dies gibt eine grafische Übersicht über " -"die Anzahl, die der Suchbegriff in jedem Buch gefunden wurde. Es können " -"Suchergebnisse für alle durchsuchten Dokumente angezeigt werden. Sie haben " -"die  Möglichkeit die Analyse als HTML formatierte Liste auf Festplatte " -"abzuspeichern." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ergebnisse analysieren...</guibutton>, um die Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie die Analyse abspeichern." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "Suchanalyse Dialogbox" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "Der <guimenuitem>Bücherregal Verwalter</guimenuitem>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " "Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove " "existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> in the main menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> ist ein Werkzeug, das Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf <menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" -msgstr "Bücherregal Verwalter" +msgstr "Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " "drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is \"~/.sword/" "\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hier können Sie festlegen, wo &bibletime; Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist \"~/.sword/\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " "disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD " "as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all " "works on the CD if it is present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie &bibletime; starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie eingelegt ist." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" -msgstr "Swords Installation" +msgstr "Werke installieren/updaten" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " "\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " @@ -1086,10 +974,10 @@ msgid "" "repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You " "can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and " "<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt \"Bibliothek\") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein (z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit <guibutton>Hinzufügen...</guibutton> und <guibutton>Löschen...</guibutton> verwalten." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -1100,51 +988,49 @@ msgid "" "all works that you want to install or update, and click on " "<guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your " "Bookshelf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Auffrischen...</guibutton>. &bibletime; wird den Inhalt der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf <guibutton>Installieren...</guibutton> klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem Bücherregal übertragen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "Werk(e) entfernen" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " "<guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Entfernen...</guibutton>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 msgid "Search Indexes" -msgstr "Suchen" +msgstr "Suchindizes" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "Exortieren und Drucken" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" "guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " "<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " "windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the " "search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. " "It is pretty straightforward, so just try it out." -msgstr "" +msgstr "An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit <guimenuitem>Auswählen</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Kopieren</guimenuitem> (zur Zwischenablage), <guimenuitem>Speichern</guimenuitem> oder <guimenuitem>Drucken</guimenuitem> zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's einfach mal." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1152,19 +1038,17 @@ msgid "" "editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing " "from &bibletime; directly." msgstr "" -"Das Drucken in &bibletime; ist relativ einfach und als Hilfsmittel gedacht. " -"Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text von " -"&bibletime; Dokumenten enthält, dann kopieren Sie den Text doch über die " -"Zwischenablage in Ihr bevorzugtes Programm." +"Das Drucken in &bibletime; ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel gedacht. " +"Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text aus " +"&bibletime;-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von &bibletime; aus direkt zu drucken." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:2 msgid "Reference" msgstr "Referenz" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Main menu reference" -msgstr "Voreinstellungen" +msgstr "Hauptmenü-Referenz" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:5 @@ -1175,15 +1059,14 @@ msgid "" "belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of " "all hotkeys can be found in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">this " "section</link>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im &bibletime;-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch in &bibletime; auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">diesem Abschnitt</link>." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to " "write unsaved changes to disk." msgstr "" -"<action>BibleTime schließen.</action> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie " +"<action>&bibletime; schließen.</action> &bibletime; wird Sie fragen, ob Sie " "ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1191,14 +1074,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to " "maximize the &bibletime; window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</action> Diese Einstellung maximiert das &bibletime;-Fenster." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:88 msgid "" "<action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the " "main toolbar on or off." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</action> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:102 @@ -1206,112 +1089,118 @@ msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to " "turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " "more space for the Mag." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Bücherregal anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "<action>Lesezeichen anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 +msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Lupenfenster anzeigen.</action> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" -"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." -msgstr "" +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." +msgstr "<action>In der Standard-Bibel suchen...</action>. Es können mehr Werke zum Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." -msgstr "" +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." +msgstr "<action>In offenen Werken suchen...</action>. Werke können im Suchdialog hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " "context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be " "overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a " "new session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Sitzung speichern</action>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern können." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " "for a new name to save the session to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Als neue Sitzung speichern</action>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session to load." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Sitzung laden</action>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session that should be deleted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Sitzung löschen</action>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " "opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " "the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it " "for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Anordnungs-Art</action>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten (manueller Modus), oder dass &bibletime; sich um die Fensteranordnung kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!)." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." -msgstr "Geöffnete Anzeigefenster staffeln" +msgstr "<action>Geöffnete Fenster staffeln</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." -msgstr "Schließt alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster" +msgstr "<action>Vertikal kacheln</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." -msgstr "Schließt alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster" +msgstr "<action>Horizontal kacheln</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." -msgstr "Schließt alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster" +msgstr "<action>Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</action>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " "configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your " "needs. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">this section</link> for " "details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>&bibletime; konfigurieren</action>. Dies öffnet den Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von &bibletime;. Sie können hier alle möglichen Einstellungen von &bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details nach." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " "manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" "bookshelfmanager\">this section</link> for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</action>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie bitte in <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details nach." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Handbuch</action>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von &bibletime;. Sie lesen es gerade." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1320,216 +1209,318 @@ msgid "" "expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If " "you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in " "your heart He will not disappoint you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</action>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht enttäuschen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " "contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the " "license agreement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<action>Ãœber &bibletime;</action>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit Projekt-Informationen über &bibletime; und enthält die &bibletime;-Version, Projekt-Beitragende, &sword;-Version, &qt;-Version und das Lizenzabkommen." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Werksreferenz" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken assoziierten Symbolzeichen." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "Blättert vorwärts im Verlauf." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "Blättert rückwärts im Verlauf." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "Wählt eine installierte Bibel aus." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "Wählt eine zusätzliche Bibel aus." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "In ausgewählten Werken suchen." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "Konfiguration anzeigen." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "Wählt ein installiertes Kommentar aus." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Wählt ein zusätzliches Kommentar aus." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "Synchronisiert angezeigten Eintrag mit aktivem Bibelfenster." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Wählt ein Buch aus." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "Wählt ein installiertes Glossar oder eine installierte Andacht aus." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "Wählt ein zusätzliches Glossar oder eine zusätzliche Andacht aus." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" -msgstr "Tastenkürzel" +msgstr "Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " "handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to " "directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look " "at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you " "can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in &bibletime; ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">diesem Abschnitt</link> nachsehen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "Tastenkürzel" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" -msgstr "Bestimmung" +msgstr "Beschreibung" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 -#, fuzzy +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." -msgstr "Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne." +msgstr "Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurückblättern." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." -msgstr "Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne." +msgstr "Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwärtsblättern." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> " "</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the " "default bible." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In Standardbibel suchen...</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in der Standardbibel zu suchen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling." msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Vertikal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die automatische Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Horizontal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die automatische Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading." msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf automatisches Staffeln." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "equivalent; toggle manual window placement." msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Als neue Sitzung speichern</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> speichert die aktuelle Sitzung als neue Sitzung ab." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "</link> equivalent; closes all open windows." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Alle Fenster schließen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"</link> schließt alle geöffneten Fenster." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergrößern. Dies vergrößert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alles auswählen. Dies wählt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewählten Text in die Zwischenablage." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu suchen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> equivalent." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Vertikal kacheln</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales Kacheln." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> equivalent." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Horizontal kacheln</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales Kacheln." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" "link> windows equivalent." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> " "</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all " "currently opened works." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In offenen Werken suchen...</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" "link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Beenden</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> schließt &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schließt das aktuelle Fenster." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbuch</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> öffnet das Handbuch." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet die Bücherregal-Verwaltung." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" "link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)." msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupenfenster anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:2 #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:6 @@ -1537,59 +1528,44 @@ msgid "Starting &bibletime;" msgstr " &bibletime; starten" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "How to start &bibletime;" -msgstr "Das zum starten von &bibletime; benutzte Icon" +msgstr "Wie &bibletime; zu starten ist" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You " "can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon:" -msgstr "" -"&bibletime; ist ein &kde; Programm und ist in den &kde; Arbeitsplatz " -"integriert. Sie können &bibletime; vom Untermenü "Anwendungen"des " -"&kde; <guimenu>Startmenü</guimenu> starten." +msgstr "&bibletime; ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert ist. Sie können &bibletime; aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten:" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>" -msgstr "&bibletime;" +msgstr "<phrase>&bibletime;-Start-Symbol</phrase>" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:18 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch " "&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type:" msgstr "" -"&bibletime; kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerugfen " -"werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal (jedes beliebige " -"Xterminal) und geben Sie <command>bibletime</command> ein." +"&bibletime; kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen " +"werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben Sie folgendes ein:" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "&bibletime;" -msgstr "bibletime" +msgstr "&bibletime;" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:24 -#, fuzzy msgid "Other window managers" -msgstr "Andere Fenstermanager (kein &kde;)" +msgstr "Andere Fenstermanager" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, " "Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are " "already installed on your computer." -msgstr "" -"&bibletime; kann mit anderen Windowmanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox oder Sawfish " -"verwendet werden, vorrausgesetzt, &kde; 3 ist installiert. Wenn Sie &kde; 3 " -"mit Hilfe der &Linux-Mandrake; RPMS installier haben, dann in KDE in /opt " -"installiert. Das Startkommando in einem Terminal lautet dann:" +msgstr "&bibletime; kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sind." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "Startup customization" msgstr "Konfiguration des Startverhaltens" @@ -1598,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration des Startverhaltens" msgid "" "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the " "default bible:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, um einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:34 @@ -1607,34 +1583,34 @@ msgid "" "bibletime --open-default-bible\n" " \"<random>\"" msgstr "" +"bibletime --open-default-bible\n" +" \"<random>\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:35 msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37 #, no-wrap msgid "bibletime --open-default-bible \"John 3:16\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bibletime --open-default-bible \"Joh 3:16\"" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37 msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "Startup sequence" -msgstr "Startvorgang" +msgstr "Start-Sequenz" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main " "&bibletime; window opens:" -msgstr "Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie einige Meldungen sehen:" +msgstr "Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen des Hauptfensters sehen:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:52 @@ -1647,6 +1623,8 @@ msgid "" "Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know &bibletime;'s basic " "features quickly." msgstr "" +"<action>Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</action> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" +"bookshelfmanager\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für weitere Details nach. Falls Sie &bibletime; mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von &bibletime; kennen zu lernen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:69 @@ -1655,51 +1633,51 @@ msgid "" "&bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">the " "detailed description</link> of this dialog." msgstr "" +"<action>&bibletime; anpassen.</action>Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen " +"&bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">die detaillierte Beschreibung</link> dieses Dialogs nach." # type: Content of the bibletime entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the sword entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 msgid "<application>Sword</application>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<application>Sword</application>" # type: Content of the kde entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:7 msgid "<application>KDE</application>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<application>KDE</application>" # type: Content of the qt entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:8 msgid "<application>Qt</application>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<application>Qt</application>" # type: Content of the Shift entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:10 msgid "Shift" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umschalt" # type: Content of the Ctrl entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:11 msgid "Ctrl" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strg" # type: Content of the Alt entity #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:12 msgid "Alt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alt" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 -#, fuzzy msgid "The &bibletime; handbook" msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Handbuch" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 -#, fuzzy msgid "the &bibletime; team" -msgstr "Dem BibleTime Team beitreten" +msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Team" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 msgid "The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;." @@ -1707,886 +1685,15 @@ msgstr "Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -msgid "2009-04" -msgstr "" +msgid "2009-06" +msgstr "2009-06" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" -msgstr "" +msgid "2.2" +msgstr "2.2" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 -#, fuzzy msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework." -msgstr "Die Online Bibel ist ein mächtiges Bibelstudien Programm für Windows." - -#~ msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog" -#~ msgstr "BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Toolbar reference" -#~ msgstr "Voreinstellungen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the following entry " -#~ "in the main menu:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können die Werkzeugleiste ihren Bedürfnissen anpassen. Bitte benutzen " -#~ "Sie den folgenden Eintrag aus dem Hauptmenü:" - -#~ msgid "Configure toolbars" -#~ msgstr "Werkzeugleisten einrichten" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars\">this " -#~ "section</link> for detailed instructions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte lesen Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars" -#~ "\">diesen Abschnitt</link> für weitergehenden Informationen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Starting &bibletime; from KDE" -#~ msgstr " &bibletime; starten" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "export KDEDIR=/opt/kde #your KDE directory\n" -#~ " bibletime" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "export KDEDIR=/opt/kde3\n" -#~ "bibletime" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this section you find a description of the different possibilities to " -#~ "configure &bibletime;: The <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">Configure " -#~ "BibleTime Dialog </link> and the <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-toolbar" -#~ "\">Configure Toolbars</link> dialog. Both can be accessed under " -#~ "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Beschreibung der verschiedenen " -#~ "Möglichkeiten &bibletime; einzurichten. Der Dialog <link linkend=\"hdbk-" -#~ "config-bt\">BibleTime einrichten</link> und der <link linkend=\"hdbk-" -#~ "config-toolbar\">Werkzeugleisten einrichten</link> Dialog. Auf beide kann " -#~ "mittels <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> im Hauptmenü zugegriffen werden." - -#~ msgid "Show tip of the day" -#~ msgstr "Tipp des Tages anzeigen" - -#~ msgid "Configure Toolbars dialog" -#~ msgstr ""Werkzeugleiste einrichten" Dialog" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You will see this dialog, which allows adding and removing buttons from " -#~ "the main toolbar of &bibletime;. The order of the buttons can also be " -#~ "changed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie werden diesen Dialog sehen, der ihnen erlaubt Knöpfe von &bibletime;" -#~ "s Werkzeugleiste zu entfernen und auch wieder hinzuzufügen. Die " -#~ "Reihenfolge kann ebenfalls verändert werden." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<phrase>Toolbar configuration dialog</phrase>" -#~ msgstr "Der Werkzeugleisten-Konfigurationsdialog." - -#~ msgid "The Toolbar configuration dialog." -#~ msgstr "Der Werkzeugleisten-Konfigurationsdialog." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the 4 buttons in the middle of the window to move buttons to the " -#~ "toolbar, away from the toolbar or to sort them on the toolbar according " -#~ "to your preference." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Benutzen Sie die vier Knöpfe in der Mitte des Fensters, um die Knöpfe auf " -#~ "die Werkzeugleiste hin oder von ihr weg zu bewegen oder um die " -#~ "Reihenfolge ihren Vorlieben anzupassen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars\">this " -#~ "section</link> for further information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte lesen Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars" -#~ "\">diesen Abschnitt</link> für weitergehenden Informationen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "&language;" -#~ msgstr "Sprachen" - -#~ msgid "Display" -#~ msgstr "Anzeige" - -#~ msgid "Code2000" -#~ msgstr "Code2000" - -#~ msgid "SIL unicode fonts" -#~ msgstr "Unicode Schriftarten von SIL" - -#~ msgid "FreeFont" -#~ msgstr "FreeFont" - -#~ msgid "Crosswire's font directory" -#~ msgstr "Crosswires Schriften-Verzeichnis" - -#~ msgid "Bitstream CyberBit" -#~ msgstr "Bitstream CyberBit" - -#~ msgid "Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban" -#~ msgstr "Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban" - -#~ msgid "Desk" -#~ msgstr "Schreibtisch" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" -#~ "\"i_configuretoolbars.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject> </" -#~ "inlinemediaobject>Settings </guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure toolbars</" -#~ "guimenuitem>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" -#~ "\"i_configuretoolbars.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject> </" -#~ "inlinemediaobject>Einstellungen </guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werkzeugleisten " -#~ "einrichten</guimenuitem>" - -#~ msgid "Toolbar configuration dialog" -#~ msgstr "Werkzeugleisten-Konfigurationsdialog" - -#~ msgid "Use the options tab to set up your search." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Benutzen Sie den Sucheinstellungen-Tabulator, um die Eigenschaften der " -#~ "Suche einzustellen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also define your own search ranges by clicking the " -#~ "<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bereiche bearbeiten - Sie können durch Klick auf <guibutton>Suchbereiche " -#~ "einstellen</guibutton> den oberen und unteren Suchgrenzen für die Suche " -#~ "eingeben." - -#~ msgid "File" -#~ msgstr "Datei" - -#~ msgid "View" -#~ msgstr "Ansicht" - -#~ msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Toolbar</guimenuitem>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werkzeugleiste anzeigen</" -#~ "guimenuitem>" - -#~ msgid "Search" -#~ msgstr "Suchen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></" -#~ "shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" -#~ "\"i_find.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> Search</" -#~ "guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<guimenu> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" -#~ "\"i_configuretoolbars.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject> </" -#~ "inlinemediaobject>Einstellungen </guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werkzeugleisten " -#~ "einrichten</guimenuitem>" - -#~ msgid "Window" -#~ msgstr "Fenster" - -#~ msgid "Settings" -#~ msgstr "Einstellungen" - -#~ msgid "Help" -#~ msgstr "Hilfe" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "&help.menu.documentation;" -#~ msgstr "Dokumentation" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;<keycap>Right</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;<keycap>Rechts</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>M</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>M</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap>" +msgstr "&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert." -#~ msgid "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Alt;&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>-</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>-</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>A</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>A</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>F</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>H</keycap>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>O</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>-</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>Q</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>Q</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>W</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>X</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>X</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>Y</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>Y</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;<keycap>V</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;<keycap>V</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>F</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>F</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>X</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>X</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>Y</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>Y</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>V</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>V</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "<keycap>F1</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "<keycap>F1</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "<keycap>F2</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "<keycap>F2</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "<keycap>F3</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "<keycap>F3</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "<keycap>F4</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "<keycap>F4</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "<keycap>F8</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "<keycap>F8</keycap>" - -#~ msgid "<keycap>F9</keycap>" -#~ msgstr "<keycap>F9</keycap>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "GCC Regular Expression Reference" -#~ msgstr "Regeln für Suchabfragen mit GCC regulären Ausdrücken" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Regular expression searches provide a way to do simple or complex " -#~ "searches for strings that match a pattern or set of patterns (branches) " -#~ "separated by vertical bars \"|\". While a pattern can be built to look " -#~ "for a word or phrase, a simple pattern that consists of a word does not " -#~ "look for only that word but for any place where that word is found. A " -#~ "search for \"right\" will return verses that contain the word \"right\", " -#~ "but also \"<emphasis>right</emphasis>eous\", \"<emphasis>right</" -#~ "emphasis>eousness\", \"un<emphasis>right</emphasis>eous\", " -#~ "\"up<emphasis>right</emphasis>\" and even \"b<emphasis>right</emphasis>" -#~ "\". A search for \"hall not\" is not a search for \"hall\" AND \"not\" " -#~ "but for the string \"hall not\" with a space between the second \"l\" and " -#~ "the \"n\". The search for \"hall not\" will find occurrences of " -#~ "\"s<emphasis>hall not</emphasis>\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eine Suche mit regulären Ausdrücken stellt eine Möglichkeit dar, einfache " -#~ "oder komplexe Suchen nach Zeichenketten durchzuführen, die einem Muster " -#~ "oder einer Menge von Mustern (Bereiche) entsprechen. Die einzelnen Muster " -#~ "einer Menge werden durch den horizontalen Strich "|" getrennt. " -#~ "WÀhrend es möglich ist, ein Muster zu bauen, dass nach einem Wort oder " -#~ "einem Satz sucht, sucht ein einfaches aus einem einzelnen Wort " -#~ "bestehendes Muster nicht nur nach diesem einen Wort, sondern auch nach " -#~ "jeder Zeichenkette die das gesuchte Wort enthält. Eine Suche nach "" -#~ "gerecht" wird Verse liefern, die das Wort "gerecht" " -#~ "enthalten. Es werden jedoch auch Verse zurückgeliefert, die "" -#~ "<emphasis>Gerecht</emphasis>igkeit", "Un<emphasis>gerecht</" -#~ "emphasis>igkeit" oder "<emphasis>gerecht</emphasis>er" " -#~ "enthalten. Eine Suche nach "hall not" ist nicht eine Suche nach " -#~ ""hall" UND "not", sondern nach der Zeichenkette "" -#~ "hall not" mit einem Leerzeichen zwischen dem zweiten "l" " -#~ "und dem "n". Die Suche nach "hall not" wird " -#~ "Textstellen mit "s<emphasis>hall not</emphasis>" finden." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The power of Regular Expressions lies in the patterns (or templates) used " -#~ "to define a search. A pattern consists of ordinary characters and some " -#~ "special characters that are used and interpreted by a set of rules. " -#~ "Special characters include .\\[^*$?+. Ordinary (or simple) characters are " -#~ "any characters that are not special. The backslash, \"\\\", is used to " -#~ "convert special characters to ordinary and ordinary characters to special." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Mächtigkeit der regulären Ausdrücke liegt in den Mustern (oder " -#~ "Vorlagen) die benutzt werden, um die Suche zu definieren. Ein Muster " -#~ "besteht aus normalen Zeichen und einigen besonderen Zeichen, die von " -#~ "einer bestimmten Menge von Regeln interpretiert und benutzt werden. Die " -#~ "besonderen Zeichen enthalten .\\[^*$?+. Normale (oder einfache) Zeichen, " -#~ "sind alle die, die keine besonderen Zeichen sind. Der Backslash, "" -#~ "\\", wird benutzt um die besonderen Zeichen in normale und normale " -#~ "in besondere Zeichen umzuwandeln." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Example: the pattern \"i. love\\.\" will find sentences that end with " -#~ "\"h<emphasis>i</emphasis>s <emphasis>love.</emphasis>\" or \"<emphasis>i</" -#~ "emphasis>n <emphasis>love.</emphasis>\" or \"<emphasis>i</emphasis>s " -#~ "<emphasis>love.</emphasis>\". The first period in \"i. love\\.\" is a " -#~ "special character that means \"allow any character in this position\". " -#~ "The backslash in \"i. love\\.\" means that the period following it is not " -#~ "to be considered a special character, but is an ordinary period." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Beispiel: das Muster "<emphasis>i. love\\.</emphasis>" wird " -#~ "Sätze finden, die mit "h<emphasis>i</emphasis>s <emphasis>love</" -#~ "emphasis>" oder "<emphasis>i</emphasis>n <emphasis>love</" -#~ "emphasis>" oder "<emphasis>i</emphasis>s <emphasis>love</" -#~ "emphasis>" enden, gefolgt von einem Punkt. Der erste Punkt in "" -#~ "i. love\\." ist ein spezielles Zeichen, das ein Platzhalter für ein " -#~ "beliebiges Zeichen an dieser Stelle ist.Der Backslash in "i. love\\." -#~ "" markiert den folgenden Punkt als normales Zeichen (der sonst ein " -#~ "Sonderzeichen ist)." - -#~ msgid "Special characters" -#~ msgstr "Besondere Zeichen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ ". The period matches any character. See <link linkend=\"period\">details</" -#~ "link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Der Punkt passt auf jedes Zeichen. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"period\"> " -#~ "Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "* The asterisk matches 0 or more characters of the preceding: set, " -#~ "character or indicated character. See <link linkend=\"asterisk\">details</" -#~ "link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "* Der Stern findet 0 oder mehr Zeichen des vorhergehenden Sets, des " -#~ "vorhergehenden Zeichens oder des vorhergehenden besonderern Zeichens. " -#~ "Siehe auch <link linkend=\"asterisk\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "+ The plus sign matches 1 or more characters of the preceding: set, " -#~ "character or indicated character. See <link linkend=\"plus\">details</" -#~ "link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "+ Das Pluszeichen findet 1 oder mehr Zeichen des vorhergehenden Sets, des " -#~ "vorhergehenden Zeichens oder des vorhergehenden besonderern Zeichens. " -#~ "Siehe auch <link linkend=\"plus\">Einzelheiten</link>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "? The question mark matches 0 or 1 character of the preceding: set, " -#~ "character or indicated character. See <link linkend=\"question\">details</" -#~ "link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "? Das Fragezeichen passt auf 0 oder 1 Zeichen des vorhergehenden Sets, " -#~ "Zeichens oder besonderern Zeichens. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"question" -#~ "\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "[ ] Square brackets match any one of the characters specified inside [ ]. " -#~ "See <link linkend=\"bracket\">details</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "[ ] Eckige Klammern finden ein Zeichens innerhalb der eckigen Klammern " -#~ "[ ]. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"bracket\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "^ A caret as the first character inside [ ] means NOT. See <link linkend=" -#~ "\"caret\">details</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "^ Ein Hochzeichen als erstes Zeichen innerhalb von [ ] heißt NICHT. Siehe " -#~ "auch <link linkend=\"caret\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "^ A caret beginning of a pattern anchors the beginning of a line. See " -#~ "<link linkend=\"caret\">details</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "^ Ein Hochzeichen als Beginn eines Musters verankert an den Beginn der " -#~ "Zeile. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"caret\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "$ A dollar at the end of a pattern anchors the end of a line. See <link " -#~ "linkend=\"dollar\">details</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ Ein Dollarzeichen am Beginn eines Musters verankert an das Ende einer " -#~ "Zeile. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"dollar\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "| A vertical bar means logical OR. See <link linkend=\"bar\">details</" -#~ "link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "| Ein vertikaler Strich hat die Bedeutung des logischen ODER. Siehe auch " -#~ "<link linkend=\"bar\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "( ) Parentheses enclose expressions for grouping. <emphasis>Not supported!" -#~ "</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "( ) Runde Klammern gruppieren Ausdrücke. <emphasis>Wird nicht unterstützt!" -#~ "</emphasis>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\ A backslash can be used prior to any special character to match that " -#~ "character. See <link linkend=\"backslash\">details</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\ Ein Backslash kann vor jedem besonderem Zeichen benutzt werden, um " -#~ "dieses Zeichen zu finden. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"backslash" -#~ "\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\ A backslash can be used prior to an ordinary character to make it a " -#~ "special character. See <link linkend=\"backslash\">details</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\ Ein Backslash kann vor jedem normalen Zeichen benutzt werden um es zu " -#~ "einem besonderen Zeichen zu machen. Siehe auch <link linkend=\"backslash" -#~ "\">Einzelheiten</link>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The period ." -#~ msgstr "Der Punkt ." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Period \".\" will match any single character even a space or other " -#~ "non-alphabet character. <emphasis>s.t</emphasis> matches <emphasis>s</" -#~ "emphasis>i<emphasis>t</emphasis>, <emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>t</" -#~ "emphasis>,<emphasis> s</emphasis>o<emphasis>t</emphasis>, etc., which " -#~ "could be located in <emphasis>s</emphasis>i<emphasis>t</emphasis>ting, " -#~ "compas<emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>t</emphasis>h and <emphasis>s</" -#~ "emphasis>o<emphasis>t</emphasis>tish <emphasis>b..t</emphasis> matches " -#~ "<emphasis>b</emphasis>oo<emphasis>t</emphasis>, <emphasis>b</" -#~ "emphasis>oa<emphasis>t</emphasis> and <emphasis>b</emphasis>ea<emphasis>t " -#~ "foot.tool </emphasis>matches <emphasis>foot</emphasis>s<emphasis>tool </" -#~ "emphasis>and <emphasis>foot tool</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der Punkt "." steht für jedes einzelne Zeichen, sogar für ein " -#~ "Leerzeichen oder für ein Zeichen, dass nicht im Alphabet vorkommt. " -#~ "<emphasis>s.t</emphasis> findet <emphasis>s</emphasis>i<emphasis>t</" -#~ "emphasis>, <emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>t</emphasis>,<emphasis> s</" -#~ "emphasis>o<emphasis>t</emphasis>, usw., welche in folgenden Zeichenketten " -#~ "vorkommen können <emphasis>s</emphasis>i<emphasis>t</emphasis>ting, " -#~ "compas<emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>t</emphasis>h and <emphasis>s</" -#~ "emphasis>o<emphasis>t</emphasis>tish <emphasis>b..t</emphasis> findet " -#~ "<emphasis>b</emphasis>oo<emphasis>t</emphasis>, <emphasis>b</" -#~ "emphasis>oa<emphasis>t</emphasis> und <emphasis>b</emphasis>ea<emphasis>t " -#~ "foot.tool </emphasis>findet <emphasis>foot</emphasis>s<emphasis>tool </" -#~ "emphasis>und <emphasis>foot tool</emphasis>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The asterisk *" -#~ msgstr "Das Sternchen *" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The asterisk matches zero or more characters of the preceding: set, " -#~ "character or indicated character. Using a period asterisk combination \".*" -#~ "\" is a common method to match any combination of characters. " -#~ "<emphasis>be*n</emphasis> matches<emphasis> beeen, been, ben</emphasis>, " -#~ "and <emphasis>bn</emphasis> which could locate Reu<emphasis>ben</" -#~ "emphasis> and She<emphasis>bn</emphasis>a. <emphasis>G.*d</emphasis> " -#~ "would match <emphasis>God, good, guard</emphasis> and even <emphasis>Gd</" -#~ "emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Sternchen findet null oder mehr Zeichen des vorhergehenden Sets, " -#~ "Zeichens oder besonderen Zeichens. Die Benutzung einer Punkt Sternchen " -#~ "Kombination ".*" nach einem häufig gefundenem Muster kann die " -#~ "Suche sehr lange dauern lassen und das Programm eingefroren wirken " -#~ "lassen. <emphasis>be*n</emphasis> findet<emphasis> beeen, been, ben</" -#~ "emphasis>, und <emphasis>bn</emphasis> was z.B. "Reu<emphasis>ben</" -#~ "emphasis>" und "She<emphasis>bn</emphasis>a" finden könnte." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The plus sign +" -#~ msgstr "Das Pluszeichen +" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Plus Sign matches one or more characters of the preceding: set, " -#~ "character or indicated character. Using a period and plus sign " -#~ "combination \".+\" is similar to \".*\" (see above), but the string has " -#~ "to contain at least one string to match. <emphasis>be+n</emphasis> " -#~ "matches <emphasis>beeen, been</emphasis> and <emphasis>ben</emphasis>, " -#~ "but not <emphasis>bn</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Pluszeichen findet ein oder mehr Zeichen des vorhergehenden Sets, " -#~ "Zeichens oder besonderen Zeichens. Die Benutzung einer Pluszeichen " -#~ "Sternchen Kombination "+*" nach einem häufig gefundenem Muster " -#~ "kann die Suche sehr lange dauern lassen und das Programm eingefroren " -#~ "wirken lassen. "<emphasis>be+n</emphasis>" findet "" -#~ "<emphasis>beeen, been</emphasis>" und "<emphasis>ben</" -#~ "emphasis>", jedoch nicht "<emphasis>bn</emphasis>"." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The question mark ?" -#~ msgstr "Das Fragezeichen ?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Question Mark matches zero or one character of the preceding: set, " -#~ "character or indicated character. <emphasis>be?n</emphasis> matches " -#~ "<emphasis>ben</emphasis> and <emphasis>bn</emphasis> but not " -#~ "<emphasis>been</emphasis>. <emphasis>trees?</emphasis> matches " -#~ "<emphasis>trees</emphasis> or <emphasis>tree</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Fragezeichen findet 0 oder mehr Zeichen des vorhergehenden Sets, " -#~ "Zeichens oder besonderen Zeichens. <emphasis>be?n</emphasis> findet " -#~ "<emphasis>ben</emphasis> und <emphasis>bn</emphasis> jedoch nicht " -#~ "<emphasis>been</emphasis>. <emphasis>trees?</emphasis> findet " -#~ "<emphasis>trees</emphasis> oder <emphasis>tree</emphasis>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The square brackets [ ]" -#~ msgstr "Die eckigen Klammern [ ]" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Square Brackets enclose a set of characters that can match. The " -#~ "period, asterisk, plus sign and question mark are not special inside the " -#~ "brackets. A minus sign can be used to indicate a range. If you want a " -#~ "caret \"^\" to be part of the range do not place it first after the left " -#~ "bracket or it will be a special character. To include a \"]\" in the set " -#~ "make it the first (or second after a special \"^\") character in the set. " -#~ "To include a minus sign in the set make it the first (or second after a " -#~ "special \"^\") or last character in the set. <emphasis>s[eia]t</emphasis> " -#~ "matches <emphasis>set</emphasis>, <emphasis>sit</emphasis>, and " -#~ "<emphasis>sat</emphasis>, but not <emphasis>s</emphasis>o<emphasis>t</" -#~ "emphasis>. <emphasis>s[eia]+t </emphasis>matches as above but also, " -#~ "<emphasis>seat, seet, siet</emphasis>, etc. <emphasis>[a-d]</emphasis> " -#~ "matches <emphasis>a, b, c,</emphasis> or <emphasis>d</emphasis>. " -#~ "<emphasis>[A-Z]</emphasis> matches any uppercase letter. [.;:?!] " -#~ "matches ., ;, :, ?, or ! but not a comma. [ ]^-] matches ] or ^ or -." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die eckigen Klammern schließen eine Menge von Zeichen ein, die Treffer " -#~ "erzielen können. Die Zeichen Punkt, Sternchen, Pluszeichen und " -#~ "Fragezeichen werden innerhalb der Klammern nicht als besondere Zeichen " -#~ "behandelt. Ein Minuszeichen kann benutzt werden, um einen Bereich " -#~ "anzugeben. Falls Sie möchten, dass ein Hochzeichen "^" Teil des " -#~ "Bereiches wird plazieren Sie es nicht direkt hinter die linke Klammer, " -#~ "oder es wird als besonderes Zeichen behandelt. Um den vertikalen Strich " -#~ ""|" in die Menge aufzunehmen, machen Sie ihn zum ersten Zeichen " -#~ "nach der linken eckigen Klammer (oder zweites nach dem besonderen Zeichen " -#~ ""^"). Um ein Minuszeichen in die Menge aufzunehmen machen Sie " -#~ "es zum ersten Zeichen nach der linken Klammer (oder zweites nach dem " -#~ "besonderen Zeichen "^") oder auch zum letzten Zeichen der " -#~ "Menge. <emphasis>s[eia]t</emphasis> findet <emphasis>set</emphasis>, " -#~ "<emphasis>sit</emphasis>, und <emphasis>sat</emphasis>, jedoch nicht " -#~ "<emphasis>s</emphasis>o<emphasis>t</emphasis>. <emphasis>s[eia]+t </" -#~ "emphasis>findet so wie oben und<emphasis>seat, seet, siet</emphasis>, " -#~ "usw. <emphasis>[a-d]</emphasis> findet <emphasis>a, b, c,</emphasis> oder " -#~ "<emphasis>d</emphasis>. <emphasis>[A-Z]</emphasis> findet jeden " -#~ "Großbuchstaben. [.;:?!] findet ., ;, :, ?, oder ! jedoch kein Komma. [ ]" -#~ "^-] findet ] oder ^ oder -" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The caret first in square brackets [^xxx]" -#~ msgstr "Das Hochzeichen zu Beginn in den eckigen Klammern [^xxx" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the Caret is the first character after the left bracket it means NOT. " -#~ "<emphasis>s[^io]t</emphasis> matches <emphasis>set, sat</emphasis>, etc., " -#~ "but not <emphasis>s</emphasis>i<emphasis>t</emphasis> and <emphasis>s</" -#~ "emphasis>o<emphasis>t</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn das Hochzeichen das erste Zeichen nach der linken Klammer ist, hat " -#~ "es die Bedeutung von NICHT. <emphasis>s[^io]t</emphasis> findet " -#~ "<emphasis>set, sat</emphasis>, usw., jedoch nicht <emphasis>s</" -#~ "emphasis>i<emphasis>t</emphasis> und <emphasis>s</emphasis>o<emphasis>t</" -#~ "emphasis>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The caret as start of line anchor ^xxx" -#~ msgstr "Das Hochzeichen als Zeilenbeginn Anker ^xxx" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the Caret is the first character in a pattern it anchors the pattern " -#~ "to the start of a line. Any match must be at the beginning of a line. A " -#~ "line here means a part of text delimited by the return character or the " -#~ "end of the text. In Bibles, a \"line\" in this sense is often equivalent " -#~ "to a single verse; the word-wrapping that is performed by &bibletime; " -#~ "when the text is rendered on the screen does not affect the search " -#~ "algorithm. <emphasis>^In the beginning</emphasis> matches lines that " -#~ "start with \"<emphasis>In the beginning</emphasis>\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn das Hochzeichen das erste Zeichen in einem Muster ist, verankert es " -#~ "diese an den Beginn der Zeile. Jeder Treffer muss am Beginn der Zeile " -#~ "liegen. Wegen ungefilterten Formatierungszeichen in einigen Texten " -#~ "funktioniert diese Funktion nicht immer. Sie könnte es jedoch, wenn " -#~ "einige Punkte nach dem Hochzeichen gesetzt werden, um die " -#~ "Formatierungszeichen zu umgehen. <emphasis>^Am Anfang</emphasis> findet " -#~ "Zeilen, die mit "<emphasis>Amfang</emphasis>". beginnen " -#~ "(Vielleicht müssen Sie "<emphasis>^.....Am Anfang</emphasis>" " -#~ "benutzen)." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(Because of unfiltered formatting characters in some texts, this feature " -#~ "does not always work correctly, but may if a few periods are placed after " -#~ "the caret to account for the formatting characters. If that is the case " -#~ "for you, you could try <emphasis>^..In the beginning</emphasis> instead.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn das Hochzeichen das erste Zeichen in einem Muster ist, verankert es " -#~ "diese an den Beginn der Zeile. Jeder Treffer muss am Beginn der Zeile " -#~ "liegen. Wegen ungefilterten Formatierungszeichen in einigen Texten " -#~ "funktioniert diese Funktion nicht immer. Sie könnte es jedoch, wenn " -#~ "einige Punkte nach dem Hochzeichen gesetzt werden, um die " -#~ "Formatierungszeichen zu umgehen. <emphasis>^Am Anfang</emphasis> findet " -#~ "Zeilen, die mit "<emphasis>Amfang</emphasis>". beginnen " -#~ "(Vielleicht müssen Sie "<emphasis>^.....Am Anfang</emphasis>" " -#~ "benutzen)." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The dollar sign as end of line anchor xxx$" -#~ msgstr "Das Dollarzeichen als Zeilenende Anker xxx$" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the Dollar Sign is the last character in a pattern it anchors the " -#~ "pattern to the end of a line. Any match must be at the end of a line. " -#~ "<emphasis>Amen\\.$</emphasis> matches lines that end with " -#~ "\"<emphasis>Amen.</emphasis>\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn das Dollarzeichen das letzte des Musters ist, verankert es das " -#~ "Muster an das Ende der Zeile. Jeder Treffer muss am Ende der Zeile " -#~ "stattfinden. Wegen ungefilterten Formatierungszeichen in einigen Texten " -#~ "funktioniert diese Funktion nicht immer. Sie könnte es jedoch, wenn " -#~ "einige Punkte vor das Dollarzeichen gesetzt werden, um die " -#~ "Formatierungszeichen zu umgehen. <emphasis>Amen\\.$</emphasis> findet " -#~ "Zeilen, die mit "<emphasis>Amen.</emphasis>" enden (Vielleicht " -#~ "müssen Sie "Amen\\....", "Amen\\..........$", oder " -#~ "sogar "Amen\\....................$" benutzen)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The vertical bar |" -#~ msgstr "Der senkrechte Strich |" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Vertical Bar between patterns means OR. <emphasis>John|Peter</" -#~ "emphasis> matches <emphasis>John</emphasis> or <emphasis>Peter. John ." -#~ "*Peter|Peter .*John</emphasis> matches <emphasis>John</emphasis> ... " -#~ "<emphasis>Peter</emphasis> or <emphasis>Peter</emphasis> ... " -#~ "<emphasis>John</emphasis>. <emphasis>pain|suffering|sorrow</emphasis> " -#~ "matches <emphasis>pain</emphasis>, or <emphasis>suffering</emphasis>, or " -#~ "<emphasis>sorrow</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der vertikale Strich zwischen Mustern bedeutet ODER. <emphasis>John|" -#~ "Peter</emphasis> findet <emphasis>John</emphasis>. <emphasis>Peter. John ." -#~ "*Peter|Peter .*John</emphasis> matches <emphasis>John</emphasis> ... " -#~ "<emphasis>Peter</emphasis> oder <emphasis>Peter</emphasis> ... " -#~ "<emphasis>John</emphasis>. (.* slows a search) <emphasis>pain|suffering|" -#~ "sorrow</emphasis> findet<emphasis>pain</emphasis>, oder " -#~ "<emphasis>suffering</emphasis>, oder <emphasis>sorrow</emphasis>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The parentheses ( )" -#~ msgstr "Die runden Klammern ( )" - -#~ msgid "The use of Parentheses ( ) is not supported!" -#~ msgstr "Die Benutzung der runden Klammern () wird nicht unterstützt." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The backslash prior to a special character \\*" -#~ msgstr "Der Backslash vor einem besonderen Zeichen \\*" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Backslash prior to a special character indicates that the character " -#~ "is not being used in its special meaning, but is just to match itself. " -#~ "\"amen\\.\" matches <emphasis>amen.</emphasis> but not <emphasis>amen</" -#~ "emphasis>t and will not locate firm<emphasis>amen</emphasis>t." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der Backslash vor einem besonderen Zeichen bedeutet, dass das Zeichen " -#~ "nicht in seiner besonderen Bedeutung behandelt werden soll, sondern dass " -#~ "es das Zeichen selbst sein soll. "<emphasis>amen\\.</emphasis>" " -#~ "findet "<emphasis>amen.</emphasis>", jedoch nicht "" -#~ "<emphasis>amen</emphasis>t" und es wird nicht "" -#~ "firm<emphasis>amen</emphasis>t"." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The backslash prior to an ordinary character \\s" -#~ msgstr "Der Backslash vor einem normalen Zeichen \\s" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Backslash prior to an ordinary character indicates that the character " -#~ "is not being used to match itself, but has special meaning." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der Backslash vor einem normalen Zeichen bedeutet, dass dieses statt der " -#~ "normalen Bedeutung eine besondere haben soll." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\b if used outside [ ] means word boundary. If used inside [ ], it means " -#~ "backspace. <emphasis>\\brighteous\\b</emphasis> matches " -#~ "<emphasis>righteous</emphasis> but not un<emphasis>righteous</emphasis> " -#~ "or <emphasis>righteous</emphasis>ness." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\b ausßerhalb von [ ] benutzt, bedeutet es Wortgrenze. Innerhalb von [ ] " -#~ "hat die es die Bedeutung des Backspace. <emphasis>\\brighteous\\b</" -#~ "emphasis> findet <emphasis>righteous</emphasis>, aber nicht " -#~ "un<emphasis>righteous</emphasis> oder <emphasis>righteous</emphasis>ness" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\B means non-word boundary. <emphasis>\\Brighteous\\B</emphasis> matches " -#~ "un<emphasis>righteous</emphasis>ness and un<emphasis>righteous</" -#~ "emphasis>ly but not <emphasis>righteous</emphasis>, " -#~ "un<emphasis>righteous</emphasis> or <emphasis> righteous</emphasis>ness." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\B steht für keine Wortgrenze. <emphasis>\\Brighteous\\B</emphasis> " -#~ "findet un<emphasis>righteous</emphasis>ness und un<emphasis>righteous</" -#~ "emphasis>ly, jedoch nicht <emphasis>righteous</emphasis>, " -#~ "un<emphasis>righteous</emphasis> oder <emphasis> righteous</emphasis>ness." - -#~ msgid "\\d means digit; same as [0-9]." -#~ msgstr "\\d steht für Zahlen; das Gleiche wie [0-9]." - -#~ msgid "\\D means non-digit, same as [^0-9]." -#~ msgstr "\\D steht für nicht-Zahlen; das Gleiche wie [^0-9]." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "\\s means whitespace character." -#~ msgstr "\\s bedeutet Leerzeichen." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "\\S means no whitespace character." -#~ msgstr "\\S steht für nicht-Leerzeichen." - -#~ msgid "\\w means alphanumeric; same as [a-zA-Z0-9_]." -#~ msgstr "\\w bedeutet alphanumerisch; das Gleiche wie [a-zA-Z0-9_]." - -#~ msgid "\\W means not alphanumeric; same as [^a-zA-Z0-9_]." -#~ msgstr "\\W bedeutet nicht-alphanumerisch; das Gleiche wie [^a-zA-Z0-9_]." - -#~ msgid "Tip of the Day" -#~ msgstr "Tipp des Tages" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<firstname>Fred</firstname> <surname>Saalbach</surname>" -#~ msgstr "<firstname>Bob</firstname> <surname>Harman</surname>" - -#~ msgid "<firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> <surname>Hoyt</surname>" -#~ msgstr "<firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> <surname>Hoyt</surname>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<firstname>Martin</firstname> <surname>Gruner</surname>" -#~ msgstr "<firstname>Bob</firstname> <surname>Harman</surname>" - -#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS" -#~ msgstr "<firstname>Joachim</firstname> <surname>Ansorg</surname>" - -#~ msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>" -#~ msgstr "<keyword>KDE</keyword>" - -#~ msgid "sword" -#~ msgstr "sword" - -#~ msgid "crosswire" -#~ msgstr "crosswire" - -#~ msgid "help dialog" -#~ msgstr "Hilfedialog" - -#~ msgid "Multiple words (AND)" -#~ msgstr "Mehrere Worte (UND)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If <guimenuitem>Multiple words (AND)</guimenuitem> is marked, the search " -#~ "will locate all lines (or verses) that have all the words. The position " -#~ "and order of the words does not matter. A search for "prove " -#~ "cause" will find Gen. 21:25, "And Abraham re<emphasis>prove</" -#~ "emphasis>d Abimelech be <emphasis>cause</emphasis> of a well of water..." -#~ "" This is because a word that is part of another word is considered " -#~ "found if a word containing it is found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn \"Mehrere Wörter (UND)\" ausgewählt ist, wird die Suche alle Verse " -#~ "finden, die alle eingegebenen Worte enthalten. Die Position und " -#~ "Reihenfolge der Worte spielt keine Rolle. Wenn alle Worte in einem Vers " -#~ "enthalten sind, wird er in der Liste der gefundenen Verse angezeigt. Eine " -#~ "Suche nach "prove cause" wird 1 Mose 21:25 finden, "And " -#~ "Abraham re<emphasis>prove</emphasis>d Abimelech be <emphasis>cause</" -#~ "emphasis> of a well of water..." Es reicht also sogar, wenn die " -#~ "gesuchten Worte in den Worten des Verses enthalten sind." - -#~ msgid "Multiple words (OR)" -#~ msgstr "Mehrere Worte (ODER)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If <guimenuitem>Multiple words (OR)</guimenuitem> is marked, the search " -#~ "will locate all lines (or verses) that have any of the words. A search " -#~ "for "prove cause" will find Genesis 21:11, "And the thing " -#~ "was very grievous in Abraham's sight be<emphasis>cause </emphasis> of his " -#~ "son."" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn der Knopf \"Mehrere Wörter (ODER)\" ausgewählt wurde, dass findet " -#~ "die Suche alle Zeilen (oder Verse) die eines der Wörter des Eingabefeldes " -#~ "enthalten. Eine Suche nach "cause" findet 1. Mose 21:11 "" -#~ "And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight be<emphasis>cause </" -#~ "emphasis> of his son."." - -#~ msgid "Exact" -#~ msgstr "Genau" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If <guimenuitem>Exact</guimenuitem> is marked, the search will locate all " -#~ "lines (or verses) that contain the very phrase that was entered in the " -#~ "input field, including any spaces. A search for "now how thou " -#~ "ought" will find 1 Timothy 3:1, "...that thou mayest " -#~ "k<emphasis>now how thou ought</emphasis>est to behave..."" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Genaue Suche ausgewählt wurde, wird die Suche alle Zeilen (oder " -#~ "Verse) finden, die genau den in der Eingabezeile eingegebenen Text unter " -#~ "Einbezug aller Leerzeichen enthalten. Der gesuchte Satz muss nicht an " -#~ "einer Wortgrenze starten. Eine Suche nach "amt begehrt" wird 1. " -#~ "Thimotheus 3:1 finden: "Das ist gewißlich wahr: So jemand ein " -#~ "Bischofs<emphasis>amt begehrt</emphasis>, der begehrt ein köstlich Werk." -#~ """ - -#~ msgid "Regular expression" -#~ msgstr "Regulärer Audrück" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the <guimenuitem>Case sensitive</guimenuitem> box to switch case " -#~ "sensite searching on or off." -#~ msgstr "<guimenuitem>Kapitel</guimenuitem> - Das ganze Kapitel." diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po index fb4c4db..2d6e353 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 16:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n" @@ -209,9 +209,10 @@ msgid "Your distribution's localization packages." msgstr "Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" -"trademark>installation on the same computer." +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" "Olemassaoleva <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " "asennus samalla tietokoneella." @@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." msgstr "" "Monia Sword-taustaohjelman ominaisuuksia voidaan räätälöidä&bibletime;-" @@ -506,14 +507,16 @@ msgstr "<phrase>The &bibletime;-sovelluksen ikkuna</phrase>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on " -"the right side is where you do your real work." +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." msgstr "" "Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa " "kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien hallintaan. " @@ -523,21 +526,21 @@ msgstr "" "Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti käytettäväksi. Työpäytä " "oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen työn." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." msgstr "Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "&bibletime;n osa sovellusikkuna" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "Kirjahylly" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -547,12 +550,12 @@ msgstr "" "kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian \"Kirjanmerkit\". " "Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "Lukutehtäviä" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -566,51 +569,51 @@ msgstr "" "sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä " "teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " "then it will jump to the specified location." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "Tehtävien lisätiedot" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. " -"For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</ulink> on the " -"Crosswire Bible Society web site." +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "Etsintä teoksista" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " "in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " "you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " "search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " @@ -618,14 +621,14 @@ msgid "" "linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "Kirjanmerkkityöskentely" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" "guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " "& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " @@ -633,30 +636,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" "guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " "collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." msgstr "" "Voit napsauttaa hiiren <mousebutton>oikealla</mousebutton> painikkeella " "kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "Suurennuslasi" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -665,12 +669,12 @@ msgid "" "try it out." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "Työpöytä" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " "open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" @@ -680,7 +684,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" "link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " @@ -690,16 +694,16 @@ msgid "" "you know from your browser." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "Lukuikkunan sijoitus" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " @@ -707,11 +711,11 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." @@ -723,20 +727,20 @@ msgstr "" "Societyn</ulink> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään \"Personal commentary\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" "(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " "editor)." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " "deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the " @@ -744,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " "will be inserted." @@ -752,40 +756,40 @@ msgstr "" "Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 msgid "Searching text in an open read window" msgstr "Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" "\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " "search in entire works." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</" -"guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By " -"holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select " -"more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You " -"will be searching in all of these works at the same time." +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting " @@ -793,7 +797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." @@ -801,21 +805,21 @@ msgstr "" "Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia " "avoimessa lukuikkunassa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" msgstr "Etsinnän asetukset" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "Hakuikkunan ominaisuuspalkki" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" msgstr "Tehtävien valinta" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" "(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button " @@ -823,26 +827,26 @@ msgid "" "search in." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" msgstr "Hakualueiden käyttäminen" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" msgstr "Perushaun syntaksiohje" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " "return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " @@ -853,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" "hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " @@ -864,70 +868,70 @@ msgstr "" "hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " "':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " "number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 msgid "Available text types:" msgstr "Saatavana olevat tekstityypit:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 #, fuzzy msgid "Search Types" msgstr "Etsinnän tulokset" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "Etuliite" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Merkitys" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" msgstr "otsikko:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 msgid "searches headings" msgstr "etsii otsikoita" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" msgstr "alaviite:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 msgid "searches footnotes" msgstr "etsii alaviitteitä" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" msgstr "vahvennos:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" msgstr "etsii Strongin numeroita" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" msgstr "muoto:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 msgid "searches morphology codes" msgstr "etsii mofologisia koodeja" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 #, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " @@ -940,15 +944,15 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache." "org/java/docs/index.html</ulink>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" msgstr "Etsinnän tulokset" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " @@ -956,7 +960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." @@ -965,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" "lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." @@ -974,18 +978,19 @@ msgstr "" "kohdalle." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." msgstr "Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" msgstr "Etsintätulosten analysointi" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." @@ -995,16 +1000,16 @@ msgstr "" "löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit tallettaa analyysin." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "Hakuanalyysi-ikkuna" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "<guimenuitem>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</guimenuitem>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " "Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove " @@ -1013,11 +1018,11 @@ msgid "" "menuchoice> in the main menu." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" msgstr "Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " @@ -1028,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "Voit tallentaa sen jopa useampiin kansioihin. Oletus on \"~/.sword/\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " @@ -1041,12 +1046,12 @@ msgstr "" "yhtenä kirjahyllyn polkuna. Kun aloitat &bibletime;-ohjelman, se näyttää " "sinulle kaikki CD:llä olevat teokset, jos CD on asemassa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" msgstr "Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " "\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " @@ -1057,7 +1062,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -1070,12 +1075,12 @@ msgid "" "Bookshelf." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "Poista teos/teoksia" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " @@ -1085,12 +1090,12 @@ msgstr "" "lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja " "napsauta <guibutton>Poista teokset</guibutton>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 msgid "Search Indexes" msgstr "Etsii indeksejä" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." @@ -1098,15 +1103,15 @@ msgstr "" "Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten " "orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "Vienti ja tulostus" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" "guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " "<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " @@ -1116,7 +1121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1185,6 +1190,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Vaihtaa kirjahyllyn näkymisen.</action> Vaihda tätä asetusta " +"asettaaksesi kirjahyllyn näkyviin tai piilotetuksi. Tämä on kätevää, jos " +"haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." @@ -1192,23 +1209,27 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</action> Vaihda tätä asetusta " "asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai piilotetuksi." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" -"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</action>. Lisää " "teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</action>. Lisää " "teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " "context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be " @@ -1220,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, miten istunnon voi " "tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " "for a new name to save the session to." @@ -1228,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</action>. Tämä kysyy " "uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session to load." @@ -1236,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, " "josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session that should be deleted." @@ -1245,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " "opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " @@ -1253,27 +1274,27 @@ msgid "" "for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " "configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your " @@ -1282,7 +1303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " "manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" @@ -1290,12 +1311,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1307,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " @@ -1315,12 +1336,84 @@ msgid "" "license agreement." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Työkalupalkin viite" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "Etsintä teoksista" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "Etsinnän asetukset" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Tehtävien valinta" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" msgstr "Pikanäppäinten luettelo" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " "handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to " @@ -1329,26 +1422,26 @@ msgid "" "can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "Pikanäppäin" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kuvaus" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." msgstr "Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." msgstr "Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1361,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1373,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden sarjoitus pois/päälle." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1385,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden sarjoitus pois/päälle." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1397,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden sarjoitus pois/päälle." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1409,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "" "ikkunoita manuaalisesti." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1422,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "istunnoksi." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1433,28 +1526,28 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." msgstr "Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." msgstr "Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." msgstr "Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1466,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1478,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1490,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1503,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1514,12 +1607,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>Tiedosto</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lopeta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " "</link> sulkee &bibletime;-sovelluksen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." msgstr "Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1529,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> avaa käsikirjan." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" @@ -1539,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " @@ -1551,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> avaa kirjahyllyn hallintapaneelin." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1563,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1758,12 +1851,12 @@ msgstr "&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa." # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 #, fuzzy -msgid "2009-04" +msgid "2009-06" msgstr "elokuu 2005" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" +msgid "2.2" msgstr "" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 @@ -1773,9 +1866,6 @@ msgstr "" "&bibletime; on tehokas Raamatun tutkimisen työkalu, joka perustuu Sword-" "kehykseen." -#~ msgid "Toolbar reference" -#~ msgstr "Työkalupalkin viite" - #~ msgid "" #~ "You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the following entry " #~ "in the main menu:" diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po index 30edadc..539a637 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-26 13:46WET\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Van Schaftingen <vanschaf@yahoo.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Français\n" @@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ msgstr "Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" -"trademark>installation on the same computer." +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" "Une installation existante de <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft " "Windows</trademark> sur le même ordinateur." @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." msgstr "" "De nombreuses fonctionnalités de Sword peuvent être configurées dans " @@ -507,13 +507,14 @@ msgstr "Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on " -"the right side is where you do your real work." +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." msgstr "" "Voici à quoi ressemble une session typique de &bibletime;: <mediaobject> " "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_mainterms.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" @@ -527,21 +528,21 @@ msgstr "" "permet d'accéder rapidement aux fonctions importantes et le bureau à droite " "est l'endroit où vous travaillez." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." msgstr "Examinons chacune des parties de l'application." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "La bibliothèque" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -551,12 +552,12 @@ msgstr "" "catégories et par langues. La catégorie \"Signets\" permet de conserver vos " "signets et d'y accéder." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "Lire des modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -570,17 +571,17 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de lecture " "apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " @@ -595,22 +596,22 @@ msgstr "" "désigné. Vous pouvez aussi faire glisser une référence de verset sur une " "fenêtre de lecture ouverte, elle ira alors au passage désigné." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. " -"For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</ulink> on the " -"Crosswire Bible Society web site." +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." msgstr "" "Si vous cliquez avec le <mousebutton>bouton droit de la souris</mousebutton> " "sur l'icône d'une module, un menu proposant des actions en rapport avec " @@ -622,16 +623,16 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\">cette page</" "ulink> sur le site web de la Crosswire Bible Society." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "Rechercher dans des modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " "in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " "you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " "search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " @@ -647,14 +648,14 @@ msgstr "" "description complète des opérations de recherche se trouve <link linkend=" "\"hdbk-op-search\">ici</link>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "Utilisez les signets" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" "guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " "& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " @@ -668,11 +669,11 @@ msgstr "" "résultats de recherche dans le dossier signets et pour déplacer les signets " "d'un dossier à l'autre." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" "guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " "collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." @@ -684,21 +685,21 @@ msgstr "" "de dialogue permettant d'enregistrer la collection de signets. Vous pouvez " "importer des signets d'une manière semblable." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez aussi cliquer avec le <mousebutton>bouton droit de la souris</" "mousebutton> sur les dossiers et signets pour changer leurs noms et " "descriptions. " -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "Le zoom" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -712,11 +713,11 @@ msgstr "" "par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas dans le " "texte-même. Essayez." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "Le bureau" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " @@ -731,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" "op-parts-desk-write\">enregistrer vos notes dans le module de commentaires " "personnels</link>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" "link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " @@ -747,16 +748,16 @@ msgstr "" "des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi que des boutons " "d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " @@ -771,11 +772,11 @@ msgstr "" "disposition automatique dans <menuchoice><guimenu>Fenêtre</" "guimenu><guimenuitem>Mode d'arrangement</guimenuitem></menuchoice>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "Éditer votre propre commentaire" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." @@ -787,15 +788,15 @@ msgstr "" "crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>, appelé \"Commentaire " "personnel\" (\"Personal commentary\")." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" "(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " "editor)." msgstr "" @@ -808,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Texte brut</guimenuitem>(éditeur de code source) ou " "<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (éditeur de base en mode graphique)." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " @@ -819,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" "désactivé, vérifiez si vous avez des permissions d'écriture sur les fichiers " "du commentaire personnel. " -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " @@ -828,36 +829,36 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous déplacez avec la souris une référence de verset et que vous la " "lâchez sur le commentaire personnel, le texte du verset y sera inséré." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching text in an open read window" msgstr "Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" "\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " "search in entire works." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "Accéder au dialogue de recherche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</" -"guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By " -"holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select " -"more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You " -"will be searching in all of these works at the same time." +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." msgstr "" "Pour chercher dans une module, cliquez avec le <mousebutton>bouton droit de " "la souris</mousebutton> sur son icône dans la bibliothèque et choisissez " @@ -867,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" "ouvrir le dialogue de recherche. Vous chercherez dans toutes ces modules en " "même temps." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " @@ -878,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "" "<menuchoice><guimenu>Rechercher</guimenu></menuchoice> dans le menu " "principal." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." @@ -886,19 +887,19 @@ msgstr "" "Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône " "de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la recherche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "Onglets du dialogue rechercher" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" msgstr "Sélectionner les modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" @@ -910,17 +911,17 @@ msgstr "" "vous permet d'ouvrir un menu pour sélectionner les modules dans lesquelles " "la recherche sera effectuée." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" msgstr "Limiter l'étendue de la recherche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez restreindre l'étendue de la recherche à certaines parties de la " "Bible en choisissant l'une des étendues prédéfinies dans la liste " @@ -930,12 +931,12 @@ msgstr "" "dernière recherche." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " "return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " @@ -943,7 +944,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " @@ -951,75 +952,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " "':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " "number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Available text types:" msgstr "Å’uvres disponibles" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 #, fuzzy msgid "Search Types" msgstr "Type de recherche" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 #, fuzzy msgid "searches headings" msgstr "Options de recherche" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 #, fuzzy msgid "searches footnotes" msgstr "Options de recherche" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 #, fuzzy msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" msgstr "Options de recherche" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 #, fuzzy msgid "searches morphology codes" msgstr "Options de recherche" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " "many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url=" @@ -1027,15 +1028,15 @@ msgid "" "java/docs/index.html</ulink>" msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" msgstr "Résultats de recherche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " @@ -1050,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "<mousebutton>bouton gauche de la souris</mousebutton> vous verrez ce verset " "dans son contexte dans la fenêtre de visualisation située en bas." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." @@ -1059,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre " "de lecture." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." @@ -1067,20 +1068,20 @@ msgstr "" "Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture " "ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." msgstr "" "Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la " "bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" msgstr "Analyse de la recherche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." @@ -1090,15 +1091,15 @@ msgstr "" "de fois que la chaîne recherchée a été trouvée dans chaque livre de la " "Bible. Vous pouvez enregistrer cette analyse sur le disque." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "La boîte de dialogue d'analyse de la recherche" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "Le <guimenuitem>Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</guimenuitem>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " @@ -1113,11 +1114,11 @@ msgstr "" "Choisissez<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bookshelf " "Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dans le menu principal." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" msgstr "Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " @@ -1128,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "sur le disque dur. Vous pouvez même la placer dnas plusieurs répertoires. Le " "répertoire par défaut est \"~/.sword/\"." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " @@ -1142,11 +1143,11 @@ msgstr "" "lancez &bibletime;, si le CD est présent, les modules qu'il contient " "s'afficheront dans la bibliothèque." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" msgstr "Installer/mettre à jour module" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 #, fuzzy msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " @@ -1163,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "modules Sword). Vous pouvez gérer les biblothèques avec <guibutton>Ajouter " "bibliothèque</guibutton> and <guibutton>Effacer bibliothèque</guibutton>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -1185,11 +1186,11 @@ msgstr "" "mettre à jour et cliquez sur <guibutton>Installer modules</guibutton>. Elles " "seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "Enlever des modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " @@ -1199,27 +1200,27 @@ msgstr "" "libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez " "sur<guibutton>Enlever modules</guibutton>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Search Indexes" msgstr "Rechercher le texte" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "Exporter et imprimer" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" "guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " "<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " @@ -1237,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou encore dans la page de résultats de la recherche quand vous cliquez sur " "une module ou sur une ou plusieurs références de versets. " -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1313,6 +1314,18 @@ msgstr "" "zoom." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</action> Permet " +"de faire apparaître ou disparaître la bibliothèque dans le panneau de " +"gauche. Cela peut être utile si vous avez besoin de plus de place pour le " +"zoom." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." @@ -1320,26 +1333,28 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</action> Permet " "de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. " -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" -"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Ouvre le dialogue de recherche pour rechercher dans la Bible par " "défaut uniquement</action>. D'autres modules peuvent être ajoutées dans le " "dialogue." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Ouvre le dialogue de recherche pour rechercher dans les module " "ouvertes</action>. D'autres modules peuvent être ajoutées dans le dialogue." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " @@ -1351,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "" "s'ouvrira, permettant de choisir un profil existant qui sera remplacé par le " "profil courant. Voyez l'entrée suivante pour enregistrer un nouveau profil." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " @@ -1360,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Enregistre le profil courant sous un nouveau nom</action> à " "spécifier dans le dialogue qui s'ouvrira." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " @@ -1369,7 +1384,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Ouvre un profil existant</action>. Un menu permettant de choisir un " "profil existant à ouvrir s'ouvrira." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " @@ -1378,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Efface un profil existant</action>, à choisir dans le menu qui " "s'ouvrira. " -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " @@ -1391,29 +1406,29 @@ msgstr "" "des fenêtres (Mode manuel) ou de laisser &bibletime; le faire pour vous " "(Modes automatiques, essayez-les!)." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Empile les fenêtres de lecture en cascade</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." msgstr "" "<action>Place les fenêtres de lecture ouvertes en mosaïque horizontale</" "action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." msgstr "" "<action>Place les fenêtres de lecture ouvertes en mosaïque verticale</" "action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " @@ -1426,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "&bibletime; à vos besoins. Pour plus de détails, voyez la section sur la " "<link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">configuration de &bibletime;</link>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " @@ -1439,12 +1454,12 @@ msgstr "" "pour plus de détails." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1456,7 +1471,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " @@ -1464,11 +1479,83 @@ msgid "" "license agreement." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Référence de la barre d'outils" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "Rechercher dans des modules" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "Configuration de la recherche" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Éditer votre propre commentaire" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Sélectionner les modules" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" msgstr "Index des raccourcis" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " @@ -1484,23 +1571,23 @@ msgstr "" "toujours le raccourci) ou consulter <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus" "\">la référence des menus</link>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "Raccourci" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." msgstr "Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." msgstr "Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1513,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "la bible par défaut</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ouvre le dialogue " "pour recherche dans bible par défaut." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1525,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice>, active l'arrangement automatique des fenêtres en mosaïque " "verticale." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1537,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice> active l'arrangement automatique des fenêtres en " "mosaïque." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1548,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'arrangement </guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem></menuchoice> " "active l'arrangement automatique des fenêtres en cascade." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1559,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'arrangement </guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Mode manuel</guimenuitem></" "menuchoice> active l'arrangement manuel des fenêtres." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1571,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr "" "profil</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, enregistre la disposition courante " "comme un nouveau profil." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1582,30 +1669,30 @@ msgstr "" "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tout fermer</" "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Diminuer la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Augmenter la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." msgstr "" "Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenêtres de lecture." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." msgstr "Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." msgstr "" "Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenêtre de " "lecture." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1616,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque verticale</" "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, place les fenêtre en mosaïque verticale." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1628,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" "horizontale</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, place les fenêtre en mosaïque " "horizontale." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1639,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</" "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; cascades all open windows." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1653,7 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "dialogue de recherche pour effectuer une recherche à travers toutes les " "modules qui sont ouvertes." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1664,11 +1751,11 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>Fichier</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quitter</guimenuitem></menuchoice></" "link>, ferme l'application &bibletime;." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." msgstr "Ferme la fenêtre courante." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1677,7 +1764,7 @@ msgstr "" "Équivalent à <menuchoice> <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manuel</" "guimenuitem></menuchoice>, ouvre le manuel." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" @@ -1687,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'étude Biblique</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, ouvre le tutoriel d'étude " "biblique." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " @@ -1699,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" "de bibliothèque</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ouvre le gestionnaire de " "bibliothèque." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1711,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "bibliothèque</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, affiche/masque la " "Bibliothèque." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1902,12 +1989,12 @@ msgstr "Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;." # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -msgid "2009-04" +msgid "2009-06" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" +msgid "2.2" msgstr "" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 @@ -1918,9 +2005,6 @@ msgstr "&bibletime; est un outil puissant d'étude de la Bible pour &kde;." #~ msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog" #~ msgstr "Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime" -#~ msgid "Toolbar reference" -#~ msgstr "Référence de la barre d'outils" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Please review <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">the preceding " #~ "section</link> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the " diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po index eaa23dc..d62941b 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: handbook-hu\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-19 18:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: howto.pot\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n" @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19 -msgid "The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" -msgstr "A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetÅ‘ségek közül:" +msgid "" +"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" +msgstr "" +"A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetÅ‘ségek közül:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:23 @@ -185,9 +187,10 @@ msgstr "Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" -"trademark>installation on the same computer." +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" "MeglévÅ‘ <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" "trademark>telepítés ugyanazon a számítógépen." @@ -223,7 +226,8 @@ msgstr "UNICODE betűkészletek" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119 -msgid "Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." +msgid "" +"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." msgstr "" "Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle karaktert " "tartalmaz." @@ -243,7 +247,8 @@ msgstr "Egy új ingyenes UNICODE készlet kezdeményezés." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:142 msgid "Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society Ftp site." -msgstr "További betűkészletek elérhetÅ‘ek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról." +msgstr "" +"További betűkészletek elérhetÅ‘ek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:150 @@ -269,7 +274,8 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:164 msgid "Partial coverage, see information on linked site." -msgstr "Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon." +msgstr "" +"Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:170 @@ -289,13 +295,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:184 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in " "&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also " "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." msgstr "" "Sok lehetÅ‘séget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a " @@ -528,42 +535,44 @@ msgstr "<phrase>A &bibletime; alkalmazás ablak</phrase>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 -msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on " -"the right side is where you do your real work." -msgstr "" -"Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különbözÅ‘ részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal oldalon a " -"dokumentumok és a könyvjelzÅ‘k kezelésére használható. A kisebb \"Nagyító\" " -"ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt mutatja. Amikor azt " -"egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a \"Nagyító\" megmutatja az " -"aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors elérést biztosít a " -"különbözÅ‘ funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a megnyitott " -"dokumentum helye." +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." +msgstr "" +"Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különbözÅ‘ részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal " +"oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzÅ‘k kezelésére használható. A kisebb " +"\"Nagyító\" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt " +"mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a \"Nagyító" +"\" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors elérést " +"biztosít a különbözÅ‘ funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a " +"megnyitott dokumentum helye." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." msgstr "Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "A &bibletime; ablak részei" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "A Könyvespolc" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -574,13 +583,13 @@ msgstr "" "és elérheti a saját könyvjelzÅ‘it." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "Dokumentumok olvasása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -595,17 +604,18 @@ msgstr "" "látható." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "A Fogd & Vidd működése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " @@ -620,22 +630,23 @@ msgstr "" "ugrani." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "KiegészítÅ‘ információk egy adott dokumentumról" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. " -"For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</ulink> on the " -"Crosswire Bible Society web site." +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." msgstr "" "Amikor <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum " "szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott " @@ -648,16 +659,17 @@ msgstr "" "Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "Keresés a dokumentumokban" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " "in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " "you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " "search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " @@ -672,14 +684,15 @@ msgstr "" "search\">itt</link> találhatja." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "Munka a könyvjelzÅ‘kkel" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" "guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " "& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " @@ -693,10 +706,11 @@ msgstr "" "illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévÅ‘ könyvjelzÅ‘it." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" "guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " "collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." @@ -709,9 +723,10 @@ msgstr "" "hasonlóképpen történik." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." msgstr "" "A <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen " @@ -719,12 +734,12 @@ msgstr "" "megváltoztatására is." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "A Nagyító" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -738,12 +753,12 @@ msgstr "" "részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát..." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "A Munkaasztal" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " "open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" @@ -758,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" "itt látható</link>)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" "link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " @@ -774,16 +789,17 @@ msgstr "" "megnyitott munkában." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " @@ -799,12 +815,12 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> menüpontot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "Saját kommentár szerkesztése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." @@ -816,14 +832,15 @@ msgstr "" "Társaság</ulink> egyik modulját, a \"Személyes kommentárt\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" "(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " "editor)." msgstr "" @@ -836,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" "wysiwyg szerkesztÅ‘)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " "deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the " @@ -846,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" "inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " "will be inserted." @@ -855,17 +872,18 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 msgid "Searching text in an open read window" msgstr "Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" "\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " "search in entire works." @@ -878,19 +896,20 @@ msgstr "" "Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes dokumentumokban is. " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "Keresési párbeszédablak elérése " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</" -"guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By " -"holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select " -"more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You " -"will be searching in all of these works at the same time." +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." msgstr "" "Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy <mousebutton>jobb</" "mousebutton>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a <guimenu>Könyvespolcon</" @@ -901,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "keresni egyszerre." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting " @@ -912,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" "bejegyzést." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." @@ -922,22 +941,22 @@ msgstr "" "ikonra kattintással érhetÅ‘ el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" msgstr "A keresés testreszabása " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "Szöveg keresése ablak lehetÅ‘ségei " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" msgstr "Dokumentumok kiválasztása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" "(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button " @@ -953,17 +972,18 @@ msgstr "" "kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" msgstr "Keresési hatókörök használata" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ " "egyet a <guimenu>Hatósugár</guimenu> által felajánlott listából. Ön is " @@ -973,12 +993,12 @@ msgstr "" "meghatározhat hatókört a <guibutton>Telepítés</guibutton> gombra kattintva." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" msgstr " Az alapvetÅ‘ keresési kifejezések bemutatása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " "return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " @@ -996,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasítást a kifejezések között." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " @@ -1011,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isten'." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " "':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " @@ -1025,67 +1045,67 @@ msgstr "" "elÅ‘fordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 msgid "Available text types:" msgstr "Lehetséges szövegtípusok: " # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 msgid "Search Types" msgstr "Keresési típusok" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "ElÅ‘tag" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Jelentés" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" msgstr "heading: (fejléc)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 msgid "searches headings" msgstr "A fejlécekben keres" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" msgstr "footnote: (lábjegyzet)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 msgid "searches footnotes" msgstr "a lábjegyzetekben keres" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" msgstr "strong:" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" msgstr "a Strong's számok elÅ‘fordulásait keresi" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" msgstr "morph: (alak)" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 msgid "searches morphology codes" msgstr "alaktani kódokra keres" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " "many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url=" @@ -1098,15 +1118,16 @@ msgstr "" "index.html</ulink> webcímen." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" msgstr "Keresési találatok" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " @@ -1126,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr "" "kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." @@ -1137,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." @@ -1147,7 +1168,7 @@ msgstr "" "megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." msgstr "" "Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzÅ‘k " @@ -1155,14 +1176,15 @@ msgstr "" "könyvjelzÅ‘k készítéséhez." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" msgstr "Keresési találatok elemzése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." @@ -1176,17 +1198,17 @@ msgstr "" "Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "Találatok elemzése ablak" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "A <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " "Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove " @@ -1201,12 +1223,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> almenüjében." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" msgstr "Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " "drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is \"~/.sword/" @@ -1219,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a \".sword\" mappa a saját mappájában." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " "disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD " @@ -1235,12 +1257,12 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" msgstr "Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " "\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " @@ -1257,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Törlés</guibutton> gomb segítségével." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -1285,12 +1307,12 @@ msgstr "" "kerülnek." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "Dokumentum(ok) törlése" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " @@ -1305,12 +1327,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Törlés...</guibutton> gombra." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 msgid "Search Indexes" msgstr "Keresési indexek" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." @@ -1321,15 +1343,16 @@ msgstr "" "indexeit." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "Exportálás és Nyomtatás" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" "guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " "<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " @@ -1352,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1443,6 +1466,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</action> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a " +"Könyvespolc megjelenítését.<action>Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</action> Itt " +"kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." @@ -1452,10 +1487,12 @@ msgstr "" "Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) megjelenítését." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" -"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</action>. További " "bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<action>Keresés megnyitása az " @@ -1463,10 +1500,12 @@ msgstr "" "párbeszédablakban." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot nyit meg</action>. " "További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.<action>Az összes " @@ -1474,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " "context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be " @@ -1489,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "kell menteni új folyamatot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " "for a new name to save the session to." @@ -1499,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "action>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session to load." @@ -1510,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "betöltendÅ‘ folyamatot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session that should be deleted." @@ -1521,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "munkafolyamatot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " "opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " @@ -1533,27 +1572,29 @@ msgstr "" "állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!)." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot átlapolja</action>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." -msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot függÅ‘leges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>" +msgstr "" +"<action>Az összes ablakot függÅ‘leges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." -msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>" +msgstr "" +"<action>Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot bezárja</action>" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " "configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your " @@ -1569,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">beállítások részt</link> a részletekért." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " "manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" @@ -1583,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">ezt a fejezetet</link>." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." msgstr "" "<action>Megnyitja a &bibletime; felhasználói kézikönyvét</action>. Épp ezt " @@ -1591,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "Épp ezt olvassa." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1618,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" "magként a szívébe, Å nem fog csalódást okozni." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " @@ -1632,13 +1673,90 @@ msgstr "" "verziójáról és a fejlesztÅ‘krÅ‘l, a &sword; verziójáról, a &qt; verziójáról és " "a felhasználási feltételekrÅ‘l." +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Tájékoztatás" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "Keresés a dokumentumokban" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "A keresés testreszabása " + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Saját kommentár szerkesztése" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Dokumentumok kiválasztása" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" msgstr "Gyorsbillentyűk" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " "handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to " @@ -1662,27 +1780,27 @@ msgstr "" "szükséges." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "Gyorsbillentyű" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" msgstr "Leírás" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." msgstr "Visszalép az elÅ‘zményekben az olvasó ablakban." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." msgstr "ElÅ‘relép az elÅ‘zményekben." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> " @@ -1695,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1707,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "elrendezést." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1719,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "elrendezést." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1730,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló elrendezést." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1741,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1753,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "új néven, új folyamatként." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1765,34 +1883,34 @@ msgstr "" "ablakot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Kicsinyít. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Nagyít. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." msgstr "" "Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban." "Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." msgstr "Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." msgstr "Keresés. Az ablakban lévÅ‘ szövegben keres." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1804,7 +1922,7 @@ msgstr "" "ablakot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1816,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "ablakot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" @@ -1828,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "" "ablakot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> " @@ -1841,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" @@ -1852,12 +1970,12 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice></link> ponttal, a &bibletime; bezárása." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." msgstr "Bezárja az aktuális ablakot." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." @@ -1866,7 +1984,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a kézikönyvet." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto." @@ -1876,7 +1994,7 @@ msgstr "" "segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</" @@ -1888,7 +2006,7 @@ msgstr "" "Könyvespolc menedzsert." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1900,7 +2018,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"könyvespolcot\"." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" @@ -2099,12 +2217,14 @@ msgstr "A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -msgid "2009-04" +#, fuzzy +msgid "2009-06" msgstr "2009-04" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" +#, fuzzy +msgid "2.2" msgstr "2.0" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> @@ -2113,4 +2233,3 @@ msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework." msgstr "" "&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó " "szoftver." - diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po index e64b4e4..201c0eb 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-07 11:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: Deutsch\n" @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ msgstr "De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" -"trademark>installation on the same computer." +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" "Een bestaande <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " "installatie op dezelfde computer." @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." msgstr "" "Vele functies die door de Sword backend aangeboden worden, kunnen nu " @@ -518,13 +518,14 @@ msgstr "Onderdelen van het &bibletime; toepassingsvenster" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. " -"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on " -"the right side is where you do your real work." +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." msgstr "" "Zo ziet een typische &bibletime; sessie eruit: <mediaobject> <imageobject> " "<imagedata fileref=\"ss_mainterms.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> " @@ -539,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "" "belangrijke functies en het Bureau aan de rechterkant is waar uw het " "eigenlijk werk verricht." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." @@ -547,15 +548,15 @@ msgstr "" "Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de " "verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "Onderdelen van het &bibletime; toepassingsvenster" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "De Boekenplank" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -565,12 +566,12 @@ msgstr "" "categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd \"Bladwijzers\". Dit " "is de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "Modules lezen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -585,17 +586,17 @@ msgstr "" "van de modules om die te openen. Er verschijnt dan een leesvenster in het " "Bureaugebied." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "Drag & Drop Werkt Hier" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " @@ -610,22 +611,22 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt ook een verwijzing naar een vers naar een bestaand leesvenster " "slepen, die dan naar de opgegeven plaats zal verspringen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "Additionele informatie over modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. " -"For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</ulink> on the " -"Crosswire Bible Society web site." +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." msgstr "" "Als u met de <mousebutton>rechter</mousebutton> muisknop op het symbool van " "een module klikt, zult u een menu zien met extra mogelijkheden die relevant " @@ -638,16 +639,16 @@ msgstr "" "crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\">deze pagina</ulink> op de " "Crosswire Bible Society website." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "Zoeken in modules" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " "in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " "you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " "search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " @@ -662,14 +663,14 @@ msgstr "" "documenten doorzoeken. Een volledige beschrijving van de werking van " "zoekfuncties is <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> te vinden." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "Werken met bladwijzers" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" "guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " "& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " @@ -682,11 +683,11 @@ msgstr "" "leesvensters of zoekresultaten naar de bladwijzer map te slepen en om " "bladwijzers opnieuw te schikken in de mappen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" "guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " "collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." @@ -698,20 +699,20 @@ msgstr "" "dialoogvenster oproepen om de verzameling bladwijzers op te slaan. U kunt " "bladwijzers importeren op een vergelijkbare manier." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." msgstr "" "U kunt ook met de <mousebutton>rechter</mousebutton> muisknop op mappen en " "bladwijzers klikken om hun namen en omschrijvingen te wijzigen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "Het Vergrootglas" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -725,11 +726,11 @@ msgstr "" "informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer " "het maar eens uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "Het Bureau" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " @@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" "commentaar module (zie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">hieronder</" "link>)." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" "link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " @@ -760,16 +761,16 @@ msgstr "" "vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, " "alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "Plaatsing van leesvensters" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " @@ -787,11 +788,11 @@ msgstr "" "vensters</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Probeer het maar gewoon uit, het is " "simpel en het werkt." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." @@ -803,15 +804,15 @@ msgstr "" "crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink> installeren. Deze module " "heet \"Personal commentary\" (Persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar)." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" "(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " "editor)." msgstr "" @@ -824,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>(broncode editor) of <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(simpele " "WYSIWYG-editor) kiezen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " @@ -835,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" "geactiveerd is, controleer dan of u schrijfrechten heeft in de bestanden van " "het persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " @@ -844,17 +845,17 @@ msgstr "" "Drag&drop werkt hier. Laat een verwijzing naar een vers los en de tekst " "van het vers wordt ingevoegd." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 msgid "Searching text in an open read window" msgstr "Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" "\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " "search in entire works." @@ -866,19 +867,19 @@ msgstr "" "sneltoets <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;<keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo> te " "gebruiken. Lees door om te leren hoe u in complete modules kunt zoeken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "De zoekdialoog benaderen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" -"mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</" -"guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By " -"holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select " -"more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You " -"will be searching in all of these works at the same time." +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." msgstr "" "U kunt zoeken in een module door met de <mousebutton>rechter</mousebutton> " "muisknop te klikken op het bijbehorende symbool in de <guimenu>Boekenplank</" @@ -888,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "procedure om de zoekdialoog te openen. U zult dan in al deze modules " "tegelijk zoeken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " @@ -899,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" "<menuchoice><guimenu>Zoeken</guimenu></menuchoice> in het hoofdmenu en dan " "de juiste gegevens te selecteren." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." @@ -907,19 +908,19 @@ msgstr "" "Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het " "zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van de zoekopdracht" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "Het tabblad Opties in de dialoog Tekst Zoeken" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" msgstr "Modules selecteren" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" @@ -932,17 +933,17 @@ msgstr "" "verschijnt een menu waarin u de modules kunt selecteren die u wilt " "doorzoeken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" msgstr "Zoekbereiken gebruiken" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "U kunt het bereik van een zoekopdracht beperken tot bepaalde delen van de " "bijbel door één van de voorgedefinieerde bereiken uit de lijst " @@ -951,11 +952,11 @@ msgstr "" "de zoekopdracht beperken tot de verzen die zijn gevonden in de vorige " "zoekactie." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" msgstr "Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " @@ -967,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" "dan ook (OR). Om te zoeken op alle termen, moet u de ze scheiden met het " "woord AND." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " @@ -978,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "" "van haakjes staat u toe om zoektermen te groeperen, bijv. '(Jezus OR Geest) " "AND God'." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " @@ -989,56 +990,56 @@ msgstr "" "invoeren, gevolgd door \":\", en dan de zoekterm. Om bijv. Strong-nummer " "H8077 te zoeken, voert u in 'strong:H8077'." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 msgid "Available text types:" msgstr "Beschikbare typen tekst:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 #, fuzzy msgid "Search Types" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "Voorvoegsel" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Betekenis" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" msgstr "Koptekst:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 msgid "searches headings" msgstr "doorzoekt kopteksten" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" msgstr "voetnoot:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 msgid "searches footnotes" msgstr "doorzoekt voetnoten" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" msgstr "strong:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" msgstr "doorzoekt Strong-nummering" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" msgstr "morph:" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 msgid "searches morphology codes" msgstr "doorzoekt morfologische codes" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 #, fuzzy msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " @@ -1051,15 +1052,15 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html" "\">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</ulink>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " @@ -1074,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "opent dat vers in de context in het daaronder gepositioneerde " "voorbeeldvenster." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." @@ -1082,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op " "de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." @@ -1090,20 +1091,20 @@ msgstr "" "Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en " "die zal verspringen naar dat vers." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." msgstr "" "Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers " "te maken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" msgstr "Analyse van zoekresultaten" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." @@ -1113,15 +1114,15 @@ msgstr "" "van een zoekopdracht dat gevonden werd in ieder bijbelboek. U kunt de " "analyse ook opslaan." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "Zoekanalyse Dialoog" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "De <guimenuitem>Boekenplank Manager</guimenuitem>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " @@ -1137,11 +1138,11 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu><guimenuitem>Boekenplank Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in het " "hoofdmenu." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" msgstr "Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " @@ -1152,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "schijf. U kunt hem zelfs opslaan in meerdere directories. De standaard is " "\"~/.sword/\"." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " @@ -1166,11 +1167,11 @@ msgstr "" "u &bibletime; start zal het alle modules op de CD laten zien als die " "aanwezig is." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" msgstr "Modules installeren/bijwerken" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 #, fuzzy msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " @@ -1188,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sword modules aanbiedt). U kunt de bibliotheken beheren met <guibutton>Voeg " "bibliotheek toe</guibutton> en <guibutton>Verwijder bibliotheek</guibutton>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -1211,11 +1212,11 @@ msgstr "" "bijwerken en dan klikken op <guibutton>Installeer modules</guibutton>. Ze " "zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "Module(s) verwijderen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " @@ -1226,27 +1227,27 @@ msgstr "" "simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op " "<guibutton>Verwijder modules</guibutton>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Search Indexes" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "Exporteren en Printen" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" "guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " "<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " @@ -1265,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "of meerdere verwijzingen naar verzen. Het is behoorlijke rechttoe rechtaan, " "dus probeer het maar gewoon uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1341,6 +1342,18 @@ msgstr "" "vergrootglas." #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/uit.</action> Schakel " +"deze instelling in/uit om de Boekenplank in het linkerpaneel wel/niet weer " +"te geven. Dit kan handig zijn als u meer ruimte nodig heeft voor het " +"vergrootglas." + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." @@ -1349,25 +1362,27 @@ msgstr "" "deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te " "zetten." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" -"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Opent de Zoekdialoog om alleen in de standaardbijbel te zoeken</" "action>. Meer modules kunnen worden toegevoegd in de Zoekdialoog." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" "<action>Opent de Zoekdialoog om alle geopende modules te doorzoeken</" "action>. Meer modules kunnen worden toegevoegd in de Zoekdialoog." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " @@ -1380,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "schrijven. Deze zal dus overschreven worden met de huidige sessie. Het " "volgende item gaat over hoe je een nieuwe sessie kunt opslaan." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " @@ -1389,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Slaat de huidige sessie op onder een nieuwe naam</action>. Dit " "vraagt u om een nieuwe naam om de sessie onder te bewaren." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " @@ -1398,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Laad een bestaande sessie</action>. Dit zal een context menu " "oproepen waarin u een bestaande sessie kunt selecteren om te laden." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " @@ -1407,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "<action>Verwijderd een bestaande sessie</action>. Dit opent een context menu " "waarin u een bestaande sessie kunt selecteren om te verwijderen." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " @@ -1420,28 +1435,28 @@ msgstr "" "rangschikking van de vensters wilt regelen (Handmatige modus) of dat u wilt " "dat &bibletime; dit voor u doet (Automatische modi, probeer ze gewoon uit!)." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." msgstr "" "<action>Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter elkaar)</" "action>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." msgstr "<action>Stapelt alle leesvensters verticaal naast elkaar</action>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 #, fuzzy msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." msgstr "" "<action>Stapelt alle geopende vensters horizontaal boven elkaar</action>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." msgstr "<action>Sluit alle geopende vensters</action>" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " @@ -1454,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "aan uw behoeften. Kijk in <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">deze sectie</" "link> voor details." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " @@ -1466,12 +1481,12 @@ msgstr "" "bookshelfmanager\">deze sectie</link> voor details." # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1483,7 +1498,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " @@ -1491,11 +1506,83 @@ msgid "" "license agreement." msgstr "" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Werkbalk verwijzingen" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "Zoeken in modules" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "Configuratie van de zoekopdracht" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Modules selecteren" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" msgstr "Sneltoetsen index" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " @@ -1511,23 +1598,23 @@ msgstr "" "zien), of u kunt het opzoeken in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">deze " "sectie</link>." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "Sneltoets" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." msgstr "Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." msgstr "Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters" -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1540,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de zoekdialoog om in de " "standaardbijbel te zoeken." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1552,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> equivalent; schakelt het automatisch stapelen van vensters in/" "uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1564,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> equivalent; Schakelt het automatisch stapelen van vensters in/" "uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1576,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice> equivalent; Schakelt het automatisch trapsgewijs rangschikking " "van vensters in/uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" @@ -1587,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Handmatige modus</guimenuitem></menuchoice> " "equivalent; schakelt de handmatige plaatsing van vensters in/uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1599,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; slaat de huidige lay-out op als " "nieuwe sessie." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1610,27 +1697,27 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Alles sluiten</guimenuitem></" "menuchoice></link> equivalent; sluit alle geopende vensters." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." msgstr "Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." msgstr "Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." msgstr "Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." msgstr "Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1642,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice></link> equivalent; stapelt alle geopende vensters verticaal " "naast elkaar." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1654,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice></link> equivalent; stapelt alle geopende vensters horizontaal " "boven elkaar." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1665,7 +1752,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Trapsgewijs</guimenuitem></" "menuchoice></link> equivalent; rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1678,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de zoekdialoog om te " "zoeken in alle modules die nu geopend zijn." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1689,11 +1776,11 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>Bestand</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Afsluiten</guimenuitem></" "menuchoice></link> equivalent; sluit &bibletime; af." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." msgstr "Sluit het huidige venster." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" @@ -1702,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handboek</guimenuitem></" "menuchoice> equivalent; opent het handboek." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" @@ -1711,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bijbelstudie Howto</" "guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; opent de Bijbelstudie Howto." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " @@ -1723,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de Boekenplank " "Manager." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1735,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice></link> equivalent; schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/" "uit." -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " @@ -1930,12 +2017,12 @@ msgstr "Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -msgid "2009-04" +msgid "2009-06" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" +msgid "2.2" msgstr "" #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 @@ -1946,9 +2033,6 @@ msgstr "&bibletime; is een krachtig bijbelstudieprogramma voor &kde;" #~ msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog" #~ msgstr "Configureer BibleTime Dialoog" -#~ msgid "Toolbar reference" -#~ msgstr "Werkbalk verwijzingen" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Please review <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">the preceding " #~ "section</link> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the " diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03cf54f --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po @@ -0,0 +1,2106 @@ +# Copyright (C). +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# , 2009. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: handbook\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-26 14:32-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: \n" +"Language-Team: Portugus do Brasil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODINGX-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:2 +msgid "Configuring &bibletime;" +msgstr "Configurando &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:3 +msgid "" +"In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be " +"found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu." +msgstr "" +"Nessa seo voc vai encontrar uma viso geral de como configurar o &bibletime;, " +"que pode ser encontrado em <guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> no menu principal." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7 +msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog" +msgstr "Dilogo de configurao do &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8 +msgid "" +"The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on " +"your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> " +"<guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"A interface de usurio do &bibletime; pode ser personalizada de vrias " +"maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Voc pode acessar o dilogo de " +"configurao selecionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> </" +"menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19 +msgid "" +"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:" +msgstr "" +"O comportamento de inicializao pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas " +"opes:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:23 +msgid "Show startup logo" +msgstr "Mostrar logo de inicializao" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:26 +msgid "" +"Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various " +"built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview " +"on the right pane." +msgstr "" +"Modelos de exibio definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). H vrios " +"modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no " +"painel direito." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:34 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify which language should be used for the biblical " +"booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is available, and you'll " +"feel at home." +msgstr "" +"Aqui voc pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bblicos. " +"Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponvel, e voc se sentir em casa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:38 +msgid "" +"By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can " +"override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be " +"displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for " +"each language." +msgstr "" +"Por padro, &bibletime; usa a fonte padro do sistema. Voc pode sobrescrever " +"essa fonte se necessrio. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem " +"exibidos corretamente, e esse dilogo permite a voc especificar uma fonte " +"personalizada para cada idioma." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:48 +msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>" +msgstr "<phrase>Dilogo de Opes - fontes</phrase>" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><caption><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:51 +msgid "The Options dialog - Fonts." +msgstr "O dilogo de Opes - Fontes." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:54 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are " +"interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work " +"only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then " +"you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used " +"in this work." +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que voc " +"deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma " +"obra somente mostra uma srie de pontos de interrogao (??????) or caixas " +"vazias, ento a fonte de exibio padro no contm os caracteres usados nessa " +"obra." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:61 +msgid "" +"To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select " +"the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that " +"supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the " +"work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that " +"language." +msgstr "" +"Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleo. Marque a " +"caixa Usar fonte personalizada. Ento selecione uma fonte. Por exemplo, uma " +"fonte que suporta muitos idiomas Code2000. Se nenhuma fonte instalada pode " +"exibir a obra em que voc est interessado, tente instalar o pacote de " +"localizao para esse idioma." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:68 +msgid "Installing fonts" +msgstr "Instalando fontes" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:69 +msgid "" +"Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this " +"handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html\"> Unicode HOWTO</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Instrues detalhadas de instalao de fontes esto fora do escopo desse livro de " +"mo. Para mais informaes, por favor verifique em <ulink url=\"http://www." +"linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html\"> Unicode HOWTO</ulink>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:75 +msgid "" +"If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run " +"faster than with a large font like <trademark class=\"registered\">Bitstream " +"Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb)." +msgstr "" +"Se voc usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), &bibletime; " +"ir rodar mais rpido do que com uma fonte como <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (em torno de 12Mb)." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:82 +msgid "Obtaining Fonts" +msgstr "Obtendo fontes" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:83 +msgid "Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:" +msgstr "Fontes podem ser obtidas de vrios lugares:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:86 +msgid "Your *nix distribution." +msgstr "Sua distribuio *nix." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:89 +msgid "Your distribution's localization packages." +msgstr "Pacotes de localizao da sua distribuio." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 +msgid "" +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." +msgstr "" +"Uma instalao existente do <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</" +"trademark> no mesmo computador." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:98 +msgid "A font collection, such as are available from Adobe or Bitstream." +msgstr "Uma coleo de fontes, tais como as disponveis da Adobe ou Bitstream." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:102 +msgid "Online font collections." +msgstr "Colees de fontes online." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:105 +msgid "" +"Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these " +"fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all " +"characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different " +"fonts for different languages." +msgstr "" +"Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas " +"fontes esto disponveis gratuitamente. Nenhuma da fontes disponveis incluem " +"todos os caracteres definidos no padro Unicode, ento voc pode querer usar " +"diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:111 +msgid "Unicode Fonts" +msgstr "Fontes Unicode" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119 +msgid "" +"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters." +msgstr "" +"Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de " +"caracteres." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:127 +msgid "Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics." +msgstr "Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Lingustica Summer." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:135 +msgid "A new free Unicode font initiative." +msgstr "Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:142 +msgid "Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society Ftp site." +msgstr "Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:150 +msgid "" +"Covers almost the entire range of Unicode, but might slow &bibletime; down " +"because of its size." +msgstr "" +"Cobre quase toda a gama do Unicode, mas pode fazer o &bibletime; ficar lento " +"por causa do seu tamanho." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:155 +msgid "Clearlyu" +msgstr "Clearlyu" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:156 +msgid "Included in some distributions. Contains European, Greek, Hebrew, Thai." +msgstr "" +"Includa em algumas distribuies. Contm Europeu, Grego, Hebreu e Tailands." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:164 +msgid "Partial coverage, see information on linked site." +msgstr "Cobertura parcial, ver informaes no site linkado." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:170 +msgid "" +"There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer " +"( <ulink url=\"http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm\">Multilingual Unicode " +"TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html\"> Unicode character " +"ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>)." +msgstr "" +"Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph " +"Singer (<ulink url=\"http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm\">Fontes TrueType " +"UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</ulink>), ou a por Alan Wood (<ulink url=" +"\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html\">Faixas de caracteres " +"Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</ulink>)." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:184 +msgid "" +"Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in " +"&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also " +"have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " +"specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " +"used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"according to the standard Bible you specified." +msgstr "" +"Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser " +"personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio " +"dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem " +"ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa referncia. " +"Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de referncias " +"cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai mostrar o " +"contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que voc " +"especificou." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:198 +msgid "" +"HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu " +"items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s commands have predefined HotKeys " +"(see <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">this section</link> for a " +"complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned HotKeys " +"here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the " +"most." +msgstr "" +"Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no " +"lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do &bibletime; tm teclas de " +"atalho pr-definidas (veja <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">esta seo</" +"link> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do &bibletime; " +"pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para acessar " +"rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:2 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduo" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:4 +msgid "About &bibletime;" +msgstr "Sobre &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:5 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts " +"and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and " +"manage. It is built on the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword" +"\">Sword</ulink> library, which provides the back-end functionality for " +"&bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the " +"flagship product of the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire " +"Bible Society</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes " +"tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de " +"instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.crosswire.org/sword\">Sword</ulink>, que prov a funcionalidade de back-" +"end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto bblico, pesquisar, etc. " +"Sword o carro-chefe da <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire " +"Bible Society</ulink>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:14 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats " +"supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported " +"document formats can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/" +"sword/develop/index.jsp\"> developers section</ulink> of the Sword Project, " +"Crosswire Bible Society." +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos " +"formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os " +"formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp\"> seo dedesenvolvimento</" +"ulink> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:22 +msgid "Available works" +msgstr "Obras disponveis" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:23 +msgid "" +"Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. These include:" +msgstr "" +"Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Esto inclusos:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:28 +msgid "Bibles" +msgstr "Bblias" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:30 +msgid "" +"The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings " +"and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and " +"include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex " +"Leningradensis (\"WLC\", Hebrew), and the Septuagint (\"LXX\", Greek). This " +"is the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project." +msgstr "" +"O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, " +"cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e " +"incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex " +"Leningradensis (\"WLC\", hebraico), e a Septuaginta (\"LXX\", grego). Essa " +"a seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:40 +msgid "Books" +msgstr "Livros" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:42 +msgid "" +"Books available include \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and " +"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\"" +msgstr "" +"Livros disponveis incluindo \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", e " +"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\" (em ingls)" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:47 +msgid "Commentaries" +msgstr "Comentrios" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:49 +msgid "" +"Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's \"Notes on the " +"Bible\", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's \"Commentary on Galatians." +"\" With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link linkend=" +"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> record your own personal notes</link> to " +"sections of the Bible." +msgstr "" +"Comentrios disponveis incluindo clssicos como \"Notas sobre a Bblia\" de " +"John Wesley, o comentrio de Matthew Henry e o \"Comentrio sobre Glatas\" de " +"Lutero. Com o comentrio <emphasis>pessoal</emphasis> voc pode <link linkend=" +"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> gravar suas prprias notas pessoas</link> nas " +"sees da Bblia." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:58 +msgid "Daily devotionals" +msgstr "Devocionais dirios" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:60 +msgid "" +"Many people appreciate these daily portions from God's word. Available works " +"include Daily Light on the Daily Path, and the Losungen." +msgstr "" +"Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras " +"disponveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (ingls)." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:66 +msgid "Lexicons/Dictionaries" +msgstr "Lxicos/Dicionrios" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:68 +msgid "" +"Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, Brown-" +"Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible " +"Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible " +"Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged " +"Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible." +msgstr "" +"Lxicos disponveis incluem: Cdigos de Anlise Morfolgicos de Robinson, Lxico " +"Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopdia da International Standard " +"Bible. Dicionrios disponveis incluem o Dicionrio Bblico Hebraico de Strong, " +"o Dicionrio Bblico Grego de Strong, Dicionrio Revisado da lngua Inglesa de " +"Webster 1913, Bblia em Tpicos de Nave." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:80 +msgid "Motivation" +msgstr "Motivao" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:81 +msgid "" +"Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their " +"relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality " +"program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire " +"that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things." +msgstr "" +"Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer " +"no seu relacionamento com Ele. Ns batalhamos para tornar isso um programa " +"poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operao " +"intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas " +"as coisas boas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><blockquote><attribution> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:87 +msgid "James 1:17, NASB" +msgstr "Tiago 1:17, ACF" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><blockquote><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:88 +msgid "" +"Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from above, coming down " +"from the Father of lights, with whom there is no variation or shifting " +"shadow." +msgstr "" +"Toda a boa ddiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das " +"luzes, em quem no h mudana nem sombra de variao." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:92 +msgid "God bless you as you use this program." +msgstr "Deus o abenoe enquanto usa esse programa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:2 +msgid "Program operation" +msgstr "Operao do programa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:4 +msgid "Program overview" +msgstr "Viso geral do programa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:5 +msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:" +msgstr " assim que parece uma tpica sesso do &bibletime;:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:11 +msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>" +msgstr "<phrase>A janela de aplicao do &bibletime;</phrase>" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 +msgid "" +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." +msgstr "" +"Voc pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicao. A janela superior " +"esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com " +"a aba Marcadores, voc pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela \"Lupa" +"\" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informaes extras que " +"esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando voc move o cursor sobre um marcador " +"de rodap, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o contedo real da nota de rodap. A " +"barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rpido a importantes funes, e a mesa no " +"lado direito onde voc faz seu trabalho de verdade." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 +msgid "" +"Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " +"individually." +msgstr "" +"Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicao individualmente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 +msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" +msgstr "Partes da janela de aplicao do &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +msgid "The Bookshelf" +msgstr "A Estante de Livros" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 +msgid "" +"The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " +"also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " +"access your own bookmarks." +msgstr "" +"A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por " +"categoria e idioma. Ela tambm tem uma categoria chamada \"Marcadores\". " +"Aqui onde voc pode armazenar e acessar seus prprios marcadores." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +msgid "Reading works" +msgstr "Lendo obras" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 +msgid "" +"To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " +"(Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or Glossaries) to " +"display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for " +"reading. A read window will appear in the Desk area." +msgstr "" +"Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o " +"<mousebutton>boto esquerdo do mouse</mousebutton> na categoria desejada " +"(Bblias, Comentrios, Lxicos, Livros, Devocionais ou Glossrios) para mostrar " +"seu contedo. Ento clique em uma das obras para abri-la para leitura. Uma " +"janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 +msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" +msgstr "Arraste e solte obras aqui" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 +msgid "" +"If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " +"passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " +"(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " +"you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " +"location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " +"then it will jump to the specified location." +msgstr "" +"Se voc est lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que est " +"lendo, voc pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o <mousebutton>boto " +"esquerdo do mouse</mousebutton> na referncia do versculo/passagem (o cursor " +"muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que voc quer " +"abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Voc tambm pode " +"arrastar uma referncia de versculo para uma janela de leitura j existente, e " +"ele vai para o local desejado." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +msgid "Additional information about works" +msgstr "Informao adicional sobre obras" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 +msgid "" +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " +"symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</" +"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." +msgstr "" +"Se voc clicar com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse " +"nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para " +"essa obra. <guimenuitem>\"Sobre essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela " +"com vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra selecionada. <guimenuitem>" +"\"Destravar essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre um pequeno dilogo para documentos " +"criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave de liberao para acessar a " +"obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, veja <ulink url=\"http://www." +"crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> essa pgina</ulink> no site da " +"Crosswire Bible Society." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 +msgid "Searching in works" +msgstr "Buscando em obras" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 +msgid "" +"You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search " +"in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works " +"you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the " +"search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete " +"description of the operation of the search features can be found <link " +"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto <mousebutton>direito</" +"mousebutton> do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando <guimenuitem>\"Buscar em " +"obra(s)\"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; eclicando em outras obras, voc " +"pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o mesmo procedimento para abrir o " +"dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos esses documentos. Uma descrio " +"completa da operao e dos recursos de busca podem ser encontrados <link " +"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">aqui</link>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 +msgid "Working with bookmarks" +msgstr "Trabalhando com marcadores" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 +msgid "" +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " +"category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new folder\"</" +"guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag " +"& drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search " +"results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders." +msgstr "" +"Clique com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse na categoria " +"de marcadores da estante e selecione <guimenuitem>\"Criar nova pasta\"</" +"guimenuitem> para criar uma nova subpasta de marcadores. Voc pode usar funes " +"\"arrastar e soltar\" para arrastar referncias de versculos de janelas de " +"leitura ou de resultados de buscas, e para rearranjar os marcadores entre " +"pginas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 +msgid "" +"You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " +"folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</" +"guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark " +"collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." +msgstr "" +"Voc tambm pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar marcadores " +"para compartilh-los. Para fazer isso, abra o <guimenu>menu de contexto</" +"guimenu> da pasta do marcador como descrito acima, e selecione <guimenuitem>" +"\"Exportar marcadores\"</guimenuitem>. Isso ir trazer uma caixa de dilogo " +"para voc salvar a coleo de marcadores. Voc pode importar marcadores de uma " +"maneira similar." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 +msgid "" +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " +"bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." +msgstr "" +"Voc tambm pode clicar com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> em " +"pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descries." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 +msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" +msgstr "A Lupa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 +msgid "" +"This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " +"purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " +"additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional " +"information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just " +"try it out." +msgstr "" +"Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do &bibletime; puramente " +"passiva. Quando seu cursor do mouse est localizado sobre algum texto com " +"informaes adicionais (ex. nmeros Strong), ento essa informao adicional " +"exibida na lupa, e no no texto em si. Experimente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +msgid "The Desk" +msgstr "A Mesa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 +msgid "" +"The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " +"open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" +"\">search</link> in them, and even save your annotations in the personal " +"commentary module (see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">below</" +"link>)." +msgstr "" +"A Mesa onde o trabalho real com &bibletime; acontece. Aqui voc pode abrir " +"obras da Estante, l-las, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">procurar</link> " +"nelas, e at salvar suas anotaes no mdulo de comentrios pessoais (veja <link " +"linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">abaixo</link>)." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 +msgid "" +"As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already seen</" +"link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in " +"the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window " +"has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this " +"read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that " +"you know from your browser." +msgstr "" +"Como ns <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">j vimos</link>, voc " +"pode abrir obras para simples leitura clicando sobre seu smbolo na Estante. " +"Uma janela de leitura ir abrir na rea da Mesa. Cada janela de leitura tem " +"uma barra de ferramentas. Ali voc pode encontrar ferramentas para navegar na " +"obra em que essa janela de leitura est conectada, assim como botes de " +"histrico como os que voc conhece no seu navegador." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +msgid "Read window placement" +msgstr "Posicionamento da janela de leitura" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " +"possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " +"that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " +"yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " +"this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works." +msgstr "" +" claro, voc pode abrir vrias obras ao mesmo tempo. H muitas possibilidades " +"de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> no menu principal. Ali voc pode ver que voc pode " +"tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura voc mesmo, ou fazer " +"com que o &bibletime; faa isso por voc. Para fazer isso, voc deve selecionar " +"um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis em<menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice>. Experimente, simples e funciona." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +msgid "Editing your own commentary" +msgstr "Editando seu prprio comentrio" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 +msgid "" +"To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " +"install a certain work from the library of the <ulink url=\"http://www." +"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. This work is called " +"\"Personal commentary\"." +msgstr "" +"Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc " +"precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da <ulink url=\"http://www." +"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Essa obra chama-se " +"\"Comentrio pessoal\"." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 +msgid "" +"If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " +"read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " +"write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>" +"(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg " +"editor)." +msgstr "" +"Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o " +"boto <mousebutton>esquerdo</mousebutton> do mouse, ele abre em modo de " +"leitura. Voc no poder edit-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotaes no " +"comentrio pessoal, voc deve abri-lo com o boto <mousebutton>direito</" +"mousebutton> do mouse e ento selecionar <guimenu>Editar essa obra</guimenu> " +"e ento ou <guimenuitem>Texto simples</guimenuitem> (editor de cdigo fonte) " +"ou <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (editor gui wysiwyg bsico)." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 +msgid "" +"If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " +"deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the " +"personal commentary." +msgstr "" +"Se <menuchoice> <guimenu>Editar essa obra</guimenu> </menuchoice> est " +"desativado, por favor, verifique se voc tem permisses de escrita para os " +"arquivos do comentrio pessoal." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 +msgid "" +"Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " +"will be inserted." +msgstr "" +"Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referncia de versculo e o texto do " +"versculo ser inserido." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +msgid "Searching text in an open read window" +msgstr "Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 +msgid "" +"You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " +"of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " +"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " +"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action=" +"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can " +"search in entire works." +msgstr "" +"Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o " +"captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em " +"outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto " +"<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse e selecionando " +"<guimenuitem>Procurar...</guimenuitem>, ou usando a tecla de atalho<keycombo " +"action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Continue lendo para " +"aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +msgid "Accessing the search dialog" +msgstr "Acessando o dilogo de busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 +msgid "" +"You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</" +"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> " +"and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding " +"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more " +"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will " +"be searching in all of these works at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto <mousebutton>direito</" +"mousebutton> do mouse em seu smbolo na <guimenu>Estante</guimenu> e " +"selecionando <guimenuitem>Buscar na(s)obra(s)</guimenuitem>. Segurando " +"&Shift; ou &Ctrl; e clicando em outros nomes de obra, voc pode selecionar " +"mais de uma. Ento siga os mesmos procedimentos para abrir o dilogo de busca. " +"Voc estar buscando em todas essas obras ao mesmo tempo." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 +msgid "" +"You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting " +"the appropriate entry." +msgstr "" +"Voc tambm pode acessar o dilogo de busca clicando em <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Procurar</guimenu> </menuchoice> no menu principal, e selecionando " +"a entrada apropriada." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 +msgid "" +"A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " +"open read window." +msgstr "" +"Uma terceira possibilidade para comear buscar clicar no smbolo de busca " +"numa janela de leitura aberta." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 +msgid "Search configuration" +msgstr "Configurao de pesquisa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><screenshot><screeninfo> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 +msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" +msgstr "Aba de Opes do dilogo de busca de texto" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +msgid "Selecting works" +msgstr "Selecionando obras" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 +msgid "" +"At the top of the options tab you will find <guibutton>Choose</guibutton>" +"(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button " +"and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to " +"search in." +msgstr "" +"No topo da aba de opes voc vai encontrar <guibutton>Escolher</guibutton> " +"(obras). Se voc gostaria de buscar em vrias obras, clique nesse boto e ser " +"oferecido um menu onde voc pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja " +"procurar." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +msgid "Using Search Scopes" +msgstr "Usando Escopos de Busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 +msgid "" +"You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " +"selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " +"scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Voc pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bblia " +"selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em <guimenu>Escopo de " +"busca</guimenu>. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no " +"boto <guibutton>Configurar faixas</guibutton>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" +msgstr "Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 +msgid "" +"Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " +"return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " +"the terms separate the terms by AND." +msgstr "" +"Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca " +"vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca " +"(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 +msgid "" +"You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " +"matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " +"search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'." +msgstr "" +"Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de " +"caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de " +"parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) " +"AND Deus'." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 +msgid "" +"To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " +"':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " +"number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'." +msgstr "" +"Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto " +"seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo " +"nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 +msgid "Available text types:" +msgstr "Tipos de texto disponveis:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 +msgid "Search Types" +msgstr "Tipos de Busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +msgid "Prefix" +msgstr "Prefixo" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "Significado" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +msgid "heading:" +msgstr "heading:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 +msgid "searches headings" +msgstr "busca em cabealhos" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +msgid "footnote:" +msgstr "footnote:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 +msgid "searches footnotes" +msgstr "busca em rodaps" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +msgid "strong:" +msgstr "strong:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 +msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" +msgstr "busca em Nmeros Strong" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +msgid "morph:" +msgstr "morph:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 +msgid "searches morphology codes" +msgstr "busca em cdigos morfolgicos" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " +"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url=" +"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/" +"java/docs/index.html</ulink>" +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele " +"tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: <ulink url=" +"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\">http://lucene.apache.org/" +"java/docs/index.html</ulink>" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +msgid "Search results" +msgstr "Resultados de busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 +msgid "" +"Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " +"button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " +"certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " +"references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " +"opens that verse up in context in the preview window below." +msgstr "" +"Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, " +"classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o boto <mousebutton>direito</" +"mousebutton> do mouse permite voc copiar, salvar ou imprimir todos os " +"versculos encontrados numa obra de uma vez s. Isso tambm funciona quando voc " +"clica em uma ou mais referncias para copiar, salvar ou imprimi-las. Clicando " +"numa referncia em particular abre o versculo em contexto na janela de " +"visualizao abaixo." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 +msgid "" +"Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " +"work at that verse in a new read window." +msgstr "" +"Arraste uma referncia e solte-a no smbolo de uma obra na Estante para abrir " +"a obra naquele versculo numa nova janela de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 +msgid "" +"Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " +"that verse." +msgstr "" +"Arraste uma referncia e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela ir " +"pular para aquele versculo." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 +msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." +msgstr "Selecione referncias e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +msgid "Search result analysis" +msgstr "Anlise do resultado de busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " +"display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " +"search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " +"analysis." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Anlise de busca</guibutton> para abrir a anlise da " +"busca. Isso d uma simples anlise grfica do nmero de instncias onde o termo " +"de busca foi encontrado em cada livro da Bblia, e voc tambm pode salvar a " +"anlise." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot><screeninfo> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 +msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" +msgstr "Caixa de dilogo Anlise de Busca" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 +msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 +msgid "" +"The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " +"Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove " +"existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> in the main menu." +msgstr "" +"O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem> uma ferramenta para " +"gerenciar sua Estante. Voc pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e " +"atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da " +"Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> no menu principal." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" +msgstr "Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " +"drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is \"~/.sword/" +"\"." +msgstr "" +"Aqui voc pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante do " +"disco rdigo. Voc pode at armazenar em mltiplos diretrios. O padro \"~/." +"sword/\"." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 +msgid "" +"If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " +"disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD " +"as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all " +"works on the CD if it is present." +msgstr "" +"Se voc tem um CD do Sword, mas no quer instalar todas as obras no disco " +"rgido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, ento voc pode adicionar o caminho " +"para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o " +"&bibletime;, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +msgid "Install/update work(s)" +msgstr "Instalar/atualizar obra(s)" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 +msgid "" +"With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " +"\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " +"libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online " +"repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You " +"can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and " +"<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado " +"\"biblioteca\"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. " +"Essas bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o " +"repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo " +"mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar " +"biblioteca</guibutton> e <guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " +"connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " +"on <guibutton>Connect to library</guibutton>. &bibletime; will scan the " +"contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can " +"add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available " +"in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark " +"all works that you want to install or update, and click on " +"<guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your " +"Bookshelf." +msgstr "" +"Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca " +"qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) " +"obra(s). Ento clique em <guibutton>Conectar biblioteca</guibutton>. " +"&bibletime; ir varrer o contedo da biblioteca e mostrar uma lista de obras " +"que voc pode adicionar sua Estante, ou que voc j tenha instalado, mas esto " +"disponveis em uma nova verso na biblioteca, e assim podem ser atualizadas. " +"Ento voc pode marcar todas as obras que quiser instalar ou atualizar, e " +"clicar em<guibutton>Instalar obras</guibutton>. Elas sero ento transferidas " +"para a sua Estante." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +msgid "Remove work(s)" +msgstr "Remover obra(s)" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 +msgid "" +"This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " +"Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Esse recurso permite a voc excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para " +"liberar espao em disco. Simplesmente marque os itens e clique em " +"<guibutton>Remover obras</guibutton>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +msgid "Search Indexes" +msgstr "ndices de pesquisa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " +"index files for removed works." +msgstr "" +"Essa opo permite a voc criar novos ndices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos de " +"ndice rfos de obras removidas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +msgid "Exporting and Printing" +msgstr "Exportando e Imprimindo" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 +msgid "" +"In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</" +"guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or " +"<guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> text. This works for example in the read " +"windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the " +"search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. " +"It is pretty straightforward, so just try it out." +msgstr "" +"Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto " +"<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele " +"permitir a voc <guimenuitem>Selecionar</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copiar</" +"guimenuitem> (para a rea de transferncia), <guimenuitem>Salvar</guimenuitem> " +"ou <guimenuitem>Imprimir</guimenuitem> texto. Isso funciona por exemplo, em " +"janelas de leitura, quando voc clica no texto normal ou na referncia de " +"versculo, ou na pgina de resultado de pesquisa quando voc clica sobre uma " +"obra ou uma ou mais referncias de versculo. bem simples, experimente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 +msgid "" +"Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " +"you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " +"&bibletime; works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or " +"editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing " +"from &bibletime; directly." +msgstr "" +"A impresso no &bibletime; bem bsica e includa somente como uma utilidade. " +"Se voc est compondo um documento ou apresentao contendo texto das obras do " +"&bibletime;, sugerimos que voc use uma das ferramentas de edio no seu " +"sistema para formatar seu documento, ao invs de imprimir do &bibletime; " +"diretamente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:2 +msgid "Reference" +msgstr "Referncia" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:4 +msgid "Main menu reference" +msgstr "Referncia do menu principal" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:5 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the " +"main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in " +"&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they " +"belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of " +"all hotkeys can be found in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">this " +"section</link>." +msgstr "" +"Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu " +"principal do &bibletime;. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que " +"aparecem no &bibletime;, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual " +"eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma " +"listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <link " +"linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">nessa seo</link>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36 +msgid "" +"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to " +"write unsaved changes to disk." +msgstr "" +"<action>Fecha o &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; ir perguntar se voc deseja " +"salvar mudanas no-salvas para o disco." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:69 +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"maximize the &bibletime; window." +msgstr "" +"<action>Alterna exibio em tela inteira.</action> Alterne essa chave para " +"maximizar a janela do &bibletime;." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:88 +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the " +"main toolbar on or off." +msgstr "" +"<action>Alterna exibio da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa chave " +"para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:102 +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Alterna exibio da Estante.</action> Alterne essa chave para exibir " +"ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando voc " +"precisa de mais espao para a Lupa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" +"<action>Alterna exibio dos Marcadores.</action> Alterne essa chave para " +"exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando " +"voc precisa de mais espao para a Lupa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 +msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " +"setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." +msgstr "" +"<action>Alterna exibio da Lupa.</action> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou " +"ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 +msgid "" +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</" +"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bblia padro</" +"action>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Dilogo de Busca. Uma descrio " +"mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" +"\">aqui</link>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 +msgid "" +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar em todas as obras</action>. " +"Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Dilogo de Busca. Uma descrio " +"mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search" +"\">aqui</link>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 +msgid "" +"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " +"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be " +"overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a " +"new session." +msgstr "" +"<action>Diretamente salva a sesso atual</action>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu " +"de contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para salvar. Ela " +"ser sobrescrita com sua sesso atual. Veja o prximo item sobre como salvar " +"para uma nova sesso." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 +msgid "" +"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " +"for a new name to save the session to." +msgstr "" +"<action>Salva a sesso atual sob um novo nome</action>. Essa ao ir perguntar " +"por um novo nome para salvar a sesso." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 +msgid "" +"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " +"where you can select an existing session to load." +msgstr "" +"<action>Carrega uma sesso existente</action>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de " +"contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para carregar." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 +msgid "" +"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " +"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted." +msgstr "" +"<action>Exclui uma sesso existente</action>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de " +"contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para excluir." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 +msgid "" +"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " +"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " +"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it " +"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)." +msgstr "" +"<action>Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas</action>. No " +"menu de contexto que se abre, voc pode especificar se quer cuidar do " +"posicionamento voc mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o &bibletime; cuide " +"para voc (modos Automticos, experimente)." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 +msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." +msgstr "<action>Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</action>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 +msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." +msgstr "" +"<action>Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas abertas</" +"action>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 +msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." +msgstr "" +"<action>Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas abertas</" +"action>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 +msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." +msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas abertas</action>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 +msgid "" +"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " +"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your " +"needs. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">this section</link> for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre o dilogo de configurao principal do &bibletime;</action>. Voc " +"pode mudar todo tipo de configuraes legais aqui para adaptar o &bibletime; " +"sua necessidade. Por favor veja <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">essa seo</" +"link> para detalhes." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 +msgid "" +"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " +"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" +"bookshelfmanager\">this section</link> for details." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e " +"gerenciar sua Estante</action>. Por favor veja <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" +"bookshelfmanager\">essa seo</link> para detalhes." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 +msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre o guia de usurio &bibletime;</action> que voc est lendo agora." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 +msgid "" +"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " +"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " +"scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen " +"as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We " +"expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If " +"you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in " +"your heart He will not disappoint you." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bblia</action> A equipe do " +"&bibletime; espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as " +"escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo em particular foi " +"escolhido por no advocar por nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. " +"Ns esperamos que voc leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas " +"dizem. Se voc comear com a inteno de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua " +"palavra em seu corao, Ele no ir desapont-lo." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 +msgid "" +"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " +"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " +"contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the " +"license agreement." +msgstr "" +"<action>Abre uma janela com informaes do projeto &bibletime;</action> contm " +"informaes sobre a verso do software &bibletime;, contribuidores do projeto, " +"verso do software &sword;, verso do software &qt; e o contrato de licena." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "Referncia" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "Buscando em obras" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "Configurao de pesquisa" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "Editando seu prprio comentrio" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "Selecionando obras" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 +msgid "HotKeys index" +msgstr "ndice de teclas de atalho" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 +msgid "" +"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " +"handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to " +"directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look " +"at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you " +"can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>." +msgstr "" +"Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes " +"no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) " +"alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um " +"menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no &bibletime; (pois ele sempre " +"mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-" +"menus\">nessa seo</link>." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 +msgid "Hotkey" +msgstr "Tecla de atalho" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrio" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 +msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." +msgstr "Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 +msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." +msgstr "Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the " +"default bible." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Procurar</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Procurar na bblia padro</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalente; abre o dilogo de busca para " +"procurar na bblia padro." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 +msgid "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling." +msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna diviso automtica de janelas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 +msgid "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling." +msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna diviso automtica de janelas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 +msgid "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading." +msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento </" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 +msgid "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"equivalent; toggle manual window placement." +msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</" +"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar como nova sesso</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " +"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 +msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." +msgstr "Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 +msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." +msgstr "Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 +msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." +msgstr "Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 +msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." +msgstr "Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 +msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." +msgstr "Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalent." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalent." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dividir horizontalmente</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link> equivalente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> windows equivalent." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> equivalente a janelas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all " +"currently opened works." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Procurar</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Procurar nas obras abertas</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalente; abre o dilogo de busca para " +"procurar em todas as obras abertas." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sair</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> equivalente; fecha o &bibletime;." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 +msgid "Closes the current window." +msgstr "Fecha a janela atual." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 +msgid "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." +msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mo</guimenuitem> " +"</menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mo." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 +msgid "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto." +msgstr "" +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo Bblico." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da " +"Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalente; abre o Gerenciador " +"da Estante." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 +msgid "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </" +"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar lupa</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice> </link> equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:2 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:6 +msgid "Starting &bibletime;" +msgstr "Iniciando &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:4 +msgid "How to start &bibletime;" +msgstr "Como iniciar o &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:7 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You " +"can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon:" +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro " +"&bibletime; do menu de incio com esse cone:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><mediaobject><textobject> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:15 +msgid "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>" +msgstr "<phrase>cone do &bibletime;</phrase>" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:18 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch " +"&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type:" +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para " +"iniciar o &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "&bibletime;" +msgstr "&bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:24 +msgid "Other window managers" +msgstr "Outros gerenciadores de janelas" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:25 +msgid "" +"&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, " +"Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are " +"already installed on your computer." +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, " +"Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base " +"apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:31 +msgid "Startup customization" +msgstr "Personalizao de incio" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:32 +msgid "" +"From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the " +"default bible:" +msgstr "" +"De um terminal voc pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versculo aleatrio " +"na bblia padro:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"bibletime --open-default-bible\n" +" \"<random>\"" +msgstr "" +"bibletime --open-default-bible\n" +" \"<random>\"" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:35 +msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:" +msgstr "Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "bibletime --open-default-bible \"John 3:16\"" +msgstr "bibletime --open-default-bible \"Joo 3:16\"" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37 +msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language." +msgstr "Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:42 +msgid "Startup sequence" +msgstr "Sequncia de incio" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:43 +msgid "" +"As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main " +"&bibletime; window opens:" +msgstr "" +"Ao iniciar o &bibletime;, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela " +"principal do &bibletime; abrir:" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:52 +msgid "" +"<action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog lets you modify your " +"Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if " +"no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" +"bookshelfmanager\"> this section</link> for further details. If you start " +"off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to install at least one " +"Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know &bibletime;'s basic " +"features quickly." +msgstr "" +"<action>Modifica sua Estante.</action> Esse dilogo permite a voc modificar " +"sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se " +"nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-" +"bookshelfmanager\"> essa seo</link> para mais detalhes. Se voc iniciar com " +"uma Estante vazia, ser til para instalar pelo menos uma Bblia, Comentrio, " +"Lxico e um Livro para conhecer os recursos bsicos do &bibletime; rapidamente." + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:69 +msgid "" +"<action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action>This dialog lets you adapt " +"&bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">the " +"detailed description</link> of this dialog." +msgstr "" +"<action>Customiza &bibletime;.</action> Esse dilogo permite adaptar " +"o&bibletime; s suas necessidades. Veja <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">a " +"descrio detalhada</link> desse dilogo." + +# type: Content of the bibletime entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:5 +msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" +msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" + +# type: Content of the sword entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:6 +msgid "<application>Sword</application>" +msgstr "<application>Sword</application>" + +# type: Content of the kde entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:7 +msgid "<application>KDE</application>" +msgstr "<application>KDE</application>" + +# type: Content of the qt entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:8 +msgid "<application>Qt</application>" +msgstr "<application>Qt</application>" + +# type: Content of the Shift entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:10 +msgid "Shift" +msgstr "Shift" + +# type: Content of the Ctrl entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:11 +msgid "Ctrl" +msgstr "Ctrl" + +# type: Content of the Alt entity +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:12 +msgid "Alt" +msgstr "Alt" + +# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:22 +msgid "The &bibletime; handbook" +msgstr "O livro de mo do &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44 +msgid "the &bibletime; team" +msgstr "a equipe &bibletime;" + +# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 +msgid "The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;." +msgstr "O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;." + +# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "2009-06" +msgstr "2009-04" + +# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "2.2" +msgstr "2.0" + +# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 +msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework." +msgstr "" +"&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword." diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot b/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot index f52664e..40731cc 100644 --- a/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot +++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:92 msgid "" -"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft " -"Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer." +"An existing <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft Windows</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no " "specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is " "used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover " -"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " +"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, " "according to the standard Bible you specified." msgstr "" @@ -423,34 +423,35 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:14 msgid "" -"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on " -"the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little " -"\"Mag\" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that " -"is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, " -"for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the " -"footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the " -"Desk on the right side is where you do your real work." +"You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left " +"window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the " +"Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window below " +"the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in " +"documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, " +"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar " +"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right " +"side is where you do your real work." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25 msgid "" "Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the application " "individually." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:28 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:29 msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:30 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 msgid "The Bookshelf" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:31 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:32 msgid "" "The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It " "also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and " @@ -458,12 +459,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:36 docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:141 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 msgid "Reading works" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:37 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:38 msgid "" "To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the " "<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the desired category " @@ -473,16 +474,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:46 docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:96 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:47 docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:97 msgid "Drag & Drop Works Here" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:49 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:50 msgid "" "If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the " "passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the " -"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference " +"<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference " "(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work " "you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified " "location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, " @@ -490,34 +491,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 msgid "Additional information about works" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:63 msgid "" -"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the " +"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the " "symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are " -"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem>opens " -"a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. " -"<guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for " -"encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " +"relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>\"About this work\"</guimenuitem> " +"opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected " +"work. <guimenuitem>\"Unlock this work\"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog " +"for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the " "work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink " "url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this " "page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78 docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:204 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205 msgid "Searching in works" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:80 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting " "<guimenuitem>\"Search in work(s)\"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and " "clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same " "procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these " @@ -526,14 +527,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:92 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93 msgid "Working with bookmarks" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:99 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:100 msgid "" -"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark " +"Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark " "category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>\"Create new " "folder\"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use " "normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows " @@ -542,29 +543,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:107 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108 msgid "" "You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share " -"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark " +"them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark " "folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export " "bookmarks\"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save " "the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:115 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116 msgid "" -"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and " +"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and " "bookmarks to change their names and descriptions." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:122 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123 msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:124 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:125 msgid "" "This little window in the lower left corner of the &bibletime; window is " "purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with " @@ -574,12 +575,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:133 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 msgid "The Desk" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:135 msgid "" "The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can " "open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link " @@ -589,7 +590,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:142 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143 msgid "" "As we have <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">already " "seen</link>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their " @@ -600,16 +601,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:153 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 msgid "Read window placement" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:155 msgid "" "Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several " "possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look " -"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see " +"at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see " "that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely " "yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve " "this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at " @@ -618,12 +619,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:169 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 msgid "Editing your own commentary" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:171 msgid "" "To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have " "install a certain work from the library of the <ulink " @@ -632,20 +633,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the " -"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in " +"Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in " "read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to " "write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " -"this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit " +"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain " "text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or " "<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor)." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190 msgid "" "If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is " "deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the " @@ -653,40 +654,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:197 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198 msgid "" "Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse " "will be inserted." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:207 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 msgid "Searching text in an open read window" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:209 msgid "" "You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter " "of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other " "programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting " "<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo " "action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how " "you can search in entire works." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 msgid "Accessing the search dialog" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:222 msgid "" "You can search in a work by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the " -"<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the " +"<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in " "work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other " "work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to " "open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the " @@ -694,7 +695,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:231 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232 msgid "" "You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting " @@ -702,29 +703,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:237 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238 msgid "" "A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an " "open read window." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:242 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243 msgid "Search configuration" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:244 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:245 msgid "Search Text Dialog Options Tab" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:252 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 msgid "Selecting works" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:253 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:254 msgid "" "At the top of the options tab you will find " "<guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to search in " @@ -733,26 +734,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:260 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 msgid "Using Search Scopes" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:262 msgid "" "You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by " "selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search " "scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the " -"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button." +"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:269 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 msgid "Basic Search Syntax Introduction" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:271 msgid "" "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will " "return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all " @@ -760,7 +761,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:274 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275 msgid "" "You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' " "matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your " @@ -768,7 +769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:278 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279 msgid "" "To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by " "':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's " @@ -776,67 +777,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283 msgid "Available text types:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:285 msgid "Search Types" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:290 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:294 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 msgid "heading:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:296 msgid "searches headings" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 msgid "footnote:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:299 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:300 msgid "searches footnotes" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:302 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 msgid "strong:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:303 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:304 msgid "searches Strong's Numbers" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:306 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 msgid "morph:" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:307 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:308 msgid "searches morphology codes" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:313 msgid "" "&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has " "many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink " @@ -845,15 +846,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:320 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 msgid "Search results" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:321 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:322 msgid "" "Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted " -"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse " +"by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse " "button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a " "certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the " "references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference " @@ -861,50 +862,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:330 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the " "work at that verse in a new read window." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:335 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336 msgid "" "Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to " "that verse." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:339 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340 msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:343 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 msgid "Search result analysis" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:345 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis " +"Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis " "display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the " "search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the " "analysis." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot><screeninfo> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:350 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351 msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:361 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:362 msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:364 msgid "" "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your " "Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove " @@ -914,12 +915,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:373 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:375 msgid "" "Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard " "drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is " @@ -927,7 +928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379 msgid "" "If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard " "disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD " @@ -936,12 +937,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:386 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 msgid "Install/update work(s)" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:388 msgid "" "With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called " "\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These " @@ -952,7 +953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:395 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396 msgid "" "To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to " "connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click " @@ -966,12 +967,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:408 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 msgid "Remove work(s)" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:410 msgid "" "This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your " "Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on " @@ -979,27 +980,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:415 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 msgid "Search Indexes" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:417 msgid "" "This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned " "index files for removed works." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:425 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 msgid "Exporting and Printing" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:427 msgid "" "In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the " -"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will " +"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will " "allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, " "<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), " "<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> " @@ -1010,7 +1011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:439 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440 msgid "" "Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If " "you are composing a document or presentation containing text from " @@ -1072,26 +1073,37 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118 msgid "" +"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to " +"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need " +"more space for the Mag." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134 +msgid "" "<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this " "setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:148 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164 msgid "" "<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible " -"only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed " +"search description can be found <link " +"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:171 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188 msgid "" -"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More " -"works can be added in the Search Dialog." +"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works " +"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search " +"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213 msgid "" "<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a " "context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be " @@ -1100,28 +1112,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235 msgid "" "<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask " "for a new name to save the session to." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251 msgid "" "<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session to load." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267 msgid "" "<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu " "where you can select an existing session that should be deleted." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283 msgid "" "<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the " "opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of " @@ -1130,27 +1142,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311 msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:335 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359 msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:384 msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:409 msgid "" "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can " "configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your " @@ -1159,7 +1171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438 msgid "" "<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and " "manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link " @@ -1167,12 +1179,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471 msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496 msgid "" "<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of " "the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the " @@ -1184,7 +1196,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517 msgid "" "<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> " "contains information about &bibletime; software version, project " @@ -1193,12 +1205,84 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529 +msgid "Works reference" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:531 +msgid "" +"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open " +"works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552 +msgid "Scrolls forward through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:575 +msgid "Scrolls back through history." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598 +msgid "Select an installed bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:621 +msgid "Select an additional bible." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:644 +msgid "Search in selected works." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:667 +msgid "Display configuration." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +msgid "Select an installed commentary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713 +msgid "Select additional commentary." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:736 +msgid "Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:759 +msgid "Select a book." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:782 +msgid "Select an installed glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:805 +msgid "Select an additional glossary or devotional." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title> +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:815 msgid "HotKeys index" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:816 msgid "" "This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the " "handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to " @@ -1209,27 +1293,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829 msgid "Hotkey" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:830 msgid "Description" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:839 msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:846 msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:855 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> " @@ -1238,7 +1322,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement " "mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> " @@ -1246,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement " "mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> " @@ -1254,7 +1338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement " "mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1262,7 +1346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement " "mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1270,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> " @@ -1278,7 +1362,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1286,32 +1370,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950 msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:958 msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:966 msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:974 msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983 msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> " @@ -1319,7 +1403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> " @@ -1327,7 +1411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1335,7 +1419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> " @@ -1344,7 +1428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1352,26 +1436,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068 msgid "Closes the current window." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> " "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089 msgid "" "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy " "Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf " @@ -1380,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> " @@ -1388,7 +1472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828 +#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132 msgid "" "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> " @@ -1563,12 +1647,12 @@ msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -msgid "2009-04" +msgid "2009-06" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo> #: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51 -msgid "2.0" +msgid "2.2" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para> diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-de.po b/i18n/howto/howto-de.po index 19862d9..6f21df7 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-de.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-de.po @@ -1,659 +1,122 @@ -# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German +# translation of howto-de.po to Deutsch # Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2006. # Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. +# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. +# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. +# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2006. +# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. +# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. +# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005. +# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009. +# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# +# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# de.po (full) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of de.po to Deutsch # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # translation of de.po to # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# -# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to -# translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to +# #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# +# #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to +# translation of full.po to # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (de) #-#-#-#-# # translation of de.po to # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to German -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (index) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # #-#-#-#-# de.po (index) #-#-#-#-# # #-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-# -# translation of full.po to Deutsch # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to # translation of full.po to -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2003. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg, 2004. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2006. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004. -# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005. -# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005. -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: full\n" +"Project-Id-Version: howto-de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 12:33-0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-13 10:48+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Deutsch\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-14 20:05+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Deutsch <bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "#-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-#\n" "#-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-#\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "#-#-#-#-# de.po (full) #-#-#-#-#\n" "#-#-#-#-# full.po (full) #-#-#-#-#\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" @@ -712,27 +175,25 @@ msgstr "Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 msgid "Jn.5:39-40" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Joh. 5:39-40" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " "to Me, that you may have life." msgstr "" -"Johannes 5,39-40<quote>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt " +"Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt " "das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht " -"zu mir kommen, dass ihr das Leben hättet.</quote>" +"zu mir kommen, dass ihr das Leben hättet." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just " "so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God." msgstr "" -"Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zu Jesus zu bringen. Martin Luther " +"Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther " "sagte <quote>Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen</quote>; genauso " "ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen, " "sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott." @@ -746,7 +207,6 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " @@ -758,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" "gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He " "who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of " "the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier " -"wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht." +"wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24 msgid "" @@ -777,7 +237,6 @@ msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Annäherung an Gottes Wort" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " "and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " @@ -786,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Hören und Lesen geben eine Ãœbersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren " "und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über " -"die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Ausweniglernen und " +"die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und " "verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37 @@ -878,7 +337,6 @@ msgstr "" "was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " "fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " @@ -888,10 +346,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle " "Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir " -"irgeneines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein Schlüssel " +"irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein Schlüssel " "zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und lesen als " "sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise wird er mit " -"der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut." +"der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79 msgid "Types of Bible Studies" @@ -914,8 +372,7 @@ msgid "Character Study" msgstr "Charakterstudie" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86 -msgid "" -"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." +msgid "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50." msgstr "" "Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in 1. " "Mose 37-50" @@ -979,7 +436,6 @@ msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " "key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " @@ -992,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie fertig sind? " "Ãœberprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen heraussuchen und " "dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses passen. Wenn Sie " -"den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die Römische Zahl 1 ihrer " +"den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer " "Ãœbersicht:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119 @@ -1032,7 +488,6 @@ msgstr "" "vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> " "today?)" @@ -1075,14 +530,12 @@ msgid "Find these verses:" msgstr "Finden Sie diese Verse:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 -#, fuzzy msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>" -msgstr "Treu gemeint sind die Schläge eines Freundes" +msgstr "<quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 -#, fuzzy msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>" -msgstr "Wir sind also Gesandte an Christi Statt..." +msgstr "<quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." @@ -1093,7 +546,6 @@ msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Eine thematische Studie durchführen" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " "you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " @@ -1101,12 +553,11 @@ msgid "" "them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or " ""bought."" msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie eine Studie des Wortes " -""Erlösung" machen möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der " +"Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort "Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der " "Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann " "könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen " -"nachschlagen , z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, "Lösegeld", sogar "" -"kaufen" oder "erkauft"." +"nachschlagen , z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "" +"kaufen" oder "erkauft."" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" @@ -1132,7 +583,6 @@ msgid "Look up "judge"." msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " "This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." @@ -1150,15 +600,14 @@ msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." msgstr "Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " "with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!" msgstr "" -"Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, " +"Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, " "also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). " -"Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2219 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und Sie " +"Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und Sie " "haben ihre Antwort!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185 @@ -1166,16 +615,14 @@ msgid "To Find Meanings of Names" msgstr "Die Bedeutung von Namen finden" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186 -msgid "" -"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." +msgid "By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew." msgstr "" "Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder " "Hebräischen Namen finden." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187 msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:" -msgstr "" -"Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:" +msgstr "Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189 msgid "Nabal" @@ -1198,14 +645,13 @@ msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " "communicate with God." msgstr "" "Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes " -"Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine wichtige Möglichkeit, mit Gott " +"Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott " "kommunizieren zu lernen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6 @@ -1213,39 +659,35 @@ msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" -msgstr "Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen überragend. Sie ist einzigartig in:" +msgstr "Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig bezüglich:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " "The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" -"Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse aus Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen " +"Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen " "Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der " "Bestseller." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." msgstr "" -"Urheberschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 " -"verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Milieus geschrieben. Sie liest sich " +"Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 " +"verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest sich " "jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" "</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" msgstr "" "Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament " "Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit " -"anderen alten Texten:" +"anderen altertümlichen Texten:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30 msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." @@ -1292,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "1300 Jahre" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46 msgid "Tacitus" @@ -1314,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "1000 Jahre" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58 msgid "20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51 msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>" @@ -1331,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "950 Jahre" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56 msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>" @@ -1366,7 +808,6 @@ msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest " "of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " @@ -1379,19 +820,18 @@ msgstr "" "die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert usw. " "Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 n." "Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten " -"Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und Fragment des " +"Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des " "Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie " -"miteinander zu vergleichen? 500 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch!" +"miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> " "p. 25-26" msgstr "" "Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", Bd. " -"1, S. 561, zitiert in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> S. 25-26" +"1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> S. 25-26" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74 msgid "" @@ -1408,7 +848,6 @@ msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and " "active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> " @@ -1444,7 +883,6 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " "all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " @@ -1468,19 +906,18 @@ msgstr "" "Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat " "von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was " "er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & " -"Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst Jesus haben die Autoren des neuen " +"Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen " "Testamentes ihre Ãœberzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für " "sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und " "auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer " "1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes " "geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise " -"gesprochen um die Persönlichkeit des menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch " +"gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch " "haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen " -"Autoren zu zerstören. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden " +"Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden " "Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ..." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " @@ -1489,8 +926,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das " "Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen " -"an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben ist, dass Jesus Christus selbst " -"sie gelehrt hat." +"an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus selbst " +"ihn gelehrt hat." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110 msgid "" @@ -1539,8 +976,7 @@ msgid "Eph. 5:26" msgstr "Epheser 5,26" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137 -msgid "" -"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" +msgid "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" "es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im " "Wort...</quote>" @@ -1550,14 +986,13 @@ msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "Apostelgeschichte 20,32" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " "to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" msgstr "" -"es erbaut -- <quote> Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner " +"es erbaut -- \" Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner " "Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit " -"allen, die geheiligt sind. </quote>" +"allen, die geheiligt sind. \"" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154 msgid "Rom. 15:4" @@ -1615,7 +1050,6 @@ msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Ein Buch, das befreit" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " "you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " @@ -1624,13 +1058,12 @@ msgid "" "v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " "Mine... </emphasis>\"" msgstr "" -"Johanner 8,32 <emphasis><quote>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die " -"Wahrheit wird euch frei machen. </quote></emphasis> Dies wird normalerweise " -"durch sich selbst zitiert. Ist die ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes " -"Versprechen? Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Weisheit? Finden Sie die " +"Joh. 8,32 \"<emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die " +"Wahrheit wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>\" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes " +"Versprechen? Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die " "Antwort heraus, indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen " -"<emphasis><quote>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr " -"Warhaftig meine Jünger...</quote></emphasis>" +"\"<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr " +"wahrhaftig meine Jünger...</emphasis>\"" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 msgid "" @@ -1667,8 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218 msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?" -msgstr "" -"Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?" +msgstr "Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220 msgid "God's word" @@ -1705,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237 msgid "5" -msgstr "" +msgstr "5" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 msgid "How many are offensive?" @@ -1714,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?" # type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238 msgid "One" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eins" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239 msgid "Which one(s)?" @@ -1759,7 +1191,6 @@ msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Nicht wenig!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " @@ -1767,11 +1198,11 @@ msgid "" "endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" "\"" msgstr "" -"Prediger 12,11-12 <emphasis><quote>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, " +"Prediger 12,11-12 \"<emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, " "und wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem " "Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des " "vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib müde. " -"</quote></emphasis>" +"</emphasis>\"" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\"" @@ -1786,7 +1217,6 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " "by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</" @@ -1798,22 +1228,21 @@ msgid "" "and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</" "emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" -"Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit Gottes Initiative in Christus wird " +"Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus wird " "durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch das " "Adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> und <foreignphrase>ephapax</" -"foreignphrase>. Es wird normalerweise in der \"Authorized Version\" mit " -"\"einmal\" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von \"einmal für immer" -"\" [<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers.: eng. \"once for all\" kann auch als \"entgültig" +"foreignphrase>. Es wird normalerweise mit " +"\"einmal\" oder \"ein für allemal\" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von \"einmal für immer" +"\" [<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers.: (in der \"Authorized Version\" eng. \"once\", \"once for all\" kann auch als \"endgültig" "\" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für das benutzt, was ewige " "Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es wird im Neuen " "Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich bezieht sich " -"Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen übergeben wurde " -"(Judas 3), und Römer sagt <emphasis><quote>Denn was er gestorben ist, das " -"ist er der Sünde ein für allemal [...]</quote></emphasis> (Römer 6,10, siehe " +"Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen überliefert wurde " +"(Judas 3), und Römer sagt \"<emphasis>Denn was er gestorben ist, das " +"ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</emphasis>\" (Römer 6,10, siehe " "auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28)." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " @@ -1828,12 +1257,11 @@ msgstr "" "Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das " "Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche " "Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt " -"sind. Nichts kann zu beiden hinzugefügt werden ohne schadend für Christus zu " -"sein... Die beiden Fundamente [<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers. eigentlich rock = " -"Felsen</emphasis>] auf die die protestantische Reformation aufgebaut wurde " -"sind -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher " +"sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus zu " +"sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers. eigentlich rock = " +"Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher " "Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher " -"Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformer waren <foreignphrase>sola " +"Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren waren <foreignphrase>sola " "scriptura</foreignphrase> für die Autorität und <foreignphrase>sola gratia</" "foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung." @@ -1842,15 +1270,14 @@ msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Anhang: Bibellesepläne" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " "more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " "#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" -"Hier sind einige einfache Programme für Sie, um systematisch ihre Bibel zu " -"lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchführen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit " -"#4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie das Programm von Jahr zu Jahr um es frisch " +"Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu " +"lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit " +"#4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch " "zu halten." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 @@ -1899,7 +1326,6 @@ msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" msgstr "Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " "We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " @@ -1916,14 +1342,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wir haben bereits von den \"3 C\" gehört: Inhalt (=\"content\"), Kontext (=" "\"context\") und Querverweise (=\"cross-reference\"). Wir möchten dies nun " -"durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern. Das Ziel der " -"biblischen Hermeneutik ist es, die Absicht herauszufinden, wie sie von dem " -"ursprünglichen Autoren gedacht war. Während viele Anwendungen eines " +"durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der " +"es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines " "Abschnittes möglich sind, ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die " -"Schriften selbst sagen, dass kein Manuskript eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. " +"Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. " "Petrus 1,20 <quote>Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung " -"in der Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Dinge " -"können dabei helfen, die ursprüngliche Absicht zu finden. Durch die " +"in der Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln " +"können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die " "Missachtung dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in " "große Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige " "Dinge schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen " @@ -1931,13 +1356,12 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " "clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:" msgstr "" -"Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich gewollte Absicht eines " +"Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines " "Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre " "Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung " "ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:" @@ -1947,7 +1371,6 @@ msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." msgstr "Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " "better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " @@ -1955,23 +1378,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein " "können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte " -"Bedeutung zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen:" +"Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Bestimmung" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." msgstr "" -"Schlagen Sie die Bestimmung in einem Griechisch oder Hebräisch Lexikon nach. " -"Für Verben ist die Verbform ebenfalls entscheidend." +"Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- Lexikon nach. " +"Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " @@ -1984,20 +1405,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische " "oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, " -"kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt der selbe Autor " +"kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor " "das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen " -"auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblisches Dokumenten geben. Warum " -"müssen wir in die ursprüngliche Sprache forschen; warum ist das Deutsche " +"auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum " +"müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche " "Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das " -"selbe eutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter " -"verschiedene Abstufungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können.</emphasis>" +"selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter " +"verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können.</emphasis>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37 msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Beispiel 1A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " @@ -2005,15 +1425,14 @@ msgid "" "up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</" "emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" -"Johannes 20,17 <quote>Rühre mich nicht an</quote> klingt hart, oder? Es " +"Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>\"Rühre mich nicht an\"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? Es " "klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden " "ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht " "richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The " -"Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991). " +"Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991) " "nachschlagen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." "\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " @@ -2029,21 +1448,20 @@ msgid "" "something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " "that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" -"Bestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Johannes 20,17 sehen wir über dem Wort " -"<quote>Rühre</quote> <quote>pim680</quote>. Die Buchstaben geben uns einen " +"Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem Wort " +"\"Rühre\" \"pim680\". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen " "Code für den Teil der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das " -"Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). <quote>680. " +"Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). \"680. " "Haptomai; von hapto (681), berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf " "ein Objekt, die darauf einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich " "von pselaphao (5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." -"</quote> Schlagen wir nun <quote>pim</quote> nach. Die Grammatikcodes in " +"\" Schlagen wir nun \"pim\" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in " "Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass " -"pim für <quote>Präsens Imperativ Aktiv (80)</quote> steht. Auf Seite 857 " -"steht <quote>Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen Rede kann es ein Gebot " +"pim für \"Präsens Imperativ Aktiv (80)\" steht. Auf Seite 857 " +"steht \"Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen Rede kann es ein Gebot " "bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine andauernde oder " -"wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, ein Gebot " -"aufzuhören etwas zu tun.</quote> Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, so " -"dass es dafür da ist etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir nun " +"wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden.\" Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, so " +"dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir nun " "herausgefunden?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 @@ -2051,7 +1469,6 @@ msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Beispiel 1B" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " "sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?" @@ -2061,7 +1478,6 @@ msgstr "" "salben?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " @@ -2072,15 +1488,15 @@ msgid "" "temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." "\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" -"Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - <quote>ölen</quote> (Stroong); wir haben " -"jedoch auch ein anderes griechisches Wort, das mit <quote>einölen</quote> " -"übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - <quote>einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d." -"h. segnen für einen amtlichen oder religiösen Dienst</quote> (Strong). Da es " -"ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie die Form auch in Betracht, <quote>apta</quote> " -"Aorist Partizip Aktiv. <quote>Das Aorist Partizip drückt einfache Handlung " +"Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - \"ölen\" (Stroong); wir haben " +"jedoch auch ein anderes griechisches Wort, das mit \"salben\" " +"übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - \"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d." +"h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder religiösen Dienst\" (Strong). Da es " +"ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus in Betracht, \"apta\" " +"Aorist Partizip Aktiv. \"Das Aorist Partizip drückt einfache Handlung " "aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die Beziehung zum " "Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine Handlung, die " -"früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. </quote> (Zodhiates S. 851)" +"früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. \" (Zodhiates S. 851)" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62 msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:" @@ -2097,8 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "und Jesus zu salben." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 -msgid "" -"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." +msgid "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 @@ -2108,8 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "" "mit dem Öl." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68 -msgid "" -"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" +msgid "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair" msgstr "Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72 @@ -2152,15 +1566,14 @@ msgstr "" "GEISTLICHE</emphasis>." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in " "Jesus' day." msgstr "" -"Zur Illustration (obwohl hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) der praktischen " -"Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den " +"Zur Illustration der praktischen " +"Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den " "von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden " "säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu." @@ -2178,7 +1591,6 @@ msgstr "" "oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " @@ -2187,20 +1599,19 @@ msgid "" "for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance " "of practical and spiritual in our God!" msgstr "" -"Und die Form im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, könnte besser mit " -"<quote>gesalbt haben</quote> übersetzt werden, so dass in der Reihenfolge " -"erst dass Salben und dann das Gebet kommt (<quote>Im Namen des Herrn</quote> " -"bezieht sich aus Gebet, nicht auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die " +"Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit " +"\"gesalbt haben\" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge " +"zuerst des Salbens und dann des Gebets (\"Im Namen des Herrn\" " +"bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die " "Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben und für ihn im Namen des Herrn " "beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen " -"Praktischem und Geistlichem in unseren Gott aus?" +"Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem Gott aus?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103 msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " "each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " @@ -2209,13 +1620,13 @@ msgid "" "If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text " "within its context, we have to look further." msgstr "" -"Schriftauslegung in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen. Was sagen die Verse " -"jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt ihre " +"Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse " +"jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre " "Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie fehlerhaft. " -"Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zu richtigen " -"Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist König. Wenn immer noch " +"Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur richtigen " +"Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch " "Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung des Textes ín seinem " -"Zusammenhang besteht, müssen wir weiter nachforschen." +"Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter nachforschen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110 msgid "Example 2A" @@ -2231,18 +1642,16 @@ msgstr "" "Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " "the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " "change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been " "derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth." msgstr "" -"Wassertaufe steht hier nicht in der Diskussion, was eine große Verschiebung " +"Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel " "des von Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau " "nach einem plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass " -"ihre Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist die lebensspendende " -"Flüssigkeit, <quote>geboren aus Wasser</quote> = natürliche Geburt." +"ihre Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, \"geboren aus Wasser\" = natürliche Geburt." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117 msgid "Example 2B" @@ -2264,7 +1673,6 @@ msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Beispiel 2C" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " "be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " @@ -2284,15 +1692,14 @@ msgstr "" "durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. " "Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu " "antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte " -"Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <quote>Denn Christus hat mich nicht " -"gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden</quote>?" +"Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>\"Denn Christus hat mich nicht " +"gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden\"</emphasis>?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134 msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but " "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, " @@ -2300,9 +1707,9 @@ msgid "" "historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients." msgstr "" "Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote> " -"sondern <quote>Was hat es für den ursprünglichen Autoren bedeutet?</quote>; " +"sondern <quote>Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</quote>; " "später können wir fragen <quote>Was bedeutet es für mich?</quote>. Wir " -"müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autoren und der " +"müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der " "Empfänger in Betracht ziehen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 @@ -2310,7 +1717,6 @@ msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Beispiel 3A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " @@ -2318,16 +1724,13 @@ msgid "" "on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't " "help explain the apparent contradiction." msgstr "" -"\"3 Tage & 3 Nächte\" (Mt.12,40) haben zur \"Mittwochs Kreuzigungstheorie" -"\" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. <emphasis> Anm. des " -"Ãœbers.: Leider weiss ich nicht, was Armstronismus für ein Kult ist</" -"emphasis>. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen " -"auferstehen (\"...am dritten Tage auferstehen\" (Mt. 16,21))? Genaue " +"\"3 Tage & 3 Nächte\" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer \"Mittwochs Kreuzigungstheorie" +"\" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen " +"auferstehen und trotzdem \"...am dritten Tage auferstehen\" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue " "Bedeutungen von \"drei\" oder \"Tagen\" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren " "Widerspruch zu erklären." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " @@ -2338,22 +1741,21 @@ msgid "" "Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps " "us out of trouble." msgstr "" -"Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Leckerbissen: Die Juden zählten jeden " +"Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden " "Teil eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn " "wir sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es " -"sieben Eimer Wasser sind sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). Dies " -"istdie jüdische Art. Jeder Teil eines Tages wurde als voller Tag gezählt, " +"sieben Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So " +"ist es jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, " "Tage begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = 1. Tag. " -"Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18.00h bis Sonntag " -"vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung im kulturellen Kontext bringt uns aus " -"den Schwierigkeiten heraus." +"Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag " +"vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts hält uns aus " +"Schwierigkeiten heraus." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Beispiel 3B" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " @@ -2362,11 +1764,11 @@ msgid "" "the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral " "covenant." msgstr "" -"1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das teilen von " -"Tieren in zwei Teile und dass nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen der normale " -"Weg zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner " -"gingen dazwischen hindurch, den Pfand nehmend, dass Zerstückelung auf sie " -"kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages halten. Aber in diesem " +"1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von " +"Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale " +"Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner " +"gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf sie " +"kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber in diesem " "Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag macht." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159 @@ -2376,12 +1778,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sprache" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich sein und bildliche Sprache bildlich " +"Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich " "sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163 @@ -2393,19 +1794,17 @@ msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23." msgstr "<quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " "seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " "and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!" msgstr "" -"Regel 1 - Definition von <quote>böse</quote> und <quote>Auge</quote> - hilft " +"Regel 1, Definition von \"böse\" und \"Auge\" - hilft " "hier auch nicht weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch " "mehr zu verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach " "steht! Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up " "other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do " @@ -2414,14 +1813,14 @@ msgid "" "\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to " "Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context." msgstr "" -"Was wir hier haben ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <quote>böses Auge</quote>. " +"Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, \"böses Auge\". " "Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 " -"<quote><emphasis>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem " -"was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. <quote>böse</quote>] drein, weil ich " -"so gütig [wörtl. <quote>gut</quote>] bin?</emphasis></quote>. Wir sehen, " -"dass ein <quote>böses Auge</quote> zu haben ein Idiom für geizig oder " -"neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen Sie, wie " -"dieses Verständnis perfekt in den Zusammenhang passt." +"\"<emphasis>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem " +"was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. \"böse\"] drein, weil ich " +"so gütig [wörtl. \"gut\"] bin?</emphasis>\". Wir sehen, " +"dass ein \"böses Auge\" zu haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder " +"neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie " +"perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 msgid "Example 4B" @@ -2433,11 +1832,9 @@ msgstr "Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176 msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>" -msgstr "" -"Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote>" +msgstr "Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote>" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " "God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " @@ -2452,18 +1849,17 @@ msgid "" "ridiculousness of their position." msgstr "" "Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um " -"nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Nachdem sie die " -"Menschen davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott " -"werden können wie er es tat. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von " +"nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott " +"werden können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von " "<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) forderte eine Gruppe von " "Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin " "forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 " -"<quote><emphasis>Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht " -"wirst du haben unter seinen Flügeln...</emphasis></quote>. W.M. folgerte " +"<quote>Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht " +"wirst du haben unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W.M. folgerte " "\"Mit den selben Regeln der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt " "haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein " "Vogel ist.\" Die Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer " -"Position realisierten." +"Position begriffen." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189 msgid "" @@ -2486,7 +1882,6 @@ msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " @@ -2496,12 +1891,12 @@ msgid "" "scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine." msgstr "" "Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des " -"Sähmanns eine Allegorie. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind " -"Sorgen und Gier, usw. Die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern " +"Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind " +"Sorgen und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern " "einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist " "gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht " -"werden, alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre von klaren " -"Schriftstellen bekommen, die es auslegen; wenn ein Gleichnis dies zusätzlich " +"werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren " +"Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich " "verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198 @@ -2509,7 +1904,6 @@ msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Beispiel 5A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -2533,44 +1927,41 @@ msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Beispiel 5B" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" msgstr "" -"Das Gleichniss der unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der " -"Knackpunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?" +"Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der springende" +"Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " "had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " "for his unethical behavior in cheating his master." msgstr "" "Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der " -"Benutzung von Dingen, die er vorbereiten muss für eine Zeit, in der er sie " +"vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie " "nicht haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, " "nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen." # type: Content of the bibletime entity #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3 msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>" # type: Content of the kapp entity #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4 msgid "&bibletimehandbook;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:14 msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -msgstr "Das &bibletime; Team, info@bibletime.info" +msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Team (info@bibletime.info)" # type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para> #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 @@ -2579,36 +1970,28 @@ msgid "" "the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>." msgstr "" +"Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist unter die Bestimmungen der <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link> Lizenz gestellt." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Anm. des Ãœbersetzers:</emphasis> Der deutsche Text der " -"Bibelstellen ist der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 entnommen. " -"Ich übernehme keinerlei Garantie für die Ãœbersetzung, weder für falsche " -"Wiedergabe noch für unwörtliche oder sinnverfälschende Ãœbersetzung. Ich habe " -"mit bestem Wissen und Können übersetzt. Da ich jedoch kein Ãœbersetzer bin, " -"können sich Fehler eingeschlichen sein. Die Originalfassung wird in Englisch " -"mit BibleTime mitgeliefert." +"Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Zusammenfassung" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the " "Bible." -msgstr "" -"Die <application>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</application> ist ein Handbuch " -"zum Studieren der Bibel." +msgstr "Die <application>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo)</application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " @@ -2617,2894 +2000,8 @@ msgid "" "to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to " "have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you." msgstr "" -"Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams das diese Anleitung die Leser zum " -"Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese " -"spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt da sie keine Werbung für irgendeine " -"religiöse Gruppierung macht. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die Bibel " -"studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung daran " -"herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz legen soll, wird Er Sie nicht " -"enttäuschen." - -#~ msgid "Bob Harman" -#~ msgstr "Bob Harman" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The copyright of this text is held by the author Bob Harman. The text " -#~ "was adapted for publication with BibleTime by Fred Saalbach." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Copyright dieses Textes liegt bei dem Autoren Bob Harman. Der Text " -#~ "wurde von Fred Saalbach zur Publikation mit BibleTime angepasst." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Non exclusive serial rights for this distribution of this document with " -#~ "the &bibletime; software have been made. Redistribution as part of the " -#~ "Bibletime software without modification and limited reproduction as " -#~ "provided by the \"fair use\" provisions of the US copyright code are also " -#~ "permitted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non exclusive serial rights for this distribution of this document with " -#~ "the &bibletime; Software have been made. Redistribution as part of the " -#~ "Bibletime software without modification and limited reproduction as " -#~ "provided by the \"fair use\" provisions of the US copyright code are also " -#~ "permitted." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For questions regarding the use of this material contact Bob Harman c/o " -#~ "New Covenant Church 1079 Big Bethel Rd. Hampton VA 23666 USA " -#~ "<email>ncc@ncchampton.org</email>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bei Fragen zur Benutzung diese Materials wenden Sie sich bitte an Bob " -#~ "Harman c/o New Covenant Church 1079 Big Bethel Rd. Hampton VA 23666 USA " -#~ "<email>ncc@ncchampton.org</email>." - -#~ msgid "<entry>8</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>8</entry>" - -#~ msgid "<entry>20</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>20</entry>" - -#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#~ msgid "<entry>5</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>5</entry>" - -#~ msgid "<entry>One</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>Eine</entry>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Maria klammert sich bereit an Jesus und er sagt ihr, dies nicht mehr zu " -#~ "tun!" - -#~ msgid "<firstname>Bob</firstname> <surname>Harman</surname>" -#~ msgstr "<firstname>Bob</firstname> <surname>Harman</surname>" - -#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS" -#~ msgstr "<firstname>Joachim</firstname> <surname>Ansorg</surname>" - -#~ msgid "Bible" -#~ msgstr "Bibel" - -#~ msgid "HowTo" -#~ msgstr "Anleitung" +"Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum " +"Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese " +"spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die Bibel " +"studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen." -#~ msgid "The BibleTime developers" -#~ msgstr "Die BibleTime Entwickler" - -#~ msgid "Error 404: File not found" -#~ msgstr "Fehler 404: Datei nicht gefunden" - -#~ msgid "Devotional" -#~ msgstr "Andacht" - -#~ msgid "Sidebar tips" -#~ msgstr "Tipps" - -#~ msgid "Sword CD" -#~ msgstr "Sword CD" - -#~ msgid "BibleTime" -#~ msgstr "BibleTime" - -#~ msgid "Software" -#~ msgstr "Software" - -#~ msgid "About BibleTime" -#~ msgstr "Ãœber BibleTime" - -#~ msgid "Screenshots" -#~ msgstr "Bildschirmfotos" - -#~ msgid "Gallery" -#~ msgstr "Galerie" - -#~ msgid "Download" -#~ msgstr "Herunterladen" - -#~ msgid "<title>FAQ" -#~ msgstr "FAQ" - -#~ msgid "Links" -#~ msgstr "Verweise" - -#~ msgid "Link to us" -#~ msgstr "Auf uns verweisen" - -#~ msgid "Guestbook" -#~ msgstr "Gästebuch" - -#~ msgid "In the press" -#~ msgstr "In der Öffentlichkeit" - -#~ msgid "Contact" -#~ msgstr "Kontakt" - -#~ msgid "License" -#~ msgstr "Lizenz" - -#~ msgid "Imprint" -#~ msgstr "Impressum" - -#~ msgid "User forum" -#~ msgstr "Benutzerforum" - -#~ msgid "Development" -#~ msgstr "Entwicklung" - -#~ msgid "Help us" -#~ msgstr "Helfen Sie uns" - -#~ msgid "Join us" -#~ msgstr "Mitmachen" - -#~ msgid "Mailinglists" -#~ msgstr "Mailinglisten" - -#~ msgid "Translation" -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung" - -#~ msgid "Biblestudy HowTo" -#~ msgstr "Anleitung zum Bibelstudium" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Non exclusive serial rights for this distribution of this document with " -#~ "the &bibletime; Software have been made. Redistribution as part of the " -#~ "Bibletime software without modification and limited reproduction as " -#~ "provided by the \"fair use\" provisions of the US copyright code are also " -#~ "permitted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non exclusive serial rights for this distribution of this document with " -#~ "the &bibletime; Software have been made. Redistribution as part of the " -#~ "Bibletime software without modification and limited reproduction as " -#~ "provided by the \"fair use\" provisions of the US copyright code are also " -#~ "permitted." - -#~ msgid "Please help us ..." -#~ msgstr "Bitte helfen Sie uns ..." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Our aim is to develop BibleTime into a really mature Bible study " -#~ "application that can by everyone. To ahieve this, we need your help. " -#~ "There are different possibilities for supporting the BibleTime project " -#~ "directly and indirectly:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Unser Ziel ist es, BibleTime zu einer wirklich erwachsenen " -#~ "Bibelstudienanwendung zu entwickeln. Um dies zu erreichenm benötigen wir " -#~ "ihre Hilfe. Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, das BibleTime Projekt " -#~ "direkt oder indirekt zu unterstützen:" - -#~ msgid "Do you want to pray?" -#~ msgstr "Möchten Sie beten?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Praying is something everybody can do. If you are praying for the Sword " -#~ "and BibleTime projects you are helping us as much as the other team " -#~ "members of the BibleTime project." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Beten ist etwas, was jeder tun kann. Wenn Sie für die Sword und BibleTime " -#~ "Projekte beten, tun Sie genauso viel, wie die anderen Team-Mitglieder des " -#~ "BibleTime Projektes." - -#~ msgid "Do you know how to program software?" -#~ msgstr "Können Sie Software programmieren?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you know how to program in C++? Are you familiar with the KDE " -#~ "programming interface or are motivate to learn it? If you have time to " -#~ "regularly work on the BibleTime source code we ask you to join our team. " -#~ "If you want to do so, please read the page Join us." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wissen Sie, wie man in C++ programmiert? Kennen sie die KDE " -#~ "Programmierschnittstelle oder sind sie motiviert, diese zu lernen? Wenn " -#~ "Sie regelmäßig Zeit haben, am Quellcode von BibleTime zu arbeiten, " -#~ "möchten wir Sie bittn, unserem Team beizutreten. Wenn Sie dies möchten, " -#~ "lesen Sie bitte die Seite Mitmachen." - -#~ msgid "Do you know how to write documentation?" -#~ msgstr "Wissen Sie, wie man Dokumentation schreibt?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you think you would be good in working on BibleTime's english " -#~ "documentation? If you think you are, please read the page Join us." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Denken Sie, sie könnten an der englischen Dokumentation von BibleTime " -#~ "arbeiten? Wenn Sie das annehmen, lesen Sie doch bitte die Seite Mitmachen." - -#~ msgid "Are you good in translating english into another language?" -#~ msgstr "Können Sie Englisch gut in eine andere Sprache übersetzen?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime should be useable for everyone. That's why we need a " -#~ "translation into your language, if it's not yet available. If you decide " -#~ "to start working on a translation please contact us at info@bibletime." -#~ "info to see whether the translation was not yet started by another team " -#~ "member. We will provide you with the files which should be translated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime soll für jeden benutzbar sein. Daher benötigen wir eine " -#~ "Ãœbersetzung in ihre Sprache, falls diese noch nicht verfübar ist. Wenn " -#~ "Sie entschieden haben, an einer Ãœbersetzung zu arbeiten, kontaktieren Sie " -#~ "uns bitte durch info@bibletime.info um zu erfahren, ob die Ãœbersetzung " -#~ "nicht bereits von einem anderen begonnen wurde. Wir werden ihnen die " -#~ "Dateien zur Verfügung stellen, die üersetzt werden müssen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can find more information about the translation process on the page " -#~ " translation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können weitere Informationen über den Ãœbersetzungsvorgang auf der " -#~ "Seite Ãœbersetzung finden." - -#~ msgid "Join the BibleTime team" -#~ msgstr "Dem BibleTime Team beitreten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We are glad for everybody who helps us improving the BibleTime software, " -#~ "it's documentation and it's translations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wir sind dankbar für jeden, der uns hilft die BileTime Software, die " -#~ "Dokumentation und die Ãœbersetzungen zu verbessern." - -#~ msgid "The basic steps.." -#~ msgstr "Die grundlegenden Schritte" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following are necessary for each type of team member. Please follow " -#~ "them!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die folgenden Schritte sind für jede Art eines Teammitgliedes nötig. " -#~ "Bitte befolgen Sie diese!" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you don't have an account on SourceForge, please sign up for one. It's " -#~ "free. We need your username to add you to the team members, to assign " -#~ "tasks to you, etc." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Falls Sie nicht bereits einen Account auf SourceForge haben, holen Sie " -#~ "sich bitte einen. Das ganze ist kostenlos. Wir benötigen ihren " -#~ "Benutzernamen, um Sie zu den Teammitgliedern hinzuzufügen, um ihnen " -#~ "Aufgaben zuzuweisen, usw." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Subscribe to the BibleTime development mailing list. All developers read " -#~ "this mailing list, so everybody knows what's hapenning." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tragen Sie sich auf der BibleTime Entwickler Mailingliste ein. Alle " -#~ "Entwickler lesen diese Liste, damit jeder weiss, was zur Zeit passiert." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get the development version of BibleTime and install it. If you need help " -#~ "with this ask on the mailing list or look into the documentation section." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Holen Sie sich die Entwicklungsversion von BibleTime und installieren Sie " -#~ "diese. Wenn Sie Hilfe damit benötigen, fragen Sie auf der Mailingliste " -#~ "oder schauen Sie in dem Dokumentations-Abschnitt nach." - -#~ msgid "The next steps for software developers..." -#~ msgstr "Die nächsten Schritte für Software Entwickler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Work through some of the Qt 3 and KDE 3 tuorials to get used to " -#~ "programming with the things BibleTime uses." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Arbeiten Sie sich durch einige der QT 3 und KDE 3 Programmier-" -#~ "Schnellkurse, um sich an das Programmieren mit den Dingen zu gewöhnen, " -#~ "die BibleTime benutzt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you don't know what to do please ask on the mailing list for some " -#~ "tasks. Don't forget to add how difficult it should be." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Falls Sie nicht wissen, was Sie tun sollen, fragen Sie bitte auf der " -#~ "Mailingliste nach ein paar Aufgaben. Vergessen Sie nicht uns mitzuteilen, " -#~ "wie schwierig diese sein sollen." - -#~ msgid "The next steps for documentation authors..." -#~ msgstr "Die nächsten Schritte für Dokumentations-Autoren" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the existing english documentation. It's located in the docs/ " -#~ "directory of the bibletime cvs directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lesen Sie die bestehende englische Dokumentation. Diese liegt im docs/ " -#~ "Verzeichnis des bibletime CVS Verzeichnisses." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The documentation is stored in docbook files in the unicode " -#~ "subdirectories of each documentation part (handbook, Bible study howto, " -#~ "installation, helpdialog). Please don't edit the HTML files directly " -#~ "because they're generated from the docbook files. The translation file " -#~ "are also generated from the docbook data." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Dokumentation wird in sogenannten Docbook Dateien in dem " -#~ "Unterverzeichnis \"Unicode\" jedes Dokumentations-Teiles gespeichert " -#~ "(Handbuch, Anleitung zum Bibelstudium, Installation, Hilfeseiten). Bitte " -#~ "bearbeiten Sie die HTML nicht direkt, da sie automatisch aus den Docbook " -#~ "Dateien erzeugt werden. Die Datein für die Ãœbersetzungen werden auch aus " -#~ "den Docbook Dateien generiert." - -#~ msgid "The next steps for translators..." -#~ msgstr "Die nächsten Schritte für Ãœbersetzer" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Have a look at the internationaliziation pages of the KDE project. " -#~ "They're located at i18n.kde.org." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schauen Sie sich die Internationalsisierungs Seiten des KDE Projektes an. " -#~ "Diese sind auf i18n.kde.org " -#~ "verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install the program KBabel, if it's not yet installed on your system. It " -#~ "will help you a lot with the translation process." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installieren Sie das Programm KBabel, falls nicht bereits auf ihrem " -#~ "System installiert ist. Dies wird ihnen mit der Ãœbersetzung wirklich " -#~ "helfen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the page about translating " -#~ "BibleTime." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte lesen Sie die Seite über das Ãœbersetzen von BibleTime." - -#~ msgid "BibleTime development mailing list" -#~ msgstr "BibleTime Entwicklungs Mailingliste" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To subscribe to the development mailing list of the BibleTime project " -#~ "please visit the following web page and enter your eMail address there: " -#~ "www." -#~ "crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/bt-devel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Um sich auf die Entwicklungs-Mailingliste des BibleTime Projektes " -#~ "einzutragen, besuchen Sie bitte die folgende Webseite und geben Sie dort " -#~ "ihre eMail Adresse ein: www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/bt-devel." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Archives of the BibleTime development mailing list are available at " -#~ "www.crosswire." -#~ "org/pipermail/bt-devel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ein Archiv der BibleTime Entwicklungsmailingliste ist auf www.crosswire.org/" -#~ "pipermail/bt-devel verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "Sword development mailing list" -#~ msgstr "Sword Entwicklungs Mailingliste" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To subscribe to the development mailing list of the Sword project please " -#~ "visit the following web page and enter your eMail address there: www." -#~ "crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Um sich auf die Entwicklungs-Mailingliste des Sword Projektes " -#~ "einzutragen, besuchen Sie bitte die folgende Webseite und geben Sie dort " -#~ "ihre eMail Adresse ein: www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Archives of the Sword development mailing list are available at www.crosswire.org/" -#~ "pipermail/sword-devel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ein Archiv der Sword Entwicklungsmailingliste ist auf www.crosswire.org/pipermail/" -#~ "sword-devel verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "BibleTime's development" -#~ msgstr "BibleTimes Entwicklung" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These pages describe how to join in the development of BibleTime and " -#~ "which ways exist to help us! BibleTime's quality and usefulness depends " -#~ "on the help of others to a large degree." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Diese Seiten beschreiben, wie man sich in die Entwicklung von BibleTime " -#~ "einklinken kann und welche Wege bestehen uns zu helfen. BibleTimes " -#~ "Quaität und Nützlichkeit hängt zu einem großen Teil von der Hilfe anderer " -#~ "ab." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please read the following pages very carefully to see whether you can " -#~ "help us with the development!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte lesen Sie die nächsten Seiten sehr sorgfältig, um zu sehen, ob Sie " -#~ "uns mit der Entwicklung helfen können!" - -#~ msgid "Wait a minute" -#~ msgstr "Moment mal!" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Did you see "The Passion"? Whether you found the film inspiring " -#~ "or not, or you didn't see it at all -- If you want to find out more about " -#~ "the passion of Jesus Christ, you can visit the "the good news" webpages. It has " -#~ "more information ready for you, maybe even in your local language." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Haben Sie "Die Passion" gesehen? Ganz gleich ob sie den Film " -#~ "inspirierend fanden oder nicht, oder wenn Sie ihn nicht angeschaut haben " -#~ "-- wenn Sie mehr über die Passion Jesu Christi wissen möchten, dann " -#~ "können Sie die "the " -#~ "good news" Webseiten besuchen. Diese halten weitere " -#~ "Informationen für sie bereit, vielleicht sogar in ihrer eigenen Sprache." - -#~ msgid "The document is not available" -#~ msgstr "Dieses Dokument ist nicht verfügbar" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The document you wanted to get is not available on www.bibletime.info. Please use the " -#~ "navigation tree on the left to see if the document was moved." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Seite, die sie abgerufen haben, ist auf www.bibletime.info nicht verfügbar. Bitte " -#~ "benutzen Sie die Navigation auf der linken Seite, um herauszufinden, ob " -#~ "die Seite verschoben wurde." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you can't solve the problem please report the URL which failed to " -#~ "info@bibletime.info. Thank you very much!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Sie das Problem nicht lösen können, dann melden Sie bitte die " -#~ "fehlgeschlagene URL an info@bibletime.info. Vielen Dank." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Jn.5:39-40You search the Scriptures, because you think that in " -#~ "them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and " -#~ "you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Johannes 5,39-40Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt " -#~ "das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt " -#~ "nicht zu mir kommen, dass ihr das Leben hättet." - -#~ msgid "Translations" -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzungen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It will cost you just a few minutes to update the webpage translation in " -#~ "your language. Help with the translations is something all users can do " -#~ "and which help all users. If you want to help us keeping the translations " -#~ "up to date, please read the page about making translations and update the translation file of your " -#~ "own language." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es kostet Sie nur einige Minuten um die Ãœbersetzung der Internetseiten in " -#~ "ihrer Sprache auf den neusten Stand zu bringen. Hilfe mit den " -#~ "Ãœbersetzungen ist etwas, was alle Benutzer tun können und was auch wieder " -#~ "allen zu Gute kommt. Wenn Sie helfen möchten, lesen Sie doch bitte die " -#~ "Seite über Ãœbersetzungen und " -#~ "bringen sie anschließend die Datei mit der Ãœbersetzung in ihrer Sprache " -#~ "auf den neusten Stand." - -#~ msgid "Introduction" -#~ msgstr "Einleitung" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime is a Bible study application for Linux. It is based on the " -#~ "K Desktop Environment and uses " -#~ "the Sword " -#~ "programming library to work with Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries " -#~ "and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime ist ein Bibelprogramm für Linux. Es basiert auf KDE und benutzt die Sword Entwicklungsbibliothek um mit " -#~ "den Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Lexika und Büchern zu arbeiten, die auf den " -#~ "Seiten der Crosswire Bible " -#~ "Society verfügbar sind." - -#~ msgid "The history of BibleTime" -#~ msgstr "Die Geschichte von BibleTime" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Back in June of 1999 Thomas Hagedorn, Thorsten Uhlmann and Joachim Ansorg " -#~ "started to work on a Bible study application for KDE 1.0." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Im Juni 1999 begannen Thomas Hagedorn, Torsten Uhlmann und Joachim Ansorg " -#~ "an einer Bibelstudien-Anwendung für KDE 1.0 zu arbeiten." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first version was released two months later as version 0.1. This " -#~ "version was very simple and supported only the most basic things." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies erste Version wurde zwei Monate später als Version 0.1 " -#~ "veröffentlicht. Sie war sehr einfach gehalten und unterstützte nur die " -#~ "wirklich grundlegenden Dinge." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After three months of hard work version 0.2 was released to the public. " -#~ "This version was usable, it supported basic printing, searching and " -#~ "offered a simple editor for personal notes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nach drei Monaten harter Arbeit wurde Version 0.2 der Öffentlichkeit " -#~ "vorgstellt. Diese Version war benutzbar, unterstützte einfaches Drucken " -#~ "und Suchen und hatte einen Editor zum bearbeiten der persönlichen " -#~ "Notizen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime 0.2 was later ported to KDE 2 and totally redesigned with a " -#~ "more powerful interface, better printing and a lot of internal changes. " -#~ "This version was called BibleTime 0.3" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime 0.2 wurde später auf KDE 2 portiert und komplett überarbeitet " -#~ "mit einer neuen Oberfläche, verbessertem Drucken und einer Menge interner " -#~ "Änderungen. Diese Version hieß BibleTime 0.3." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.0, which was released almost one year after version 0.3 and " -#~ "was the first version we considered as stable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.0, wurde beinahe ein Jahr nach Version 0.3 veröffentlicht und " -#~ "war die erste als stabil eingestufte Version." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.1 and 1.2 followed later on. BibleTime 1.2 is the first " -#~ "version of BibleTime for version 3.0 of KDE." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.1 und 1.2 folgten später. BibleTime 1.2 ist die erste Version " -#~ "von BibleTime, die KDE 3 benutzt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime version 1.5 has been released in july 2005 after a long time of " -#~ "development." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime wurde im Juli 2005 nach einer langen Entwicklungsphase in der " -#~ "Version 1.5 veröffentlicht." - -#~ msgid "How to contact us" -#~ msgstr "Wie man uns kontaktieren kann" - -#~ msgid "The BibleTime user forum." -#~ msgstr "Das BibleTime Benutzerforum." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is the place to ask questions about BibleTime. If you have trouble " -#~ "with installing and/or using BibleTime post a message in the forum, and " -#~ "hopefully you'll have an answer in time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies ist der richtige Ort um Fragen über BibleTime zu stellen. Wenn Sie " -#~ "Probleme mit der Installation und/oder der Benutzung von BibleTime haben " -#~ "stellen Sie bitte eine Nachricht ins Forum und werden dann hoffentlich " -#~ "bald eine Antwort erhalten." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are an experienced BibleTime user and can spare some time, please " -#~ "regularly check out the forum and answer questions of people who have " -#~ "less experience than you. Thereby you would also help the developers to " -#~ "concentrate on the work of development instead of user support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Sie ein erfahrener Benutzer von BibleTime sind und Sie etwas Zeit " -#~ "übrig haben, dann besuchen Sie doch regelmäßig das Froum und beantworten " -#~ "die Fragen derjenigen mit weniger Erfahrung. Hiermit helfen Sie auch den " -#~ "Entwicklern, sich auf die Entwicklung selbst statt auf Benutzer-Support " -#~ "zu konzentrieren." - -#~ msgid "Send a Bug report" -#~ msgstr "Einen Fehlerbericht schicken" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you find a bug in BibleTime use this link to report it so it can be " -#~ "fixed in later versions. Please include detailed descriptions of your " -#~ "setup and how the developers can reproduce the bug." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Sie einen Fehler in BibleTime finden, dann benutzen Sie bitte diesen " -#~ "Verweis um ihn einzutragen. Bitte fügen Sie eine detaillierte " -#~ "Beschreibung ihrer Konfiguration und des Weges, wie man den Fehler " -#~ "reproduzieren kann, bei." - -#~ msgid "Send a feature suggestion" -#~ msgstr "Senden Sie einen Verbesserungsvorschlag" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have an idea how to improve BibleTime please use this link to tell " -#~ "the developers about it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Sie eine Idee haben, wie man BibleTime verbessern kann, benutzen Sie " -#~ "bitte diesen Link um die Entwickler darauf aufmerksam zu machen." - -#~ msgid "Report a website problem" -#~ msgstr "Ein Webseitenproblem berichten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you found a problem with the website or have a suggestion how it could " -#~ "be improved, please use this link to tell the webmaster about it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Sie ein Problem mit den Internetseiten haben oder einen " -#~ "Verbesserungsvorschlag haben, benutzen Sie bitte diesen Link um uns " -#~ "darauf aufmerksam zu machen." - -#~ msgid "Frequently Asked Questions" -#~ msgstr "Häufig gestellte Fragen" - -#~ msgid "Installation problems" -#~ msgstr "Installationsvorgang" - -#~ msgid "Why is the toolbar missing?" -#~ msgstr "Warum fehlt die Werkzeugleiste?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please run configure with the parameter --prefix=<your KDE " -#~ "directory>. Then run make and make install as usual. The KDE " -#~ "directories for the widely used Linux distributions are: " -#~ "RedHat: /usr SuSE: /opt/kde3 " -#~ "Mandrake: /usr Alternatively you can " -#~ "run the command \"kde-config --prefix\" to get your KDE directory. The " -#~ "commands are:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte starten SIe configure mit dem Parameter --prefix=<Ihr KDE " -#~ "Verzeichnis>. Dann starten Sie make und make install wir sonst auch. " -#~ "Die KDE Verzeichnisse der meistbenutzten Linux Distributionen sind: " -#~ " RedHat: /usr SuSE: /opt/kde3 " -#~ ">Mandrake: /usr Als " -#~ "Alternative können Sie den Befehl \"kde-config --prefix\" benutzen, um " -#~ "das KDE Verzeichnis herauszubekommen. " - -#~ msgid "./configure --prefix=<your KDE directory>" -#~ msgstr "./configure --prefix=<Ihr KDE Verzeichnis>" - -#~ msgid "make" -#~ msgstr "make" - -#~ msgid "make install" -#~ msgstr "make install" - -#~ msgid "The translations are missing!" -#~ msgstr "Die Ãœbersetzungen fehlen!" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please install the package bibletime-i18n which contains the translations " -#~ "of the daily tips, the handbook, the installation instructions and the " -#~ "Bible study howto." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte installieren Sie das Paket bibletime-i18n, das die täglichen Tipps, " -#~ "das Handbuch, die Installationsanleitung und die Anleitung zum " -#~ "Bibelstudium enthält." - -#~ msgid "Usage problems" -#~ msgstr "Benutzungsprobleme" - -#~ msgid "Is it possible to search for a specific Strong number?" -#~ msgstr "Ist es möglich nach einer bestimmten Strong-Nummer zu suchen?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need at least BibleTime 1.1 for this. Turn on the default usage of " -#~ "Strong's numbers in the optionsdialog (Sword->Filter settings). Then " -#~ "open the seachdialog and search for <0120> or any other Strong code." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hierfür benötigen Sie mindestens BibleTime 1.1. Stellen Sie die " -#~ "standardmäßige Benutzung der Strong-Nummern im Einstellungsdialog (Sword-" -#~ ">Filter Einstellungen) an. Dann öffnen Sie den Suchdialog und suchen " -#~ "Sie nach <0120> oder jeder anderen Strong-Kodierung." - -#~ msgid "Why do I see only question marks instead of Unicode text?" -#~ msgstr "Warum sehe ich nur Fragezeichen anstelle von Unicode Text?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First make sure you have the latest version of the module which has the " -#~ "problems! Check www." -#~ "crosswire.org/sword for this." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte stellen Sie zuerst sicher, dass sie die neuste Version des Modules " -#~ "installiert haben, dass die Probleme verursacht. Bitte überprüfen Sie " -#~ "dafür die Seite www.crosswire.org/" -#~ "sword." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have to install an unicode font like Code2000, Arial Unicode MS or " -#~ "Bitstream Cyberbit to display the special unicode characters. Check the " -#~ "section \"Configuring BibleTime->Options Dialog->Fonts\" in the handbook " -#~ "of BibleTime how to setup Unicode fonts under Linux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie müssen eine Unicode-Schriftart wie z.B. Code2000, Arial Unicode MS " -#~ "oder Bitstream Cyberbit installieren, um die speziellen Unicode-Zeichen " -#~ "anzeigen zu können. Lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt \"BibleTime einrichten-" -#~ ">Einstellungen...->Schriftarten\" in BibleTime's Handbuch um zu sehen, " -#~ "wie man Unicode-Schriftarten unter Linux einrichten kann." - -#~ msgid "Modules" -#~ msgstr "Module" - -#~ msgid "The KJV shows no Strongs numbers in the NT!" -#~ msgstr "Die KJV zeigt keine Strong Nummern im NT an!" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Due to copyright problems the old KJV module which contained all Strongs " -#~ "numbers had to be removed. The project KJV2003 was started to create a " -#~ "public domain text with all Strong numbers in it. At this time it's not " -#~ "yet finished so the numbers are not available in all verses of the NT. " -#~ "The status of the project is available at Crosswire." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wegen Copyright Problemen musste das alte KJV Modul, dass alle Strong " -#~ "Nummern enthielt, entfernt werden.Das KJV003 Projekt wurde gestartet um " -#~ "einen freien Text mit Strong Nummern zu erstellen. Zur Zeit ist dies " -#~ "Projekt noch nicht fertig, daher sind noch nicht alle Nummern im NT " -#~ "vorhanden. Der Status des Projektes ist auf Crosswire verfuegbar." - -#~ msgid "Where can I write down my personal notes?" -#~ msgstr "Wo kann ich meine persönlichen Anmerkungen aufschreiben?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have to install the module \"Personal\", which is available as a " -#~ "commentary on Crosswire. See our commentary page for " -#~ "more information: Commentaries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie müssen das Modul \"Personal\" installieren, dass als Kommentar bei " -#~ "Crosswire verfügbar ist. Lesen Sie unsere Kommentar-Seiten für weitere " -#~ "Informationen: Kommentare" - -#~ msgid "Why is one of the two testaments of a Bible module empty?" -#~ msgstr "Warum ist eines der beiden Testamente eines Bibel-Modules leer?" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some modules only contain the text of the old or new testament. Recent " -#~ "versions of BibleTime should only offer the testament which has some text " -#~ "in it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Einige Module enthalten nur den Text des Alten oder Neuen Testamentes. " -#~ "Neuere Versionen von BibleTime sollten nur die Testamente anzeigen, die " -#~ "auch einen Inhalt haben." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can find some nice screenshots of BibleTime here, showing one or two " -#~ "text module(s) each. They demonstrate the powerful Unicode handling " -#~ "mechanisms of Trolltech's " -#~ "QT 3. Some of the screenshots are really impressive." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können hier einige schöne Bildschirmfotos von BibleTime finden, die " -#~ "jeweils ein oder zwei Textmodule zeigen. Sie demonstrieren die möchtigen " -#~ "Unicode-Funktion von Trolltechs QT 3. Einige der Bildschirmfotos sind recht beeindruckend." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Most of the screenshots were created using the superb Code2000 Unicode font. " -#~ "Click on the preview images to see a large and detailed version of each " -#~ "screenshot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die meisten Screenshots wurden mit Hilfe der sehr guten Unicode-" -#~ "Schriftart Code2000 angefertigt. Klicken sie auf die Vorschau-Bilder, um " -#~ "eine große und detailreiche Version jedes Screenshots zu betrachten." - -#~ msgid "WLC - hebrew rendering" -#~ msgstr "WLC - Darstellung von Hebräisch" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The WLC (short for Westminster Leningrad " -#~ "Codex), the best available text of the Hebrew Old Testament." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die WLC (Abkürzung von Westminster " -#~ "Leningrad Codex), der beste verfügbare Text des alten " -#~ "Testamentes." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As you can see, BibleTime renders the text correctly from right to left. " -#~ "Those of you who can read Hebrew will notice that the Vowel Points and " -#~ "the Cantillation Marks (you can switch both of them on and off) are " -#~ "displayed correctly. Large " -#~ "screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wie Sie sehen wird der Text von BibleTime korrekt von rechts nach links " -#~ "angezeigt. Diejenigen, die Hebräisch beherschen werden bemerken, dass die " -#~ "Vokal- und Kantillationszeichen (beide können an- und ausgeschaltet " -#~ "werden) korrekt angezeigt werden: Großes Bildschirmfoto" - -#~ msgid "BHS - hebrew rendering" -#~ msgstr "BHS - Darstellung von Hebräisch" - -#~ msgid "Peshitta - early syrian translation" -#~ msgstr "Peshitta - frühe syrische Ãœbersetzung" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Peshitta contains an early Syrian text, running " -#~ "from right to left." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Peshitta enthält einen frühen syrischen Text, " -#~ "von rechts nach links laufend." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "QT renders this text very nice with Code2000, which is one of the very " -#~ "few fonts that support syrian characters. Large screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "QT zeigt diesen Text mit Code2000 seht gut an, welche eine der wenigen " -#~ "Schriftarten ist, die syrische Zeichen unterstützen Großes Bildschirmfoto." - -#~ msgid "Peshitta - early syrian translation" -#~ msgstr "Peshitta - frühe syrische Ãœbersetzung" - -#~ msgid "The Arabic Bible" -#~ msgstr "Die Arabische Bibel" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AraSVD: The Arabic Bible. Very nice example for " -#~ "right-to-left rendering of a complex script - Arabic is probably one of " -#~ "the most complicated scripts of the world. This screenshot was taken " -#~ "after linebreaks were switched off, providing a more readable text view. " -#~ "Large screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AraSVD: Die arabische Bibel. Ein schönes Beispiel " -#~ "für rechts-nach-links Darstellung einer komplizierten Sprache. Arabisch " -#~ "ist eine der kompliziertesten Sprachen der Erde.Dieses Bildschirmfoto " -#~ "wurde erstellt, nachdem die Zeilenumbrüche ausgeschaltet wurden, damit " -#~ "eine höhere Lesbarkeit entsteht. Großes Bildschirmfoto." - -#~ msgid "The Arabic Bible" -#~ msgstr "Die Arabische Bibel" - -#~ msgid "Chinese rendering" -#~ msgstr "Darstellung von Chinesisch" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ChiGU: Chinese Bible text. Since QT 3 BibleTime can " -#~ "correctly break the paragraphs (as you may know, there are no spaces " -#~ "between words). Large " -#~ "screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ChiGU: Chinesischer Bibeltext. Seit Qt 3 kann " -#~ "BibleTime die Absätze richtig umbrechen (wie Sie vielleicht wissen gibt " -#~ "es keine Leerzeichen zwischen Wörten). Großes Bildschirmfoto." - -#~ msgid "Chinese rendering" -#~ msgstr "Darstellung von Chinesisch" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Greek rendering with Strong's numbers and morphological tags</" -#~ "title>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<title>Darstellung von Griechisch mit Strong-Nummern und morphologischen " -#~ "Markern." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "IGNT: The Interlinear Greek New Testament. The green " -#~ "numbers in \"]]>\" brackets are Strongnumbers, whereas the " -#~ "numbers in \"( )\" brackets are Morphologic Tags. Both of them can " -#~ "displayed in a tooltip using a predefined Strong's and Morphology " -#~ "dictionary, as you can see in the example. Large screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "IGNT: Ein interlineares griechisches Neues " -#~ "Testament.. Die grünen Zahlen in \"]]>\" Klammern sind " -#~ "Stronnummern, die Nummern in \"( )\" Klammern sind Morphologische " -#~ "Informationen. Beide können in einem Tooltip unter Benutzung der " -#~ "vordefinierten Strong- und Morphologischen Lexika angezeigt werden, wie " -#~ "Sie im Beispiel sehen können. Großes Bildschirmfoto" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Greek rendering with Strong's numbers and morphological tags" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Darstellung von Griechisch mit Strong-Nummern und morphologischen " -#~ "Markern." - -#~ msgid "Korean and Thai" -#~ msgstr "Koreanisch und Thai" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kor and ThaiKJV. Korean and " -#~ "Thai are very good Unicode examples covered by an amount of Unicode " -#~ "scripts already. They are displayed in a parallel view in one window. The " -#~ "first line of Thai text is of a little smaller pointsize. It is a section " -#~ "heading, and those can be turned on and off using the first toolbutton in " -#~ "the display window. Large " -#~ "screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kor and ThaiKJV. Koreanisch und " -#~ "Thai sind sehr gute Unicode-Beispiele, für die bereits einige " -#~ "Schriftarten verfgbar sind. Die beiden Texte werden in Parallelansicht in " -#~ "einem Fenster angezeigt. Die erste Zeile des Thai Textes ist etwas " -#~ "kleiner, da es eine Abschnittsüberschrift ist. Diese können auch mit dem " -#~ "ersten Knopf der Werkzeugleiste im Fenster ausgeschaltet werden. Großes Bildschirmfoto." - -#~ msgid "Korean and Thai" -#~ msgstr "Koreanisch und Thai" - -#~ msgid "Bulgarian and footnotes" -#~ msgstr "Bulgarisch und Fußnoten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bulgarian: The Bible in Bulgarian language. " -#~ "Bulgarian uses the Kyrillic script, which is also used in other languages " -#~ "like Russian. Notice the marked text - it is a \"footnote\". The popup " -#~ "menu shows how those can be turned on and off. Large screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bulgarisch: Die Bibel in bulgarischer Sprache. " -#~ "Bulgrisch benutzt den Kyrillischen Zeichensatz, der auch in anderen " -#~ "Sprachen wie Russisch benutzt wird. Achten Sie auf den markierten Text, " -#~ "der eine \"Fußnote\" ist. Das Aufklappmenü zeigt, wie diese an- und " -#~ "ausgeschtet werden können. Großes Bildschirmfoto." - -#~ msgid "Bulgarian and footnotes" -#~ msgstr "Bulgarisch und Fußnoten" - -#~ msgid "Vietnamese and Romanian" -#~ msgstr "Vietnamesisch und Rumänisch" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Viet and RomCor. East Europe " -#~ "meets East Asia! Vietnamese and Romanian are not geographically linked, " -#~ "though they look somehow similar in this screenshot. Large screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Viet und RomCor. Osteurope " -#~ "trifft auf Ostasien! Vietnamesisch und Rumänisch sind nicht miteinander " -#~ "verwandt, obwohl sie auf den Bildschirmfoto ähnlich aussehen. Großes Bildschirmfoto." - -#~ msgid "Vietnamese and Romanian" -#~ msgstr "Vietnamesisch und Rumänisch" - -#~ msgid "Esperanto without verse numbers and linebreaks" -#~ msgstr "Esperanto ohne Versnummern und Zeilenumbrüchen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YES, there is a Bible for those of you who prefer to speak Esperanto. " -#~ "This is not really a Unicode example, since the displayed characters come " -#~ "from the iso 8859-1 charset. But this shows how text looks like after " -#~ "switching off versenumbers and linebreaks. Large screenshot" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ja, es gibt eine Bibel für diejenigen, die es vorziehen Esperanto zu " -#~ "sprechen. Dies ist nicht wirklich ein Beispiel für Unicode, da die " -#~ "angezeigten Zeichen aus dem iso-8859-1 Zeichensatz stammen. Aber es wird " -#~ "gezeigt, wie der Text nach dem Abschalten von Versnummern und " -#~ "Zeilenumbrüchen aussieht. Großes Bildschirmfoto" - -#~ msgid "Esperanto without verse numbers and linebreaks" -#~ msgstr "Esperanto ohne Versnummern und Zeilenumbrüchen" - -#~ msgid "BibleTime's Guestbook" -#~ msgstr "BibleTimes Gästebuch" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is the place to leave positive or negative comments about the " -#~ "BibleTime project. This is not the place to ask questions, please use " -#~ "the BibleTime forum " -#~ "instead." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies ist der Ort, um positive oder negative Bemerkungen über das " -#~ "BibleTime Projekt abzugeben. Dies ist jedoch nicht der Ort, um Fragen zu " -#~ "stellen, benutzen Sie bitte stattdessen das the BibleTime forum." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please write in English, if possible. HTML is not allowed and will be " -#~ "removed, but you may use normal line breaks to divide into paragraphs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Schreiben Sie ihre Anmerkungen bitte in Englisch, wenn möglich. HTML ist " -#~ "nicht erlaubt und wird entfernt. Sie können normale Zeilenumbrüche " -#~ "benutzen um den Text in Abschnitte einzuteilen." - -#~ msgid "Please add your comments here:" -#~ msgstr "Bitte geben Sie hier ihre Anmerkungen ein:" - -#~ msgid "Responsibility" -#~ msgstr "Verantwortung" - -#~ msgid "This imprint is required in Germany for all webpages." -#~ msgstr "Dieses Impressum wird in Deutschland für alle Webseiten benötigt." - -#~ msgid "The person who responsible for these webpages is:" -#~ msgstr "Die für diese Webseiten verantwortliche Person ist:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Joachim Ansorg Alter Krofdorfer Weg 6 35398 Gießen Germany " -#~ "49.641.3605122 email: info at bibletime dot " -#~ "info" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Joachim Ansorg Alter Krofdorfer Weg 6 35398 Gießen Deutschland " -#~ "+49 641 3605122 email: info at bibletime dot info" - -#~ msgid "Download BibleTime" -#~ msgstr "BibleTime herunterladen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a short list of available download locations. Packages which are " -#~ "not provided on our SourceForge pages might be outdated. Please see below " -#~ "for detailed download and installation instructions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies ist eine Liste der verfügbaren Downloadorte. Pakete, die nicht auf " -#~ "unseren SourceForge Seiten zur Verfügung gestellt werden können veraltet " -#~ "sein. Detailierte Instruktionen zum Herunterladen und zur Installation " -#~ "können weiter unten gefunden werden." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sourcecode and packages for major Linux distributions can be downloaded " -#~ "from SourceForge." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der Quellcode und Pakete für die wichtigsten Linux Distributionen können " -#~ "von SourceForge heruntergeladen werden." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian packages are available for Debian Unstable and Debian Stable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Pakete sind für Debian Unstable und Debian Stable verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Gentoo packages are available on www.gentoo.org." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gentoo Pakete sind auf www.gentoo.org verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A FreeBSD application port of BibleTime can be found on www.freebsd.org." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eine FreeBSD Portierung von BibleTime kann auf www.freebsd." -#~ "org gefunden werden." - -#~ msgid "Installation of BibleTime" -#~ msgstr "Installation von BibleTime" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section explains how to install BibleTime on your system. Basically " -#~ "there are two ways to install it: Either by using prebuilt binary " -#~ "packages or by compiling from source code. Installing BibleTime using " -#~ "prebuilt packages is the easiest way." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Diese Seite erklärt, wie BibleTIme auf ihrem System installiert werden " -#~ "kann. Im Grunde gibt es nur zwei Arten der Installation. Entweder mit " -#~ "schon fertigen Binärpaketen oder durch Ãœbersetzen des Quellcodes. Die " -#~ "Installation mit fertigen Paketen ist am einfachsten." - -#~ msgid "Prebuilt binary packages" -#~ msgstr "Vorkompilierte Binärpakete" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We try to provide packages for the most important Linux distributions. " -#~ "These include RedHat, Mandrake and SuSE." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wie versuchen Pakete für die wichtigsten Linux Distributionen zur " -#~ "Verfügung zu stellen. Diese enthalten RedHat, Mandrake und SuSE." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First download the binary package for your Linux distribution. For " -#~ "example: You want to download BibleTime 1.4 " -#~ "for SuSE Linux 9.0. In this case you have to " -#~ "download the package bibletime-1.4-1.suse9.0.i586.rpm. Please download the package "bibletime-i18n" " -#~ "package, too. This package contains the available translations of the " -#~ "BibleTime user interface and handbook." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Laden Sie zuerst das Binärpaket für ihre Linux-Distribution herunter. Zum " -#~ "Beispiel: Sie möchten BibleTime 1.4. für " -#~ "SuSE Linux 9.0 herunterladen. In diesem Falle " -#~ "müssen Sie das Paket bibletime-1.4-1.suse9.0.i586.rpm herunterladen. Vergessen Sie bitte nicht, auch das Paket "" -#~ "bibletime-i18n" zu installieren. Dieses enthält die verfügbaren " -#~ "Ãœbersetzungen der BibleTime Oberfläche und des Handbuches." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are no packages for your version of Linux you have to install " -#~ "from source code. Please see below how to do that." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Falls es keine Pakete für ihre Linuxinstallation gibt müssen Sie vom " -#~ "Quellcode aus installieren. Bitte lesen Sie dazu weiter unten nach." - -#~ msgid "Installation from source code" -#~ msgstr "Installation mittels Quellcode" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation using BibleTime's source code is more difficult than using " -#~ "binary packages. Please follow the steps below if you decided to install " -#~ "BibleTime from sources:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Installations vom Quellcode aus ist schwieriger als mit Hilfe von " -#~ "Binärpaketen. Bitte folgen Sie den nächsten Schritten, wenn Sie sich " -#~ "entschieden haben, BibleTime mittels Quellcode zu installieren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At first make sure the required software is installed on your system. " -#~ "Depending on your Linux distribution you have to install the development " -#~ "packages of the required software, too." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stellen Sie zuerst sicher, dass die benötigte Software installiert ist. " -#~ "Je nach verwendeter Linux Distribution müssen auch die Entwicklungspakete " -#~ "der benötigten Software installiert werden." - -#~ msgid "KDE 3." -#~ msgstr "KDE 3." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least the libraries and the base package. KDE 3 is shipped with many " -#~ "Linux distributions. Very often it's installed by default." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zumindest die Bibliotheken und die Basis-Pakete. KDE 3 wird mit vielen " -#~ "Linux-Distributionen gelifert und wird oft als Standard installiert." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sword " -#~ "1.5.8." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sword " -#~ "1.5.8." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation instructions are available on www.crosswire.org/sword/" -#~ "software. Basically the installation steps are" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eine Installationsanleitung ist auf www.crosswire.org/sword/software " -#~ "vefügbar. Die grundlegenden Installationsschritte sind:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "./usrinst.sh --enable-shared --without-clucene\n" -#~ " make\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install_config" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "./usrinst.sh --enable-shared --without-clucene\n" -#~ " make\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install_config" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please note that this list is only valid for the latest version of " -#~ "BibleTime, older versions may require other software." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte beachten Sie, dass sich diese Liste nur auf die letzte Version von " -#~ "BibleTime bezieht. Andere Versionen können andere Software benötigen." - -#~ msgid "Compile and install BibleTime:" -#~ msgstr "BibleTime übersetzen und installieren:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "./configure --prefix=<your KDE directory>\n" -#~ " make\n" -#~ " make install" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "./configure --prefix=<Ihr KDE Verzeichnis>\n" -#~ "\t\t\t\t\t\tmake\n" -#~ "\t\t\t\t\t\tmake install" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can get your KDE directory by running the command kde-config " -#~ "--prefix. If you get problems please read our FAQ. If there's no solution of your " -#~ "problem, please contact us at info@bibletime.info." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie können ihr KDE Verzeichnis mit dem Befehl kde-config --" -#~ "prefix ermitteln. Wenn Sie Probleme haben lesen Sie bitte unser " -#~ "FAQ. Wenn es dort kein " -#~ "Problem zu ihrem Problem gibt, kontaktieren Sie uns bitte durch " -#~ "info@bibletime.info." - -#~ msgid "Install Sword modules" -#~ msgstr "Installation von Sword-Modulen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need Sword modules to work with BibleTime. Since version 1.4 " -#~ "BibleTime offers a userfriendly dialog to manage Sword modules. We " -#~ "strongly recommend this way to install modules on your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie benötigen Sword-Module um mit BibleTime arbeiten zu können. Seit " -#~ "Version 1.4 bitet BibleTime einen benutzerfreundlichen Dialog umd Sword " -#~ "Module zu verwalten. Wir legen ihnen nahe diesen Weg zu benutzen um Sword " -#~ "Module auf ihrem Computer zu installieren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Instructions for manual module installation is available on www." -#~ "crosswire.org/sword/modules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eine Anleitung zur manuellen Modulinstallation ist auf www." -#~ "crosswire.org/sword/modules verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "Available types of modules" -#~ msgstr "Existierende Modularten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here is a list of available module types and where to get more " -#~ "information about the available module types:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier ist eine Liste der verfügbaren Modularten und wo man weitere " -#~ "Informationen über diese bekommen kan:" - -#~ msgid "Bibles" -#~ msgstr "Bibeln" - -#~ msgid "Commentaries" -#~ msgstr "Kommentare" - -#~ msgid "Lexicons / Dictionaries" -#~ msgstr "Lexika / Wörterbücher" - -#~ msgid "Books" -#~ msgstr "Bücher" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" -#~ " Version 2, June 1991\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" -#~ " 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA\n" -#~ " Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\n" -#~ " of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Preamble\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\n" -#~ "freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public\n" -#~ "License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free\n" -#~ "software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This\n" -#~ "General Public License applies to most of the Free Software\n" -#~ "Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to\n" -#~ "using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by\n" -#~ "the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to\n" -#~ "your programs, too.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not\n" -#~ "price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you\n" -#~ "have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for\n" -#~ "this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it\n" -#~ "if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it\n" -#~ "in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\n" -#~ "anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.\n" -#~ "These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you\n" -#~ "distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether\n" -#~ "gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that\n" -#~ "you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the\n" -#~ "source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their\n" -#~ "rights.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and\n" -#~ "(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,\n" -#~ "distribute and/or modify the software.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain\n" -#~ "that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free\n" -#~ "software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we\n" -#~ "want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so\n" -#~ "that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original\n" -#~ "authors' reputations.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software\n" -#~ "patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free\n" -#~ "program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the\n" -#~ "program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any\n" -#~ "patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\n" -#~ "modification follow.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" -#~ " TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains\n" -#~ "a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed\n" -#~ "under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below,\n" -#~ "refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\"\n" -#~ "means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:\n" -#~ "that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,\n" -#~ "either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another\n" -#~ "language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in\n" -#~ "the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\n" -#~ "covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of\n" -#~ "running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program\n" -#~ "is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the\n" -#~ "Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).\n" -#~ "Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's\n" -#~ "source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you\n" -#~ "conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate\n" -#~ "copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the\n" -#~ "notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;\n" -#~ "and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License\n" -#~ "along with the Program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and\n" -#~ "you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion\n" -#~ "of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and\n" -#~ "distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\n" -#~ "above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices\n" -#~ " stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in\n" -#~ " whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any\n" -#~ " part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third\n" -#~ " parties under the terms of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively\n" -#~ " when run, you must cause it, when started running for such\n" -#~ " interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an\n" -#~ " announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a\n" -#~ " notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide\n" -#~ " a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under\n" -#~ " these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this\n" -#~ " License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but\n" -#~ " does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on\n" -#~ " the Program is not required to print an announcement.)\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If\n" -#~ "identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,\n" -#~ "and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\n" -#~ "themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\n" -#~ "sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you\n" -#~ "distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\n" -#~ "on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\n" -#~ "this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\n" -#~ "entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote " -#~ "it.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\n" -#~ "your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\n" -#~ "exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\n" -#~ "collective works based on the Program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program\n" -#~ "with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of\n" -#~ "a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\n" -#~ "the scope of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,\n" -#~ "under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of\n" -#~ "Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable\n" -#~ " source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections\n" -#~ " 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; " -#~ "or,\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three\n" -#~ " years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your\n" -#~ " cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete\n" -#~ " machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be\n" -#~ " distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium\n" -#~ " customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer\n" -#~ " to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is\n" -#~ " allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you\n" -#~ " received the program in object code or executable form with such\n" -#~ " an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for\n" -#~ "making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source\n" -#~ "code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any\n" -#~ "associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to\n" -#~ "control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a\n" -#~ "special exception, the source code distributed need not include\n" -#~ "anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary\n" -#~ "form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the\n" -#~ "operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component\n" -#~ "itself accompanies the executable.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering\n" -#~ "access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent\n" -#~ "access to copy the source code from the same place counts as\n" -#~ "distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not\n" -#~ "compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program\n" -#~ "except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt\n" -#~ "otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is\n" -#~ "void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.\n" -#~ "However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under\n" -#~ "this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such\n" -#~ "parties remain in full compliance.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\n" -#~ "signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\n" -#~ "distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are\n" -#~ "prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by\n" -#~ "modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the\n" -#~ "Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\n" -#~ "all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\n" -#~ "the Program or works based on it.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the\n" -#~ "Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\n" -#~ "original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to\n" -#~ "these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further\n" -#~ "restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\n" -#~ "You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to\n" -#~ "this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\n" -#~ "infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\n" -#~ "conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\n" -#~ "otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\n" -#~ "excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot\n" -#~ "distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\n" -#~ "License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\n" -#~ "may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent\n" -#~ "license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by\n" -#~ "all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\n" -#~ "the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\n" -#~ "refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under\n" -#~ "any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to\n" -#~ "apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other\n" -#~ "circumstances.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\n" -#~ "patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\n" -#~ "such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\n" -#~ "integrity of the free software distribution system, which is\n" -#~ "implemented by public license practices. Many people have made\n" -#~ "generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\n" -#~ "through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\n" -#~ "system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\n" -#~ "to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\n" -#~ "impose that choice.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\n" -#~ "be a consequence of the rest of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in\n" -#~ "certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\n" -#~ "original copyright holder who places the Program under this License\n" -#~ "may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding\n" -#~ "those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among\n" -#~ "countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates\n" -#~ "the limitation as if written in the body of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new " -#~ "versions\n" -#~ "of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will\n" -#~ "be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to\n" -#~ "address new problems or concerns.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program\n" -#~ "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any\n" -#~ "later version\", you have the option of following the terms and " -#~ "conditions\n" -#~ "either of that version or of any later version published by the Free\n" -#~ "Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number " -#~ "of\n" -#~ "this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free " -#~ "Software\n" -#~ "Foundation.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free\n" -#~ "programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the " -#~ "author\n" -#~ "to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free\n" -#~ "Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes\n" -#~ "make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals\n" -#~ "of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software " -#~ "and\n" -#~ "of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " NO WARRANTY\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO " -#~ "WARRANTY\n" -#~ "FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN\n" -#~ "OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES\n" -#~ "PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER " -#~ "EXPRESSED\n" -#~ "OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF\n" -#~ "MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK " -#~ "AS\n" -#~ "TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE\n" -#~ "PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,\n" -#~ "REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN " -#~ "WRITING\n" -#~ "WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR\n" -#~ "REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR " -#~ "DAMAGES,\n" -#~ "INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES " -#~ "ARISING\n" -#~ "OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT " -#~ "LIMITED\n" -#~ "TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY\n" -#~ "YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY " -#~ "OTHER\n" -#~ "PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE\n" -#~ "POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest\n" -#~ "possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it\n" -#~ "free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these " -#~ "terms.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest\n" -#~ "to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively\n" -#~ "convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least\n" -#~ "the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it " -#~ "does.>\n" -#~ " Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" -#~ " it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" -#~ " the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" -#~ " (at your option) any later version.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" -#~ " but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" -#~ " MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" -#~ " GNU General Public License for more details.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" -#~ " along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" -#~ " Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 " -#~ "USA\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this\n" -#~ "when it starts in an interactive mode:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author\n" -#~ " Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show " -#~ "w'.\n" -#~ " This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" -#~ " under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the " -#~ "appropriate\n" -#~ "parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use " -#~ "may\n" -#~ "be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be\n" -#~ "mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your\n" -#~ "school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if\n" -#~ "necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program\n" -#~ " `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James " -#~ "Hacker.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989\n" -#~ " Ty Coon, President of Vice\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program " -#~ "into\n" -#~ "proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may\n" -#~ "consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General\n" -#~ "Public License instead of this License." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" -#~ " Version 2, June 1991\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" -#~ " 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA\n" -#~ " Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\n" -#~ " of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Preamble\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\n" -#~ "freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public\n" -#~ "License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free\n" -#~ "software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This\n" -#~ "General Public License applies to most of the Free Software\n" -#~ "Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to\n" -#~ "using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by\n" -#~ "the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to\n" -#~ "your programs, too.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not\n" -#~ "price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you\n" -#~ "have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for\n" -#~ "this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it\n" -#~ "if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it\n" -#~ "in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\n" -#~ "anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.\n" -#~ "These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you\n" -#~ "distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether\n" -#~ "gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that\n" -#~ "you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the\n" -#~ "source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their\n" -#~ "rights.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and\n" -#~ "(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,\n" -#~ "distribute and/or modify the software.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain\n" -#~ "that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free\n" -#~ "software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we\n" -#~ "want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so\n" -#~ "that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original\n" -#~ "authors' reputations.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software\n" -#~ "patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free\n" -#~ "program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the\n" -#~ "program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any\n" -#~ "patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\n" -#~ "modification follow.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" -#~ " TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains\n" -#~ "a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed\n" -#~ "under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below,\n" -#~ "refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\"\n" -#~ "means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:\n" -#~ "that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,\n" -#~ "either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another\n" -#~ "language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in\n" -#~ "the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\n" -#~ "covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of\n" -#~ "running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program\n" -#~ "is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the\n" -#~ "Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).\n" -#~ "Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's\n" -#~ "source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you\n" -#~ "conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate\n" -#~ "copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the\n" -#~ "notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;\n" -#~ "and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License\n" -#~ "along with the Program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and\n" -#~ "you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion\n" -#~ "of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and\n" -#~ "distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\n" -#~ "above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices\n" -#~ " stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in\n" -#~ " whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any\n" -#~ " part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third\n" -#~ " parties under the terms of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively\n" -#~ " when run, you must cause it, when started running for such\n" -#~ " interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an\n" -#~ " announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a\n" -#~ " notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide\n" -#~ " a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under\n" -#~ " these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this\n" -#~ " License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but\n" -#~ " does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on\n" -#~ " the Program is not required to print an announcement.)\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If\n" -#~ "identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,\n" -#~ "and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\n" -#~ "themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\n" -#~ "sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you\n" -#~ "distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\n" -#~ "on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\n" -#~ "this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\n" -#~ "entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote " -#~ "it.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\n" -#~ "your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\n" -#~ "exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\n" -#~ "collective works based on the Program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program\n" -#~ "with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of\n" -#~ "a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\n" -#~ "the scope of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,\n" -#~ "under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of\n" -#~ "Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable\n" -#~ " source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections\n" -#~ " 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; " -#~ "or,\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three\n" -#~ " years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your\n" -#~ " cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete\n" -#~ " machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be\n" -#~ " distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium\n" -#~ " customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer\n" -#~ " to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is\n" -#~ " allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you\n" -#~ " received the program in object code or executable form with such\n" -#~ " an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for\n" -#~ "making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source\n" -#~ "code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any\n" -#~ "associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to\n" -#~ "control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a\n" -#~ "special exception, the source code distributed need not include\n" -#~ "anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary\n" -#~ "form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the\n" -#~ "operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component\n" -#~ "itself accompanies the executable.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering\n" -#~ "access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent\n" -#~ "access to copy the source code from the same place counts as\n" -#~ "distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not\n" -#~ "compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program\n" -#~ "except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt\n" -#~ "otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is\n" -#~ "void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.\n" -#~ "However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under\n" -#~ "this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such\n" -#~ "parties remain in full compliance.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\n" -#~ "signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\n" -#~ "distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are\n" -#~ "prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by\n" -#~ "modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the\n" -#~ "Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\n" -#~ "all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\n" -#~ "the Program or works based on it.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the\n" -#~ "Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\n" -#~ "original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to\n" -#~ "these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further\n" -#~ "restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\n" -#~ "You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to\n" -#~ "this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\n" -#~ "infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\n" -#~ "conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\n" -#~ "otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\n" -#~ "excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot\n" -#~ "distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\n" -#~ "License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\n" -#~ "may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent\n" -#~ "license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by\n" -#~ "all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\n" -#~ "the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\n" -#~ "refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under\n" -#~ "any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to\n" -#~ "apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other\n" -#~ "circumstances.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\n" -#~ "patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\n" -#~ "such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\n" -#~ "integrity of the free software distribution system, which is\n" -#~ "implemented by public license practices. Many people have made\n" -#~ "generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\n" -#~ "through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\n" -#~ "system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\n" -#~ "to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\n" -#~ "impose that choice.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\n" -#~ "be a consequence of the rest of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in\n" -#~ "certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\n" -#~ "original copyright holder who places the Program under this License\n" -#~ "may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding\n" -#~ "those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among\n" -#~ "countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates\n" -#~ "the limitation as if written in the body of this License.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new " -#~ "versions\n" -#~ "of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will\n" -#~ "be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to\n" -#~ "address new problems or concerns.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program\n" -#~ "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any\n" -#~ "later version\", you have the option of following the terms and " -#~ "conditions\n" -#~ "either of that version or of any later version published by the Free\n" -#~ "Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number " -#~ "of\n" -#~ "this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free " -#~ "Software\n" -#~ "Foundation.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free\n" -#~ "programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the " -#~ "author\n" -#~ "to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free\n" -#~ "Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes\n" -#~ "make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals\n" -#~ "of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software " -#~ "and\n" -#~ "of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " NO WARRANTY\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO " -#~ "WARRANTY\n" -#~ "FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN\n" -#~ "OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES\n" -#~ "PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER " -#~ "EXPRESSED\n" -#~ "OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF\n" -#~ "MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK " -#~ "AS\n" -#~ "TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE\n" -#~ "PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,\n" -#~ "REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN " -#~ "WRITING\n" -#~ "WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR\n" -#~ "REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR " -#~ "DAMAGES,\n" -#~ "INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES " -#~ "ARISING\n" -#~ "OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT " -#~ "LIMITED\n" -#~ "TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY\n" -#~ "YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY " -#~ "OTHER\n" -#~ "PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE\n" -#~ "POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest\n" -#~ "possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it\n" -#~ "free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these " -#~ "terms.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest\n" -#~ "to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively\n" -#~ "convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least\n" -#~ "the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it " -#~ "does.>\n" -#~ " Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" -#~ " it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" -#~ " the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" -#~ " (at your option) any later version.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" -#~ " but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" -#~ " MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" -#~ " GNU General Public License for more details.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" -#~ " along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" -#~ " Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 " -#~ "USA\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this\n" -#~ "when it starts in an interactive mode:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author\n" -#~ " Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show " -#~ "w'.\n" -#~ " This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" -#~ " under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the " -#~ "appropriate\n" -#~ "parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use " -#~ "may\n" -#~ "be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be\n" -#~ "mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your\n" -#~ "school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if\n" -#~ "necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program\n" -#~ " `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James " -#~ "Hacker.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989\n" -#~ " Ty Coon, President of Vice\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program " -#~ "into\n" -#~ "proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may\n" -#~ "consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General\n" -#~ "Public License instead of this License." - -#~ msgid "List of important christian pages" -#~ msgstr "Liste wichtiger christlicher Seiten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are many other christian pages in the word wide web. Some are more, " -#~ "others are less important. We collected a list of pages which are " -#~ "important in our opinion." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es gibt jede Menge anderer christlicher Seiten im World Wide Web. Einige " -#~ "sind mehr, andere weniger wichtig. Wir haben eine Liste zusammengestellt, " -#~ "die unserer Meinung nach wichtig sind." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Since we're not author of the linked pages we're not responsible for " -#~ "their content, we explicitely dissociate ourself from the content of the " -#~ "linked pages! This is required because german law says you're responsible " -#~ "for the content of the linked pages unless you explicitely dissociate " -#~ "yourself from these pages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Da wir nicht Autor der verlinkten Seiten sind, sind wir nicht für deren " -#~ "Inhalt verantwortlich. Wir distanzieren und ausdrücklich vom Inhalt der " -#~ "Seiten, auf die wir verweisen. Dies ist erforderlich, weil deutsches " -#~ "Recht aussagt, dass man selbst für den Inhalt der verlinkten Seiten ist, " -#~ "außer man distanziert sich ausdrücklich vom Inhalt dieser Seiten." - -#~ msgid "General christian pages" -#~ msgstr "Allgemeine christliche Seiten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bible Technologies " -#~ "Group." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bible Technologies " -#~ "Group." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The home of the new common exchange Text format OSIS, which will " -#~ "hopefully be used by many Bible societies and publishers of the world." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Zuhause des neuen Textaustausch-Formates OSIS, welches hoffentlich " -#~ "von vielen Bibelgesellschaften und Verlagen der Welt benutzt werden wird." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "CrossWire Bible Society." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "CrossWire Bible Society." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Crosswire Bible society is one of the few christian organizations in " -#~ "the world providing everything they make free for all! Crosswire supports " -#~ "the Sword project, the KJV2003 project and some other cool things." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft ist eine der wenigen christlichen " -#~ "Organisationen der Erde, die alles was die herstellen, kostenlos für alle " -#~ "anbieten! Crosswire unterstützt das Sword Projekt, das KJV2003 Projekt " -#~ "und einige andere großartige Dinge." - -#~ msgid "Biblesoftware for Linux" -#~ msgstr "Bibelsoftware für Linux" - -#~ msgid "Gnomesword." -#~ msgstr "Gnomesword." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Gnomesword is a Sword frontend using the Gnome toolkit. A really good " -#~ "application. Be sure to check it out!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gnomesword ist ein Sword Frontend für Gnome. Eine wirklich gelungene " -#~ "Anwendung. Probieren Sie sie auf jeden Fall aus!" - -#~ msgid "Biblesoftware for Windows" -#~ msgstr "Bibelsoftware für Windows" - -#~ msgid "BibleWorks." -#~ msgstr "BibleWorks." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleWorks is one of the best commercial Bible study applications for " -#~ "Windows! Very good but very expensive, too. Only useful for Bible " -#~ "scholars." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleWorks ist eines der besten kommerziellen Bibelstudien-Programme für " -#~ "Windows! Sehr gut, aber auch sehr teuer. Die Software ist nur für " -#~ "Theologie-Studenten wirklich nützlich!" - -#~ msgid "BibleWorkshop." -#~ msgstr "BibleWorkshop." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Bible Workshop program is a powerful, commercial Bible study " -#~ "application for Windows, which is available in english, german and " -#~ "french. It's possible to enhance the Bible Workshop using Text libraries " -#~ "you can buy." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Bible Workshop Programm ist eine mächtiges Bibelstudien Anwendung für " -#~ "Windows, die in Englisch, Deutsch und Französisch verfügbar ist. Es ist " -#~ "möglich BibleWorkshop durch Text-Bibliotheken zu erweitern, die sie " -#~ "kaufen können." - -#~ msgid "e-Sword." -#~ msgstr "e-Sword." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "e-Sword is a great and easy to use Bible study application for Windows " -#~ "systems." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "e-Sword ist ein sehr gutes und einfach zu benutzendes Bibelprogramm für " -#~ "Windows-Systeme." - -#~ msgid "Logos." -#~ msgstr "Logos." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Logos is one of the best commercial Bible study applications for Windows. " -#~ "You can buy a lot of texts to enhance it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Logos ist eines der besten Bibelstudienprogramm für Windows. Es stehen " -#~ "sehr viele Text zum Kauf, um die Software zu erweitern." - -#~ msgid "OnlineBible." -#~ msgstr "OnlineBible." - -#~ msgid "The Online Bible is a powerful Bible study application for Windows." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Online Bibel ist ein mächtiges Bibelstudien Programm für Windows." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sword for Windows." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sword für Windows." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is the Windows Bible study application made by the Sword team! Sword " -#~ "is supported by the Crosswire Bible Society." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies ist das Windows Bibelprogramm des Sword Teams! Sword wird von der " -#~ "Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft unterstützt." - -#~ msgid "Volksbibel." -#~ msgstr "Volksbibel." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Volksbibel 2000.2 is a German, metacard based software Bible study tool " -#~ "for Windows, Linux and Mac. Althouth there are not so many texts as other " -#~ "software packages have, it has some cool things like basic map support " -#~ "included. If you are german try it out!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Volksbibel 2000.2 ist ein deutsches, metacard basiertes Bibelstudien-" -#~ "Programm für Windows, Linux und Mac. Obwohl nicht so viele Texte wie bei " -#~ "anderen Software-Paketen verfügbar sind, verfügt das Programm über Dinge " -#~ "wie Grundlagen von Landkarten-Unterstützung. Wenn Sie Deutscher sind, " -#~ "probieren Sie es aus!" - -#~ msgid "Biblesoftware for Mac" -#~ msgstr "Bibelsoftware für Macintosh" - -#~ msgid "MacSword for OS X." -#~ msgstr "MacSword für OS X." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "MacSword is a new Bible study application for the new Macintosh OS X " -#~ "system. The screenshots look very promising!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "MacSword ist ein neues Bibelstudienprogramm für das neue Macintosh OS X " -#~ "System. Die Bildschirmfotos sehen sehr vielversprechend aus!" - -#~ msgid "Development tools" -#~ msgstr "Entwicklungs-Werkzeuge" - -#~ msgid "SourceForge." -#~ msgstr "SourceForge." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SourceForge provides us with the tools to develop BibleTime with many " -#~ "team members at the same time! We save a lot of time and money by using " -#~ "their services." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SourceForge stellt uns die Werkzeuge zur Verfuegung um BibleTime mit " -#~ "vielen Team-Mitgliedern zur gleichen Zeit su entwickeln! Wie sparen eine " -#~ "Menge Zeit und Geld durch Benutzung des SourceForge Services." - -#~ msgid "How to link to www.bibletime.info" -#~ msgstr "Wie man auf www.bibletime.info verweist" - -#~ msgid "Please do not copy the images because they may change their design." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte kopieren Sie nicht die Bilder, da sie das Design verändern könnten." - -#~ msgid "Larger banner" -#~ msgstr "1. Großer Banner" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Put the following HTML code on your pages: \n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "]]>\n" -#~ " This will look like this: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verwenden Sie den folgenden HTML Code auf ihren Seiten: \n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "]]>\n" -#~ " Dies sieht dann wie folgt aus: " - -#~ msgid "Smaller banner" -#~ msgstr "2. Kleiner Banner" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Put the following HTML code on your pages: \n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "]]>\n" -#~ " This will look like this: " -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Setzen Sie den folgenden HTML Code auf ihre Seiten: \n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "]]>\n" -#~ " Dies sieht dann wie folgt aus: " -#~ "" - -#~ msgid "Text link" -#~ msgstr "3. Textverweis" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To insert a simple text link please use the following HTML code on your " -#~ "pages: \n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " BibleTime - Bible study software for KDE\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "]]>\n" -#~ " This will look like this: BibleTime - Bible study software for KDE" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Um einen einfachen Textverweis einzügen verwenden Sie bitte den folgenden " -#~ "HTML code auf ihren Seiten:: \n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " BibleTime - Bibelsoftware für KDE\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "]]>\n" -#~ " Dies sieht folgendermaßen aus: BibleTime - Bibelsoftware für KDE" - -#~ msgid "Welcome to the BibleTime project." -#~ msgstr "Willkommen zum BibleTime Projekt!" - -#~ msgid "News about BibleTime" -#~ msgstr "Neues über BibleTime" - -#~ msgid "2005-11-13: BibleTime 1.5.3" -#~ msgstr "2005-11-13: BibleTime 1.5.3" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A new bugfix release is out now. Version 1.5.3 contains only a few fixes, " -#~ "mainly to fully support locked modules and to compile with KDE 3.0 - 3.3." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ein neues Bugfix-Release ist erhältlich. Version 1.5.3 enthält nur einige " -#~ "Fehlerkorrekturen, hauptsächlich um verschlüsselte Module besser zu " -#~ "unterstützen und mit KDE 3.0-3.3 zu kompiliern." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get the new release in the download section. Binary packages should be " -#~ "available soon." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Release findet sich im Downloadbereich. Binärpakete sollten auch bald " -#~ "erhältlich sein." - -#~ msgid "2005-10-16: BibleTime 1.5.2" -#~ msgstr "16.10.2005: BibleTime 1.5.2" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A new bugfix release has been released today. Version 1.5.2 contains " -#~ "fixes for most of the bugs found in 1.5.1. It also contains some minor " -#~ "improvements to the user interface. See the file Changelog in the source " -#~ "code package for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eine neue Fehlerbereinigungsversion wurde heute veröffentlicht. Version " -#~ "1.5.2 enthält Korrekturen für die meisten in 1.5.1 gefundenen Fehler. Sie " -#~ "enthält auch einige kleinere Verbesserungen der Benutzeroberfläche. Lesen " -#~ "Sie die Datei Changelog des Quellcode-Paketes für weitere Informationen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.5.2 is available from the usual places. We'd be glad if " -#~ "binary packages could be prepared to simplify BibleTime's installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.5.2 ist von den bekannten Orten zu beziehen. Wir wären " -#~ "wirklich dankbar, wenn Binärpakete vorbereitet werden könnten, um die " -#~ "Installation zu vereinfachen." - -#~ msgid "2005-09-28: New forums" -#~ msgstr "28.09.2005: Neue Foren" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because the old forum software turned out to be insecure we installed a " -#~ "new forum software today. We hope that you will continue to use the " -#~ "forums." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Da es sich herausgestellt hat, dass die alte Forensoftware nicht sicher " -#~ "war, wurde heute eine neue Forensoftware installiert. Wir hoffen, dass " -#~ "Sie auch weiterhin die Foren nutzen." - -#~ msgid "2005-09-12: BibleTime 1.5.1 and translations" -#~ msgstr "12.09.2005: BibleTime 1.5.1 und Ãœbersetzungen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bugfix release 1.5.1 is available now at our download location. A " -#~ "first version of BibleTime's translation files has been released, too." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die Fehlerkorrektur-Version 1.5.1 ist nun auf unserer Download-Seite " -#~ "verfügbar. Eine erste Version der BibleTime Ãœbersetzungen ist nun " -#~ "ebenfalls verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "2005-07-16: BibleTime 1.5" -#~ msgstr "16.07.2005: BibleTime 1.5" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.5 is available now. It contains many new features and " -#~ "improvements. The source code of BibleTime 1.5 and Sword 1.5.8 is " -#~ "available in the download section. We hope to provide binary and " -#~ "translation packages for the most important Linux distributions in the " -#~ "next few weeks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.5 ist jetzt verfügbar. Es enthält viele neue Funktionen und " -#~ "Verbesserungen. Der Quellcode von BibleTime 1.5 und Sword 1.5.8 sind in " -#~ "der Herunterladen-Rubrik zu finden. Wir hoffen bald Binärpakete sowie " -#~ "Ãœbersetzungen für die wichtigsten Linux-Distributionen zur Verfügung " -#~ "stellen zu können." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please use our new forums to discuss about this new release. Translators " -#~ "are encouraged to update their translations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bitte benutzen Sie unser neues Forum, um über diese Veröffentlichung zu " -#~ "diskutieren. Alle Ãœbersetzer sind gebeten, ihre Ãœbersetzungen auf den " -#~ "neusten Stand zu bringen." - -#~ msgid "2005-06-17: BibleTime 1.5 release candidate 2" -#~ msgstr "17.06.2005: BibleTime 1.5 Release Kandidat 2" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The second release candidate of BibleTime version 1.5 was released today. " -#~ "It contains fixes for most of the problems found in 1.5rc1 and some more " -#~ "additional improvements. Please report all problems and bugs you " -#~ "encounter here. The source code of BibleTime " -#~ "1.5rc2 and Sword 1.5.8 is available in the download section." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der zweite Release-Kandidat von BibleTime Version 1.5 wurde heute " -#~ "veröffentlicht. Er korrigiert die meisten der Probleme, die in 1.5rc1 " -#~ "gefunden wurden und enthält zusätzlich einige zusätzliche Verbesserungen. " -#~ "Bitte berichten Sie alle Probleme und Fehler die sie finden auf dieser Seite. Der Quellcode von BibleTime " -#~ "1.5rc2 und Sword 1.5.8 kann im Download-Abschnitt gefunden werden." - -#~ msgid "2005-06-15: BibleTime forums online" -#~ msgstr "15.06.2005: BibleTime-Forum online" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the ongoing effort to build a BibleTime user community the BibleTime " -#~ "forums are now available for everybody at forum.bibletime.info. All users of BibleTime " -#~ "are encouraged to use these forums to discuss everything related to " -#~ "BibleTime." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Im Prozess eine BibleTime Benutzergemeinschaft aufzubauen wurde nun für " -#~ "alle ein BibleTime-Foum auf forum.bibletime.info eingerichtet. Alle Benutzer von BibleTime " -#~ "werden gebeten, diese Foren zur Diskussion aller Dinge zu benutzen, die " -#~ "mit BibleTime zu tun haben." - -#~ msgid "2005-05-29: BibleTime 1.5 release candidate 1" -#~ msgstr "29.05.2005: BibleTime 1.5 Release-Kandidat 1" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first release candidate of BibleTime version 1.5 was released today. " -#~ "It contains a ton of fixes, improvements and new features. Everybody who " -#~ "is capable to install software using the source code is encouraged to " -#~ "test this release. Please report all problems and bugs you encounter " -#~ "here. The source code of BibleTime " -#~ "1.5rc1 and Sword 1.5.8 is available in the download section." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der erste Release-Kandidat von BibleTime Version 1.5 wurde heute " -#~ "veröffentlicht. Er enthält eine Menge an Korrekturen, Verbesserungen und " -#~ "neuen Funktionen. Jeder, der Software mittels Quellcode installieren " -#~ "kann, wird ermutigt, diese Vorabversion zu testen. Bitte berichten Sie " -#~ "alle Probleme und Fehler, die sie finden an dieser " -#~ "Stelle. Die Quellcodepakete von BibleTime 1.5rc1 und Sword 1.5.8 " -#~ "sind im Downloadbereich zu finden." - -#~ msgid "2005-01-24: Bible software Survey" -#~ msgstr "24.01.2005: Bibelsoftware Umfrage" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bible Software vendors from around the globe are jointly sponsoring a " -#~ "cooperative User Survey to glean from Bible Software Users worldwide " -#~ "their needs, requests, and dreams. We'd be glad if you could take the " -#~ "survey here: Bible software survey" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hersteller von Bibelsoftware unterstützn gemeinsam eine Benutzerumfrage " -#~ "um weltweit von den Benutzern der Bibelsoftware deren Bedürfnisse, " -#~ "Wünsche und Träume zu sammeln.Wir wären froh, wenn Sie an dieser Umfrage " -#~ "hier teilnehmen könnten: Bibelsoftware Umfrage." - -#~ msgid "2004-12-23: Status update" -#~ msgstr "23.12.2004: Statusbericht" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The BibleTime project is still alive and development is almost finished " -#~ "for the next version, BibleTime 1.5. This version will contain major user " -#~ "interface improvements which will make it simpler to use than any other " -#~ "version before. We hope to release version 1.5 in the first three months " -#~ "of the next year." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das BibleTime Projekt ist noch aktiv und hat die Entwicklung der nächsten " -#~ "Version, BibleTime 1.5, bald fertig gestellt. Diese Version wird größere " -#~ "Verbesserungen der BibleTime Benutzerschnittstelle enthalten und somit " -#~ "die bislang am einfachsten zu benutzende Version sein. Wir hoffen Version " -#~ "1.5 im ersten Quartal des nächsten Jahres zu veröffentlichen." - -#~ msgid "2004-05-25: Documentation author(s) needed" -#~ msgstr "25.05.2004: Dokumentations-Autor(en) gesucht" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The BibleTime team is in urgent need of one or more volunteers who want " -#~ "to work on the documentation. The handbook is outdated and needs a major " -#~ "update before the next version of BibleTime can be released. If you have " -#~ "some free time and know how to work with docbook files (or are ready to " -#~ "learn it), plase contact us at info@bibletime.info." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das BibleTime Team benötigt dringend einen oder mehrere Freiwillige, die " -#~ "an der Dokumentation arbeiten wollen. Das Handbuch ist veraltet und " -#~ "benötigt ein größeres Update bevor die nächste Version von BibleTime " -#~ "veröffentlicht werden kann. Wenn Sie Zeit zur Verfügung haben und mit " -#~ "Docbook Dateien umzugehen wissen (oder bereit sind, dies zu lernen) " -#~ "konaktieren Sie und bitte über info@bibletime.info." - -#~ msgid "2004-02-09: BibleTime 1.4.1 for Mac OS X" -#~ msgstr "09.02.2004: BibleTime 1.4.1 für Mac OS X" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the BibleTime development list Daniel Glassey writes that BibleTime is now available for Mac OSX. To get BibleTime " -#~ "running on Mac please follow the instructions in this eMail and this eMail. Please report problems or " -#~ "success to info@bibletime.info." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Auf der BibleTime Entwicklungs-Mailingliste schreibt " -#~ "Daniel Glassey, dass BibleTime jetzt auf Mac OS X läuft. Um " -#~ "BibleTime auf Mac OS X laufen zu lassen, folgen Sie bitte den Anweisungen " -#~ "in dieser eMail und in dieser " -#~ "eMail. Schicken Sie bitte Bereichte über Erfolge oder Probleme an " -#~ "info@bibletime.info." - -#~ msgid "2004-01-29: BibleTime 1.4.1" -#~ msgstr "29.01.2004: BibleTime 1.4.1" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.4.1 was released today. The most important changes in version " -#~ "1.4.1 are updated translations and bugfixes, especially in the Sword " -#~ "setup dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime 1.4.1 wurde heute veröffentlicht. Die wichtigsten  Änderungen " -#~ "in Version 1.4.1 sind bearbeitete Ãœbersetzungen und Fehlerkorrekturen, " -#~ "besonders im Sword Einrichungdialog." - -#~ msgid "2004-01-26: User forums online" -#~ msgstr "26.01.2004: Benutzerforen online" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We're happy to announce a forum for BibleTime users. Please ask all your " -#~ "questions there if you need help. We'd appreciate all feedback and " -#~ "suggestions in the forum, too. The address is http://www.crosswire.org/forums." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wir sind froh Benutzerforen für BibleTime Benutzer ankündigen zu können. " -#~ "Bitte stellen sie ihre Fragen dort, falls Sie Hilfe benötigen. Wir würden " -#~ "jegliche Form von Feedback oder Vorschlägen ebenfalls im Forum begrüßen. " -#~ "Die Adresse ist http://www." -#~ "crosswire.org/forums." - -#~ msgid "2004-01-16: Debian packages available" -#~ msgstr "16.01.2004: Debian Pakete verfügbar" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian " -#~ "packages of BibleTime 1.4 are available now in Debian Unstable. " -#~ "Be sure to get the bibletime-i18n package, too. Kudos to our Debian " -#~ "packager Daniel Glassey for his work!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian " -#~ "Pakete von BibleTime 1.4 sind nun in Debian Unstable verfügbar. " -#~ "Installieren Sie auch das bibletime-i18n Paket. Ein dickes " -#~ "Dankeschön an unseren Debian Paketautor Daniel Glassey für seine Arbeit!" - -#~ msgid "2004-01-11: New translation effort" -#~ msgstr "11.01.2004: Neue Ãœbersetzungsmöglichkeit" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First of all we want to wish all of you a truly happy and blessed new " -#~ "year." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zu Beginn wünschen wir allen ein wirklich frohes und gesegnetes neues " -#~ "Jahr." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As you probably already noticed, there is a new page online called "Translation". This page " -#~ "gives an introduction into how you can help with the translation of the " -#~ "different areas of the BibleTime project, and offers detailed statistics " -#~ "on the completeness of the existing languages. Be sure to check it out." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wie Sie vielleicht schon bemerkt haben, gibt es eine neue Seite namens " -#~ ""Ãœbersetzung". Diese " -#~ "Seite enthält eine Einleitung, wie Sie bei der Ãœbersetzung der " -#~ "verschiedenen Bereiche des BibleTime Projektes helfen können. Die Seite " -#~ "enthält auch detailierte Statistiken über die Vollständigkeit der " -#~ "bisherigen Ãœbersetzungen. Schauen Sie doch mal nach." - -#~ msgid "2003-12-29: BibleTime 1.4" -#~ msgstr "29.12.2003: BibleTime 1.4" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The new version 1.4 of BibleTime is now available for download. 1.4 in " -#~ "comparision with version 1.3 contains a new SwordSetup dialog to setup " -#~ "Sword and to install modules from local sources or from the internet. " -#~ "With the SwordSetup part it's also possible to remove modules from disk. " -#~ "1.4 also contains many new bugfixes. BibleTime 1.4 is available on our " -#~ "download page." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die neue Version 1.4 von BibleTime ist verfügbar. Verglichen mit 1.3 " -#~ "enthält sie einen neuen Sword-Setup-Dialog, mit dem man Sword " -#~ "konfigurieren und Module von lokalen Quellen oder aus dem Internet " -#~ "installieren kann. Man kann damit natürlich auch module wieder aus dem " -#~ "System entfernen. 1.4 enthält weiterhin viele Fehlerkorrekturen. " -#~ "BibleTime 1.4 ist auf unserer Downloadseite erhältlich." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need Sword 1.5.7 with enabled curl support to make use of the remote " -#~ "installation features. The binary packages we provide for some of the " -#~ "major linux distributions should work out of the box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sie benötigen Sword 1.5.7 mit eingeschalteter Curl-Unterstützung, um die " -#~ "neuen Internet-Installationsfähigkeiten benutzen zu können. Die " -#~ "Binärpakete, die wir für einige der wichtigsten Linux-Distributionen " -#~ "bereitstellen, sollten hoffentlich problemlos funktionieren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you run into troubles installing BibleTime or you have problems using " -#~ "it please submit a bugreport. We need your support to improve BibleTime." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn sie Probleme beim Installieren von BibleTime haben, senden sie bitte " -#~ "einen Fehlerbericht. Wir brauchen Ihre Unterstützung, um BibleTime " -#~ "verbessern zu können." - -#~ msgid "2003-12-03: BibleTime 1.4beta1" -#~ msgstr "03.12.2003: BibleTime 1.4beta1" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first testing version of the upcoming BibleTime 1.4 was released " -#~ "today. The new feature in comparision with 1.3 is the new SwordSetup " -#~ "dialog which makes the Sword and module configuration more userfriendly. " -#~ "Using the dialog you can now setup Sword's configuration files, install " -#~ "modules from the internet or from local sources (e.g. a CD) and also " -#~ "uninstall modules from your system. This beta release also contains some " -#~ "important bugfixes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die erste Testversion des bald erscheinenden BibleTime 1.4 wurde heute " -#~ "veröffentlicht.Die im Vergleich mit 1.3 wichtigste neue Funktion ist der " -#~ "neue SwordSetup-Dialog, der die Sword- und Modulkonfiguration " -#~ "benutzerfreundlich macht.Mit dem Dialog kann die Swordkonfigurationsdatei " -#~ "verwaltet werden, es können Module aus dem Internet oder von lokalen " -#~ "Quellen installiert werden und es können ebenso auch Module vom System " -#~ "gelöscht werden.Diese Betaversion ehthält auch einige wichtige " -#~ "Fehlerkorrekturen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This 1.4beta1 release is only meant for testing, so we do not provide " -#~ "binary packages. If you know how to compile programs from source code we " -#~ "encourage you to try this beta1 release. You need Sword 1.5.6 with " -#~ "enabled curl support to make use of the remote installation features." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die 1.4beta1 Version ist nur für Testzwecke bestimmt, daher werden keine " -#~ "Binärpakete zur Verfügung gestellt. Wenn Sie wissen, wie man Programme " -#~ "vom Quellcode aus übersetzt möchten wir Sie ermutigen, diese Testversion " -#~ "auszuprobieren. Sie benötigen Sword 1.5.6 mit eingeschalteter " -#~ "Unterstützung von curl, um die Modulinstallation aus dem Internet nutzen " -#~ "zu können." - -#~ msgid "2003-10-19: SuSE 9.0 packages" -#~ msgstr "19.10.2003: SuSE 9.0 Pakete" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RPM packages are now available for SuSE 9.0. Report any problems to " -#~ "info@bibletime.info. Thank you!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Es sind nun RPM Pakete für SuSE 9.0 vefügbar. Bei Problemen wenden Sie " -#~ "sich bitte an info@bibletime.info. Vielen Dank!" - -#~ msgid "2003-10-16: New webpages" -#~ msgstr "16.10.2003: Neue Internetseiten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "BibleTime has now new webpages which offer better navigation, better " -#~ "design and faster page download time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime verfügt nun über neue Webseiten, die eine bessere " -#~ "Seitennavigation, ein konsistenteres Design und schnellere Downloadzeiten " -#~ "bieten.." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you experience any problems with the new pages please let us know!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Falls Sie irgendwelche Probleme mit den neuen Seiten feststellen lassen " -#~ "Sie es uns bitte wissen!" - -#~ msgid "2003-08-23: BibleTime 1.3" -#~ msgstr "23.08.2003: BibleTime 1.3" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Version 1.3 of BibleTime is finally available. BibleTime 1.3 contains a " -#~ "lot of new features, usability improvements and bug fixes. Upgrading to " -#~ "version 1.3 is strongly recommended for all our users. You can get the " -#~ "Software here: Download. Binary packages will be released in the next few " -#~ "days." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "BibleTime in der Version 1.3 ist endlich verfügbar. 1.3 enthält viele " -#~ "neue Funktionen, Verbesserungen in der Benutzbarkeit und " -#~ "Fehlerkorrekturen. Die Installation von 1.3 wird allen Benutzern " -#~ "wärmstens empfohlen. Sie können sie Software hier herunterladen: Herunterladen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get the bibletime and the bibletime-i18n packages for full functionality. " -#~ "We're very sorry for the long release time, we hope to shorten it with " -#~ "the next releases." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Laden Sie die Pakete bibletime und bibletime-i18n herunter, um volle " -#~ "Funktionalität zu erhalten. Die lange Zeit zwischen den neuen Versionen " -#~ "tut uns leid, wir hoffen diese mit den nächsten Versionen zu verkürzen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On dot.kde.org " -#~ "Andreas Pour draws the following conclusion in his review:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Auf dot.kde.org zieht " -#~ "Andreas Pour den folgenden Schluß in seiner Rezension:" - -#~ msgid "Andreas Pour (© 2001 Andreas \"Dre\" Pour. All rights reserved)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Andreas Pour (© 2001 Andreas \"Dre\" Pour. Alle Rechte vorbehalten)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bibletime is already a true godsend for religious KDE users. It is easily " -#~ "useable though it may take a bit of time to learn some quirks. I think " -#~ "the next release will make it even better, particularly by providing a " -#~ "GUI for the difficult Sword installation/configuration. Besides this, my " -#~ "personal wishlist item is to use KHTML for its advanced navigation " -#~ "features." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bibletime ist ein wahres Geschenk Gottes für religiöse KDE Benutzer. Es " -#~ "ist einfach zu benuzten obwohl es einige Zeit dauern kann einige " -#~ "Feinheiten zu benutzen. Ich denke, dass nächste Release wird noch besser, " -#~ "besonders durch eine Oberfläche zur schwierigen Sword Installation. Neben " -#~ "diesem sind meine persönliche Wünsche die Benutzung von KHTML wegen der " -#~ "erweiterten Navigations-Funktionen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The German magazine \"Pfarrer & PC\" reviewed Bible software for " -#~ "Linux which also covers BibleTime among \"Gnomesword\" and \"Volksbibel " -#~ "2000\". Their conclusion in german for BibleTime:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Die deutsche Zeitschrift \"Pfarrer & PC\" hat Bibel-Software für " -#~ "Linux getestet, was neben BibleTime auch \"Gnomesword\" und \"Volksbibel " -#~ "2000\" behandelte. Sie zieht den folgenden Schluß über BibleTime:" - -#~ msgid "Pfarrer & PC 2002 (© Pfarrer & PC 2002)" -#~ msgstr "Pfarrer & PC 2002 (© Pfarrer & PC 2002)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Trotzdem: Alles dran, alles drin - BibleTime ist ein funktional wie " -#~ "optisch gelungenes Bibel-Programm, dem man unter Linux große Verbreitung " -#~ "wünschen darf. Ein wenig bedauerlich ist das copyrightbedingte Fehlen der " -#~ "»großen« zeitgenössischen Bibelübersetzungen. Dafür beschert BibleTime dem " -#~ "Nutzer Einblicke in selten genutzte Ãœbersetzungen und ein gutes Handling " -#~ "griechischer und hebräischer Originaltexte." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Trotzdem: Alles dran, alles drin - BibleTime ist ein funktional wie " -#~ "optisch gelungenes Bibel-Programm, dem man unter Linux große Verbreitung " -#~ "wünschen darf. Ein wenig bedauerlich ist das copyrightbedingte Fehlen der " -#~ "»großen« zeitgenössischen Bibelübersetzungen. Dafür beschert BibleTime dem " -#~ "Nutzer Einblicke in selten genutzte Ãœbersetzungen und ein gutes Handling " -#~ "griechischer und hebräischer Originaltexte." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The review is online at: www.pfarrer-pc.de" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Der Test ist im Internet unter www.pfarrer-pc.de verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "Screenshots of BibleTime 1.5" -#~ msgstr "Bildschirmfotos von BibleTime 1.5" - -#~ msgid "The main window" -#~ msgstr "Das Hauptfenster" - -#~ msgid "The main window" -#~ msgstr "Das Hauptfenster" - -#~ msgid "The Bookshelf Manager" -#~ msgstr "Die Bücherregal-Verwaltung" - -#~ msgid "The Bookshelf Manager" -#~ msgstr "Die Bücherregal-Verwaltung" - -#~ msgid "The search dialog" -#~ msgstr "Der Suchdialog" - -#~ msgid "The search dialog" -#~ msgstr "Der Suchdialog" - -#~ msgid "Sword CD order form not available" -#~ msgstr "Sword CD Bestellung ist zur Zeit nicht verfügbar" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because it's impossible for the BibleTime team to fullfill all the Sword " -#~ "CD orders with the limited financial ressources the CD order form is " -#~ "currently not available. Please note that the CD still is available as a " -#~ "download from ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Da es dem BibleTime Team zur Zeit nicht möglich ist, alle CD-Bestellungen " -#~ "mit den gegebenen finanziellen Ressourcen zu erfüllen, ist das Formular " -#~ "zur Bestellung der CD nicht mehr verfügbar. Wir möchten Sie darauf " -#~ "aufmerksam machen, dass die CD immer noch von ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/" -#~ "sword/iso/ heruntergeladen werden kann." - -#~ msgid "Sword CD order" -#~ msgstr "Sword-CD Bestellung" - -#~ msgid "CD order sent" -#~ msgstr "CD-Bestellung wurde verschickt" - -#~ msgid "Help translate BibleTime into your language" -#~ msgstr "Helfen Sie BibleTime in ihre Sprache zu übersetzen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a part of software development where the help of many individals " -#~ "is needed. It is our desire to offer BibleTime to users in as many " -#~ "languages as possible. The following areas are open for your " -#~ "contributions:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies ist ein Teil der Softwareentwicklung in dem die Hilfe vieler " -#~ "benötigt wird. Wir möchten den Benutzern BibleTIme in möglichst vielen " -#~ "Sprachen zur Verfügung stellen.In den folgenden Bereichen besteht " -#~ "Möglichkeit zur Mithilfe:" - -#~ msgid "Translate the www.bibletime.info website." -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung der www.bibletime.info Seiten." - -#~ msgid "Translate the program's User Interface." -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung der Programmoberfläche" - -#~ msgid "Translate the program's handbook." -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung des Programm-Handbuchs" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On this page you can find statistics about the completeness of existing " -#~ "translations for each of these areas, as well as links to translation " -#~ "templates that you can use to submit new translations which do not yet " -#~ "exist. If a translation into your language does not yet exist, just " -#~ "download the templates, translate them and send them to " -#~ "info@bibletime.info. If you are not satisfied with the " -#~ "status of your language's translation, you can directly download the " -#~ "corresponding file, update the translation and send it in. In both cases " -#~ "we'll be sure to integrate your work as soon as possible." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Auf dieser Seite können Sie Statistiken über die Vollständigkeit der " -#~ "bestehenden Ãœbersetzungen in jedem dieser Bereiche sehen, aber auch " -#~ "Verweise auf Ãœbersetzungsvorlagen die Sie benutzen können um neue " -#~ "Ãœbersetzungen zu erstellen, die noch nicht vorhanden waren. Wenn eine " -#~ "Ãœbersetzung in ihrer Sprache noch nicht existiert, laden Sie einfach die " -#~ "Vorlage herunter, übersetzen Sie diese und schicken Sie diese an " -#~ "info@bibletime.info. Wenn Sie mit dem Status der " -#~ "Ãœbersetzung in ihrer Sprache zufrieden sind, dann laden Sie sich die " -#~ "entsprechende Datei herunter, korrigieren Sie diese und schicken Sie " -#~ "diese an uns. In beiden Fällen werden wir sicherstellen die Arbeit so " -#~ "schnell wir möglich zu integrieren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For the translation process we recommend that you use the excellent and " -#~ "mature program KBabel. It has many advanced features and is a great aid." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Für die Ãœbersetzungsarbeit empfehlen wir ihnen das wirklich gute Programm " -#~ "KBabel. Es " -#~ "verfügt über viele erweiterte Funktionen und ist eine große Hilfe." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A list of the language abbreviations is avalable at www.w3.org/WAI/ER/IG/ert/iso639." -#~ "htm." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eine Liste der Sprach-Abkürzungen ist auf www.w3.org/WAI/ER/IG/ert/iso639.htm " -#~ "verfügbar." - -#~ msgid "Translate the www.bibletime.info website." -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung der www.bibletime.info Internetseiten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a translation of the website to your language does not yet exist, you " -#~ "can download and translate the Webpage " -#~ "translation template. If you want to update an existing " -#~ "translation, use the links in the table below to download the " -#~ "corresponding file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn eine Ãœbersetzung der Webseite in ihrer Sprache noch nicht " -#~ "existiert, laden und übersetzen Sie die Webseiten Ãœberzetzungsvorlage. Wenn Sie eine bestehende " -#~ "Ãœbersetzung bearbeiten möchten, benutzen Sie die Verweise in der " -#~ "untenstehenden Tabelle um die entsprechende Datei herunterzuladen." - -#~ msgid "Translate the program's User Interface." -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung der Programmoberfläche" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a translation of the User Interface to your language does not yet " -#~ "exist, you can download and translate the User Interface translation template. If you want " -#~ "to update an existing translation, use the links in the table below to " -#~ "download the corresponding file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn eine Ãœbersetzung der Benutzeroberfläche in ihrer Sprache noch nicht " -#~ "existiert, laden und übersetzen Sie die Benutzeroberflächen Ãœbersetzungsvorlage. Wenn Sie " -#~ "eine bestehende Ãœbersetzung bearbeiten möchten, benutzen Sie die Verweise " -#~ "in der untenstehenden Tabelle um die entsprechende Datei herunterzuladen." - -#~ msgid "Translate the program's handbook." -#~ msgstr "Ãœbersetzung des Programm-Handbuchs." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a translation of the handbook to your language does not yet exist, you " -#~ "can download and translate the " -#~ "handbook translation template. If you want to update an existing " -#~ "translation, use the links in the table below to download the " -#~ "corresponding file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn eine Ãœbersetzung des Handbuches in ihrer Sprache noch nicht " -#~ "existiert, können Sie Handbuch " -#~ "Ãœbersetzungsvorlage herunterladen und übersetzen. Wenn Sie eine " -#~ "bestehende Ãœbersetzung weiterübersetzen möchten, benutzen Sie die " -#~ "Verweise in der unten stehenden Tabelle um die entsprechende Datei zum " -#~ "Ãœbersetzen herunterzuladen." diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-pt-br.po b/i18n/howto/howto-pt-br.po index 89a0bea..d892985 100644 --- a/i18n/howto/howto-pt-br.po +++ b/i18n/howto/howto-pt-br.po @@ -12,20 +12,21 @@ # Joachim Ansorg, 2004. # Samuel Lucas Vaz de Mello , 2004. # Saulo Rodrigues e Silva , 2005. -# +# Rafael Fagundes Rosa Campos, 2009 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: full\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 12:33-0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-01 00:02-0500\n" -"Last-Translator: Saulo Rodrigues e Silva \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-17 20:08-0500\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael Fagundes Rosa Campos \n" "Language-Team: Portugues Brasil \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: application/x-xml2pot; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" +"X-Generator: QT Linguist 4.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"X-Language: pt_BR\n" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1 msgid "Bible Study Basics" @@ -40,24 +41,21 @@ msgid "Jn.5:39-40" msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal " "life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come " "to Me, that you may have life." msgstr "" -"Jo 5.39-40 Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida " -"eterna; e são elas que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para " -"terdes vida!" +"Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas " +"que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther " "said we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby; just " "so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God." msgstr "" -"O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a pessoa. Martinho Lutero " +"O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero " "disse nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê, então no " "estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com " "Deus." @@ -71,7 +69,6 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was " "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten " @@ -100,15 +97,14 @@ msgid "Approaches to God's Word" msgstr "Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study " "and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the " "scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and " "cements the word in our minds." msgstr "" -"Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão geral das escrituras enquanto o estudo e a " -"memorização provêem uma visão detalhada da escritura. A meditação nas " +"Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e " +"a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas " "escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em " "nossas mentes." @@ -118,8 +114,8 @@ msgstr "Ouvir" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38 msgid "" -"Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it." +"Lk.11:28 blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe " +"it." msgstr "" "Lc 11.28 Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a " "palavra de Deus, e a observam." @@ -138,8 +134,8 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45 msgid "" -"1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]" +"1 Tim.4:13 give attention to the public reading of Scripture " +"[...]" msgstr "1 Tm 4.13 aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 @@ -163,8 +159,8 @@ msgid "" "word of truth." msgstr "" "2 Tm 2.15 Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro " -"que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade." +"que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da " +"verdade." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59 msgid "Memorize" @@ -195,7 +191,6 @@ msgstr "" "de dia e noite. " #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the " "fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. " @@ -293,7 +288,6 @@ msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18" msgstr "Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the " "key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? " @@ -343,7 +337,6 @@ msgstr "" "maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone sound a trumpet " "today?)" @@ -352,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138 msgid "do it secretly." -msgstr "faça-o em secreto" +msgstr "faça-o em secreto." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139 msgid "etc." @@ -368,40 +361,37 @@ msgstr "Para encontrar um versículo particular" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149 msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse." -msgstr "Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo" +msgstr "Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150 msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically." -msgstr "Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente" +msgstr "Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151 msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse." -msgstr "Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo" +msgstr "Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154 msgid "Find these verses:" msgstr "Encontre esses versículos:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156 -#, fuzzy msgid "Faithful are the wounds of a friend" -msgstr "Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo" +msgstr "Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157 -#, fuzzy msgid "We are ambassadors of Christ." -msgstr "Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo" +msgstr "Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158 msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus." -msgstr "A história do rico e de Lázaro" +msgstr "A história do rico e de Lázaro." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163 msgid "To Do a Topical Study" msgstr "Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First " "you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed " @@ -413,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e procure as referencias " "listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e " "referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, resgate," " -"até "comprar" ou "comprado"." +"até "comprar" ou "comprado."" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170 msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew" @@ -430,15 +420,14 @@ msgstr "" "Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida " "entre Mt 7.1 Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados e 1 Co " "2.15 Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas. Talvez " -"sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "" -"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui)." +"sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como " +""julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui)." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175 msgid "Look up "judge"." -msgstr "Procure "julgar" " +msgstr "Procure "julgar"." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. " "This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down." @@ -448,14 +437,13 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178 msgid "Now look up "judgeth"." -msgstr "Agora procure "julgado"" +msgstr "Agora procure "julgado"." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179 msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350." -msgstr "Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350" +msgstr "Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so " "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 " @@ -501,7 +489,6 @@ msgid "Importance of God's Word" msgstr "Importância da Palavra de Deus" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's " "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to " @@ -516,22 +503,18 @@ msgid "A Book that is Unique" msgstr "Um Livro que é Único" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7 -#, fuzzy msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:" msgstr "A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. " "The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!" msgstr "" "Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por " -"ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller tanto de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-" -"ano." +"ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different " "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one." @@ -541,10 +524,10 @@ msgstr "" "por uma única pessoa." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents Reliable?" -" compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:" +"preservation. F. F. Bruce in Are New Testament Documents " +"Reliable? compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient " +"texts:" msgstr "" "Preservação. F. F. Burce em Os documentos do Novo Testamento são " "confiáveis? compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros " @@ -670,7 +653,6 @@ msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin" msgstr "5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Ten copies of Caesar's Gallic War exist, the earliest " "of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the " @@ -687,13 +669,12 @@ msgstr "" "outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in Questions of Life " "p. 25-26" msgstr "" -"Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, \"O Novo Testamento no Original Grego\", " +"Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, \"O Novo Testamento no Grego Original\", " "vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em Questões da Vida " "p. 25-26" @@ -711,7 +692,6 @@ msgid "A Book that God Breathed" msgstr "Um Livro Inpirado por Deus" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Heb.4:12 \"For the word of God is living and " "active... \" Jesus said (Mt.4:4), " @@ -728,13 +708,13 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86 msgid "" -"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-" -"breathed].\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " +"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"All scripture is inspired by God [lit., " +"God-breathed].\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider " "Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures." msgstr "" -"2 Tm 3.16 declara \"Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada\". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a atitude de " -"Jesus a respeito das Escrituras." +"2 Tm 3.16 declara \"Toda Escritura é divinamente " +"inspirada\". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a " +"atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89 msgid "" @@ -745,7 +725,6 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them " "all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God " @@ -778,7 +757,6 @@ msgstr "" "falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro..." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's " "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief " @@ -816,7 +794,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia " "\"opera em vós que credes\". Do lado de cada escritura, " -"escreva o que a Palavra faz:" +"escreva o que a Palavra faz." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125 msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?" @@ -838,15 +816,14 @@ msgstr "Ef 5.25" msgid "" "cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\"" msgstr "" -"santificação -- \"..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela palavra" -"\"" +"santificação -- \"..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela " +"palavra\"" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142 msgid "Acts 20:32" msgstr "At 20.32" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and " "to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \"" @@ -907,7 +884,6 @@ msgid "A Book that Liberates" msgstr "Um Livro que Liberta" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.8:32 \"and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make " "you free.\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a " @@ -916,12 +892,12 @@ msgid "" "v.31. \"If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of " "Mine... \"" msgstr "" -"Jo 8.32 \"e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos libertará\" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa " -"incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a " -"resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 \"Se vós " -"permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois meus discípulos...\"" +"Jo 8.32 \"e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos " +"libertará\" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma " +"promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? " +"Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 " +"\"Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus " +"discípulos...\"" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208 msgid "" @@ -933,17 +909,18 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210 msgid "" -"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent wind." -" \"As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed " -"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the " -"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\"" +"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a violent " +"wind. \"As a result, we are no longer to be children, " +"tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of " +"doctrine...\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to " +"ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown " +"away.\"" msgstr "" "A palavra grega para \"vento\" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um " "vento violento. \" para que não mais sejamos " -"meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...\". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos firmar na " -"verdade, que não nos deixará sermos \"levados ao redor\". " +"meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de " +"doutrina...\". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos " +"firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos \"levados ao redor\"." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216 msgid "" @@ -1019,8 +996,8 @@ msgstr "Exortações" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245 msgid "" "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"Study to show thyself approved unto God, a " -"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.\"" +"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of " +"truth.\"" msgstr "" "2 Tm 2.15 \"Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que " "não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade\"" @@ -1029,8 +1006,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Col.3:16 \"Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with " "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and " -"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God." -"\"" +"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to " +"God.\"" msgstr "" "Cl 3.15 \"A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; " "ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos " @@ -1045,17 +1022,16 @@ msgid "Not a little!" msgstr "Não só um pouquinho!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Eccl.12:11-12 \"The words of wise men are like goads, and masters " "of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one " "Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is " -"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body." -"\"" +"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the " +"body.\"" msgstr "" "Ec 12.11 \"As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como " "pregos bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram " -"dadas pelo único pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos " +"dadas pelo único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos " "livros não há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.\"" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265 @@ -1071,31 +1047,30 @@ msgstr "" "InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed " -"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb hapax and ephapax. It is usually " -"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used " -"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, " -"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude " -"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), " -"and Romans says, \"Christ also died for sins once for all\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." +"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb " +"hapax and " +"ephapax. It is usually translated in the " +"Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done " +"as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in " +"the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith " +"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +"\"Christ also died for sins once for all\" (Rom.6:10, " +"see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)." msgstr "" "A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é " "expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o " -"advérbio hapax e ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Versão Autorizada como \"De uma vez " -"por todas\". É usada no sentido de \"o que foi feito com validade perpétua, " -"não necessitando de repetição\" e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em " -"revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por " -"todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos diz, \"Porque " -"morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por todas\" (Rm " -"6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28)." +"advérbio hapax e " +"ephapax. É comumente traduzida na Versão " +"Autorizada como \"De uma vez por todas\". É usada no sentido de \"o que foi " +"feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição\" e é usada no " +"Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a " +"fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos " +"diz, \"Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por " +"todas\" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28)." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered " "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian " @@ -1104,8 +1079,8 @@ msgid "" "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the " "addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition " "of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were sola " -"scriptura for our authority and sola gratia for our salvation." +"scriptura for our authority and sola " +"gratia for our salvation." msgstr "" "Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo " "sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a " @@ -1122,15 +1097,15 @@ msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs" msgstr "Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do " -"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with " -"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" +"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. " +" Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!" msgstr "" "Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua Bíblia. " "Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por exemplo #1 com " -"#4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para mantê-lo novo." +"#4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para mantê-lo " +"atualizado!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296 msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week." @@ -1173,10 +1148,9 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1 msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)" -msgstr "Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)" +msgstr "Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. " "We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, " @@ -1184,12 +1158,12 @@ msgid "" "Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one " "interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no " "scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV Knowing " -"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by " -"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and " -"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some things hard to " -"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the " -"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction." +"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private " +"interpretation.). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the " +"correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on " +"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ...in which are some " +"things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they " +"do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction." msgstr "" "Nós já aprendemos sobre o \"CCR\" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias " "Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica " @@ -1205,7 +1179,6 @@ msgstr "" "fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say " "your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not " @@ -1217,10 +1190,9 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14 msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words." -msgstr "Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras" +msgstr "Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the " "better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key " @@ -1235,7 +1207,6 @@ msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definição" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb " "tense is also crucial." @@ -1244,7 +1215,6 @@ msgstr "" "conjugação do verbo também é crucial." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word " "(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light " @@ -1259,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "" "hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a " "esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou " "essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de " -"referencia deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos também. " +"referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos também. " "Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é bom o " "suficiente? Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser traduzida " "para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter " @@ -1270,13 +1240,12 @@ msgid "Example 1A" msgstr "Exemplo 1A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Jn.20:17 \"Touch me not\" (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't " "it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that " "He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it " -"up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991)." +"up in Spiros Zodhiates' The Complete Word Study New " +"Testament (AMG Publishers, 1991)." msgstr "" "Jo 20.17 \"Deixa de me tocar\" parece áspero, não? " "Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que " @@ -1285,61 +1254,57 @@ msgstr "" "Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991)." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680." -"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers " -"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an " -"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from " -"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of " -"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right " -"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative " -"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may " -"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous " -"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing " -"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something " -"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" +"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see " +"\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the " +"number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the " +"definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to " +"such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... " +"Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the " +"surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates " +"come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present " +"imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active " +"voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which " +"involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to " +"stop doing something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing " +"something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?" msgstr "" "Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra \"tocar\" nós vemos " -"\"pim680\". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-" -"se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). " -"\"680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de um objeto " -"para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de pselaphao " -"(5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo\". Agora vejamos " -"\"pim\". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de Apocalipse, na " -"pág 849 nós vemos que \"pim\" significa \"presente imperativo ativo (80)\". " -"Na pág. 857, \"Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um comando " -"para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação contínua " -"ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer alguma coisa" -"\". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer alguma coisa que " -"já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?" +"\"pim680\". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero " +"refere-se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. " +"879). \"680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de um " +"objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de " +"pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo\". Agora " +"vejamos \"pim\". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de " +"Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que \"pim\" significa \"presente imperativo " +"ativo (80)\". Na pág. 857, \"Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar " +"um comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve " +"ação contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer " +"alguma coisa\". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer " +"alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53 msgid "Example 1B" msgstr "Exemplo 1B" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In James 5:14, Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is " "sick. What is this anointing?" msgstr "" "Em Tiago 5.14, \"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da " -"igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\". Que unção é essa?" +"igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do " +"Senhor\". Que unção é essa?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have " "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub " -"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" -"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist " -"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as " -"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is " -"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." -"\" (Zodhiates p.851)" +"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). " +" Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle " +"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to " +"continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it " +"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)" msgstr "" "Definição de aleipho (218) - \"passar oléo em\" (Strong's); mas também " "existe outra palavra grega traduzida como \"unção\", chrio (5548) - " @@ -1360,14 +1325,14 @@ msgstr "Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65 msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him." -msgstr "Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo" +msgstr "Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66 msgid "" "Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them." msgstr "" "Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e " -"os curavam" +"os curavam." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67 msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume" @@ -1407,17 +1372,16 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82 msgid "" -"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-" -"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "" -"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a " -"spiritual" +"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the " +"cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: " +""aleipho" is a practical use of oil and " +""chrio" is a spiritual" msgstr "" "Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as " "definições e note a diferença: "Aleipho" é o uso prático " -"de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual." +"de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of " "oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by " @@ -1436,13 +1400,12 @@ msgid "" "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of " "the Lord.\" Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!" msgstr "" -"Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 " -"\"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre " -"ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\". Essa unção é " -"espiritual ou prática? Prática!" +"Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 " +"\"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes " +"orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\". Essa unção " +"é espiritual ou prática? Prática!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated " "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer " @@ -1463,7 +1426,6 @@ msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context" msgstr "Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on " "each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your " @@ -1492,7 +1454,6 @@ msgstr "" "do Espírito\". Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from " "the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden " @@ -1524,7 +1485,6 @@ msgid "Example 2C" msgstr "Exemplo 2C" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Acts 2:38 And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you " "be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins " @@ -1552,7 +1512,6 @@ msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context" msgstr "Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "At first we are not asking What does it mean to me? but " "What did it mean to the original readers?; later we can ask, " @@ -1570,7 +1529,6 @@ msgid "Example 3A" msgstr "Exemplo 3A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "3 days & 3 nights (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up " "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How " @@ -1585,7 +1543,6 @@ msgstr "" "não ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, " "as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets " @@ -1610,7 +1567,6 @@ msgid "Example 3B" msgstr "Exemplo 3B" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then " "walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in " @@ -1631,7 +1587,6 @@ msgstr "" "Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And " "watch out for idioms, which have special meanings." @@ -1645,10 +1600,9 @@ msgstr "Exemplo 4A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164 msgid "evil eye in Mt.6:23." -msgstr "olhos maus em Mt 6.23" +msgstr "olhos maus em Mt 6.23." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: " "seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before " @@ -1660,7 +1614,6 @@ msgstr "" "não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, evil eye. Let's look up " "other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"Is it not lawful for me to do " @@ -1671,10 +1624,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, olho mau. " "Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: \"Não me é lícito " -"fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu sou bom?\" Nós descobrimos que um \"olho mau\" em Hebraico é uma expressão " -"para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos como esse " -"significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto." +"fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu sou " +"bom?\" Nós descobrimos que um \"olho mau\" em Hebraico é uma " +"expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos " +"como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174 msgid "Example 4B" @@ -1691,7 +1644,6 @@ msgstr "" "eternos" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that " "God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they " @@ -1727,8 +1679,8 @@ msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190 msgid "" -"An allegory is: A story where each element has a meaning." +"An allegory is: A story where each element has a " +"meaning." msgstr "" "Uma alegoria é: uma história onde cada elemento tem um " "significado" @@ -1738,7 +1690,6 @@ msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?" msgstr "Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an " "allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, " @@ -1760,7 +1711,6 @@ msgid "Example 5A" msgstr "Exemplo 5A" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story " "illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, " @@ -1783,7 +1733,6 @@ msgid "Example 5B" msgstr "Exemplo 5B" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of " "the parable? Is it an allegory?" @@ -1792,7 +1741,6 @@ msgstr "" "Ela é uma alegoria?" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he " "had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended " @@ -1817,34 +1765,32 @@ msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo" msgstr "Estudo Bíblico HowTo" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)" -msgstr "Time do &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info" +msgstr "Time do &bibletime;, (info@bibletime.info)" # type: Content of: #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36 msgid "" "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under " -"the terms of the license \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"." +"the terms of the license \"Creative Commons " +"Attribution-Share Alike\"." msgstr "" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise " "indicated." msgstr "" "Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard " -"Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida " -"(PorAA)." +"Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por " +"AA)." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "Resumo" #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the " "Bible." @@ -1853,7 +1799,6 @@ msgstr "" "Bíblia." #: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the " "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study " @@ -1872,7 +1817,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Bob Harman" #~ msgstr "Bob Harman" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The copyright of this text is held by the author Bob Harman. The text " #~ "was adapted for publication with BibleTime by Fred Saalbach." @@ -1880,7 +1824,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "O copyright desse texto pertence ao autor, Bob Harman. O texto foi " #~ "adaptado para publicação no BIbleTime por Fred Saalbach." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Non exclusive serial rights for this distribution of this document with " #~ "the &bibletime; software have been made. Redistribution as part of the " @@ -1920,8 +1863,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Maria já estava agarrada a Jesus, e ele lhe disse que parasse de segurá-" -#~ "lo!" +#~ "Maria já estava agarrada a Jesus, e ele lhe disse que parasse de " +#~ "segurá-lo!" #~ msgid "Bob Harman" #~ msgstr "Bob Harman" @@ -2058,8 +2001,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Do you know how to program in C++? Are you familiar with the KDE " #~ "programming interface or are motivate to learn it? If you have time to " #~ "regularly work on the BibleTime source code we ask you to join our team. " -#~ "If you want to do so, please read the page Join us." +#~ "If you want to do so, please read the page Join us." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Você sabe como programar em C++? Você está familiarizado com a interface " #~ "de programação do KDE ou está motivado a aprendê-la? Se você tiver tempo " @@ -2085,9 +2028,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "BibleTime should be useable for everyone. That's why we need a " #~ "translation into your language, if it's not yet available. If you decide " -#~ "to start working on a translation please contact us at info@bibletime." -#~ "info to see whether the translation was not yet started by another team " -#~ "member. We will provide you with the files which should be translated." +#~ "to start working on a translation please contact us at " +#~ "info@bibletime.info to see whether the translation was not yet started by " +#~ "another team member. We will provide you with the files which should be " +#~ "translated." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O BibleTime deve ser usável por todos. Por isso nós precisamos de uma " #~ "traduação no seu idioma, se ainda não houver uma disponível. Se você " @@ -2120,8 +2064,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "The following are necessary for each type of team member. Please follow " #~ "them!" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O seguinte é necessário para cada tipo de membro do time. Por favor siga-" -#~ "os!" +#~ "O seguinte é necessário para cada tipo de membro do time. Por favor " +#~ "siga-os!" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you don't have an account on SourceForge, please sign up for one. It's " @@ -2194,12 +2138,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Have a look at the internationaliziation pages of the KDE project. " -#~ "They're located at i18n.kde.org." +#~ "They're located at i18n.kde.org." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dê uma olhada nas páginas de internacionalização do projeto KDE. Eles " -#~ "estão localizados em: i18n.kde.org" +#~ "estão localizados em: i18n.kde.org" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install the program KBabel, if it's not yet installed on your system. It " @@ -2212,8 +2156,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Read the page about translating " #~ "BibleTime." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por favor, leia a página sobre a tradução do BibleTime." +#~ "Por favor, leia a página sobre a tradução do BibleTime." #~ msgid "BibleTime development mailing list" #~ msgstr "Lista de discussão de desenvolvimento do BibleTime" @@ -2221,22 +2165,21 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "To subscribe to the development mailing list of the BibleTime project " #~ "please visit the following web page and enter your eMail address there: " -#~ "www." -#~ "crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/bt-devel." +#~ "www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/bt-devel." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para assinar a lista de discussão de desenvolvimento do projeto BibleTime " -#~ "por favor visite a seguinte página: www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/bt-devel." +#~ "por favor visite a seguinte página: www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/bt-devel." #~ msgid "" #~ "Archives of the BibleTime development mailing list are available at " -#~ "www.crosswire." -#~ "org/pipermail/bt-devel." +#~ "www.crosswire.org/pipermail/bt-devel." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Arquivo da lista de discussão de desenvolvimento do BibleTime estão " -#~ "disponíveis em www.crosswire.org/pipermail/bt-devel." +#~ "disponíveis em www.crosswire.org/pipermail/bt-devel." #~ msgid "Sword development mailing list" #~ msgstr "Lista de discussão de desenvolvimento do Sword" @@ -2244,22 +2187,20 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "To subscribe to the development mailing list of the Sword project please " #~ "visit the following web page and enter your eMail address there: www." -#~ "crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel." +#~ "url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel\">www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para assinar a lista de discussão de desenvolvimento do projeto Sword por " #~ "favor visite a seguinte página web e digite seu endereço de e-mail lá: " -#~ "www." -#~ "crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel." +#~ "www.crosswire.org/mailman/listinfo/sword-devel." #~ msgid "" #~ "Archives of the Sword development mailing list are available at www.crosswire.org/" -#~ "pipermail/sword-devel." +#~ "url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/pipermail/sword-devel/\">www.crosswire.org/pipermail/sword-devel." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Arquivos da lista de discussão de desenvolvimento do Sword disponíveis em " -#~ "www." -#~ "crosswire.org/pipermail/sword-devel." +#~ "www.crosswire.org/pipermail/sword-devel." #~ msgid "BibleTime's development" #~ msgstr "Desenvolvimento do BibleTime" @@ -2286,27 +2227,29 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Did you see "The Passion"? Whether you found the film inspiring " #~ "or not, or you didn't see it at all -- If you want to find out more about " -#~ "the passion of Jesus Christ, you can visit the "the good news" webpages. It has " -#~ "more information ready for you, maybe even in your local language." +#~ "the passion of Jesus Christ, you can visit the "the good news" " +#~ "webpages. It has more information ready for you, maybe even in your local " +#~ "language." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Você viu "A Paixão de Cristo"? Tendo você achado o filme " #~ "inspirador ou não, ou mesmo não tendo visto-o -- se você quiser saber " -#~ "mais sobre a paixão de Jesus Cristo você pode visitar a página "" -#~ "as boas novas". " -#~ "Ela tem mais informação para você, talvez em seu idioma local. " +#~ "mais sobre a paixão de Jesus Cristo você pode visitar a página " +#~ ""as boas " +#~ "novas". Ela tem mais informação para você, talvez em seu " +#~ "idioma local. " #~ msgid "The document is not available" #~ msgstr "Documento não disponível" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The document you wanted to get is not available on www.bibletime.info. Please use the " -#~ "navigation tree on the left to see if the document was moved." +#~ "The document you wanted to get is not available on www.bibletime.info. Please use " +#~ "the navigation tree on the left to see if the document was moved." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O documento que você tentou acessar não está disponível em www.bibletime.info. Por favor, use " -#~ "a árvore de navegação à esquerda para ver se o documento foi movido." +#~ "O documento que você tentou acessar não está disponível em www.bibletime.info. Por favor, " +#~ "use a árvore de navegação à esquerda para ver se o documento foi movido." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you can't solve the problem please report the URL which failed to " @@ -2331,9 +2274,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "It will cost you just a few minutes to update the webpage translation in " #~ "your language. Help with the translations is something all users can do " #~ "and which help all users. If you want to help us keeping the translations " -#~ "up to date, please read the page about making translations and update the translation file of your " -#~ "own language." +#~ "up to date, please read the page about making translations and update the " +#~ "translation file of your own language." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Isso vai custar-lhe apenas alguns poucos minutos para atualizar a " #~ "tradução da página no seu idioma. Ajudar com as traduções é algo que " @@ -2350,15 +2293,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K Desktop Environment and uses " #~ "the Sword " #~ "programming library to work with Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries " -#~ "and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society." +#~ "and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society." #~ msgstr "" #~ "BibleTime é uma aplicação de Estudo Bíblico para Linux. Ele é baseado no " #~ "K Desktop Environment e usa a " -#~ "biblioteca de programação Sword para trabalhar com textos bíblicos, comentários, " -#~ "dicionários e livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblia Crosswire." +#~ "biblioteca de programação Sword para trabalhar com " +#~ "textos bíblicos, comentários, dicionários e livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblia Crosswire." #~ msgid "The history of BibleTime" #~ msgstr "A história do BibleTime" @@ -2495,10 +2438,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Por favor rode configure com o parâmetro --prefix=<seu diretório KDE " #~ ">. Então rode make e make install. Os diretórios do KDE para a maioria " -#~ "das distribuições Linux são: RedHat: /usrSuSE: /opt/kde3Mandrake: /usr Alternativamente você pode rodar o comando »" -#~ "kde-config --prefix« para saber qual o seu diretório KDE." +#~ "das distribuições Linux são: RedHat: " +#~ "/usrSuSE: /opt/kde3Mandrake: " +#~ "/usr Alternativamente você pode rodar o comando " +#~ "»kde-config --prefix« para saber qual o seu diretório KDE." #~ msgid "./configure --prefix=<your KDE directory>" #~ msgstr "./configure --prefix=<seu diretório do KDE>" @@ -2541,15 +2484,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Por que eu vejo somente pontos de interrogação ao invés de texto Unicode?" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "First make sure you have the latest version of the module which has the " -#~ "problems! Check www." -#~ "crosswire.org/sword for this." +#~ "problems! Check www.crosswire.org/sword " +#~ "for this." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Primeiro, certifique-se que você tem a útima versão do módulo que está " -#~ "com problema. Verifique isso em www.crosswire.org/sword." +#~ "com problema. Verifique isso em www.crosswire.org/sword." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have to install an unicode font like Code2000, Arial Unicode MS or " @@ -2577,10 +2520,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "The status of the project is available at Crosswire." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Devido a problemas de direito autoral o módulo KJV antigo que continha " -#~ "todos os números Fortes teve que ser removido. O projeto KJV2003 iniciou-" -#~ "se para criar um texto de domínio público com todos os números Fortes " -#~ "dentro. Ainda não foi terminado de forma que os números ainda não estão " -#~ "disponíveis em todos os versículos do NT. O estatus do projeto está " +#~ "todos os números Fortes teve que ser removido. O projeto KJV2003 " +#~ "iniciou-se para criar um texto de domínio público com todos os números " +#~ "Fortes dentro. Ainda não foi terminado de forma que os números ainda não " +#~ "estão disponíveis em todos os versículos do NT. O estatus do projeto está " #~ "disponível em Crosswire." #~ msgid "Where can I write down my personal notes?" @@ -2588,14 +2531,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have to install the module \"Personal\", which is available as a " -#~ "commentary on Crosswire. See our commentary page for " -#~ "more information: Commentaries." +#~ "commentary on Crosswire. " +#~ "See our commentary page for more information: Commentaries." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Você tem que instalar o módulo \"Pessoal\", que está disponível como um " #~ "comentário em Crosswire.Veja nossa página de comentários para mais " -#~ "informações: Crosswire." +#~ "informações: Crosswire." #~ msgid "Why is one of the two testaments of a Bible module empty?" #~ msgstr "Por que um dos dois testamentos de um módulo da Bíblia fazio?" @@ -2621,14 +2564,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ "3. Algumas telas estão realmente impressionantes." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Most of the screenshots were created using the superb Code2000 Unicode font. " -#~ "Click on the preview images to see a large and detailed version of each " -#~ "screenshot." +#~ "Most of the screenshots were created using the superb Code2000 " +#~ "Unicode font. Click on the preview images to see a large and detailed " +#~ "version of each screenshot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A maioria das telas foi criada usando a fonte Unicode superb Code2000. Clique " -#~ "nas imagens para ver as telas em tamanho maior. " +#~ "A maioria das telas foi criada usando a fonte Unicode superb Code2000. " +#~ "Clique nas imagens para ver as telas em tamanho maior. " #~ msgid "WLC - hebrew rendering" #~ msgstr "WLC - renderização de hebraico" @@ -2641,7 +2584,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Codex), o melhor texto disponível para o Antigo Testamento em " #~ "Hebraico." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "As you can see, BibleTime renders the text correctly from right to left. " #~ "Those of you who can read Hebrew will notice that the Vowel Points and " @@ -2652,8 +2594,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Como você pode ver, BibleTime também renderiza o texto corretamente da " #~ "direta para esquerda. Quem souber ler hebraico notará que os Pontos de " #~ "Vogais e as Marcas Cantillation (você pode ligar ou desligar ambas) " -#~ "também são exibidas corretamente. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "também são exibidas corretamente. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "BHS - hebrew rendering" #~ msgstr "BHS - renderização de hebraico" @@ -2670,12 +2612,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "QT renders this text very nice with Code2000, which is one of the very " -#~ "few fonts that support syrian characters. Large screenshot" +#~ "few fonts that support syrian characters. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "QT renderiza esse texto muito bem com Code2000, que é uma das poucas " -#~ "fontes que suportam caracteres sírios. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "fontes que suportam caracteres sírios. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Peshitta - early syrian translation" #~ msgstr "Peshitta - Tradução síria recente" @@ -2711,15 +2653,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "ChiGU: Texto Bíblico em Chinês. Desde a QT3, " #~ "BibleTime consegue quebrar corretamente os parágrafos (como você deve " -#~ "saber, não há espaço entre as palavras). Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "saber, não há espaço entre as palavras). Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Chinese rendering" #~ msgstr "Renderização de Chinês" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Greek rendering with Strong's numbers and morphological tags</" -#~ "title>" +#~ "<title>Greek rendering with Strong's numbers and morphological " +#~ "tags" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Renderização de Grego com números de Strong e marcações " #~ "morfológicas" @@ -2729,19 +2671,19 @@ msgstr "" #~ "numbers in \"]]>\" brackets are Strongnumbers, whereas the " #~ "numbers in \"( )\" brackets are Morphologic Tags. Both of them can " #~ "displayed in a tooltip using a predefined Strong's and Morphology " -#~ "dictionary, as you can see in the example. Large screenshot" +#~ "dictionary, as you can see in the example. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "IGNT: O Novo Testamento Grego Interlinear. Os " #~ "números verdes entre \"]]>\" colchetes são números de Strong, " #~ "enquanto os números entre \"( )\" parentesis são marcações morfológicas. " #~ "Ambos podem ser exibidos como dicas usando dicionários de Strong e " -#~ "morfológico predefinidos, como você pode ver no exemplo. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "morfológico predefinidos, como você pode ver no exemplo. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Greek rendering with Strong's numbers and morphological tags" +#~ "Greek rendering with Strong's numbers and morphological " +#~ "tags" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Renderização de Grego com números de Strong e marcações " #~ "morfológicas" @@ -2763,8 +2705,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "por diversos conjuntos de caracteres Unicode. Eles são exibidos em " #~ "visualização paralela em uma única janela. A primeira linha do texto " #~ "tailandês que é um pouco menor é um título de sessão e pode ser ligado e " -#~ "desligado usando o primeiro botão da barra de ferramentas. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "desligado usando o primeiro botão da barra de ferramentas. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Korean and Thai" #~ msgstr "Coreano e Tailandês" @@ -2776,14 +2718,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Bulgarian: The Bible in Bulgarian language. " #~ "Bulgarian uses the Kyrillic script, which is also used in other languages " #~ "like Russian. Notice the marked text - it is a \"footnote\". The popup " -#~ "menu shows how those can be turned on and off. Large screenshot" +#~ "menu shows how those can be turned on and off. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Búlgaro: A Bíbla no idioma da Bulgária. Búlgaro usa " #~ "o conjunto de caracteres Kyrillic, que também é usado em outros idiomas, " #~ "como Russo. Note o texto marcado - é uma \"nota de rodapé\". O menu popup " -#~ "mostra como podem ser ligadas e desligadas. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "mostra como podem ser ligadas e desligadas. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Bulgarian and footnotes" #~ msgstr "Búlgaro com notas de rodapé" @@ -2794,13 +2736,13 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Viet and RomCor. East Europe " #~ "meets East Asia! Vietnamese and Romanian are not geographically linked, " -#~ "though they look somehow similar in this screenshot. Large screenshot" +#~ "though they look somehow similar in this screenshot. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Viet e RomCor. Leste Europeu e " #~ "Leste Asiárico! Vietnamita e Romenos não estão ligados geograficamente, " -#~ "embora nessa tela eles aparentem ser similares. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "embora nessa tela eles aparentem ser similares. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Vietnamese and Romanian" #~ msgstr "Vietnamita e Romeno" @@ -2813,14 +2755,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ "YES, there is a Bible for those of you who prefer to speak Esperanto. " #~ "This is not really a Unicode example, since the displayed characters come " #~ "from the iso 8859-1 charset. But this shows how text looks like after " -#~ "switching off versenumbers and linebreaks. Large screenshot" +#~ "switching off versenumbers and linebreaks. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "SIM, existe uma Bíblia para quem prefere falar Esperanto. Este não é " #~ "umbom exemplo Unicode, já que os caracteres exibidos vem do conjunto de " #~ "caracteres iso-8859-1, mas isso mostra como o texto se parece após " -#~ "desligar-se os números dos versículos e quebras de linhas. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "desligar-se os números dos versículos e quebras de linhas. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Esperanto without verse numbers and linebreaks" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2829,7 +2771,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "BibleTime's Guestbook" #~ msgstr "Livro de visitas do BibleTime" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "This is the place to leave positive or negative comments about the " #~ "BibleTime project. This is not the place to ask questions, please use " @@ -2838,8 +2779,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esse é o lugar para deixar comentários positivos ou negativos sobre o " #~ "projeto BibleTime. Não é o lugar para fazer perguntas. Por favor, use o " -#~ "forum do BibleTime para perguntas." +#~ "forum " +#~ "do BibleTime para perguntas." #~ msgid "" #~ "Please write in English, if possible. HTML is not allowed and will be " @@ -2862,15 +2804,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "A pessoa responsável por estas páginas web é:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Joachim Ansorg Alter Krofdorfer Weg 6 35398 Gießen Germany " -#~ "49.641.3605122 email: info at bibletime dot " -#~ "info" +#~ "Joachim Ansorg Alter Krofdorfer Weg 6 " +#~ "35398 Gießen " +#~ "Germany 49.641.3605122 " +#~ "email: info at bibletime dot info" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Joachim Ansorg Alter Krofdorfer Weg 6 35398 Gießen Alemanha " -#~ "49.641.3605122 email: info at bibletime dot " -#~ "info" +#~ "Joachim Ansorg Alter Krofdorfer Weg 6 " +#~ "35398 Gießen " +#~ "Alemanha 49.641.3605122 " +#~ "email: info at bibletime dot info" #~ msgid "Download BibleTime" #~ msgstr "Faça Download do BibleTime" @@ -2887,37 +2829,39 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Sourcecode and packages for major Linux distributions can be downloaded " -#~ "from SourceForge." +#~ "from SourceForge." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Código fonte e pacotes para as maiores distribuições de Linux podem ser " -#~ "obtidos na nossa página no SourceForge." +#~ "obtidos na nossa página no SourceForge." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian packages are available for Debian Unstable and Debian Stable." +#~ "Debian packages are available for Debian " +#~ "Unstable and Debian " +#~ "Stable." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pacotes Debian estão disponíves para Debian Unstable e Debian Stable." +#~ "Pacotes Debian estão disponíves para Debian " +#~ "Unstable e Debian " +#~ "Stable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Gentoo packages are available on www.gentoo.org." +#~ "Gentoo packages are available on www.gentoo.org." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pacotes Gentoo estão disponíveis em www.gentoo.org." +#~ "Pacotes Gentoo estão disponíveis em www.gentoo.org." #~ msgid "" -#~ "A FreeBSD application port of BibleTime can be found on www.freebsd.org." +#~ "A FreeBSD application port of BibleTime can be found on www.freebsd.org." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Um port de aplicação FreeBSD pode ser encontrado em www.freebsd." -#~ "org." +#~ "Um port de aplicação FreeBSD pode ser encontrado em www.freebsd.org." #~ msgid "Installation of BibleTime" #~ msgstr "Instalação do BibleTime" @@ -2929,9 +2873,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "prebuilt packages is the easiest way." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Essa sessão explica como instalar o BibleTime no seu sistema. Basicamente " -#~ "existem duas maneiras de instalá-lo: usando pacotes binários pré-" -#~ "compilados ou compilando a partir do código fonte. O jeito mais fácil é " -#~ "instalar o BibleTime usando os pacotes binários." +#~ "existem duas maneiras de instalá-lo: usando pacotes binários " +#~ "pré-compilados ou compilando a partir do código fonte. O jeito mais fácil " +#~ "é instalar o BibleTime usando os pacotes binários." #~ msgid "Prebuilt binary packages" #~ msgstr "Pacotes binários pré-construídos" @@ -2947,10 +2891,11 @@ msgstr "" #~ "First download the binary package for your Linux distribution. For " #~ "example: You want to download BibleTime 1.4 " #~ "for SuSE Linux 9.0. In this case you have to " -#~ "download the package bibletime-1.4-1.suse9.0.i586.rpm. Please download the package "bibletime-i18n" " -#~ "package, too. This package contains the available translations of the " -#~ "BibleTime user interface and handbook." +#~ "download the package " +#~ "bibletime-1.4-1.suse9.0.i586.rpm. Please download " +#~ "the package "bibletime-i18n" package, too. This package " +#~ "contains the available translations of the BibleTime user interface and " +#~ "handbook." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Primeiro faça download do pacote binário para sua distribuição de Linux. " #~ "Por exemplo: Você quer baixar o BibleTime 1.4 " @@ -2998,7 +2943,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Pelo menos as bibliotecas e o pacote base. KDE 3 está em muitas " #~ "distribuições Linux. Muito frequentemente é instalado por padrão." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Sword " #~ "1.5.8." @@ -3007,32 +2951,31 @@ msgstr "" #~ "1.5.7." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation instructions are available on www.crosswire.org/sword/" -#~ "software. Basically the installation steps are" +#~ "Installation instructions are available on www.crosswire.org/sword/software. " +#~ "Basically the installation steps are" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instruções de instalação estão disponíveis em www.crosswire.org/sword/" -#~ "software. Basicamente os passos de instalação são" +#~ "Instruções de instalação estão disponíveis em www.crosswire.org/sword/software. " +#~ "Basicamente os passos de instalação são" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "./usrinst.sh --enable-shared --without-clucene\n" -#~ " make\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install_config" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "./usrinst.sh --enable-shared --with-curl --without-clucene\n" -#~ " make\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install\n" -#~ " make " -#~ "install_config" +#~ " " +#~ "make\n" +#~ " " +#~ "make install\n" +#~ " " +#~ "make install_config" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "./usrinst.sh --enable-shared --with-curl " +#~ "--without-clucene\n" +#~ " " +#~ "make\n" +#~ " " +#~ "make install\n" +#~ " " +#~ "make install_config" #~ msgid "" #~ "Please note that this list is only valid for the latest version of " @@ -3047,8 +2990,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "./configure --prefix=<your KDE directory>\n" #~ " make\n" -#~ " make install" +#~ " make " +#~ "install" #~ msgstr "" #~ "./configure --prefix=<seu diretório KDE>\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t\t\tmake\n" @@ -3080,13 +3023,11 @@ msgstr "" #~ "módulos no seu computador." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Instructions for manual module installation is available on www." -#~ "crosswire.org/sword/modules." +#~ "Instructions for manual module installation is available on www.crosswire.org/sword/modules." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instruções para instalação manual de módulos estão disponíveis em www." -#~ "crosswire.org/sword/modules/moduleinstall.jsp." +#~ "url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/moduleinstall.jsp\">www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/moduleinstall.jsp." #~ msgid "Available types of modules" #~ msgstr "Tipos de módulos disponíveis" @@ -3888,8 +3829,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "CrossWire Bible Society." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sociedade Bíblica CrossWire." +#~ "Sociedade Bíblica " +#~ "CrossWire." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Crosswire Bible society is one of the few christian organizations in " @@ -3919,7 +3860,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "BibleWorks." #~ msgstr "BibleWorks." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "BibleWorks is one of the best commercial Bible study applications for " #~ "Windows! Very good but very expensive, too. Only useful for Bible " @@ -3942,11 +3882,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "melhorar o Bible Workshop usando bibliotecas de Texto que você pode " #~ "comprar." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "e-Sword." #~ msgstr "Gnomesword." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "e-Sword is a great and easy to use Bible study application for Windows " #~ "systems." @@ -3956,13 +3894,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Logos." #~ msgstr "Logos." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Logos is one of the best commercial Bible study applications for Windows. " #~ "You can buy a lot of texts to enhance it." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Logos é uma das melhores aplicações para estudo da Bíblia para Windows." -#~ "Você pode comprar muitos, muitos textos para melhorá-lo." +#~ "Logos é uma das melhores aplicações para estudo da Bíblia para " +#~ "Windows.Você pode comprar muitos, muitos textos para melhorá-lo." #~ msgid "OnlineBible." #~ msgstr "OnlineBible." @@ -4039,25 +3976,26 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Put the following HTML code on your pages: \n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ "]]>\n" -#~ " This will look like this: " +#~ " This will look like this: " +#~ " " +#~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Coloque o seguinte código HTML em sua página: \n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ "]]>\n" -#~ " Isso aparecerá assim: " +#~ " Isso aparecerá assim: " +#~ " " +#~ " " #~ msgid "Smaller banner" #~ msgstr "Banner menor" @@ -4066,25 +4004,26 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Put the following HTML code on your pages: \n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ "]]>\n" -#~ " This will look like this: " -#~ "" +#~ " This will look like this: " +#~ " " +#~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Coloque o seguinte código HTML em sua página: \n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \n" +#~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ "]]>\n" -#~ " Isso aparecerá assim: " +#~ " Isso aparecerá assim: " +#~ " " +#~ " " #~ msgid "Text link" #~ msgstr "Link de texto" @@ -4097,8 +4036,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ " BibleTime - Bible study software for KDE\n" #~ " \n" #~ "]]>\n" -#~ " This will look like this: BibleTime - Bible study software for KDE" +#~ " This will look like this: BibleTime - Bible study software for " +#~ "KDE" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para inserir um link apenas com texto use o seguinte código HTML em sua " #~ "página: \n" @@ -4107,8 +4047,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ " BibleTime - Software de Estudo Bíblico para o KDE\n" #~ " \n" #~ "]]>\n" -#~ " Isso aparecerá assim: BibleTime - Software de Estudo Bíblico para o KDE" +#~ " Isso aparecerá assim: BibleTime - Software de Estudo Bíblico " +#~ "para o KDE" #~ msgid "Welcome to the BibleTime project." #~ msgstr "Bem vindo ao projeto BibleTime!" @@ -4116,15 +4057,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "News about BibleTime" #~ msgstr "Notícias sobre o BibleTime" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "2005-11-13: BibleTime 1.5.3" #~ msgstr "23/08/2003: BibleTime 1.3." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "2005-10-16: BibleTime 1.5.2" #~ msgstr "23/08/2003: BibleTime 1.3." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "2005-09-28: New forums" #~ msgstr "26/01/2004: Forums de usuários online" @@ -4137,7 +4075,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "instalamos um novo software para fórum hoje. Nós esperamos que você " #~ "continue a usar os fóruns." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "2005-09-12: BibleTime 1.5.1 and translations" #~ msgstr "2005-05-29: BibleTime 1.5 - candidato 1" @@ -4149,7 +4086,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ "downloads. Uma primeira versão dos arquivos de tradução do BibleTime " #~ "também foi liberada." -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "2005-07-16: BibleTime 1.5" #~ msgstr "23/08/2003: BibleTime 1.3." @@ -4180,27 +4116,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "The second release candidate of BibleTime version 1.5 was released today. " #~ "It contains fixes for most of the problems found in 1.5rc1 and some more " #~ "additional improvements. Please report all problems and bugs you " -#~ "encounter here. The source code of BibleTime " -#~ "1.5rc2 and Sword 1.5.8 is available in the download section." +#~ "encounter here. " +#~ "The source code of BibleTime 1.5rc2 and Sword 1.5.8 is available in the " +#~ "download section." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O segundo candidato do BibleTime versão 1.5 foi liberado hoje. Ele contém " #~ "correções para a maioria dos problemas encontrados no 1.5rc1 e algumas " #~ "melhorias adicionais. Por favor reporte todos os problemas e erros que " -#~ "você encontrar aqui. O código " -#~ "fonte do BibleTime 1.5rc2 e Sword 1.5.8 está disponível na seção de " -#~ "download." +#~ "você encontrar aqui. " +#~ "O código fonte do BibleTime 1.5rc2 e Sword 1.5.8 está disponível na seção " +#~ "de download." #~ msgid "2005-06-15: BibleTime forums online" #~ msgstr "26/01/2004: Forums do BibleTime no ar" #~ msgid "" #~ "In the ongoing effort to build a BibleTime user community the BibleTime " -#~ "forums are now available for everybody at forum.bibletime.info. All users of BibleTime " -#~ "are encouraged to use these forums to discuss everything related to " -#~ "BibleTime." +#~ "forums are now available for everybody at forum.bibletime.info. All " +#~ "users of BibleTime are encouraged to use these forums to discuss " +#~ "everything related to BibleTime." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Em um crescente esforço para construir uma comunidade de usuários do " #~ "BibleTime, os forums BibleTime estão agora disponíveis para todos em " @@ -4216,18 +4153,19 @@ msgstr "" #~ "It contains a ton of fixes, improvements and new features. Everybody who " #~ "is capable to install software using the source code is encouraged to " #~ "test this release. Please report all problems and bugs you encounter " -#~ "here. The source code of BibleTime " -#~ "1.5rc1 and Sword 1.5.8 is available in the download section." +#~ "here. " +#~ "The source code of BibleTime 1.5rc1 and Sword 1.5.8 is available in the " +#~ "download section." #~ msgstr "" #~ "O primeiro candidato do Bible Time versão 1.5 foi disponibilizado hoje. " #~ "Ele contêm uma tonelada de reparos, melhorias e novas características. " #~ "Todos os que são capazes de instalar software usando o código fonte são " #~ "encorajados a testar esta versão. Por favor informe todos os problemas e " -#~ "erros que você encontrar here. O código " -#~ "fonte do Bible Time 1.5rc1 e do Sword 1.5.8 estão disponíveis na seção " -#~ "download." +#~ "erros que você encontrar here. " +#~ "O código fonte do Bible Time 1.5rc1 e do Sword 1.5.8 estão disponíveis na " +#~ "seção download." #~ msgid "2005-01-24: Bible software Survey" #~ msgstr "2005-01-24: Pesquisa de Software Bíblico" @@ -4236,15 +4174,16 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Bible Software vendors from around the globe are jointly sponsoring a " #~ "cooperative User Survey to glean from Bible Software Users worldwide " #~ "their needs, requests, and dreams. We'd be glad if you could take the " -#~ "survey here: Bible software survey" +#~ "survey here: Bible software " +#~ "survey" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vendedores de Software Bíblico de todo o globo estão juntos patrocinando " #~ "uma Pesquisa de Usuário para receber de Usuários de Software Bíblicos do " #~ "mundo todo suas necessidades, desejos e sonhos. Nós ficaríamos gratos se " -#~ "você pudesse preencher a pesquisa aqui: Pesquisa de software Bíblico" +#~ "você pudesse preencher a pesquisa aqui: Pesquisa de " +#~ "software Bíblico" #~ msgid "2004-12-23: Status update" #~ msgstr "2004-12-23: Situação da atualização" @@ -4283,23 +4222,25 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "09/02/2004: BibleTime 1.4.1 para MacOS X" #~ msgid "" -#~ "On the BibleTime development list Daniel Glassey writes that BibleTime is now available for Mac OSX. To get BibleTime " -#~ "running on Mac please follow the instructions in this eMail and this eMail. Please report problems or " -#~ "success to info@bibletime.info." +#~ "On the BibleTime development list Daniel " +#~ "Glassey writes that BibleTime is now available for Mac OSX. To " +#~ "get BibleTime running on Mac please follow the instructions in this " +#~ "eMail and this " +#~ "eMail. Please report problems or success to " +#~ "info@bibletime.info." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Na lista de email de desenvolvimento do BibleTime Daniel " +#~ "Na lista de email de desenvolvimento do BibleTime Daniel " #~ "Glassey escreveu que o BibleTime agora está disponível também " #~ "para MacOS X. Para ter BibleTime rodando em Mac, por favor, siga as " -#~ "instruções desse email e desse email. Por favor, comunique problemas ou sucessos para " +#~ "instruções desse " +#~ "email e desse " +#~ "email. Por favor, comunique problemas ou sucessos para " #~ "info@bibletime.info." #~ msgid "2004-01-29: BibleTime 1.4.1" @@ -4320,14 +4261,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "We're happy to announce a forum for BibleTime users. Please ask all your " #~ "questions there if you need help. We'd appreciate all feedback and " -#~ "suggestions in the forum, too. The address is http://www.crosswire.org/forums." +#~ "suggestions in the forum, too. The address is http://www.crosswire.org/forums." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nós estamos felizes em anunciar um fórum para os usuários do BibleTime. " #~ "Por favor, faça todas as perguntas lá se você precisar de ajuda. Nós " #~ "apreciaremos todo retorno e sugestões no fórum também. O endereço é " -#~ "http://www.crosswire.org/" -#~ "forums." +#~ "http://www.crosswire.org/forums." #~ msgid "2004-01-16: Debian packages available" #~ msgstr "16/01/2004: Pacotes Debian disponíveis" @@ -4335,15 +4276,17 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Debian " #~ "packages of BibleTime 1.4 are available now in Debian Unstable. " -#~ "Be sure to get the bibletime-i18n package, too. Kudos to our Debian " -#~ "packager Daniel Glassey for his work!" +#~ "Be sure to get the bibletime-i18n " +#~ "package, too. Kudos to our Debian packager Daniel Glassey for his " +#~ "work!" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pacotes " #~ "Debian do BibleTime 1.4 já estão disponíveis no Debian Unstable. " -#~ "Lembre de pegar também o pacote bibletime-i18n package. Obrigado ao " -#~ "nosso empacotador Debian Daniel Glassey por esse trabalho!" +#~ "Lembre de pegar também o pacote bibletime-i18n " +#~ "package. Obrigado ao nosso empacotador Debian Daniel Glassey por " +#~ "esse trabalho!" #~ msgid "2004-01-11: New translation effort" #~ msgstr "11/01/2004: Novo esforço de tradução" @@ -4467,9 +4410,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Version 1.3 of BibleTime is finally available. BibleTime 1.3 contains a " #~ "lot of new features, usability improvements and bug fixes. Upgrading to " #~ "version 1.3 is strongly recommended for all our users. You can get the " -#~ "Software here: Download. Binary packages will be released in the next few " -#~ "days." +#~ "Software here: Download. " +#~ "Binary packages will be released in the next few days." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A versão 1.3 do BibleTime está finalmente disponível. BibleTime 1.3 " #~ "contém várias funções novas, melhorias de usabilidade e correções de " @@ -4529,49 +4472,42 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Trotzdem: Alles dran, alles drin - BibleTime ist ein funktional wie " #~ "optisch gelungenes Bibel-Programm, dem man unter Linux große Verbreitung " #~ "wünschen darf. Ein wenig bedauerlich ist das copyrightbedingte Fehlen der " -#~ "»großen« zeitgenössischen Bibelübersetzungen. Dafür beschert BibleTime dem " -#~ "Nutzer Einblicke in selten genutzte Ãœbersetzungen und ein gutes Handling " -#~ "griechischer und hebräischer Originaltexte." +#~ "»großen« zeitgenössischen Bibelübersetzungen. Dafür beschert BibleTime " +#~ "dem Nutzer Einblicke in selten genutzte Ãœbersetzungen und ein gutes " +#~ "Handling griechischer und hebräischer Originaltexte." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Trotzdem: Alles dran, alles drin - BibleTime ist ein funktional wie " #~ "optisch gelungenes Bibel-Programm, dem man unter Linux große Verbreitung " #~ "wünschen darf. Ein wenig bedauerlich ist das copyrightbedingte Fehlen der " -#~ "»großen« zeitgenössischen Bibelübersetzungen. Dafür beschert BibleTime dem " -#~ "Nutzer Einblicke in selten genutzte Ãœbersetzungen und ein gutes Handling " -#~ "griechischer und hebräischer Originaltexte." +#~ "»großen« zeitgenössischen Bibelübersetzungen. Dafür beschert BibleTime " +#~ "dem Nutzer Einblicke in selten genutzte Ãœbersetzungen und ein gutes " +#~ "Handling griechischer und hebräischer Originaltexte." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The review is online at: www.pfarrer-pc.de" +#~ "The review is online at: www.pfarrer-pc.de" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A análise está disponível online em: www.pfarrer-pc.de" +#~ "A análise está disponível online em: www.pfarrer-pc.de" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Screenshots of BibleTime 1.5" #~ msgstr "Telas do BibleTime" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The main window" #~ msgstr "Bíblia Ãrabe" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The main window" #~ msgstr "Bíblia Ãrabe" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The Bookshelf Manager" #~ msgstr "Renderização de Chinês" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The Bookshelf Manager" #~ msgstr "Renderização de Chinês" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The search dialog" #~ msgstr "Novo diálogo de busca" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "The search dialog" #~ msgstr "Novo diálogo de busca" @@ -4641,21 +4577,20 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "For the translation process we recommend that you use the excellent and " -#~ "mature program KBabel. It has many advanced features and is a great aid." +#~ "mature program KBabel. It has many " +#~ "advanced features and is a great aid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Para o processo de tradução, nós recomendamos que você use o excelente " #~ "programa KBabel. " #~ "Ele tem várias funções avançadas e é de grande ajuda." #~ msgid "" -#~ "A list of the language abbreviations is avalable at www.w3.org/WAI/ER/IG/ert/iso639." -#~ "htm." +#~ "A list of the language abbreviations is avalable at www.w3.org/WAI/ER/IG/ert/iso639.htm." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uma lista das abreviações das linguagens está disponível em www.w3.org/WAI/ER/IG/ert/" -#~ "iso639.htm." +#~ "Uma lista das abreviações das linguagens está disponível em www.w3.org/WAI/ER/IG/ert/iso639.htm." #~ msgid "Translate the www.bibletime.info website." #~ msgstr "Traduzir o site do www.bibletime.info" @@ -4677,36 +4612,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "If a translation of the User Interface to your language does not yet " -#~ "exist, you can download and translate the User Interface translation template. If you want " -#~ "to update an existing translation, use the links in the table below to " -#~ "download the corresponding file." +#~ "exist, you can download and translate the " +#~ "User Interface translation template. If you want to update an " +#~ "existing translation, use the links in the table below to download the " +#~ "corresponding file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se a tradução da interface do programa no seu idioma não existe ainda, " -#~ "você pode fazer donwload e traduzir o Modelo de Tradução da Interface do Programa. Se você quiser " -#~ "atualizar uma tradução existente, use os links na tabela abaixo para " -#~ "baixar o arquivo correspondente." +#~ "você pode fazer donwload e traduzir o Modelo " +#~ "de Tradução da Interface do Programa. Se você quiser atualizar " +#~ "uma tradução existente, use os links na tabela abaixo para baixar o " +#~ "arquivo correspondente." #~ msgid "Translate the program's handbook." #~ msgstr "Traduzir o Livro de Mão do programa." #~ msgid "" #~ "If a translation of the handbook to your language does not yet exist, you " -#~ "can download and translate the " +#~ "can download and translate the " #~ "handbook translation template. If you want to update an existing " #~ "translation, use the links in the table below to download the " #~ "corresponding file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se a tradução do livro de mão no seu idioma não existe ainda, você pode " -#~ "fazer donwload e traduzir o Modelo de Tradução do Livro de Mão. Se você quiser atualizar " -#~ "uma tradução existente, use os links na tabela abaixo para baixar o " -#~ "arquivo correspondente." +#~ "fazer donwload e traduzir o Modelo " +#~ "de Tradução do Livro de Mão. Se você quiser atualizar uma " +#~ "tradução existente, use os links na tabela abaixo para baixar o arquivo " +#~ "correspondente." #~ msgid "The team" #~ msgstr "O Time" @@ -4726,7 +4661,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Student of IT" #~ msgstr "Estudante de TI" -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "BibleTime involvement:" #~ msgstr "Desenvolvimento do BibleTime" @@ -4820,13 +4754,13 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Since version 1.4 BibleTime offers a new dialog to manage Sword modules. " #~ "It is now possible to setup Sword's configuration, install modules and " -#~ "uninstall modules using a userfriendly interface. Large screenshot" +#~ "uninstall modules using a userfriendly interface. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desde a versão 1.4 BibleTime oferece um novo diálogo para gerenciar a " #~ "instalação de módulos do Sword. Agora é possível configurar o Sword, " -#~ "instalar e desinstalar módulos usando uma interface amigável. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "instalar e desinstalar módulos usando uma interface amigável. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Improvements in BibleTime 1.4" #~ msgstr "Melhorias no BibleTime 1.4" @@ -4838,14 +4772,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Here you can see some improvements of BibleTime 1.3. The tree on the left " #~ "is now set up by module type and language. The greek text in the right " #~ "display window is now displayed better because BibleTime supports now own " -#~ "font settings for each language. Large screenshot" +#~ "font settings for each language. Large screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aqui você pode ver algumas das melhorias na versão BibleTime 1.3. A " #~ "árvore à esquerda agora é dividida por tipo de módulo e idioma. O texto " #~ "grego à direita agora é melhor exibido porque o BibleTime agora suporta " -#~ "escolha de fonte para cada idioma. Ver Tela Ampliada" +#~ "escolha de fonte para cada idioma. Ver Tela Ampliada" #~ msgid "Improvements in BibleTime 1.3" #~ msgstr "Melhorias no BibleTime 1.3" @@ -4853,8 +4787,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "The search dialog of previous versions wasn't easy to use. This is the " #~ "new search dialog together with the new module chooser window on the " -#~ "right. Large screenshot" +#~ "right. Large " +#~ "screenshot" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O diálogo de busca de versões anteriores não era fácil de usar. Este é o " #~ "novo diálogo de busca junto com o novo escolhedor de módulos à direita. " diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts index 065bbf1..3dda4c1 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts @@ -12,298 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item - + &Window - Main menu item - + Se&ttings - Main menu item - + &Help - Main menu item - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session - + &Load session - + &Delete session - + &Arrangement mode - + &Manual mode - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that - + &Cascade - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - + &Handbook - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide - + Please enter a name for the new session. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -331,37 +330,37 @@ - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -455,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -509,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -761,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -814,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -950,175 +1019,165 @@ - CBibleReadWindow + CAcceleratorSettingsPage - - - Next book + + Choose action group: - - - Previous book + + Main Window - - - Next chapter + + All text windows - - - Previous chapter + + Bible windows - - - Next verse + + Commentary windows - - - Previous verse + + Lexicon windows - - Copy chapter + + Book windows - - Save chapter as plain text + + + "%1" in the "%2" group - - Save chapter as HTML - - - - - Print chapter + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - Reference only + + Next book - - Text of reference + + Previous book - - - - Reference with text + + Next chapter - - - Chapter + + Previous chapter - - Chapter as plain text + + Next verse - - Chapter as HTML + + Previous verse - - Bible window + + Copy chapter - - Copy... + + Save chapter as plain text - - Save... + + Save chapter as HTML - - Print... + + Print chapter - - Copy chapter to clipboard ... + + Text of reference - - Copying + + + Reference with text - - - Saving chapter ... + + Bible window - - - Saving + + Copy... - - Strong's search + + Save... - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor + + Print... - - - CBookReadWindow - - - Toggle tree view + + Copy chapter to clipboard ... - - Copy entry with text + + Copying - - Save entry as plain text + + + Saving chapter ... - - Save entry as HTML + + + Saving + + + CBookReadWindow - - Print entry with text + + Toggle tree view @@ -1321,48 +1380,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book - - + Previous book - - + Next chapter - - + Previous chapter - - + Next verse - - + Previous verse - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1514,55 +1567,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1570,7 +1615,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1580,7 +1625,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1826,93 +1871,76 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry - - + Previous entry - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search - - - Reference only - - - - - + + Entry with text - + + Entry as plain text - - Entry as HTML - - - - + Lexicon window - + Copy... - + Save... - + Print... - - + + Saving entry ... - - + + Saving @@ -2389,7 +2417,7 @@ - + Added text @@ -3283,42 +3311,42 @@ Language name ppk - + Old testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - + History - + Prophets - + New testament - + Gospels - + Letters/Epistles - + Paul's Epistles @@ -3561,7 +3589,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3595,6 +3623,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.qm index d736d32..4a55805 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.ts index 3b7f39c..4e84b42 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.ts @@ -12,315 +12,305 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Soek - + &Window - Main menu item - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Strong nommers - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - Sluit BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode Volskerm modus - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session Berg sessie - + &Load session &Laai sessie - + &Delete session Berg sessie - + &Arrangement mode Huidige module: - + &Manual mode Verstek modules - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that - + &Cascade - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - Maak alles toe - - - + &Handbook &Handboek - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide - + Please enter a name for the new session. Gee asb 'n naam vir die nuwe sessie. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Boeke - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -348,37 +338,37 @@ (c)1999-2004, Die BibleTime Span {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -472,37 +462,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -526,70 +516,70 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size Indonesies - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -781,7 +771,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -836,6 +826,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -972,179 +1032,201 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Volgende boek - - + Previous book Vorige boek - - + Next chapter Volgende hoofstuk - - + Previous chapter Vorige hoofstuk - - + Next verse Volgende vers - - + Previous verse Vorige vers - + Copy chapter Hoofstuk - + Save chapter as plain text Hoofstuk as geowne teks - + Save chapter as HTML Hoofstuk as HTML - + Print chapter Vorige hoofstuk - Reference only - Slegs verwysing + Slegs verwysing - + Text of reference Teks van verwysing - - - + + Reference with text Verwysing met teks - - Chapter - Hoofstuk + Hoofstuk - Chapter as plain text - Hoofstuk as geowne teks + Hoofstuk as geowne teks - Chapter as HTML - Hoofstuk as HTML + Hoofstuk as HTML - + Bible window Bybel raam - + Copy... Kopiëer - + Save... Berg... - + Print... Druk... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... - + Copying - - + + Saving chapter ... Berg hoofstuk - - + + Saving Besig om te berg - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Teks voorskou - Copy entry with text - Inskrywing met teks + Inskrywing met teks - Save entry as plain text - Inskrywing as gewone teks + Inskrywing as gewone teks - Save entry as HTML - Inskrywing as HTML + Inskrywing as HTML - Print entry with text - Inskrywing met teks + Inskrywing met teks @@ -1347,48 +1429,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Volgende boek - - + Previous book Vorige boek - - + Next chapter Volgende hoofstuk - - + Previous chapter Vorige hoofstuk - - + Next verse Volgende vers - - + Previous verse Vorige vers - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1558,57 +1634,49 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Kies alles - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1616,7 +1684,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1626,7 +1694,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1884,94 +1952,85 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Nuwe inskrywing - - + Previous entry Vorige inskrywing - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Inskrywing as HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strong nommers - - Reference only - Slegs verwysing + Slegs verwysing - - + + Entry with text Inskrywing met teks - + + Entry as plain text Inskrywing as gewone teks - Entry as HTML - Inskrywing as HTML + Inskrywing as HTML - + Lexicon window - + Copy... Kopiëer - + Save... Berg... - + Print... Druk... - - + + Saving entry ... Berg inskrywing - - + + Saving Besig om te berg @@ -2482,7 +2541,7 @@ Boeke - + Added text Teks bygevoeg @@ -2897,13 +2956,6 @@ - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - - - Korean @@ -3243,49 +3295,6 @@ Language name bar Beiers - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - - - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - - - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - - - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - - - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - - - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard @@ -3293,12 +3302,6 @@ - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - - - @@ -3309,18 +3312,6 @@ Language name ppk - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - - - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - - - Sranan @@ -3481,42 +3472,42 @@ Language name ppk Verre weergawe - + Old testament Ou Testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moses/Pentateug/Torah - + History Geskiedenis - + Prophets Profete - + New testament Nuwe Testament - + Gospels Evangelies - + Letters/Epistles Briewe - + Paul's Epistles Paulus se briewe @@ -3763,7 +3754,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3797,6 +3788,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4293,10 +4294,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Geskep deur - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.qm index cb9776c..b226a1b 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.ts index 1aaf123..6103237 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.ts @@ -12,310 +12,300 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &ТърÑене - + &Window - Main menu item &Прозорец - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Ð½Ð¾Ð¼ÐµÑ€Ð°Ñ†Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° Стронг - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - ЗатварÑне на BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode Ðа цÑл &екран - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session За&Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° ÑеÑиÑта - + &Load session &Зареждане на ÑеÑÐ¸Ñ - + &Delete session Изтриване - + &Arrangement mode Текущ модул: - + &Manual mode Предпочитани модули - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Центрира текÑта в хоризонтално направление. - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Ðвтоматично Ñтъпаловидно &подреждане - + &Cascade &Стъпаловидно подреждане - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - ЗатварÑне на &вÑички прозорци - - - + &Handbook Ръко&водÑтво - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide РъководÑтво за изучаване на &БиблиÑта - + Please enter a name for the new session. МолÑ, въведете име за новата ÑеÑиÑ: - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Книги - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -343,37 +333,37 @@ (c)1999-2003, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -467,37 +457,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -521,70 +511,70 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size ИндонезийÑки - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -776,7 +766,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -831,6 +821,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -967,177 +1027,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Следваща книга - - + Previous book Предишна книга - - + Next chapter Следваща глава - - + Previous chapter Предишна глава - - + Next verse Следващ Ñтих - - + Previous verse Предишен Ñтих - + Copy chapter главата - + Save chapter as plain text главата като текÑÑ‚ - + Save chapter as HTML главата като HTML - + Print chapter Предишна глава - Reference only - Ñтиха + Ñтиха - + Text of reference текÑта на Ñтиха - - - + + Reference with text Ñтиха Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта му - - Chapter - главата + главата - Chapter as plain text - главата като текÑÑ‚ + главата като текÑÑ‚ - Chapter as HTML - главата като HTML + главата като HTML - + Bible window Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ - + Copy... Копиране на... - + Save... Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð°... - + Print... Отпечатване... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Копиране на главата в буфера - + Copying Копиране - - + + Saving chapter ... Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° главата... - - + + Saving Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Включване/Изключване - Copy entry with text - запиÑа Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта му + запиÑа Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта му - Save entry as plain text - запиÑа като текÑÑ‚ + запиÑа като текÑÑ‚ - Save entry as HTML - Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ ÐºÐ°Ñ‚Ð¾ HTML + Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ ÐºÐ°Ñ‚Ð¾ HTML - Print entry with text - запиÑа Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта му + запиÑа Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта му @@ -1339,48 +1421,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Следваща книга - - + Previous book Предишна книга - - + Next chapter Следваща глава - - + Previous chapter Предишна глава - - + Next verse Следващ Ñтих - - + Previous verse Предишен Ñтих - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1545,57 +1621,49 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Избира вÑичко - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1603,7 +1671,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1613,7 +1681,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1865,93 +1933,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Следващ Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ - - + Previous entry Предишен Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ ÐºÐ°Ñ‚Ð¾ HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search ÐÐ¾Ð¼ÐµÑ€Ð°Ñ†Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° Стронг: - - Reference only - Ñтиха + Ñтиха - - + + Entry with text запиÑа Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта му - + + Entry as plain text запиÑа като текÑÑ‚ - Entry as HTML - запиÑа като HTML + запиÑа като HTML - + Lexicon window лекÑикон - + Copy... Копиране на... - + Save... Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð°... - + Print... Отпечатване... - - + + Saving entry ... Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° запиÑа... - - + + Saving Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ @@ -2452,7 +2511,7 @@ Книги - + Added text текÑÑ‚ @@ -2855,12 +2914,6 @@ Language name ka ГрузинÑки - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekchí - Korean @@ -3186,55 +3239,12 @@ Language name bar БаварÑки - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemannisch - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Haitian Creole French - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itzá - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekchí - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard Language name lmo Lombard - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3244,16 +3254,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3409,42 +3409,42 @@ Language name ppk [Мрежов] - + Old testament Стар Завет - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Петокнижие - + History ИÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸Ñ - + Prophets Пророци - + New testament Ðов Завет - + Gospels Ð•Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð³ÐµÐ»Ð¸Ñ - + Letters/Epistles ПоÑÐ»Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ - + Paul's Epistles Павлови поÑÐ»Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ @@ -3687,7 +3687,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3721,6 +3721,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4211,10 +4221,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Създаденo от - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.qm index a2d745b..0bfafdb 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts index 9dca4d5..9485ff8 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts @@ -2,10931 +2,3626 @@ - ../bibletime/backend/bt_osishtml.cpp:327 + BTAboutModuleDialog - Alternative text - Další možný text + Information About %1 + Informace o %1 - ../bibletime/backend/bt_osishtml.cpp:485 + BibleTime - Added text - PÅ™idaný text + &File + &Soubor - - - ../bibletime/backend/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp:184 - (user template) - (Å¡ablona uživatele) + &View + &Pohled - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:503 - Footnotes - Poznámky + &Search + &Hledat - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:506 - Strong's numbers - Strongova Äísla + &Window + &Okno - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:509 - Headings - Nadpisy + Se&ttings + Na&stavení - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:512 - Morphological tags - Barva morfologických znaÄek + &Help + Nápo&vÄ›da - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:515 - Lemmas - Lemmas + &Show toolbar + Zobrazit nás&trojovou liÅ¡tu - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:518 - Hebrew vowel points - Hebrejské znaky samohlásek + &Fullscreen mode + Celoobrazovkový mód - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:521 - Hebrew cantillation marks - Hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku + &Save session + U&ložit relaci - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:524 - Greek accents - Řecké znaky přízvuku + &Load session + &Otevřít relaci - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:527 - Red letter words - Slova Äervenými písmeny + &Delete session + S&mazat relaci - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:530 - Textual variants - Textové varianty + &Arrangement mode + &Mód rozvržení - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:533 - Scripture cross-references - Odkaz v Bibli + &Manual mode + &RuÄní mód - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordbackend.cpp:536 - Morph segmentation - Morfologické dÄ›lení + Auto-tile &vertically + Automaticky dlaždice &vertikálnÄ› - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:715 - Version - Verze + Auto-tile &horizontally + Automaticky dlaždice &horizontálnÄ› - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:716 - unknown - neznámý + Auto-&cascade + &Automaticky kaskádovat - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:719 - Markup - ZnaÄení + &Cascade + &Kaskádovat - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:721 - unknown - neznámý + Tile &vertically + Rozmístit &vertikálnÄ› - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:724 - Location - UmístÄ›ní + Tile &horizontally + Rozmístit &horizontálnÄ› - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:728 - Language - Jazyk + &Handbook + &PříruÄka - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:733 - Category - Kategorie + &Bible Study Howto + Návod, jak studovat &Bibli - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:738 - LCSH - - + Please enter a name for the new session. + Vložte prosím název pro novou relaci - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:742 - Writable - Zapisovatelný + Quit BibleTime + UkonÄit BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:743 - no - ne + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window + Zapnou celoobrazovkový režim hlavního okna - yes - ano + Show Bookshelf + Zobrazit knihovnu - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:747 - Unlock key - Odemykací klÃ­Ä + Show Bookmarks + Zobrazit záložky - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:766 - Features - Obsahuje + Show Mag + Zobrazit Äasopis - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:774 - Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! - Pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultovní / pochybné informace! + Search in &open works... + Hledat v &otevÅ™ených dílech... - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:808 - Distribution license - Licence k šíření + Search in standard &Bible... + Hledat ve výchozí &Bibli... - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:810 - Distribution source - Zdroj šíření + Save as &new session... + Uložit &nové sezení... - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:812 - Distribution notes - Poznámky k šíření + Create and save a new session + VytvoÅ™it a uložit nové sezení - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:814 - Text source - Zdroj textu + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) + Automaticky dlaždice z otevÅ™ených oken vertikálnÄ› (umísÅ¥ovat vedle sebe) - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:816 - Copyright notes - Poznámky k autorskému právu + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) + Automaticky dlaždice z otevÅ™ených oken horizontálnÄ› (umísÅ¥ovat nad sebe) - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:818 - Copyright holder - Držitel práv + Automatically cascade the open windows + Automaticky okna do kaskády - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:820 - Copyright date - Datum autorského práva + Cascade the open windows + Kaskádovat otevÅ™ená okna - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:822 - Copyright contact name - Kontaktní jméno na autorská práva + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows + Vertikální dlaždice z otevÅ™ených oken (umísÅ¥ovat vedle sebe) - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:824 - Copyright contact address - Kontaktní adresa na autorská práva + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows + Horizontální dlaždice z otevÅ™ených oken (umísÅ¥ovat nad sebe) - - - ../bibletime/backend/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp:826 - Copyright contact email - Kontaktní email na autorská práva + Cl&ose all windows + &Zavřít vÅ¡echna okna - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:104 - Initializing menu- and toolbars - Inicializuji menu a nástrojové liÅ¡ty + Close all open windows inside BibleTime + ZavÅ™e vÅ¡echna okna uvnitÅ™ BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:115 - Search in &open work(s) - Hledat v &otevÅ™ených modulech + &Configure BibleTime... + &Nastavit BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:128 - Search in standard &Bible - Hledat v standardní &Bibli + Set BibleTime's preferences + PÅ™edvolby BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:150 - &Show bookshelf - &Zobrazit knihy + Bookshelf &Manager... + Správce &knihovny - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:162 - Show &mag - Ukaž Äa&sopis + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works + Nastavit vaÅ¡i knihovnu a instalovat/aktualizovat/odinstalovat/sestavit rejstřík díla - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:182 - Bookshelf &Manager - Správa &knih + Open BibleTime's handbook + Otevřít příruÄku BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:208 - &Arrangement mode - &Mód rozvržení + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. + Otevřít Návod, jak studovat Bibli obsažený v BiblTime <BR> Tento návod je úvod k efektivnímu studiu Bible. - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:214 - &Manual mode - &RuÄní mód + Search in all works that are currently open + Hledat ve vÅ¡ech právÄ› otevÅ™ených dílech - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:231 - Auto-tile &vertically - Automaticky dlaždice &vertikálnÄ› + Main Toolbar + Hlavní Panel nástrojů - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:248 - Auto-tile &horizontally - Automaticky dlaždice &horizontálnÄ› + &Quit + &UkonÄit - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:265 - Auto-&cascade - &Automaticky kaskádovat + Search in the standard Bible + Hledat ve výchozí Bibli - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:281 - &Cascade - &Kaskádovat + New Session + Nové sezení - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:295 - Tile &vertically - Rozmístit &vertikálnÄ› + Initializing the SWORD engine... + SpouÅ¡tÄ›ní enginu SWORD... - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:307 - Tile &horizontally - Rozmístit &horizontálnÄ› + Creating BibleTime's user interface... + Vytváření uživatelského rozhraní BibleTime... - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:321 - Cl&ose all - &Zavřít vÅ¡e + Initializing menu- and toolbars... + SpouÅ¡tÄ›ní menu a panelů nástrojů... - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:334 - &Save session - U&ložit relaci + &About BibleTime + O &aplikaci BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:347 - Save as &new session - Uložit jako novou relaci + Bookshelf + Knihovna - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:360 - &Load session - &Otevřít relaci + Bookmarks + Záložky - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:372 - &Delete session - S&mazat relaci + Mag + ÄŒasopis - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:384 - &Fullscreen mode - Celoobrazovkový mód + Manually arrange the open windows + - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:413 - &Handbook - &PříruÄka + Information about the BibleTime program + - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:426 + BtAboutDialog - &Bible Study Howto - Návod, jak studovat &Bibli + BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool. + BibleTime je jednoduÅ¡e použitelný nástroj pro studium Bible. - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:457 - &Daily tip - &Tip dne + We are looking for developers and translators. + Hledáme vývojáře a pÅ™ekladatele. - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:521 - Initializing Sword - Inicializuji Sword + If you would like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info. + Pokud se chcete pÅ™ipojit k naÅ¡emu támu, prosím poÅ¡lete email na info@bibletime.info. - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:570 - Checking indices - Kontrola rejstříku + (c)1999-2009, The BibleTime Team + (c)1999-2006, The BibleTime Team - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:75 - Creating BibleTime's GUI - Vytvářím grafické rozhraní + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. + Qt Open Source Edition je urÄena k vývoji Open Source aplikací. - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_init.cpp:87 - Bookshelf - Knihy + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. + Qt je multiplatformní knihovna pro vývoj aplikací v C++. - - - ../bibletime/bibletime_slots.cpp:536 - Please enter a name for the new session. - Vložte prosím název pro novou relaci + Please see + Prosím podívejte se - Session name: - Název relace: + for an overview of Qt licensing. + na náhled QT licence. - - - ../bibletime/display-templates/template-init.cpp:1005 - High contrast - Vysoký kontrast + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. + Program můžete stáhnout a užívat (ale ne distribuovat) pro osobní , soukromé, nebo komerÄní úÄely bez omezení. - - - ../bibletime/display-templates/template-init.cpp:1346 - Simple - JednoduÅ¡e + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. + Program můžete šířit, pokud šíříte také odpovídající zdrojový kód. - - - ../bibletime/display-templates/template-init.cpp:351 - Crazy - ZtÅ™eÅ¡tÄ›nÄ› + The complete legally binding license is below. + - - - ../bibletime/display-templates/template-init.cpp:677 - Green - Zelený + Contributors + PÅ™ispÄ›vatelé - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:252 - Old testament - Stará Smlouva + About BibleTime + O BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:253 - Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - Mojžíš/Pentateuch/Tóra + The following people contributed to BibleTime: + Následující lidé pÅ™izpívají do BibleTime: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:254 - History - Spisy + documentation and translation manager + správce dokumentace a pÅ™ekladu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:255 - Prophets - Proroci + project founder, developer + zakladatel projektu, vývojář - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:256 - New testament - Nová Smlouva + designer + designér - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:257 - Gospels - Evangelia + developer + vývojář - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:258 - Letters/Epistles - Dopisy/EpiÅ¡toly + packager + tvůrce balíÄků - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cbtconfig.cpp:259 - Paul's Epistles - Pavlovy epiÅ¡toly + creator of The Sword Project + tvůrce projektu Sword - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp:472 - *.html *.htm | HTML files - *.* | All files (*.*) - *.html *.htm | HTML soubory - *.* | VÅ¡echny soubory (*.*) + project manager, developer + vedoucí projektu, vývojář - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp:474 - *.txt | Text files - *.* | All files (*.*) - *.txt | Textové soubory - *.* | VÅ¡echny soubory (*.*) + domain sponsor + sponzor domény - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp:476 - All files (*.*) - VÅ¡echny soubory (*.*) + howto + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:168 - Abbreviation - Zkratka + documentation + dokumentace - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:179 - Cross references - Křížový odkaz + tester, usability expert + tester, expert na použitelnost - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:272 - Cross references - Křížový odkaz + The following people translated BibleTime into their language: + Následující lidé pÅ™ekládají BibleTime do svého jazyka: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:313 - Footnote - VysvÄ›tlivka + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. + NÄ›která jména mohou chybÄ›t, prosím napiÅ¡te na bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net, pokud jste naÅ¡li chyby nebo \"bílá místa\". - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:340 - Strongs - Strongova Äísla + SWORD library version %1 + Knihovna SWORD verze %1 - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:419 - Morphology - Morfologie + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:442 - Word lookup - vyhledat slovo + The SWORD Project + Projekt SWORD - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp:53 - Mag ("shift" to lock) - - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. + Tento program používá Qt Open Source Edition verze %1 - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinputdialog.cpp:59 - C&lear - &VyÄistit + License + Licence - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cinputdialog.cpp:66 - &Ok - &Ok + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. + BibleTime je uvolnÄ›na pod licencí GLP - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:106 + BtBookDropdownChooserButton - KiB - - + Select book + Vyberte knihu - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:111 + BtChapterDropdownChooserButton - KiB - - + Select chapter + Vyberte kapitolu - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:62 + BtIndexPage - Manage module search indices - Správa hledání v rejstříku modulu + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts + Pokud je vybráno, ty rejstříky které nenáleží žádnému dílu, budou smazány pÅ™i stratu BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:63 - You can use the list below to create and/or delete search indices for your installed works. - Můžete použít seznam níže pro tvorbu a/nebo mazání hledání v rejstříku u instalovaných modulů. + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts + Automaticky smazat osiÅ™elé rejstríky pÅ™i startu BibleTime - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:67 - Module - Modul + Delete the selected indexes + Smazat vybrané rejstříky - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:68 - Index size - Velikost indexu + Delete + Smazat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:90 - Modules with indices - Moduly s rejstříkem + Create new indexes for the selected works + VytvoÅ™it nový rejstřík pro vybraná díla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmanageindiceswidget.cpp:94 - Modules without indices - Moduly bez rejstříku + Work + Dílo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp:41 - Preparing instant search - PÅ™ipravení okamžitého hledání + Index size + Velikost rejstříku - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp:53 - Creating index for work %1 - Vytváření indexu pro modul %1 + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. + VytvoÅ™it nové vyhledávací rejstříky a smazat dříve vytvoÅ™ené rejstříky u nainstalovaných dÄ›l. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:138 - Display - Zobrazit + Search Indexes + Vyhledávací rejstříky - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:144 - Show tip of the day - Zobrazovat tip dne + Works with indexes + Indexovaná díla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:157 - Show startuplogo - Zobrazovat spouÅ¡tÄ›cí logo + Works without indexes + Neindexovaná díla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:169 - Display templates - Zobrazit Å¡ablony + KiB + KiB - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:170 - Display templates define how text is displayed. Please choose a template you like. - Å ablony zobrazení urÄují, jak bude text zobrazen. Prosím zvolte si preferovanou Å¡ablonu. + Create... + VytvoÅ™it... - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:183 + BtInstallModuleChooserDialog - Available display styles: - Dostupné styly: + Install + Instalovat - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:193 + BtInstallPage - Style preview - Náhled stylu + Install/Update + Instalovat/Aktualizovat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:214 - Languages - Jazyk + Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources. + Instalovat a aktualizovat díla. PÅ™idejte vzdálené nebo lokální zdroje, obnovte je, vyberte díla k instalaci/aktualizaci a kliknÄ›te na Instalovat. <br/><b>VAROVÃNÃ:</b> Pokud žijete v nesvobodné zemi a nechcete riskovat odhalení, nepoužívejte vzdálené zdroje. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:220 - Specify a language for names of Bible books - Vyberte jazyk pro názvy biblických knih + Install path: + InstalaÄní cesta: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:221 - Sword has a number of locales available which can be used to internationalize the names of books of the Bible. You can specify which locale to use. If you want to create a new locale, see http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop for details. - Sword podporuje množství lokalizací, které mohou být použity pro názvy biblických knih. Vyberte si vhodnou lokalizaci. Pokud chcete vytvoÅ™it novou lokalizaci, naleznete bližší informace na http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop. + The path where the new works will be installed + UmístÄ›ní, kam budou nová díla instalována - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:227 - Language for names of Bible books - Jazyk pro názvy biblických knih + Configure paths where works are installed + Nastavit umístÄ›ní kde jsou díla nainstalována - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:303 - Select custom fonts per-language - Nastavení vlastních písem pro různé jazyky + Install... + Instalovat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:304 - Here you find a list of all languages of the installed works. You can specify a custom font for each language that needs a special font to be displayed correctly. - Zde vidíte seznam vÅ¡ech jazyků v nainstalovaných modulech. Můžete nastavit, jaké písmo (font) se má pro který jazyk použít, aby byl text zobrazen správnÄ›. + Install or update selected works + Instalovat nebo aktualizovat vybraná díla - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:337 + BtInstallPathDialog - Use custom font - Použít vlastní písmo + Works can be installed in one or more directories. After setting up directories here you can choose one of them in Install page. + Díla mohou být nainstalována v jednom nebo více adresářích. Po nastavení adresářů můžete vybrat jedno z nich na instalaÄní stránce. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:345 - The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. - ŽluÅ¥ouÄký kůň úpÄ›l Äábelské ódy. + BibleTime and the Sword library find the modules from all of these directories. If the directory is removed here it still exists in the system with all the works in it. ".sword" directory in your home directory is always used automatically and can't be removed or added. + BibleTime a knihovna Sword najde moduly ze vÅ¡ech tÄ›chto adresářů. Pokud knihovnu odeberete zde, v systému stále existuje se vÅ¡emi díly v ní. Adresář \".sword\" ve vaÅ¡em domovském adresáři je vždy použit automaticky a nemůže být odebrán nebo pÅ™idán. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:361 - HotKeys - Horké klávesy + Configuration file for the paths is: + KonfiguraÄní soubor pro umístÄ›ní je: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:369 - Choose type: - Zvolte typ: + Add... + PÅ™idat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:388 - BibleTime - BibleTime + Edit... + Upravit... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:389 - All text windows - VÅ¡echny texty + Remove + Odstranit - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:390 - Bible windows - Biblická okna + Choose directory + Vyberte adresář - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:391 - Commentary windows - Komentářová okna + This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to use this directory instead of the previous value? + Do tohoto adresáře není možno zapisovat, takže zde pomocí BibleTime nemohou být nainstalována žádná díla. PÅ™ejete si použít následující adresář místo pÅ™edchozí hodnoty? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:392 - Lexicon windows - Slovníková okna + Warning + Varování - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:393 - Book windows - Knižní okna + This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you still want to add it to the list of bookshelf directories? + Do tohoto adresáře není možné zapisovat, takže zde pomocí BibleTime nemohou být nainstalována žádná díla. Stále si pÅ™ejete ho pÅ™idat do seznamu adresářů pro knihovnu? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:458 - Desk - - + Bookshelf Paths + UmístÄ›ní knihovny - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:463 - Standard works - Standard + Configure bookshelf paths + Nastavit umístÄ›ní knihovny - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:468 - Standard works - Standard + Add new path + PÅ™idat nové umístÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:469 - Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked . - Standardní moduly se použijí, pokud není zvolen konkrétní modul. K tomu může dojít pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do textu Bible nebo slovníku. + Edit the selected path + Upravit vybrané umístÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:475 - Standard Bible - Standardní Bible + Remove the selected path + Odstranit vybrané umístÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:484 - Standard Commentary - Komentář + Use Directory? + Použít adresář? - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:494 + BtInstallProgressDialog - Standard Lexicon - Standardní slovník + Work + Dílo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:503 - Standard Daily Devotional - Standardní ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Progress + PrůbÄ›h - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:512 - Standard Hebrew Strong's Lexicon - Strongův hebrejský slovník + Stop + Zastavit - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:521 - Standard Greek Strong's Lexicon - Strongův Å™ecký slovník + Stop All + Zastavit vÅ¡e - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:530 - Standard Hebrew Morphological Lexicon - Standardní hebrejský morfologický slovník + Completed + DokonÄeno - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:538 - Standard Greek Morphological Lexicon - Standardní Å™ecký morfologický slovník + Cancelled + ZruÅ¡eno - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:660 - Text filters - Textové filtry + Waiting for turn... + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:663 - Text filters - Textové filtry + Preparing install... + PÅ™ipravuji instalaci... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:664 - Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can change the filter settings in each display window, of course. - Filtry upravují zobrazení textu v oknech. Zde můžete nastavit standardní chování různých filtrů. V jednotlivých oknech si můžete nastavení upravit podle potÅ™eby. + Install Progress + PrůbÄ›h instalace - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:671 - Insert line break after each verse - Zalomit řádek po každém verÅ¡i + Failed + Selhalo - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:677 + BtModuleManagerDialog - Show verse numbers - Zobrazit Äísla veršů + Bookshelf Manager + Správce knihovny - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:683 + BtRemovePage - Show section headings - Zobrazit nadpisy Äástí + Work + Dílo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:690 - Show scripture cross-references - Ukázat odkaz v Bibli + Install path + InstalaÄní umístÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:696 - Show Greek accents - Zobrazit Å™ecké znaÄky přízvuku + Remove + Odebrat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:702 - Show Hebrew vowel points - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky samohlásek + Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button. + Odebrat nainstalovaná díla. Vyberte díla a kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko Odebrat. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:708 - Show Hebrew cantillation marks - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku + You selected the following work(s): + Vybrali jste následující dílo(a): - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:714 - Show morph segmentation - Ukázat morfologické dÄ›lení + Do you really want to remove them from your system? + Opravdu si pÅ™ejete je odebrat z vaÅ¡eho systému? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:720 - Use textual variants - Použít textové varianty + Remove... + Odstranit... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:75 - Configure BibleTime - Nastavit BibleTime + Remove the selected works + Odstranit vybraná díla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:925 - For God so loved the world, that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have eternal life. - NeboÅ¥ Bůh tak miloval svÄ›t, že dal svého jednorozeného Syna, aby žádný, kdo věří v nÄ›ho, nezahynul, ale mÄ›l vÄ›Äný život. + Remove Works? + Odstranit díla? - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:930 + BtShortcutsDialog - For God didn't send his Son into the world to judge the world, but that the world should be saved through him. - Bůh totiž neposlal svého Syna na svÄ›t, aby svÄ›t odsoudil, ale aby svÄ›t byl skrze nÄ›ho spasen. + Configure shortcuts + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:937 - He who believes in him is not judged. He who doesn't believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the one and only Son of God. - Kdo v nÄ›j věří, není souzen, ale kdo nevěří, je již odsouzen; neboÅ¥ neuvěřil ve jméno jednorozeného Božího Syna. + First shortcut + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:944 - This is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light; for their works were evil. - A toto je ten soud, že svÄ›tlo pÅ™iÅ¡lo na svÄ›t, ale lidé si více oblíbili tmu nežli svÄ›tlo, protože jejich skutky byly zlé. + Second shortcut + - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:949 + BtShortcutsEditor - For everyone who does evil hates the light, and doesn't come to the light, lest his works would be exposed. - Každý, kdo koná zlo, totiž nenávidí svÄ›tlo a nepÅ™ichází ke svÄ›tlu, aby jeho skutky nebyly odhaleny. + Select to change key + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/coptionsdialog.cpp:954 - But he who does the truth comes to the light, that his works may be revealed, that they have been done in God. - Ale kdo koná pravdu, pÅ™ichází ke svÄ›tlu, aby jeho skutky byly zjeveny, že jsou vykonány v Bohu. + Action +name + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cprofile.cpp:30 - unknown - neznámý + First +shortcut + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:102 - Edit Entry - ZmÄ›na záznamu + Second +shortcut + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:107 - Add Entry - PÅ™idat záznam + Shortcut for selected action name + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:112 - Remove Entry - Smazat záznam + None + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:121 - Install/Update works - Instalovat/Aktualizovat moduly + Default + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:144 - Install/update works - Step 1 - Instalovat/Aktualizovat moduly - krok 1 + Custom + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:145 - Please choose a (local or remote) library and a bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. After that step click on the connect button.<br/><b>WARNING: If you live in a persecuted country and do not wish to risk detection you should NOT use the module remote installation feature!</b> - Prosím vyberte (lokální nebo vzdálenou) knihovnu a cestu ke knihám pro instalaci modulů. Po tomto kroku kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko další.<br/><b>VAROVÃNÃ: Pokud nežijete ve svobodné zemi a nepÅ™ejete si riskovat odhalení, nemÄ›li by jste používat vlastnost vzdálené instalace modulu!</b> + Default key: + - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:152 + BtSourceArea - Select library - Vybrat knihovnu + Work + Dílo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:158 - Delete library - Smazat knihovnu + Description + Popis - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:163 - Add library - PÅ™idat knihovnu + Add... + PÅ™idat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:171 - Select bookshelf path - Vyberte cestu ke knihám + Refresh... + Obnovit... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:191 - Connect to library - Spojit s knihovnou + Refresh the list of works from this source + Obnovit seznam dÄ›l z tohoto zdroje - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:206 - Remove works - Odstranit moduly + Delete... + Smazat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:218 - Remove installed work(s) - Odstranit instalované modul(y) + Delete this source + Smazat tento zdroj - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:219 - This dialog lets you remove installed works from your system. Choose the modules and then click on the remove button. - Tento dialog Vám umožní odstranit instalované moduly ze systému. Vyberte moduly a pak kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko odstranit. + Add new source + PÅ™idat nový zdroj - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:223 + BtSourceWidget - Select works to be uninstalled - Vybrat modul k odinstalování + Delete Source? + Smazat zdroj? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:229 - Remove selected work(s) - Odstranit zvolené moduly + Do you really want to delete this source? + Opravdu si pÅ™ejete smazat tento zdroj? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:241 - Manage search indicies - Správa hledání indexů + Cancel + ZruÅ¡it - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:319 - [Remote] - [Vzdálené] + Refreshing Source + Obnovuji zdroje - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:324 - [Local] - [Lokální] + Connecting... + PÅ™ipojování... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:366 - [Local] - [Lokální] + Refreshing... + Obnovování... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:371 - [Remote] - [Vzdálené] + No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager. + Nebyly nalezeny žádné zdroje v nastavení SWORD a BibleTime nemůže vytvoÅ™it výchozí zdroj. Skontrolujte nastavení SWORD a také jestli lze do konfiguraÄního umístÄ›ní zapisovat. Potom restartujte Správce knihovny. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:407 - You selected the following work(s): %1. -Do you really want to remove them from your system? - Vybrali jste následující moduly: %1. -Opravdu je chcete odstranit z VaÅ¡eho systému? + Remote: + Vzdálené: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:484 - Download - Stahování + Local: + Místní: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:497 - Downloading library information... - Stahování informací o knihovnÄ›... + Install/Update works? + Instalovat/Aktualizovat díla? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:59 - Bookshelf Manager - Správce knih + Do you really want to install these works? + Opravdu si pÅ™ejete nainstalovat tato díla? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:612 - Install/update works - Step 2 - Instalovat/Aktualizovat moduly - krok 2 + Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red. + Zároveň může být nainstalována pouze jedna verze daného díla. Vyberte pouze jednu položku, pokud jsou nÄ›které oznaÄené ÄervenÄ›. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:613 - Please choose the works which should be installed and/or updated and click the install button. - Prosím vyberte moduly, které se mají instalovat a/nebo aktualizovat. Potom kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko instalovat. + Not a directory! + Není adresářem! - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:639 - Install works - Instalovat moduly + Not readable! + NeÄitelné! - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:690 - You selected the following works: %1. - Do you really want to install them on your system? - Vybrali jste následující moduly: %1. - Opravdu je chcete nainstalovat na Váš systém? + Warning + Varování - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:717 - Download of work(s) - Stahování modulů + The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed. + Do cílového adresáře nelze zapisovat nebo neexistuje. Instalace bude selhávat, dokud to nebude opraveno. - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:75 + BtVerseDropdownChooserButton - Bookshelf path(s) - Cesty ke knihám + Select verse + Vyberte verÅ¡ - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:788 + CAcceleratorSettingsPage - [%1]: %2% complete - [%1]: %2% kompletní + Main Window + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:797 - Connect to library - Spojit s knihovnou + All text windows + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:809 - This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to use this directory instead of the previous value? - Do této složky nelze zapisovat. Moduly sem nelze nainstalovat. Chcete použít tuto složku místo pÅ™edchozí? + Bible windows + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:830 - This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to add it to the list of module directories? - Do této složky nelze zapisovat. Moduly sem nelze nainstalovat. Chcete ji pÅ™idat k seznamu se složkami modulů? + Commentary windows + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:86 - Configure bookshelf path(s) - Nastavit cesty ke knihám + Lexicon windows + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:87 - You can store your bookshelfs in one or more directories, which you can specify here. - Knihy můžete uchovávat v jedné nebo více složkách, které můžete zadat zde. + Book windows + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:876 - [Local] - [Lokální] + Shortcuts + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:881 - [Remote] - [Vzdálené] + Choose action group: + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:93 - Your bookshelf configuration file is <b>%1</b> - Váš konfiguraÄní soubor knih je <b>%1</b> + + "%1" in the "%2" group + - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupdialog.cpp:98 + CBibleReadWindow - Path to bookshelf - Cesta ke knihám + Next book + Další kniha - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:103 - A source with this caption already exists.<br>Please provide a different caption. - Zdroj s tímto titulkem již existuje.<br>Prosím zadejte jiný titulek. + Previous book + PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:109 - Please provide a server name. - Prosím zadejte jméno serveru. + Next chapter + Další kapitola - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:116 - Please provide a valid, readable path. - Prosím zadejte platnou cestu, ze které máte právo Äíst. + Previous chapter + PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:120 - Please provide a path. - Prosím zadejte cestu. + Next verse + Další verÅ¡ - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:31 - Local - Místní + Previous verse + PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:32 - Remote - Vzdálený + Copy chapter + Kopírovat kapitolu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:43 - Caption - Titulek + Save chapter as plain text + Uložit kapitolu jako obyÄejný text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:55 - Type - Druh + Save chapter as HTML + Uložit kapitolu jako HTML - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:58 - Server - Server + Print chapter + Tisk kapitoly - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:61 - Path - Cesta + Reference only + Pouze odkaz - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:81 - Ok - Ok + Text of reference + Text verÅ¡e - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp:95 - Please provide a caption. - Prosím zadejte titulek. + Reference with text + Odkaz s textem - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:107 - Bibles - Bible + Chapter + Kapitolu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:108 - Commentaries - Komentáře + Chapter as plain text + Kapitolu jako obyÄejný text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:109 - Lexicons - Slovníky + Chapter as HTML + Kapitolu jako HTML - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:110 - Books - Knihy + Bible window + Bible - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:111 - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Copy... + Kopírovat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:112 - Glossaries - Glosáře + Save... + Uložit... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:115 - Bibles - Bible + Print... + Tisknout... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:116 - Commentaries - Komentáře + Copy chapter to clipboard ... + Kopírovat kapitolu do schránky... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:117 - Lexicons - Slovníky + Copying + Kopíruji - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:118 - Books - Knihy + Saving chapter ... + Ukládám kapitolu... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:119 - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Saving + Ukládám - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:120 - Glossaries - Glosáře + Strong's search + Hledat Strongova Čísla + + + Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor + Najít vÅ¡echny výskyty Strongových Äísel nacházející se pod kurzorem. - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:234 + CBookReadWindow - New - Nový + Toggle tree view + Zobrazení stromu - Updated - Aktualizovaný + Copy entry with text + Kopírovat záznam s textem - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:236 - Installed - Nainstalováno + Save entry as plain text + Uložit záznam jako obyÄejný text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:74 - Name - Název + Save entry as HTML + Uložit záznam jako HTML - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:78 - Status - Stav + Print entry with text + Tisk záznamu s textem - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:80 + CBookmarkIndex - Installed version - Instalovaná verze + Bookmarks + Záložky - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:84 - Remote version - Vzdálená verze + New folder + Nový adresář - - - ../bibletime/frontend/cswordsetupmodulelistview.cpp:86 - Location - UmístÄ›ní + Rename folder + PÅ™ejmenovat adresář - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp:154 - HTML files - Soubory HTML + Delete Items + Smazat položky - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp:157 - Text files - Textové soubory + Do you really want to delete the selected items and child-items? + Opravdu chcete odstranit vybrané položky a zanoÅ™ené položky? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp:161 - Save document ... - Uložit dokument... + The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed. + Dílo na které záložka odkazuje není nainstalováno. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp:133 - Choose a font - Zvolte písmo + Change bookmark description... + ZmÄ›nit popis záložky... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp:144 - Choose a font size - Zvolte velikost písma + Print bookmarks... + Tisknout záložky... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp:164 - Bold - TuÄné + Remove selected items... + Odstranit vybrané položky... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp:186 - Underline - Podtržené + Import to folder... + Importovat do adresáře... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp:258 - Select all - Vybrat vÅ¡e + Export from folder... + Exportovat z adresáře... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp:262 - HTML editor window - Okno HTML editoru + Can drop only bookmarks or one folder + Záložky nebo adresář můžete pouze \"upustit\" - - - ../bibletime/frontend/display/creaddisplay.cpp:67 - Print keys - Tisknout odkazy + Can't drop folder into the folder itself or into its subfolder + Nemůžete \"upustit\" adresář do sebe sama nebo do svého podadresáře - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:102 - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ + Copy + Kopírovat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:113 - Copy chapter - Kopírovat kapitolu + Move + PÅ™esunout - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:118 - Save chapter as plain text - Uložit kapitolu jako obyÄejný text + Drag references from text views to this view + - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:119 + CBookshelfIndex - Save chapter as HTML - Uložit kapitolu jako HTML + Bookshelf + Knihovna - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:123 - Print chapter - Tisk kapitoly + Grouping + Seskupování - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:134 - Next book - Další kniha + Category/Language + Kategorie/Jazyk - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:140 - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha + Category + Kategorie - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:146 - Next chapter - Další kapitola + Language/Category + Jazyk/kategorie - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:152 - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola + Language + Jazyk - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:158 - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ + Edit + Upravit - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:164 - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ + Search + Hledat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:177 - Strong's Search - Hledat Strongova Äísla + Enter the unlock key for this work. + Vložte klÃ­Ä k odemknutí modulu. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:185 - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Search... + Hledat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:187 - Text of reference - Text verÅ¡e + Unlock... + Odemknout... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:189 - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + About... + O... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:191 - Chapter - Kapitolu + Hide/Unhide Works + Zkrýt/Ukázat díla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:196 - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + Select the works to be hidden. + Vyberte díla ke skrytí. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:198 - Chapter as plain text - Kapitolu jako obyÄejný text + Works only + Pouze díla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:200 - Chapter as HTML - Kapitolu jako HTML + Hide/unhide works... + Skrýt Ukázat díla... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:202 - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + Show hidden + Ukázat skryté - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:204 - Chapter - Kapitolu + Plain text... + ÄŒistý text... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:229 - Bible window - Bible + HTML... + HTML... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:237 - Copy... - Kopírovat... + Search in %1... + Hledat v %1 - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:247 - Save... - Uložit... + Search in selected... + Hledat ve vybraných... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:254 - Print... - Tisknout... + Unlock Work + Odemknout dílo - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:351 + CCommentaryReadWindow - Copy chapter to clipboard ... - Kopírovat kapitolu do schránky... + Next book + Další kniha - Copying - Kopíruji + Previous book + PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:372 - Saving - Ukládám + Next chapter + Další kapitola - Saving chapter ... - Ukládám kapitolu... + Previous chapter + PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:390 - Saving - Ukládám + Next verse + Další verÅ¡ - Saving chapter ... - Ukládám kapitolu... + Previous verse + PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:82 - - Next book - Další kniha - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:86 - - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:90 - - Next chapter - Další kapitola - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:94 - - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp:98 - - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:174 - - Book window - Kniha - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:65 - - Toggle tree view - Zobrazení stromu - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:76 - - Toggle tree view - Zobrazení stromu - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:82 - - Copy entry with text - Kopírovat záznam s textem - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:84 - Save entry as plain text - Uložit záznam jako obyÄejný text + Synchronize + Synchronizovat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:85 - Save entry as HTML - Uložit záznam jako HTML + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window + - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp:87 + CConfigurationDialog - Print entry with text - Tisk záznamu s textem + Configure BibleTime + Nastavit BibleTime - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:111 + CDisplaySettingsButton Display settings: No options available - Zobrazit nastavení: Žádné volby k dispozici + Zobrazit nastavení: Žádné volby k dispozici - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:116 Display settings - Nastavení zobrazení + Nastavení zobrazení - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:133 Display options - Volby zobrazení + Volby zobrazení - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:136 Use linebreaks after each verse - Zalomit řádek po každém verÅ¡i - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:139 - - Show versenumbers - Zobrazit Äísla veršů + Zalomit řádek po každém verÅ¡i - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:141 Show headings - Zobrazit nadpisy + Zobrazit nadpisy - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:145 Highlight words of Jesus - Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova + Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:154 Show Hebrew vowel points - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky samohlásek + Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky samohlásek - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:156 Show Hebrew cantillation marks - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku + Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:158 Show Greek accents - Zobrazit Å™ecké znaÄky přízvuku + Zobrazit Å™ecké znaÄky přízvuku - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:161 Use alternative textual variant - Použít alternativní varianty textu + Použít alternativní varianty textu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:163 Show scripture cross-references - Ukázat odkaz v Bibli + Ukázat odkaz v Bibli - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp:165 Show morph segmentation - Ukázat morfologické dÄ›lení + Ukázat morfologické dÄ›lení - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:111 - Next book - Další kniha + Show verse numbers + Zobrazit Äísla veršů - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:117 + CDisplaySettingsPage - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha + Display templates + Zobrazit Å¡ablony - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:123 - Next chapter - Další kapitola + Available display styles: + Dostupné styly: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:129 - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola + Style preview + Náhled stylu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:135 - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ + For God so loved the world, that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have eternal life. + NeboÅ¥ Bůh tak miloval svÄ›t, že dal svého jednorozeného Syna, aby žádný, kdo věří v nÄ›ho, nezahynul, ale mÄ›l vÄ›Äný život. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:141 - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ + For God didn't send his Son into the world to judge the world, but that the world should be saved through him. + Bůh totiž neposlal svého Syna na svÄ›t, aby svÄ›t odsoudil, ale aby svÄ›t byl skrze nÄ›ho spasen. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:197 - Commentary window - Komentář + He who believes in him is not judged. He who doesn't believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the one and only Son of God. + Kdo v nÄ›j věří, není souzen, ale kdo nevěří, je již odsouzen; neboÅ¥ neuvěřil ve jméno jednorozeného Božího Syna. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:38 - Next book - Další kniha + This is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light; for their works were evil. + A toto je ten soud, že svÄ›tlo pÅ™iÅ¡lo na svÄ›t, ale lidé si více oblíbili tmu nežli svÄ›tlo, protože jejich skutky byly zlé. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:42 - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha + For everyone who does evil hates the light, and doesn't come to the light, lest his works would be exposed. + Každý, kdo koná zlo, totiž nenávidí svÄ›tlo a nepÅ™ichází ke svÄ›tlu, aby jeho skutky nebyly odhaleny. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:46 - Next chapter - Další kapitola + But he who does the truth comes to the light, that his works may be revealed, that they have been done in God. + Ale kdo koná pravdu, pÅ™ichází ke svÄ›tlu, aby jeho skutky byly zjeveny, že jsou vykonány v Bohu. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:50 - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola + Display templates define how text is displayed. + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:54 - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ + Show the BibleTime logo on startup + Zobrazit logo BibleTime pÅ™i spuÅ¡tÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:58 - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ + Show startup logo + Zobrazit logo pÅ™i spuÅ¡tÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp:78 - Sync with active Bible - Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí + Display + Zobrazit + + + + - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp:146 + CDisplayWindow Back in history - ZpÄ›t v historii + ZpÄ›t v historii - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp:153 Forward in history - DopÅ™edu v historii + DopÅ™edu v historii - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp:161 - Search - Hledat + Open the search dialog with the works of this window + Otevřít dialog vyhledávání pro díla v tomto oknÄ› - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp:197 - Back in history - ZpÄ›t v historii + Zoom in + PÅ™iblížit - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp:203 - Forward in history - DopÅ™edu v historii + Zoom out + Oddálit - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp:59 - Sync with active Bible - Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí + Close + Zavřít - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp:68 - Save text - Uložit text + Select all + Vybrat vÅ¡e - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp:78 - Delete current entry - Smazat tuto položku + Copy + Kopírovat - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp:88 - Restore original text - Obnovit původní text + Find... + Najít... - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:101 + CFontChooser - Strong's Search - Hledat Strongova Äísla + Size: + Velikost: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:108 - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Font name: + Jméno písma: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:110 - Entry with text - Záznam s textem + Font style: + Styl písma: - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:115 + CHTMLWriteDisplay - Entry as plain text - Záznam jako obyÄejný text + Bold + TuÄné - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:117 - Entry as HTML - Záznam jako HTML + Italic + Kurzíva - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:119 - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Underline + Podtržené - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:121 - Entry with text - Záznam s textem + Left + Vlevo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:200 - Lexicon window - Slovník + Center + Na stÅ™ed - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:211 - Copy... - Kopírovat... + Right + Vpravo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:220 - Save... - Uložit... + Select all + Vybrat vÅ¡e - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:226 - Print... - Tisknout... + HTML editor window + Okno HTML editoru - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:270 - Saving - Ukládám + Font + Písmo - Saving entry ... - Ukládám položku ... - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:276 - - Saving - Ukládám + Font size + Velikost písma - Saving entry ... - Ukládám položku ... + Font color + Barva písma - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:47 - Next entry - Další záznam + Align left + Zarovnat doleva - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:51 - Previous entry - PÅ™edchozí záznam + Align right + Zarovnat doprava - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:56 + CHTMLWriteWindow - Copy entry with text - Kopírovat záznam s textem + Sync with active Bible + Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:58 - Save entry as plain text - Uložit záznam jako obyÄejný text + Save text + Uložit text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:59 - Save entry as HTML - Uložit záznam jako HTML + Delete current entry + Smazat tuto položku - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:61 - Print entry with text - Tisk záznamu s textem + Restore original text + Obnovit původní text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:83 - Next entry - Další záznam + Module not writable + Modul není zapisovatelný - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp:88 - Previous entry - PÅ™edchozí záznam + Module is not writable. + Modul není zapisovatelný. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:112 - NONE - Žádný modul + Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. + Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnÄ›ní zápisu. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:128 - Select a work - Vyberte modul + Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window + Synchronizovat (zobrazit stejný verÅ¡) s aktivním oknem Bible - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:129 - Select a work - Vyberte modul + Delete current entry (no undo) + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:151 - Select a work - Vyberte modul + Restore original text, new text will be lost + Obnovit originální text, nový text bude ztracen - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:154 + CInputDialog - Select an additional work - Vyberte další modul + Clear + Vyprázdnit - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:159 + CKeyReferenceWidget - NONE - Žádný modul + Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:225 - [locked] - [zamÄený] + Next book + Další kniha - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp:244 - No work selected - Nevybrán modul + Previous book + PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:138 - Module is not writable. - Modul není zapisovatelný. + Next chapter + Další kapitola - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:139 - Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. - Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnÄ›ní zápisu. + Previous chapter + PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:141 - Module not writable - Modul není zapisovatelný + Next verse + Další verÅ¡ - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:55 - Sync with active Bible - Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí + Previous verse + PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:65 + CLanguageSettingsPage - Save text - Uložit text + Use custom font + Použít vlastní písmo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:76 - Delete current entry - Smazat tuto položku + Language for names of Bible books: + Jazyk jmen biblických knih: - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp:87 - Restore original text - Obnovit původní text + The languages which can be used for the biblical booknames + Jazyky, které je možno použít pro jména biblických knih - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cwritewindow.cpp:141 - Save text before closing? - Uložit text pÅ™ed ukonÄením? + The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/displaywindow/cwritewindow.cpp:165 - Save changed text? - Uložit zmÄ›nÄ›ný text? + Select the language in which the Biblical book names are displayed. + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:1174 - Glossaries - Glosáře + Fonts + Písma - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:287 - unknown - neznámý + You can specify a custom font for each language. + Můžete vybrat vlastní písmo pro každý jazyk. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:391 - Change description ... - ZmÄ›nit popis ... + Languages + Jazyky - Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark. - Vložte nový popis pro zvolenou záložku. + + - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:486 + CLexiconKeyChooser - New folder - Nová složka + Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:583 - Bibles - Bible + Entries of the current work + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:586 - Commentaries - Komentáře + Next entry + Další záznam - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:589 - Lexicons - Slovníky + Previous entry + PÅ™edchozí záznam - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:592 + CLexiconReadWindow - Books - Knihy + Next entry + Další záznam - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:595 - Daily devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Previous entry + PÅ™edchozí záznam - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:598 - Glossaries - Glosáře + Copy reference only + Kopírovat pouze odkaz - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:604 - Old bookmarks - Staré záložky + Copy selected text + Kopírovat vybraný text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:607 - Unknown - Neznámý + Save entry as HTML + Uložit záznam jako HTML - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:614 - Unknown language - Neznámý jazyk + Print reference only + Tisknout pouze odkaz - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:959 - *.btb | BibleTime bookmark files (*.btb) -*.* | All files (*.*) - *.btb | soubory záložek BibleTime (*.btb) -*.* | VÅ¡echny soubory (*.*) + Strong's Search + Hledat Strongova Äísla - BibleTime - Export bookmarks - BibleTime - Export záložek + Reference only + Pouze odkaz - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cindexitem.cpp:967 - *.btb | BibleTime bookmark files (*.btb) -*.* | All files (*.*) - *.btb | soubory záložek BibleTime (*.btb) -*.* | VÅ¡echny soubory (*.*) + Entry with text + Záznam s textem - BibleTime - Import bookmarks - BibleTime - Import záložek + Entry as plain text + Záznam jako obyÄejný text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:147 - Bookshelf - Knihy + Entry as HTML + Záznam jako HTML - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:149 - Create a new folder - VytvoÅ™it novou složku + Lexicon window + Slovník - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:150 - Change this folder - ZmÄ›nit tuto složku + Copy... + Kopírovat... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:152 - Change bookmark description - ZmÄ›nit popis záložky + Save... + Uložit... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:153 - Import bookmarks - Import záložek + Print... + Tisknout... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:154 - Export bookmarks - Export záložek + Saving entry ... + Ukládám položku ... - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:155 - Print bookmarks - Tisk záložek + Saving + Ukládám - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:157 + CMainIndex - Remove selected item(s) - Odstranit zvolené položky + Bookshelf + Knihovna - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:159 - Edit this work - Upravit tento modul + Bookmarks + Záložky - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:161 + CModuleChooserButton - Plain text - ObyÄejný text + NONE + Žádný modul - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:162 - HTML - HTML + Select a work + Vyberte dílo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:164 - Search in selected work(s) - Hledat ve vybraných modulech + Select an additional work + Vyberte další dílo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:165 - Unlock this work - Odemknout tento modul + [locked] + [zamÄený] - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:166 + CModuleIndexDialog - About this work - O tomto modulu + Cancel + ZpÄ›t - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:534 - Delete Items - Smazat položku + Creating indices + Vytváření rejstříků - Do you really want to delete the selected items and child-items? - Opravdu chcete odstranit vybrané položky a zanoÅ™ené položky? + Creating index for work: %1 + Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1 - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:574 - BibleTime - Unlock work - BibleTime - Odemknutí modulu + Indexing Is Cancelled + Indexování bylo zruÅ¡eno - - - ../bibletime/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp:575 - Enter the unlock key for this work. - Vložte klÃ­Ä k odemknutí modulu. + Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed. + Indexování bylo zruÅ¡eno, protože moduly byly odstranÄ›ny. - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:109 + CPlainWriteWindow - Bibles - Bible - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:110 - - Commentaries - Komentáře + Sync with active Bible + Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:111 - Lexicons - Slovníky + Save text + Uložit text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:112 - Books - Knihy + Delete current entry + Smazat tuto položku - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:150 - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Restore original text + Obnovit původní text - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:161 - Glossaries - Glosáře + Module not writable + Modul není zapisovatelný - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:271 - Choose work(s) - Vybrat modul(y) + Module is not writable. + Modul není zapisovatelný. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:283 - Use chosen work(s) - Použít vybrané moduly + Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. + Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnÄ›ní zápisu. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmodulechooser.cpp:92 - Work - Moduly + Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window + Synchronizovat (zobrazit stejný verÅ¡) s aktivním oknem Bible - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:227 - Copy search result... - Kopírovat výsledek hledání... + Delete current entry (no undo) + - Copying search result - Kopíruji výsledek hledání + Restore original text, new text will be lost + Obnovit originální text, nový text bude ztracen - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:236 + CSwordModuleInfo - Copy search result... - Kopírovat výsledek hledání... + Version + Verze - Copying search result - Kopíruji výsledek hledání + unknown + neznámý - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:245 - Save search result... - Uložit výsledek hledání... + Markup + ZnaÄení - Saving search result - Ukládám výsledek hledání + Location + UmístÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:254 - Save search result... - Uložit výsledek hledání... + Language + Jazyk - Saving search result - Ukládám výsledek hledání + Category + Kategorie - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:263 - Print search result... - Tisknout výsledek hledání... + LCSH + - Printing search result - Tisknu výsledek hledání + Writable + Zapisovatelný - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:49 - Work - Moduly + yes + ano - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:50 - Hits - - + no + ne - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:63 - Copy... - Kopírovat... + Unlock key + Odemykací klÃ­Ä - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:65 - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Features + Obsahuje - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:67 - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! + Pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultovní / pochybné informace! - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:71 - Save... - Uložit... + About + - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:73 - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Distribution license + Licence k šíření - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:75 - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + Distribution source + Zdroj šíření - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:79 - Print... - Tisknout... + Distribution notes + Poznámky k šíření - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp:81 - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + Text source + Zdroj textu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:102 - Search range - Rozsah hledání + Copyright notes + Poznámky k autorskému právu - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:110 - Add new range - PÅ™idat nový rozsah + Copyright holder + Držitel práv - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:114 - Delete current range - Smazat vybraný rozsah + Copyright date + Datum autorského práva - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:120 - Name: - Název: + Copyright contact name + Kontaktní jméno na autorská práva - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:125 - Edit current search range: - Upravit vybraný rozsah: + Copyright contact address + Kontaktní adresa na autorská práva - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:135 - Parsed search range: - Rozeznaný rozsah: + Copyright contact email + Kontaktní email na autorská práva - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:164 + CSwordSettingsPage - New range - Nový rozsah + Standard works + Standard - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:229 - <invalid name of search range> - <Å¡patný název rozsahu hledání> + Text filters + Textové filtry - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooser.cpp:74 - Search range editor - Editor rozsahu hledání + Desk + Plocha - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:517 - HTML files - Soubory HTML + + - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:519 + CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog - Save Search Analysis - Uložit analýzu hledání + Caption + Titulek - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:540 - BibleTime Search Analysis - Analýza hledání + Type + Druh - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:541 - Search text : - Hledat text: + Server + Server - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:543 - Book - Kniha + Path + UmístÄ›ní - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:544 - Total hits - Celkem + Ok + Ok - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:580 - Created by - VytvoÅ™eno pomocí + Discard + Zahodit - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:70 - Search analysis - Analýza hledání + Error + Chyba - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchanalysis.cpp:87 - Save search analysis as HTML - Uložit analýzu hledání jako HTML + Please provide a caption. + Prosím zadejte titulek. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp:111 - Missing indices - ChybÄ›jící rejstříky + A source with this caption already exists.<br>Please provide a different caption. + Zdroj s tímto titulkem již existuje.<br>Prosím zadejte jiný titulek. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp:112 - One or more modules need indexing before they can be searched. -This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? - Jeden nebo více modulů potÅ™ebuje indexování, než v nich lze vyhledávat. -Toto může trvat dlouhou dobu. PokraÄovat s indexací? + Please provide a server name. + Prosím zadejte jméno serveru. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp:85 - Search - Hledat + Please provide a valid, readable path. + Prosím zadejte platnou cestu, ze které máte právo Äíst. - Search dialog - Hledání + Please provide a path. + Prosím zadejte umístÄ›ní. - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:650 - Searching in: - V modulech: + New Installation Source + Nový instalaÄní zdroj - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:723 + CWriteWindow - <p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p> - <p>Zadejte slova oddÄ›lená mezerami. Ve výchozím nastavení se vrací výsledky, shodující se v jakémkoliv slovÄ› (OR). Pro shodu ve vÅ¡ech slovech oddÄ›lte slova AND.</p> + Save text before closing? + Uložit text pÅ™ed ukonÄením? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:726 - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - <p>Lze použít zástupné znaky: '*' zastupuje libovolnou sekvenci znaků, zatímco '?' zastupuje jeden samostatný znak. Použití závorek dovoluje seskupení vyhledávacích výrazů, například '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> + Save changed text? + Uložit zmÄ›nÄ›ný text? - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:729 - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ":", and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p> - <p>Pro hledání jiného než hlavního textu, zadejte text následován ":" a pak hledaný výraz. Například pro hledání Strongova Äísla H8077, použijte 'strong:H8077'.</p> + Save Text? + Uložit text? - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:732 + InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay - <p>Available text types:<br><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> - <p>Dostupné druhy textů:<br><table><tr><td>nadpis:</td><td>hledat nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>vysvÄ›tlivka:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>Strongova Äísla:</td><td>hledat Strongova Äísla</td></tr><tr><td>morfologie:</td><td>hledat morfologické znaÄky</td></tr></table></p> + Abbreviation + Zkratka - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:737 - <p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</a></p> - <p>BibleTime používá vyhledávací engin Lucene pro vykonání vyhledávání. Locene má mnoho pokroÄilých funkcí. Můžete si o tom pÅ™eÄíst více zde: <a href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</a></p> + Cross references + Křížový odkaz - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:742 - Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Základní syntaxe hledání + Footnote + VysvÄ›tlivka - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:750 - No search scope - Bez omezení + Strongs + Strongova Äísla - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialogpages.cpp:81 - Parsing Stong's Numbers - Strongova Äísla + Morphology + Morfologie - Parsing Stong's numbers for translations. - Strongova Äísla k pÅ™ekladům. + Word lookup + vyhledat slovo - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:163 - Print search result... - Tisknout výsledek hledání... + Copy + Kopírovat - Printing search result - Tisknu výsledek hledání + <small>This is the Mag viewer area. Hover the mouse over links or other items which include some data and the contents appear in the Mag after a short delay. Move the mouse into Mag rapidly or lock the view by pressing and holding Shift while moving the mouse.</small> + - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:174 + QCoreApplication - Save search result... - Uložit výsledek hledání... - - - Saving search result - Ukládám výsledek hledání - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:193 - - Save search result... - Uložit výsledek hledání... - - - Saving search result - Ukládám výsledek hledání - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:212 - - Copy search result... - Kopírovat výsledek hledání... - - - Copying search result - Kopíruji výsledek hledání - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:231 - - Copy search result... - Kopírovat výsledek hledání... - - - Copying search result - Kopíruji výsledek hledání - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:41 - - Results - Výsledeky - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:51 - - Copy... - Kopírovat... - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:53 - - Reference only - Pouze odkaz - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:55 - - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:59 - - Save... - Uložit... - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:61 - - Reference only - Pouze odkaz - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:63 - - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:67 - - Print... - Tisknout... - - - - ../bibletime/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp:69 - - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:124 - - Enable debug messages - Povolit ladicí zprávy - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:125 - - Ignore the startup session that was saved when BibleTime was closed the last time. - Ignorovat relaci z posledního ukonÄení BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:126 - - Open the standard Bible with the given key. Use <random> to open at a random position. - Otevřít standardní Bibli na urÄeném místÄ›. Použijte <náhodnÄ›> pro otevÅ™ení na náhodnÄ› vybraném místÄ›. - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:135 - - Bible study tool for KDE - Nástroj pro studium Bible pro KDE - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:137 - - (c)1999-2007, The BibleTime Team - (c)1999-2006, The BibleTime Team - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:138 - - BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool for KDE. -We are looking for developers and translators. -If you'd like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info. - BibleTime je snadno použitelný, ale mocný nástroj pro studium Bible pro prostÅ™edí KDE. -Hledáme nové programátory a pÅ™ekladatele. -Pokud se chcete pÅ™ipojit, napiÅ¡te e-mail na adresu info@bibletime.info. - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:147 - - Project coordinator - Koordinátor projektu - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:149 - - Frontend, backend - Uživatelské rozhraní, backend - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:151 - - Crystal icons, crystal startlogo, webpage - Ikony, logo po spuÅ¡tÄ›ní, webovská stránka - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:159 - - Romanian translation - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:161 - - High contrast template - Vysoký konstrast - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:163 - - Installation manager - Správce instalace - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:165 - - Icons, startlogo - Ikony, logo po spuÅ¡tÄ›ní - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:167 - - GUI - Uživatelské rozhraní - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:169 - - GUI, instant search - Uživatelské rozhraní, okamžité hledání - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:171 - - GUI translations into Traditional and Simplified Chinese - - - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:173 - - Binary packages - - - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:175 - - Founder of the Sword project - Zakladatel projektu Sword - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:177 - - Sponsored our internet domain for many years - Dlouhodobý sponzor naší internetové domény - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:179 - - Bible Study HowTo - Návod ke studiu Bible - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:181 - - Search dialog enhancements - VylepÅ¡ené hledání - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:183 - - Language codes and names - Kódy a názvy jazyků - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:185 - - GUI improvements - - - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:187 - - Finnish translation - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:189 - - Frontend - Uživatelské rozhraní - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:191 - - Czech translation - Francouzský pÅ™eklad příruÄky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:193 - - Searchdialog - Hledání - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:195 - - Frontend - Uživatelské rozhraní - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:197 - - Russian website translation - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:199 - - Spanish website translation updates - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:201 - - Update to the russian website translation - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:203 - - Documentation - Dokumentace - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:205 - - Russian website translation - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:207 - - Search dialog enhancements - VylepÅ¡ené hledání - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:209 - - Very helpful and detailed testing - Velmi nápomocné a podrobné testování - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:211 - - The first lead developer - První vedouÄí vývojář - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:213 - - Translation updates for the Dutch GUI, the website and the handbook - - - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:215 - - French handbook translation - Francouzský pÅ™eklad příruÄky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:217 - - Helpful source code additions - UžiteÄné přídavky zdrojového kódu - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:219 - - Translated the GUI into Russian - PÅ™eklad do ruÅ¡tiny - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:221 - - New Bible key choosers - - - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:223 - - Spanish translation - Ruský pÅ™eklad internetové stránky - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:226 - - Your names - Michal Rovnaník, Martin Žibrický - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:227 - - Your emails - Michal.Rovnanik@seznam.cz, matysek03@seznam.cz - - - - ../bibletime/main.cpp:253 - - Starting BibleTime - SpouÅ¡tím BibleTime - - - - ../bibletime/rc-dummy.cpp:2 - - &Search - &Hledat - - - - ../bibletime/rc-dummy.cpp:4 - - Se&ttings - Na&stavení - - - - ../bibletime/rc-dummy.cpp:5 - - &Window - &Okno - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:103 - - All important elements of BibleTime's graphical user interface have a tooltip and a "What's this?" help.<BR> -To read the "What's this?" help press the keys SHIFT+F1 and click on the part. - - VÅ¡echny důležité elementy grafického prostÅ™edí programu BibleTime mají popis (tooltip) a taky nápovÄ›du "Co je to?".<BR> -Pro zobrazení této nápovÄ›dy stisknÄ›te SHIFT+F1 a kliknÄ›te na element. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:108 - - The Word of God is living, active, and sharper than any two-edged sword. (Hebrews 4:12) - - Slovo Boží je živé, mocné a ostÅ™ejší než jakýkoliv dvouseÄný meÄ (Žd 4,12). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:112 - - You are using a program that has been written for the glory of God.<BR>May He bless you as you study His Word! - - Používáte program, který byl vytvoÅ™en k Boží slávÄ›.<BR> Kéž vám Bůh požehná pÅ™i studiu Jeho Slova! - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:12 - - No one is allowed by God to add anything to or take anything away from the Word. (Revelation 22:18-19) - - Nikdo nemá od Boha svolení cokoli pÅ™idat ke slovům Bible nebo od nich ubrat. (Zjevení 22,18-19) - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:16 - - The Bible is like a mirror. (James 1:23) - - Bible je jako zrcadlo. (Jakub 1,23). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:20 - - BibleTime does include a <B>Bible Study HowTo</B>! -It was written by Bob Harman and is a great introduction how to study the Bible. - - BibleTime obsahuje návod <B>Jak studovat Bibli</B>. Autorem je Bob Harman a je to užiteÄná pomůcka pro studium Bible. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:25 - - You can save, print and copy the whole search result by pressing the right mouse button on the icon of the searched module in the search dialog. - - Můžete uložit, vytisknout a zkopírovat celý výsledek hledání kliknutím pravým tlaÄítkem myÅ¡i na ikonu prohledávaného modulu v dialogu Hledání. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:29 - - The Bible is our only spiritual weapon. (Ephesians 6:17) - - Bible je naÅ¡e jediná duchovní zbraň (Efezským 6,17). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:3 - - The Bible was written so we could believe in Jesus. (John 20:31) - - Bible byla napsána, abychom mohli věřit v Ježíše (Jan 20,31). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:33 - - To get the number of verses in the Bible search for a space in the module. -The search analysis shows you the number of verses of each book. - - Pokud chcete zjistit poÄet veršů v Bibli, hledejte znak mezera ve vybraném modulu. -Analýza hledání ukáže poÄet veršů v každé knize. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:38 - - The Bible is truth. (John 17:17) - - Bible je pravda (Jan 17,17). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:42 - - If you would like to create a set of bookmarks around a specific topic with comments containing what the Lord told you here, it's best to -make bookmarks from your personal commentary. - - Pokud si chcete vytvoÅ™it sadu záložek na nÄ›jaké téma spolu s tím, co vám k tomu Å™ekl Pán, -udÄ›lejte si záložky z vaÅ¡ich osobních komentářů. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:47 - - The scriptures give us the wisdom that leads to salvation. (2 Timothy 3:15) - - Svatá písma nám dávají moudrost, která vede ke spasení (2. Timoteovi 3,15). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:51 - - To lookup the meaning of the original hebrew or greek word in a Bible supporting Strong's numbers, switch them on and -click on the strong number. Now a new window showing the strong number with -it's explanation is shown. If your favourite translation doesn't support Strong's numbers please refer to an alternate translation for the number of the corresponding word. -Make sure you have set the default modules in the preferences. - - Pokud chcete vyhledat význam originálního hebrejského nebo Å™eckého slova v Bibli, která obsahuje Strongova Äísla, -zapnÄ›te je a kliknÄ›te na odpovídající Strongovo Äíslo. Zobrazí se nové okno s vysvÄ›tlením. -Pokud váš oblíbený pÅ™eklad neobsahuje Strongova Äísla, použijte jiný pÅ™eklad, který je obsahuje. -UjistÄ›te se, že máte zvoleny standardní moduly v Nastavení. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:58 - - If you want to use a commentary as a topical reference, search it for terms your topic is about. - - Pokud chcete použít komentář jako tématickou referenci, hledejte v nÄ›m termíny, které vystihují požadované téma. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:62 - - In the beginning was the Word, the Word was with God, and the Word was God. (John 1:1) - - Na poÄátku bylo Slovo, a to Slovo bylo u Boha, a to Slovo bylo Bůh. (Jan 1,1). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:66 - - We will be judged on the last day by the words Jesus spoke. (John 12:48) - - V Poslední den nás budou soudit slova, která Ježíš mluvil (Jan 12,48). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:7 - - BibleTime includes a really useful handbook written by Fred Saalbach. -To read it choose the item "Handbook" in the "Help" menu of BibleTime. - - BibleTime obsahuje užiteÄnou příruÄku od Freda Saalbacha. -Dostanete se na ni výbÄ›rem položky "PříruÄka" v menu "NápovÄ›da" programu BibleTime. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:70 - - If you want to find the full set of verses or entries on a area of content, you should use the option "Multiple words (OR)" for searching. - - Pokud chcete hledat vÅ¡echny verÅ¡e týkající se nÄ›jakého tématu, můžete použít volbu "Více slov (NEBO)". - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:74 - - If you are searching a verse you know only fuzzy or in a different translation search for the most probable terms in multiple Bible translations at the same time. - - Pokud hledáte verÅ¡, jehož znÄ›ní víte jen pÅ™ibližnÄ› nebo v jiném pÅ™ekladu, zkuste hledat nejpravdÄ›podobnÄ›jší slova v nÄ›kolika pÅ™ekladech najednou. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:78 - - God's Word can be a lamp to your feet and a light to your path. (Psalm 119:105) - - Boží Slovo může být svící vaÅ¡im nohám a svÄ›tlo vaší stezce (Žalm 119,105). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:82 - - If you want to search a word in a foreign module (e.g. greek or hebrew), open a display window and choose a chapter or an entry which contains this word. -Select it and copy it to the clipboard. Now insert the copied word in the search text box of the searchdialog. - - Pokud chcete hledat slovo v cizokrajném modulu (napÅ™. Å™eckém nebo hebrejském), otevÅ™ete tento modul a najdÄ›te místo, kde se toto slovo vyskytuje. -Vyberte je a uložte do schránky (clipboard) a vložte do vstupního pole ve vyhledávacím oknÄ›. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:87 - - The Word of God will not return to Him without accomplishing its purpose. (Isaiah 55:11) - - Slovo Boží se nenavrátí s prázdnou, ale naplní svůj smysl (Izaiáš 55,11). - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:91 - - Foreign modules do often require a special font to display correctly. You can set the font for each language in the preferences. - - Cizokrajné moduly Äasto pro korektní zobrazení vyžadují speciální písma (fonty). Tato písma můžete nastavit v Nastavení. - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:95 - - Did you know that the first book ever printed on a printing press was the Bible (by Johann Gutenberg, in 1492)? - - VÄ›dÄ›li jste, že vůbec první knihou vytiÅ¡tÄ›nou knihtiskem byla Bible? -(V roce 1492 Johannem Gutenbergem.) - - - - - ../bibletime/tips-dummy.cpp:99 - - God has already given to us everything pertaining to life and godliness. (2 Peter 1:3) - - Bůh nám dal vÅ¡e potÅ™ebné k životu a zbožnosti (2. Petrova 1,3). - - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1003 - - This list contains the books which are available in this work. - Tento seznam obsahuje knihy dostupné v tomto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1007 - - Show the next book of this work. - Zobrazit další knihu tohoto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1011 - - Show the previous book of this work. - Zobrazit pÅ™edchozí knihu tohoto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1015 - - This list contains the chapters which are available in the current book. - Tento seznam obsahuje kapitoly dostupné v této knize. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1019 - - Show the next chapter of the work. - Zobrazit další kapitolu tohoto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1023 - - Show the previous chapter of the work. - Zobrazit pÅ™edchozí kapitolu tohoto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1027 - - This list contains the verses which are available in the current chapter. - Tento seznam obsahuje verÅ¡e dostupné v této kapitole. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1031 - - In Bible texts, the next verse will be highlighted. In commentaries, the next entry will be shown. - PÅ™i práci s textem Bible se zvýrazní následující verÅ¡. PÅ™i práci s komentářem se zobrazí další záznam. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1036 - - In Bible texts, the previous verse will be highlighted. In commentaries, the previous entry will be shown. - PÅ™i práci s textem Bible se zvýrazní pÅ™edchozí verÅ¡. PÅ™i práci s komentářem se zobrazí pÅ™edchozí záznam. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1043 - - Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window. - Synchronizovat zobrazenou položku tohoto modulu podle verÅ¡e v aktivním biblickém oknÄ›. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1050 - - This list contains the entries of the current work. - Tento seznam obsahuje záznamy v tomto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1054 - - The next entry of the work will be shown. - Zobrazí se další záznam v modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1058 - - The previous entry of the work will be shown. - Zobrazí se pÅ™edchozí záznam v modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1066 - - Save the curent text into the work. The old text will be overwritten. - Uložení souÄasného textu do modulu. Starý text bude pÅ™epsán. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1070 - - Loads the old text from the work and loads it into the edit area. The unsaved text will be lost. - Obnoví původní text z modulu do editovacího okna. Neuložený text bude ztracen. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1074 - - Deletes the current entry out of the work. The text will be lost. - Vymazání souÄasné položky z modulu. Text bude ztracen. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1080 - - Toggle bold formatting of the selected text. - PÅ™epínání mezi tuÄným a ne-tuÄným písmem vybraného textu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1084 - - Toggle italic formatting of the selected text. - PÅ™epínání mezi kurzívou a ne-kurzívou vybraného textu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1088 - - Toggle underlined formatting of the selected text. - PÅ™epínání mezi podtrženým a ne-podtrženým písmem vybraného textu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1093 - - The text will be aligned on the left side of the page. - Text bude zarovnán k levému okraji. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1097 - - Centers the text horizontally. - Text bude vycentrován. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1101 - - Aligns the text on the right side of the page. - Text bude zarovnán k pravému okraji. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1105 - - Justifies the text on the page. - Text bude naformátován do bloku. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1110 - - Choose a new font for the selected text. - Nastavení jiného písma pro vybraný text. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1113 - - Choose a new font size for the selected text. - Nastavení jiné velikosti písma pro vybraný text. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1116 - - Choose a new color for the selected text. - Nastavení jiné barvy pro vybraný text. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1126 - - Activate this box to see a daily tip on startup. - ZapnÄ›te, pokud máte zájem o zobrazení tipu pÅ™i spuÅ¡tÄ›ní BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1130 - - Activate this to see the BibleTime logo on startup. - ZapnÄ›te, pokud máte zájem o zobrazení loga pÅ™i spuÅ¡tÄ›ní BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1134 - - Save the user's session when BibleTime is closed and restore it on the next startup. - Uložení relace pÅ™i ukonÄení BibleTime a její obnovení pÅ™i dalším spuÅ¡tÄ›ní programu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1141 - - The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language. - Tento výbÄ›r písma se použije na vÅ¡echny texty v tomto jazyce. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1150 - - Contains the languages which can be used for the biblical booknames. - Seznam jazyků, ve kterých si můžete nechat zobrazovat názvy knih. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1157 - - The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked. - Standardní Bible se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do Bible. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1161 - - The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked. - Standardní komentář se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz na komentář. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1165 - - The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked. - Standardní slovník se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do slovníku. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1169 - - The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional. - Standardní ranní zamyÅ¡lení se použije pro zobrazení krátkého zamyÅ¡lení po spuÅ¡tÄ›ní. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1173 - - The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked. - Standardní slovník hebrejÅ¡tiny se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do slovníku hebrejÅ¡tiny. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1177 - - The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked. - Standardní slovník Å™eÄtiny se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do slovníku Å™eÄtiny. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1181 - - The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked. - Standardní morfologický slovník pro texty v hebrejÅ¡tinÄ› se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz u morfologické znaÄky v hebrejském textu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1185 - - The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked. - Standardní morfologický slovník pro texty v Å™eÄtinÄ› se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz u morfologické znaÄky v Å™eckém textu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:1194 - - Opens the search dialog to search in the work(s) that are currently open. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna pro hledání textu v otevÅ™ených modulech. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:737 - - Open the printer dialog of BibleTime, where you can edit the print queue, assign styles to the items and print them. - OtevÅ™ení dialogu pro tisk z programu BibleTime, kde můžete upravovat tiskovou frontu a nastavovat jednotlivým položkám styl tisku. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:741 - - Close BibleTime and save the settings. - UkonÄení BibleTime a uložení nastavení. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:748 - - Show or hide the bookshelf. - Zobrazit/Skrýt knihy - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:752 - - Toggle the main toolbar view. - PÅ™epíná zobrazení hlavní nástrojové liÅ¡ty. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:760 - - Open the search dialog to search in all works that are currently open. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna pro hledání textu v otevÅ™ených modulech. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:764 - - Open the search dialog to search in the standard Bible. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna pro hledání textu v standardní Bibli. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:772 - - Restore a saved BibleTime session. - Obnovení dříve uložené relace BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:776 - - Save current BibleTime session so that it can be reused later. - Uložení souÄasné relace, takže může být pozdÄ›ji znovu použita. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:780 - - Create and save a new session. - VytvoÅ™ení a uložení nové relace. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:784 - - Delete a BibleTime session. - Smazat relaci BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:788 - - Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window. - PÅ™epínání mezi celoobrazovkovým a normálním zobrazením. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:792 - - Vertically tile the open windows. - VertikálnÄ› uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna (dlaždice). - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:796 - - Horizontally tile the open windows. - HorizontálnÄ› uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna (dlaždice). - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:800 - - Cascade the open windows. - Uspořádat vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna za sebe (kaskáda). - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:805 - - Choose the way that is used to arrange the windows. - VýbÄ›r způsobu uspořádání oken - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:809 - - Automatically tile the open windows vertically. - Automaticky vertikálnÄ› uspořádát otevÅ™ená okna. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:813 - - Automatically tile the open windows horizontally. - Automaticky horizontálnÄ› uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:817 - - Automatically cascade the open windows. - Automaticky uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna za sebe (kaskáda). - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:822 - - Close all open windows. - ZavÅ™e vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:830 - - Open BibleTime's toolbar editor. - OtevÅ™ení editoru nástrojové liÅ¡ty programu BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:834 - - Open the dialog to set most of BibleTime's preferences. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna, ve kterém můžete mÄ›nit vÄ›tÅ¡inu nastavení. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:838 - - Open the dialog to configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove works. - Otevřít dialog pro konfiguraci knihovny a instalaci/aktualici/odstranÄ›ní modulů. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:847 - - Open BibleTime's handbook in the KDE helpbrowser. - OtevÅ™ení příruÄky k programu BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:851 - - Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime in the KDE helpbrowser. <BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - OtevÅ™ení příruÄky ke studiu Bible.<BR> PříruÄka vysvÄ›tluje principy studia Bible efektivním způsobem. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:855 - - Send a bugreport to the developers of BibleTime. - Poslání chybového hlášení vývojářům programu BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:859 - - Show a daily tip each time BibleTime starts. <BR>The tips contain important Bible quotations and helpful tips for using BibleTime. - Zobrazení tipu dne pÅ™i každém spuÅ¡tÄ›ní programu BibleTime.<BR> Tipy obsahují důležité biblické citace a užiteÄné tipy pro používání programu BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:863 - - Show detailed information about BibleTime. - Zobrazení detailní informace o programu BibleTime. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:867 - - Show detailed information about the KDE project. - Zobrazení informací o projektu KDE. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:877 - - Start to search the text in each of the chosen work(s). - SpuÅ¡tÄ›ní hledání ve vÅ¡ech vybraných modulech. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:881 - - Stop the active search. - UkonÄení běžícího hledání. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:888 - - Open a dialog to choose work(s) for the search. - OtevÅ™ení okna pro výbÄ›r modulů, které se mají prohledávat. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:892 - - Enter the text you want to search in the chosen work(s) here. - Vložte text, který chcete vyhledat ve vybraných modulech. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:898 - - Treat the search text as multiple words. A text must contain all of the words to match. The order of the words is unimportant. - Chápat hledaný text jako nÄ›kolik samostatných slov. Nalezené místo musí obsahovat vÅ¡echna slova. PoÅ™adí slov není důležité. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:902 - - Treat the search text as multiple words. A text must contain one or more words of to match. The order is unimportant. - Chápat hledaný text jako nÄ›kolik samostatných slov. Nalezené místo musí obsahovat alespoň jedno ze zadaných slov. PoÅ™adí slov není důležité. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:906 - - The search text will be used exactly as entered. - Bude se hledat text pÅ™esnÄ› tak, jak byl zadán. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:910 - - Treat the search string as a GNU regular expression. The BibleTime handbook contains an introduction to regular expressions. - Tato volba slouží pro hledání pomocí standardních GNU regulárních výrazů.Bližší popis regulárních výrazů naleznete v příruÄce. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:918 - - If you choose this option the search will distinguish between upper and lowercase characters. - Pokud zaÅ¡krtnete tuto volbu, bude pÅ™i hledání brán ohled i na velká a malá písmena. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:923 - - Choose a scope from the list. Select the first item to use no scope, the second one is to use each work's last search result as search scope. The others are user defined search scopes. - Vyberte rozsah hledání ze seznamu. První volba znamená hledání bez omezení, druhá umožňuje hledat v dřívÄ›jším výsledku hledání v jednotlivých modulech. Ostatní jsou uživatelem definované rozsahy. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:931 - - Select an item from the list to edit the search scope. - Vyberte ze seznamu rozsah, který chcete upravit. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:935 - - Change the name of the selected search scope. - ZmÄ›na názvu vybraného rozsahu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:939 - - Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed. - Úprava vybraného rozsahu. Jak se definuje rozsah zjistíte z již pÅ™eddefinovaných rozsahů. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:943 - - Contains the search ranges which will be used for the search. - Obsahuje rozsahy, které se použijí pÅ™i hledání. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:947 - - Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges. - Pridání nového rozsahu. Nejdříve zadejde vhodný název, pak jeho parametry. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:951 - - Deletes the selected search scope. If you close the dialog using Cancel the settings won't be saved. - Smazání vybraného rozsahu. Pokud zavÅ™ete toto okno tlaÄítkem "ZruÅ¡it", zmÄ›ny nebudou uloženy. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:959 - - The list of works chosen for the search. - Seznam modulů, vybraných pro hledání. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:963 - - This list contains the search result of the selected work. - Tento seznam obsahuje výsledky hledání v tomto modulu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:967 - - The text preview of the selected search result item. - Náhled nalezeného textu. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:979 - - This button is useful to scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - Toto tlaÄítko umožnuje jednoduÅ¡e procházet položkami seznamu. StisknÄ›te tlaÄítko a pohybem myÅ¡i vyberte požadovanou položku. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:983 - - This button opens the search dialog with the work(s) of this window. - Toto tlaÄítko otevÅ™e dialog vyhledávání v modulech tohoto okna. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:988 - - Go back one item in the display history. - Jít zpÄ›t o jednu položku v zobrazené historii. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:992 - - Go forward one item in the display history. - Jít dopÅ™edu o jednu položku v zobrazené historii. - - - - ../bibletime/util/cresmgr.cpp:997 - - Show all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor. - Ukázat vÅ¡echny výskyty Strongova Äísla pod kurzorem myÅ¡i. - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:100 - - Please check permissions etc. - Zkontrolujte prosím přístupová práva atd. - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:201 - - Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! - Pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultovní / pochybné informace! - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:205 - - Language - Jazyk - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:208 - - Unlock key - Odemykací klÃ­Ä - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:209 - - not set - není nastaveno - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:213 - - Version - Verze - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:78 - - The file already exists. - Soubor již existuje. - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:79 - - Do you want to overwrite it? - Chcete jej pÅ™epsat? - - - - ../bibletime/util/ctoolclass.cpp:99 - - The file couldn't be saved. - Soubor nemůže být uložen. - - - - BTAboutModuleDialog - - - Information About %1 - - - - - BibleTime - - Creating BibleTime's GUI - Vytvářím grafické rozhraní - - - Initializing menu- and toolbars - Inicializuji menu a nástrojové liÅ¡ty - - - - &File - Main menu item - - - - - &View - Main menu item - - - - - &Search - Main menu item - &Hledat - - - - &Window - Main menu item - &Okno - - - - Se&ttings - Main menu item - Na&stavení - - - - &Help - Main menu item - - - - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - - &Show toolbar - - - - &Show bookshelf - &Zobrazit knihy - - - Show &mag - Ukaž Äa&sopis - - - - &Fullscreen mode - Celoobrazovkový mód - - - Search in &open work(s) - Hledat v &otevÅ™ených modulech - - - Search in standard &Bible - Hledat v standardní &Bibli - - - - &Save session - U&ložit relaci - - - Save as &new session - Uložit jako novou relaci - - - - &Load session - &Otevřít relaci - - - - &Delete session - S&mazat relaci - - - - &Arrangement mode - &Mód rozvržení - - - - &Manual mode - &RuÄní mód - - - - Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - Automaticky dlaždice &vertikálnÄ› - - - - Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - Automaticky dlaždice &horizontálnÄ› - - - - Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that - &Automaticky kaskádovat - - - - &Cascade - &Kaskádovat - - - - Tile &vertically - Rozmístit &vertikálnÄ› - - - - Tile &horizontally - Rozmístit &horizontálnÄ› - - - Cl&ose all - &Zavřít vÅ¡e - - - Bookshelf &Manager - Správa &knih - - - - &Handbook - &PříruÄka - - - - &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide - Návod, jak studovat &Bibli - - - Initializing Sword - Inicializuji Sword - - - Checking indices - Kontrola rejstříku - - - Session name: - Název relace: - - - - Please enter a name for the new session. - Vložte prosím název pro novou relaci - - - - Quit BibleTime - - - - - Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - - - - - Show Bookshelf - - - - - Show Bookmarks - - - - - Show Mag - - - - - Search in &open works... - - - - - Search in standard &Bible... - - - - - Save as &new session... - - - - - Create and save a new session - - - - - Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - - - - - Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - - - - - Automatically cascade the open windows - - - - - Cascade the open windows - - - - - Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - - - - - Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - - - - - Cl&ose all windows - - - - - Close all open windows inside BibleTime - - - - - &Configure BibleTime... - - - - - Set BibleTime's preferences - - - - - Bookshelf &Manager... - - - - - Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - - - - - Open BibleTime's handbook - - - - - Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - - - - - Search in all works that are currently open - - - - - Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - - - - - &Quit - - - - - Search in the standard Bible - - - - - New Session - - - - - Initializing the SWORD engine... - - - - - Creating BibleTime's user interface... - - - - - Initializing menu- and toolbars... - - - - - &About BibleTime - - - - - Bookshelf - Knihy - - - - Bookmarks - - - - - Mag - - - - - BookshelfManager::CManageIndicesWidget - - Manage module search indices - Správa hledání v rejstříku modulu - - - You can use the list below to create and/or delete search indices for your installed works. - Můžete použít seznam níže pro tvorbu a/nebo mazání hledání v rejstříku u instalovaných modulů. - - - Module - Modul - - - Index size - Velikost indexu - - - Modules with indices - Moduly s rejstříkem - - - Modules without indices - Moduly bez rejstříku - - - KiB - - - - - Work - Moduly - - - - BookshelfManager::CSwordSetupDialog - - Bookshelf path(s) - Cesty ke knihám - - - Configure bookshelf path(s) - Nastavit cesty ke knihám - - - You can store your bookshelfs in one or more directories, which you can specify here. - Knihy můžete uchovávat v jedné nebo více složkách, které můžete zadat zde. - - - Path to bookshelf - Cesta ke knihám - - - Edit Entry - ZmÄ›na záznamu - - - Add Entry - PÅ™idat záznam - - - Remove Entry - Smazat záznam - - - Install/Update works - Instalovat/Aktualizovat moduly - - - Install/update works - Step 1 - Instalovat/Aktualizovat moduly - krok 1 - - - Please choose a (local or remote) library and a bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. After that step click on the connect button.<br/><b>WARNING: If you live in a persecuted country and do not wish to risk detection you should NOT use the module remote installation feature!</b> - Prosím vyberte (lokální nebo vzdálenou) knihovnu a cestu ke knihám pro instalaci modulů. Po tomto kroku kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko další.<br/><b>VAROVÃNÃ: Pokud nežijete ve svobodné zemi a nepÅ™ejete si riskovat odhalení, nemÄ›li by jste používat vlastnost vzdálené instalace modulu!</b> - - - Select library - Vybrat knihovnu - - - Delete library - Smazat knihovnu - - - Add library - PÅ™idat knihovnu - - - Select bookshelf path - Vyberte cestu ke knihám - - - Connect to library - Spojit s knihovnou - - - Remove works - Odstranit moduly - - - Remove installed work(s) - Odstranit instalované modul(y) - - - This dialog lets you remove installed works from your system. Choose the modules and then click on the remove button. - Tento dialog Vám umožní odstranit instalované moduly ze systému. Vyberte moduly a pak kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko odstranit. - - - Select works to be uninstalled - Vybrat modul k odinstalování - - - Remove selected work(s) - Odstranit zvolené moduly - - - Manage search indicies - Správa hledání indexů - - - [Remote] - [Vzdálené] - - - [Local] - [Lokální] - - - Download - Stahování - - - Install/update works - Step 2 - Instalovat/Aktualizovat moduly - krok 2 - - - Please choose the works which should be installed and/or updated and click the install button. - Prosím vyberte moduly, které se mají instalovat a/nebo aktualizovat. Potom kliknÄ›te na tlaÄítko instalovat. - - - Install works - Instalovat moduly - - - Download of work(s) - Stahování modulů - - - - BookshelfManager::CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog - - Caption - Titulek - - - Type - Druh - - - Server - Server - - - Path - Cesta - - - Ok - Ok - - - Please provide a caption. - Prosím zadejte titulek. - - - A source with this caption already exists.<br>Please provide a different caption. - Zdroj s tímto titulkem již existuje.<br>Prosím zadejte jiný titulek. - - - Please provide a server name. - Prosím zadejte jméno serveru. - - - Please provide a valid, readable path. - Prosím zadejte platnou cestu, ze které máte právo Äíst. - - - Please provide a path. - Prosím zadejte cestu. - - - - BookshelfManager::CSwordSetupModuleListView - - Name - Název - - - Status - Stav - - - Installed version - Instalovaná verze - - - Remote version - Vzdálená verze - - - Location - UmístÄ›ní - - - Bibles - Bible - - - Commentaries - Komentáře - - - Lexicons - Slovníky - - - Books - Knihy - - - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení - - - Glossaries - Glosáře - - - New - Nový - - - Updated - Aktualizovaný - - - Installed - Nainstalováno - - - - BtAboutDialog - - - BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool. - - - - - We are looking for developers and translators. - - - - - If you would like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info. - - - - - (c)1999-2009, The BibleTime Team - (c)1999-2006, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} - - - - Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - - - - - Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - - - - - Please see - - - - - for an overview of Qt licensing. - - - - - You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - - - - - You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - - - - - The complete legally binding license is below. - - - - - Contributors - - - - - About BibleTime - - - - - The following people contributed to BibleTime: - - - - - documentation and translation manager - - - - - project founder, developer - - - - - - - designer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - developer - - - - - packager - - - - - creator of The Sword Project - - - - - project manager, developer - - - - - domain sponsor - - - - - howto - - - - - documentation - - - - - tester, usability expert - - - - - The following people translated BibleTime into their language: - - - - - Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - - - - - SWORD library version %1 - - - - - BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - - - - - The SWORD Project - - - - - This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - - - - - License - - - - - BibleTime is released under the GPL license. - - - - - BtBookDropdownChooserButton - - - Select book - - - - - BtChapterDropdownChooserButton - - - Select chapter - - - - - BtIndexPage - - - If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - - - - - Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - - - - - Delete the selected indexes - - - - - Delete - - - - - Create new indexes for the selected works - - - - - Work - Moduly - - - - Index size - Velikost indexu - - - - Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - - - - - Search Indexes - - - - - Works with indexes - - - - - Works without indexes - - - - - - KiB - - - - - - Create... - - - - - BtInstallModuleChooserDialog - - - Install - - - - - BtInstallPage - - - Install/Update - - - - - Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources. - - - - - Install path: - - - - - The path where the new works will be installed - - - - - Configure paths where works are installed - - - - - Install... - - - - - Install or update selected works - - - - - BtInstallPathDialog - - - Works can be installed in one or more directories. After setting up directories here you can choose one of them in Install page. - - - - - BibleTime and the Sword library find the modules from all of these directories. If the directory is removed here it still exists in the system with all the works in it. ".sword" directory in your home directory is always used automatically and can't be removed or added. - - - - - Configuration file for the paths is: - - - - - Add... - - - - - Edit... - - - - - Remove - - - - - - Choose directory - - - - - This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to use this directory instead of the previous value? - - - - - Warning - - - - - This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you still want to add it to the list of bookshelf directories? - - - - - Bookshelf Paths - - - - - Configure bookshelf paths - - - - - Add new path - - - - - Edit the selected path - - - - - Remove the selected path - - - - - Use Directory? - - - - - BtInstallProgressDialog - - - Work - Moduly - - - - Progress - - - - - Stop - - - - - Stop All - - - - - Completed - - - - - Cancelled - - - - - Waiting for turn... - - - - - Preparing install... - - - - - Install Progress - - - - - Failed - - - - - BtModuleManagerDialog - - - Bookshelf Manager - Správce knih - - - - BtRemovePage - - - Work - Moduly - - - - Install path - - - - - Remove - - - - - Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button. - - - - - You selected the following work(s): - - - - - Do you really want to remove them from your system? - - - - - Remove... - - - - - Remove the selected works - - - - - Remove Works? - - - - - BtSourceArea - - - Work - Moduly - - - Status - Stav - - - - Description - - - - - Add... - - - - - Refresh... - - - - - Refresh the list of works from this source - - - - - Delete... - - - - - Delete this source - - - - - Add new source - - - - - BtSourceWidget - - - Delete Source? - - - - - Do you really want to delete this source? - - - - - Cancel - - - - - Refreshing Source - - - - - Connecting... - - - - - - Refreshing... - - - - - No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager. - - - - - Remote: - - - - - Local: - - - - - Install/Update works? - - - - - Do you really want to install these works? - - - - - Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red. - - - - - Not a directory! - - - - - Not readable! - - - - - Warning - - - - - The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed. - - - - - BtVerseDropdownChooserButton - - - Select verse - - - - - CAcceleratorSettingsPage - - Choose type: - Zvolte typ: - - - BibleTime - BibleTime - - - All text windows - VÅ¡echny texty - - - Bible windows - Biblická okna - - - Commentary windows - Komentářová okna - - - Lexicon windows - Slovníková okna - - - Book windows - Knižní okna - - - - CBibleReadWindow - - - - Next book - Další kniha - - - - - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - - - Next chapter - Další kapitola - - - - - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - - - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ - - - - - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ - - - - Copy chapter - Kopírovat kapitolu - - - - Save chapter as plain text - Uložit kapitolu jako obyÄejný text - - - - Save chapter as HTML - Uložit kapitolu jako HTML - - - - Print chapter - Tisk kapitoly - - - Strong's Search - Hledat Strongova Äísla - - - - Reference only - Pouze odkaz - - - - Text of reference - Text verÅ¡e - - - - - - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem - - - - - Chapter - Kapitolu - - - - Chapter as plain text - Kapitolu jako obyÄejný text - - - - Chapter as HTML - Kapitolu jako HTML - - - - Bible window - Bible - - - - Copy... - Kopírovat... - - - - Save... - Uložit... - - - - Print... - Tisknout... - - - - Copy chapter to clipboard ... - Kopírovat kapitolu do schránky... - - - - Copying - Kopíruji - - - - - Saving chapter ... - Ukládám kapitolu... - - - - - Saving - Ukládám - - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - - - - CBookReadWindow - - - - Toggle tree view - Zobrazení stromu - - - - Copy entry with text - Kopírovat záznam s textem - - - - Save entry as plain text - Uložit záznam jako obyÄejný text - - - - Save entry as HTML - Uložit záznam jako HTML - - - - Print entry with text - Tisk záznamu s textem - - - - CBookmarkIndex - - - Bookmarks - - - - - New folder - Nová složka - - - - Rename folder - - - - Change bookmark description - ZmÄ›nit popis záložky - - - Import bookmarks - Import záložek - - - Export bookmarks - Export záložek - - - Print bookmarks - Tisk záložek - - - Remove selected item(s) - Odstranit zvolené položky - - - - Delete Items - Smazat položku - - - - Do you really want to delete the selected items and child-items? - Opravdu chcete odstranit vybrané položky a zanoÅ™ené položky? - - - - The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed. - - - - - Change bookmark description... - - - - - Print bookmarks... - - - - - Remove selected items... - - - - - Import to folder... - - - - - Export from folder... - - - - - Can drop only bookmarks or one folder - - - - - Can't drop folder into the folder itself or into its subfolder - - - - - Copy - - - - - Move - - - - - Drag references from text views to this view - - - - - CBookshelfIndex - - - Bookshelf - Knihy - - - - Grouping - - - - - Category/Language - - - - - Category - Kategorie - - - - Language/Category - - - - - Language - Jazyk - - - - Edit - - - - Plain text - ObyÄejný text - - - HTML - HTML - - - - Search - Hledat - - - BibleTime - Unlock work - BibleTime - Odemknutí modulu - - - - Enter the unlock key for this work. - Vložte klÃ­Ä k odemknutí modulu. - - - - Search... - - - - - Unlock... - - - - - About... - - - - - Hide/Unhide Works - - - - - Select the works to be hidden. - - - - - Works only - - - - - Hide/unhide works... - - - - - Show hidden - - - - - Plain text... - - - - - HTML... - - - - - Search in %1... - - - - - Search in selected... - - - - - Unlock Work - - - - - CCommentaryReadWindow - - - - Next book - Další kniha - - - - - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - - - Next chapter - Další kapitola - - - - - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - - - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ - - - - - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ - - - Sync with active Bible - Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí - - - Commentary window - Komentář - - - - Synchronize - - - - - Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window - - - - - CConfigurationDialog - - Display - Zobrazit - - - Desk - - - - - Languages - Jazyk - - - HotKeys - Horké klávesy - - - - Configure BibleTime - Nastavit BibleTime - - - - CDisplaySettingsButton - - - Display settings: No options available - Zobrazit nastavení: Žádné volby k dispozici - - - - Display settings - Nastavení zobrazení - - - - Display options - Volby zobrazení - - - - Use linebreaks after each verse - Zalomit řádek po každém verÅ¡i - - - Show versenumbers - Zobrazit Äísla veršů - - - - Show headings - Zobrazit nadpisy - - - - Highlight words of Jesus - Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova - - - - Show Hebrew vowel points - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky samohlásek - - - - Show Hebrew cantillation marks - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku - - - - Show Greek accents - Zobrazit Å™ecké znaÄky přízvuku - - - - Use alternative textual variant - Použít alternativní varianty textu - - - - Show scripture cross-references - Ukázat odkaz v Bibli - - - - Show morph segmentation - Ukázat morfologické dÄ›lení - - - - Show verse numbers - Zobrazit Äísla veršů - - - - CDisplaySettingsPage - - Show startuplogo - Zobrazovat spouÅ¡tÄ›cí logo - - - - Display templates - Zobrazit Å¡ablony - - - Display templates define how text is displayed. Please choose a template you like. - Å ablony zobrazení urÄují, jak bude text zobrazen. Prosím zvolte si preferovanou Å¡ablonu. - - - - Available display styles: - Dostupné styly: - - - - Style preview - Náhled stylu - - - - For God so loved the world, that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have eternal life. - NeboÅ¥ Bůh tak miloval svÄ›t, že dal svého jednorozeného Syna, aby žádný, kdo věří v nÄ›ho, nezahynul, ale mÄ›l vÄ›Äný život. - - - - For God didn't send his Son into the world to judge the world, but that the world should be saved through him. - Bůh totiž neposlal svého Syna na svÄ›t, aby svÄ›t odsoudil, ale aby svÄ›t byl skrze nÄ›ho spasen. - - - - He who believes in him is not judged. He who doesn't believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the one and only Son of God. - Kdo v nÄ›j věří, není souzen, ale kdo nevěří, je již odsouzen; neboÅ¥ neuvěřil ve jméno jednorozeného Božího Syna. - - - - This is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light; for their works were evil. - A toto je ten soud, že svÄ›tlo pÅ™iÅ¡lo na svÄ›t, ale lidé si více oblíbili tmu nežli svÄ›tlo, protože jejich skutky byly zlé. - - - - For everyone who does evil hates the light, and doesn't come to the light, lest his works would be exposed. - Každý, kdo koná zlo, totiž nenávidí svÄ›tlo a nepÅ™ichází ke svÄ›tlu, aby jeho skutky nebyly odhaleny. - - - - But he who does the truth comes to the light, that his works may be revealed, that they have been done in God. - Ale kdo koná pravdu, pÅ™ichází ke svÄ›tlu, aby jeho skutky byly zjeveny, že jsou vykonány v Bohu. - - - - Display templates define how text is displayed. - - - - - Show the BibleTime logo on startup - - - - - Show startup logo - - - - - Display - Zobrazit - - - - - - - - - CDisplayWindow - - - - Back in history - ZpÄ›t v historii - - - - - Forward in history - DopÅ™edu v historii - - - Search - Hledat - - - - Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - - - - - Zoom in - - - - - - Zoom out - - - - - - Close - - - - - - Select all - Vybrat vÅ¡e - - - - - Copy - - - - - - Find... - - - - - CFontChooser - - - Size: - - - - - Font name: - - - - - Font style: - - - - - CHTMLWriteDisplay - - Choose a font - Zvolte písmo - - - Choose a font size - Zvolte velikost písma - - - - - Bold - TuÄné - - - - - Italic - - - - - - Underline - Podtržené - - - - Left - - - - - - Center - - - - - Right - - - - - Select all - Vybrat vÅ¡e - - - - HTML editor window - Okno HTML editoru - - - - Font - - - - - Font size - - - - - Font color - - - - - Align left - - - - - Align right - - - - - CHTMLWriteWindow - - - Sync with active Bible - Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí - - - - - Save text - Uložit text - - - - Delete current entry - Smazat tuto položku - - - - Restore original text - Obnovit původní text - - - - Module not writable - Modul není zapisovatelný - - - - Module is not writable. - Modul není zapisovatelný. - - - - Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. - Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnÄ›ní zápisu. - - - - Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window - - - - - Delete current entry (no undo) - - - - - Restore original text, new text will be lost - - - - - CInputDialog - - - Clear - - - - - CKeyReferenceWidget - - - Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - - - - - Next book - Další kniha - - - - Previous book - PÅ™edchozí kniha - - - - Next chapter - Další kapitola - - - - Previous chapter - PÅ™edchozí kapitola - - - - Next verse - Další verÅ¡ - - - - Previous verse - PÅ™edchozí verÅ¡ - - - - CLanguageSettingsPage - - Specify a language for names of Bible books - Vyberte jazyk pro názvy biblických knih - - - Sword has a number of locales available which can be used to internationalize the names of books of the Bible. You can specify which locale to use. If you want to create a new locale, see http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop for details. - Sword podporuje množství lokalizací, které mohou být použity pro názvy biblických knih. Vyberte si vhodnou lokalizaci. Pokud chcete vytvoÅ™it novou lokalizaci, naleznete bližší informace na http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop. - - - Language for names of Bible books - Jazyk pro názvy biblických knih - - - Select custom fonts per-language - Nastavení vlastních písem pro různé jazyky - - - Here you find a list of all languages of the installed works. You can specify a custom font for each language that needs a special font to be displayed correctly. - Zde vidíte seznam vÅ¡ech jazyků v nainstalovaných modulech. Můžete nastavit, jaké písmo (font) se má pro který jazyk použít, aby byl text zobrazen správnÄ›. - - - - Use custom font - Použít vlastní písmo - - - The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. - ŽluÅ¥ouÄký kůň úpÄ›l Äábelské ódy. - - - - Language for names of Bible books: - - - - - The languages which can be used for the biblical booknames - - - - - The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language - - - - - Select the language in which the Biblical book names are displayed. - - - - - Fonts - - - - - You can specify a custom font for each language. - - - - - Languages - Jazyk - - - - - - - - - CLexiconKeyChooser - - - Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - - - - - Entries of the current work - - - - - Next entry - Další záznam - - - - Previous entry - PÅ™edchozí záznam - - - - CLexiconReadWindow - - - - Next entry - Další záznam - - - - - Previous entry - PÅ™edchozí záznam - - - - Copy reference only - - - - - Copy selected text - - - - - Save entry as HTML - Uložit záznam jako HTML - - - - Print reference only - - - - - Strong's Search - Hledat Strongova Äísla - - - - - Reference only - Pouze odkaz - - - - - Entry with text - Záznam s textem - - - - Entry as plain text - Záznam jako obyÄejný text - - - - Entry as HTML - Záznam jako HTML - - - - Lexicon window - Slovník - - - - Copy... - Kopírovat... - - - - Save... - Uložit... - - - - Print... - Tisknout... - - - - - Saving entry ... - Ukládám položku ... - - - - - Saving - Ukládám - - - - CMainIndex - - - Bookshelf - Knihy - - - - Bookmarks - - - - - CModuleChooser - - Bibles - Bible - - - Commentaries - Komentáře - - - Lexicons - Slovníky - - - Books - Knihy - - - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení - - - Glossaries - Glosáře - - - - CModuleChooserButton - - - - NONE - Žádný modul - - - - - Select a work - Vyberte modul - - - - - Select an additional work - Vyberte další modul - - - - [locked] - [zamÄený] - - - No work selected - Nevybrán modul - - - - CModuleChooserWidget - - Work - Moduly - - - - CModuleIndexDialog - - - Cancel - - - - - Creating indices - - - - - Creating index for work: %1 - - - - - Indexing Is Cancelled - - - - - Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed. - - - - - CPlainWriteWindow - - - Sync with active Bible - Synchronizovat s aktivní Biblí - - - - - Save text - Uložit text - - - - Delete current entry - Smazat tuto položku - - - - Restore original text - Obnovit původní text - - - - Module not writable - Modul není zapisovatelný - - - - Module is not writable. - Modul není zapisovatelný. - - - - Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. - Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnÄ›ní zápisu. - - - - Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window - - - - - Delete current entry (no undo) - - - - - Restore original text, new text will be lost - - - - - CSwordModuleInfo - - - Version - Verze - - - - - unknown - neznámý - - - - Markup - ZnaÄení - - - - Location - UmístÄ›ní - - - - Language - Jazyk - - - - Category - Kategorie - - - - LCSH - - - - - - Writable - Zapisovatelný - - - - yes - ano - - - - no - ne - - - - Unlock key - Odemykací klÃ­Ä - - - - Features - Obsahuje - - - - Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! - Pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultovní / pochybné informace! - - - - About - - - - - Distribution license - Licence k šíření - - - - Distribution source - Zdroj šíření - - - - Distribution notes - Poznámky k šíření - - - - Text source - Zdroj textu - - - - Copyright notes - Poznámky k autorskému právu - - - - Copyright holder - Držitel práv - - - - Copyright date - Datum autorského práva - - - - Copyright contact name - Kontaktní jméno na autorská práva - - - - Copyright contact address - Kontaktní adresa na autorská práva - - - - Copyright contact email - Kontaktní email na autorská práva - - - - CSwordSettingsPage - - - Standard works - Standard - - - - Text filters - Textové filtry - - - - Desk - - - - - - - - - - - CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog - - - Caption - Titulek - - - - Type - Druh - - - - Server - Server - - - - Path - Cesta - - - - Ok - Ok - - - - Discard - - - - - - - - - Error - - - - - Please provide a caption. - Prosím zadejte titulek. - - - - A source with this caption already exists.<br>Please provide a different caption. - Zdroj s tímto titulkem již existuje.<br>Prosím zadejte jiný titulek. - - - - Please provide a server name. - Prosím zadejte jméno serveru. - - - - Please provide a valid, readable path. - Prosím zadejte platnou cestu, ze které máte právo Äíst. - - - - Please provide a path. - Prosím zadejte cestu. - - - - New Installation Source - - - - - CWriteWindow - - - Save text before closing? - Uložit text pÅ™ed ukonÄením? - - - - Save changed text? - Uložit zmÄ›nÄ›ný text? - - - - - Save Text? - - - - - InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay - - - Abbreviation - Zkratka - - - - - Cross references - Křížový odkaz - - - - Footnote - VysvÄ›tlivka - - - - Strongs - Strongova Äísla - - - - Morphology - Morfologie - - - - Word lookup - vyhledat slovo - - - - Copy - - - - - <small>This is the Mag viewer area. Hover the mouse over links or other items which include some data and the contents appear in the Mag after a short delay. Move the mouse into Mag rapidly or lock the view by pressing and holding Shift while moving the mouse.</small> - - - - - ManageIndicesForm - - Module - Modul - - - - QCoreApplication - - - Indexing aborted - - - - - An internal error occurred while building the index. - - - - - Search aborted - - - - - An internal error occurred while executing your search. - - - - - QObject - - - - Commentaries - Komentáře - - - - - Cults/Unorthodox - - - - - - Maps and Images - - - - - - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení - - - - - Lexicons and Dictionaries - - - - - - Bibles - Bible - - - - - Glossaries - Glosáře - - - - - Books - Knihy - - - Alternative text - Další možný text - - - - Added text - PÅ™idaný text - - - - Names of languages - No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ - The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module. - - - - - Afrikaans - Language name af - AfrikánÅ¡tina - - - - Amuzgo, Guerrero - Language name amu - - - - - English, Old (ca.450-1100) - Language name ang - Stará angliÄtina (cca 450-1100) - - - - Arabic - Language name ar - ArabÅ¡tina - - - - Azerbaijani - Language name az - AzerbajdžánÅ¡tina - - - - Azerbaijani, South - Language name azb - - - - - Belarusian - Language name be - BÄ›loruÅ¡tina - - - - Bulgarian - Language name bg - BulharÅ¡tina - - - - Breton - Language name br - BretonÅ¡tina - - - - Bosnian - Language name bs - BosenÅ¡tina - - - - Catalan - Language name ca - KatalánÅ¡tina - - - - Chinantec, Comaltepec - Language name cco - - - - - Cebuano - Language name ceb - CebuánÅ¡tina - - - - Chamorro - Language name ch - - - - - - Chontal, Highland Oaxaca - Language name chd - - - - - Chinantec, Quiotepec - Language name chq - - - - - Chinantec, Ozumacu00edn - Language name chz - - - - - Cakchiquel, Western - Language name ckw - - - - - Chinantec, Lalana - Language name cnl - - - - - Chinantec, Tepetotutla - Language name cnt - - - - - Coptic - Language name cop - KoptÅ¡tina - - - - Czech - Language name cs - ÄŒeÅ¡tina - - - - Chinantec, Sochiapan - Language name cso - - - - - Chol, Tila - Language name cti - - - - - Chatino, Western Highland - Language name ctp - - - - - Church Slavic - Language name cu - - - - - - Welsh - Language name cy - WelÅ¡tina - - - - Danish - Language name da - DánÅ¡tina - - - - German - Language name de - NÄ›mÄina - - - - Duruma - Language name dug - - - - - Greek, Modern (1453-) - Language name el - Moderní Å™eÄtina - - - - English - Language name en - AngliÄtina - - - - American English - Language name en_US - Americká angliÄtina - - - - English, Middle (1100-1500) - Language name enm - StÅ™edovÄ›ká angliÄtina (1100-1500) - - - - Esperanto - Language name eo - Esperanto - - - - Spanish - Language name es - Å panÄ›lÅ¡tina - - - - Estonian - Language name et - EstonÅ¡tina - - - - Basque - Language name eu - BaskiÄtina - - - - Persian - Language name fa - - - - - Finnish - Language name fi - FinÅ¡tina - - - - French - Language name fr - FrancouzÅ¡tina - - - - Frisian - Language name fy - - - - - - Irish - Language name ga - IrÅ¡tina - - - - Gaelic (Scots) - Language name gd - Skotská keltÅ¡tina - - - - Geez - Language name gez - - - - - Gothic - Language name got - GótÅ¡tina - - - - Manx - Language name gv - - - - - - Greek, Ancient (to 1453) - Language name grc - Stará Å™eÄtina (do 1453) - - - - Hebrew - Language name he - HebrejÅ¡tina - - - - Hausa - Language name hau - - - - - - Hawaiian - Language name haw - HavajÅ¡tina - - - - Hindi - Language name hi - - - - - Croatian - Language name hr - ChorvatÅ¡tina - - - - Hungarian - Language name hu - MaÄarÅ¡tina - - - - Huave, San Mateo Del Mar - Language name huv - - - - - Armenian - Language name hy - ArménÅ¡tina - - - - Indonesian - Language name id - IndonézÅ¡tina - - - - Icelandic - Language name is - GrónÅ¡tina - - - - Italian - Language name it - ItalÅ¡tina - - - - Itzu00e1 - Language name itz - - - - - Ixil, San Juan Cotzal - Language name ixl - - - - - Japanese - Language name ja - JaponÅ¡tina - - - - Jacalteco, Eastern - Language name jac - - - - - Javanese, Caribbean - Language name jvn - - - - - Georgian - Language name ka - GruzínÅ¡tina - - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - - - - - - Korean - Language name ko - KorejÅ¡tina - - - - Kurdish - Language name ku - KurdÅ¡tina - - - - Kirghiz - Language name ky - KyrgizÅ¡tina - - - - Latin - Language name la - Latina - - - - Lacandon - Language name lac - - - - - Lithuanian - Language name lt - - - - - - Latvian - Language name lv - LotyÅ¡tina - - - - Malagasy - Language name mg - - - - - Maori - Language name mi - MaorÅ¡tina - - - - Mixe, Isthmus - Language name mir - - - - - Mixtec, Coatzospan - Language name miz - - - - - Macedonian - Language name mk - MakedonÅ¡tina - - - - Mixtec, Silacayoapan - Language name mks - - - - - More - Language name mos - MaorÅ¡tina - - - - Malay - Language name ms - MalajÅ¡tina - - - - Maltese - Language name mt - - - - - - Low German; Low Saxon - Language name nds - - - - - - Nepali - Language name ne - - - - - Nahuatl, Guerrero - Language name ngu - - - - - Nahuatl, Northern Oaxaca - Language name nhy - - - - - Dutch - Language name nl - HolandÅ¡tina - - - - Norwegian Nynorsk - Language name nn - - - - - Norwegian - Language name no - NorÅ¡tina - - - - Otomi, Queru00e9taro - Language name otq - - - - - Papiamento - Language name pap - - - - - - Polish - Language name pl - PolÅ¡tina - - - - Persian (Dari) - Language name prs - - - - - Portuguese - Language name pt - PortugalÅ¡tina - - - - Brasilian Portuguese - Language name pt_BR - Brazilská portugalÅ¡tina - - - - Quichu00e9, West Central - Language name qut - - - - - Romanian - Language name ro - RumunÅ¡tina - - - - Russian - Language name ru - RuÅ¡tina - - - - Scots - Language name sco - SkotÅ¡tina - - - - Slovak - Language name sk - SlovenÅ¡tina - - - - Slovenian - Language name sl - SlovinÅ¡tina - - - - Somali - Language name so - SomálÅ¡tina - - - - Albanian - Language name sq - AlbánÅ¡tina - - - - Swedish - Language name sv - Å védÅ¡tina - - - - Swahili - Language name sw - SvahilÅ¡tina - - - - Syriac - Language name syr - SyrÅ¡tina - - - - Tamil - Language name ta - TamilÅ¡tina - - - - Thai - Language name th - ThajÅ¡tina - - - - Tagalog - Language name tl - - - - - - Tswana - Language name tn - - - - - - Turkish - Language name tr - TureÄtina - - - - Tektiteko - Language name ttc - - - - - Tahitian - Language name ty - TahitÅ¡tina - - - - Tzotzil, Zinacantu00e1n - Language name tzz - - - - - Ukrainian - Language name uk - UkrajinÅ¡tina - - - - Orya - Language name ury - - - - - Uspanteco - Language name usp - - - - - Vietnamese - Language name vi - VietnamÅ¡tina - - - - Xhosa - Language name xh - - - - - - Bavarian - Language name bar - BavorÅ¡tina - - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - - - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - - - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - - - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - - - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - - - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - - - - Lombard - Language name lmo - - - - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - - - - - - - Uma - Language name ppk ----------- -Language name ppk - - - - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - - - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - - - - - - Sranan - Language name srn - - - - - - Yiddish - Language name yi - - - - - Zapotec, San Juan Guelavu00eda - Language name zab - - - - - Zapotec, Mitla - Language name zaw - - - - - Chinese - Language name zh - ČínÅ¡tina - - - - Zapotec, Amatlu00e1n - Language name zpo - - - - - Zapotec, Zoogocho - Language name zpq - - - - - Zapotec, Yalu00e1lag - Language name zpu - - - - - Zapotec, Chichicapan - Language name zpv - - - - - Zapotec, Southern Rincon - Language name zsr - - - - - Zapotec, Quioquitani-Quieru00ed - Language name ztq - - - - - Zapotec, Yatee - Language name zty - - - - - Zulu - Language name zu - Zulu - - - - Footnotes - Poznámky - - - - Strong's numbers - Strongova Äísla - - - - Headings - Nadpisy - - - - Morphological tags - Barva morfologických znaÄek - - - - Lemmas - Lemmas - - - - Hebrew vowel points - Hebrejské znaky samohlásek - - - - Hebrew cantillation marks - Hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku - - - - Greek accents - Řecké znaky přízvuku - - - - Red letter words - Slova Äervenými písmeny - - - - Textual variants - Textové varianty - - - - Scripture cross-references - Odkaz v Bibli - - - - Morph segmentation - Morfologické dÄ›lení - - - - Export - - - - - Local - Místní - - - - Remote - Vzdálený - - - - Old testament - Stará Smlouva - - - - Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - Mojžíš/Pentateuch/Tóra - - - - History - Spisy - - - - Prophets - Proroci - - - - New testament - Nová Smlouva - - - - Gospels - Evangelia - - - - Letters/Epistles - Dopisy/EpiÅ¡toly - - - - Paul's Epistles - Pavlovy epiÅ¡toly - - - - - HTML files - Soubory HTML - - - - - - - - - - All files - - - - - - Text files - Textové soubory - - - - Save file - - - - - Save document ... - Uložit dokument... - - - - Print keys - Tisknout odkazy - - - - - BibleTime bookmark files - - - - BibleTime - Import bookmarks - BibleTime - Import záložek - - - - - unknown - neznámý - - - - Change description ... - ZmÄ›nit popis ... - - - - Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark. - Vložte nový popis pro zvolenou záložku. - - - - - New folder - Nová složka - - - Lexicons - Slovníky - - - Daily devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení - - - Old bookmarks - Staré záložky - - - Unknown - Neznámý - - - Unknown language - Neznámý jazyk - - - Parsing Stong's Numbers - Strongova Äísla - - - Starting BibleTime - SpouÅ¡tím BibleTime - - - Open the printer dialog of BibleTime, where you can edit the print queue, assign styles to the items and print them. - OtevÅ™ení dialogu pro tisk z programu BibleTime, kde můžete upravovat tiskovou frontu a nastavovat jednotlivým položkám styl tisku. - - - Close BibleTime and save the settings. - UkonÄení BibleTime a uložení nastavení. - - - Show or hide the bookshelf. - Zobrazit/Skrýt knihy - - - Toggle the main toolbar view. - PÅ™epíná zobrazení hlavní nástrojové liÅ¡ty. - - - Open the search dialog to search in all works that are currently open. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna pro hledání textu v otevÅ™ených modulech. - - - Open the search dialog to search in the standard Bible. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna pro hledání textu v standardní Bibli. - - - Restore a saved BibleTime session. - Obnovení dříve uložené relace BibleTime. - - - Save current BibleTime session so that it can be reused later. - Uložení souÄasné relace, takže může být pozdÄ›ji znovu použita. - - - Create and save a new session. - VytvoÅ™ení a uložení nové relace. - - - Delete a BibleTime session. - Smazat relaci BibleTime. - - - Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window. - PÅ™epínání mezi celoobrazovkovým a normálním zobrazením. - - - Vertically tile the open windows. - VertikálnÄ› uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna (dlaždice). - - - Horizontally tile the open windows. - HorizontálnÄ› uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna (dlaždice). - - - Cascade the open windows. - Uspořádat vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna za sebe (kaskáda). - - - Choose the way that is used to arrange the windows. - VýbÄ›r způsobu uspořádání oken - - - Automatically tile the open windows vertically. - Automaticky vertikálnÄ› uspořádát otevÅ™ená okna. - - - Automatically tile the open windows horizontally. - Automaticky horizontálnÄ› uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna. - - - Automatically cascade the open windows. - Automaticky uspořádat otevÅ™ená okna za sebe (kaskáda). - - - Close all open windows. - ZavÅ™e vÅ¡echna otevÅ™ená okna. - - - Open BibleTime's toolbar editor. - OtevÅ™ení editoru nástrojové liÅ¡ty programu BibleTime. - - - Open the dialog to set most of BibleTime's preferences. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna, ve kterém můžete mÄ›nit vÄ›tÅ¡inu nastavení. - - - Open the dialog to configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove works. - Otevřít dialog pro konfiguraci knihovny a instalaci/aktualici/odstranÄ›ní modulů. - - - Open BibleTime's handbook in the KDE helpbrowser. - OtevÅ™ení příruÄky k programu BibleTime. - - - Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime in the KDE helpbrowser. <BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - OtevÅ™ení příruÄky ke studiu Bible.<BR> PříruÄka vysvÄ›tluje principy studia Bible efektivním způsobem. - - - Send a bugreport to the developers of BibleTime. - Poslání chybového hlášení vývojářům programu BibleTime. - - - Show detailed information about BibleTime. - Zobrazení detailní informace o programu BibleTime. - - - Show detailed information about the KDE project. - Zobrazení informací o projektu KDE. - - - Start to search the text in each of the chosen work(s). - SpuÅ¡tÄ›ní hledání ve vÅ¡ech vybraných modulech. - - - Stop the active search. - UkonÄení běžícího hledání. - - - Open a dialog to choose work(s) for the search. - OtevÅ™ení okna pro výbÄ›r modulů, které se mají prohledávat. - - - Enter the text you want to search in the chosen work(s) here. - Vložte text, který chcete vyhledat ve vybraných modulech. - - - Treat the search text as multiple words. A text must contain all of the words to match. The order of the words is unimportant. - Chápat hledaný text jako nÄ›kolik samostatných slov. Nalezené místo musí obsahovat vÅ¡echna slova. PoÅ™adí slov není důležité. - - - Treat the search text as multiple words. A text must contain one or more words of to match. The order is unimportant. - Chápat hledaný text jako nÄ›kolik samostatných slov. Nalezené místo musí obsahovat alespoň jedno ze zadaných slov. PoÅ™adí slov není důležité. - - - The search text will be used exactly as entered. - Bude se hledat text pÅ™esnÄ› tak, jak byl zadán. - - - Treat the search string as a GNU regular expression. The BibleTime handbook contains an introduction to regular expressions. - Tato volba slouží pro hledání pomocí standardních GNU regulárních výrazů.Bližší popis regulárních výrazů naleznete v příruÄce. - - - If you choose this option the search will distinguish between upper and lowercase characters. - Pokud zaÅ¡krtnete tuto volbu, bude pÅ™i hledání brán ohled i na velká a malá písmena. - - - Choose a scope from the list. Select the first item to use no scope, the second one is to use each work's last search result as search scope. The others are user defined search scopes. - Vyberte rozsah hledání ze seznamu. První volba znamená hledání bez omezení, druhá umožňuje hledat v dřívÄ›jším výsledku hledání v jednotlivých modulech. Ostatní jsou uživatelem definované rozsahy. - - - Select an item from the list to edit the search scope. - Vyberte ze seznamu rozsah, který chcete upravit. - - - Change the name of the selected search scope. - ZmÄ›na názvu vybraného rozsahu. - - - Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed. - Úprava vybraného rozsahu. Jak se definuje rozsah zjistíte z již pÅ™eddefinovaných rozsahů. - - - Contains the search ranges which will be used for the search. - Obsahuje rozsahy, které se použijí pÅ™i hledání. - - - Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges. - Pridání nového rozsahu. Nejdříve zadejde vhodný název, pak jeho parametry. - - - Deletes the selected search scope. If you close the dialog using Cancel the settings won't be saved. - Smazání vybraného rozsahu. Pokud zavÅ™ete toto okno tlaÄítkem "ZruÅ¡it", zmÄ›ny nebudou uloženy. - - - The list of works chosen for the search. - Seznam modulů, vybraných pro hledání. - - - This list contains the search result of the selected work. - Tento seznam obsahuje výsledky hledání v tomto modulu. - - - The text preview of the selected search result item. - Náhled nalezeného textu. - - - This button is useful to scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - Toto tlaÄítko umožnuje jednoduÅ¡e procházet položkami seznamu. StisknÄ›te tlaÄítko a pohybem myÅ¡i vyberte požadovanou položku. - - - This button opens the search dialog with the work(s) of this window. - Toto tlaÄítko otevÅ™e dialog vyhledávání v modulech tohoto okna. - - - Go back one item in the display history. - Jít zpÄ›t o jednu položku v zobrazené historii. - - - Go forward one item in the display history. - Jít dopÅ™edu o jednu položku v zobrazené historii. - - - Show all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor. - Ukázat vÅ¡echny výskyty Strongova Äísla pod kurzorem myÅ¡i. - - - This list contains the books which are available in this work. - Tento seznam obsahuje knihy dostupné v tomto modulu. - - - Show the next book of this work. - Zobrazit další knihu tohoto modulu. - - - Show the previous book of this work. - Zobrazit pÅ™edchozí knihu tohoto modulu. - - - This list contains the chapters which are available in the current book. - Tento seznam obsahuje kapitoly dostupné v této knize. - - - Show the next chapter of the work. - Zobrazit další kapitolu tohoto modulu. - - - Show the previous chapter of the work. - Zobrazit pÅ™edchozí kapitolu tohoto modulu. - - - This list contains the verses which are available in the current chapter. - Tento seznam obsahuje verÅ¡e dostupné v této kapitole. - - - In Bible texts, the next verse will be highlighted. In commentaries, the next entry will be shown. - PÅ™i práci s textem Bible se zvýrazní následující verÅ¡. PÅ™i práci s komentářem se zobrazí další záznam. - - - In Bible texts, the previous verse will be highlighted. In commentaries, the previous entry will be shown. - PÅ™i práci s textem Bible se zvýrazní pÅ™edchozí verÅ¡. PÅ™i práci s komentářem se zobrazí pÅ™edchozí záznam. - - - Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window. - Synchronizovat zobrazenou položku tohoto modulu podle verÅ¡e v aktivním biblickém oknÄ›. + Indexing aborted + Indexování zruÅ¡eno - This list contains the entries of the current work. - Tento seznam obsahuje záznamy v tomto modulu. + An internal error occurred while building the index. + PÅ™i vytváření rejstříku se objevila interní chyba. - The next entry of the work will be shown. - Zobrazí se další záznam v modulu. + Search aborted + Vyhledávání zruÅ¡eno - The previous entry of the work will be shown. - Zobrazí se pÅ™edchozí záznam v modulu. + An internal error occurred while executing your search. + PÅ™i vyhledávání se objevila interní chyba. + + + QObject - Save the curent text into the work. The old text will be overwritten. - Uložení souÄasného textu do modulu. Starý text bude pÅ™epsán. + Commentaries + Komentáře - Loads the old text from the work and loads it into the edit area. The unsaved text will be lost. - Obnoví původní text z modulu do editovacího okna. Neuložený text bude ztracen. + Cults/Unorthodox + - Deletes the current entry out of the work. The text will be lost. - Vymazání souÄasné položky z modulu. Text bude ztracen. + Maps and Images + Mapy a obrázky - Toggle bold formatting of the selected text. - PÅ™epínání mezi tuÄným a ne-tuÄným písmem vybraného textu. + Daily Devotionals + Ranní zamyÅ¡lení - Toggle italic formatting of the selected text. - PÅ™epínání mezi kurzívou a ne-kurzívou vybraného textu. + Lexicons and Dictionaries + Lexikony a slovníky - Toggle underlined formatting of the selected text. - PÅ™epínání mezi podtrženým a ne-podtrženým písmem vybraného textu. + Bibles + Bible - The text will be aligned on the left side of the page. - Text bude zarovnán k levému okraji. + Glossaries + Glosáře - Centers the text horizontally. - Text bude vycentrován. + Books + Knihy - Aligns the text on the right side of the page. - Text bude zarovnán k pravému okraji. + Added text + PÅ™idaný text - Justifies the text on the page. - Text bude naformátován do bloku. + Names of languages + No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ + The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module. + Jména jazyků - Choose a new font for the selected text. - Nastavení jiného písma pro vybraný text. + Afrikaans + Language name af + AfrikánÅ¡tina - Choose a new font size for the selected text. - Nastavení jiné velikosti písma pro vybraný text. + Amuzgo, Guerrero + Language name amu + - Choose a new color for the selected text. - Nastavení jiné barvy pro vybraný text. + English, Old (ca.450-1100) + Language name ang + Stará angliÄtina (cca 450-1100) - Activate this to see the BibleTime logo on startup. - ZapnÄ›te, pokud máte zájem o zobrazení loga pÅ™i spuÅ¡tÄ›ní BibleTime. + Arabic + Language name ar + ArabÅ¡tina - Save the user's session when BibleTime is closed and restore it on the next startup. - Uložení relace pÅ™i ukonÄení BibleTime a její obnovení pÅ™i dalším spuÅ¡tÄ›ní programu. + Azerbaijani + Language name az + AzerbajdžánÅ¡tina - The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language. - Tento výbÄ›r písma se použije na vÅ¡echny texty v tomto jazyce. + Azerbaijani, South + Language name azb + - Contains the languages which can be used for the biblical booknames. - Seznam jazyků, ve kterých si můžete nechat zobrazovat názvy knih. + Belarusian + Language name be + BÄ›loruÅ¡tina - The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked. - Standardní Bible se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do Bible. + Bulgarian + Language name bg + BulharÅ¡tina - The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked. - Standardní komentář se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz na komentář. + Breton + Language name br + BretonÅ¡tina - The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked. - Standardní slovník se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do slovníku. + Bosnian + Language name bs + BosenÅ¡tina - The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional. - Standardní ranní zamyÅ¡lení se použije pro zobrazení krátkého zamyÅ¡lení po spuÅ¡tÄ›ní. + Catalan + Language name ca + KatalánÅ¡tina - The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked. - Standardní slovník hebrejÅ¡tiny se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do slovníku hebrejÅ¡tiny. + Chinantec, Comaltepec + Language name cco + - The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked. - Standardní slovník Å™eÄtiny se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do slovníku Å™eÄtiny. + Cebuano + Language name ceb + CebuánÅ¡tina - The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked. - Standardní morfologický slovník pro texty v hebrejÅ¡tinÄ› se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz u morfologické znaÄky v hebrejském textu. + Chamorro + Language name ch + - The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked. - Standardní morfologický slovník pro texty v Å™eÄtinÄ› se použije pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz u morfologické znaÄky v Å™eckém textu. + Chontal, Highland Oaxaca + Language name chd + - Opens the search dialog to search in the work(s) that are currently open. - OtevÅ™ení dialogového okna pro hledání textu v otevÅ™ených modulech. + Chinantec, Quiotepec + Language name chq + - - The file already exists. - Soubor již existuje. + Chinantec, Ozumacu00edn + Language name chz + - - Do you want to overwrite it? - Chcete jej pÅ™epsat? + Cakchiquel, Western + Language name ckw + - - Error - + Chinantec, Lalana + Language name cnl + - - The file couldn't be saved. - Soubor nemůže být uložen. + Chinantec, Tepetotutla + Language name cnt + - - Please check permissions etc. - Zkontrolujte prosím přístupová práva atd. + Coptic + Language name cop + KoptÅ¡tina - - - Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! - Pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultovní / pochybné informace! + Czech + Language name cs + ÄŒeÅ¡tina - - Language - Jazyk + Chinantec, Sochiapan + Language name cso + - - Unlock key - Odemykací klÃ­Ä + Chol, Tila + Language name cti + - - not set - není nastaveno + Chatino, Western Highland + Language name ctp + - - - Version - Verze + Church Slavic + Language name cu + StaroslovÄ›nÅ¡tina - - Options - + Welsh + Language name cy + WelÅ¡tina - - Settings Migration - + Danish + Language name da + DánÅ¡tina - - It appears you have a BibleTime configuration from KDE 3 stored in %1, and you have not migrated it to this version. Would you like to import it? - + German + Language name de + NÄ›mÄina - - Encrypted - needs unlock key + Duruma + Language name dug - - Double click for more information - + Greek, Modern (1453-) + Language name el + Moderní Å™eÄtina - - Updated version available! - + English + Language name en + AngliÄtina - - Installed version - Instalovaná verze + American English + Language name en_US + Americká angliÄtina - - Haitian Creole - Language name ht - + English, Middle (1100-1500) + Language name enm + StÅ™edovÄ›ká angliÄtina (1100-1500) - - Kekchu00ed - kek - Language name kek - + Esperanto + Language name eo + Esperanto - - (Multiple languages) - Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages) - + Spanish + Language name es + Å panÄ›lÅ¡tina - - Mam, Central - Language name mvc - + Estonian + Language name et + EstonÅ¡tina - - Mam, Todos Santos Cuchumatu00e1n - Language name mvj - + Basque + Language name eu + BaskiÄtina - - Mixe, Juquila - Language name mxq - + Persian + Language name fa + PerÅ¡tina - - Mixtec, Jamiltepec - Language name mxt - + Finnish + Language name fi + FinÅ¡tina - - - Burmese - Language name my - + + French + Language name fr + FrancouzÅ¡tina - - Norwegian Bokmu00e5l - Language name nb + Frisian + Language name fy - - Nahuatl, Michoacu00e1n - Language name ncl - + Irish + Language name ga + IrÅ¡tina - - Potawatomi - Language name pot - + Gaelic (Scots) + Language name gd + Skotská keltÅ¡tina - - Klingon - Language name tlh + Geez + Language name gez - - Mixtec, Diuxi-Tilantongo - Language name xtd - + Gothic + Language name got + GótÅ¡tina - - Yoryba - Language name yo + Manx + Language name gv - - Verb tense changed - + Greek, Ancient (to 1453) + Language name grc + Stará Å™eÄtina (do 1453) - - Can't write file - + Hebrew + Language name he + HebrejÅ¡tina - - The Sword config file can't be written! + Hausa + Language name hau - - Export Bookmarks - + Hawaiian + Language name haw + HavajÅ¡tina - - Import bookmarks - Import záložek + Hindi + Language name hi + HindÅ¡tina - Next entry - Další záznam + Croatian + Language name hr + ChorvatÅ¡tina - Previous entry - PÅ™edchozí záznam + Hungarian + Language name hu + MaÄarÅ¡tina - Bold - TuÄné + Huave, San Mateo Del Mar + Language name huv + - Underline - Podtržené + Armenian + Language name hy + ArménÅ¡tina - - Overwrite File? - + Indonesian + Language name id + IndonézÅ¡tina - - Parsing Strong's Numbers - + Icelandic + Language name is + GrónÅ¡tina - - - QPushButton - - OK - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Italian + Language name it + ItalÅ¡tina - - Open - Dialog Button - Standard button + Itzu00e1 + Language name itz - - Save - Dialog Button - Standard button + Ixil, San Juan Cotzal + Language name ixl - - Cancel - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Japanese + Language name ja + JaponÅ¡tina - - Close - Dialog Button - Standard button + Jacalteco, Eastern + Language name jac - - Discard - Dialog Button - Standard button + Javanese, Caribbean + Language name jvn - - Apply - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Georgian + Language name ka + GruzínÅ¡tina - - Reset - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Korean + Language name ko + KorejÅ¡tina - - Restore defaults - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Kurdish + Language name ku + KurdÅ¡tina - - Help - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Kirghiz + Language name ky + KyrgizÅ¡tina - - Save All - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Latin + Language name la + Latina - - Yes - Dialog Button - Standard button + Lacandon + Language name lac - - Yes to all - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Lithuanian + Language name lt + LitevÅ¡tina - - No - Dialog Button - Standard button - + Latvian + Language name lv + LotyÅ¡tina - - No to all - Dialog Button - Standard button + Malagasy + Language name mg - - - Search::BtSearchAdvOptionsArea - &Search - &Hledat + Maori + Language name mi + MaorÅ¡tina - - - Search::BtSearchOptionsArea - - Search for: + Mixe, Isthmus + Language name mir - - &Search - &Hledat + Mixtec, Coatzospan + Language name miz + - - Start to search the text in the chosen works - + Macedonian + Language name mk + MakedonÅ¡tina - - Ch&oose... + Mixtec, Silacayoapan + Language name mks - - Choose works for the search - + More + Language name mos + MaorÅ¡tina - - S&etup... - + Malay + Language name ms + MalajÅ¡tina - - All of the words (AND is added between the words) - + Maltese + Language name mt + MaltézÅ¡tina - - (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>) + Low German; Low Saxon + Language name nds - - Scope: + Nepali + Language name ne - - The text you want to search for + Nahuatl, Guerrero + Language name ngu - - Works: + Nahuatl, Northern Oaxaca + Language name nhy - - Works to Search in - + Dutch + Language name nl + HolandÅ¡tina - - Select the works which should be searched. + Norwegian Nynorsk + Language name nn - <p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p> - <p>Zadejte slova oddÄ›lená mezerami. Ve výchozím nastavení se vrací výsledky, shodující se v jakémkoliv slovÄ› (OR). Pro shodu ve vÅ¡ech slovech oddÄ›lte slova AND.</p> + Norwegian + Language name no + NorÅ¡tina - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - <p>Lze použít zástupné znaky: '*' zastupuje libovolnou sekvenci znaků, zatímco '?' zastupuje jeden samostatný znak. Použití závorek dovoluje seskupení vyhledávacích výrazů, například '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> + Otomi, Queru00e9taro + Language name otq + - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ":", and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p> - <p>Pro hledání jiného než hlavního textu, zadejte text následován ":" a pak hledaný výraz. Například pro hledání Strongova Äísla H8077, použijte 'strong:H8077'.</p> + Papiamento + Language name pap + - <p>Available text types:<br><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> - <p>Dostupné druhy textů:<br><table><tr><td>nadpis:</td><td>hledat nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>vysvÄ›tlivka:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>Strongova Äísla:</td><td>hledat Strongova Äísla</td></tr><tr><td>morfologie:</td><td>hledat morfologické znaÄky</td></tr></table></p> + Polish + Language name pl + PolÅ¡tina - <p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</a></p> - <p>BibleTime používá vyhledávací engin Lucene pro vykonání vyhledávání. Locene má mnoho pokroÄilých funkcí. Můžete si o tom pÅ™eÄíst více zde: <a href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</a></p> + Persian (Dari) + Language name prs + - Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Základní syntaxe hledání + Portuguese + Language name pt + PortugalÅ¡tina - - No search scope - Bez omezení + Brasilian Portuguese + Language name pt_BR + Brazilská portugalÅ¡tina - - All words + Quichu00e9, West Central + Language name qut - - Configure predefined scopes for search - + Romanian + Language name ro + RumunÅ¡tina - - Some words - + Russian + Language name ru + RuÅ¡tina - - Free - + Scots + Language name sco + SkotÅ¡tina - - Some of the words (OR is added between the words) - + Slovak + Language name sk + SlovenÅ¡tina - - Full lucene syntax - + Slovenian + Language name sl + SlovinÅ¡tina - - Click the link to get help for search syntax - + Somali + Language name so + SomálÅ¡tina - - Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries. - + Albanian + Language name sq + AlbánÅ¡tina - - <p>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</p> - Don't translate words inside <> tags! Translate 'All words' etc. indentically to the Search dialog options. - + Swedish + Language name sv + Å védÅ¡tina - - <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Which words to find</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grouping and order</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Other syntax features</A><br/></p> - + Swahili + Language name sw + SvahilÅ¡tina - - <h1><A name='allsome'>Which words to find</A></h1><p>Search terms are separated by spaces. <strong>AND</strong> (all words), <strong>OR</strong> (some words) and <strong>NOT</strong> (not the following word) can be added between the words. If none is added explicitly OR is used automatically. '<strong>+</strong>word' means the word must be in the results, '<strong>-</strong>word' means it must not be in the results.</p> - Syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + Syriac + Language name syr + SyrÅ¡tina - - <p><table><tr><td>jesus AND god</td><td>Finds verses with both 'Jesus' and 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' or 'God' or both</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr></table></p> - In examples words to be searched for may be translated, but syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + Tamil + Language name ta + TamilÅ¡tina - - <h1><A name='grouping'>Grouping and order</A></h1><p>Words can be grouped with <strong>parenthesis</strong>. Strict word order can be defined with <strong>quotes</strong>.</p> - + Thai + Language name th + ThajÅ¡tina - - <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Finds verses with both 'a' AND 'b', and verses with 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"says lord"</td><td>Finds e.g. '...Isaiah says, "Lord...' but not '...says the LORD'</td></tr><tr><td>"says the lord"</td><td>Finds all verses with 'says the LORD'</td></tr></table></p> + Tagalog + Language name tl - - <h1><A name='wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' matches any sequence of 0 or more characters, while '<strong>?</strong>' matches any single character. A wildcard can not be used in the beginning of a word.</p> + Tswana + Language name tn - - <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>All words beginning with 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Assyria', 'aroma', 'abba' etc.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'at' and 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'abba', 'area', 'Asia' etc.</td></tr></table></p> - + Turkish + Language name tr + TureÄtina - - <h1><A name='fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A></h1><p>Available text fields:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Searches Strong's numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> + Tektiteko + Language name ttc - - <p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> - + Tahitian + Language name ty + TahitÅ¡tina - - <h1><A name='lucene'>Other syntax features</A></h1><p>BibleTime uses the CLucene search engine. You can read more on the <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> (in external browser).</p> + Tzotzil, Zinacantu00e1n + Language name tzz - - Search Syntax Help - + Ukrainian + Language name uk + UkrajinÅ¡tina - - - Search::BtSearchResultArea - - Text of the selected search result item + Orya + Language name ury - - - Search::CModuleResultView - - Work - Moduly + Uspanteco + Language name usp + - - Hits - - + Vietnamese + Language name vi + VietnamÅ¡tina - - Copy... - Kopírovat... + Xhosa + Language name xh + - - - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Bavarian + Language name bar + BavorÅ¡tina - - - - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + Lombard + Language name lmo + LombardÅ¡tina - - Save... - Uložit... + Uma + Language name ppk +---------- +Language name ppk + - - Print... - Tisknout... + Sranan + Language name srn + - - - Copy search result... - Kopírovat výsledek hledání... + Yiddish + Language name yi + - - - Copying search result - Kopíruji výsledek hledání + Zapotec, San Juan Guelavu00eda + Language name zab + - - - Save search result... - Uložit výsledek hledání... + Zapotec, Mitla + Language name zaw + - - - Saving search result - Ukládám výsledek hledání + Chinese + Language name zh + ČínÅ¡tina - - Print search result... - Tisknout výsledek hledání... + Zapotec, Amatlu00e1n + Language name zpo + - - Printing search result - Tisknu výsledek hledání + Zapotec, Zoogocho + Language name zpq + - - Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work + Zapotec, Yalu00e1lag + Language name zpu - - - Search::CRangeChooserDialog - - S&earch range: - + Zapotec, Chichicapan + Language name zpv + - - &Name: - + Zapotec, Southern Rincon + Language name zsr + - - Edi&t current range: - + Zapotec, Quioquitani-Quieru00ed + Language name ztq + - - Parsed search range: - Rozeznaný rozsah: + Zapotec, Yatee + Language name zty + - - New range - Nový rozsah + Zulu + Language name zu + Zulu - - <invalid name of search range> - <Å¡patný název rozsahu hledání> + Footnotes + Poznámky - - Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges - + Strong's numbers + Strongova Äísla - - &Add new scope - + Headings + Nadpisy - - Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges. - Pridání nového rozsahu. Nejdříve zadejde vhodný název, pak jeho parametry. + Morphological tags + Barva morfologických znaÄek - - Delete current &scope - + Lemmas + Lemmas - - Delete the selected search scope - + Hebrew vowel points + Hebrejské znaky samohlásek - - Change the name of the selected search scope - + Hebrew cantillation marks + Hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku - - Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed. - Úprava vybraného rozsahu. Jak se definuje rozsah zjistíte z již pÅ™eddefinovaných rozsahů. + Greek accents + Řecké znaky přízvuku - - The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form - + Red letter words + Slova Äervenými písmeny - - Setup Search Scopes - + Textual variants + Textové varianty - - - Search::CSearchAnalysisScene - - Save Search Analysis - Uložit analýzu hledání + Scripture cross-references + Odkaz v Bibli - - HTML files (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm) - + Morph segmentation + Morfologické dÄ›lení - - BibleTime Search Analysis - Analýza hledání + Export + Export - - Search text : - Hledat text: + Local + Místní - - Book - Kniha + Remote + Vzdálený - - Total hits - Celkem + Old testament + Stará Smlouva - - Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah + Mojžíš/Pentateuch/Tóra - Created by - VytvoÅ™eno pomocí + History + Spisy - - - Search::CSearchDialog - &Search - &Hledat + Prophets + Proroci - - Missing indices - ChybÄ›jící rejstříky + New testament + Nová Smlouva - One or more modules need indexing before they can be searched. -This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? - Jeden nebo více modulů potÅ™ebuje indexování, než v nich lze vyhledávat. -Toto může trvat dlouhou dobu. PokraÄovat s indexací? + Gospels + Evangelia - - Search - Hledat + Letters/Epistles + Dopisy/EpiÅ¡toly - - One or more works need indexing before they can be searched. -This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? - + Paul's Epistles + Pavlovy epiÅ¡toly - - &Analyze results... - + HTML files + Soubory HTML - - Show a graphical analyzis of the search result - + All files + VÅ¡echny soubory - - &Close - + Text files + Textové soubory - - - Search::CSearchOptionsArea - Searching in: - V modulech: + Save file + Uložit soubor - <p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p> - <p>Zadejte slova oddÄ›lená mezerami. Ve výchozím nastavení se vrací výsledky, shodující se v jakémkoliv slovÄ› (OR). Pro shodu ve vÅ¡ech slovech oddÄ›lte slova AND.</p> + Save document ... + Uložit dokument... - <p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> - <p>Lze použít zástupné znaky: '*' zastupuje libovolnou sekvenci znaků, zatímco '?' zastupuje jeden samostatný znak. Použití závorek dovoluje seskupení vyhledávacích výrazů, například '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p> + Print keys + Tisknout odkazy - <p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by ":", and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p> - <p>Pro hledání jiného než hlavního textu, zadejte text následován ":" a pak hledaný výraz. Například pro hledání Strongova Äísla H8077, použijte 'strong:H8077'.</p> + BibleTime bookmark files + Soubory záložek BibleTime - <p>Available text types:<br><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> - <p>Dostupné druhy textů:<br><table><tr><td>nadpis:</td><td>hledat nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>vysvÄ›tlivka:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>Strongova Äísla:</td><td>hledat Strongova Äísla</td></tr><tr><td>morfologie:</td><td>hledat morfologické znaÄky</td></tr></table></p> + unknown + neznámý - <p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</a></p> - <p>BibleTime používá vyhledávací engin Lucene pro vykonání vyhledávání. Locene má mnoho pokroÄilých funkcí. Můžete si o tom pÅ™eÄíst více zde: <a href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/queryparsersyntax.html</a></p> + Change description ... + ZmÄ›nit popis ... - Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Základní syntaxe hledání + Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark. + Vložte nový popis pro zvolenou záložku. - No search scope - Bez omezení + New folder + Nová složka - - - Search::CSearchResultView - - Results - Výsledeky + The file already exists. + Soubor již existuje. - - Copy... - Kopírovat... + Do you want to overwrite it? + Chcete jej pÅ™epsat? - - - Reference only - Pouze odkaz + Error + Chyba - - - - Reference with text - Odkaz s textem + The file couldn't be saved. + Soubor nemůže být uložen. - - Save... - Uložit... + Please check permissions etc. + Zkontrolujte prosím přístupová práva atd. - - Print... - Tisknout... + Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! + Pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultovní / pochybné informace! - - Print search result... - Tisknout výsledek hledání... + Language + Jazyk - - Printing search result - Tisknu výsledek hledání + Unlock key + Odemykací klÃ­Ä - - - Save search result... - Uložit výsledek hledání... + not set + není nastaveno - - - Saving search result - Ukládám výsledek hledání + Version + Verze - - - Copy search result... - Kopírovat výsledek hledání... + Options + Nastavení - - - Copying search result - Kopíruji výsledek hledání + Settings Migration + PÅ™esun nastavení - - Search result of the selected work + It appears you have a BibleTime configuration from KDE 3 stored in %1, and you have not migrated it to this version. Would you like to import it? - - - Search::Options::CModuleChooser - Work - Moduly + Encrypted - needs unlock key + ZaÅ¡ifrováno -je potÅ™eba klÃ­Ä - Bibles - Bible + Double click for more information + Dvouklikem získáte více informací - Commentaries - Komentáře + Updated version available! + Je dostupná aktualizovaná verze! - Lexicons - Slovníky + Installed version + Instalovaná verze - Books - Knihy + Haitian Creole + Language name ht + - Daily Devotionals - Ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Kekchu00ed + kek + Language name kek + - Glossaries - Glosáře + (Multiple languages) + Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages) + - - - Search::Options::CModuleChooserDialog - Choose work(s) - Vybrat modul(y) + Mam, Central + Language name mvc + - Use chosen work(s) - Použít vybrané moduly + Mam, Todos Santos Cuchumatu00e1n + Language name mvj + - - - Search::Options::CRangeChooserDialog - Search range editor - Editor rozsahu hledání + Mixe, Juquila + Language name mxq + - Search range - Rozsah hledání + Mixtec, Jamiltepec + Language name mxt + - Add new range - PÅ™idat nový rozsah + Burmese + Language name my + - Delete current range - Smazat vybraný rozsah + Norwegian Bokmu00e5l + Language name nb + - Name: - Název: + Nahuatl, Michoacu00e1n + Language name ncl + - Edit current search range: - Upravit vybraný rozsah: + Potawatomi + Language name pot + - Parsed search range: - Rozeznaný rozsah: + Klingon + Language name tlh + - New range - Nový rozsah + Mixtec, Diuxi-Tilantongo + Language name xtd + - <invalid name of search range> - <Å¡patný název rozsahu hledání> + Yoryba + Language name yo + - - - StandardWorksTab - Standard works - Standard + Verb tense changed + - - Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked . - Standardní moduly se použijí, pokud není zvolen konkrétní modul. K tomu může dojít pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do textu Bible nebo slovníku. + Can't write file + Nemohu zapsat do souboru - Standard Bible - Standardní Bible + The Sword config file can't be written! + Nelze zapsat konfiguraÄní soubor Sword! - Standard Commentary - Komentář + Export Bookmarks + Export záložek - Standard Lexicon - Standardní slovník + Import bookmarks + Import záložek - Standard Daily Devotional - Standardní ranní zamyÅ¡lení + Overwrite File? + PÅ™epsat soubor? - Standard Hebrew Strong's Lexicon - Strongův hebrejský slovník + Parsing Strong's Numbers + - Standard Greek Strong's Lexicon - Strongův Å™ecký slovník + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + - Standard Hebrew Morphological Lexicon - Standardní hebrejský morfologický slovník + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + + + QPushButton - Standard Greek Morphological Lexicon - Standardní Å™ecký morfologický slovník + OK + Dialog Button + Standard button + OK - - Bible: - + Open + Dialog Button + Standard button + Otevřít - - The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked - + Save + Dialog Button + Standard button + Uložit - - Commentary: - + Cancel + Dialog Button + Standard button + ZpÄ›t - - The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked - + Close + Dialog Button + Standard button + Zavřít - - Lexicon: - + Discard + Dialog Button + Standard button + Zahodit - - The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked - + Apply + Dialog Button + Standard button + Aplikovat - - Daily devotional: - + Reset + Dialog Button + Standard button + Resetovat - - The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional - + Restore defaults + Dialog Button + Standard button + Obnovit výchozí - - Hebrew Strong's lexicon: - + Help + Dialog Button + Standard button + NápovÄ›da - - The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked - + Save All + Dialog Button + Standard button + Uložit vÅ¡e - - Greek Strong's lexicon: - + Yes + Dialog Button + Standard button + Ano - - The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked - + Yes to all + Dialog Button + Standard button + Ano vÅ¡em - - - Hebrew morphological lexicon: - + + No + Dialog Button + Standard button + Ne - - The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked - + No to all + Dialog Button + Standard button + Ne vÅ¡em + + + Search::BtSearchOptionsArea - - Greek morphological lexicon: - + Search for: + Hledat: - - The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked - + &Search + &Hledat - - - + Start to search the text in the chosen works + ZaÄít hledat text ve vybraných dílech - - - TextFiltersTab - Text filters - Textové filtry + Ch&oose... + Vy&brat... - Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can change the filter settings in each display window, of course. - Filtry upravují zobrazení textu v oknech. Zde můžete nastavit standardní chování různých filtrů. V jednotlivých oknech si můžete nastavení upravit podle potÅ™eby. + Choose works for the search + Vzbrat díla pro vyhledávání - - Insert line break after each verse - Zalomit řádek po každém verÅ¡i + S&etup... + &Nastavení... - - Show verse numbers - Zobrazit Äísla veršů + All of the words (AND is added between the words) + VÅ¡echa slova (AND je vloženo mezi vÅ¡echna slova) - - Show section headings - Zobrazit nadpisy Äástí + (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>) + (<a href='syntax_help'>plná sklatba</a>) - - Show scripture cross-references - Ukázat odkaz v Bibli + Scope: + Rozsah: - - Show Greek accents - Zobrazit Å™ecké znaÄky přízvuku + The text you want to search for + Text, který chcete hledat - - Show Hebrew vowel points - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky samohlásek + Works: + Díla: - - Show Hebrew cantillation marks - Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku + Works to Search in + Díla k prohledání - - Show morph segmentation - Ukázat morfologické dÄ›lení + Select the works which should be searched. + Vyberte díla která mají být prohledána. - - Use textual variants - Použít textové varianty + No search scope + Bez omezení - - Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window. - + All words + VÅ¡echna slova - - - + Configure predefined scopes for search + Nastavit pÅ™eddefinované rozsahy hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:197 - Afrikaans - AfrikánÅ¡tina + Some words + NÄ›která slova - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:200 - English, Old (ca.450-1100) - Stará angliÄtina (cca 450-1100) + Free + Svobodný - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:202 - Arabic - ArabÅ¡tina + Some of the words (OR is added between the words) + NÄ›která z dÄ›l (OR je vloženo mezi vÅ¡echna slova) - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:205 - Azerbaijani - AzerbajdžánÅ¡tina + Full lucene syntax + Plný syntax lucene - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:208 - Belarusian - BÄ›loruÅ¡tina + Click the link to get help for search syntax + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:210 - Bulgarian - BulharÅ¡tina + Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries. + Vyberte rozsah (knihy/kapitoly/verÅ¡e k prohledání).</br>Aplikovatelné na Bible a komentáře. - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:216 - Breton - BretonÅ¡tina + <p>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</p> + Don't translate words inside <> tags! Translate 'All words' etc. indentically to the Search dialog options. + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:218 - Bosnian - BosenÅ¡tina + <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Which words to find</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grouping and order</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Other syntax features</A><br/></p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:220 - Catalan - KatalánÅ¡tina + <h1><A name='allsome'>Which words to find</A></h1><p>Search terms are separated by spaces. <strong>AND</strong> (all words), <strong>OR</strong> (some words) and <strong>NOT</strong> (not the following word) can be added between the words. If none is added explicitly OR is used automatically. '<strong>+</strong>word' means the word must be in the results, '<strong>-</strong>word' means it must not be in the results.</p> + Syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:223 - Cebuano - CebuánÅ¡tina + <p><table><tr><td>jesus AND god</td><td>Finds verses with both 'Jesus' and 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' or 'God' or both</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr></table></p> + In examples words to be searched for may be translated, but syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:225 - Chamorro - - + <h1><A name='grouping'>Grouping and order</A></h1><p>Words can be grouped with <strong>parenthesis</strong>. Strict word order can be defined with <strong>quotes</strong>.</p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:228 - Coptic - KoptÅ¡tina + <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Finds verses with both 'a' AND 'b', and verses with 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"says lord"</td><td>Finds e.g. '...Isaiah says, "Lord...' but not '...says the LORD'</td></tr><tr><td>"says the lord"</td><td>Finds all verses with 'says the LORD'</td></tr></table></p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:230 - Czech - ÄŒeÅ¡tina + <h1><A name='wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' matches any sequence of 0 or more characters, while '<strong>?</strong>' matches any single character. A wildcard can not be used in the beginning of a word.</p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:232 - Church Slavic - - + <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>All words beginning with 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Assyria', 'aroma', 'abba' etc.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'at' and 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'abba', 'area', 'Asia' etc.</td></tr></table></p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:235 - Welsh - WelÅ¡tina + <h1><A name='fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A></h1><p>Available text fields:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Searches Strong's numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:237 - Danish - DánÅ¡tina + <p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:239 - German - NÄ›mÄina + <h1><A name='lucene'>Other syntax features</A></h1><p>BibleTime uses the CLucene search engine. You can read more on the <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> (in external browser).</p> + <h1><A name='lucene'>Další rysy syntaxe</A></h1><p>BibleTime používá vyhledávací engineCLucene. Více se doÄtete na <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>webová stránka syntaxe lucene</a> (v externím prohlížeÄi).</p> - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:243 - Greek, Modern (1453-) - Moderní Å™eÄtina + Search Syntax Help + NápovÄ›da k syntaxi vyhledávání - clanguagemgr.cpp:245 + Search::BtSearchResultArea - English - AngliÄtina + Text of the selected search result item + - clanguagemgr.cpp:247 + Search::CModuleResultView - American English - Americká angliÄtina + Work + Dílo - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:249 - English, Middle (1100-1500) - StÅ™edovÄ›ká angliÄtina (1100-1500) + Hits + Hity - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:251 - Esperanto - Esperanto + Copy... + Kopírovat... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:253 - Spanish - Å panÄ›lÅ¡tina + Reference only + Pouze odkaz - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:255 - Estonian - EstonÅ¡tina + Reference with text + Odkaz s textem - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:257 - Basque - BaskiÄtina + Save... + Uložit... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:260 - Finnish - FinÅ¡tina + Print... + Tisknout... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:264 - French - FrancouzÅ¡tina + Copy search result... + Kopírovat výsledek hledání... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:266 - Frisian - - + Copying search result + Kopíruji výsledek hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:268 - Irish - IrÅ¡tina + Save search result... + Uložit výsledek hledání... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:270 - Gaelic (Scots) - Skotská keltÅ¡tina + Saving search result + Ukládám výsledek hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:275 - Gothic - GótÅ¡tina + Print search result... + Tisknout výsledek hledání... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:277 - Manx - - + Printing search result + Tisknu výsledek hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:279 - Greek, Ancient (to 1453) - Stará Å™eÄtina (do 1453) + Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work + - clanguagemgr.cpp:281 + Search::CRangeChooserDialog - Hebrew - HebrejÅ¡tina + S&earch range: + Rozsah vyhledávání: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:283 - Hausa - - + &Name: + Jméno: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:285 - Hawaiian - HavajÅ¡tina + Edi&t current range: + Upravit aktuální rozsah: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:289 - Croatian - ChorvatÅ¡tina + Parsed search range: + Rozeznaný rozsah: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:291 - Hungarian - MaÄarÅ¡tina + New range + Nový rozsah - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:293 - Armenian - ArménÅ¡tina + <invalid name of search range> + <Å¡patný název rozsahu hledání> - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:298 - Indonesian - IndonézÅ¡tina + Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges + Vyberte rozsah hledání ze seznamu. - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:302 - Icelandic - GrónÅ¡tina + &Add new scope + &PÅ™idat nový rozsah - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:304 - Italian - ItalÅ¡tina + Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges. + PÅ™idat nový vyhledávací rozsah. Nejdříve zadejte vhodný název, potom parametry vyhledávání. - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:308 - Japanese - JaponÅ¡tina + Delete current &scope + &Smazat vybraný rozsah - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:310 - Georgian - GruzínÅ¡tina + Delete the selected search scope + Smazat vybraný rozsah vyhledávání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:319 - Korean - KorejÅ¡tina + Change the name of the selected search scope + ZmÄ›nit jméno vybraného rozsahu vyhledávání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:322 - Kurdish - KurdÅ¡tina + Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed. + Úprava rozsahu vyhledávání pro vybranou položku. Jak se definuje rozsah zjistíte z již pÅ™eddefinovaných rozsahů. - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:326 - Kirghiz - KyrgizÅ¡tina + The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form + - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:328 - Latin - Latina + Setup Search Scopes + Nastavení rozsahů hledání - clanguagemgr.cpp:333 + Search::CSearchAnalysisScene - Lithuanian - - + Save Search Analysis + Uložit analýzu hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:335 - Latvian - LotyÅ¡tina + HTML files (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm) + soubory HTML (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm) - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:339 - Maori - MaorÅ¡tina + BibleTime Search Analysis + Analýza hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:341 - Macedonian - MakedonÅ¡tina + Search text : + Hledat text: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:346 - More - MaorÅ¡tina + Book + Kniha - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:349 - Malay - MalajÅ¡tina + Total hits + Celkem - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:351 - Maltese - - + Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> + VytvoÅ™il <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - clanguagemgr.cpp:358 + Search::CSearchDialog - Low German; Low Saxon - - + Missing indices + ChybÄ›jící rejstříky - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:362 - Dutch - HolandÅ¡tina + Search + Hledat - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:365 - Norwegian - NorÅ¡tina + One or more works need indexing before they can be searched. +This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? + Jedno nebo více dÄ›l potÅ™ebuje sestavit rejstřík pÅ™edtím než může být prohledáno. +To může trvat dlouhou dobu. PokraÄovat v indexování? - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:377 - Papiamento - - + &Analyze results... + &Analyzovat výsledky... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:380 - Polish - PolÅ¡tina + Show a graphical analyzis of the search result + Ukázat grafickou analýzu výsledků hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:383 - Portuguese - PortugalÅ¡tina + &Close + &Zavřít - clanguagemgr.cpp:385 + Search::CSearchResultView - Brasilian Portuguese - Brazilská portugalÅ¡tina + Results + Výsledky - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:392 - Romanian - RumunÅ¡tina + Copy... + Kopírovat... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:394 - Russian - RuÅ¡tina + Reference only + Pouze odkaz - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:400 - Scots - SkotÅ¡tina + Reference with text + Odkaz s textem - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:406 - Slovak - SlovenÅ¡tina + Save... + Uložit... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:408 - Slovenian - SlovinÅ¡tina + Print... + Tisknout... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:412 - Somali - SomálÅ¡tina + Print search result... + Tisknout výsledek hledání... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:414 - Albanian - AlbánÅ¡tina + Printing search result + Tisknu výsledek hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:420 - Swedish - Å védÅ¡tina + Save search result... + Uložit výsledek hledání... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:422 - Swahili - SvahilÅ¡tina + Saving search result + Ukládám výsledek hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:424 - Syriac - SyrÅ¡tina + Copy search result... + Kopírovat výsledek hledání... - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:426 - Tamil - TamilÅ¡tina + Copying search result + Kopíruji výsledek hledání - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:430 - Thai - ThajÅ¡tina + Search result of the selected work + Výsledky hledání z vybraného díla - clanguagemgr.cpp:433 + StandardWorksTab - Tagalog - - + Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked . + Standardní díla se použijí, pokud není zvoleno konkrétní dílo. K tomu může dojít pÅ™i kliknutí na odkaz do textu Bible nebo slovníku. - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:435 - Tswana - - + Bible: + Bible: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:437 - Turkish - TureÄtina + The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked + Standardní Bible je použita, když kliknete na odkaz směřující na Bibli - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:442 - Tahitian - TahitÅ¡tina + Commentary: + Kometář: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:446 - Ukrainian - UkrajinÅ¡tina + The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked + Standardní komentář je použit, když kliknete na odkaz směřující na komentář - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:451 - Vietnamese - VietnamÅ¡tina + Lexicon: + Lexikon: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:457 - Xhosa - - + The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked + Standardní lexikon je použit, když kliknete na odkaz směřující na lexikon - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:459 - Bavarian - BavorÅ¡tina + Daily devotional: + Denní zamyÅ¡lení: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:461 - Zarma - - + The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional + Standardní zamyÅ¡lení bude použito k zobrazení krátkého zamyslení po startu - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:463 - Alemannisch - - + Hebrew Strong's lexicon: + Hebrejský Strongův lexikon: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:465 - Haitian Creole French - - + The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked + Standardní hebrejský lexikon je použit, když kliknete na odkaz směřující na hebrejský lexikon - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:467 - Itzá - - + Greek Strong's lexicon: + Å™ecká Strongův lexikon - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:469 - Shuar - - + The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked + Standardní Å™ecký lexikon je použit, když kliknete na odkaz směřující na Å™ecký lexikon - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:471 - Kekchí - - + Hebrew morphological lexicon: + Hebrejský monografický lexikon: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:473 - Kabyle - - + The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked + Standardní monografický lexikon pro hebrejské texty je použit, když kliknete na odkaz monografické znaÄky v hebrejském textu - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:475 - Lombard - - + Greek morphological lexicon: + Å™ecký monografický lexikon: - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:477 - Macedonian - MakedonÅ¡tina + The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked + Standardní monografický lexikon pro Å™ecké texty je použit, když kliknete na odkaz monografické znaÄky v Å™eckém textu - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:479 - Tok Pisin - - + + - clanguagemgr.cpp:481 + TextFiltersTab - Uma - - + Insert line break after each verse + Zalomit řádek po každém verÅ¡i - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:483 - Romani, Vlax - - + Show verse numbers + Zobrazit Äísla veršů - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:485 - Sango - - + Show section headings + Zobrazit nadpisy Äástí - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:487 - Sranan - - + Show scripture cross-references + Ukázat odkaz v Bibli - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:492 - Chinese - ČínÅ¡tina + Show Greek accents + Zobrazit Å™ecké znaÄky přízvuku - - - clanguagemgr.cpp:494 - Zulu - Zulu + Show Hebrew vowel points + Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky samohlásek - - - crangechooserdialog - Search range editor - Editor rozsahu hledání + Show Hebrew cantillation marks + Zobrazit hebrejské znaÄky přízvuku - New - Nový + Show morph segmentation + Ukázat morfologické dÄ›lení - Name: - Název: + Use textual variants + Použít textové varianty - Edit current search range: - Upravit vybraný rozsah: + Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window. + Filtry kontrolují vzhled textu. Zde můžete nastavit výchozí hodnoty pro vÅ¡echny filtry. Toto nastavení můžete v každém zobrazeném oknÄ› anulovat. - Parsed search range: - Rozeznaný rozsah: + + findTextDialog - Find Text - + Najíd text - The text you want to search for - + Text, který chcete hledat - Seach with case sensitivity - Case &sensitive - Find the previous location of the text - + Najít pÅ™edchozí umístÄ›ní textu - &Previous - + &PÅ™edchozí - Find the next location of the text - + Najít další umístÄ›ní textu - &Next - + &Další - Close the dialog - + UzavÅ™e dialog - &Close - + &Zavřít diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.qm index 4e750ee..2d29e63 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts index a6c0c03..3b6a71e 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Søg - + &Window - Main menu item &Vindue - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Inds&tillinger - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &Fuldskærm - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session Gem &session - + &Load session Ind&læs session - + &Delete session &Slet session - + &Arrangement mode &Placerings Mode - + &Manual mode &Manuel mode - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Sorter automatisk &vertikalt - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Sorter automatisk &horisontalt - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that &Læg automatisk ovenpÃ¥ hinanden - + &Cascade &Læg ovenpÃ¥ hinanden - + Tile &vertically Sorter &vertikalt - + Tile &horizontally Sorter &horisontalt - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - L&uk alle - - - + &Handbook &HÃ¥ndbog - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Bibel Studie.. Hvordan? - + Please enter a name for the new session. Vælg venligst et navn til den nye session. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Bibliotek - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2006, BibleTime Teamet {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Værk - + Index size Indeks størrelse - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... @@ -770,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Biblioteks Manager @@ -823,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -958,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Næste bog - - + Previous book ForgÃ¥ende bog - - + Next chapter Næste kapitel - - + Previous chapter ForgÃ¥ende kapitel - - + Next verse Næste vers - - + Previous verse ForgÃ¥ende vers - + Copy chapter Kopier kapitel - + Save chapter as plain text Gem kapitel som ren tekst - + Save chapter as HTML Gem kapitel som HTML - + Print chapter Udskriv kapitel - Reference only - Kun reference + Kun reference - + Text of reference Tekst i reference - - - + + Reference with text reference med tekst - - Chapter - Kapitel + Kapitel - Chapter as plain text - Kapitel som ren tekst + Kapitel som ren tekst - Chapter as HTML - Kapitel som HTML + Kapitel som HTML - + Bible window Bibel vindue - + Copy... Kopier... - + Save... Gem... - + Print... Udskriv... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Kopier kapitel til klippebordet ... - + Copying Kopierer - - + + Saving chapter ... Gemmer kapitel ... - - + + Saving Gemmer - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view SlÃ¥ træ-visning til/fra - Copy entry with text - Kopier afsnit med tekst + Kopier afsnit med tekst - Save entry as plain text - Gem afsnit som ren tekst + Gem afsnit som ren tekst - Save entry as HTML - Gem afsnit som HTML + Gem afsnit som HTML - Print entry with text - Udskriv afsnit med tekst + Udskriv afsnit med tekst @@ -1330,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Næste bog - - + Previous book ForgÃ¥ende bog - - + Next chapter Næste kapitel - - + Previous chapter ForgÃ¥ende kapitel - - + Next verse Næste vers - - + Previous verse ForgÃ¥ende vers - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1528,55 +1604,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Tilbage - - + Forward in history Frem - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Vælg alt - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1584,7 +1652,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1594,7 +1662,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1845,93 +1913,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Næste afsnit - - + Previous entry ForgÃ¥ende afsnit - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Gem afsnit som HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strong's Søgning - - Reference only - Kun reference + Kun reference - - + + Entry with text Afsnit med tekst - + + Entry as plain text Afsnit som ren tekst - Entry as HTML - Afsnit som HTML + Afsnit som HTML - + Lexicon window Leksikon vindue - + Copy... Kopier... - + Save... Gem... - + Print... Udskriv... - - + + Saving entry ... Gemmer afsnit ... - - + + Saving Gemmer @@ -2413,7 +2472,7 @@ Bøger - + Added text Tilføjet Tekst @@ -2814,12 +2873,6 @@ Language name ka Georgisk - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekchí - Korean @@ -3144,53 +3197,12 @@ Language name bar Bavariansk - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemannisch - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Haitisk Creoler Fransk - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itzá - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekchí - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabyle - Lombard Language name lmo Lombard - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3200,16 +3212,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3364,42 +3366,42 @@ Language name ppk Online - + Old testament Gamle testamente - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - + History Historie - + Prophets Profeter - + New testament Nye Testamente - + Gospels Evanggelier - + Letters/Epistles Breve/Apostle - + Paul's Epistles Paulus' Breve @@ -3642,7 +3644,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3676,6 +3678,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4164,10 +4176,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Lavet af - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.qm index 9305be3..256d219 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts index f79ee5a..e437cf0 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts @@ -3,71 +3,41 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - Information über - Information About %1 - + Informationen über %1 BibleTime - - BibleTime - BibleTime - &File - Main menu item &Datei &View - Main menu item &Ansicht &Search - Main menu item &Suche &Window - Main menu item &Fenster Se&ttings - Main menu item Einstellungen &Help - Main menu item &Hilfe - - BibleTime - BibleTime - - - Quit - Beenden - &Show toolbar &Werkzeugleiste anzeigen - - &Show bookshelf - &Zeigen Bücherregal - - - Show &mag - Z&eige Lupe - &Fullscreen mode &Vollbildmodus @@ -94,17 +64,14 @@ Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Automatisches &Vertikal-Kacheln Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Automatisches &Horizontal-Kacheln Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Automatisches &Staffeln @@ -119,17 +86,12 @@ Tile &horizontally &Horizontal kacheln - - Cl&ose all - A&lle schließen - &Handbook &Handbuch &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Anleitung zum Bibelstudium @@ -140,14 +102,6 @@ Quit BibleTime BibleTime verlassen - - Show or hide the bookshelf - Das Bücherregal anzeigen oder verbergen - - - Show or hide the mag - Die Lupe anzeigen oder verbergen - Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window Vollbildansicht des Hauptfensters umschalten @@ -192,10 +146,6 @@ Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows Geöffnete Fenster horizontal (übereinander) anordnen) - - Close all open windows - Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen - &Configure BibleTime... BibleTime &konfigurieren @@ -232,10 +182,6 @@ New Session Neue Sitzung - - Initializing the Sword engine... - Initialisierung der Sword-Engine... - Creating BibleTime's user interface... Erstellen der BibleTime-Benutzeroberfläche... @@ -246,187 +192,194 @@ Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Initialisieren der SWORD-Engine... Bookshelf - Bücherregal + Bücherregal Bookmarks - Lesezeichen + Lesezeichen Mag - Lupe + Lupe Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + Haupt-Werkzeugleiste &Quit - + &Beenden Show Bookshelf - + Bücherregal anzeigen Show Bookmarks - + Lesezeichen anzeigen Show Mag - + Lupe anzeigen Cl&ose all windows - + Alle &Fenster schließen Close all open windows inside BibleTime - + Alle in BibleTime geöffneten Fenster schließen &About BibleTime - + &Ãœber BibleTime + + + Manually arrange the open windows + Offene Fenster manuell arrangieren + + + Information about the BibleTime program + Informationen über das BibleTime-Programm BtAboutDialog About BibleTime - + Ãœber BibleTime BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool. - + BibleTime ist ein einfach zu bedienendes aber mächtiges Bibelstudien-Werkzeug We are looking for developers and translators. - + Wir suchen nach Entwicklern und Ãœbersetzern. If you would like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info. - + Wenn Sie unserem Team beitreten möchten, senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an info@bibletime.info. (c)1999-2009, The BibleTime Team - + (c)1999-2009, Das BibleTime-Team Contributors - + Beitragende The following people contributed to BibleTime: - + Die folgenden Personen trugen zu BibleTime bei: documentation and translation manager - + Leiter der Dokumentation und Ãœbersetzung project founder, developer - + Projektgründer, Entwickler designer - + Entwerfer developer - + Entwickler packager - + Packager creator of The Sword Project - + Urheber des Sword-Projektes project manager, developer - + Projektleiter, Entwickler domain sponsor - + Domain-Träger howto - + Howto documentation - + Dokumentation tester, usability expert - + Tester, Experte für Gebrauchstauglichkeit The following people translated BibleTime into their language: - + Die folgenden Personen übersetzten BibleTime in ihre Sprachen: Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + Einige Namen mögen fehlen, bitte schicken Sie eine E-Mail an bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net, wenn Sie Fehler oder Auslassungen bemerken. SWORD library version %1 - + SWORD-Bibliotheksversion %1 BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + BibleTime verwendet das SWORD-Projekt. Das SWORD-Projekt ist das freie Bibelsoftware-Projekt der CrossWire Bible Society. Seine Zielsetzung ist das Kreieren plattformübergreifender Open-Source Werkzeuge, die der GNU General Public License unterstellt sind und die Programmierern und Bibelgesellschaften erlauben, neue Bibelsoftware schneller und einfacher zu schreiben. The SWORD Project - + Das SWORD-Projekt This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + Dieses Programm nutzt die Qt Open Source Edition Version %1. Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt Open Source Edition ist zur Entwicklung von Open-Source-Applikationen gedacht. Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Qt ist ein C++-Werkzeugsatz zur plattformübergreifenden Entwicklung von Applikationen. Please see - + Bitte sehen Sie for an overview of Qt licensing. - + für eine Ãœbersicht über die Qt-Lizensierung. License - + Lizenz BibleTime is released under the GPL license. - + BibleTime wird unter der GPL-Lizenz veröffentlicht. You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + Sie können das Programm ohne Beschränkungen herunterladen und benutzen (aber nicht verbreiten) für den persönlichen, privaten, öffentlichen oder kommerziellen Zweck. You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + Sie dürfen das Programm weitergeben oder verbreiten, wenn Sie gleichzeitig den korrespondierenden Quellcode mitgeben. The complete legally binding license is below. - + Die vollständige, rechtlich bindende Lizenz findet sich unten. @@ -631,7 +584,7 @@ Waiting for turn... - + Warte auf Runde... Preparing install... @@ -692,6 +645,63 @@ Werke entfernen? + + BtShortcutsDialog + + Configure shortcuts + Kurzbefehle konfigurieren + + + First shortcut + Erster Kurzbefehl + + + Second shortcut + Zweiter Kurzbefehl + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + Select to change key + Auswählen um Taste zu ändern + + + Action +name + Aktion Name + + + First +shortcut + Erster Kurzbefehl + + + Second +shortcut + Zweiter Kurzbefehl + + + Shortcut for selected action name + Kurzbefehl für ausgewählten Aktionsnamen + + + None + Keine + + + Default + Standard + + + Custom + Eigene + + + Default key: + Standard-Taste + + BtSourceArea @@ -702,14 +712,6 @@ Description Beschreibung - - Last refreshed: - Zuletzt aktualisiert: - - - Edit... - Bearbeiten... - Add... Hinzufügen... @@ -799,7 +801,7 @@ No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager. - + In der SWORD-Konfiguration wurden keine Quellen gefunden und BibleTime konnte keine Standard-Quelle erstellen. Ãœberprüfen Sie Ihre SWORD-Konfiguration und dass der Konfigurations-Pfad beschreibbar ist. Dann starten Sie die Bücherregal-Verwaltung erneut. @@ -809,6 +811,46 @@ Vers auswählen + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + Main Window + Hauptfenster + + + All text windows + Alle Textfenster + + + Bible windows + Bibelfenster + + + Commentary windows + Kommentarfenster + + + Lexicon windows + Lexikonfenster + + + Book windows + Buchfenster + + + Shortcuts + Kurzbefehle + + + Choose action group: + Aktionsgruppe auswählen: + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + ...\"%1! in der \"%2\"-Gruppe + + CBibleReadWindow @@ -851,10 +893,6 @@ Print chapter Kapitel drucken - - Reference only - Nur Referenzen - Text of reference Text des Verses @@ -863,18 +901,6 @@ Reference with text Versangabe mit Text - - Chapter - Kapitel - - - Chapter as plain text - Kapitel als normaler Text - - - Chapter as HTML - Kapitel als HTML - Bible window Bibelfenster @@ -907,14 +933,6 @@ Saving Speichere - - Strong's search - Strong-Suche - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - Alle Stellen der unterhalb des Maus-Zeigers auftretenden Strong-Nummer finden - CBookReadWindow @@ -922,26 +940,6 @@ Toggle tree view Baumstruktur umschalten... - - Copy entry with text - Kopiere Eintrag mit Text - - - Save entry as plain text - Sichere Eintrag als reinenText - - - Save entry as HTML - Sichere Eintrag als HTML - - - Print entry with text - Drucke Eintrag mit Text - - - Book Window - Buchfenster - CBookmarkIndex @@ -1044,10 +1042,6 @@ Search Suche - - Search in - Suche in - Enter the unlock key for this work. Geben Sie den Schlüssel für dieses Werke ein @@ -1102,7 +1096,7 @@ Search in %1... - + Suche in %1... @@ -1131,10 +1125,6 @@ Previous verse Vorheriger Vers - - Commentary window - Kommentarfenster - Synchronize Synchronisieren @@ -1262,7 +1252,7 @@ - + @@ -1281,27 +1271,27 @@ Zoom in - + Vergrößern Zoom out - + Verkleinern Close - + Schließen Select all - Alle auswählen + Alles auswählen Copy - Kopiere + Kopieren Find... - + Suchen... @@ -1321,14 +1311,6 @@ CHTMLWriteDisplay - - Choose a font - Schriftart auswählen - - - Choose a font size - Schriftgröße auswählen - Bold Fett @@ -1499,7 +1481,7 @@ - + @@ -1535,10 +1517,6 @@ Copy reference only Kopiere nur die Referenz - - Copy selected text - Kopiere ausgewählten Text - Save entry as HTML Sichere Eintrag als HTML @@ -1551,10 +1529,6 @@ Strong's Search Strongnummern-Suche - - Reference only - Nur Referenzen - Entry with text Eintrag mit Text @@ -1563,10 +1537,6 @@ Entry as plain text Eintrag als normaler Text - - Entry as HTML - Eintrag als HTML - Lexicon window Lexikonfenster @@ -1624,10 +1594,6 @@ CModuleIndexDialog - - Creating index for work: - Erstelle Index für Werk: - Cancel Abbrechen @@ -1646,7 +1612,7 @@ Creating index for work: %1 - + Erstelle Index für Werk: %1 @@ -1807,7 +1773,7 @@ - + @@ -1882,10 +1848,6 @@ InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay - - Mag - Lupe - Abbreviation Abkürzung @@ -1923,19 +1885,19 @@ QCoreApplication Indexing aborted - + Indizierung abgebrochen An internal error occurred while building the index. - + Ein interner Fehler trat während der Indizierung auf. Search aborted - + Suche abgebrochen An internal error occurred while executing your search. - + Ein interner Fehler trat während der Suche auf. @@ -1978,496 +1940,370 @@ Afrikaans - Language name af Afrikaans English, Old (ca.450-1100) - Language name ang Altenglisch (ca. 450-1100) Arabic - Language name ar Arabisch Azerbaijani - Language name az Aserbaidschanisch Belarusian - Language name be Weißrussisch Bulgarian - Language name bg Bulgarisch Breton - Language name br Bretonisch Bosnian - Language name bs Bosnisch Catalan - Language name ca Katalanisch Cebuano - Language name ceb Cebuano Chamorro - Language name ch Chamorro Coptic - Language name cop Koptisch Czech - Language name cs Tschechisch Church Slavic - Language name cu Kirchenslawisch Welsh - Language name cy Walisisch Danish - Language name da Dänisch German - Language name de Deutsch Greek, Modern (1453-) - Language name el Neugriechisch (ab 1453) English - Language name en Englisch American English - Language name en_US Amerikanisches Englisch English, Middle (1100-1500) - Language name enm Mittelenglisch (1100-1500) Esperanto - Language name eo Esperanto Spanish - Language name es Spanisch Estonian - Language name et Estnisch Basque - Language name eu Baskisch Persian - Language name fa Persisch Finnish - Language name fi Finnisch French - Language name fr Französisch Frisian - Language name fy Friesisch Irish - Language name ga Irisch Gaelic (Scots) - Language name gd Gälisch (Schottland) Gothic - Language name got Gothisch Manx - Language name gv Gälisch der Isle of Man Greek, Ancient (to 1453) - Language name grc Altgriechisch (bis 1453) Hebrew - Language name he Hebräisch Hausa - Language name hau Hausa Hawaiian - Language name haw Hawaiisch Hindi - Language name hi Hindi Croatian - Language name hr Kroatisch Hungarian - Language name hu Ungarisch Armenian - Language name hy Armenisch Indonesian - Language name id Indonesisch Icelandic - Language name is Isländisch Italian - Language name it Italienisch Japanese - Language name ja Japanisch Georgian - Language name ka Georgisch Korean - Language name ko Koreanisch Kurdish - Language name ku Kurdisch Kirghiz - Language name ky Kirgisisch Latin - Language name la Latein Lithuanian - Language name lt Litauisch Latvian - Language name lv Lettländisch Maori - Language name mi Maorisch Macedonian - Language name mk Makedonisch More - Language name mos Maorisch Malay - Language name ms Malaisch Maltese - Language name mt Maltesisch Low German; Low Saxon - Language name nds Plattdeutsch Nepali - Language name ne Nepalesisch Dutch - Language name nl Niederländisch Norwegian Nynorsk - Language name nn Neu-Norwegisch Norwegian - Language name no Norwegisch Papiamento - Language name pap Papiamento Polish - Language name pl Polnisch Portuguese - Language name pt Portugiesisch Brasilian Portuguese - Language name pt_BR Brasilianisches Portugiesisch Romanian - Language name ro Rumänisch Russian - Language name ru Russisch Scots - Language name sco Schottisch Slovak - Language name sk Slowakisch Slovenian - Language name sl Slowenisch Somali - Language name so Somalisch Albanian - Language name sq Albanisch Swedish - Language name sv Schwedisch Swahili - Language name sw Suaheli Syriac - Language name syr Syrisch Tamil - Language name ta Tamilisch Thai - Language name th Thailändisch Tagalog - Language name tl Tagalog Tswana - Language name tn Sezuan Turkish - Language name tr Türkisch Tahitian - Language name ty Tahitisch Ukrainian - Language name uk Ukrainisch Vietnamese - Language name vi Vietnamesisch Xhosa - Language name xh Xhosa Bavarian - Language name bar Bayrisch - - Zarma - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Alemannisch - - - Haitian Creole French - Haitisch-kreolisches Französisch - - - Shuar - Shuar - - - Kabyle - Kabyle - Lombard - Language name lmo Lombardisch - - Tok Pisin - Tok Pisin - Uma - Language name ppk ----------- -Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Sango - Sranan - Language name srn Sranan Yiddish - Language name yi Yiddisch Chinese - Language name zh Chinesisch Zulu - Language name zu Zulu @@ -2676,36 +2512,27 @@ Language name ppk Haitian Creole - Language name ht - Haitanisches Kreol - - - Kekchi - Kekchi + Haitanisches Kreolisch Burmese - Language name my - + Birmanisch Potawatomi - Language name pot - + Potawatomi Klingon - Language name tlh Klingonisch Yoryba - Language name yo - + Yoryba Verb tense changed - + Tempus geändert Can't write file @@ -2729,362 +2556,303 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers - Strong-Nummern verfolgen + Strong-Nummern bestimmen Names of languages No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ - The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module. - + Sprachnamen Amuzgo, Guerrero - Language name amu - + Amuzgo, Guerrero Azerbaijani, South - Language name azb - + Aserbaidschanisch, Süden Chinantec, Comaltepec - Language name cco - + Chinantec, Comaltepec Chontal, Highland Oaxaca - Language name chd - + Chontal, Bergland Oaxaca Chinantec, Quiotepec - Language name chq - + Chinantec, Quiotepec Chinantec, Ozumacu00edn - Language name chz - + Chinantec, Ozumacu00edn Cakchiquel, Western - Language name ckw - + Cakchiquel, Westlich Chinantec, Lalana - Language name cnl - + Chinantec, Lalana Chinantec, Tepetotutla - Language name cnt Chinantec, Sochiapan - Language name cso Chol, Tila - Language name cti Chatino, Western Highland - Language name ctp - + Chatino, Westliches Bergland Duruma - Language name dug Geez - Language name gez Huave, San Mateo Del Mar - Language name huv Itzu00e1 - Language name itz Ixil, San Juan Cotzal - Language name ixl Jacalteco, Eastern - Language name jac - + Jacalteco, Östlich Javanese, Caribbean - Language name jvn - + Javanisch, Karibisch Kekchu00ed kek - Language name kek Lacandon - Language name lac Malagasy - Language name mg Mixe, Isthmus - Language name mir Mixtec, Coatzospan - Language name miz Mixtec, Silacayoapan - Language name mks (Multiple languages) - Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages) - + (Multiple Sprachen) Mam, Central - Language name mvc Mam, Todos Santos Cuchumatu00e1n - Language name mvj Mixe, Juquila - Language name mxq Mixtec, Jamiltepec - Language name mxt Norwegian Bokmu00e5l - Language name nb - + Norwegisch Bokmal Nahuatl, Michoacu00e1n - Language name ncl Nahuatl, Guerrero - Language name ngu Nahuatl, Northern Oaxaca - Language name nhy - + Nahuatl, Nördliches Oaxaca Otomi, Queru00e9taro - Language name otq Persian (Dari) - Language name prs - + Persisch (Dari) Quichu00e9, West Central - Language name qut Tektiteko - Language name ttc Tzotzil, Zinacantu00e1n - Language name tzz Orya - Language name ury Uspanteco - Language name usp Mixtec, Diuxi-Tilantongo - Language name xtd Zapotec, San Juan Guelavu00eda - Language name zab Zapotec, Mitla - Language name zaw Zapotec, Amatlu00e1n - Language name zpo Zapotec, Zoogocho - Language name zpq Zapotec, Yalu00e1lag - Language name zpu Zapotec, Chichicapan - Language name zpv Zapotec, Southern Rincon - Language name zsr - + Zapotec, Südliches Rincon Zapotec, Quioquitani-Quieru00ed - Language name ztq Zapotec, Yatee - Language name zty + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + Dieser Kurzbefehl steht im Konflikt mit dem Kurzbefehl für folgende Aktionen: + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + Möchten Sie die kollidierenden Kurzbefehle löschen und fortfahren? + QPushButton OK Dialog Button - Standard button - + OK Open Dialog Button - Standard button - + Öffnen Save Dialog Button - Standard button - + Speichern Cancel Dialog Button - Standard button - Abbrechen + Abbrechen Close Dialog Button - Standard button - + Schließen Discard Dialog Button - Standard button - Verwerfen + Verwerfen Apply Dialog Button - Standard button - + Anwenden Reset Dialog Button - Standard button - + Zurücksetzen Restore defaults Dialog Button - Standard button - + Standard wiederherstellen Help Dialog Button - Standard button - + Hilfe Save All Dialog Button - Standard button - + Alles speichern Yes Dialog Button - Standard button - + Ja Yes to all Dialog Button - Standard button - + Ja zu allem No Dialog Button - Standard button - + Nein No to all Dialog Button - Standard button - + Nein zu allem @@ -3119,7 +2887,7 @@ Language name ppk (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>) - + (<a href='syntax_help'>Vollständige Syntax</a>) Scope: @@ -3141,10 +2909,6 @@ Language name ppk Select the works which should be searched. Wählen Sie die Werke aus, in denen gesucht werden soll. - - Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax - No search scope Kein Suchbereich @@ -3171,66 +2935,63 @@ Language name ppk Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries. - + Wählen Sie den Suchbereich (Bücher/Kapitel/Verse zum Durchsuchen).<br />Anwendbar auf Bibeln und Kommentaren. Configure predefined scopes for search - + Vordefinierte Suchbereiche konfigurieren Click the link to get help for search syntax - + Klicken Sie auf den Verweis um Hilfe zur Suchsyntax zu erhalten <p>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</p> - Don't translate words inside <> tags! Translate 'All words' etc. indentically to the Search dialog options. - + <p> Diese Hilfe ist hauptsächlich für die Option 'Vollständige Syntax'. 'Alle Wörter' und 'Einige Wörter' haben eine begrenztere Syntax;<a href='#wildcards'>Platzhalter</a> und <a href='#fields'>Textfelder</a> werden für sie unterstützt. Einige andere Syntax-Funktionen können seltsame oder falsche Resultate für 'Alle Wörter' / 'Einige Wörter' liefern.</p> <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Which words to find</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grouping and order</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Other syntax features</A><br/></p> - + <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Welche Wörter zu finden</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Gruppierung und Reihenfolge</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Platzhalter (partielle Wörter)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Textfelder (verschiedene Textabschnitte)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Andere Syntaxfunktionen</A><br/></p> <h1><A name='allsome'>Which words to find</A></h1><p>Search terms are separated by spaces. <strong>AND</strong> (all words), <strong>OR</strong> (some words) and <strong>NOT</strong> (not the following word) can be added between the words. If none is added explicitly OR is used automatically. '<strong>+</strong>word' means the word must be in the results, '<strong>-</strong>word' means it must not be in the results.</p> - Syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + <h1><A name='allsome'>Zu findende Wörter</A></h1><p>Die Suchtermini werden durch Leerzeichen getrennt. <strong>AND</strong> (alle Wörter), <strong>OR</strong> (einige Wörter) und <strong>NOT</strong> (nicht das folgende Wort) können zwischen den Wörtern hinzugefügt werden. Wenn diese Wörter nicht explicit dazwischen gesetzt werden, wird automatisch OR benutzt . '<strong>+</strong>bedeutet, dass das Wort im Ergebnis enthalten sein muss, '<strong>-</strong>bedeutet, dass das Wort nicht im Ergebnis enthalten sein darf.</p> <p><table><tr><td>jesus AND god</td><td>Finds verses with both 'Jesus' and 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' or 'God' or both</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr></table></p> - In examples words to be searched for may be translated, but syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + <p><table><tr><td>jesus AND gott</td><td>Findet Verse mit 'Jesus' und 'Gott'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR gott</td><td>Findet Verse mit 'Jesus' oder 'Gott' or beidem</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT gott</td><td>Findet Verse mit 'Jesus' aber ohne 'Gott'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -gott</td><td>Findet ebenfalls Verse mit 'Jesus' aber ohne 'Gott'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='grouping'>Grouping and order</A></h1><p>Words can be grouped with <strong>parenthesis</strong>. Strict word order can be defined with <strong>quotes</strong>.</p> - + <h1><A name='grouping'>Gruppierung und Reihenfolge</A></h1><p>Wörter können mit <strong>runden Klammern</strong> gruppiert werden. Eine strikte Wortreihenfolge kann mit <strong>Anführungszeichen</strong> definiert werden.</p> <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Finds verses with both 'a' AND 'b', and verses with 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"says lord"</td><td>Finds e.g. '...Isaiah says, "Lord...' but not '...says the LORD'</td></tr><tr><td>"says the lord"</td><td>Finds all verses with 'says the LORD'</td></tr></table></p> - + <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Findet Verse mit 'a' UND 'b' und Verse mit 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"spricht HERR"</td><td>Findet z.B. '...Jesaja spricht: "HERR...' aber nicht '...spricht der HERR'</td></tr><tr><td>"spricht der HERR"</td><td>Findet alle Verse mit 'spricht der HERR'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' matches any sequence of 0 or more characters, while '<strong>?</strong>' matches any single character. A wildcard can not be used in the beginning of a word.</p> - + <h1><A name='wildcards'>Platzhalter (Wortteile)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' trifft auf jede Sequenz mit 0 oder mehr Zeichen zu, während '<strong>?</strong>' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Ein Jokerzeichen darf nicht am Wortanfang benutzt werden.</p> <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>All words beginning with 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Assyria', 'aroma', 'abba' etc.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'at' and 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'abba', 'area', 'Asia' etc.</td></tr></table></p> - + <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>Alle Wörter, die mit 'a' beginnen</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Antiochia', 'Aroma', 'Abba' usw.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'aß' und 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'Abba', 'Abia', 'Alva' usw.</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A></h1><p>Available text fields:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Searches Strong's numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> - + <h1><A name='fields'>Textfelder (verschiedene Textabschnitte)</A></h1><p>Verfügbare Textfelder:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Durchsucht Kopfzeilen</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Durchsucht Fußnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Durchsucht Strong-Nummern</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Durchsucht Morphologie- Codes</td></tr></table></p> <p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> - + <p>Beispiele:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Findet Kopfzeilen mit 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:sagte</td><td>Findet Fußzeilen mit 'Jesus' und 'sagte'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Findet Verse mit Strongs Griechisch Nummer 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Findet Verse mit dem Morphologie-Code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='lucene'>Other syntax features</A></h1><p>BibleTime uses the CLucene search engine. You can read more on the <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> (in external browser).</p> - + <h1><A name='lucene'>Andere Syntax-Funktionen</A></h1><p>BibleTime benutzt die CLucene-Suchmaschine. Sie können darüber mehr auf der <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> lesen (im externen Browser).</p> Search Syntax Help - + Syntaxhilfe suchen @@ -3388,13 +3149,9 @@ Language name ppk Total hits Gesamte Treffer - - Created by - Erstellt mit - Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - + Erstellt durch <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> @@ -3553,7 +3310,7 @@ Das kann eine Weile dauern. Mit der Indizierung fortfahren? - + @@ -3596,54 +3353,54 @@ Das kann eine Weile dauern. Mit der Indizierung fortfahren? Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window. - Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen. + Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen. - + findTextDialog Find Text - + Text finden The text you want to search for - Den zu suchenden Text + Der zu suchende Text Seach with case sensitivity - + Bei der Suche Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten Case &sensitive - + Groß-/Kleinschreibung berück&sichtigen Find the previous location of the text - + Die vorherige Textstelle aufsuchen &Previous - + &Vorherige Find the next location of the text - + Die folgende Textstelle aufsuchen &Next - + &Folgende Close the dialog - + Dialog schließen &Close - &Schließen + &Schließen diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.qm index 1884e3d..117b120 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts index e54e6e6..9c8337a 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts @@ -12,302 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item - + &Window - Main menu item - + Se&ttings - Main menu item - + &Help - Main menu item - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session - + &Load session - + &Delete session - + &Arrangement mode - + &Manual mode - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that - + &Cascade - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - + &Handbook - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide - + Please enter a name for the new session. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - Initializing the Sword engine... - Initialising the Sword engine... - - - + Initializing the SWORD engine... Initialising the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... Initialising menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -335,37 +330,37 @@ - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -459,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -513,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -765,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -818,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -954,175 +1019,165 @@ - CBibleReadWindow + CAcceleratorSettingsPage - - - Next book + + Choose action group: - - - Previous book + + Main Window - - - Next chapter + + All text windows - - - Previous chapter + + Bible windows - - - Next verse + + Commentary windows - - - Previous verse + + Lexicon windows - - Copy chapter + + Book windows - - Save chapter as plain text - - - - - Save chapter as HTML + + + "%1" in the "%2" group - - Print chapter + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - Reference only + + Next book - - Text of reference + + Previous book - - - - Reference with text + + Next chapter - - - Chapter + + Previous chapter - - Chapter as plain text + + Next verse - - Chapter as HTML + + Previous verse - - Bible window + + Copy chapter - - Copy... + + Save chapter as plain text - - Save... + + Save chapter as HTML - - Print... + + Print chapter - - Copy chapter to clipboard ... + + Text of reference - - Copying + + + Reference with text - - - Saving chapter ... + + Bible window - - - Saving + + Copy... - - Strong's search + + Save... - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor + + Print... - - - CBookReadWindow - - - Toggle tree view + + Copy chapter to clipboard ... - - Copy entry with text + + Copying - - Save entry as plain text + + + Saving chapter ... - - Save entry as HTML + + + Saving + + + CBookReadWindow - - Print entry with text + + Toggle tree view @@ -1325,48 +1380,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book - - + Previous book - - + Next chapter - - + Previous chapter - - + Next verse - - + Previous verse - + Synchronize Synchronise - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window Synchronise the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1523,55 +1572,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1579,7 +1620,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1589,7 +1630,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1840,93 +1881,76 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry - - + Previous entry - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search - - - Reference only - - - - - + + Entry with text - + + Entry as plain text - - Entry as HTML - - - - + Lexicon window - + Copy... - + Save... - + Print... - - + + Saving entry ... - - + + Saving @@ -2408,7 +2432,7 @@ - + Added text @@ -3302,42 +3326,42 @@ Language name ppk - + Old testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - + History - + Prophets - + New testament - + Gospels - + Letters/Epistles - + Paul's Epistles @@ -3580,7 +3604,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3614,6 +3638,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.qm index 0d7d7c1..c93e7ca 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts index 6c064d5..4661d54 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - Informacion Acerca de - Information About %1 @@ -16,315 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &Archivo - + &View - Main menu item &Ver - + &Search - Main menu item &Buscar - + &Window - Main menu item &Ventana - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Preferencias - + &Help - Main menu item Ayuda - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - Quit - Salir - - - + &Show toolbar Mostrar Barra de Herramientas - + &Fullscreen mode &Modo de pantalla completa - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Guardar sesión - + &Load session &Cargar sesión - + &Delete session Eliminar sésion - + &Arrangement mode Metodo de arreglo: - + &Manual mode &Modo manual - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Mosaico automatico &Vertical - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Mosaico automatico &horizontal - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Cascada Automatica - + &Cascade En &cascada - + Tile &vertically Mosaico &vertical - + Tile &horizontally Mosaico &horizontal - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Cerrar todo - - - + &Handbook &Manual de referencia - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Como estudiar la &Biblia - + Please enter a name for the new session. Por favor, introduzca un nombre para la sesión nueva. - + Quit BibleTime Salir de BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window Cambiar a pantalla completa - + Search in &open works... Buscar en Abrir Trabajos - + Search in standard &Bible... Buscar en Biblia Estandar - + Save as &new session... Guardar como Nueva Sesion - + Create and save a new session Crear y guardar nueva Sesion - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - Close all open windows - Cerrar todas las ventanas abiertas - - - + &Configure BibleTime... Configurar BibleTime - + Set BibleTime's preferences Preferencias de BibleTime - + Bookshelf &Manager... Manejador de Librerias - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works Configurar su libreria e instalar/actualizar/remover/indexar trabajos - + Open BibleTime's handbook Abrir Manual de BibleTime - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. Abrir el \"Como\" del estudio biblico incluido en BibleTime. Este \"Como\" es una introduccion de como estudiar la Biblia eficientemente. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Biblioteca - + Bookmarks Favoritos - + Mag @@ -352,37 +330,37 @@ - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -476,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -530,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts Si selecciono, esos indices los cuales no tienen un trabajo correspondiente, el trabajo sera eliminado cuando BibleTime inicie - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts Automaticamente eliminar indices huerfanos cuando BibleTime Inicie - + Delete the selected indexes Eliminar los indices seleccionados - + Delete Eliminar - + Create new indexes for the selected works Crear nuevos indices para el trabajo seleccionado - + Work Tomo - + Index size Tamaño del indice - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. Crear nuevos indices de busqueda y eliminar indices creados para los trabajos instalados - + Search Indexes Buscar Indices - + Works with indexes Trabajar con Indices - + Works without indexes Trabajar sin Indices - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... @@ -783,7 +761,7 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -836,6 +814,76 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -971,177 +1019,199 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Libro siguiente - - + Previous book Libro anterior - - + Next chapter Capítulo siguiente - - + Previous chapter Capítulo anterior - - + Next verse Verso siguiente - - + Previous verse Verso anterior - + Copy chapter Copiar Capítulo - + Save chapter as plain text Guardar Capítulo como texto simple - + Save chapter as HTML Guardar Capítulo como HTML - + Print chapter Imprimir Capítulo - Reference only - Referencia solomente + Referencia solomente - + Text of reference Texto de referencia - - - + + Reference with text Referencia con texto - - Chapter - Capítulo + Capítulo - Chapter as plain text - Capítulo como texto simple + Capítulo como texto simple - Chapter as HTML - Capítulo como HTML + Capítulo como HTML - + Bible window Ventana de Biblia - + Copy... Copiar... - + Save... Guardar... - + Print... Imprimir... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Copiar el capítulo al portapapeles - + Copying Copiando - - + + Saving chapter ... Guardando el capítulo... - - + + Saving Guardando - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Cambiar vista de arbol - Copy entry with text - Copiar Entrada con texto + Copiar Entrada con texto - Save entry as plain text - Guardar Entrada como texto simple + Guardar Entrada como texto simple - Save entry as HTML - Guardar entrada como HTML + Guardar entrada como HTML - Print entry with text - Imprimir entrada con texto + Imprimir entrada con texto @@ -1269,10 +1339,6 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de Search Buscar - - Search in - Buscar en - Enter the unlock key for this work. @@ -1347,48 +1413,42 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Libro siguiente - - + Previous book Libro anterior - - + Next chapter Capítulo siguiente - - + Previous chapter Capítulo anterior - - + Next verse Verso siguiente - - + Previous verse Verso anterior - + Synchronize Sincronizar - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window Sincronizar la entrada desplegada de este trabajo con la ventana activa de la Biblia @@ -1545,55 +1605,47 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Volver en el historial - - + Forward in history Adelantar en el Historial - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window Abrir el dialogo de busqueda con los trabajos de esta ventana - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Seleccionar todo - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1601,7 +1653,7 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1611,7 +1663,7 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de - + Font style: @@ -1862,93 +1914,84 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Entrada siguiente - - + Previous entry Entrada anterior - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Guardar entrada como HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Buscar lexicos fuertes - - Reference only - Referencia solomente + Referencia solomente - - + + Entry with text Entrada con texto - + + Entry as plain text Entrada como texto simple - Entry as HTML - Entrada como HTML + Entrada como HTML - + Lexicon window Ventana del léxico - + Copy... Copiar... - + Save... Guardar... - + Print... Imprimir... - - + + Saving entry ... Guardando entrada. - - + + Saving Guardando @@ -2430,7 +2473,7 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de Libros - + Added text Texto agregado @@ -3155,42 +3198,12 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de Language name bar Bávaro - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemanich - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Francés Criollo de Haití - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabile - Lombard Language name lmo Lombard - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3200,16 +3213,6 @@ Instalar.<br/><b>Advertencia:</b> Si usted vive en un pais de Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3364,42 +3367,42 @@ Language name ppk Remoto - + Old testament Antiguo Testamento - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moisés/Pentateuco/Torá - + History Historia - + Prophets Profetas - + New testament Nuevo Testamento - + Gospels Evangelios - + Letters/Epistles Cartas/Epístolas - + Paul's Epistles Las Epístolas de Pablo @@ -3642,7 +3645,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3676,6 +3679,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4164,10 +4177,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Creado por - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.qm index 5826a14..f6dc97e 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts index 9f7ed1f..9fd7796 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - Informatsioon: - Information About %1 @@ -16,327 +12,300 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &Fail - + &View - Main menu item &Vaade - + &Search - Main menu item &Otsing - + &Window - Main menu item A&ken - + Se&ttings - Main menu item &Seaded - + &Help - Main menu item &Abi - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - Quit - Välju - - - + &Show toolbar Näita &tööriistariba - + &Fullscreen mode Täis&ekraanvaade - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar Peamine tööriistariba - + &Quit &Välju - + + Information about the BibleTime program + Informatsioon BibleTime kohta + + + Show Bookshelf Näita raamaturiiulit - + Show Bookmarks Näita järjehoidjaid - + Show Mag Näita infopaneeli - + &Save session &Salvesta sessioon - + &Load session &Lae sessioon - + &Delete session &Kustuta sessioon - + &Arrangement mode &Asetusviis - + &Manual mode &Käsitiasetus - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Automaatne &vertikaalasetus - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Automaatne &horisontaalasetus - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Automaatne k&askaadasetus - + &Cascade Aseta &kaskaadi - + Tile &vertically Aseta &vertikaalselt - + Tile &horizontally Aseta &horisontaalselt - + Cl&ose all windows Sulge &kõik aknad - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime Sulge kõik BibleTime sees avatud aknad - Cl&ose all - &Sule kõik - - - + &Handbook &Käsiraamat - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Piibli uurimise õpetus - + Please enter a name for the new session. Palun sisestage nimetus uue sessiooni jaoks. - + Quit BibleTime Välju BibleTime'st - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window Kasuta täisekraanvaadet peaakna jaoks - + Search in &open works... &Otsi avatud teostest... - + Search in standard &Bible... Otsi &eelistatud Piiblist... - + Save as &new session... Salvesta &uue sessioonina... - + Create and save a new session Loo ja salvesta uus sessioon - + + Manually arrange the open windows + Paiguta avatud aknad käsitsi + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) Aseta avatud aknad automaatselt vertikaalselt (üksteise kõrvale) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) Aseta avatud aknad automaatselt horisontaalselt (üksteise kohale) - + Automatically cascade the open windows Aseta avatud aknad automaatselt kaskaadi - + Cascade the open windows Aseta avatud aknad kaskaadi - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows Aseta avatud aknad vertikaalselt (üksteise kõrvale) - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows Aseta avatud aknad horisontaalselt (üksteise kohale) - Close all open windows - Sulge kõik avatud aknad - - - + &Configure BibleTime... &Seadista BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences Muuda BibleTime seadistusi - + Bookshelf &Manager... Raamaturiiuli &haldamine... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works Seadista oma raamaturiiul ning paigalda/uuenda/eemalda/indekseeri teoseid - + Open BibleTime's handbook Ava BibleTime' käsiraamat - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. Ava BibleTime'ga kaasas olev Piible uurimise õpetus.<BR>See õpetus on sissejuhatus Piibli efektiivseks õppimiseks. - + Search in all works that are currently open Otsi kõikidest hetkel avatud teostest - + Search in the standard Bible Otsi eelistatud Piiblist - + New Session Uus sessioon - Initializing the Sword engine... - Sword mootori käivitamine... - - - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + SWORD mootori käivitamine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... BibleTime' kasutajaliidese käivitamine... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... Menüü ja tööriistaribade käivitamine... - + &About BibleTime &Info BibleTime kohta - + Bookshelf Raamaturiiul - + Bookmarks Järjehoidjad - + Mag Info - - Show - E.g. "Show Bookshelf", "Show Mag" in View menu - Kuva - BtAboutDialog @@ -361,49 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2009, BibleTime meeskond - This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version - Käesolev programm kasutab Qt Open Source Edition versiooni - - - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. Qt Open Source Edition on mõeldud avatud lähtekoodiga rakenduste arendamiseks. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. Qt on hulk C++ tööriistu mitmetel tarkvaraplatvormidel töötavate rakenduste arendamiseks. - + Please see Palun vaadake - + for an overview of Qt licensing. ülevaate saamiseks Qt litsenseerimisest. - License Agreement - Litsentsileping - - - BibleTime is released under the GPL licence. - BibleTime on välja lastud GPL litsentsi all. - - - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. Te võite programmi alla laadida ja kasutada (kuid mitte levitada) personaalsetel, privaatsetel, avalikel või kommertseesmärkidel ilma piiranguteta. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. Te võite programmi edasi anda või levitada, kui Te sellega samuti programmi lähtekoodi levitate. - + The complete legally binding license is below. Täielik juriidiliselt siduv litsents on toodud allpool. @@ -497,37 +454,37 @@ Järgnevad inimesed tõlkisid BibleTime' enda keelde: - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. Mõned nimed võivad puududa, palun saatke e-mail aadressile bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net kui märkate vigu või puuduvaid nimesid. - + SWORD library version %1 SWORD teek, versioon %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. BibleTime kasutab SWORD projekti. Projekt SWORD on CrossWire Bible Society vaba piiblitarkvara projekt, mille eesmärk on luua mitmeplatvormilisi vaba tarkvara tööriistu - litsenseeritud GNU General Public Licence all --mis võimaldavad programmeerijatel ja piibliühingutel kirjutada uut piiblitarkvara kiiremini ja lihtsamalt. - + The SWORD Project Projekt SWORD - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - Käesolev programm kasutab Qt Open Source Edition versiooni %1 raamistikku. + Käesolev programm kasutab Qt Open Source Edition raamistikku versioon %1. - + License Litsents - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. BibleTime on välja antud GPL litsentsi all. @@ -551,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts Kui valitud, siis kustutatakse BibleTime käivitamisel automaatselt need indeksid, millele vastavat teost pole paigaldatud - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts Kustuta teosteta indeksid automaatselt BibleTime käivitamisel - + Delete the selected indexes Kustuta valitud indeksid - + Delete Kustuta - + Create new indexes for the selected works Loo uued indeksid valitud teostele - + Work Teos - + Index size Indeksi suurus - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. Paigaldatud teoste indeksite haldamine. - + Search Indexes Otsinguindeksid - + Works with indexes Indekseeritud teosed - + Works without indexes Indekseerimata teosed - - + + KiB kiB - + Create... Loo... @@ -631,7 +588,7 @@ Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources. "remote" -> "kaug-" is fuzzy - Paigalda ja uuenda teoseid. Lisa kaug- ja kohalikke allikaid, värskenda neid, vali teosed paigaldamiseks/uuendamiseks ning vajuta Paigalda.<br/><b>HOIATUS:</b> Kui Te elate riigis, kus Teid võidakse taga kiusata, ning Te ei soovi riskeerida Teie avastamisega, ärge kasutage kaug-allikaid. + Paigalda ja uuenda teoseid. Lisa kaug- ja kohalikke allikaid, värskenda neid, vali teosed paigaldamiseks/uuendamiseks ning vajuta Paigalda.<br/><b>HOIATUS:</b> Kui Te elate riigis, kus Teid võidakse taga kiusata, ning Te ei soovi riskeerida Teie avastamisega, ärge kasutage kaug-allikaid. @@ -745,7 +702,7 @@ Use Directory? - Kasutada kataloogi? + Kasutada valitud kataloogi? @@ -804,7 +761,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Raamaturiiuli haldamine @@ -857,6 +814,79 @@ Eemaldada teosed? + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + Seadista kiirklahvid + + + + First shortcut + Esimene kiirklahv + + + + Second shortcut + Teine kiirklahv + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + Valige element klahvi muutmiseks + + + + Action +name + Tegevuse +nimetus + + + + First +shortcut + Esimene +kiirklahv + + + + Second +shortcut + Teine +kiirklahv + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + Kiirklahvid valitud tegevuse jaoks + + + + None + Puudub + + + + Default + Vaikimisi + + + + Custom + Kohandatud + + + + Default key: + Vaikimisi kiirklahv: + + BtSourceArea @@ -936,7 +966,7 @@ No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager. - + SWORD teegi seadistuses ei leitud ühtegi allikat, mistõttu ei saanud BibleTime valida vaikimisi allikat. Palun kontrollige SWORD'i konfiguratsiooni ning et konfiguratsiooni asukoht oleks kirjutatav. Seejärel taaskäivitage raamaturiiuli haldamine. @@ -992,178 +1022,169 @@ Vali salm + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + Valige tegevuste rühm: + + + + Main Window + Peaaken + + + + All text windows + Kõik tekstiaknad + + + + Bible windows + Piibliaknad + + + + Commentary windows + Kommentaaride aknad + + + + Lexicon windows + Leksikonide aknad + + + + Book windows + Raamatute aknad + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + "%1" rühmas "%2" + + + + Shortcuts + Kiirklahvid + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Järgmine raamat - - + Previous book Eelmine raamat - - + Next chapter Järgmine peatükk - - + Previous chapter Eelmine peatükk - - + Next verse Järgmine salm - - + Previous verse Eelmine salm - + Copy chapter Kopeeri peatükk - + Save chapter as plain text Salvesta peatükk tavalise tekstina - + Save chapter as HTML Salvesta peatükk HTML'ina - + Print chapter Trüki peatükk - - Reference only - Ainult viide - - - + Text of reference - Viidatud tekst + Viidatud tekst - - - + + Reference with text Viide koos tekstiga - - - Chapter - Peatükk - - - - Chapter as plain text - Peatükk tavalise tekstina - - - - Chapter as HTML - Peatükk HTML'ina - - - + Bible window Piibliaken - + Copy... Kopeeri... - + Save... Salvesta... - + Print... Trüki... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Peatüki kopeerimine... - + Copying Kopeerimine - - + + Saving chapter ... Peatüki salvestamine... - - + + Saving Salvestamine - - - Strong's search - Strongi numbrite otsing - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - Leia kõik hiirekursori all oleva Strongi numbri esinemised - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Kuva sisukord - - - Copy entry with text - Kopeeri kirje tekstiga - - - - Save entry as plain text - Salvesta kirje tavalise tekstina - - - - Save entry as HTML - Salvesta kirje HTML'ina - - - - Print entry with text - Trüki kirje tekstiga - CBookmarkIndex @@ -1245,7 +1266,7 @@ Drag references from text views to this view - Lohistage viiteid tekstiakendest siia + Lohistage viiteid tekstiakendest siia @@ -1293,7 +1314,7 @@ Unlock... - Võta lukust lahti... + Võta lukust lahti... @@ -1305,15 +1326,10 @@ Search Otsi - - Search in - Fuzzy; might be untranslatable as such prefix - Otsi teostest - Enter the unlock key for this work. - Sisestage võti selle teose avamiseks. + Sisestage võti selle teose avamiseks. @@ -1363,54 +1379,48 @@ Unlock Work - Kaitstud teose avamine + Kaitstud teose avamine CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Järgmine raamat - - + Previous book Eelmine raamat - - + Next chapter Järgmine peatükk - - + Previous chapter Eelmine peatükk - - + Next verse Järgmine salm - - + Previous verse Eelmine salm - + Synchronize Sünkroniseeri - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window Sünkroniseeri selle teose kuvatud kirje aktiivse piibliaknaga @@ -1567,59 +1577,51 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history fuzzy; maybe just "Tagasi" ("Back") Tagasi ajaloos - - + Forward in history fuzzy; maybe just "Edasi" ("Forward") Edasi ajaloos - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window Ava otsinguaken selle akna teostega - - + Zoom in "Suurenda kirjasuurust" would probably be better for zooming text Suumi sisse - - + Zoom out "Vähenda kirjasuurust" would probably be better for zooming text Suumi välja - - + Close Sule - - + Select all Vali kõik - - + Copy Kopeeri - - + Find... Otsi... @@ -1627,7 +1629,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: Suurus: @@ -1637,7 +1639,7 @@ Kirjatüüp: - + Font style: Kirja stiil: @@ -1784,7 +1786,7 @@ Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla. + Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla. @@ -1870,7 +1872,7 @@ Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla. + Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla. @@ -1891,93 +1893,76 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Järgmine kirje - - + Previous entry Eelmine kirje - + Copy reference only Kopeeri ainult viide - - Copy selected text - Kopeeri valitud tekst - - - + Save entry as HTML Salvesta kirje HTML'ina - + Print reference only Trüki ainult viide - + Strong's Search Strongi numbrite otsing - - - Reference only - Ainult viide - - - - + + Entry with text - Kirje tekstiga + Kirje tekstiga - + + Entry as plain text Kirje tavalise tekstina - - Entry as HTML - Kirje HTML'ina - - - + Lexicon window Leksikoni aken - + Copy... Kopeeri... - + Save... Salvesta... - + Print... Trüki... - - + + Saving entry ... Kirje salvestamine... - - + + Saving Salvestamine @@ -2023,10 +2008,6 @@ CModuleIndexDialog - - Creating index for work: - Teose indekseerimine: - Cancel @@ -2463,7 +2444,7 @@ Raamatud - + Added text Lisatud tekst @@ -2508,7 +2489,7 @@ Azerbaijani, South Language name azb - + lõuna-aserbaidžaani @@ -2960,11 +2941,6 @@ Language name mt malta - - Norwegian BokmÃ¥l - Language name nb - norra bokmÃ¥l - Low German; Low Saxon @@ -3193,28 +3169,12 @@ Language name bar - - Names of languages - No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) - The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. Write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Chris explained in an eMail how language codes are build: ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- Ethnologue (http://www.ethnologue.org/) ------- We intend to always follow OSIS locale conventions, which state that Ethnologue codes will be encoded in the format x-E-??? where ??? represents the 3-letter Ethnologue code in capital letters (though capitalization really doesn't matter here). ------- Some older modules maintain a former format for Ethnolgoue codes of xx-???, including the AleWiesler module. - Keelte nimed - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - kabiili - Lombard Language name lmo - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - uusmelaneesia - @@ -3224,11 +3184,6 @@ Language name ppk - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - sango - Sranan @@ -3383,42 +3338,42 @@ Language name ppk Võrgusolev - + Old testament Vana Testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Viis Moosese raamatut/Pentateuh/Toora - + History Ajalugu - + Prophets Prohvetid - + New testament Uus Testament - + Gospels Evangeeliumid - + Letters/Epistles Kirjad/epistlid - + Paul's Epistles Pauluse kirjad @@ -3458,8 +3413,7 @@ Language name ppk Print keys - - + @@ -3593,7 +3547,7 @@ Language name ppk (Multiple languages) Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages) - + (Mitmes keeles) @@ -3662,7 +3616,7 @@ Language name ppk joruba - + Verb tense changed Verbi ajavorm muutus @@ -3696,6 +3650,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers Strongi numbrite parsimine + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + See kiirklahv on vastuolus järgnevate tegevuste kiirklahvidega: + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + Kas tühistada vastuolulised kiirklahvide seadistused ja jätkata? + QPushButton @@ -3810,7 +3774,8 @@ Language name ppk Search for: - + "Päring:" is estonian for "query" + Päring: @@ -3820,32 +3785,32 @@ Language name ppk Start to search the text in the chosen works - + Alusta otsingut valitud teostest Ch&oose... - + &Vali... Choose works for the search - + Vali teosed, millest otsida S&etup... - + &Häälestus... All of the words (AND is added between the words) - + Otsib kõiki sisestatud sõnu (justkui oleks täieliku otsingusüntaksi korral sõnade vahel AND) (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>) - + (kasutab <a href='syntax_help'>täielikku otsingusüntaksit</a>) @@ -3865,7 +3830,7 @@ Language name ppk Works to Search in - Teosest, millest otsida + Teosed, millest otsida @@ -3875,7 +3840,7 @@ Language name ppk No search scope - Otsinguulatus on määramata + Otsingu skoop on määramata @@ -3885,7 +3850,7 @@ Language name ppk Configure predefined scopes for search - Halda eeldefineeritud otsinguulatusi + Halda otsingu skoope @@ -3900,7 +3865,7 @@ Language name ppk Some of the words (OR is added between the words) - + Otsib salme, kus esinevad vaid osad sisestatud sõnadest (justkui oleks täieliku otsingusüntaksi korral sõnade vahel OR) @@ -3910,75 +3875,75 @@ Language name ppk Click the link to get help for search syntax - + Klikkige siia, et saada abi otsingusüntaksi kasutamiseks Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries. - + Valige otsinguskoop (raamatud/peatükid/salmid mille hulgast otsida).<br />Kehtib piiblite ja kommentaaride puhul. <p>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</p> Don't translate words inside <> tags! Translate 'All words' etc. indentically to the Search dialog options. - + <p>See abitekst on põhiliselt mõeldud aitamaks kasutada täieliku otsingusüntaksit. Otsinguvalikute "Kõik sõnad" ja "Mõned sõnad" korral on kasutatav vaid piiratud süntaks, toetades vaid <a href='#wildcards'>jokkereid</a> ja <a href='#fields'>tekstivälju</a>. Teiste täieliku otsingusüntaksi konstruktsioonide kasutamine võib nendel juhtudel tagastada imelikke või valesid tulemusi.</p> <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Which words to find</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grouping and order</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Other syntax features</A><br/></p> - + <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Otsitavad sõnad</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grupeerimine ja järjekord</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Jokkerid (osaliste sõnade korral)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Tekstiväljad (teksti eri osad)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Teisi süntaksi võimalusi</A><br/></p> <h1><A name='allsome'>Which words to find</A></h1><p>Search terms are separated by spaces. <strong>AND</strong> (all words), <strong>OR</strong> (some words) and <strong>NOT</strong> (not the following word) can be added between the words. If none is added explicitly OR is used automatically. '<strong>+</strong>word' means the word must be in the results, '<strong>-</strong>word' means it must not be in the results.</p> Syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + <h1><A name='allsome'>Otsitavad sõnad</A></h1><p>Otsinguterminid eraldatakse tühikutega. Terminite vahele võib sisestada märgendeid <strong>AND</strong> (konjuktsioon, mõlemad terminid), <strong>OR</strong> (disjunktsioon, üks terminitest) ja <strong>NOT</strong> (negatsioon - mitte järgnevat terminit). Kui terminite vahel pole AND või OR terminit, eeldatakse automaatselt, et seal on OR. '<strong>+</strong>sõna' tähendab, et sõna peab tulemuses esinema, '<strong>-</strong>sõna' tähendab, et sõna ei tohi tulemustes esineda.</p> <p><table><tr><td>jesus AND god</td><td>Finds verses with both 'Jesus' and 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' or 'God' or both</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr></table></p> In examples words to be searched for may be translated, but syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + <p><table><tr><td>jeesus AND jumal</td><td>Otsib salme, kus esinevad nii 'Jeesus' kui ka 'Jumal'</td></tr><tr><td>jeesus OR jumal</td><td>Otsib salme, kus esineb 'Jeesus' või 'Jumal' või mõlemad</td></tr><tr><td>jeesus NOT jumal</td><td>Otsib salme, kus esineb 'Jeesus' kuid mitte 'Jumal'</td></tr><tr><td>+jeesus -jumal</td><td>Otsib salme, kus esineb 'Jeesus' kuid mitte 'Jumal'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='grouping'>Grouping and order</A></h1><p>Words can be grouped with <strong>parenthesis</strong>. Strict word order can be defined with <strong>quotes</strong>.</p> - + <h1><A name='grouping'>Grupeerimine ja järjekord</A></h1><p>Sõnasid saab grupeerida <strong>sulgudega</strong>. Kindlat järjestust saab defineerida <strong>jutumärkidega</strong>.</p> <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Finds verses with both 'a' AND 'b', and verses with 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"says lord"</td><td>Finds e.g. '...Isaiah says, "Lord...' but not '...says the LORD'</td></tr><tr><td>"says the lord"</td><td>Finds all verses with 'says the LORD'</td></tr></table></p> - + <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Leiab salmid, kus esinevad "a" ja 'b", ja salmid, kus esineb "c"</td></tr><tr><td>"ütleb Jumal"</td><td>Leiab salmi "...päevil sünnib, ütleb Jumal, et "..., kuid mitte "..., ütleb Issand Jumal, ..."</td></tr><tr><td>"ütleb Issand Jumal"</td><td>Leiab kõik salmid, kus esineb "ütleb Issand Jumal"</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' matches any sequence of 0 or more characters, while '<strong>?</strong>' matches any single character. A wildcard can not be used in the beginning of a word.</p> - + <h1><A name='wildcards'>Jokkerid (osaliste sõnade korral)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' tähistab 0 või enamat suvalist tähemärki, '<strong>?</strong>' tähistab ühte suvalist tähemärki. Jokkereid ei saa kasutada sõnade alguses.</p> <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>All words beginning with 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Assyria', 'aroma', 'abba' etc.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'at' and 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'abba', 'area', 'Asia' etc.</td></tr></table></p> - + <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>Kõik A-ga algavad sõnad</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>"aeda", "taevad" jne</td></tr><tr><td>al?</td><td>"alt", "all", "ala" jne</td></tr><tr><td>k??la</td><td>"kulla", "keela" jne</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A></h1><p>Available text fields:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Searches Strong's numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> - + <h1><A name='fields'>Tekstiväljad (teksti eri osad)</A></h1><p>Saadaval olevad tekstiväljad:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Otsib pealkirjadest</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Otsib allmärkuste hulgast</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Otsib Strongi numbrite hulgast</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Otsib morfoloogiliste koodide hulgast</td></tr></table></p> <p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> - + <p>Näited:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jeesus</td><td>Leiab pealkirjad, kus esineb nimi "Jeesus"</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jeesus AND footnote:ütles</td><td>Otsib allmärkusi, kus esineb nii "Jeesus" kui ka "ütles"</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Leiab salmid Strongi kreeka numbriga 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Leiab salmid morfoloogilise koodiga "N-NSF"</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='lucene'>Other syntax features</A></h1><p>BibleTime uses the CLucene search engine. You can read more on the <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> (in external browser).</p> - + <h1><A name='lucene'>Teisi süntaksi võimalusi</A></h1><p>BibleTime kasutab CLucene otsingumootorit. Lisaks võite lugeda<a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene süntaksi koduleheküljelt</a> (välises veebilehitsejas).</p> Search Syntax Help - + Lähemalt otsingusüntaksist @@ -4074,7 +4039,7 @@ Language name ppk S&earch range: - &Eeldefineeritud otsinguulatused: + &Defineeritud skoobid: @@ -4084,67 +4049,67 @@ Language name ppk Edi&t current range: - &Muuda valitud ulatust: + &Muuda valitud skoopi: Parsed search range: - + Parsitud otsinguskoop: New range - + Uus skoop <invalid name of search range> - + <Vigane skoobi nimi> Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges - + Skoobi ulatuse muutmiseks valige listist vastav skoop &Add new scope - + &Lisa uus skoop Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges. - + Lisa uus otsinguskoop. Esmalt sisestage vastav nimi, seejärel häälestage otsingu ulatused. Delete current &scope - + &Kustuta valitud skoop Delete the selected search scope - + Kustuta valitud otsinguskoop Change the name of the selected search scope - + Muuda valitud otsinguskoobi nimi Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed. - + Muuda valitud otsinguskoobi ulatusi. Otsingu ulatuste määramiseks palun uurige eeldefineeritud otsinguskoopide ulatusi. The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form - + Otsingu ulatused, mida lõpuks otsinguks kasutatakse, esitatuna kanoonilises süntaksis Setup Search Scopes - + Otsinguskoopide häälestamine @@ -4292,7 +4257,7 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega? Search result of the selected work - + Valitud teostest otsimise tulemused @@ -4340,7 +4305,7 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega? The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional - + Eelistatud igapäevast harduskirjanduse teost kasutatakse sellest lühikeste lõikude kuvamiseks BibleTime käivitamisel @@ -4350,7 +4315,7 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega? The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked - + Eelistatud heebreakeelset leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse hüperlingil, mis viitab heebreakeelsesse leksikoni @@ -4360,7 +4325,7 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega? The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked - + Eelistatud kreekakeelset leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse hüperlingil, mis viitab kreekakeelsesse leksikoni @@ -4370,7 +4335,7 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega? The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked - + Eelistatud heebreakeelset morfoloogilist leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse morfoloogilise märgendi hüperlingil heebreakeelses tekstis @@ -4380,7 +4345,7 @@ See võib võtta kaua aega. Kas jätkata indekseerimisega? The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked - + Eelistatud kreekakeelset morfoloogilist leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse morfoloogilise märgendi hüperlingil kreekakeelses tekstis diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.qm index 8ac1acf..0a55448 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts index 06e279b..8f506f7 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - Tietoa kohteesta - Information About %1 @@ -16,327 +12,300 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &Tiedosto - + &View - Main menu item &Näkymä - + &Search - Main menu item &Etsi - + &Window - Main menu item &Ikkuna - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Ase&tukset - + &Help - Main menu item &Apua - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - Quit - Lopeta - - - + &Show toolbar &Näytä työkalupalkki - + &Fullscreen mode Täysnäytt&ötila - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session Tallenna i&stunto - + &Load session &Lataa istunto - + &Delete session &Poista istunto - + &Arrangement mode &Sijoittelutila - + &Manual mode &Manuaalinen - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Pinoa automaattisesti &vierekkäin - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Pinoa automaattisesti &päällekkäin - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Lomit&a automaattisesti - + &Cascade Lomit&a - + Tile &vertically Pinoa &vierekkäin - + Tile &horizontally Pinoa &päällekkäin - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - Sulje &kaikki - - - + &Handbook Käsikir&ja - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Raamatuntutkimisopas - + Please enter a name for the new session. Anna nimi uudelle istunnolle. - + Quit BibleTime Poistu BibleTime -ohjelmasta - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window Vaihda pääikkuna koko ruudun kokoiseksi - + Search in &open works... Etsi av&oimesta teoksesta... - + Search in standard &Bible... Etsi oletus&raamatusta... - + Save as &new session... Talleta uudeksi istu&nnoksi... - + Create and save a new session Luo ja talleta uusi istunto - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) Järjestä avoimet ikkunat automaattisesti vaakasuoraan järjestykseen - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) Järjestä avoimet ikkunat automaattisesti pystysuoraan järjestykseen - + Automatically cascade the open windows Lomita automaattisesti avoimet ikkunat - + Cascade the open windows Lomita avoin ikkuna - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows Järjestä avoin ikkuna pystysuoraan - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows Järjestä avoin ikkuna vaakasuoraan - Close all open windows - Sulje kaikki avoimet ikkunat - - - + &Configure BibleTime... BibleTimen &asetukset... - + Set BibleTime's preferences Aseta Bibletimen asetukset - + Bookshelf &Manager... Kirjahyllyn &hallinta... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works Määrittele kirjahyllyn asetukset ja asenna/päivitä/poista/indeksoi teoksia - + Open BibleTime's handbook Avaa BibleTimen käsikirja - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. Avaa Raamatuntutkimisopas www-sivu BibleTime-ohjelman kanssa.<BR/>Tämä on johdatus Raamatun tutkimiseen tehokkaalla tavalla. - + Search in all works that are currently open Etsi kaikista nyt auki olevista teoksista - + Search in the standard Bible Hae oletusraamatusta - + New Session Uusi istunto - Initializing the Sword engine... - Alustetaan Sword... - - - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... Luodaan BibleTimen käyttöliittymä... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... Alustetaan valikkot ja tyokalupalkit... - + &About BibleTime &Tietoja BibleTimestä - + Bookshelf Kirjahylly - + Bookmarks Kirjanmerkit - + Mag Suurennuslasi - - Show - E.g. "Show Bookshelf", "Show Mag" in View menu - Näytä - BtAboutDialog @@ -361,49 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2009, BibleTime-tiimi - This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version - Tämä ohjelmista käyttää Qt:n Open Source Edition -versiota - - - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. Qt:n Open Source Edition on tarkoitettu avoimen lähdekoodin ohjelmistojen kehitykseen. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. Qt on C++-kirjasto useilla eri käyttöjerjestelmillä toimivien sovellusten kehittämiseen. - + Please see Katso - + for an overview of Qt licensing. nähdäksesi Qt:n lisensointimahdollisuudet. - License Agreement - Lisenssisopimus - - - BibleTime is released under the GPL licence. - BibleTime on julkaistu GPL-lisenssin alla. - - - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. Voit ladata ohjelman (mutta et levittää sitä edelleen) ja käyttää sitä henkilökohtaisessa, yksityisessä, julkisessa tai kaupallisessa käytössä ilman rajoituksia. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. Voit jakaa ohjelmaa edelleen jos jaat myös vastaavan lähdekoodin. - + The complete legally binding license is below. Täydellinen, laillisesti sitova lisenssi on alla. @@ -497,37 +454,37 @@ Seuraavat henkilöt ovat kääntäneet BibleTimen omalle kielelleen: - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -551,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts Poista BibleTimen käynnistyksessä indeksit, joille ei ole vastaavaa teosta - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts Poista automaattisesti orvot indeksit BibleTimen käynnistyksessä - + Delete the selected indexes Poista valitut indeksit - + Delete Poista - + Create new indexes for the selected works Luo uudet indeksit valituille teoksille - + Work Teos - + Index size Hakemiston koko - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. Luo uudet hakuindeksit asennetuille teoksille ja poista jo luodut indeksit. - + Search Indexes Hakuindeksit - + Works with indexes Indeksoidut teokset - + Works without indexes Indeksoimattomat teokset - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... Luo... @@ -803,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Kirjahyllyn hallinta @@ -856,6 +813,76 @@ Poista teokset? + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -991,177 +1018,207 @@ Valitse jae + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Seuraava kirja - - + Previous book Edellinen kirja - - + Next chapter Seuraava luku - - + Previous chapter Edellinen luku - - + Next verse Seuraava jae - - + Previous verse Edellinen jae - + Copy chapter Kopioi luku - + Save chapter as plain text Tallenna luku pelkkänä tekstinä - + Save chapter as HTML Tallenna luku HTML:nä - + Print chapter Tulosta luku - Reference only - Pelkkä viittaus + Pelkkä viittaus - + Text of reference Viittauksen teksti - - - + + Reference with text Viittaus ja teksti - - Chapter - Luku + Luku - Chapter as plain text - Luku pelkkänä tekstinä + Luku pelkkänä tekstinä - Chapter as HTML - Luku HTML:nä + Luku HTML:nä - + Bible window Raamattuikkuna - + Copy... Kopioi... - + Save... Tallenna... - + Print... Tulosta... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Kopioi luku leikepöydälle... - + Copying Kopioidaan - - + + Saving chapter ... Tallennetaan lukua... - - + + Saving Tallennetaan - Strong's search - Strongin haku + Strongin haku - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - Löydä kaikki hiiren kursorin alla olevan Strongin numeron esiintymät + Löydä kaikki hiiren kursorin alla olevan Strongin numeron esiintymät CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Näytä/piilota puu - Copy entry with text - Kopioi tietue tekstillä + Kopioi tietue tekstillä - Save entry as plain text - Tallenna tietue pelkkänä tekstinä + Tallenna tietue pelkkänä tekstinä - Save entry as HTML - Tallenna tietue HTML:nä + Tallenna tietue HTML:nä - Print entry with text - Tulosta tietue tekstillä + Tulosta tietue tekstillä @@ -1289,10 +1346,6 @@ Search Etsi - - Search in - Etsi teoksesta - Enter the unlock key for this work. @@ -1367,48 +1420,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Seuraava kirja - - + Previous book Edellinen kirja - - + Next chapter Seuraava luku - - + Previous chapter Edellinen luku - - + Next verse Seuraava jae - - + Previous verse Edellinen jae - + Synchronize Synkronisoi - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window Synkronisoi tämän teoksen näytetty kohta aktiivisen raamattuikkunan kanssa @@ -1565,55 +1612,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Taaksepäin historiassa - - + Forward in history Eteenpäin historiassa - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window Avaa etsi-ikkuna tämän ikkunan teoksilla - - + Zoom in Lähennä - - + Zoom out Loitonna - - + Close Sulje - - + Select all Valitse kaikki - - + Copy Kopioi - - + Find... Löydä... @@ -1621,7 +1660,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: Koko: @@ -1631,7 +1670,7 @@ Kirjasimen nimi: - + Font style: Kirjasimen tyyli: @@ -1882,93 +1921,88 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Seuraava tietue - - + Previous entry Edellinen tietue - + Copy reference only Kopioi vain viite - Copy selected text - Kopioi valittu teksti + Kopioi valittu teksti - + Save entry as HTML Tallenna tietue HTML:nä - + Print reference only Tulosta vain viite - + Strong's Search Strongien haku - - Reference only - Pelkät viittaukset + Pelkät viittaukset - - + + Entry with text Tietue tekstillä - + + Entry as plain text Tietue pelkkänä tekstinä - Entry as HTML - Tietue HTML:nä + Tietue HTML:nä - + Lexicon window Sanakirjaikkuna - + Copy... Kopioi... - + Save... Tallenna... - + Print... Tulosta... - - + + Saving entry ... Tallennetaan tietuetta ... - - + + Saving Tallennetaan @@ -2014,10 +2048,6 @@ CModuleIndexDialog - - Creating index for work: - Luodaan indeksi teokselle: - Cancel @@ -2454,7 +2484,7 @@ Kirjat - + Added text Lisätty teksti @@ -3216,48 +3246,12 @@ Language name bar Bavaria - - Names of languages - No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) - The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. Write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Chris explained in an eMail how language codes are build: ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- Ethnologue (http://www.ethnologue.org/) ------- We intend to always follow OSIS locale conventions, which state that Ethnologue codes will be encoded in the format x-E-??? where ??? represents the 3-letter Ethnologue code in capital letters (though capitalization really doesn't matter here). ------- Some older modules maintain a former format for Ethnolgoue codes of xx-???, including the AleWiesler module. - Ei käännetä - - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemanni - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Haitinkreoli - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabyyli - Lombard Language name lmo Lombard - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok-pisin - @@ -3267,16 +3261,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3437,42 +3421,42 @@ Language name ppk Verkko - + Old testament Vanha testamentti - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Mooses/Pentateukki/Toora - + History Historia - + Prophets Profeetat - + New testament Uusi testamentti - + Gospels Evankeliumit - + Letters/Epistles Kirjeet/Epistolat - + Paul's Epistles Paavalin kirjeet @@ -3630,10 +3614,6 @@ Language name ppk Language name ht Haitinkreoli - - Kekchi - Kekchi - Burmese @@ -3664,11 +3644,7 @@ Language name ppk Asennettu versio - Itza - Itza - - - + Verb tense changed Verbin aikamuoto vaihdettu @@ -3702,27 +3678,12 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers Jäsennetään Strongin numeroita - - Names of languages - Ei käännetä - - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekchí - Malagasy Language name mg Malagassi - - Norwegian BokmÃ¥l - Language name nb - Norja (bokmÃ¥l) - Orya @@ -3730,15 +3691,14 @@ Language name ppk Orya - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itzá + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekchí + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + @@ -3849,41 +3809,6 @@ Language name ppk Ei kaikkiin - - Search::BtSearchAdvOptionsArea - - Search for: - Etsi: - - - &Search - &Etsi - - - Start to search the text in the chosen works - Aloita haku valituista teoksista - - - Some of the words (OR is added between the words) - Joitakin sanoja (sanojen väliin lisätään looginen TAI) - - - Full lucene syntax - Lucenen koko syntaksi - - - Click the link to get help for search syntax - Klikkaa linkkiä avataksesi haun syntaksin avusteen - - - The text you want to search for - Haluamasi hakuteksti - - - Search Syntax Help - Haun syntaksin avuste - - Search::BtSearchOptionsArea @@ -4263,10 +4188,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Laatija - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.qm index b478d28..a52594a 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts index c08e089..a4ba370 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - Information à propos - Information About %1 @@ -16,311 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &Fichier - + &View - Main menu item &Vue - + &Search - Main menu item &Rechercher - + &Window - Main menu item Fe&nêtre - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Configura&tion - + &Help - Main menu item &Aide - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar &Afficher la barre d'outil - + &Fullscreen mode Mode &plein écran - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Sauvegarder profil - + &Load session Ouvrir profi&l - + &Delete session &Effacer le profil - + &Arrangement mode Mode d'&arrangement - + &Manual mode &Mode manuel - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Mosaïque &verticale - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Mosaïque &horizontale - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Auto &cascade - + &Cascade &Cascade - + Tile &vertically Mosaïque &verticale - + Tile &horizontally Mosaïque &horizontale - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - T&out fermer - - - + &Handbook &Manuel - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Tutoriel d'étude &Biblique - + Please enter a name for the new session. Veuillez entrer le nom du nouveau profil - + Quit BibleTime Quitter BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window Activer/désactiver le plein écran de la fenêtre principale - + Search in &open works... Rechercher dans le ou les modules &ouverts... - + Search in standard &Bible... Rechercher dans la &Bible par défaut... - + Save as &new session... Sauver comme &nouveau profil... - + Create and save a new session Créer et sauvegarder un nouveau profil - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) Fenêtres disposées en mosaïque verticale automatiquement (côte à côte) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) Fenêtres disposées en mosaïque verticale automatiquement (les unes sur les autres) - + Automatically cascade the open windows Fenêtres disposées en cascade automatiquement - + Cascade the open windows Mise en cascade des fenêtres d'affichage ouvertes - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows Fenêtres ouvertes disposées en mosaïque verticale automatiquement (côte à côte) - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows Fenêtres ouvertes disposées en mosaïque horizontale automatiquement (les unes sur les autres) - Close all open windows - Ferme toutes les fenêtres d'affichage ouvertes - - - + &Configure BibleTime... &Configurer BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences Définir les préférences de BibleTime - + Bookshelf &Manager... Gestionnaire de &Bibliothèque... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works Configurer votre bibliothèque et la mettre à jour - + Open BibleTime's handbook Ouvrir le manuel de BibleTime - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. BibleTime comprend un <B>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</B> . <BR> Ce tutoriel est une introduction sur comment étudier la Bible de manière efficace. - + Search in all works that are currently open Recherche dans tous les modules actuellement ouverts - + Search in the standard Bible Rechercher dans la Bible par défaut - + New Session Nouveau profil - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Bibliothèque - + Bookmarks Signets - + Mag Zoom @@ -348,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2005, L'équipe de BibleTime {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -472,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -526,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts Si sélectionné, ces indexes qui n'ont pas de modules associés seront supprimés quand BibleTime démarre - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts Supprime automatiquement les indexes orphelins quand BibleTime démarre - + Delete the selected indexes Supprime les indexes sélectionnés - + Delete Effacer - + Create new indexes for the selected works Créer de nouveaux indexes pour les modules sélectionnés - + Work Module - + Index size Taille de l'index - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. Créer de nouveaux indexes de recherche et supprimer les indexes crées pour les modules installés. - + Search Indexes Indexes de recherche - + Works with indexes Modules avec indexes - + Works without indexes Modules sans indexes - - + + KiB Ko - + Create... Créer... @@ -778,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque @@ -831,6 +813,76 @@ Supprimer les modules? + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -966,177 +1018,207 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Livre suivant - - + Previous book Livre précédent - - + Next chapter Chapitre suivant - - + Previous chapter Chapitre précédent - - + Next verse Verset suivant - - + Previous verse Verset précédent - + Copy chapter Copier le chapitre - + Save chapter as plain text Sauvegarder le chapitre en tant que texte seul - + Save chapter as HTML Sauvegarder le chapitre en tant qu'HTML - + Print chapter Imprimer le chapitre - Reference only - Références seulement + Références seulement - + Text of reference Texte - - - + + Reference with text Références avec le texte - - Chapter - Chapitre + Chapitre - Chapter as plain text - Chapitre en tant que texte seul + Chapitre en tant que texte seul - Chapter as HTML - Chapitre en tant qu'HTML + Chapitre en tant qu'HTML - + Bible window Fenêtre de Bible - + Copy... Copie... - + Save... Sauvegarde... - + Print... Imprimer... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Copie le chapitre dans le presse papier ... - + Copying Copie - - + + Saving chapter ... Enregistrement du chapitre ... - - + + Saving Enregistrement - Strong's search - Recherche de Strong + Recherche de Strong - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - Rechercher toutes les occurences du numéro Strong actuellement sous le pointeur + Rechercher toutes les occurences du numéro Strong actuellement sous le pointeur CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Activer/désactiver arborescence... - Copy entry with text - Copier l'entrée avec du texte + Copier l'entrée avec du texte - Save entry as plain text - Sauvegarder l'entrée en tant que texte seul + Sauvegarder l'entrée en tant que texte seul - Save entry as HTML - Sauvegarder l'entrée en tant qu'HTML + Sauvegarder l'entrée en tant qu'HTML - Print entry with text - Imprimer l'entrée avec du texte + Imprimer l'entrée avec du texte @@ -1338,48 +1420,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Livre suivant - - + Previous book Livre précédent - - + Next chapter Chapitre suivant - - + Previous chapter Chapitre précédent - - + Next verse Verset suivant - - + Previous verse Verset précédent - + Synchronize Synchroniser - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window Synchronise le verset affiché par ce module avec la fenêtre de Bible active @@ -1536,55 +1612,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Aller en arrière - - + Forward in history Avancer - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window Ouvre l'outil de recher avec les modules de cette fenêtre - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Sélectionne tout - - + Copy Copier - - + Find... @@ -1592,7 +1660,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1602,7 +1670,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1853,93 +1921,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Entrée suivante - - + Previous entry Entrée précédente - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Sauvegarder l'entrée en tant qu'HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Numéros Strong - - Reference only - Références seulement + Références seulement - - + + Entry with text Entrée avec du texte - + + Entry as plain text Entrée en tant que texte seul - Entry as HTML - Entrée en tant qu'HTML + Entrée en tant qu'HTML - + Lexicon window Fenêtre du lexique - + Copy... Copie... - + Save... Sauvegarde... - + Print... Imprimer... - - + + Saving entry ... Enregistrement du chapitre ... - - + + Saving Enregistrement @@ -1985,10 +2044,6 @@ CModuleIndexDialog - - Creating index for work: - Création d'index pour le module: - Cancel @@ -2425,7 +2480,7 @@ Livres - + Added text Texte ajouté @@ -2826,12 +2881,6 @@ Language name ka Géorgien - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Quechua - Korean @@ -3156,53 +3205,12 @@ Language name bar Bavarois - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alémanique - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Créole (Haïti) - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itzà - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Quechua - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabyle - Lombard Language name lmo Lombard - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3212,16 +3220,6 @@ Language name ppk Sulawesi - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3376,42 +3374,42 @@ Language name ppk Distant - + Old testament Ancien Testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moïse/Pentateuque/Torah - + History Livres historiques - + Prophets Prophètes - + New testament Nouveau Testament - + Gospels Évangiles - + Letters/Epistles Lettres/Épîtres - + Paul's Epistles Épîtres de Paul @@ -3654,7 +3652,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3688,6 +3686,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4177,10 +4185,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Créé par - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.qm index 9d590b4..fda9d00 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts index f830843..6c0849f 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts @@ -12,298 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &Fájl - + &View - Main menu item &Nézet - + &Search - Main menu item &Keresés - + &Window - Main menu item &Ablak - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Beállí&tások - + &Help - Main menu item &Segítség - + &Show toolbar E&szköztár mutatása - + &Fullscreen mode &Teljes képernyÅ‘ - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar FÅ‘ eszköztár - + &Quit &Kilépés - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf Könyvespolc mutatása - + Show Bookmarks KönyvjelzÅ‘k mutatása - + Show Mag Nagyító mutatása - + &Save session Munkafolyamat menté&se - + &Load session Munkafolyamat betö&ltése - + &Delete session &Munkafolyamat törlése - + &Arrangement mode &Ablakok automatikus igazítása - + &Manual mode &Kézi elrendezés - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side &FüggÅ‘leges mozaik elrendezés - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other &Vízszintes mozaik elrendezés - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Ãtla&poló elrendezés - + &Cascade Ãtla&polás - + Tile &vertically &FüggÅ‘leges mozaik - + Tile &horizontally &Vízszintes mozaik - + Cl&ose all windows Öss&zes ablak bezárása - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime Az összes BibleTime ablak bezárása - + &Handbook &Kézikönyv - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Hogyan tanulmányozza a &Bibliát - + Please enter a name for the new session. Adjon nevet az új folyamatnak. - + Quit BibleTime BibleTime bezárása - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window A fÅ‘ ablak teljes képernyÅ‘sre váltása - + Search in &open works... Keresés a megnyit&ott munkákban... - + Search in standard &Bible... Keresés az alapértelmezett &Bibliában... - + Save as &new session... Me&ntés új folyamatként... - + Create and save a new session Új folyamat létrehozása és mentése - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) A megnyitott ablakok automatikus függÅ‘leges elrendezése (egymás alá rendezése) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) A megnyitott ablakok automatikus vízszintes elrendezése (egymás mellé rendezése) - + Automatically cascade the open windows A megnyitott ablakok automatikus átfedÅ‘ elrendezése (egymásra lapolva) - + Cascade the open windows Megnyitott ablakok egymásra lapolása - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows A megnyitott ablakok automatikus (egymás alá rendezése) függÅ‘leges elrendezése - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows A megnyitott ablakok automatikus (egymás mellé rendezése) vízszintes elrendezése - + &Configure BibleTime... Bibletime beá&llítása... - + Set BibleTime's preferences BibleTime alapértelmezéseinek beállítása - + Bookshelf &Manager... Könyvespolc &menedzser... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works A "könyvespolc" beállítása, dokumentumok telepítése/frissítése/törlése/indexelése - + Open BibleTime's handbook BibleTime kézikönyv megnyitása - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. A "Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát" megnyitása. <BR>Ez az útmutató bevezeti az hatékony Biblia tanulmányozás módszerébe. - + Search in all works that are currently open Keresés minden megnyitott dokumentumban - + Search in the standard Bible Keresés az alapértelmezett Bibliában - + New Session Új folyamat - + Initializing the SWORD engine... A SWORD indítása... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... BibleTime felhasználói felület létrehozása... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... Menük és eszköztárak indítása... - + &About BibleTime &Névjegy - + Bookshelf Könyvespolc - + Bookmarks KönyvjelzÅ‘k - + Mag Nagyító @@ -331,47 +330,47 @@ (c) 1999-2009, BibleTime csapat - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. A BibleTime a SWORD Projekt használatára lett készítve. A SWORD Projekt a CrossWire Biblia Társaság szabad felhasználású szoftver projektje. A projekt szándéka, hogy keresztplatformos nyílt forrású eszközöket készítsen -- a GNU GPL hatálya alatt -- melyek lehetÅ‘vé teszik a programozók és Bibliatársaságok számára, hogy új Biblia szoftvereket készítsenek, könnyebben, egyszerűbben. - + The SWORD Project A SWORD Projekt - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. A QT nyílt forrású kiadás nyílt forrású alkalmazások fejlesztését teszi lehetÅ‘vé. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. QT egy C++ eszköz keresztplatformos alkalmazásfejlesztéshez. - + Please see Tekintse meg a - + for an overview of Qt licensing. weboldalt.a QT licensz áttekintéséért. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. Letöltheti és használhatja (de nem terjesztheti) a programot személyes, magán, nyilvános vagy üzleti célból korlátozások nélkül. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. Értékesítheti és terjesztheti a programot, ha a hozzá tartozó forráskódot is terjeszti. - + The complete legally binding license is below. A teljes jogilag érvényes licensz lentebb található. @@ -465,27 +464,27 @@ A következÅ‘ emberek vettek részt a BibleTime fordításában: - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. Néhány név hiányozhat, kéjük küldjön emailt a bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net -címre, amennyiben hibásan jeleztük, vagy kihagytuk. - + SWORD library version %1 Sword verzió: %1 - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. Ez a program a QT következÅ‘ nyílt forrású kiadását használja: %1. - + License Licensz - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. A BibleTime GPL licensz alatt lett kiadva. @@ -509,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts Ha kiválasztja, azok az indexek, melyekhez nincs egyezÅ‘ dokumentum, törlésre kerülnek a BibleTime indításakor - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts Elárvult indexek automatikus törlése a BibleTime indulásakor - + Delete the selected indexes A kiválasztott indexek törlése - + Delete Törlés - + Create new indexes for the selected works A választott dokumentumok indexelése - + Work Dokumentum - + Index size Index méret - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. Új keresési indexek készítése, a telepített dokumentumokhoz tartozó régi indexek törlése. - + Search Indexes Keresési indexek - + Works with indexes Indexelt dokumentumok - + Works without indexes Index nélküli dokumentumok - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... Készítés... @@ -761,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Könyvespolc menedzser @@ -814,6 +813,76 @@ Töröljük? + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -949,177 +1018,207 @@ Vers választása + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book KövetkezÅ‘ könyv - - + Previous book ElÅ‘zÅ‘ könyv - - + Next chapter KövetkezÅ‘ fejezet - - + Previous chapter ElÅ‘zÅ‘ fejezet - - + Next verse KövetkezÅ‘ vers - - + Previous verse ElÅ‘zÅ‘ vers - + Copy chapter Fejezet másolása - + Save chapter as plain text Fejezet mentése egyszerű szövegként - + Save chapter as HTML Fejezet mentése HTML formátumban - + Print chapter Fejezet nyomtatása - Reference only - Csak a hivatkozást + Csak a hivatkozást - + Text of reference A hivatkozás szövege - - - + + Reference with text Hivatkozást szöveggel - - Chapter - Fejezet + Fejezet - Chapter as plain text - Fejezet egyszerű szövegként + Fejezet egyszerű szövegként - Chapter as HTML - Fejezet HTML formátumban + Fejezet HTML formátumban - + Bible window Biblia ablak - + Copy... Másolás... - + Save... Mentés... - + Print... Nyomtatás... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Fejezet másolása a vágólapra... - + Copying Másolás - - + + Saving chapter ... Fejezet mentése... - - + + Saving Mentés - Strong's search - Strong's keresés + Strong's keresés - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - Az egérmutató alatti Strong szám összes elÅ‘fordulásának mutatása + Az egérmutató alatti Strong szám összes elÅ‘fordulásának mutatása CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Ãtváltás fa-nézetbe - Copy entry with text - Bejegyzés másolása szöveggel + Bejegyzés másolása szöveggel - Save entry as plain text - Bejegyzés mentése egyszerű szövegként + Bejegyzés mentése egyszerű szövegként - Save entry as HTML - Bejegyzés mentése HTML formátumban + Bejegyzés mentése HTML formátumban - Print entry with text - Bejegyzés nyomtatása szöveggel + Bejegyzés nyomtatása szöveggel @@ -1321,48 +1420,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book KövetkezÅ‘ könyv - - + Previous book ElÅ‘zÅ‘ könyv - - + Next chapter KövetkezÅ‘ fejezet - - + Previous chapter ElÅ‘zÅ‘ fejezet - - + Next verse KövetkezÅ‘ vers - - + Previous verse ElÅ‘zÅ‘ vers - + Synchronize Szinkronizálás - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window A kijelzett bejegyzés szinkronizálása az aktív Biblia ablakkal @@ -1514,55 +1607,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Vissza az elÅ‘zményekben - - + Forward in history elÅ‘re az elÅ‘zményekben - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window Keresési ablak megnyitása - - + Zoom in Nagyítás - - + Zoom out Kicsinyítés - - + Close Bezárás - - + Select all Összes kijelölése - - + Copy Másolás - - + Find... Keresés... @@ -1570,7 +1655,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: Méret: @@ -1580,7 +1665,7 @@ Betűtípus: - + Font style: Stílus: @@ -1826,93 +1911,88 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry KövetkezÅ‘ bejegyzés - - + Previous entry ElÅ‘zÅ‘ bejegyzés - + Copy reference only Csak a hivatkozást másolja - Copy selected text - A kiválasztott szöveg másolása + A kiválasztott szöveg másolása - + Save entry as HTML Bejegyzés mentése HTML formátumban - + Print reference only Csak a hivatkozás nyomtatása - + Strong's Search Strong's keresés - - Reference only - Csak a hivatkozást + Csak a hivatkozást - - + + Entry with text Bejegyzés szöveggel - + + Entry as plain text Bejegyzés egyszerű szövegként - Entry as HTML - Bejegyzés HTML formátumban + Bejegyzés HTML formátumban - + Lexicon window Lexikon ablak - + Copy... Másolás... - + Save... Mentés... - + Print... Nyomtatás... - - + + Saving entry ... Bejegyzés mentése... - - + + Saving Mentés @@ -2389,7 +2469,7 @@ Könyvek - + Added text Hozzáadott szövegek @@ -3283,42 +3363,42 @@ Language name ppk Távoli - + Old testament Ószövetség - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Mózes/Tóra - + History ElÅ‘zmény - + Prophets Próféták - + New testament Újszövetség - + Gospels Evangéliumok - + Letters/Epistles Levelek - + Paul's Epistles Pál levelei @@ -3561,7 +3641,7 @@ Language name ppk Yoryba - + Verb tense changed IgeidÅ‘ változtatva @@ -3595,6 +3675,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers Strong's számok követése + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.qm index 0e742b9..7139c0a 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts index 7cebee8..22e0a22 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts @@ -12,310 +12,300 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item Cerca (&S) - + &Window - Main menu item Finestra (&W) - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Numeri di Strong - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - Chiudi BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode A tutto Schermo (&F) - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Salva sessione - + &Load session Carica sessione (&L) - + &Delete session Elimina sessione - + &Arrangement mode Modulo corrente: - + &Manual mode Moduli predefiniti - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Centra il testo orizzontalmente - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Sovrapposizione &automatica - + &Cascade Sovrapponi (&C) - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Chiudi tutto - - - + &Handbook Manuale (&H) - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide How To per lo studio della &Bibbia - + Please enter a name for the new session. Per favore, inserisci un nome per la nuova sessione. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Libri - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -343,37 +333,37 @@ (c)1999-2003, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -467,37 +457,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -521,70 +511,70 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size Indonese - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -776,7 +766,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -831,6 +821,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -967,177 +1027,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Mostra il libro successivo - - + Previous book Mostra il libro precedente - - + Next chapter Mostra il capitolo successivo - - + Previous chapter Mostra il capitolo precedente - - + Next verse Prossimo versetto - - + Previous verse Versetto precedente - + Copy chapter Capitolo - + Save chapter as plain text Capitolo come testo semplice - + Save chapter as HTML Capitolo come HTML - + Print chapter Mostra il capitolo precedente - Reference only - Soltanto il riferimento + Soltanto il riferimento - + Text of reference Testo del riferimento - - - + + Reference with text Riferimento con testo - - Chapter - Capitolo + Capitolo - Chapter as plain text - Capitolo come testo semplice + Capitolo come testo semplice - Chapter as HTML - Capitolo come HTML + Capitolo come HTML - + Bible window Finestra della Bibbia - + Copy... Copia... - + Save... Salva... - + Print... Stampa... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Copia capitolo negli appunti... - + Copying Copia in corso - - + + Saving chapter ... Salvataggio capitolo ... - - + + Saving Salvataggio - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Modulo corrente: - Copy entry with text - Voce con testo + Voce con testo - Save entry as plain text - Voce come testo semplice + Voce come testo semplice - Save entry as HTML - Salva come HTML + Salva come HTML - Print entry with text - Voce con testo + Voce con testo @@ -1340,48 +1422,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Mostra il libro successivo - - + Previous book Mostra il libro precedente - - + Next chapter Mostra il capitolo successivo - - + Previous chapter Mostra il capitolo precedente - - + Next verse Prossimo versetto - - + Previous verse Versetto precedente - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1546,57 +1622,49 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Seleziona tutto - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1604,7 +1672,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1614,7 +1682,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1866,93 +1934,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Prossima voce - - + Previous entry Mostra la voce precedente - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Salva come HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Numeri di Strong - - Reference only - Soltanto il riferimento + Soltanto il riferimento - - + + Entry with text Voce con testo - + + Entry as plain text Voce come testo semplice - Entry as HTML - Voce come HTML + Voce come HTML - + Lexicon window Finestra dei lessici - + Copy... Copia... - + Save... Salva... - + Print... Stampa... - - + + Saving entry ... Salvataggio voce... - - + + Saving Salvataggio @@ -2455,7 +2514,7 @@ Libri - + Added text Testo del modulo @@ -2858,12 +2917,6 @@ Language name ka Georgiano - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekch - Korean @@ -3189,55 +3242,12 @@ Language name bar Bavarese - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemanno - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Haitiano Creolo Francese - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itz - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekch - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard Language name lmo Lombardo - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3247,16 +3257,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3411,42 +3411,42 @@ Language name ppk Rinomina sessione - + Old testament Vecchio testamento - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Mosè/Pentateuco/Torah - + History Storia - + Prophets Profeti - + New testament Nuovo testamento - + Gospels Vangeli - + Letters/Epistles Lettere/Epistole - + Paul's Epistles Lettere di San Paolo @@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3724,6 +3724,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4214,10 +4224,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Creato da - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.qm index 417eb58..1809040 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.ts index da23bd3..5337c58 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item 찾기&S - + &Window - Main menu item ì°½&W - + Se&ttings - Main menu item 스트롱 넘버 - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - ë°”ì´ë¸”타임 - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode 전체화면으로 표시&F - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session 세션 저장하기&S - + &Load session 세션 불러오기&L - + &Delete session 세션 ì‚­ì œ - + &Arrangement mode ì •ë ¬ 모드 - + &Manual mode ìˆ˜ë™ ëª¨ë“œ - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side 수ì§ìœ¼ë¡œ ì •ë ¬ - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other 수í‰ìœ¼ë¡œ ì •ë ¬ - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that ì •ë ¬&C - + &Cascade ì •ë ¬&C - + Tile &vertically 수ì§ìœ¼ë¡œ ì •ë ¬ - + Tile &horizontally 수í‰ìœ¼ë¡œ ì •ë ¬ - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - ì°½ ëª¨ë‘ ë‹«ê¸° - - - + &Handbook 핸드ë¶&H - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide 성경공부 길잡ì´&B - + Please enter a name for the new session. 새로운 ì„¸ì…˜ì˜ ì´ë¦„ì„ ìž…ë ¥í•˜ì„¸ìš” - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf ì±…ê½‚ì´ - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2005, ë°”ì´ë¸”타임 팀 {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,69 +508,69 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work ìž‘ì—… - + Index size ì¸ë„네시아어 - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -771,7 +761,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager ì±…ê½‚ì´ ê´€ë¦¬ìž @@ -824,6 +814,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -959,177 +1019,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book ë‹¤ìŒ ì±… - - + Previous book ì´ì „ ì±… - - + Next chapter ë‹¤ìŒ ìž¥ - - + Previous chapter ì´ì „ 장 - - + Next verse ë‹¤ìŒ ì ˆ - - + Previous verse ì´ì „ ì ˆ - + Copy chapter 장 복사 - + Save chapter as plain text ìž¥ì„ ì¼ë°˜ í…스트로 저장 - + Save chapter as HTML ìž¥ì„ HTMLë¡œ 저장 - + Print chapter 장 ì¸ì‡„ - Reference only - 참조만 + 참조만 - + Text of reference ì°¸ì¡°ì˜ í…스트 - - - + + Reference with text 참조와 í…스트 - - Chapter - 장 + 장 - Chapter as plain text - ìž¥ì„ ì¼ë°˜ í…스트로 + ìž¥ì„ ì¼ë°˜ í…스트로 - Chapter as HTML - ìž¥ì„ HTMLë¡œ + ìž¥ì„ HTMLë¡œ - + Bible window 성서 ì°½ - + Copy... 복사... - + Save... 저장... - + Print... ì¸ì‡„... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... ìž¥ì„ í´ë¦½ë³´ë“œì— 복사 - + Copying 복사 중 - - + + Saving chapter ... 장 저장 중 ... - - + + Saving 저장 중 - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view 트리 보기 전환 - Copy entry with text - 목ë¡ê³¼ í…스트 복사 + 목ë¡ê³¼ í…스트 복사 - Save entry as plain text - 목ë¡ì„ ì¼ë°˜ í…스트로 저장 + 목ë¡ì„ ì¼ë°˜ í…스트로 저장 - Save entry as HTML - 목ë¡ì„ HTMLë¡œ 저장 + 목ë¡ì„ HTMLë¡œ 저장 - Print entry with text - 목ë¡ê³¼ í…스트 ì¸ì‡„ + 목ë¡ê³¼ í…스트 ì¸ì‡„ @@ -1331,48 +1413,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book ë‹¤ìŒ ì±… - - + Previous book ì´ì „ ì±… - - + Next chapter ë‹¤ìŒ ìž¥ - - + Previous chapter ì´ì „ 장 - - + Next verse ë‹¤ìŒ ì ˆ - - + Previous verse ì´ì „ ì ˆ - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1536,55 +1612,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history 히스토리 ì´ì „으로 - - + Forward in history 히스토리 앞으로 - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all ëª¨ë‘ ì„ íƒ - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1592,7 +1660,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1602,7 +1670,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1856,93 +1924,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry ë‹¤ìŒ ëª©ë¡ - - + Previous entry ì´ì „ ëª©ë¡ - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML 목ë¡ì„ HTMLë¡œ 저장 - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search 스트롱 넘버 - - Reference only - 참조만 + 참조만 - - + + Entry with text 목ë¡ê³¼ í…스트 - + + Entry as plain text 목ë¡ì„ ì¼ë°˜ í…스트로 - Entry as HTML - 목ë¡ì„ HTMLë¡œ + 목ë¡ì„ HTMLë¡œ - + Lexicon window 렉시컨 ì°½ - + Copy... 복사... - + Save... 저장... - + Print... ì¸ì‡„... - - + + Saving entry ... ëª©ë¡ ì €ìž¥ - - + + Saving 저장 중 @@ -2428,7 +2487,7 @@ ì±… - + Added text ì²¨ê°€ëœ í…스트 @@ -3407,42 +3466,42 @@ Language name ppk ì›ê²© - + Old testament 구약 성서 - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah 모세/모세5ê²½/í† ë¼ - + History 역사서 - + Prophets 선지서 - + New testament 신약 성서 - + Gospels ë³µìŒì„œ - + Letters/Epistles 편지/서신서 - + Paul's Epistles 바울서신 @@ -3600,7 +3659,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3634,6 +3693,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4123,10 +4192,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - 만든 사람 - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.qm index c4aeba2..1ae7d9f 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts index a3687af..aec0730 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item Zoeken - + &Window - Main menu item Venster - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Ins&tellingen - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &Volledig scherm - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Sessie opslaan - + &Load session &Laad sessie - + &Delete session Verwij&der sessie - + &Arrangement mode R&angschikking van vensters - + &Manual mode Handmatige &modus - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Automatisch &verticaal stapelen - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Automatisch &horizontaal stapelen - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Automatisch trapsgewijs (&cascade) - + &Cascade Trapsgewijs (&cascade) - + Tile &vertically &Verticaal stapelen - + Tile &horizontally &Horizontaal stapelen - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - Alles sluiten - - - + &Handbook &Handboek - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Bijbelstudie HowTo - + Please enter a name for the new session. Voer een naam voor de nieuwe sessie in. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Boekenplank - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2007, Het BibleTime-team {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Module - + Index size Index omvang - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB kB - + Create... @@ -770,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Boekenplank Manager @@ -823,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -958,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Volgend boek - - + Previous book Vorig boek - - + Next chapter Volgend hoofdstuk - - + Previous chapter Vorig hoofdstuk - - + Next verse Volgend vers - - + Previous verse Vorig vers - + Copy chapter Kopieer hoofdstuk - + Save chapter as plain text Sla hoofdstuk als platte tekst op - + Save chapter as HTML Sla hoofdstuk als HTML op - + Print chapter Print hoofdstuk - Reference only - Alleen referentie + Alleen referentie - + Text of reference Referentietekst - - - + + Reference with text Referentie met tekst - - Chapter - Hoofdstuk + Hoofdstuk - Chapter as plain text - Hoofdstuk als platte tekst + Hoofdstuk als platte tekst - Chapter as HTML - Hoofdstuk als HTML + Hoofdstuk als HTML - + Bible window Bijbelvenster - + Copy... Kopiëren... - + Save... Opslaan... - + Print... Afdrukken... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Hoofdstuk kopiëren naar klembord... - + Copying Kopiëren - - + + Saving chapter ... Hoofdstuk aan het opslaan... - - + + Saving Opslaan - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Boomstructuur aan/uit - Copy entry with text - Kopieer tekstinvoer + Kopieer tekstinvoer - Save entry as plain text - Sla invoer op als platte tekst + Sla invoer op als platte tekst - Save entry as HTML - Sla invoer op als HTML + Sla invoer op als HTML - Print entry with text - Print tekstinvoer + Print tekstinvoer @@ -1330,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Volgend boek - - + Previous book Vorig boek - - + Next chapter Volgend hoofdstuk - - + Previous chapter Vorig hoofdstuk - - + Next verse Volgend vers - - + Previous verse Vorig vers - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1528,55 +1604,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Terug in de history - - + Forward in history Vooruit in de history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Selecteer alles - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1584,7 +1652,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1594,7 +1662,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1845,93 +1913,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Volgende invoer - - + Previous entry Vorige invoer - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Sla invoer op als HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strong-nummering - - Reference only - Alleen referentie + Alleen referentie - - + + Entry with text Tekstinvoer - + + Entry as plain text Invoer als platte tekst - Entry as HTML - Invoer als HTML + Invoer als HTML - + Lexicon window Lexicon-venster - + Copy... Kopiëren... - + Save... Opslaan... - + Print... Afdrukken... - - + + Saving entry ... Invoer opslaan... - - + + Saving Opslaan @@ -2413,7 +2472,7 @@ Boeken - + Added text Toegevoegde tekst @@ -2814,12 +2873,6 @@ Language name ka Georgisch - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekch - Korean @@ -3144,53 +3197,12 @@ Language name bar Beiers - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Djerma (Zarma) - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Zuid Duits dialect - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Creools - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itz - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekch - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabyle - Lombard Language name lmo Lombardisch - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3200,16 +3212,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Roemeens, Walachijs - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sangho - Sranan @@ -3364,42 +3366,42 @@ Language name ppk Extern - + Old testament Oude testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Mozes/Pentateuch/Tora - + History Geschiedenis - + Prophets Profeten - + New testament Nieuwe testament - + Gospels Evangeliën - + Letters/Epistles Brieven - + Paul's Epistles Brieven van Paulus @@ -3642,7 +3644,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3676,6 +3678,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4164,10 +4176,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Aangemaakt door - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.qm index 8c33742..a0aa9c8 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts index 4787113..c4dfbbd 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Søk - + &Window - Main menu item &Vindauge - + Se&ttings - Main menu item &Innstillingar - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &Fullskjermmodus - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf Vis bokhylle - + Show Bookmarks Vis bokmerke - + Show Mag - + &Save session Lagre &økt - + &Load session &Opne økt - + &Delete session &Slett økt - + &Arrangement mode &Oppstillingsmodus - + &Manual mode &Manuell modus - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Automatisk, vertikal &flislegging - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Automatisk, horisontal f&lislegging - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Automatisk b&ak kvarandre - + &Cascade &Bak kvarandre - + Tile &vertically Flislegg &vertikalt - + Tile &horizontally Flislegg &horisontalt - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Lukk alle - - - + &Handbook &Handbok - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Korleis studera &Bibelen - + Please enter a name for the new session. Skriv inn namnet pÃ¥ den nye økta. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Bokhylle - + Bookmarks Bokmerke - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2005, BibleTime-teamet {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License Lisens - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,69 +508,69 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete Slett - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Verk - + Index size Indonesisk - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -771,7 +761,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Bokhyllehandsamar @@ -824,6 +814,76 @@ Fjern verk? + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -959,177 +1019,199 @@ Vel vers + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Neste bok - - + Previous book Førre bok - - + Next chapter Neste kapittel - - + Previous chapter Førre kapittel - - + Next verse Neste vers - - + Previous verse Førre vers - + Copy chapter Kopier kapittel - + Save chapter as plain text Lagre kapittel som rein tekst - + Save chapter as HTML Lagre kapittel som HTML - + Print chapter Skriv ut kapittel - Reference only - Berre referansar + Berre referansar - + Text of reference Referansetekst - - - + + Reference with text Referanse med tekst - - Chapter - Kapittel + Kapittel - Chapter as plain text - Kapittel som rein tekst + Kapittel som rein tekst - Chapter as HTML - Kapittel som HTML + Kapittel som HTML - + Bible window Bibelvindauge - + Copy... Kopier... - + Save... Lagre... - + Print... Skriv ut ... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Kopier kapittel til utklippstavla ... - + Copying Kopierer - - + + Saving chapter ... Lagrar kapittel... - - + + Saving Lagrar - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Skru pÃ¥/av trevising - Copy entry with text - Kopier oppføring med tekst + Kopier oppføring med tekst - Save entry as plain text - Lagre oppføring som rein tekst + Lagre oppføring som rein tekst - Save entry as HTML - Lagre oppføring som HTML + Lagre oppføring som HTML - Print entry with text - Skriv ut oppføring med tekst + Skriv ut oppføring med tekst @@ -1331,48 +1413,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Neste bok - - + Previous book Førre bok - - + Next chapter Neste kapittel - - + Previous chapter Førre kapittel - - + Next verse Neste vers - - + Previous verse Førre vers - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1529,55 +1605,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Tilbake i historia - - + Forward in history Framover i historia - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close Lukk - - + Select all Vel alle - - + Copy Kopier - - + Find... Finn... @@ -1585,7 +1653,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: Storleik: @@ -1595,7 +1663,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1849,93 +1917,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Neste oppføring - - + Previous entry Førre oppføring - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Lagre oppføring som HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strong-tal - - Reference only - Berre referansar + Berre referansar - - + + Entry with text Oppføring med tekst - + + Entry as plain text Oppføring som rein tekst - Entry as HTML - Oppføring som HTML + Oppføring som HTML - + Lexicon window Leksikonvindauge - + Copy... Kopier... - + Save... Lagre... - + Print... Skriv ut ... - - + + Saving entry ... Lagrar oppføring ... - - + + Saving Lagrar @@ -2420,7 +2479,7 @@ Bøker - + Added text Tillagt tekst @@ -2821,12 +2880,6 @@ Language name ka Georgisk - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekchí - Korean @@ -3151,53 +3204,12 @@ Language name bar Bayersk - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Allemannisk - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Haitisk kreolfransk - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itzá - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Shuar - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekchí - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabyle - Lombard Language name lmo Lombardisk - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3207,16 +3219,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani, Vlax - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3371,42 +3373,42 @@ Language name ppk Fjernkjelde - + Old testament Det gamle testamentet - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Mosebøkene/Toraen - + History Historie - + Prophets Profetane - + New testament Det nye testamentet - + Gospels Evangelia - + Letters/Epistles Breva - + Paul's Epistles Paulus-breva @@ -3649,7 +3651,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3683,6 +3685,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4172,10 +4184,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Laga av - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.qm index 90e0fcf..00b133f 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.ts index 46dc215..c73c755 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.ts @@ -12,314 +12,304 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item Søk - + &Window - Main menu item &Vindu - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Strongs nummer - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - Lukk BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode Gjeldende modul: - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session - + &Load session - + &Delete session Slett element - + &Arrangement mode Gjeldende modul: - + &Manual mode Brukte moduler - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that &Automatisk overlapp - + &Cascade &Overlapp - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Lukk alle - - - + &Handbook HÃ¥ndbok - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Bibelstudie HowTo - + Please enter a name for the new session. Skriv inn et navn for det nye omrÃ¥det - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -347,37 +337,37 @@ (c)1999-2001, BibleTime Teamet {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -471,37 +461,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -525,70 +515,70 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size Papirstørrelse - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -780,7 +770,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -835,6 +825,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -971,179 +1031,201 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Vis neste bok - - + Previous book Vis forrige bok - - + Next chapter Vis neste kapittel - - + Previous chapter Vis forrige kapittel - - + Next verse Tekst i vers - - + Previous verse Hopp til det forrige verset - + Copy chapter Kapittel - + Save chapter as plain text Kapittel som ren tekst - + Save chapter as HTML Kapittel som HTML - + Print chapter Vis forrige kapittel - Reference only - + - + Text of reference Tekst i vers - - - + + Reference with text Vers med tekst - - Chapter - Kapittel + Kapittel - Chapter as plain text - Kapittel som ren tekst + Kapittel som ren tekst - Chapter as HTML - Kapittel som HTML + Kapittel som HTML - + Bible window Bibelvindu - + Copy... Kopier... - + Save... Lagre... - + Print... Skriver ut... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Kopier til utklippstavle - + Copying Kopier - - + + Saving chapter ... Lagre søkeresultat ... - - + + Saving - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Gjeldende modul: - Copy entry with text - Oppføring med tekst + Oppføring med tekst - Save entry as plain text - Oppføring som ren tekst + Oppføring som ren tekst - Save entry as HTML - Lagre som HTML + Lagre som HTML - Print entry with text - Oppføring med tekst + Oppføring med tekst @@ -1347,48 +1429,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Vis neste bok - - + Previous book Vis forrige bok - - + Next chapter Vis neste kapittel - - + Previous chapter Vis forrige kapittel - - + Next verse Tekst i vers - - + Previous verse Hopp til det forrige verset - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1560,57 +1636,49 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Velg alt - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1618,7 +1686,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1628,7 +1696,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1882,94 +1950,85 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Tekst i oppføring - - + Previous entry Vis den forrige oppføringen - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Lagre som HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strongs nummer - - Reference only - + - - + + Entry with text Oppføring med tekst - + + Entry as plain text Oppføring som ren tekst - Entry as HTML - Oppføring som HTML + Oppføring som HTML - + Lexicon window Leksikon vindu - + Copy... Kopier... - + Save... Lagre... - + Print... Skriver ut... - - + + Saving entry ... Lagre nøkkel ... - - + + Saving @@ -2484,7 +2543,7 @@ - + Added text Modultekst @@ -2923,13 +2982,6 @@ - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - - - Korean @@ -3286,49 +3338,6 @@ - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - - - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - - - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - - - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - - - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - - - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard @@ -3336,12 +3345,6 @@ - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - - - @@ -3352,18 +3355,6 @@ Language name ppk - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - - - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - - - Sranan @@ -3527,42 +3518,42 @@ Language name ppk Regulært utrykk - + Old testament Det Gamle Testamentet - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moses/Pentateuch/Tora - + History Historie - + Prophets Profeter - + New testament Det Nye Testamentet - + Gospels Evangeliene - + Letters/Epistles Brev/Epistlene - + Paul's Epistles Paulus' brev @@ -3813,7 +3804,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3847,6 +3838,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4343,11 +4344,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - - - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.qm index 2f4016a..46d755e 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts index babb6c4..2522f2e 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Szukaj - + &Window - Main menu item &Okno - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Ustawienia - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &PeÅ‚ny ekran - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Zapisz obecny profil - + &Load session &Otwórz profil - + &Delete session Skasuj profil - + &Arrangement mode Widok okien - + &Manual mode RÄ™cznie podziel - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side podziel automatycznie pionowo - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other podziel automatycznie poziomo - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that &Automatycznie "jedno na drugim" - + &Cascade "&Jedno na drugim" - + Tile &vertically podziel pionowo - + Tile &horizontally podziel poziomo - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Zamknij wszystkie - - - + &Handbook &PodrÄ™cznik - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Howto studiowania Biblii - + Please enter a name for the new session. Podaj nazwÄ™ nowego profilu - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf ModuÅ‚y - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2002, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,69 +508,69 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work ModuÅ‚ - + Index size Wielkość indeksu - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -771,7 +761,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Menadżer modułów @@ -824,6 +814,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -959,177 +1019,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book NastÄ™pna ksiÄ™ga - - + Previous book Poprzednia ksiÄ™ga - - + Next chapter NastÄ™pny rozdziaÅ‚ - - + Previous chapter Poprzedni rozdziaÅ‚ - - + Next verse NastÄ™pny wers - - + Previous verse Poprzedni wers - + Copy chapter Kopiuj rozdziaÅ‚ - + Save chapter as plain text Zapisz rozdziaÅ‚ jako zwykÅ‚y tekst - + Save chapter as HTML Zapisz rozdziaÅ‚ jako HTML - + Print chapter Drukuj rozdziaÅ‚ - Reference only - Odniesienie + Odniesienie - + Text of reference Tekst wersu - - - + + Reference with text Wers z tekstem - - Chapter - RozdziaÅ‚ + RozdziaÅ‚ - Chapter as plain text - RozdziaÅ‚ jako zwykÅ‚y tekst + RozdziaÅ‚ jako zwykÅ‚y tekst - Chapter as HTML - RozdziaÅ‚ jako HTML + RozdziaÅ‚ jako HTML - + Bible window Okno Biblii - + Copy... Kopiuj... - + Save... Zapisz... - + Print... DrukujÄ™... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Skopiuj rozdziaÅ‚ do schowka - + Copying Kopiowanie - - + + Saving chapter ... Zapisywanie rezultatów poszukiwaÅ„... - - + + Saving Zapisywanie - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view PrzeÅ‚Ä…cz widok drzewa... - Copy entry with text - Kopiuj wpis z tekstem + Kopiuj wpis z tekstem - Save entry as plain text - Zapisz jako zwykÅ‚y tekst + Zapisz jako zwykÅ‚y tekst - Save entry as HTML - Zapisz jako HTML + Zapisz jako HTML - Print entry with text - Drukuj wpis z tekstem + Drukuj wpis z tekstem @@ -1331,48 +1413,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book NastÄ™pna ksiÄ™ga - - + Previous book Poprzednia ksiÄ™ga - - + Next chapter NastÄ™pny rozdziaÅ‚ - - + Previous chapter Poprzedni rozdziaÅ‚ - - + Next verse NastÄ™pny wers - - + Previous verse Poprzedni wers - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1533,55 +1609,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Wstecz - - + Forward in history Naprzód - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Zaznacz wszystko. - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1589,7 +1657,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1599,7 +1667,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1850,93 +1918,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry NastÄ™pny element - - + Previous entry Poprzedni element - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Zapisz jako HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Przeszukuj rdzenie - - Reference only - Odniesienie + Odniesienie - - + + Entry with text Wpis z tekstem - + + Entry as plain text Wpis jako zwykÅ‚y tekst - Entry as HTML - Wpis jako HTML + Wpis jako HTML - + Lexicon window Okno sÅ‚ownika - + Copy... Kopiuj... - + Save... Zapisz... - + Print... DrukujÄ™... - - + + Saving entry ... Zapisz klucz... - - + + Saving Zapisywanie @@ -2425,7 +2484,7 @@ KsiÄ™gi - + Added text Tekst dodany @@ -2833,13 +2892,6 @@ - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - - - Korean @@ -3173,49 +3225,6 @@ Language name bar Bawarski - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - - - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - - - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - - - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - - - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - - - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard @@ -3223,12 +3232,6 @@ - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - - - @@ -3239,18 +3242,6 @@ Language name ppk - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - - - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - - - Sranan @@ -3406,42 +3397,42 @@ Language name ppk [Zdalne] - + Old testament Stary Testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Tora/PiÄ™cioksiÄ…g - + History KsiÄ™gi historyczne - + Prophets KsiÄ™gi prorockie - + New testament Nowy Testament - + Gospels Ewangelie - + Letters/Epistles Listy/EpistoÅ‚y - + Paul's Epistles Listy Å›w. PawÅ‚a @@ -3684,7 +3675,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3718,6 +3709,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4206,10 +4207,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Utworzony przez - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.qm index 9d4016a..93693ed 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.ts index 0585f29..b4cfa1f 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Procurar - + &Window - Main menu item &Janela - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Números de Strong - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &Modo tela cheia - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Salvar sessão - + &Load session &Carregar sessão - + &Delete session &Apagar sessão - + &Arrangement mode Modalidade do arranjo - + &Manual mode Modo manual - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Titulo vertical automático - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Titulo horizontal automático - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Cascata automática - + &Cascade &Cascata - + Tile &vertically Título &vertical - + Tile &horizontally Título &horizontal - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - Fechar tud&o - - - + &Handbook &Manual - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Estudo &Bíblico HowTo - + Please enter a name for the new session. Por favor digite um nome para a nova sessão - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Livros - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c) 1999-2003, O Time do BibleTime {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Trabalho - + Index size Tamanho do índice - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... @@ -770,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Gerente dos livros @@ -823,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -958,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Próximo livro - - + Previous book Livro Anterior - - + Next chapter Próximo capítulo - - + Previous chapter Capítulo anterior - - + Next verse Próximo versículo - - + Previous verse Versículo anterior - + Copy chapter Capítulo - + Save chapter as plain text Capítulo como texto puro - + Save chapter as HTML Capítulo como HTML - + Print chapter Capítulo anterior - Reference only - Somente referência + Somente referência - + Text of reference Texto da referência - - - + + Reference with text Referencia com texto - - Chapter - Capítulo + Capítulo - Chapter as plain text - Capítulo como texto puro + Capítulo como texto puro - Chapter as HTML - Capítulo como HTML + Capítulo como HTML - + Bible window Janela de Bíblia - + Copy... Copiar... - + Save... Salvar... - + Print... Imprimir... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Copiar capítulo para a área de transferência - + Copying Copiando - - + + Saving chapter ... Salvando capítulo ... - - + + Saving Salvando - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Alternar árvore... - Copy entry with text - Entrada com texto + Entrada com texto - Save entry as plain text - Entrada como texto puro + Entrada como texto puro - Save entry as HTML - Entrada como HTML + Entrada como HTML - Print entry with text - Entrada com texto + Entrada com texto @@ -1330,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Próximo livro - - + Previous book Livro Anterior - - + Next chapter Próximo capítulo - - + Previous chapter Capítulo anterior - - + Next verse Próximo versículo - - + Previous verse Versículo anterior - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1528,55 +1604,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Para trás na história - - + Forward in history Adiante na história - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Selecionar tudo - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1584,7 +1652,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1594,7 +1662,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1845,93 +1913,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Próximo registro - - + Previous entry Registro anterior - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Entrada como HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Números de Strong - - Reference only - Somente referência + Somente referência - - + + Entry with text Entrada com texto - + + Entry as plain text Entrada como texto puro - Entry as HTML - Entrada como HTML + Entrada como HTML - + Lexicon window Janela de Dicionário - + Copy... Copiar... - + Save... Salvar... - + Print... Imprimir... - - + + Saving entry ... Salvando entrada... - - + + Saving Salvando @@ -2413,7 +2472,7 @@ Livros - + Added text Texto Adicionado @@ -2817,13 +2876,6 @@ Language name ka Georgiano - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - - - Korean @@ -3154,48 +3206,6 @@ Language name bar Bavário - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - - - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Francês Crioulo do Haiti - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - - - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - - - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - - - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard @@ -3203,12 +3213,6 @@ - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - - - @@ -3219,18 +3223,6 @@ Language name ppk - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - - - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - - - Sranan @@ -3386,42 +3378,42 @@ Language name ppk [Remoto] - + Old testament Velho testamento - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moisés/Pentateuco/Torá - + History Histórico - + Prophets Profetas - + New testament Novo testamento - + Gospels Evangelho - + Letters/Epistles Cartas/Epístolas - + Paul's Epistles Epístolas de Paulo @@ -3664,7 +3656,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3698,6 +3690,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4186,10 +4188,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Criado por - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.qm index 5c87bcd..060166a 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts index 83e8009..da296f5 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - InformaÅ£ie Despre - Information About %1 @@ -16,311 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &FiÅŸier - + &View - Main menu item &Interfaţă - + &Search - Main menu item &Caută - + &Window - Main menu item &Fereastră - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Se&tări - + &Help - Main menu item A&jutor - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - Quit - IeÅŸire - - - + &Show toolbar &Arată bara de unelte - + &Fullscreen mode &Mod ecran plin - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Salvează sesiunea - + &Load session &ÃŽncarcă sesiunea - + &Delete session &Åžterge sesiune - + &Arrangement mode Mod de &vizualizare - + &Manual mode Vizualizare &manuală - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Vizualizare &verticală - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Vizualizare &orizontală - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Supr&apune ferestrele automat - + &Cascade &Suprapune ferestrele - + Tile &vertically Vizualizare &verticală - + Tile &horizontally Vizualizare &orizontală - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - ÃŽnchide t&oate ferestrele - - - + &Handbook &Manual - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Cum să studiezi Biblia - + Please enter a name for the new session. Te rog să introduci un nume pentru noua sesiune - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. Deschide studiul CumSă, inclus cu BibleTime.<BR>Acest CumSă este o introducere despre cum să studiezi Sfânta Biblie într-un mod eficient. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Raft de cărÅ£i - + Bookmarks Semne de carte - + Mag MAG @@ -348,37 +330,37 @@ - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -472,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -526,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete Åžterge - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Modul - + Index size Mărime index - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... @@ -778,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -831,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -966,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Cartea următoare - - + Previous book Cartea anterioară - - + Next chapter Capitolul următor - - + Previous chapter Capitolul anterior - - + Next verse Versetul următor - - + Previous verse Versetul anterior - + Copy chapter Copiază capitolul - + Save chapter as plain text Salvează capitolul ca text - + Save chapter as HTML Salvează capitolul ca HTML - + Print chapter TipăreÅŸte capitolul - Reference only - Doar referinÅ£ele + Doar referinÅ£ele - + Text of reference Textul referinÅ£ei - - - + + Reference with text Referinţă cu text - - Chapter - Capitol + Capitol - Chapter as plain text - Capitol ca text + Capitol ca text - Chapter as HTML - Capitol ca HTML + Capitol ca HTML - + Bible window Fereastra Bibliei - + Copy... Copiază ... - + Save... Salvează... - + Print... TipăreÅŸte... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Copiază capitolul în clipboard ... - + Copying Copiez - - + + Saving chapter ... Salvez capitol... - - + + Saving Salvez - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view AfiÅŸează arborele... - Copy entry with text - Copiază intrarea cu text + Copiază intrarea cu text - Save entry as plain text - Salvează intrarea ca text + Salvează intrarea ca text - Save entry as HTML - Salvează intrarea ca HTML + Salvează intrarea ca HTML - Print entry with text - TipăreÅŸte intrarea cu text + TipăreÅŸte intrarea cu text @@ -1264,10 +1338,6 @@ Search Caută - - Search in - Caută în - Enter the unlock key for this work. @@ -1342,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Cartea următoare - - + Previous book Cartea anterioară - - + Next chapter Capitolul următor - - + Previous chapter Capitolul anterior - - + Next verse Versetul următor - - + Previous verse Versetul anterior - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1540,55 +1604,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Navighează înapoi - - + Forward in history Navighează înainte - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Selectează tot. - - + Copy Copiază - - + Find... @@ -1596,7 +1652,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1606,7 +1662,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1857,93 +1913,88 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Intrarea următoare - - + Previous entry Intrarea anterioară - + Copy reference only Copiază doar referinÅ£a - Copy selected text - Copiază textul selectat + Copiază textul selectat - + Save entry as HTML Salvează intrarea ca HTML - + Print reference only TipăreÅŸte doar referinÅ£a - + Strong's Search Căutarea Strong - - Reference only - Doar referinÅ£ele + Doar referinÅ£ele - - + + Entry with text Intrare cu text - + + Entry as plain text Intrare ca text - Entry as HTML - Intrare ca HTML + Intrare ca HTML - + Lexicon window Fereastra Lexiconului - + Copy... Copiază ... - + Save... Salvează... - + Print... TipăreÅŸte... - - + + Saving entry ... Salvez intrarea ... - - + + Saving Salvez @@ -1989,10 +2040,6 @@ CModuleIndexDialog - - Creating index for work: - Se crează indexul pentru modul(e): - Cancel @@ -2429,7 +2476,7 @@ CărÅ£i - + Added text Text adăugat @@ -3154,42 +3201,12 @@ Language name bar Bavareză - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemană - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Creolă Franceză Haitiană - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Jivaro - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabyle - Lombard Language name lmo Lombardă - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3199,16 +3216,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Rromani - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3363,42 +3370,42 @@ Language name ppk De pe Internet - + Old testament Vechiul Testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moise/Pentateuc/Tora - + History Istorice - + Prophets ProfeÅ£i - + New testament Noul Testament - + Gospels Evanghelii - + Letters/Epistles Scrisori/Epistole - + Paul's Epistles Epistolele lui Pavel @@ -3641,7 +3648,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3675,6 +3682,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4163,10 +4180,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Creat de - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.qm index c2422fb..f1671c8 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts index 3322b39..3d4caef 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &ПоиÑк - + &Window - Main menu item &Окно - + Se&ttings - Main menu item &УÑтановки - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - Окно BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &ПолноÑкранный режим - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session Сохранить &ÑеÑÑию - + &Load session &Загрузить ÑеÑÑию - + &Delete session &Удалить ÑеÑÑию - + &Arrangement mode &Режим раÑÐ¿Ð¾Ð»Ð¾Ð¶ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ - + &Manual mode Вручну&ÑŽ - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Ðвто-раÑположение окон по &вертикали - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Ðвто-размещение по &горизонтали. - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that &Ðвто-каÑкад - + &Cascade &КаÑкад - + Tile &vertically По &вертикали - + Tile &horizontally По &горизонтали - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Закрыть вÑе - - - + &Handbook &РуководÑтво - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Как изучать Библию - + Please enter a name for the new session. ПожалуйÑта, введите название Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð¾Ð¹ ÑеÑÑии. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Книги - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c) 1999-2006, команда BibleTime {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,69 +508,69 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Модули - + Index size ИндонезийÑкий - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -771,7 +761,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Менеджер книг @@ -824,6 +814,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -959,177 +1019,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Ð¡Ð»ÐµÐ´ÑƒÑŽÑ‰Ð°Ñ ÐºÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð° - - + Previous book ÐŸÑ€ÐµÐ´Ñ‹Ð´ÑƒÑ‰Ð°Ñ ÐºÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð° - - + Next chapter Ð¡Ð»ÐµÐ´ÑƒÑŽÑ‰Ð°Ñ Ð³Ð»Ð°Ð²Ð° - - + Previous chapter ÐŸÑ€ÐµÐ´Ñ‹Ð´ÑƒÑ‰Ð°Ñ Ð³Ð»Ð°Ð²Ð° - - + Next verse Следующий Ñтих - - + Previous verse Предыдущий Ñтих - + Copy chapter Копировать главу - + Save chapter as plain text Сохранить главу как проÑтой текÑÑ‚ - + Save chapter as HTML Сохранить главу как HTML - + Print chapter Печатать главу - Reference only - Только ÑÑылка + Только ÑÑылка - + Text of reference ТекÑÑ‚ ÑÑылки - - - + + Reference with text СÑылка Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑтом - - Chapter - Глава + Глава - Chapter as plain text - Глава как проÑтой текÑÑ‚ + Глава как проÑтой текÑÑ‚ - Chapter as HTML - Глава как HTML + Глава как HTML - + Bible window Окно Библии - + Copy... Копировать... - + Save... Сохранить... - + Print... Печать... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Копировать главу в буфер обмена ... - + Copying Копирование - - + + Saving chapter ... Сохранение главы ... - - + + Saving Сохранение - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Переключить дерево - Copy entry with text - Копировать запиÑÑŒ Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑтом + Копировать запиÑÑŒ Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑтом - Save entry as plain text - Сохранить запиÑÑŒ как проÑтой текÑÑ‚ + Сохранить запиÑÑŒ как проÑтой текÑÑ‚ - Save entry as HTML - Сохранить запиÑÑŒ как HTML + Сохранить запиÑÑŒ как HTML - Print entry with text - Печатать запиÑÑŒ Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑтом + Печатать запиÑÑŒ Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑтом @@ -1331,48 +1413,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Ð¡Ð»ÐµÐ´ÑƒÑŽÑ‰Ð°Ñ ÐºÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð° - - + Previous book ÐŸÑ€ÐµÐ´Ñ‹Ð´ÑƒÑ‰Ð°Ñ ÐºÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð° - - + Next chapter Ð¡Ð»ÐµÐ´ÑƒÑŽÑ‰Ð°Ñ Ð³Ð»Ð°Ð²Ð° - - + Previous chapter ÐŸÑ€ÐµÐ´Ñ‹Ð´ÑƒÑ‰Ð°Ñ Ð³Ð»Ð°Ð²Ð° - - + Next verse Следующий Ñтих - - + Previous verse Предыдущий Ñтих - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1529,55 +1605,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Ðазад - - + Forward in history Вперед - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Выделить вÑÑ‘ - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1585,7 +1653,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1595,7 +1663,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1849,93 +1917,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Ð¡Ð»ÐµÐ´ÑƒÑŽÑ‰Ð°Ñ Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸ÑÑŒ - - + Previous entry ÐŸÑ€ÐµÐ´Ñ‹Ð´ÑƒÑ‰Ð°Ñ Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸ÑÑŒ - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Сохранить запиÑÑŒ как HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Ðомера Стронга - - Reference only - Только ÑÑылка + Только ÑÑылка - - + + Entry with text ЗапиÑÑŒ Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑтом - + + Entry as plain text ЗапиÑÑŒ как проÑтой текÑÑ‚ - Entry as HTML - ЗапиÑÑŒ как HTML + ЗапиÑÑŒ как HTML - + Lexicon window Окно ÑÐ»Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ñ€Ñ - + Copy... Копировать... - + Save... Сохранить... - + Print... Печать... - - + + Saving entry ... Сохранение запиÑÑŒ... - - + + Saving Сохранение @@ -2420,7 +2479,7 @@ Книги - + Added text Добавленный текÑÑ‚ @@ -2821,12 +2880,6 @@ Language name ka ГрузинÑкий - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Кекчи (Белиз, Гватемала) - Korean @@ -3151,53 +3204,12 @@ Language name bar БаварÑкий - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - ЗармийÑкий - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - ÐлеманÑкий - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - ГаитÑнÑко-креольÑко-французÑкий - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Итза (Белиз, Гватемала) - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Шуар (Эквадор) - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Кекчи (Белиз, Гватемала) - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - КÑбиле (Ðлжир, ТуниÑ) - Lombard Language name lmo ЛобмардÑкий - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - КорейÑкий - @@ -3207,16 +3219,6 @@ Language name ppk Ума - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - ЦыганÑкиий - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Санго - Sranan @@ -3371,42 +3373,42 @@ Language name ppk Удаленный - + Old testament Ветхий Завет - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah ПÑтикнижие МоиÑеево - + History ИÑторичеÑкие книги - + Prophets ПророчеÑкие книги - + New testament Ðовый Завет - + Gospels Ð•Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð³ÐµÐ»Ð¸Ñ - + Letters/Epistles ПоÑÐ»Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ - + Paul's Epistles ПоÑÐ»Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð°Ð¿. Павла @@ -3649,7 +3651,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3683,6 +3685,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4172,10 +4184,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Создано - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.qm index e351539..6cd6382 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts index 3259ee5..5d8452f 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts @@ -1,51 +1,45 @@ - + BTAboutModuleDialog Information About %1 - + Informácie o %1 BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &Súbor - + &View - Main menu item - + &Zobrazenie - + &Search - Main menu item - &HľadaÅ¥ + &Hľadanie - + &Window - Main menu item - &Okno + &Okno - + Se&ttings - Main menu item - Strongove Äísla + Nas&tavenia - + &Help - Main menu item - + &Pomocník BibleTime @@ -53,268 +47,277 @@ ZatvoriÅ¥ BibleTime - + &Show toolbar - + &ZobraziÅ¥ panel nástrojov - + &Fullscreen mode - &Celá obrazovka + &Celá obrazovka - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + Hlavný panel - + &Quit + &Koniec + + + + Information about the BibleTime program - + Show Bookshelf - + ZobraziÅ¥ knižnicu - + Show Bookmarks - + ZobraziÅ¥ záložky - + Show Mag - + ZobraziÅ¥ informaÄnú oblasÅ¥ - + &Save session - &UložiÅ¥ sedenie + &UložiÅ¥ reláciu - + &Load session - N&aÄítaÅ¥ sedenie + N&aÄítaÅ¥ reláciu - + &Delete session - OdstrániÅ¥ sedenie + O&dstrániÅ¥ reláciu - + &Arrangement mode - &Usporiadaný mód + Režim &usporiadania - + &Manual mode - &Manuálny mód + &Manuálny režim - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - Automatické zarovnanie &zvisle + Automaticky zarovnaÅ¥ &zvisle - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - Automatické zarovnanie &vodorovne + Automaticky zarovnaÅ¥ &vodorovne - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that - &Automatická kaskáda + &Automaticky kaskádovaÅ¥ - + &Cascade - &Kaskáda + &KaskádovaÅ¥ - + Tile &vertically - ZarovnaÅ¥ &zvisle + ZarovnaÅ¥ &zvisle - + Tile &horizontally - ZarovnaÅ¥ &vodorovne + ZarovnaÅ¥ &vodorovne - + Cl&ose all windows - + Zatv&oriÅ¥ vÅ¡etky okná - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - + ZatvoriÅ¥ vÅ¡etky okná v BibleTime Cl&ose all VÅ¡etko &zatvoriÅ¥ - + &Handbook - &PríruÄka + &PríruÄka - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide - &Biblické Å¡túdium HowTO + &Biblické Å¡túdium Ako (Howto) - + Please enter a name for the new session. - Vložte prosím názov nového sedenia. + Vložte prosím názov novej relácie. - + Quit BibleTime - + UkonÄiÅ¥ BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Prepnúť celoobrázkový režim hlavného okna - + Search in &open works... - + HľadaÅ¥ v &otvorených dielach... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + HľadaÅ¥ v Å¡tandardnej &Biblií... - + Save as &new session... - + UložiÅ¥ &novú reláciu... - + Create and save a new session + Vytvorí a uloží novú reláciu + + + + Manually arrange the open windows - + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automaticky vertikálne zarovnáva otvorené okná (okraj vedľa okraju) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automaticky horizontálne zarovnáva otvorené okná (okraj vedľa okraju) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Automaticky kaskáduje otvorené okná - + Cascade the open windows - + KaskádovaÅ¥ otvorené okná - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Vertikálne uložiÅ¥ (okraj vedľa okraju) otvorené okná - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + Horizontálne uložiÅ¥ (okraj vedľa okraju) otvorené okná - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Kon&figurácia Bibletime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + UpraviÅ¥ BibleTime nastavenia - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Správca k&nižnice... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Konfigurácia vaÅ¡ej knižnice a inÅ¡talácia/aktualizácia/odstránenie/indexovanie diel - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + OtvoriÅ¥ BibleTime príruÄku - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Otvorí príruÄku k biblickému Å¡túdiu, ktorá je súÄasÅ¥ou BibleTime.<BR> Táto príruÄka je úvodom k efektívnemu Å¡túdiu Biblie. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + HľadaÅ¥ vo vÅ¡etkých dielach, ktoré sú otvorené - + Search in the standard Bible - + HľadaÅ¥ v Å¡tandardnej biblií - + New Session - + Nová relácia - + Initializing the Sword engine... + Inicializácia Sword systém... + + + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Spúšťanie systému SWORD... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Vytváranie BibleTime rozhrania... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + Inicializácia ponuky a panelov... - + &About BibleTime - + &O Bibletime - + Bookshelf - Knižnica + Knižnica - + Bookmarks - + Záložky - + Mag - + Informácie @@ -322,89 +325,101 @@ BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool. - + BibleTime sa ľahko používa, ale je mocný nástroj na Å¡túdium Biblie. We are looking for developers and translators. - + Hľadáme vývojárov a prekladateľov. If you would like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info. - + Ak sa chcete pripojiÅ¥ k nášmu tímu, poÅ¡lite e-mail na info@bibletime.info. (c)1999-2009, The BibleTime Team - (c)1999-2006, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} + (c)1999-2009, BibleTime Tím - - Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version + Tento program používa Open Source edíciu Qt - Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. + Open source edícia Qt je zameraná no vývoj Open Source aplikácií. - Please see - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. + Qt je C++ nástroj na vývoj multiplatformových aplikácií. + Please see + Prosím, pozrite + + + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + pre prehľad o Qt licencií. - - You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + License Agreement + LicenÄná zmluva + + + BibleTime is released under the GPL licence. + Bibletime je vydané pod licenciou GPL. + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. + Program si môžete stiahnuÅ¥ a používaÅ¥ (ale nie distribuovaÅ¥) pre osobné, verejné alebo komerÄné ciele bez reÅ¡trikcií. + + + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + Môžete rozdávaÅ¥ alebo distribuovaÅ¥ program, ak s ním budete distribuovaÅ¥ aj jeho zdrojový kód. - + The complete legally binding license is below. - + Nižšie je možné dokonÄiÅ¥ právne obmedzenia. Contributors - + Prispievatelia About BibleTime - + O Bibletime The following people contributed to BibleTime: - + Nasledujúci ľudia prispeli do BibleTime: documentation and translation manager - + správca dokumentácie a prekladov project founder, developer - + zakladateľ projektu, vývojár designer - + dizajnér @@ -421,82 +436,82 @@ developer - + vývojár packager - + tvorca balíÄka creator of The Sword Project - + tvorca projektu Sword project manager, developer - + správca projektu, vývojár domain sponsor - + sponzor domény howto - + ako documentation - + dokumentácia tester, usability expert - + teste, expert na použiteľnosÅ¥ The following people translated BibleTime into their language: - + Nasledujúci ľudia preložili BibleTime do svojho jazyka: - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + Niektoré názvy môžu chýbaÅ¥. PoÅ¡lite e-mail na bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net, ak si vÅ¡imnete chyba alebo nieÄo vynechané. - + SWORD library version %1 - + Verzia %1 knižnice SWORD - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + BibleTime používa The SWORD Project. The SWORD Project je slobodný biblický softvér spoloÄnosti CrossWire Bible Society. Jeho cieľom je vytvoriÅ¥ platformovo nezávislé nástroje s otvoreným zdrojovým kódom vydaným pod licenciou GNU General Public, ktorá umožňuje programátorom a biblickým spoloÄnostiam napísaÅ¥ nový biblický softvér rýchlejÅ¡ie a jednoduchÅ¡ie. - + The SWORD Project - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + Tento program používa Qt Open Source Edition verziu %1. - + License - + Licencia - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. - + BibleTime je vydaný pod liceniou GPL. @@ -504,7 +519,7 @@ Select book - + Vyberte knihu @@ -512,77 +527,77 @@ Select chapter - + Vyberte kapitolu BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Ak je zvolené, tak tie indexy, ku ktorým nebude existovaÅ¥ dielo, budu vymazané pri spustení Bibletime - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Automaticky odstrániÅ¥ osamotené indexy pri spustení BibleTime - + Delete the selected indexes - + VymazaÅ¥ zvolené indexi + - + Delete - + ZmazaÅ¥ - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + VytvoriÅ¥ nové indexy pre zvolené diela - + Work - Modul + Dielo - + Index size - Indonézske + VeľkosÅ¥ indexu - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + VytvoriÅ¥ nové indexy a zmazaÅ¥ vytvorené indexy pre nainÅ¡talované diela. - + Search Indexes - + PrehľadávaÅ¥ indexy - + Works with indexes - + Diela s indexmi - + Works without indexes - + Diela bez indexov - - + + KiB - - + KiB - + Create... - + VytvoriÅ¥... @@ -590,7 +605,7 @@ Install - + InÅ¡talovaÅ¥ @@ -598,37 +613,37 @@ Install/Update - + InÅ¡talovaÅ¥/AktualizovaÅ¥ Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources. - + InÅ¡talovaÅ¥ a aktualizovaÅ¥ diela. Pridajte vzdialené alebo lokálne zdroje, obnovte ich, vyberte diela, ktoré sa majú nainÅ¡talovaÅ¥/zaktualizovaÅ¥ a kliknite na InÅ¡talovaÅ¥.<br/><b>VAROVANIE:</b> Ak ste v krajine, kde je prenasledovanie a nechcete riskovaÅ¥ odhalenie, tak nepoužívajte vzdialené zdroje. Install path: - + InÅ¡talaÄná cesta: The path where the new works will be installed - + Cesta, kam sa nainÅ¡talujú nové diela Configure paths where works are installed - + KonfigurovaÅ¥ cesty, kam sa inÅ¡talujú diela Install... - + InÅ¡talovaÅ¥... Install or update selected works - + InÅ¡talovaÅ¥ alebo aktualizovaÅ¥ zvolené diela @@ -636,83 +651,83 @@ Works can be installed in one or more directories. After setting up directories here you can choose one of them in Install page. - + Diela môžu byÅ¥ inÅ¡talované do jedného alebo viacerých prieÄinkov. Po nastavení prieÄinkov, si jeden môžete vybraÅ¥ na v inÅ¡talaÄnej Äasti. BibleTime and the Sword library find the modules from all of these directories. If the directory is removed here it still exists in the system with all the works in it. ".sword" directory in your home directory is always used automatically and can't be removed or added. - + BibleTime a knižnica Sword naÅ¡li moduly v týchto prieÄinkoch. Ak tu odstránite prieÄinok, tak stále bude existovaÅ¥ v systéme spolu s modulmi, ktoré sú v ňom. PrieÄinok ".sword" v domovskom prieÄinku sa použije vždy automaticky a nemôže byÅ¥ odstránený alebo pridaný. Configuration file for the paths is: - + KonfiguraÄný súbor pre cesty je: Add... - + PridaÅ¥... Edit... - + UpraviÅ¥... Remove - + OdstrániÅ¥ Choose directory - + VybraÅ¥ prieÄinok This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to use this directory instead of the previous value? - + Do prieÄinku sa nedá zapisovaÅ¥, takže sem nie je možné nainÅ¡talovaÅ¥ diela cez BibleTime. Chcete použiÅ¥ tento prieÄinok namiesto predchádzajúcej hodnoty? Warning - + Varovanie This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you still want to add it to the list of bookshelf directories? - + Do prieÄinku sa nedá zapisovaÅ¥, takže sem nie je možné nainÅ¡talovaÅ¥ diela cez BibleTime. Chcete použiÅ¥ tento prieÄinok namiesto predchádzajúcej hodnoty? Bookshelf Paths - + Cesta ku knižnici Configure bookshelf paths - + KonfigurovaÅ¥ cesty ku knižnici Add new path - + PridaÅ¥ novú cestu Edit the selected path - + UpraviÅ¥ oznaÄenú cestu Remove the selected path - + OdstrániÅ¥ oznaÄenú cestu Use Directory? - + PoužiÅ¥ prieÄinok? @@ -720,60 +735,60 @@ Work - Modul + Dielo Progress - + Postup Stop - + ZastaviÅ¥ Stop All - + ZastaviÅ¥ vÅ¡etko Completed - + UkonÄené Cancelled - + ZruÅ¡ené Waiting for turn... - + ÄŒakanie... Preparing install... - + Príprava inÅ¡talácie... Install Progress - + Postup inÅ¡talácie Failed - + Zlyhanie BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager - Manažér Knižnice + Manažér Knižnice @@ -781,46 +796,116 @@ Work - Modul + Dielo Install path - + InÅ¡talaÄná cesta Remove - + OdstrániÅ¥ Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button. - + OdstrániÅ¥ inÅ¡talované diela. Vyberte dielo a kliknite na tlaÄidlo OdstrániÅ¥. You selected the following work(s): - + Vybrali ste nasledovné dielo/diela: Do you really want to remove them from your system? - + SkutoÄne ich chcete odstrániÅ¥ z vášho systému? Remove... - + OdstrániÅ¥... Remove the selected works - + OdstrániÅ¥ oznaÄené diela Remove Works? + OdstrániÅ¥ diela? + + + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: @@ -829,42 +914,42 @@ Work - Modul + Dielo Description - + Popis Add... - + PridaÅ¥... Refresh... - + ObnoviÅ¥... Refresh the list of works from this source - + ObnoviÅ¥ zoznam diel z tohoto zdroja Delete... - + ZmazaÅ¥... Delete this source - + ZmazaÅ¥ tento zdroj Add new source - + PridaÅ¥ nový zdroj @@ -872,83 +957,83 @@ Delete Source? - + OdstrániÅ¥ zdroj? Do you really want to delete this source? - + SkutoÄne chcete odstrániÅ¥ tento zdroj? Cancel - + ZruÅ¡iÅ¥ Refreshing Source - + Obnova zdroja Connecting... - + Pripájanie... Refreshing... - + Obnovovanie... No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager. - + Vo SWORD konfigurácií neboli nájdené zdroje a BibleTime nemôže vytvoriÅ¥ Å¡tandardný zdroj. Skontrolujte svoju SWORD konfiguráciu a zabezpeÄte, aby bolo konfiguraÄná cesta mala práva na zápis. Potom znovu spustite Správcu knižnice. Remote: - + Vzdialený: Local: - + Miestny: Install/Update works? - + InÅ¡talovaÅ¥/AktualizovaÅ¥ diela? Do you really want to install these works? - + SkutoÄne chcete nainÅ¡talovaÅ¥ tieto diela? Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red. - + Iba jedna verzia diela môže byÅ¥ nainÅ¡talovaná v rovnakom Äase. Vyberte iba jedno, ak sp tam položky oznaÄené Äervenou. Not a directory! - + Nie je prieÄinok! Not readable! - + Nie je Äitateľné! Warning - + Varovanie The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed. - + Do cieľového prieÄinku nie je možné zapisovaÅ¥, alebo neexistuje. InÅ¡talácia zlyhá, ak tento problém nevyrieÅ¡ite. @@ -956,180 +1041,210 @@ Select verse + VybraÅ¥ verÅ¡ + + + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book - ÄŽalÅ¡ia kniha + ÄŽalÅ¡ia kniha - - + Previous book - Predchádzajúca kniha + Predchádzajúca kniha - - + Next chapter - Nasledujúca kapitola + Nasledujúca kapitola - - + Previous chapter - Predchádzajúca kapitola + Predchádzajúca kapitola - - + Next verse - Nasledujúci verÅ¡ + Nasledujúci verÅ¡ - - + Previous verse - Predchádzajúci verÅ¡ + Predchádzajúci verÅ¡ - + Copy chapter - KopírovaÅ¥ kapitolu + KopírovaÅ¥ kapitolu - + Save chapter as plain text - UložiÅ¥ kapitolu ako surový text + UložiÅ¥ kapitolu ako obyÄajný text - + Save chapter as HTML - UložiÅ¥ kapitolu ako HTML + UložiÅ¥ kapitolu ako HTML - + Print chapter - VytlaÄiÅ¥ kapitolu + VytlaÄiÅ¥ kapitolu - Reference only - Iba odkazy + Iba odkazy - + Text of reference - Odkaz na text + Text odkazu - - - + + Reference with text - Odkaz s textom + Odkaz s textom - - Chapter - Kapitolu + Kapitolu - Chapter as plain text - Kapitolu ako surový text + Kapitolu ako obyÄajný text - Chapter as HTML - Kapitolu ako HTML + Kapitolu ako HTML - + Bible window - Okno Biblie + Okno Biblie - + Copy... - KopírovaÅ¥... + KopírovaÅ¥... - + Save... - Ulož... + Ulož... - + Print... - TlaÄiÅ¥... + TlaÄiÅ¥... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... - SkopírovaÅ¥ kapitolu do schránky... + SkopírovaÅ¥ kapitolu do schránky... - + Copying - Kopírujem + Kopírovanie - - + + Saving chapter ... - Ukladám kapitolu... + Ukladanie kapitoly... - - + + Saving - Ukladám + Ukladanie - Strong's search - + Vyhľadávanie strongového Äísla - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - + Nájde vÅ¡etky výskyty strongového Äísla, ktoré sa aktuálne nachádza pod kurzorom CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view - Prepnutie stromu... + Prepnutie stromového zobrazenia - Copy entry with text - Kopíruj záznam s textom + Kopíruj položku s textom - Save entry as plain text - Kopíruj záznam ako surový text + Kopíruj položku ako surový text - Save entry as HTML - UložiÅ¥ záznam ako HTML... + UložiÅ¥ položku ako HTML - Print entry with text - TlaÄiÅ¥ záznam s textom + TlaÄiÅ¥ položku s textom @@ -1137,82 +1252,82 @@ Bookmarks - + Záložky New folder - Nový prieÄinok + Nový prieÄinok Rename folder - + PremenovaÅ¥ prieÄinok Delete Items - ZmazaÅ¥ položky + ZmazaÅ¥ položky Do you really want to delete the selected items and child-items? - Naozaj chcete zmazaÅ¥ vybrané položky a ich potomkov? + Naozaj chcete zmazaÅ¥ vybrané položky a ich potomkov? The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed. - + Dielo, do ktorého ukazuje záložka, nie je nainÅ¡talované. Change bookmark description... - + Zmeňte popis záložky... Print bookmarks... - + TlaÄiÅ¥ záložky... Remove selected items... - + OdstrániÅ¥ zvolené položky... Import to folder... - + ImportovaÅ¥ prieÄinok... Export from folder... - + ExportovaÅ¥ prieÄinok... Can drop only bookmarks or one folder - + Je možné pustiÅ¥ len jednu záložku alebo prieÄinok Can't drop folder into the folder itself or into its subfolder - + Nie je možné pustiÅ¥ prieÄinok do samého seba alebo do podprieÄinku Copy - + KopírovaÅ¥ Move - + Presunúť Drag references from text views to this view - + ŤahaÅ¥ odkazy zo zobrazenia textu do tohoto zobrazenia @@ -1220,161 +1335,155 @@ Bookshelf - Knižnica + Knižnica Grouping - + Zoskupovanie Category/Language - + Kategória/Jazyk Category - Kategória + Kategória Language/Category - + Jazyk/Kategória Language - Jazyk + Jazyk Edit - + UpraviÅ¥ Search - HľadaÅ¥ + HľadaÅ¥ Enter the unlock key for this work. - Zadaj kÄ¾ÃºÄ k odomknutiu modulu. + Zadaj kÄ¾ÃºÄ k odomknutiu diela. Search... - + Hľadanie... Unlock... - + Odomknúť... About... - + O... Hide/Unhide Works - + SkryÅ¥/OdkryÅ¥ diela Select the works to be hidden. - + Vyberte diela, ktoré sa majú skryÅ¥. Works only - + Iba diela Hide/unhide works... - + SkryÅ¥/odkryÅ¥ diela... Show hidden - + ZobraziÅ¥ skryté Plain text... - + ObyÄajný text... HTML... - + Html... Search in %1... - + HľadaÅ¥ v %1... Search in selected... - + HľadaÅ¥ vo zvolenom... Unlock Work - + Odomknúť dielo CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book - ÄŽalÅ¡ia kniha + ÄŽalÅ¡ia kniha - - + Previous book - Predchádzajúca kniha + Predchádzajúca kniha - - + Next chapter - Nasledujúca kapitola + Nasledujúca kapitola - - + Previous chapter - Predchádzajúca kapitola + Predchádzajúca kapitola - - + Next verse - Nasledujúci verÅ¡ + Nasledujúci verÅ¡ - - + Previous verse - Predchádzajúci verÅ¡ + Predchádzajúci verÅ¡ - + Synchronize - + SynchronizovaÅ¥ - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window - + SynchronizovaÅ¥ zobrazenie položky tejto práce s aktívnym oknom biblie @@ -1382,7 +1491,7 @@ Configure BibleTime - Nastavenie BibleTime + Konfigurácia BibleTime @@ -1390,67 +1499,67 @@ Display settings: No options available - ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia: nie sú žiadne dostupné možnosti + ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia: nie sú žiadne dostupné možnosti Display settings - ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia + ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia Display options - ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia + ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia Use linebreaks after each verse - PoužiÅ¥ ukonÄenie riadkov po každom verÅ¡i + PoužiÅ¥ ukonÄenie riadkov po každom verÅ¡i Show headings - ZobraziÅ¥ hlaviÄky + ZobraziÅ¥ nadpisy Highlight words of Jesus - ZvýrazniÅ¥ JežiÅ¡ove slová + ZvýrazniÅ¥ JežiÅ¡ove slová Show Hebrew vowel points - ZobraziÅ¥ body hebrejských hlások + ZobraziÅ¥ body hebrejských hlások Show Hebrew cantillation marks - ZobraziÅ¥ hebrejské liturgické znaky + ZobraziÅ¥ hebrejské liturgické znaky Show Greek accents - ZobraziÅ¥ grécke akcenty + ZobraziÅ¥ grécke akcenty Use alternative textual variant - PoužiÅ¥ alternatívne textové variácie + PoužiÅ¥ alternatívne textové variácie Show scripture cross-references - ZobraziÅ¥ krížové odkazy Biblie + ZobraziÅ¥ krížové odkazy Biblie Show morph segmentation - ZobraziÅ¥ morfologické delenie + ZobraziÅ¥ morfologické delenie Show verse numbers - ZobraziÅ¥ Äísla verÅ¡ov + ZobraziÅ¥ Äísla verÅ¡ov @@ -1458,67 +1567,67 @@ Display templates - Å ablóny zobrazenia + Å ablóny zobrazenia Available display styles: - Dostupné Å¡týly zobrazenia: + Dostupné Å¡týly zobrazenia: Style preview - Náhľad Å¡týlu + Náhľad Å¡týlu For God so loved the world, that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have eternal life. - Lebo tak miloval Boh svet, že svojho jednorodeného Syna dal, aby nikto, kto verí v Neho, nezahynul, ale mal veÄný život. + Lebo tak miloval Boh svet, že svojho jednorodeného Syna dal, aby nikto, kto verí v Neho, nezahynul, ale mal veÄný život. For God didn't send his Son into the world to judge the world, but that the world should be saved through him. - Lebo neposlal Boh na svet svojho Syna aby súdil svet, ale aby bol svet spasený skrze Neho. + Lebo neposlal Boh na svet svojho Syna aby súdil svet, ale aby bol svet spasený skrze Neho. He who believes in him is not judged. He who doesn't believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the one and only Son of God. - Kto verí v Neho, mebude odsúdený, ale ten, kto neverí, už je odsúdený. lebo neuveril v meno jednorodeného Syna Božieho. + Kto verí v Neho, nebude odsúdený, ale ten, kto neverí, už je odsúdený. lebo neuveril v meno jednorodeného Syna Božieho. This is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light; for their works were evil. - A to je ten súd, že svetlo priÅ¡lo na svet, ale ľudia viacej milovali tmu ako svetlo, lebo ich skutky boli zlé. + A to je ten súd, že svetlo priÅ¡lo na svet, ale ľudia viacej milovali tmu ako svetlo, lebo ich skutky boli zlé. For everyone who does evil hates the light, and doesn't come to the light, lest his works would be exposed. - Lebo každý, kto robí zlé, nenávidí svetlo a nejde k svetlu, aby neboly trestané jeho skutky. + Lebo každý, kto robí zlé, nenávidí svetlo a nejde k svetlu, aby neboli trestané jeho skutky. But he who does the truth comes to the light, that his works may be revealed, that they have been done in God. - Ale ten, kto Äiní pravdu, ide k svetlu, aby boli zjavené jeho skutky, že sú vykonané v Bohu. + Ale ten, kto Äiní pravdu, ide k svetlu, aby boli zjavené jeho skutky, že sú vykonané v Bohu. Display templates define how text is displayed. - + ZobraziÅ¥ Å¡ablóny definujúce ako sa text zobrazí. Show the BibleTime logo on startup - + ZobraziÅ¥ logo BibleTime pri spustení Show startup logo - + ZobraziÅ¥ logo pri spustení Display - ZobraziÅ¥ nastavenia + Zobrazenie @@ -1529,75 +1638,67 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - Späť v histórii + Späť v histórii - - + Forward in history - Dopredu v histórii + Dopredu v histórii - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - + OtvoriÅ¥ dialóg hľadania s dielom, ktoré je v tomto okne - - + Zoom in - + ZväÄÅ¡iÅ¥ - - + Zoom out - + ZmenÅ¡iÅ¥ - - + Close - + ZatvoriÅ¥ - - + Select all - OznaÄiÅ¥ vÅ¡etko + OznaÄiÅ¥ vÅ¡etko - - + Copy - + KopírovaÅ¥ - - + Find... - + HľadaÅ¥... CFontChooser - + Size: - + VeľkosÅ¥: Font name: - + Názov písma: - + Font style: - + Å týl písma: @@ -1606,70 +1707,70 @@ Bold - TuÄné + TuÄné Italic - + Kurzíva Underline - PodÄiarknuté + PodÄiarknuté Left - + Vľavo Center - + Na stred Right - + Vpravo Select all - OznaÄiÅ¥ vÅ¡etko + OznaÄiÅ¥ vÅ¡etko HTML editor window - Okno HTML editora + Okno HTML editora Font - + Písmo Font size - + VeľkosÅ¥ písma Font color - + Farba písma Align left - + Zarovnanie doľava Align right - + Zarovnanie doprava @@ -1677,56 +1778,53 @@ Sync with active Bible - SynchronizovaÅ¥ s aktívnou Bibliou + SynchronizovaÅ¥ s aktívnou Bibliou Save text - UložiÅ¥ text + UložiÅ¥ text Delete current entry - OdstrániÅ¥ aktuálny záznam + OdstrániÅ¥ aktuálnu položku Restore original text - ObnoviÅ¥ pôvodný text + ObnoviÅ¥ pôvodný text Module not writable - - + Do modulu nie je možné zapisovaÅ¥ Module is not writable. - - + Do modulu nie je možné zapisovaÅ¥. Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. - - + BuÄ nie je možné upravovaÅ¥ modul, alebo nemáte práva na zápis. Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window - + SynchronizovaÅ¥ (zobraziÅ¥ rovnaký verÅ¡) v aktívnom okne Biblie Delete current entry (no undo) - + ZmazaÅ¥ aktuálnu položku (nie je možné vrátiÅ¥ späť) Restore original text, new text will be lost - + ObnoviÅ¥ originálny text, nový text bude stratený @@ -1734,7 +1832,7 @@ Clear - + VyÄistiÅ¥ @@ -1742,37 +1840,37 @@ Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - + Posúvanie cez položky v zozname. StlaÄením tlaÄidla a pohybom myÅ¡i presuniete položku hore alebo dole. Next book - ÄŽalÅ¡ia kniha + ÄŽalÅ¡ia kniha Previous book - Predchádzajúca kniha + Predchádzajúca kniha Next chapter - Nasledujúca kapitola + Nasledujúca kapitola Previous chapter - Predchádzajúca kapitola + Predchádzajúca kapitola Next verse - Nasledujúci verÅ¡ + Nasledujúci verÅ¡ Previous verse - Predchádzajúci verÅ¡ + Predchádzajúci verÅ¡ @@ -1780,42 +1878,42 @@ Use custom font - PoužiÅ¥ vlastné písmo + PoužiÅ¥ vlastné písmo Language for names of Bible books: - + Jazyk pre názvy kníh Biblie: The languages which can be used for the biblical booknames - + Jazyky, ktoré je možné použiÅ¥ pre názvy biblických kníh The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language - + Výber písma sa použije na vÅ¡etky texty v tomto jazyku Select the language in which the Biblical book names are displayed. - + Vyberte jazyk, v ktorom sa budú zobrazovaÅ¥ názvy kníh Biblie. Fonts - + Písma You can specify a custom font for each language. - + Môžete si vybraÅ¥ vlastné písmo pre každý jazyk. Languages - Zoznam jazykov + Zoznam jazykov @@ -1828,116 +1926,111 @@ Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item. - + Posúvanie cez položky v zozname. StlaÄením tlaÄidla a pohybom myÅ¡i presuniete položku hore alebo dole. Entries of the current work - + Položky aktuálneho diela Next entry - Nasledujúci záznamu + Nasledujúca položka Previous entry - Predchádzajúci záznam + Predchádzajúca položka CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry - Nasledujúci záznamu + Nasledujúca položka - - + Previous entry - Predchádzajúci záznam + Predchádzajúca položka - + Copy reference only - + KopírovaÅ¥ iba odkazy - Copy selected text - + KopírovaÅ¥ oznaÄený text - + Save entry as HTML - UložiÅ¥ záznam ako HTML... + UložiÅ¥ položku ako HTML - + Print reference only - + TlaÄiÅ¥ iba odkazy - + Strong's Search - Strongove Äísla + Vyhľadávanie v strongových Äíslach - - Reference only - Iba odkazy + Iba odkazy - - + + Entry with text - Záznam s textom + Položka s textom - + + Entry as plain text - Záznam ako surový text + Položka ako surový text - Entry as HTML - Záznam ako HTML + Položka ako HTML - + Lexicon window - Okno lexikónu + Okno lexikónu - + Copy... - KopírovaÅ¥... + KopírovaÅ¥... - + Save... - Ulož... + Ulož... - + Print... - TlaÄiÅ¥... + TlaÄiÅ¥... - - + + Saving entry ... - Ukladanie záznamu... + Ukladanie položky... - - + + Saving - Ukladám + Ukladám @@ -1945,12 +2038,12 @@ Bookshelf - Knižnica + Knižnica Bookmarks - + Záložky @@ -1959,24 +2052,24 @@ NONE - NiÄ + NiÄ Select a work - VybraÅ¥ modul + VybraÅ¥ prácu Select an additional work - VybraÅ¥ dodatoÄný modul + VybraÅ¥ dodatoÄnú prácu [locked] - [uzamknuté] + [uzamknuté] @@ -1984,27 +2077,27 @@ Cancel - + ZruÅ¡iÅ¥ Creating indices - + Vytváranie indexov Creating index for work: %1 - + Vytváranie indexu pre dielo: %1 Indexing Is Cancelled - + Indexovanie zruÅ¡ené Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed. - + Indexovanie je zruÅ¡ené, lebo moduly sú presunuté. @@ -2012,56 +2105,53 @@ Sync with active Bible - SynchronizovaÅ¥ s aktívnou Bibliou + SynchronizovaÅ¥ s aktívnou Bibliou Save text - UložiÅ¥ text + UložiÅ¥ text Delete current entry - OdstrániÅ¥ aktuálny záznam + OdstrániÅ¥ aktuálnu položku Restore original text - ObnoviÅ¥ pôvodný text + ObnoviÅ¥ pôvodný text Module not writable - - + Do modulu nie je možné zapisovaÅ¥ Module is not writable. - - + Do modulu nie je možné zapisovaÅ¥. Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission. - - + BuÄ nie je možné upravovaÅ¥ modul, alebo nemáte práva na zápis. Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window - + SynchronizovaÅ¥ (zobraziÅ¥ rovnaký verÅ¡) v aktívnom okne Biblie Delete current entry (no undo) - + ZmazaÅ¥ aktuálnu položku (nie je možné vrátiÅ¥ späť) Restore original text, new text will be lost - + ObnoviÅ¥ originálny text, nový text bude stratený @@ -2069,124 +2159,123 @@ Version - Verzia + Verzia unknown - neznámy + neznámy Markup - OznaÄenie + OznaÄenie Location - Umiestnenie + Umiestnenie Language - Jazyk + Jazyk Category - Kategória + Kategória LCSH - - + LCSH Writable - Zapisovateľné + Zapisovateľné yes - áno + áno no - nie + nie Unlock key - KÄ¾ÃºÄ k odomknutiu + KÄ¾ÃºÄ k odomknutiu Features - Vlastnosti + Vlastnosti Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! - Dávajte si pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultický / otázny materiál! + Dávajte si pozor, toto dielo obsahuje kultový / otázny materiál! About - + O module Distribution license - DistribuÄná licencia + Licencia ohľadom distribuovanie Distribution source - Zdroj distribúcie + Zdroj distribúcie Distribution notes - Poznámky k distribúcii + Poznámky k distribúcii Text source - Zdroj textu + Zdroj textu Copyright notes - Poznámky k Copyrightu + Poznámky k autorským právam Copyright holder - Držiteľ Copyrightu + Držiteľ autorských práv Copyright date - Dátum Copyrightu + Dátum autorských práv Copyright contact name - Copyright: kontaktná osoba + Kontakt ohľadom autorských práv Copyright contact address - Copyright: kontaktná adresa + Kontaktná adresa ohľadom autorských práv Copyright contact email - Copyright: kontaktný email + Kontaktný email ohľadom autorských práv @@ -2194,17 +2283,17 @@ Standard works - Å tandardné moduly + Å tandardné diela Text filters - Textové filtre + Textové filtre Desk - Sword + Plocha @@ -2217,32 +2306,32 @@ Caption - Názov + Popis Type - Typ + Typ Server - Server + Server Path - Cesta + Cesta Ok - OK + OK Discard - + ZahodiÅ¥ @@ -2251,37 +2340,37 @@ Error - + Chyba Please provide a caption. - Prosím zadajte názov + Prosím zadajte popis. A source with this caption already exists.<br>Please provide a different caption. - Zdroj s týmto názvom už existuje. <br>Zadajte prosím iný názov. + Zdroj s týmto názvom už existuje. <br>Zadajte prosím iný popis. Please provide a server name. - Prosím zadajte názov serveru + Prosím zadajte názov serveru. Please provide a valid, readable path. - Prosím zadajte platnú, Äitateľnú adresu. + Prosím zadajte platnú, Äitateľnú adresu. Please provide a path. - Prosím zadajte cestu. + Prosím zadajte cestu. New Installation Source - + Nový inÅ¡talaÄný zdroj @@ -2289,18 +2378,18 @@ Save text before closing? - UložiÅ¥ pred ukonÄením? + UložiÅ¥ text pred ukonÄením? Save changed text? - UložiÅ¥ zmenený text? + UložiÅ¥ zmenený text? Save Text? - + UložiÅ¥ text? @@ -2308,43 +2397,43 @@ Abbreviation - Skratka + Skratka Cross references - Krížové referencie + Krížové referencie Footnote - Poznámky pod Äiarou + Poznámky pod Äiarou Strongs - Strongove Äísla + Strongové Äísla Morphology - Morfologické príznaky + Morfologické príznaky Word lookup - Hľadanie slov + Hľadanie slov Copy - + KopírovaÅ¥ <small>This is the Mag viewer area. Hover the mouse over links or other items which include some data and the contents appear in the Mag after a short delay. Move the mouse into Mag rapidly or lock the view by pressing and holding Shift while moving the mouse.</small> - + <small>Toto je informaÄná oblasÅ¥. Postavte sa s myÅ¡ou nad odkaz alebo inú položku, ktorá obsahuje nejaké dáta, a jej obsah sa po chvíli zobrazí v informaÄnej oblasti. Rýchlym pohybom myÅ¡i sa presuňte do informaÄnej oblasti, alebo uzamknite zobrazenie stlaÄením a držaním klávesy Shift pri pohybe myÅ¡i.</small> @@ -2352,22 +2441,22 @@ Indexing aborted - + Indexovanie bolo preruÅ¡ené An internal error occurred while building the index. - + Vyskytla sa interná chyba pri vytváraní indexu. Search aborted - + Vyhľadávanie preruÅ¡ené An internal error occurred while executing your search. - + Vyskytla sa interná chyba pri vykonávaní vyhľadávania. @@ -2376,67 +2465,67 @@ Commentaries - Komentáre + Komentáre Cults/Unorthodox - + Kultové/Neortodoxné Maps and Images - + Mapy a obrázky Daily Devotionals - Denné zamyslenia + Denné zamyslenia Lexicons and Dictionaries - + Lexikóny a slovníky Bibles - Biblie + Biblie Glossaries - Slovníky + Glosáre Books - Knihy + Knihy - + Added text - Vloženýt text + Pridaný text Names of languages No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module. - + Názvy jazykov Afrikaans Language name af - Afrikánske + Afrikánske @@ -2448,55 +2537,55 @@ English, Old (ca.450-1100) Language name ang - Staroanglické, (450-1100) + Staroanglické, (450-1100) Arabic Language name ar - Arabská + Arabské Azerbaijani Language name az - Azerbajdžanské + Azerbajdžanské Azerbaijani, South Language name azb - + Juhoazerbajdžanské Belarusian Language name be - Bieloruské + Bieloruské Bulgarian Language name bg - Bulharské + Bulharské Breton Language name br - Bretónske + Bretónske Bosnian Language name bs - Bosnianské + Bosnianské Catalan Language name ca - Katalánske + Katalánske @@ -2508,14 +2597,13 @@ Cebuano Language name ceb - Cebuánske + Cebuánske Chamorro Language name ch - - + @@ -2557,13 +2645,13 @@ Coptic Language name cop - Koptské + Koptské Czech Language name cs - ÄŒeské + ÄŒeské @@ -2587,25 +2675,25 @@ Church Slavic Language name cu - Staroslovienske + Staroslovienske Welsh Language name cy - Waleské + WelÅ¡ské Danish Language name da - Dánske + Dánske German Language name de - Nemecké + Nemecké @@ -2617,85 +2705,85 @@ Greek, Modern (1453-) Language name el - Moderné grécke (1453-) + Moderné grécke (1453-) English Language name en - Anglické + Anglické American English Language name en_US - Americko-anglické + Americko-anglické English, Middle (1100-1500) Language name enm - Stredo-anglické (1100-1500) + Stredo-anglické (1100-1500) Esperanto Language name eo - Esperanto + Esperanto Spanish Language name es - Å panielske + Å panielske Estonian Language name et - Estónske + Estónske Basque Language name eu - Baskitské + Baskitské Persian Language name fa - + Perské Finnish Language name fi - Fínske + Fínske French Language name fr - Francúzske + Francúzske Frisian Language name fy - Frisianské + Frisianské Irish Language name ga - Ãrske + Ãrske Gaelic (Scots) Language name gd - GaelÅ¡tinské (Å kótske) + GaelÅ¡tinské (Å kótske) @@ -2707,56 +2795,55 @@ Gothic Language name got - Gotické + Gotické Manx Language name gv - Manské + Manské Greek, Ancient (to 1453) Language name grc - Starogrécke (do 1453) + Starogrécke (do 1453) Hebrew Language name he - Hebrejské + Hebrejské Hausa Language name hau - - + Hawaiian Language name haw - Havajské + Havajské Hindi Language name hi - + Hindské Croatian Language name hr - Titulok + Chorvátske Hungarian Language name hu - MaÄarské + MaÄarské @@ -2768,25 +2855,25 @@ Armenian Language name hy - Arménske + Arménske Indonesian Language name id - Indonézske + Indonézske Icelandic Language name is - Islandské + Islandské Italian Language name it - Talianske + Talianske @@ -2804,7 +2891,7 @@ Japanese Language name ja - Japonské + Japonské @@ -2822,7 +2909,7 @@ Georgian Language name ka - Gruzínske + Gruzínske Kekchí @@ -2835,25 +2922,25 @@ Korean Language name ko - Kórejské + Kórejské Kurdish Language name ku - Kurdské + Kurdské Kirghiz Language name ky - Kyrgizské + Kyrgizské Latin Language name la - Latinské + Latinské @@ -2865,14 +2952,13 @@ Lithuanian Language name lt - - + Litovské Latvian Language name lv - LotyÅ¡ské + LotyÅ¡ské @@ -2884,7 +2970,7 @@ Maori Language name mi - Maorské + Maorské @@ -2902,7 +2988,7 @@ Macedonian Language name mk - Macedónske + Macedónske @@ -2914,31 +3000,31 @@ More Language name mos - Maorské + Maorské Malay Language name ms - Malajské + Malajské Maltese Language name mt - Maltské + Maltské Low German; Low Saxon Language name nds - Dolnonemecké; dolnosaské + Dolnonemecké; dolnosaské Nepali Language name ne - + Nepálske @@ -2956,7 +3042,7 @@ Dutch Language name nl - Holandské + Holandské @@ -2968,7 +3054,7 @@ Norwegian Language name no - Nórske + Nórske @@ -2980,14 +3066,13 @@ Papiamento Language name pap - - + Polish Language name pl - Poľské + Poľské @@ -2999,13 +3084,13 @@ Portuguese Language name pt - Portugalské + Portugalské Brasilian Portuguese Language name pt_BR - Portugalské + @@ -3017,93 +3102,91 @@ Romanian Language name ro - Rumunské + Rumunské Russian Language name ru - Ruské + Ruské Scots Language name sco - Å kótske + Å kótske Slovak Language name sk - Slovenské + Slovenské Slovenian Language name sl - Slovinské + Slovinské Somali Language name so - Somálske + Somálske Albanian Language name sq - Albánske + Albánske Swedish Language name sv - Å védske + Å védske Swahili Language name sw - Swahilské + Swahilské Syriac Language name syr - Sýrske + Sýrske Tamil Language name ta - Tamilské + Tamilské Thai Language name th - Thajské + Thajské Tagalog Language name tl - - + Tswana Language name tn - - + Turkish Language name tr - Turecké + Turecké @@ -3115,7 +3198,7 @@ Tahitian Language name ty - Tahitské + Tahitské @@ -3127,7 +3210,7 @@ Ukrainian Language name uk - Ukrajinské + Ukrajinské @@ -3145,20 +3228,19 @@ Vietnamese Language name vi - Vietnamské + Vietnamské Xhosa Language name xh - - + Bavarian Language name bar - Bavorské + Bavorské Zarma @@ -3206,7 +3288,7 @@ Lombard Language name lmo - Lombardské + Lombardské Tok Pisin @@ -3221,8 +3303,7 @@ Language name ppk ---------- Language name ppk - - + Romani, Vlax @@ -3239,8 +3320,7 @@ Language name ppk Sranan Language name srn - - + @@ -3264,7 +3344,7 @@ Language name ppk Chinese Language name zh - Čínske + Čínske @@ -3312,128 +3392,128 @@ Language name ppk Zulu Language name zu - Zulské + Zulské Footnotes - Poznámky pod Äiarou + Poznámky pod Äiarou Strong's numbers - Strongove Äísla + Strongové Äíslo Headings - HlaviÄky + Nadpisy Morphological tags - Morfologické príznaky + Morfologické znaÄky Lemmas - Nadpisy + Lemy Hebrew vowel points - Body hebrejských samohlások + Body hebrejských samohlások Hebrew cantillation marks - ZobraziÅ¥ hebrejské liturgické znaky + ZobraziÅ¥ hebrejské liturgické znaky Greek accents - Grécke akcenty + Grécke akcenty Red letter words - Slová s Äerveným písmom + Slová s Äerveným písmom Textual variants - Textové varianty + Textové varianty Scripture cross-references - Krížové referencie Písma + Krížové referencie Písma Morph segmentation - Morfologické delenie + Morfologické delenie Export - + Export Local - Lokálny + Lokálny Remote - Vzdialený + Vzdialený - + Old testament - Starý zákon + Starý zákon - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - MojžiÅ¡ove knihy/Pentateuch/Tóra + MojžiÅ¡ove knihy/Pentateuch/Tóra - + History - Histórické knihy + História - + Prophets - Proroci + Proroci - + New testament - Nový zákon + Nový zákon - + Gospels - Evanjeliá + Evanjeliá - + Letters/Epistles - Listy/EpiÅ¡toly + Listy/EpiÅ¡toly - + Paul's Epistles - Pavlove epiÅ¡toly + Pavlove epiÅ¡toly HTML files - HTML súbory + HTML súbory @@ -3444,143 +3524,143 @@ Language name ppk All files - + VÅ¡etky súbory Text files - Textové súbory + Textové súbory Save file - + UložiÅ¥ súbor Save document ... - UložiÅ¥ dokument... + UložiÅ¥ dokument... Print keys - TlaÄiÅ¥ kľúÄe + TlaÄiÅ¥ kľúÄe BibleTime bookmark files - + Súbor BibleTime záložiek unknown - neznámy + neznámy Change description ... - ZmeniÅ¥ popis... + ZmeniÅ¥ popis... Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark. - VložiÅ¥ nový popis pre zvolenú záložku. + VložiÅ¥ nový popis pre zvolenú záložku. New folder - Nový prieÄinok + Nový prieÄinok The file already exists. - Súbor už existuje. + Súbor už existuje. Do you want to overwrite it? - Chcete ho prepísaÅ¥? + Chcete ho prepísaÅ¥? Error - + Chyba The file couldn't be saved. - Súbor nie je možné uložiÅ¥. + Súbor nie je možné uložiÅ¥. Please check permissions etc. - Skontrolujte prosím práva atÄ. + Skontrolujte prosím práva atÄ. Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material! - Dávajte si pozor, tento modul obsahuje kultický / otázny materiál! + Dávajte si pozor, toto dielo obsahuje kultový / otázny materiál! Language - Jazyk + Jazyk Unlock key - KÄ¾ÃºÄ k odomknutiu + KÄ¾ÃºÄ k odomknutiu not set - nenastavené + nenastavené Version - Verzia + Verzia Options - + Voľby Settings Migration - + Nastavenia migrácie It appears you have a BibleTime configuration from KDE 3 stored in %1, and you have not migrated it to this version. Would you like to import it? - + Zdá sa, že vaÅ¡a BibleTime konfigurácia z KDE 3 je uložená v %1, a nebola premigrovaná do tejto verzie. Chcete ju naimportovaÅ¥? Encrypted - needs unlock key - + Å ifrovaný - potrebný je kÄ¾ÃºÄ na odomknutie Double click for more information - + Dvojklik zobrazí viac informácií Updated version available! - + Dostupná je nová aktualizácia! Installed version - NainÅ¡talovaná verzia + NainÅ¡talovaná verzia @@ -3599,7 +3679,7 @@ Language name ppk (Multiple languages) Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages) - + ViacjazyÄné @@ -3653,7 +3733,7 @@ Language name ppk Klingon Language name tlh - + Klingónske @@ -3668,38 +3748,48 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed Can't write file - + Nie je možné zapísaÅ¥ súbor The Sword config file can't be written! - + Nie je možné zapísaÅ¥ Sword konfiguráciu! Export Bookmarks - + ExportovaÅ¥ záložky Import bookmarks - Import záložiek + Import záložiek Overwrite File? - + PrepísaÅ¥ súbor? Parsing Strong's Numbers + Spracovanie strongových Äísel + + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? @@ -3710,105 +3800,105 @@ Language name ppk OK Dialog Button Standard button - + OK Open Dialog Button Standard button - + OtvoriÅ¥ Save Dialog Button Standard button - + UložiÅ¥ Cancel Dialog Button Standard button - + ZruÅ¡iÅ¥ Close Dialog Button Standard button - + ZatvoriÅ¥ Discard Dialog Button Standard button - + ZahodiÅ¥ Apply Dialog Button Standard button - + PoužiÅ¥ Reset Dialog Button Standard button - + ResetovaÅ¥ Restore defaults Dialog Button Standard button - + ObnoviÅ¥ Å¡tandardné Help Dialog Button Standard button - + Pomocník Save All Dialog Button Standard button - + VÅ¡etko uložiÅ¥ Yes Dialog Button Standard button - + Ãno Yes to all Dialog Button Standard button - + Ãno pre vÅ¡etko No Dialog Button Standard button - + Nie No to all Dialog Button Standard button - + Pre vÅ¡etko nie @@ -3816,175 +3906,175 @@ Language name ppk Search for: - + HľadaÅ¥: &Search - &HľadaÅ¥ + &Hľadanie Start to search the text in the chosen works - + SpustiÅ¥ hľadanie textu vo zvolených dielach Ch&oose... - + Vy&braÅ¥... Choose works for the search - + VybraÅ¥ diela do vyhľadávania S&etup... - + &NastaviÅ¥... All of the words (AND is added between the words) - + VÅ¡etky slová (AND je pridané medzi slová) (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>) - + (<a href='syntax_help'>úplná syntax</a>) Scope: - + Záber: The text you want to search for - + Text, ktorý chcete hľadaÅ¥ Works: - + Diela: Works to Search in - + Diela do hľadaÅ¥ v Select the works which should be searched. - + Vyberte diela, v ktorých chcete hľadaÅ¥. No search scope - Bez rozsahu vyhľadávania + Bez rozsahu vyhľadávania All words - + VÅ¡etky slová Configure predefined scopes for search - + KonfigurovaÅ¥ preddefinované zábery hľadania Some words - + Niektoré slová Free - + Voľné Some of the words (OR is added between the words) - + Niektoré slová (OR bude pridané medzi slová) Full lucene syntax - + Úplná syntax lucene Click the link to get help for search syntax - + Kliknite na odkaz, ak chcete získaÅ¥ pomoc pre syntax hľadania Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries. - + VybraÅ¥ záber (knihy/kapitoly/verÅ¡e do vyhľadávania).<br />Použiteľné pre Biblie a komentáre. <p>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</p> Don't translate words inside <> tags! Translate 'All words' etc. indentically to the Search dialog options. - + <p>Tento pomocník je hlavne pre voľby 'Úplnej syntaxe'. 'VÅ¡etky slová' a 'Niektoré slová' majú viac limitovanú syntax; sú pre ne podporované <a href='#wildcards'>pseudoznaky</a> a <a href='#fields'>textové polia</a>. Niektoré ÄalÅ¡ie syntaktické vlastnosti môžu daÅ¥ zvláštne alebo nesprávne výsledky pri voľbe 'VÅ¡etky slová'/'Niektoré slová'.</p> <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Which words to find</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grouping and order</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Other syntax features</A><br/></p> - + <p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Ako vyhľadávaÅ¥</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Zoskupovanie a poradie</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Pseudoznaky (ÄiastoÄné slová)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Textové polia (rôzne Äasti textu)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>ÄŽalÅ¡ie syntaktické vlastnosti</A><br/></p> <h1><A name='allsome'>Which words to find</A></h1><p>Search terms are separated by spaces. <strong>AND</strong> (all words), <strong>OR</strong> (some words) and <strong>NOT</strong> (not the following word) can be added between the words. If none is added explicitly OR is used automatically. '<strong>+</strong>word' means the word must be in the results, '<strong>-</strong>word' means it must not be in the results.</p> Syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + <h1><A name='allsome'>Ako vyhľadávaÅ¥</A></h1><p>Termíny, ktoré sa majú hľadaÅ¥, sú oddelené medzerami. Medzi ne je možné pridaÅ¥ <strong>AND</strong> (vÅ¡etky slová), <strong>OR</strong> (niektoré slová) a <strong>NOT</strong> (nie nasledujúce slovo). Ak nie je niÄ uvedené, automaticky sa explicitne použije OR. '<strong>+</strong>slovo' znamená, že slovo musí byÅ¥ vo výsledku, '<strong>-</strong>slovo' znamená, že slovo sa nesmie nachádzaÅ¥ vo výsledku.</p> <p><table><tr><td>jesus AND god</td><td>Finds verses with both 'Jesus' and 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' or 'God' or both</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr></table></p> In examples words to be searched for may be translated, but syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated. - + <p><table><tr><td>ježiÅ¡ AND boh</td><td>Vyhľadá verÅ¡e, kde sú obe slová 'JežiÅ¡' a 'Boh'</td></tr><tr><td>ježiÅ¡ OR boh</td><td>Vyhľadá verÅ¡e, kde je buÄ slovo 'JežiÅ¡' alebo 'Boh' prípadne, kde sú obe</td></tr><tr><td>ježiÅ¡ NOT boh</td><td>Vyhľadá verÅ¡e, kde je buÄ slovo 'JežiÅ¡', ale nie je v nich slovo 'Boh'</td></tr><tr><td>+ježiÅ¡ -boh</td><td>Vyhľadá verÅ¡e, kde je buÄ slovo 'JežiÅ¡', ale nie je v nich slovo 'Boh'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='grouping'>Grouping and order</A></h1><p>Words can be grouped with <strong>parenthesis</strong>. Strict word order can be defined with <strong>quotes</strong>.</p> - + <h1><A name='grouping'>Zoskupovanie a poradie</A></h1><p>Slová môžu byÅ¥ zoskupené pomocou <strong>zátvoriek</strong>. Striktné poradie slov môže byÅ¥ definované pomocou <strong>úvodzoviek</strong>.</p> <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Finds verses with both 'a' AND 'b', and verses with 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"says lord"</td><td>Finds e.g. '...Isaiah says, "Lord...' but not '...says the LORD'</td></tr><tr><td>"says the lord"</td><td>Finds all verses with 'says the LORD'</td></tr></table></p> - + <p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Nájde verÅ¡e, kde je spolu 'a' a 'b', a verÅ¡e, kde je 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"povedal Pán"</td><td>Nájde napr. '...Izaiáš povedal, "Pán...' ale nie '...povedal to Pán'</td></tr><tr><td>"povedal to Pán"</td><td>Nájde vÅ¡etky verÅ¡e, kde je napísané 'povedal to Pán'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' matches any sequence of 0 or more characters, while '<strong>?</strong>' matches any single character. A wildcard can not be used in the beginning of a word.</p> - + <h1><A name='wildcards'>Pseudoznaky (ÄiastoÄné slová)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' zastupuje akúkoľvek sekvenciu 0 a viac znakov, kým '<strong>?</strong>' zastupuje len jeden ľubovolný znak. Pseudoznaky sa nemôžu použiÅ¥ na zaÄiaku slov.</p> <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>All words beginning with 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Assyria', 'aroma', 'abba' etc.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'at' and 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'abba', 'area', 'Asia' etc.</td></tr></table></p> - + <p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>VÅ¡etky slová zaÄínajúce s 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Asýria', 'aroma', 'abba' atÄ.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'až', 'aj' atÄ.</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>napr. 'abba'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A></h1><p>Available text fields:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Searches Strong's numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p> - + <h1><A name='fields'>Textové polia (rôzne Äasti textu)</A></h1><p>Dostupné sú tieto textové polia:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Prehľadáva nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Prehľadáva poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Prehľadáva strongové Äísla</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Prehľadáva morfologické kódy</td></tr></table></p> <p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> - + <p>Príklady:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:JežiÅ¡</td><td>Nájde nadpisy obsahujúce slovo 'JežiÅ¡'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:JežiÅ¡ AND footnote:povedal</td><td>Nájde poznámky so slovami 'JežiÅ¡' a 'povedal'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Nájde verÅ¡e, kde je uvedené grécke strongové Äíslo 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>nájde verÅ¡e s morfologickým kódom 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p> <h1><A name='lucene'>Other syntax features</A></h1><p>BibleTime uses the CLucene search engine. You can read more on the <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> (in external browser).</p> - + <h1><A name='lucene'>ÄŽalÅ¡ie syntaktické vlastnosti</A></h1><p>BibleTime používa CLucene vyhľadávací systém. Viac si môžete preÄítaÅ¥ <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'> na stránke lucene syntax</a> (v externom prehliadaÄi).</p> Search Syntax Help - + Pomocník pre syntax hľadania @@ -3992,7 +4082,7 @@ Language name ppk Text of the selected search result item - + Text vybranej položky výsledku hľadania @@ -4000,80 +4090,79 @@ Language name ppk Work - Modul + Dielo Hits - - + Výsledky Copy... - KopírovaÅ¥... + KopírovaÅ¥... Reference only - Iba odkazy + Iba odkazy Reference with text - Odkaz s textom + Odkaz s textom Save... - Ulož... + UložiÅ¥... Print... - TlaÄiÅ¥... + TlaÄiÅ¥... Copy search result... - KopírovaÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... + KopírovaÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... Copying search result - Kopírovanie výsledkov hľadania + Kopírovanie výsledkov hľadania Save search result... - UložiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... + UložiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... Saving search result - Ukladanie výsledkov hľadania + Ukladanie výsledkov hľadania Print search result... - VytlaÄiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... + VytlaÄiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... Printing search result - TlaÄ výsledkov hľadania + TlaÄ výsledkov hľadania Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work - + Diela vybrané pre vyhľadávanie a poÄet výsledok pre každé dielo @@ -4081,77 +4170,77 @@ Language name ppk S&earch range: - + R&ozsah hľadania: &Name: - + &Názov: Edi&t current range: - + &UpraviÅ¥ aktuálny rozsah: Parsed search range: - Analyzovaný rozsah hľadania: + Analyzovaný rozsah hľadania: New range - Nový rozsah + Nový rozsah <invalid name of search range> - <neplatný názov rozsahu hľadania> + <neplatný názov rozsahu hľadania> Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges - + Vyberte záber zo zoznamu na upravenie rozsahu hľadania &Add new scope - + Prid&aÅ¥ nový záber Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges. - Pridá nový rozsah pre hľadanie. Najskôr vložte správne meno, a potom upravte rozsahy. + Pridá nový rozsah pre hľadanie. Najskôr vložte správne meno, a potom upravte rozsahy. Delete current &scope - + Z&mazaÅ¥ aktuálny záber Delete the selected search scope - + ZmazaÅ¥ oznaÄený záber hľadania Change the name of the selected search scope - + ZmeniÅ¥ názov oznaÄeného záberu hľadania Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed. - Zmení rozsah hľadania zvolenej položky. Pozrite si preddefinované rozsahy, aby ste videli, ako sú zostavené. + Zmení rozsah hľadania zvolenej položky. Pozrite si preddefinované rozsahy, aby ste videli, ako sú zostavené. The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form - + Rozsah hľadania, ktorý bude použitý pre hľadanie, spracovanie do kanonickej formy Setup Search Scopes - + NastaviÅ¥ zábery hľadania @@ -4159,37 +4248,37 @@ Language name ppk Save Search Analysis - UložiÅ¥ analýzu hľadania + UložiÅ¥ analýzu hľadania HTML files (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm) - + HTML súbory (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm) BibleTime Search Analysis - BibleTime analýza hľadania + BibleTime analýza hľadania Search text : - Hľadaný text: + Hľadaný text: Book - Kniha + Kniha Total hits - Celkom nájdených + Celkom nájdených Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - + Vytvoril <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> Created by @@ -4201,34 +4290,34 @@ Language name ppk Missing indices - - + Chýbajúce indexy Search - HľadaÅ¥ + HľadaÅ¥ One or more works need indexing before they can be searched. This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? - + Jedno alebo viac diel potrebuje indexáciu pred tým, než sa v ňom bude vyhľadávaÅ¥. +Toto môže dlho trvaÅ¥. PokraÄovaÅ¥ s indexovaním? &Analyze results... - + &AnalyzovaÅ¥ výsledky... Show a graphical analyzis of the search result - + ZobraziÅ¥ grafickú analýzu výsledkov hľadania &Close - + &ZatvoriÅ¥ @@ -4236,75 +4325,74 @@ This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? Results - - + Výsledky Copy... - KopírovaÅ¥... + KopírovaÅ¥... Reference only - Iba odkazy + Iba odkazy Reference with text - Odkaz s textom + Odkaz s textom Save... - Ulož... + UložiÅ¥... Print... - TlaÄiÅ¥... + TlaÄiÅ¥... Print search result... - VytlaÄiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... + VytlaÄiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... Printing search result - TlaÄ výsledkov hľadania + TlaÄ výsledkov hľadania Save search result... - UložiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... + UložiÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... Saving search result - Ukladanie výsledkov hľadania + Ukladanie výsledkov hľadania Copy search result... - KopírovaÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... + KopírovaÅ¥ výsledky hľadania... Copying search result - Kopírovanie výsledkov hľadania + Kopírovanie výsledkov hľadania Search result of the selected work - + Výsledky hľadania vo zvolenom diele @@ -4312,87 +4400,87 @@ This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked . - Å tandardné moduly sa použijú, keÄ Å¾iadny modul nie je urÄený, napríklad pri kliknutí na hyperodkaz do Biblie alebo lexikónu. + Å tandardné diela sa použijú, keÄ Å¾iadny modul nie je urÄený, napríklad pri kliknutí na hyperodkaz do Biblie alebo lexikónu. Bible: - + Biblia: The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked - + Å tandardná Biblia sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz do Biblie Commentary: - + Komentár: The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked - + Å tandardný komentár sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz do komentára Lexicon: - + Lexikón: The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked - + Å tandardný lexikón sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz do lexikónu Daily devotional: - + Denné zamyslenie: The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional - + Å tandardné denné zamyslenie sa použije na zobrazenie krátkeho zamyslenie pri spustení Hebrew Strong's lexicon: - + Lexikón hebrejských strongových Äísel: The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked - + Å tandardný hebrejský lexikón sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz do hebrejského lexikónu Greek Strong's lexicon: - + Lexikón gréckych strongových Äísel: The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked - + Å tandardný grécky lexikón sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz do gréckeho lexikónu Hebrew morphological lexicon: - + Hebrejský morfologický lexikón: The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked - + Å tandardný morfologický lexikón pre hebrejský text sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz morfologickej znaÄky v hebrejskom texte Greek morphological lexicon: - + Grécky morfologický lexikón: The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked - + Å tandardný morfologický lexikón pre grécky text sa použije, keÄ sa klikne na hyperodkaz morfologickej znaÄky v gréckom texte @@ -4405,52 +4493,52 @@ This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? Insert line break after each verse - VložiÅ¥ ukonÄenie riadku po každom verÅ¡i + VložiÅ¥ ukonÄenie riadku po každom verÅ¡i Show verse numbers - ZobraziÅ¥ Äísla verÅ¡ov + ZobraziÅ¥ Äísla verÅ¡ov Show section headings - ZobraziÅ¥ nadpisy oddielov + ZobraziÅ¥ nadpisy oddielov Show scripture cross-references - ZobraziÅ¥ krížové odkazy Biblie + ZobraziÅ¥ krížové odkazy Biblie Show Greek accents - ZobraziÅ¥ grécke akcenty + ZobraziÅ¥ grécke akcenty Show Hebrew vowel points - ZobraziÅ¥ body hebrejských hlások + ZobraziÅ¥ body hebrejských hlások Show Hebrew cantillation marks - ZobraziÅ¥ hebrejské liturgické znaky + ZobraziÅ¥ hebrejské liturgické znaky Show morph segmentation - ZobraziÅ¥ morfologické delenie + ZobraziÅ¥ morfologické delenie Use textual variants - PoužiÅ¥ textové varianty + PoužiÅ¥ textové varianty Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window. - + Filtre ovládajú vzhľad textu. Tu môžete urÄiÅ¥ Å¡tandardné nastavenia pre vÅ¡etky filtre. Môžete prepísaÅ¥ tieto nastavenia v každom okne zobrazenia. @@ -4463,52 +4551,52 @@ This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing? Find Text - + HľadaÅ¥ text The text you want to search for - + Text, ktorý chcete vyhľadaÅ¥ Seach with case sensitivity - + Vyhľadávanie nech rozliÅ¡uje veľkosÅ¥ písmen Case &sensitive - + RozliÅ¡ovaÅ¥ veľkosÅ¥ pí&smen Find the previous location of the text - + NájsÅ¥ predchádzajúci výskyt textu &Previous - + S&päť Find the next location of the text - + NájsÅ¥ Äalší výskyt text &Next - + ÄŽ&alej Close the dialog - + ZatvoriÅ¥ dialóg &Close - + &ZatvoriÅ¥ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.qm index 284649a..bdd24b8 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.ts index 60b5ad6..bf24b9a 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Sök - + &Window - Main menu item &Fönster - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Ins&tällningar - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &Fullskärmsläge - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Spara session - + &Load session &Ladda session - + &Delete session Ra&dera session - + &Arrangement mode &Arrangeringsläge - + &Manual mode &Manuellt läge - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Auto-arrangera &vertikalt - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Auto-arrangera &horisontellt - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that Auto-&kaskadläge - + &Cascade &Kaskadläge - + Tile &vertically Arrangera &vertikalt - + Tile &horizontally Arrangera &horisontellt - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - Stäng a&lla - - - + &Handbook &Handbok - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Bibelstudie-HowTo - + Please enter a name for the new session. Ange namn för den nya sessionen. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Bokhylla - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2007, BibleTime-teamet {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work Verk - + Index size Indexstorlek - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... @@ -770,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager Bokhyllehanterare @@ -823,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -958,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Nästa bok - - + Previous book FöregÃ¥ende bok - - + Next chapter Nästa kapitel - - + Previous chapter FöregÃ¥ende kapitel - - + Next verse Nästa vers - - + Previous verse FöregÃ¥ende vers - + Copy chapter Kopiera kapitel - + Save chapter as plain text Spara kapitel som text - + Save chapter as HTML Spara kapitel som HTML - + Print chapter Skriv ut kapitel - Reference only - Endast referensen + Endast referensen - + Text of reference Texten för referensen - - - + + Reference with text Referensen med text - - Chapter - Kapitel + Kapitel - Chapter as plain text - Kapitel som ren text + Kapitel som ren text - Chapter as HTML - Kapitel som HTML + Kapitel som HTML - + Bible window Bibelfönster - + Copy... Kopiera... - + Save... Spara... - + Print... Skriv ut... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Kopiera kapitel till urklipp ... - + Copying Kopierar - - + + Saving chapter ... Sparar kapitel ... - - + + Saving Sparar - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Växla trädvisning - Copy entry with text - Kopiera post med text + Kopiera post med text - Save entry as plain text - Spara post som text + Spara post som text - Save entry as HTML - Spara post som HTML + Spara post som HTML - Print entry with text - Skriv ut post med text + Skriv ut post med text @@ -1330,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Nästa bok - - + Previous book FöregÃ¥ende bok - - + Next chapter Nästa kapitel - - + Previous chapter FöregÃ¥ende kapitel - - + Next verse Nästa vers - - + Previous verse FöregÃ¥ende vers - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1528,55 +1604,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history Tillbaka i historiken - - + Forward in history FramÃ¥t i historiken - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Markera alla - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1584,7 +1652,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1594,7 +1662,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1845,93 +1913,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry Nästa post - - + Previous entry FöregÃ¥ende post - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Spara post som HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strongs-sökning - - Reference only - Endast referensen + Endast referensen - - + + Entry with text Post med text - + + Entry as plain text Post som ren text - Entry as HTML - Post som HTML + Post som HTML - + Lexicon window Lexikonfönster - + Copy... Kopiera... - + Save... Spara... - + Print... Skriv ut... - - + + Saving entry ... Sparar post ... - - + + Saving Sparar @@ -2413,7 +2472,7 @@ Böcker - + Added text Tillagd text @@ -2814,12 +2873,6 @@ Language name ka Georgiska - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - Kekchí - Korean @@ -3144,53 +3197,12 @@ Language name bar Bayerska - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - Alemanniska - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - Haitisk Kreol - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - Itzá - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - Jívaro - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Kekchí - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - Kabylska - Lombard Language name lmo Lombardiska - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - Tok Pisin - @@ -3200,16 +3212,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - Romani - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango - Sranan @@ -3364,42 +3366,42 @@ Language name ppk Distans - + Old testament Gamla testamentet - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah Moseböckerna/Pentateuken/Torah - + History Historik - + Prophets Profeterna - + New testament Nya testamentet - + Gospels Evangelierna - + Letters/Epistles Breven/Epistlarna - + Paul's Epistles Paulus epistlar @@ -3642,7 +3644,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3676,6 +3678,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4164,10 +4176,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Skapad av - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.qm index b510e3e..9a8f17f 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.ts index 13465f2..1048556 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.ts @@ -12,310 +12,300 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item &Пошук - + &Window - Main menu item &Вікно - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Ðомери Стронга - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - Закрити BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode &Ðа веÑÑŒ екран - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &Зберегти ÑеÑÑ–ÑŽ - + &Load session &Завантажити ÑеÑÑ–ÑŽ - + &Delete session Вилучити ÑеÑÑ–ÑŽ - + &Arrangement mode Поточний модуль: - + &Manual mode Типові модулі - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Центрує текÑÑ‚ по горизонталі. - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that &Ðвто каÑкад - + &Cascade &КаÑкад - + Tile &vertically - + Tile &horizontally - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Закрити уÑе - - - + &Handbook &Подручник - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide &Як вивчати Біблію - + Please enter a name for the new session. БудьлаÑка зазначте назву нової ÑеÑÑ–Ñ—. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Книги - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -343,37 +333,37 @@ (c)1999-2003, Команда BibleTime {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -467,37 +457,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -521,70 +511,70 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work - + Index size ІндонезійÑька - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB - + Create... @@ -776,7 +766,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -831,6 +821,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -967,177 +1027,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book ÐаÑтупна книга - - + Previous book ÐŸÐ¾Ð¿ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ´Ð½Ñ ÐºÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð° - - + Next chapter ÐаÑтупний розділ - - + Previous chapter Попередній розділ - - + Next verse ÐаÑтупний вірш - - + Previous verse Попередній вірш - + Copy chapter Розділ - + Save chapter as plain text Розділ Ñк звичайний текÑÑ‚ - + Save chapter as HTML Розділ Ñк HTML - + Print chapter Попередній розділ - Reference only - ПоÑÐ¸Ð»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚Ñ–Ð»ÑŒÐºÐ¸ + ПоÑÐ¸Ð»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚Ñ–Ð»ÑŒÐºÐ¸ - + Text of reference ТекÑÑ‚ поÑÐ¸Ð»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ - - - + + Reference with text ПоÑÐ¸Ð»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚Ð° текÑÑ‚ - - Chapter - Розділ + Розділ - Chapter as plain text - Розділ Ñк звичайний текÑÑ‚ + Розділ Ñк звичайний текÑÑ‚ - Chapter as HTML - Розділ Ñк HTML + Розділ Ñк HTML - + Bible window Вікно Біблії - + Copy... Копіювати... - + Save... Зберегти... - + Print... Друкувати... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Копіювати розділ до кишені... - + Copying ÐšÐ¾Ð¿Ñ–ÑŽÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ - - + + Saving chapter ... Ð—Ð±ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ñ€Ð¾Ð·Ð´Ñ–Ð»Ñƒ ... - - + + Saving Ð—Ð±ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Вмикає дерево - Copy entry with text - Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚Ð° текÑÑ‚ + Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚Ð° текÑÑ‚ - Save entry as plain text - Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк звичайний текÑÑ‚ + Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк звичайний текÑÑ‚ - Save entry as HTML - Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк HTML + Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк HTML - Print entry with text - Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚Ð° текÑÑ‚ + Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚Ð° текÑÑ‚ @@ -1340,48 +1422,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book ÐаÑтупна книга - - + Previous book ÐŸÐ¾Ð¿ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ´Ð½Ñ ÐºÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð° - - + Next chapter ÐаÑтупний розділ - - + Previous chapter Попередній розділ - - + Next verse ÐаÑтупний вірш - - + Previous verse Попередній вірш - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1546,57 +1622,49 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all Вибрати уÑе - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1604,7 +1672,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1614,7 +1682,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1866,93 +1934,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry ÐаÑтупний Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ - - + Previous entry Попередній Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Ðомери Стронга - - Reference only - ПоÑÐ¸Ð»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚Ñ–Ð»ÑŒÐºÐ¸ + ПоÑÐ¸Ð»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚Ñ–Ð»ÑŒÐºÐ¸ - - + + Entry with text Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚Ð° текÑÑ‚ - + + Entry as plain text Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк звичайний текÑÑ‚ - Entry as HTML - Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк HTML + Ð—Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñ Ñк HTML - + Lexicon window Вікно Словника - + Copy... Копіювати... - + Save... Зберегти... - + Print... Друкувати... - - + + Saving entry ... Ð—Ð±ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð·Ð°Ð¿Ð¸Ñу... - - + + Saving Ð—Ð±ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ @@ -2455,7 +2514,7 @@ Книги - + Added text ТекÑÑ‚ Ð¼Ð¾Ð´ÑƒÐ»Ñ @@ -2868,13 +2927,6 @@ - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - - - Korean @@ -3213,49 +3265,6 @@ Language name bar БаварÑька - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - - - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - - - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - - - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - - - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - - - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - - - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - - - Lombard @@ -3263,12 +3272,6 @@ - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - - - @@ -3279,18 +3282,6 @@ Language name ppk - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - - - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - - - Sranan @@ -3446,42 +3437,42 @@ Language name ppk Змінити назву ÑеÑÑ–Ñ— - + Old testament Старий Заповіт - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah МойÑей/П'ÑтикнижжÑ/Тора - + History ІÑторичні - + Prophets Пророки - + New testament Ðовий Заповіт - + Gospels Ð„Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð³ÐµÐ»Ñ–Ñ - + Letters/Epistles ЛиÑти/ПіÑÐ»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ - + Paul's Epistles ПоÑÐ»Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ ÐŸÐ°Ð²Ð»Ð° @@ -3725,7 +3716,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3759,6 +3750,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4249,10 +4250,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - Створено - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.qm index 6407a1e..08ad69d 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.ts index 76dd004..1bed8ef 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.ts @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ BTAboutModuleDialog - - Information About - Thông Tin Vá»... - Information About %1 @@ -16,311 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item &Tập Tin - + &View - Main menu item &Xem - + &Search - Main menu item Tìm &Kiếm - + &Window - Main menu item &Cá»­a Sổ - + Se&ttings - Main menu item Thiết &Lập - + &Help - Main menu item &Giúp Äỡ - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - Quit - Thoát - - - + &Show toolbar Hiển Thị Thanh &Cá»ng Cụ - + &Fullscreen mode Chế Äá»™ Toàn &Màn Hình - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session &LÆ°u buổi làm việc - + &Load session &Nạp buổi làm việc - + &Delete session &Xoá buổi làm việc - + &Arrangement mode &Sắp Xếp Chế Äá»™ Cá»­a Sổ - + &Manual mode Chế Äá»™ NgÆ°á» i &Dùng Sắp Xếp - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side Xếp ngói tá»± Ä‘á»™ng &thẳng đứng - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other Xếp ngói tá»± Ä‘á»™ng &nằm ngang - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that &Tầng xếp cá»­a sổ tá»± Ä‘á»™ng - + &Cascade Tầng &xếp cá»­a sổ - + Tile &vertically Xếp ngói &thẳng đứng - + Tile &horizontally Xếp ngói &nằm ngang - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - &Äóng Tất Cả - - - + &Handbook Sách &HÆ°á»›ng Dẫn - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide Cách Thức &Nghiên Cứu Kinh Thánh - + Please enter a name for the new session. Xin Ä‘iá»n tên buổi làm việc má»›i. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Search in the standard Bible - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf Kệ Sách - + Bookmarks Äánh Dấu Trang Sách - + Mag @@ -348,37 +330,37 @@ - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -472,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -526,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts Nếu được chá»n, những bản liệt kê không có tác phẩm sẽ bị xoá Ä‘i khi BibleTime khởi chạy - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts Tá»± Ä‘á»™ng xoá bản liệt kê mồ côi khi BibleTime khởi chạy - + Delete the selected indexes Xoá bản liệt kê được chá»n - + Delete Xoá - + Create new indexes for the selected works Tạo ra bản liệt kê má»›i cho tác phẩm được chá»n - + Work Tác Phẩm - + Index size Cỡ bản liệt kê - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. Tạo ra bản liệt kê tìm kiếm má»›i và xoá bản liệt kê có sẵn cho tác phẩm được cài đặt. - + Search Indexes Bản liệt kê tìm kiếm - + Works with indexes Tác phẩm có bản liệt kê tìm kiếm - + Works without indexes Tác phẩm thiếu bản liệt kê tìm kiếm - - + + KiB KiB - + Create... @@ -778,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager @@ -831,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -966,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book Sách tiếp theo - - + Previous book Sách trÆ°á»›c - - + Next chapter ChÆ°Æ¡ng tiếp theo - - + Previous chapter ChÆ°Æ¡ng trÆ°Æ¡c - - + Next verse Câu tiếp theo - - + Previous verse Câu trÆ°á»›c - + Copy chapter Chép chÆ°Æ¡ng - + Save chapter as plain text LÆ°u chÆ°Æ¡ng nhÆ° văn bản - + Save chapter as HTML LuLÆ°u chÆ°Æ¡ng nhÆ° HTML - + Print chapter In chÆ°Æ¡ng - Reference only - Äịa Chỉ Thôi + Äịa Chỉ Thôi - + Text of reference Văn bản của địa chỉ - - - + + Reference with text Äịa chỉ vá»›i văn bản - - Chapter - ChÆ°Æ¡ng + ChÆ°Æ¡ng - Chapter as plain text - ChÆ°Æ¡ng nhÆ° văn bản + ChÆ°Æ¡ng nhÆ° văn bản - Chapter as HTML - ChÆ°Æ¡ng nhÆ° HTML + ChÆ°Æ¡ng nhÆ° HTML - + Bible window Cá»­a sổ Kinh Thánh - + Copy... Chép... - + Save... LÆ°u... - + Print... In... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... Chép chÆ°Æ¡ng đến clipboard... - + Copying Äang chép - - + + Saving chapter ... Äang lÆ°u chÆ°Æ¡ng... - - + + Saving Äang lÆ°u - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view Äiá»u chỉnh chế Ä‘á»™ xem - Copy entry with text - Chép cùng vá»›i văn bản + Chép cùng vá»›i văn bản - Save entry as plain text - LÆ°u nhÆ° văn bản + LÆ°u nhÆ° văn bản - Save entry as HTML - LÆ°u nhÆ° HTML + LÆ°u nhÆ° HTML - Print entry with text - In vá»›i văn bản + In vá»›i văn bản @@ -1338,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book Sách tiếp theo - - + Previous book Sách trÆ°á»›c - - + Next chapter ChÆ°Æ¡ng tiếp theo - - + Previous chapter ChÆ°Æ¡ng trÆ°Æ¡c - - + Next verse Câu tiếp theo - - + Previous verse Câu trÆ°á»›c - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1531,55 +1599,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history - - + Forward in history - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1592,12 +1652,12 @@ - + Font style: - + Size: @@ -1843,93 +1903,80 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry - - + Previous entry - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML LÆ°u nhÆ° HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Tìm kiếm theo số Strong - - Reference only - Äịa Chỉ Thôi + Äịa Chỉ Thôi - - + + Entry with text - + + Entry as plain text - - Entry as HTML - - - - + Lexicon window - + Copy... Chép... - + Save... LÆ°u... - + Print... In... - - + + Saving entry ... - - + + Saving Äang lÆ°u @@ -2406,7 +2453,7 @@ - + Added text @@ -3300,42 +3347,42 @@ Language name ppk - + Old testament - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah - + History - + Prophets - + New testament - + Gospels - + Letters/Epistles - + Paul's Epistles @@ -3578,7 +3625,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3612,6 +3659,16 @@ Language name ppk Overwrite File? + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.qm index f362b63..b64ef59 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts index e4f72fe..ad0afaa 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item æœç´¢(&S) - + &Window - Main menu item 窗å£(&W) - + Se&ttings - Main menu item 设置(&T) - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode å…¨å±å¹•æ¨¡å¼(&F) - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session ä¿å­˜å·¥ä½œé˜¶æ®µ(&S) - + &Load session 载入工作阶段(&L) - + &Delete session 删除工作阶段(&D) - + &Arrangement mode 排列模å¼(&A) - + &Manual mode 手动模å¼(&M) - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side 自动垂直并排(&V) - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other 自动水平并排(&H) - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that 自动é‡å æ˜¾ç¤º(&C) - + &Cascade é‡å æ˜¾ç¤º(&C) - + Tile &vertically 垂直并排(&V) - + Tile &horizontally 水平并排(&H) - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - 关闭全部(&O) - - - + &Handbook 手册(&H) - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide 如何研ç»(&B) - + Please enter a name for the new session. 请输入新工作阶段的å称. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf 书架 - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2007, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work 著作 - + Index size ç´¢å¼•å¤§å° - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB åƒå­—节 - + Create... @@ -770,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager 书架管ç†å™¨ @@ -823,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -958,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book ä¸‹ä¸€å· - - + Previous book ä¸Šä¸€å· - - + Next chapter 下一章 - - + Previous chapter 上一章 - - + Next verse 下一节 - - + Previous verse 上一节 - + Copy chapter å¤åˆ¶æœ¬ç«  - + Save chapter as plain text ä¿å­˜æœ¬ç« ä¸ºçº¯æ–‡æœ¬ - + Save chapter as HTML ä¿å­˜æœ¬ç« ä¸º HTML - + Print chapter 打å°æœ¬ç«  - Reference only - åªé™å‚ç…§ + åªé™å‚ç…§ - + Text of reference å‚ç…§ç»æ–‡ - - - + + Reference with text ç»æ–‡è¿žåŒå‚ç…§ - - Chapter - 本章 + 本章 - Chapter as plain text - 本章为纯文本 + 本章为纯文本 - Chapter as HTML - 本章为 HTML + 本章为 HTML - + Bible window 圣ç»çª—å£ - + Copy... å¤åˆ¶... - + Save... ä¿å­˜... - + Print... 打å°... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... å¤åˆ¶æœ¬ç« è‡³å‰ªè´´æ¿... - + Copying 正在å¤åˆ¶ - - + + Saving chapter ... 正在ä¿å­˜æœ¬ç« ... - - + + Saving 正在ä¿å­˜ - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view 切æ¢æ ‘视图 - Copy entry with text - å¤åˆ¶æ¡ç›®æ–‡æœ¬ + å¤åˆ¶æ¡ç›®æ–‡æœ¬ - Save entry as plain text - ä¿å­˜æ¡ç›®ä¸ºçº¯æ–‡æœ¬ + ä¿å­˜æ¡ç›®ä¸ºçº¯æ–‡æœ¬ - Save entry as HTML - ä¿å­˜æ¡ç›®ä¸º HTML + ä¿å­˜æ¡ç›®ä¸º HTML - Print entry with text - 打å°æ¡ç›®æ–‡æœ¬ + 打å°æ¡ç›®æ–‡æœ¬ @@ -1330,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book ä¸‹ä¸€å· - - + Previous book ä¸Šä¸€å· - - + Next chapter 下一章 - - + Previous chapter 上一章 - - + Next verse 下一节 - - + Previous verse 上一节 - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1528,55 +1604,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history 上一步 - - + Forward in history 下一步 - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all 全选 - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1584,7 +1652,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1594,7 +1662,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1845,93 +1913,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry 下一æ¡ç›® - - + Previous entry 上一æ¡ç›® - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML ä¿å­˜æ¡ç›®ä¸º HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strong's æœç´¢ - - Reference only - åªé™å‚ç…§ + åªé™å‚ç…§ - - + + Entry with text æ¡ç›®æ–‡æœ¬ - + + Entry as plain text æ¡ç›®ä¸ºçº¯æ–‡æœ¬ - Entry as HTML - æ¡ç›®ä¸º HTML + æ¡ç›®ä¸º HTML - + Lexicon window è¾žå…¸çª—å£ - + Copy... å¤åˆ¶... - + Save... ä¿å­˜... - + Print... 打å°... - - + + Saving entry ... 正在ä¿å­˜æ¡ç›®... - - + + Saving 正在ä¿å­˜ @@ -2413,7 +2472,7 @@ ä¹¦ç± - + Added text 附加文本 @@ -2814,12 +2873,6 @@ Language name ka æ ¼é²å‰äºšè¯­ - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - 凯克奇语 - Korean @@ -3144,53 +3197,12 @@ Language name bar å·´ä¼åˆ©äºšè¯­ - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma 语 - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - 阿勒曼尼语 - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - 海地的克里欧å¼æ³•è¯­ - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - 伊察语 - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - 舒阿尔语 - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - 凯克奇语 - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - å¡æ‹œå°”语 - Lombard Language name lmo 伦巴底语 - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - 巴布亚皮钦语 - @@ -3200,16 +3212,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma 语 - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - 罗姆语 (Vlax Romani) - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango 语 - Sranan @@ -3364,42 +3366,42 @@ Language name ppk 远程 - + Old testament 旧约 - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah 摩西五ç»/律法书 - + History 历å²ä¹¦ - + Prophets 先知书 - + New testament 新约 - + Gospels å››ç¦éŸ³ä¹¦ - + Letters/Epistles 书信 - + Paul's Epistles ä¿ç½—书信 @@ -3642,7 +3644,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3676,6 +3678,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4164,10 +4176,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - 创建者 - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.qm b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.qm index 676e718..dc8d775 100644 Binary files a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.qm and b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.qm differ diff --git a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts index 24230ec..6a05c87 100644 --- a/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts +++ b/i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts @@ -12,307 +12,297 @@ BibleTime - + &File - Main menu item - + &View - Main menu item - + &Search - Main menu item æœå°‹(&S) - + &Window - Main menu item 視窗(&W) - + Se&ttings - Main menu item 設定(&T) - + &Help - Main menu item - BibleTime - Name of the main toolbar - BibleTime - - - + &Show toolbar - + &Fullscreen mode 全螢幕模å¼(&F) - + Main Toolbar - Name of the main toolbar - + &Quit - + + Information about the BibleTime program + + + + Show Bookshelf - + Show Bookmarks - + Show Mag - + &Save session 儲存工作階段(&S) - + &Load session 載入工作階段(&L) - + &Delete session 刪除工作階段(&D) - + &Arrangement mode 排列模å¼(&A) - + &Manual mode 手動模å¼(&M) - + Auto-tile &vertically - Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side 自動垂直並排(&V) - + Auto-tile &horizontally - Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other 自動水平並排(&H) - + Auto-&cascade - Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that 自動é‡ç–Šé¡¯ç¤º(&C) - + &Cascade é‡ç–Šé¡¯ç¤º(&C) - + Tile &vertically 垂直並排(&V) - + Tile &horizontally 水平並排(&H) - + Cl&ose all windows - + Close all open windows inside BibleTime - Cl&ose all - 關閉全部(&O) - - - + &Handbook 手冊(&H) - + &Bible Study Howto - "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide 如何研經(&B) - + Please enter a name for the new session. 請輸入新工作階段的å稱. - + Quit BibleTime - + Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window - + Search in &open works... - + Search in standard &Bible... - + Save as &new session... - + Create and save a new session - + + Manually arrange the open windows + + + + Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side) - + Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other) - + Automatically cascade the open windows - + Cascade the open windows - + Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows - + Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows - + &Configure BibleTime... - + Set BibleTime's preferences - + Bookshelf &Manager... - + Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works - + Open BibleTime's handbook - + Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way. - + Search in all works that are currently open - + Search in the standard Bible - + New Session - + Initializing the SWORD engine... - + Creating BibleTime's user interface... - + Initializing menu- and toolbars... - + &About BibleTime - + Bookshelf 書架 - + Bookmarks - + Mag @@ -340,37 +330,37 @@ (c)1999-2007, The BibleTime Team {1999-2009,?} - + Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications. - + Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development. - + Please see - + for an overview of Qt licensing. - + You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions. - + You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code. - + The complete legally binding license is below. @@ -464,37 +454,37 @@ - + Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions. - + SWORD library version %1 - + BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily. - + The SWORD Project - + This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1. - + License - + BibleTime is released under the GPL license. @@ -518,68 +508,68 @@ BtIndexPage - + If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts - + Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts - + Delete the selected indexes - + Delete - + Create new indexes for the selected works - + Work 著作 - + Index size ç´¢å¼•å¤§å° - + Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works. - + Search Indexes - + Works with indexes - + Works without indexes - - + + KiB KB - + Create... @@ -770,7 +760,7 @@ BtModuleManagerDialog - + Bookshelf Manager 書架管ç†å“¡ @@ -823,6 +813,76 @@ + + BtShortcutsDialog + + + Configure shortcuts + + + + + First shortcut + + + + + Second shortcut + + + + + BtShortcutsEditor + + + + Select to change key + + + + + Action +name + + + + + First +shortcut + + + + + Second +shortcut + + + + + Shortcut for selected action name + + + + + None + + + + + Default + + + + + Custom + + + + + Default key: + + + BtSourceArea @@ -958,177 +1018,199 @@ + + CAcceleratorSettingsPage + + + Choose action group: + + + + + Main Window + + + + + All text windows + + + + + Bible windows + + + + + Commentary windows + + + + + Lexicon windows + + + + + Book windows + + + + + + "%1" in the "%2" group + + + + + Shortcuts + + + CBibleReadWindow - - + Next book ä¸‹ä¸€å· - - + Previous book ä¸Šä¸€å· - - + Next chapter 下一章 - - + Previous chapter 上一章 - - + Next verse 下一節 - - + Previous verse 上一節 - + Copy chapter 複製本章 - + Save chapter as plain text 儲存本章為純文字 - + Save chapter as HTML 儲存本章為 HTML - + Print chapter 列å°æœ¬ç«  - Reference only - åªé™åƒç…§ + åªé™åƒç…§ - + Text of reference åƒç…§ç¶“æ–‡ - - - + + Reference with text 經文連åŒåƒç…§ - - Chapter - 本章 + 本章 - Chapter as plain text - 本章為純文字 + 本章為純文字 - Chapter as HTML - 本章為 HTML + 本章為 HTML - + Bible window è–經視窗 - + Copy... 複製... - + Save... 儲存... - + Print... 列å°... - + Copy chapter to clipboard ... 複製本章至剪貼簿... - + Copying 正在複製 - - + + Saving chapter ... 正在儲存本章... - - + + Saving 正在儲存 - - - Strong's search - - - - - Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor - - CBookReadWindow - - + Toggle tree view 切æ›æ¨¹ç‹€æª¢è¦– - Copy entry with text - 複製項目文字 + 複製項目文字 - Save entry as plain text - 儲存項目為純文字 + 儲存項目為純文字 - Save entry as HTML - 儲存項目為 HTML + 儲存項目為 HTML - Print entry with text - 列å°é …目文字 + 列å°é …目文字 @@ -1330,48 +1412,42 @@ CCommentaryReadWindow - - + Next book ä¸‹ä¸€å· - - + Previous book ä¸Šä¸€å· - - + Next chapter 下一章 - - + Previous chapter 上一章 - - + Next verse 下一節 - - + Previous verse 上一節 - + Synchronize - + Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window @@ -1523,55 +1599,47 @@ CDisplayWindow - - + Back in history 上一步 - - + Forward in history 下一步 - + Open the search dialog with the works of this window - - + Zoom in - - + Zoom out - - + Close - - + Select all å…¨é¸ - - + Copy - - + Find... @@ -1579,7 +1647,7 @@ CFontChooser - + Size: @@ -1589,7 +1657,7 @@ - + Font style: @@ -1835,93 +1903,84 @@ CLexiconReadWindow - - + Next entry 下一項目 - - + Previous entry 上一項目 - + Copy reference only - - Copy selected text - - - - + Save entry as HTML 儲存項目為 HTML - + Print reference only - + Strong's Search Strong's æœå°‹ - - Reference only - åªé™åƒç…§ + åªé™åƒç…§ - - + + Entry with text 項目文字 - + + Entry as plain text 項目為純文字 - Entry as HTML - 項目為 HTML + 項目為 HTML - + Lexicon window 辭典視窗 - + Copy... 複製... - + Save... 儲存... - + Print... 列å°... - - + + Saving entry ... 正在儲存項目... - - + + Saving 正在儲存 @@ -2398,7 +2457,7 @@ æ›¸ç± - + Added text 附加文字 @@ -2799,12 +2858,6 @@ Language name ka 喬治亞文 - - Kekchí - kek - Language name kek - 凱克奇文 - Korean @@ -3129,53 +3182,12 @@ Language name bar å·´ä¼åˆ©äºžæ–‡ - - Zarma - Language name x-E-DJE - Zarma æ–‡ - - - Alemannisch - Language name x-E-GSW - 阿勒曼尼文 - - - Haitian Creole French - Language name x-E-HAT - 海地的克里æ­å¼æ³•æ–‡ - - - Itzá - Language name x-E-ITZ - 伊察文 - - - Shuar - Language name x-E-JIV - 舒阿爾文 - - - Kekchí - x-E-KEK (same as kek) - Language name x-E-KEK (same as kek) - 凱克奇文 - - - Kabyle - Language name x-E-KAB - å¡æ‹œçˆ¾æ–‡ - Lombard Language name lmo 倫巴底文 - - Tok Pisin - Language name x-E-PDG - 巴布亞皮欽文 - @@ -3185,16 +3197,6 @@ Language name ppk Uma æ–‡ - - Romani, Vlax - Language name x-E-RMY - 羅姆文 (Vlax Romani) - - - Sango - Language name x-E-SAJ - Sango æ–‡ - Sranan @@ -3349,42 +3351,42 @@ Language name ppk é ç«¯ - + Old testament 舊約 - + Moses/Pentateuch/Torah 摩西五經/律法書 - + History æ­·å²æ›¸ - + Prophets 先知書 - + New testament æ–°ç´„ - + Gospels å››ç¦éŸ³æ›¸ - + Letters/Epistles 書信 - + Paul's Epistles ä¿ç¾…書信 @@ -3627,7 +3629,7 @@ Language name ppk - + Verb tense changed @@ -3661,6 +3663,16 @@ Language name ppk Parsing Strong's Numbers + + + This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions: + + + + + Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue? + + QPushButton @@ -4149,10 +4161,6 @@ Language name ppk Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> - - Created by - 建立者 - Search::CSearchDialog diff --git a/pics/icons/document_magnifier.svg b/pics/icons/document_magnifier.svg index 2bbe15c..514ce33 100644 --- a/pics/icons/document_magnifier.svg +++ b/pics/icons/document_magnifier.svg @@ -587,7 +587,17 @@ y1="65.9345" x2="89.3999" y2="65.9345" - gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /> + + + + -#include -#include -#include -#include +// Qt includes #include -#include #include +#include +#include #include -//Sword includes -#include //for range configuration - -//init statics -QFont* CBTConfig::m_defaultFont = 0; -CBTConfig::FontCache CBTConfig::fontConfigMap; - -/* No constructor and destructor, because this class only contains static methods. - It won't be instantiated. */ - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::strings ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case bibletimeVersion: return "bibletimeVersion"; - case language: return "language"; - case displayStyle: return "displayStyle"; - case bookshelfCurrentItem: return "bookshelfCurrentItem"; - } - Q_ASSERT(false); - return QString::null; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::strings ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case bibletimeVersion: return "0.0"; // main() will realize this and set the value to VERSION - case language: return QLocale::system().name(); - case displayStyle: return CDisplayTemplateMgr::defaultTemplate(); - case bookshelfCurrentItem: return QString(); - } - return QString::null; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::modules ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case standardBible: return "standardBible"; - case standardCommentary: return "standardCommentary"; - case standardLexicon: return "standardLexicon"; - case standardDailyDevotional: return "standardDailyDevotional"; - case standardHebrewStrongsLexicon: return "standardHebrewLexicon"; - case standardGreekStrongsLexicon: return "standardGreekLexicon"; - case standardHebrewMorphLexicon: return "standardHebrewMorphLexicon"; - case standardGreekMorphLexicon: return "standardGreekMorphLexicon"; - } - Q_ASSERT(false); - return QString::null; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::modules ID) { - // CSwordBackend* b = CPointers::backend(); - switch ( ID ) { - case standardBible: return "KJV"; - case standardCommentary: return "MHC"; - case standardLexicon: return "ISBE"; - case standardDailyDevotional: return ""; //no default - - case standardHebrewStrongsLexicon: return "StrongsHebrew"; - case standardGreekStrongsLexicon: return "StrongsGreek"; - case standardHebrewMorphLexicon: return "StrongsHebrew"; - case standardGreekMorphLexicon: return "StrongsGreek"; - } - - return QString::null; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::bools ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case firstSearchDialog: return "firstSearchDialog"; - case readOldBookmarks: return "readOldBookmarks"; - - case toolbar: return "toolbar"; - case mainIndex: return "mainIndex"; - case infoDisplay: return "infoDisplay"; - - case autoTileVertical: return "autoTileVertical"; - case autoTileHorizontal: return "autoTileHorizontal"; - case autoCascade: return "autoCascade"; - - case lineBreaks: return "lineBreaks"; - case verseNumbers: return "verseNumbers"; - - case logo: return "logo"; - case autoDeleteOrphanedIndices: return "autoDeleteOrphanedIndices"; - case crashedLastTime: return "crashedLastTime"; - case crashedTwoTimes: return "crashedTwoTimes"; - - case bookshelfShowHidden: return "bookshelfShowHidden"; - case allowNetworkConnection: return "allowNetworkConnection"; - } - Q_ASSERT(false); - return false; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::ints ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case footnotes: return "footnotes"; - case strongNumbers: return "strongNumbers"; - case headings: return "headings"; - case morphTags: return "morphTags"; - case lemmas: return "lemmas"; - case hebrewPoints: return "hebrewPoints"; - case hebrewCantillation: return "hebrewCantillation"; - case greekAccents: return "greekAccents"; - case textualVariants: return "textualVariants"; - case scriptureReferences: return "scriptureReferences"; - case morphSegmentation: return "morphSegmentation"; - case bookshelfContentsX: return "bookshelfContentsX"; - case bookshelfContentsY: return "bookshelfContentsY"; - case magDelay: return "magDelay"; - case bookshelfGrouping: return "bookshelfGrouping"; - case mainindexActiveTab: return "mainindexActiveTab"; - case searchDialogWidth: return "searchDialogWidth"; - case searchDialogHeight: return "searchDialogHeight"; - case searchDialogX: return "searchDialogX"; - case searchDialogY: return "searchDialogY"; - case searchType: return "searchType"; - case installPathIndex: return "installPathIndex"; - } - Q_ASSERT(false); - return QString::null; -} - -bool CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::bools ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case firstSearchDialog: return true; - case readOldBookmarks: return false; - - case toolbar: return true; - case mainIndex: return true; - case infoDisplay: return true; - - case autoTileVertical: return true; - case autoTileHorizontal: return false; - case autoCascade: return false; - - case lineBreaks: return false; - case verseNumbers: return true; - - case logo: return true; - case autoDeleteOrphanedIndices: return true; - case crashedLastTime: return false; - case crashedTwoTimes: return false; - case bookshelfShowHidden: return false; - case allowNetworkConnection: return false; - } - return false; -} - -int CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::ints ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case footnotes: return int(true); - case strongNumbers: return int(true); - case headings: return int(true); - case morphTags: return int(true); - case lemmas: return int(true); - case hebrewPoints: return int(true); - case hebrewCantillation: return int(true); - case greekAccents: return int(true); - case textualVariants: return int(false); - case scriptureReferences: return int(true); - case morphSegmentation: return int(true); - case bookshelfContentsX: return 0; - case bookshelfContentsY: return 0; - case magDelay: return 400; - case bookshelfGrouping: return BTModuleTreeItem::CatLangMod; - case searchDialogWidth: return 200; - case searchDialogHeight: return 400; - case searchDialogX: return 200; - case searchDialogY: return 200; - case searchType: return Search::BtSearchOptionsArea::AndType; - case mainindexActiveTab: return 0; - case installPathIndex: return 0; - } - return 0; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::intLists ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case leftPaneSplitterSizes: return "leftPaneSplitterSizes"; - case mainSplitterSizes: return "mainSplitterSizes"; - case searchMainSplitterSizes: return "searchMainSplitterSizes"; - case searchResultSplitterSizes: return "searchResultSplitterSizes"; - } - Q_ASSERT(false); - return QString::null; -} - -QList CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::intLists /*ID*/) { - QList result; - /*switch ( ID ) { - case leftPaneSplitterSizes: break; - case mainSplitterSizes: break; - case searchMainSplitterSizes: break; - case searchResultSplitterSizes: break;*/ - return result; -} - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::stringLists ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case searchCompletionTexts: return QString("searchCompletionTexts"); - case searchTexts: return QString("searchTexts"); - case searchModulesHistory: return QString("searchModulesHistory"); - case bookshelfOpenGroups: return QString("bookshelfOpenGroups"); - case hiddenModules: return QString("hiddenModules"); - } - Q_ASSERT(false); - return QString::null; -} - -QStringList CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::stringLists ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case searchTexts: { - QStringList list; - list.append(QString::null); - return list; - } - case searchCompletionTexts: return QStringList(); - case bookshelfOpenGroups: return QStringList(); - case hiddenModules: return QStringList(); - case searchModulesHistory: return QStringList(); - } - return QStringList(); -} - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ID) { - switch (ID) { - case searchScopes: - return QString("SearchScopes"); - }; - Q_ASSERT(false); - return QString::null; -} - -CBTConfig::StringMap CBTConfig::getDefault( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ID) { - switch ( ID ) { - case searchScopes: { - CBTConfig::StringMap map; - map.insert(QObject::tr("Old testament"), QString("Gen - Mal")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("Moses/Pentateuch/Torah"),QString("Gen - Deut")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("History"), QString("Jos - Est")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("Prophets"), QString("Isa - Mal")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("New testament"), QString("Mat - Rev")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("Gospels"), QString("Mat - Joh")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("Letters/Epistles"), QString("Rom - Jude")); - map.insert(QObject::tr("Paul's Epistles"), QString("Rom - Phile")); - - //make the list to the current bookname language! - CBTConfig::StringMap::Iterator it; - sword::VerseKey vk; - vk.setLocale("en_US"); - - for (it = map.begin(); it != map.end(); ++it) { - sword::ListKey list = vk.ParseVerseList(it.value().toLocal8Bit(), "Genesis 1:1", true); - QString data; - for (int i = 0; i < list.Count(); ++i) { - data += QString::fromUtf8(list.GetElement(i)->getRangeText()) + "; "; - } - map[it.key()] = data; //set the new data - }; - - return map; - }; - default: - return CBTConfig::StringMap(); - } - - return CBTConfig::StringMap(); -} - - -QString CBTConfig::getKey( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const language ) { - Q_ASSERT(!language->name().isEmpty()); - return language->name(); -} - -QFont& CBTConfig::getDefault( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const) -{ - //language specific lookup of the font name - if (m_defaultFont) - { - return *m_defaultFont; - } - -// TODO - make the font name and size a configuration option - //int fontSize = QWebSettings::globalSettings()->fontSize(QWebSettings::DefaultFontSize); - int fontSize = 12; - QString fontName = QWebSettings::globalSettings()->fontFamily(QWebSettings::StandardFont); - - m_defaultFont = new QFont(fontName, fontSize); //TODO: there may be a mem leak here! - return *m_defaultFont; -} - -QString CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::strings ID) -{ - QString result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("strings"); - result = getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toString(); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; - -} - -CSwordModuleInfo* CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::modules ID) -{ - CSwordModuleInfo* result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("modules"); - result = CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName( getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toString() ); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; -} - -bool CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::bools ID) -{ - bool result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("bools"); - result = getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toBool(); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; -} - -int CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::ints ID) -{ - int result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("ints"); - result = getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toInt(); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; -} - -QList CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::intLists ID ) -{ - QList result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("intlists"); - result = StringToIntList( getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), IntListToString( getDefault(ID) )).toString() ); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; -} - -QStringList CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::stringLists ID ) -{ - QStringList result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("stringlists"); - result = getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toStringList(); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; -} - -CBTConfig::StringMap CBTConfig::get( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ID ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup(getKey(ID)); - CBTConfig::StringMap map; - - QStringList keys(getConfig()->childKeys()); - if (!keys.isEmpty()) { - switch (ID) { - case searchScopes: { //make sure we return the scopes in the chosen language. saved keys are in english - sword::VerseKey vk; - foreach (QString key, keys) { - Q_ASSERT(!key.isEmpty()); - sword::ListKey list = vk.ParseVerseList(getConfig()->value(key).toString().toUtf8(), "Genesis 1:1", true); - QString data; - for (int i = 0; i < list.Count(); ++i) { - data += QString::fromUtf8(list.GetElement(i)->getRangeText()) + "; "; - } - map[key] = data; //set the new data - } - } - default: break; - } - } - else - { - map = getDefault(ID); - } - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return map; -} - -CBTConfig::FontSettingsPair CBTConfig::get( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const language ) -{ - if (fontConfigMap.contains(language)) { - return fontConfigMap.find(language).value(); - } - - FontSettingsPair settings; - - getConfig()->beginGroup("font standard settings"); - settings.first = getConfig()->value(getKey(language), QVariant(false)).toBool(); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - getConfig()->beginGroup("fonts"); - - QFont font; - if (settings.first) - font.fromString(getConfig()->value(getKey(language), getDefault(language)).toString()); - else - font = getDefault(language); - - settings.second = font; - getConfig()->endGroup(); - - fontConfigMap.insert(language, settings); //cache the value - return settings; -} - -void CBTConfig::set( const CBTConfig::strings ID, const QString value ) -{ -// KConfigGroup cg = CBTConfig::getConfig()->group("strings"); -// cg.writeEntry(getKey(ID), value); - getConfig()->beginGroup("strings"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - -void CBTConfig::set( const CBTConfig::modules ID, CSwordModuleInfo* const value ) -{ -// KConfigGroup cg = CBTConfig::getConfig()->group("modules"); -// cg.writeEntry(getKey(ID), value ? value->name() : QString::null); - getConfig()->beginGroup("modules"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value ? value->name() : QString::null); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - -void CBTConfig::set( const CBTConfig::modules ID, const QString& value ) -{ - CSwordModuleInfo* module = CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName(value); - if (module) { - CBTConfig::set(ID, module); - } -} - -void CBTConfig::set(const CBTConfig::bools ID,const bool value ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup("bools"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - -void CBTConfig::set(const CBTConfig::ints ID, const int value ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup("ints"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - -void CBTConfig::set( const CBTConfig::intLists ID, const QList value ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup("intlists"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), IntListToString(value)); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - -void CBTConfig::set( const CBTConfig::stringLists ID, const QStringList value ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup("stringlists"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - -void CBTConfig::set( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ID, const CBTConfig::StringMap value ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup(getKey(ID)); - getConfig()->remove(""); //clear all entries of this group to make sure old stuff gets removed - - switch (ID) { - case searchScopes: { - /** - * We want to make sure that the search scopes are saved with english key names so loading them - * will always work with each locale set. - */ - CBTConfig::StringMap::ConstIterator it; - QString data;// = QString::null; - - sword::VerseKey vk; - for (it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it) { - sword::ListKey list = vk.ParseVerseList(it.value().toUtf8(), "Genesis 1:1", true); - data = QString::null; - for (int i = 0; i < list.Count(); ++i) { - if ( sword::VerseKey* range = dynamic_cast(list.GetElement(i)) ) { - range->setLocale("en"); - data += QString::fromUtf8( range->getRangeText() ) + ";"; - } - } - getConfig()->setValue(it.key(), data); - } - break; - } - default: { - for (CBTConfig::StringMap::ConstIterator it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it) { - getConfig()->setValue(it.key(), it.value()); - } - break; - } - } - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} - - -void CBTConfig::set( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const language, const FontSettingsPair& value ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup("fonts"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(language), value.second.toString()); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - getConfig()->beginGroup("font standard settings"); - getConfig()->setValue(getKey(language), value.first); - getConfig()->endGroup(); +// Sword includes +#include // For range configuration - if (fontConfigMap.contains(language)) { - fontConfigMap.remove - (language); //remove it from the cache - } -} +// BibleTime includes +#include "backend/btmoduletreeitem.h" +#include "backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h" +#include "frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.h" +#include "frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.h" +#include "util/cpointers.h" +#include "util/directoryutil.h" -CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions CBTConfig::getDisplayOptionDefaults() +namespace CBTConfig { +namespace { + +typedef QMap FontCacheMap; + +QFont *m_defaultFont = 0; +FontCacheMap m_fontCache; + +QString getKey(const strings ID) { + switch (ID) { + case bibletimeVersion: return "bibletimeVersion"; + case language: return "language"; + case displayStyle: return "displayStyle"; + case bookshelfCurrentItem: return "bookshelfCurrentItem"; + } + Q_ASSERT(false); + return QString::null; +} + +QString getKey(const modules ID) { + switch (ID) { + case standardBible: return "standardBible"; + case standardCommentary: return "standardCommentary"; + case standardLexicon: return "standardLexicon"; + case standardDailyDevotional: return "standardDailyDevotional"; + case standardHebrewStrongsLexicon: return "standardHebrewLexicon"; + case standardGreekStrongsLexicon: return "standardGreekLexicon"; + case standardHebrewMorphLexicon: return "standardHebrewMorphLexicon"; + case standardGreekMorphLexicon: return "standardGreekMorphLexicon"; + } + Q_ASSERT(false); + return QString::null; +} + +QString getKey(const bools ID) { + switch (ID) { + case firstSearchDialog: return "firstSearchDialog"; + case readOldBookmarks: return "readOldBookmarks"; + + case toolbar: return "toolbar"; + case mainIndex: return "mainIndex"; + case infoDisplay: return "infoDisplay"; + + case autoTileVertical: return "autoTileVertical"; + case autoTileHorizontal: return "autoTileHorizontal"; + case autoCascade: return "autoCascade"; + + case lineBreaks: return "lineBreaks"; + case verseNumbers: return "verseNumbers"; + + case logo: return "logo"; + case autoDeleteOrphanedIndices: return "autoDeleteOrphanedIndices"; + case crashedLastTime: return "crashedLastTime"; + case crashedTwoTimes: return "crashedTwoTimes"; + + case bookshelfShowHidden: return "bookshelfShowHidden"; + case allowNetworkConnection: return "allowNetworkConnection"; + } + Q_ASSERT(false); + return false; +} + +QString getKey(const ints ID) { + switch (ID) { + case footnotes: return "footnotes"; + case strongNumbers: return "strongNumbers"; + case headings: return "headings"; + case morphTags: return "morphTags"; + case lemmas: return "lemmas"; + case hebrewPoints: return "hebrewPoints"; + case hebrewCantillation: return "hebrewCantillation"; + case greekAccents: return "greekAccents"; + case textualVariants: return "textualVariants"; + case scriptureReferences: return "scriptureReferences"; + case morphSegmentation: return "morphSegmentation"; + case bookshelfContentsX: return "bookshelfContentsX"; + case bookshelfContentsY: return "bookshelfContentsY"; + case magDelay: return "magDelay"; + case bookshelfGrouping: return "bookshelfGrouping"; + case mainindexActiveTab: return "mainindexActiveTab"; + case searchDialogWidth: return "searchDialogWidth"; + case searchDialogHeight: return "searchDialogHeight"; + case searchDialogX: return "searchDialogX"; + case searchDialogY: return "searchDialogY"; + case searchType: return "searchType"; + case installPathIndex: return "installPathIndex"; + case bookshelfPosX: return "bookshelfPosX"; + case bookshelfPosY: return "bookshelfPosY"; + case bookshelfHeight: return "bookshelfHeight"; + case bookshelfWidth: return "bookshelfWidth"; + case configDialogPosX: return "configDialogPosX"; + case configDialogPosY: return "configDialogPosY"; + case configDialogHeight: return "configDialogHeight"; + case configDialogWidth: return "configDialogWidth"; + } + Q_ASSERT(false); + return QString::null; +} + +QString getKey(const intLists ID) { + switch (ID) { + case leftPaneSplitterSizes: return "leftPaneSplitterSizes"; + case mainSplitterSizes: return "mainSplitterSizes"; + case searchMainSplitterSizes: return "searchMainSplitterSizes"; + case searchResultSplitterSizes: return "searchResultSplitterSizes"; + } + Q_ASSERT(false); + return QString::null; +} + +QString getKey(const stringLists ID) { + switch (ID) { + case searchCompletionTexts: return "searchCompletionTexts"; + case searchTexts: return "searchTexts"; + case searchModulesHistory: return "searchModulesHistory"; + case bookshelfOpenGroups: return "bookshelfOpenGroups"; + case hiddenModules: return "hiddenModules"; + } + Q_ASSERT(false); + return QString::null; +} + +QString getKey(const stringMaps ID) { + switch (ID) { + case searchScopes: return "SearchScopes"; + }; + Q_ASSERT(false); + return QString::null; +} + +QString getKey(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const language) { + Q_ASSERT(!language->name().isEmpty()); + return language->name(); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +QString IntListToString(const QList intList) { + QStringList intStrings; + foreach(int i, intList) { + intStrings << QString::number(i); + } + return intStrings.join(","); +} + +QList StringToIntList(const QString intListString) { + QList intList; + if (!intListString.isEmpty() && intListString.contains(',')) { + foreach(QString intString, intListString.split(',')) { + intList << intString.trimmed().toInt(); + } + } + return intList; +} + +QString getDefault(const strings ID) { + switch (ID) { + case bibletimeVersion: return "0.0"; // main() will realize this and set the value to VERSION + case language: return QLocale::system().name(); + case displayStyle: return CDisplayTemplateMgr::defaultTemplate(); + case bookshelfCurrentItem: return QString(); + } + return QString::null; +} + +QString getDefault(const modules ID) { + // CSwordBackend *b = CPointers::backend(); + switch (ID) { + case standardBible: return "KJV"; + case standardCommentary: return "MHC"; + case standardLexicon: return "ISBE"; + case standardDailyDevotional: return ""; // No default + + case standardHebrewStrongsLexicon: return "StrongsHebrew"; + case standardGreekStrongsLexicon: return "StrongsGreek"; + case standardHebrewMorphLexicon: return "StrongsHebrew"; + case standardGreekMorphLexicon: return "StrongsGreek"; + } + + return QString::null; +} + +bool getDefault(const bools ID) { + switch (ID) { + case firstSearchDialog: return true; + case readOldBookmarks: return false; + + case toolbar: return true; + case mainIndex: return true; + case infoDisplay: return true; + + case autoTileVertical: return true; + case autoTileHorizontal: return false; + case autoCascade: return false; + + case lineBreaks: return false; + case verseNumbers: return true; + + case logo: return true; + case autoDeleteOrphanedIndices: return true; + case crashedLastTime: return false; + case crashedTwoTimes: return false; + case bookshelfShowHidden: return false; + case allowNetworkConnection: return false; + } + return false; +} + +int getDefault(const ints ID) { + switch (ID) { + case footnotes: return int(true); + case strongNumbers: return int(true); + case headings: return int(true); + case morphTags: return int(true); + case lemmas: return int(true); + case hebrewPoints: return int(true); + case hebrewCantillation: return int(true); + case greekAccents: return int(true); + case textualVariants: return int(false); + case scriptureReferences: return int(true); + case morphSegmentation: return int(true); + case bookshelfContentsX: return 0; + case bookshelfContentsY: return 0; + case magDelay: return 400; + case bookshelfGrouping: return BTModuleTreeItem::CatLangMod; + case searchDialogWidth: return 200; + case searchDialogHeight: return 400; + case searchDialogX: return 200; + case searchDialogY: return 200; + case searchType: return Search::BtSearchOptionsArea::AndType; + case mainindexActiveTab: return 0; + case installPathIndex: return 0; + case bookshelfPosX: return 1; + case bookshelfPosY: return 1; + case bookshelfHeight: return 1; + case bookshelfWidth: return 1; + case configDialogPosX: return 1; + case configDialogPosY: return 1; + case configDialogHeight: return 1; + case configDialogWidth: return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +QList getDefault(const intLists /*ID*/) { + QList result; + /*switch ( ID ) { + case leftPaneSplitterSizes: break; + case mainSplitterSizes: break; + case searchMainSplitterSizes: break; + case searchResultSplitterSizes: break;*/ + return result; +} + +QStringList getDefault(const stringLists ID) { + switch (ID) { + case searchTexts: { + QStringList list; + list.append(QString::null); + return list; + } + case searchCompletionTexts: return QStringList(); + case bookshelfOpenGroups: return QStringList(); + case hiddenModules: return QStringList(); + case searchModulesHistory: return QStringList(); + } + return QStringList(); +} + +StringMap getDefault(const stringMaps ID) { + if (ID != searchScopes) return StringMap(); + + StringMap map; + map.insert(QObject::tr("Old testament"), QString("Gen - Mal")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("Moses/Pentateuch/Torah"), QString("Gen - Deut")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("History"), QString("Jos - Est")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("Prophets"), QString("Isa - Mal")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("New testament"), QString("Mat - Rev")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("Gospels"), QString("Mat - Joh")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("Letters/Epistles"), QString("Rom - Jude")); + map.insert(QObject::tr("Paul's Epistles"), QString("Rom - Phile")); + + // Make the list to the current bookname language! + sword::VerseKey vk; + vk.setLocale("en_US"); + + for (StringMap::Iterator it(map.begin()); it != map.end(); it++) { + sword::ListKey list(vk.ParseVerseList(it.value().toLocal8Bit(), "Genesis 1:1", true)); + QString data; + for (int i(0); i < list.Count(); i++) { + data.append(QString::fromUtf8(list.GetElement(i)->getRangeText())); + data.append("; "); + } + map[it.key()] = data; + }; + + return map; +} + +QFont &getDefault(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const) { + // Language specific lookup of the font name + if (m_defaultFont) return *m_defaultFont; + + /// \todo make the font name and size a configuration option + // int fontSize = QWebSettings::globalSettings()->fontSize(QWebSettings::DefaultFontSize); + int fontSize(12); + QString fontName(QWebSettings::globalSettings()->fontFamily(QWebSettings::StandardFont)); + + m_defaultFont = new QFont(fontName, fontSize); /// \todo there may be a mem leak here! + return *m_defaultFont; +} + +QString get(const strings ID) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("strings"); + QString result(getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toString()); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +CSwordModuleInfo *get(const modules ID) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("modules"); + CSwordModuleInfo *result(CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName( + getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toString() + )); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +bool get(const bools ID) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("bools"); + bool result(getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toBool()); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +int get(const ints ID) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("ints"); + int result(getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toInt()); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +QList get(const intLists ID) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("intlists"); + QList result(StringToIntList( + getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), IntListToString(getDefault(ID))) + .toString() + )); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +QStringList get(const stringLists ID) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("stringlists"); + QStringList result( + getConfig()->value(getKey(ID), getDefault(ID)).toStringList() + ); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +StringMap get(const stringMaps ID) { + StringMap map; + + getConfig()->beginGroup(getKey(ID)); + QStringList keys(getConfig()->childKeys()); + + if (!keys.isEmpty()) { + switch (ID) { + case searchScopes: { + /** + Make sure we return the scopes in the chosen language. saved + keys are in english. + */ + sword::VerseKey vk; + foreach (QString key, keys) { + Q_ASSERT(!key.isEmpty()); + QByteArray b(getConfig()->value(key).toString().toUtf8()); + sword::ListKey list(vk.ParseVerseList(b, "Genesis 1:1", true)); + QString data; + for (int i(0); i < list.Count(); i++) { + data.append(QString::fromUtf8(list.GetElement(i)->getRangeText())); + data.append("; "); + } + map[key] = data; // Set the new data + } + } + default: break; + } + } else { + map = getDefault(ID); + } + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return map; +} + +FontSettingsPair get(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const language) { + // Check the cache first: + FontCacheMap::const_iterator it(m_fontCache.find(language)); + if (it != m_fontCache.end()) return *it; + + FontSettingsPair settings; + + getConfig()->beginGroup("font standard settings"); + settings.first = getConfig()->value(getKey(language), false).toBool(); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + + getConfig()->beginGroup("fonts"); + QFont font; + if (settings.first) { + font.fromString(getConfig()->value(getKey(language), getDefault(language)).toString()); + } else { + font = getDefault(language); + } + settings.second = font; + getConfig()->endGroup(); + + // Cache the value: + m_fontCache.insert(language, settings); + + return settings; +} + +void set(const strings ID, const QString value) { +// KConfigGroup cg = getConfig()->group("strings"); +// cg.writeEntry(getKey(ID), value); + getConfig()->beginGroup("strings"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const modules ID, CSwordModuleInfo * const value) { +// KConfigGroup cg = getConfig()->group("modules"); +// cg.writeEntry(getKey(ID), value ? value->name() : QString::null); + getConfig()->beginGroup("modules"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value ? value->name() : QString::null); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const modules ID, const QString& value) { + CSwordModuleInfo *module(CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName(value)); + if (module) { + set(ID, module); + } +} + +void set(const bools ID, const bool value) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("bools"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const ints ID, const int value) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("ints"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const intLists ID, const QList value) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("intlists"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), IntListToString(value)); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const stringLists ID, const QStringList value) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("stringlists"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(ID), value); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const stringMaps ID, const StringMap value) { + typedef StringMap::ConstIterator SMCI; + using namespace sword; + + getConfig()->beginGroup(getKey(ID)); + + // Clear all entries of this group to make sure old stuff gets removed: + getConfig()->remove(""); + + switch (ID) { + case searchScopes: { + /** + We want to make sure that the search scopes are saved with english + key names so loading them will always work with each locale set. + */ + VerseKey vk; + for (SMCI it(value.begin()); it != value.end(); it++) { + QString data; + ListKey list(vk.ParseVerseList(it.value().toUtf8(), "Genesis 1:1", true)); + for (int i(0); i < list.Count(); i++) { + VerseKey *range(dynamic_cast(list.GetElement(i))); + if (range) { + range->setLocale("en"); + data.append(QString::fromUtf8( range->getRangeText() )); + data.append(";"); + } + } + getConfig()->setValue(it.key(), data); + } + break; + } + default: { + for (SMCI it(value.begin()); it != value.end(); it++) { + getConfig()->setValue(it.key(), it.value()); + } + break; + } + } + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +void set(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const language, + const FontSettingsPair& value) { - CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions options; - options.lineBreaks = get(CBTConfig::lineBreaks); - options.verseNumbers = get(CBTConfig::verseNumbers); + getConfig()->beginGroup("fonts"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(language), value.second.toString()); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + getConfig()->beginGroup("font standard settings"); + getConfig()->setValue(getKey(language), value.first); + getConfig()->endGroup(); - return options; + // Remove language from the cache: + m_fontCache.remove(language); } -CSwordBackend::FilterOptions CBTConfig::getFilterOptionDefaults() -{ - CSwordBackend::FilterOptions options; - - options.footnotes = true; //required for the info display - options.strongNumbers = true; //get(CBTConfig::strongNumbers); - options.headings = get(CBTConfig::headings); - options.morphTags = true;//required for the info display - options.lemmas = true;//required for the info display - options.redLetterWords = true; - options.hebrewPoints = get(CBTConfig::hebrewPoints); - options.hebrewCantillation = get(CBTConfig::hebrewCantillation); - options.greekAccents = get(CBTConfig::greekAccents); - options.textualVariants = get(CBTConfig::textualVariants); - options.scriptureReferences = get(CBTConfig::scriptureReferences); - options.morphSegmentation = get(CBTConfig::morphSegmentation); - - return options; -} - -//void CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings(const CBTConfig::keys /*type*/, KActionCollection* const /*actionCollection*/) -//{ -// qDebug("CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings"); -// QString groupName; -// switch (type) { -// case allWindows : { -// groupName = "Displaywindow shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case writeWindow : { -// groupName = "Writewindow shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case readWindow : { -// groupName = "Readwindow shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case bookWindow : { -// groupName = "Book shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case bibleWindow : { -// groupName = "Bible shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case commentaryWindow : { -// groupName = "Commentary shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case lexiconWindow : { -// groupName = "Lexicon shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case application : { -// groupName = "Application shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// }; -// qDebug() << groupName; -// Q_ASSERT(CBTConfig::getConfig()); -// //buggy??? -// KConfigGroup* cg = &(CBTConfig::getConfig()->group(groupName)); -// //KConfigGroup* cg; -// -// Q_ASSERT(cg); -// Q_ASSERT(actionCollection); -// //actionCollection->readSettings(cg); -// actionCollection->setConfigGroup(groupName); -// -// actionCollection->readSettings(); -// qDebug("CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings end"); -//} - -//void CBTConfig::saveAccelSettings(const CBTConfig::keys /*type*/, KActionCollection* const /*actionCollection*/) -//{ -// qDebug("CBTConfig::saveAccelSettings"); -// QString groupName; -// switch (type) { -// case allWindows : { -// groupName = "Displaywindow shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case writeWindow : { -// groupName = "Writewindow shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case readWindow : { -// groupName = "Readwindow shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case bookWindow : { -// groupName = "Book shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case bibleWindow : { -// groupName = "Bible shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case commentaryWindow : { -// groupName = "Commentary shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case lexiconWindow : { -// groupName = "Lexicon shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// case application : { -// groupName = "Application shortcuts"; -// break; -// }; -// }; -// -// // KConfigGroup* cg = &(CBTConfig::getConfig()->group(groupName)); -// -// qDebug("NOT saving accelerators!"); -// //actionCollection->writeSettings(cg); -// qDebug("CBTConfig::saveAccelSettings end"); -//} - - -QString CBTConfig::getModuleEncryptionKey( const QString& module ) -{ - Q_ASSERT(!module.isEmpty()); - QString result; - getConfig()->beginGroup("Module keys"); - result = getConfig()->value(module, QVariant(QString::null)).toString(); - getConfig()->endGroup(); - return result; +CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions getDisplayOptionDefaults() { + CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions options; + options.lineBreaks = get(lineBreaks); + options.verseNumbers = get(verseNumbers); + return options; } -void CBTConfig::setModuleEncryptionKey( const QString& module, const QString& key ) -{ - getConfig()->beginGroup("Module keys"); - getConfig()->setValue(module, key); - getConfig()->endGroup(); -} +CSwordBackend::FilterOptions getFilterOptionDefaults() { + CSwordBackend::FilterOptions options; -QSettings* CBTConfig::getConfig() -{ - static QSettings config(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getUserBaseDir().absolutePath() + "/bibletimerc", QSettings::IniFormat); - return &config; -} + options.footnotes = true; // Required for the info display + options.strongNumbers = true; // get(strongNumbers); + options.headings = get(headings); + options.morphTags = true; // Required for the info display + options.lemmas = true; // Required for the info display + options.redLetterWords = true; + options.hebrewPoints = get(hebrewPoints); + options.hebrewCantillation = get(hebrewCantillation); + options.greekAccents = get(greekAccents); + options.textualVariants = get(textualVariants); + options.scriptureReferences = get(scriptureReferences); + options.morphSegmentation = get(morphSegmentation); -void CBTConfig::syncConfig() -{ - CBTConfig::getConfig()->sync(); + return options; } -QString CBTConfig::IntListToString( const QList intList ) +void setupAccelSettings(const keys type, + BtActionCollection * const actionCollection) { - QStringList intStrings; - foreach(int i, intList) - { - intStrings << QString::number(i); - } - return intStrings.join(","); -} - -QList CBTConfig::StringToIntList( const QString intListString ) + qDebug("CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings begin"); + QString groupName; + switch (type) { + case allWindows: + groupName = "Displaywindow shortcuts"; + break; + case writeWindow: + groupName = "Writewindow shortcuts"; + break; + case readWindow: + groupName = "Readwindow shortcuts"; + break; + case bookWindow: + groupName = "Book shortcuts"; + break; + case bibleWindow: + groupName = "Bible shortcuts"; + break; + case commentaryWindow: + groupName = "Commentary shortcuts"; + break; + case lexiconWindow: + groupName = "Lexicon shortcuts"; + break; + case application: + groupName = "Application shortcuts"; + break; + } + qDebug() << groupName; + Q_ASSERT(getConfig()); + + actionCollection->setConfigGroup(groupName); + actionCollection->readSettings(); + qDebug("CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings end"); +} + +void saveAccelSettings(const keys type, + BtActionCollection * const actionCollection) { - QList intList; - if (!intListString.isEmpty() && intListString.contains(',')) - { - foreach(QString intString, intListString.split(",")) - { - intList << intString.trimmed().toInt(); - } - } - return intList; -} + qDebug("CBTConfig::saveAccelSettings begin"); + QString groupName; + switch (type) { + case allWindows: + groupName = "Displaywindow shortcuts"; + break; + case writeWindow: + groupName = "Writewindow shortcuts"; + break; + case readWindow: + groupName = "Readwindow shortcuts"; + break; + case bookWindow: + groupName = "Book shortcuts"; + break; + case bibleWindow: + groupName = "Bible shortcuts"; + break; + case commentaryWindow: + groupName = "Commentary shortcuts"; + break; + case lexiconWindow: + groupName = "Lexicon shortcuts"; + break; + case application: + groupName = "Application shortcuts"; + break; + } + + actionCollection->setConfigGroup(groupName); + actionCollection->writeSettings(); + qDebug("CBTConfig::saveAccelSettings end"); +} + + +QString getModuleEncryptionKey(const QString &module) { + Q_ASSERT(!module.isEmpty()); + getConfig()->beginGroup("Module keys"); + QString result(getConfig()->value(module, QVariant(QString::null)).toString()); + getConfig()->endGroup(); + return result; +} + +void setModuleEncryptionKey(const QString &module, const QString &key) { + getConfig()->beginGroup("Module keys"); + getConfig()->setValue(module, key); + getConfig()->endGroup(); +} + +QSettings *getConfig() { + static QSettings config(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getUserBaseDir().absolutePath() + "/bibletimerc", QSettings::IniFormat); + return &config; +} + +void syncConfig() { + getConfig()->sync(); +} + +} // namespace CBTConfig diff --git a/src/backend/config/cbtconfig.h b/src/backend/config/cbtconfig.h index 0ded865..d4d075b 100644 --- a/src/backend/config/cbtconfig.h +++ b/src/backend/config/cbtconfig.h @@ -10,188 +10,182 @@ #ifndef CBTCONFIG_H #define CBTCONFIG_H -#include "backend/managers/cswordbackend.h" - -//Qt includes #include #include #include #include +#include "backend/managers/cswordbackend.h" -//Forward declarations class QSettings; -//class CLanguageMgr::Language; +class BtActionCollection; /** * This class is the interface to the config object of BibleTime * @author The BibleTime team */ -class CBTConfig { -public: - typedef QMap StringMap; - - enum strings { - bibletimeVersion, - language, - displayStyle, - bookshelfCurrentItem - }; - enum modules { - standardBible = 0, //just to make sure, default is IMHO 0, so that's redundant here - standardCommentary, - standardLexicon, - standardDailyDevotional, - standardHebrewStrongsLexicon, - standardGreekStrongsLexicon, - standardHebrewMorphLexicon, - standardGreekMorphLexicon, - lastModuleType = standardGreekMorphLexicon - }; - enum bools { - firstSearchDialog, - readOldBookmarks, - - toolbar, - mainIndex, - infoDisplay, - - autoTileVertical, - autoTileHorizontal, - autoCascade, - - lineBreaks, - verseNumbers, - - logo, - autoDeleteOrphanedIndices, - crashedLastTime, - crashedTwoTimes, - - bookshelfShowHidden, - - allowNetworkConnection - }; - enum ints { - footnotes, - strongNumbers, - headings, - morphTags, - lemmas, - hebrewPoints, - hebrewCantillation, - greekAccents, - textualVariants, - scriptureReferences, - morphSegmentation, - - bookshelfContentsX, - bookshelfContentsY, - magDelay, /* The delay until a mouse move makes the content appear in the mag */ - bookshelfGrouping, - mainindexActiveTab, - - searchDialogWidth, - searchDialogHeight, - searchDialogX, - searchDialogY, - searchType, - - installPathIndex - }; - enum intLists { - leftPaneSplitterSizes, - mainSplitterSizes, - searchMainSplitterSizes, - searchResultSplitterSizes - }; - enum stringLists { - searchCompletionTexts, - searchTexts, - searchModulesHistory, - bookshelfOpenGroups, - hiddenModules - }; - enum keys { - allWindows, - readWindow, - writeWindow, - bookWindow, - bibleWindow, - commentaryWindow, - lexiconWindow, - application - }; - enum stringMaps { - searchScopes - }; - typedef std::pair FontSettingsPair; - - static QString get( const CBTConfig::strings ); - static CSwordModuleInfo* get( const CBTConfig::modules ); - static bool get( const CBTConfig::bools ); - static int get( const CBTConfig::ints ); - static QList get( const CBTConfig::intLists ); - static QStringList get( const CBTConfig::stringLists ); - static CBTConfig::StringMap get( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ); - - static FontSettingsPair get( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const ); - - static QString getDefault( const CBTConfig::strings ); - static QString getDefault( const CBTConfig::modules ); - static bool getDefault( const CBTConfig::bools ); - static int getDefault( const CBTConfig::ints ); - static QList getDefault( const CBTConfig::intLists ); - static QStringList getDefault( const CBTConfig::stringLists ); - static CBTConfig::StringMap getDefault( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ); - static QFont& getDefault( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const ); - - static void set( const CBTConfig::strings, const QString value ); - static void set( const CBTConfig::modules, CSwordModuleInfo* const module ); - static void set( const CBTConfig::modules, const QString& moduleName ); - static void set( const CBTConfig::bools, const bool value ); - static void set( const CBTConfig::ints, const int value ); - static void set( const CBTConfig::intLists, const QList value ); - static void set( const CBTConfig::stringLists, const QStringList value); - static void set( const CBTConfig::stringMaps, const CBTConfig::StringMap value); - static void set( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const language, const FontSettingsPair& fontSettings ); - - static CSwordBackend::FilterOptions getFilterOptionDefaults(); - static CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions getDisplayOptionDefaults(); - -// static void setupAccelSettings(const CBTConfig::keys type, KActionCollection* const actionCollection); -// static void saveAccelSettings(const CBTConfig::keys type, KActionCollection* const actionCollection); - - static QString getModuleEncryptionKey( const QString& name ); - static void setModuleEncryptionKey( const QString& name, const QString& key ); - - /** Re-reads the config from disk */ - static void syncConfig(); - -private: - friend class BibleTimeTest; - /** The config object. - * @return A config object which is used currently, may be the global config or the session config - */ - static QSettings* getConfig(); - - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::strings ); - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::modules ); - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::bools ); - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::ints ); - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::intLists ); - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::stringLists ); - static QString getKey( const CBTConfig::stringMaps ); - static QString getKey( const CLanguageMgr::Language* const ); - - static QString IntListToString( const QList ); - static QList StringToIntList( const QString ); - - //static caches - static QFont* m_defaultFont; - - typedef QMap FontCache; - static QMap fontConfigMap; +namespace CBTConfig { + +typedef QMap StringMap; +typedef std::pair FontSettingsPair; + +enum strings { + bibletimeVersion, + language, + displayStyle, + bookshelfCurrentItem +}; +enum modules { + standardBible = 0, // Just to make sure, default is IMHO 0, so that's redundant here + standardCommentary, + standardLexicon, + standardDailyDevotional, + standardHebrewStrongsLexicon, + standardGreekStrongsLexicon, + standardHebrewMorphLexicon, + standardGreekMorphLexicon, + lastModuleType = standardGreekMorphLexicon }; +enum bools { + firstSearchDialog, + readOldBookmarks, + + toolbar, + mainIndex, + infoDisplay, + + autoTileVertical, + autoTileHorizontal, + autoCascade, + + lineBreaks, + verseNumbers, + + logo, + autoDeleteOrphanedIndices, + crashedLastTime, + crashedTwoTimes, + + bookshelfShowHidden, + + allowNetworkConnection +}; +enum ints { + footnotes, + strongNumbers, + headings, + morphTags, + lemmas, + hebrewPoints, + hebrewCantillation, + greekAccents, + textualVariants, + scriptureReferences, + morphSegmentation, + + bookshelfContentsX, + bookshelfContentsY, + magDelay, /* The delay until a mouse move makes the content appear in the mag */ + bookshelfGrouping, + mainindexActiveTab, + + searchDialogWidth, + searchDialogHeight, + searchDialogX, + searchDialogY, + searchType, + + installPathIndex, + + bookshelfPosX, + bookshelfPosY, + bookshelfHeight, + bookshelfWidth, + + configDialogPosX, + configDialogPosY, + configDialogHeight, + configDialogWidth +}; +enum intLists { + leftPaneSplitterSizes, + mainSplitterSizes, + searchMainSplitterSizes, + searchResultSplitterSizes +}; +enum stringLists { + searchCompletionTexts, + searchTexts, + searchModulesHistory, + bookshelfOpenGroups, + hiddenModules +}; +enum keys { + allWindows, + readWindow, + writeWindow, + bookWindow, + bibleWindow, + commentaryWindow, + lexiconWindow, + application +}; +enum stringMaps { + searchScopes +}; + +QString IntListToString(const QList intList); +QList StringToIntList(const QString intListString); + +QString getDefault(const strings); +QString getDefault(const modules); +bool getDefault(const bools); +int getDefault(const ints); +QList getDefault(const intLists); +QStringList getDefault(const stringLists); +StringMap getDefault(const stringMaps); +QFont &getDefault(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const); + +QString get(const strings); +CSwordModuleInfo *get(const modules); +bool get(const bools); +int get(const ints); +QList get(const intLists); +QStringList get(const stringLists); +StringMap get(const stringMaps); +FontSettingsPair get(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const); + +void set(const strings, const QString value); +void set(const modules, CSwordModuleInfo * const module); +void set(const modules, const QString& moduleName); +void set(const bools, const bool value); +void set(const ints, const int value); +void set(const intLists, const QList value); +void set(const stringLists, const QStringList value); +void set(const stringMaps, const StringMap value); +void set(const CLanguageMgr::Language * const language, + const FontSettingsPair &fontSettings); + +CSwordBackend::FilterOptions getFilterOptionDefaults(); +CSwordBackend::DisplayOptions getDisplayOptionDefaults(); + +void setupAccelSettings(const keys type, + BtActionCollection * const actionCollection); +void saveAccelSettings (const keys type, + BtActionCollection * const actionCollection); + +QString getModuleEncryptionKey(const QString &name); +void setModuleEncryptionKey(const QString &name, const QString &key); + +/** + Re-reads the config from disk. +*/ +void syncConfig(); + +/** + Returns the config object. +*/ +QSettings* getConfig(); +} // namespace CBTConfig #endif diff --git a/src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp b/src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp index adf88b0..a7b89ba 100644 --- a/src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp +++ b/src/backend/drivers/cswordbiblemoduleinfo.cpp @@ -174,45 +174,9 @@ unsigned int CSwordBibleModuleInfo::bookNumber(const QString &book) { boost::scoped_ptr key((sword::VerseKey *)module()->CreateKey()); (*key) = sword::TOP; -#ifdef SWORD_MULTIVERSE key->setBookName(book.toUtf8().constData()); bookNumber = ((key->Testament() > 1) ? key->BMAX[0] : 0) + key->Book(); -#else - bool found = false; - int min = 0; - int max = 1; - - if ((m_hasOT>0 && m_hasNT>0) || (m_hasOT == -1 && m_hasNT == -1)) { - min = 0; - max = 1; - bookNumber = 0; - } - else if (m_hasOT>0 && !m_hasNT) { - min = 0; - max = 0; - bookNumber = 0; - } - else if (!m_hasOT && m_hasNT>0) { - min = 1; - max = 1; - bookNumber = key->BMAX[0]; - } - else if (!m_hasOT && !m_hasNT) { - min = 0; - max = -1; //no loop - bookNumber = 0; - } - - for (int i = min; i <= max && !found; ++i) { - for ( int j = 0; j < key->BMAX[i] && !found; ++j) { - ++bookNumber; - - if (book == QString::fromUtf8( key->books[i][j].name) ) - found = true; - } - } -#endif return bookNumber; } diff --git a/src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp b/src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp index bbcf8e5..8ee0b40 100644 --- a/src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp +++ b/src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo const int countSplit1 = tag.getAttributePartCount("lemma", '|'); const int countSplit2 = tag.getAttributePartCount("lemma", ' '); //TODO: not allowed, remove soon int count = 0; - + if (countSplit1 > countSplit2) { //| split char splitChar = '|'; //TODO: not allowed, remove soon count = countSplit1; @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo splitChar = ' '; count = countSplit2; } - + int i = (count > 1) ? 0 : -1; // -1 for whole value cuz it's faster, but does the same thing as 0 attrValue = ""; @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo const int countSplit1 = tag.getAttributePartCount("morph", '|'); const int countSplit2 = tag.getAttributePartCount("morph", ' '); //TODO: not allowed, remove soon int count = 0; - + if (countSplit1 > countSplit2) { //| split char splitChar = '|'; count = countSplit1; @@ -260,11 +260,9 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo }*/ buf.append(""); -#ifdef SWORD_SIMPLERENDER sword::SWBuf footnoteNumber = tag.getAttribute("swordFootnote"); sword::SWBuf footnoteBody = myUserData->entryAttributes["Footnote"][footnoteNumber]["body"]; buf += myModule->RenderText(footnoteBody); -#endif } /* else if (type == "explanation") { @@ -290,7 +288,7 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo buf.append( QString::number(myUserData->swordFootnote++).toUtf8().constData() ); //inefficient const sword::SWBuf n = tag.getAttribute("n"); - + buf.append("\">"); buf.append( (n.length() > 0) ? n.c_str() : "*" ); buf.append(" "); @@ -543,7 +541,7 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo } //qWarning(QString("handled token. result: %1").arg(buf.c_str()).latin1()); } - + //divine name, don't use simple tag replacing because it may have attributes else if (!strcmp(tag.getName(), "divineName")) { if (!tag.isEndTag()) { @@ -553,7 +551,7 @@ bool Filters::BT_OSISHTML::handleToken(sword::SWBuf &buf, const char *token, swo buf.append(""); } } - + else { //all tokens handled by OSISHTMLHref will run through the filter now return sword::OSISHTMLHREF::handleToken(buf, token, userData); } diff --git a/src/backend/filters/bt_plainhtml.cpp b/src/backend/filters/bt_plainhtml.cpp index 67557cc..4ee98b4 100644 --- a/src/backend/filters/bt_plainhtml.cpp +++ b/src/backend/filters/bt_plainhtml.cpp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ char Filters::BT_PLAINHTML::processText(sword::SWBuf& text, const sword::SWKey* continue; } else if (*from == '{') { //footnote start - text += " ("; + text += " ("; /// \bug Possible color conflict continue; } else if (*from == '}') //footnote end diff --git a/src/backend/keys/cswordversekey.cpp b/src/backend/keys/cswordversekey.cpp index 424b268..8db5d74 100644 --- a/src/backend/keys/cswordversekey.cpp +++ b/src/backend/keys/cswordversekey.cpp @@ -81,23 +81,7 @@ QString CSwordVerseKey::book( const QString& newBook ) { } if (!newBook.isEmpty()) { - -#ifdef SWORD_MULTIVERSE setBookName(newBook.toUtf8().constData()); -#else - - bool finished = false; - - for (int testament = min; testament <= max && !finished; ++testament) { - for (int book = 0; book < BMAX[testament] && !finished; ++book) { - if ( !strcmp(newBook.toUtf8().constData(), books[testament][book].name ) ) { - Testament(testament+1); - Book(book+1); - finished = true; - } - } - } -#endif } if ( (Testament() >= min+1) && (Testament() <= max+1) && (Book() <= BMAX[min]) ) { diff --git a/src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp b/src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp index 0afe467..f17538a 100644 --- a/src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp +++ b/src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp @@ -494,11 +494,7 @@ void CSwordBackend::reloadModules(SetupChangedReason reason) { delete myconfig; config = myconfig = 0; // we need to call findConfig to make sure that augPaths are reloaded -#ifdef SWORD_SYSCONF_CHANGED findConfig(&configType, &prefixPath, &configPath, &augPaths, &sysConfig); -#else - findConfig(&configType, &prefixPath, &configPath, &augPaths, sysconfig); -#endif // now re-read module configuration files loadConfigDir(configPath); } diff --git a/src/bibletime.cpp b/src/bibletime.cpp index 0877a8f..fdc9f48 100644 --- a/src/bibletime.cpp +++ b/src/bibletime.cpp @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #include "frontend/cmdiarea.h" #include "frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.h" #include "frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.h" +#include "frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.h" #include "frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.h" #include "frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindowfactory.h" #include "frontend/displaywindow/creadwindow.h" @@ -45,17 +46,7 @@ using namespace Profile; -BibleTime::BibleTime() : - QMainWindow(0), - m_dock0(0), - m_dock1(0), - m_dock2(0), - m_initialized(false), - m_moduleList(0), - m_currentProfile(0), - m_mdi(0), - m_profileMgr() -{ +BibleTime::BibleTime() { QPixmap pm; if ( !pm.load( util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getPicsDir().canonicalPath().append( "/startuplogo.png")) ) { @@ -114,7 +105,7 @@ void BibleTime::readSettings() { qDebug("******************BibleTime::readSettings******************************"); // accel()->readSettings(CBTConfig::getConfig()); -// CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings(CBTConfig::application, actionCollection()); + CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings(CBTConfig::application, m_actionCollection); m_viewToolbar_action->setChecked( CBTConfig::get(CBTConfig::toolbar) ); slotToggleToolbar(); @@ -213,6 +204,12 @@ void BibleTime::refreshDisplayWindows() } } +/** Refresh main window accelerators */ +void::BibleTime::refreshBibleTimeAccel() +{ + CBTConfig::setupAccelSettings(CBTConfig::application, m_actionCollection); +} + /** Called before quit. */ void BibleTime::slot_aboutToQuit() { @@ -298,19 +295,3 @@ void BibleTime::processCommandline() } } -bool BibleTime::event(QEvent* e) -{ -// /* if (e->type() == QEvent::Polish) { -// qWarning("BibleTime::event type Polish"); -// m_initialized = true; -// }*/ - if (e->type() == QEvent::Close) - { - } - return QMainWindow::event(e); -} - -void BibleTime::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* e) -{ - QMainWindow::closeEvent(e); -} diff --git a/src/bibletime.h b/src/bibletime.h index bf27ccd..63d603d 100644 --- a/src/bibletime.h +++ b/src/bibletime.h @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ class CSwordModuleInfo; #include #include +class BtActionClass; class CMDIArea; class CDisplayWindow; class CMainIndex; @@ -130,7 +131,7 @@ public: /** * destructor of BibleTime */ - virtual ~BibleTime(); + ~BibleTime(); /** * Reads the settings from the configfile and sets the right properties. @@ -152,6 +153,10 @@ public: * Stores the settings of the mainwindow in the profile p */ void storeProfileSettings( Profile::CProfile* p ); + /** + * Save the configuration dialog settings, don't open dialog + */ + void saveConfigSettings(); public slots: /** @@ -173,11 +178,15 @@ public slots: /** * Sets the plain caption of the main window */ - virtual void setPlainCaption( const QString& ); + void setPlainCaption( const QString& ); /** * Processes the commandline options given to BibleTime. */ void processCommandline(); + /** + * Creates QAction's that have keyboard shortcuts + */ + static void insertKeyboardActions( BtActionCollection* const a ); protected: // Protected methods /** @@ -203,20 +212,21 @@ protected: // Protected methods /** * Initializes one action object */ - QAction* initAction(QAction* action, QString text, QString icon, QKeySequence accel, QString tooltip, const char* slot ); + QAction* initAction(QAction* action, QString text, QString icon, QKeySequence accel, + const QString& tooltip, const QString& actionName, const char* slot ); /** * Refreshes all presenter supporting at least in of the features given as parameter. */ void refreshDisplayWindows(); /** + * Refresh main window accelerators + */ + void refreshBibleTimeAccel(); + /** * Called before a window is closed */ bool queryClose(); - virtual bool event(QEvent*); - - virtual void closeEvent(QCloseEvent* e); - protected slots: /** * Creates a new presenter in the MDI area according to the type of the module. @@ -316,10 +326,14 @@ protected slots: void slotOpenAboutDialog(); private: - // docking widgets - QDockWidget* m_dock0; - QDockWidget* m_dock1; - QDockWidget* m_dock2; + // Docking widgets and their respective content widgets: + QDockWidget* m_bookshelfDock; + CBookshelfIndex* m_bookshelfPage; + QDockWidget* m_bookmarksDock; + CBookmarkIndex* m_bookmarksPage; + QDockWidget* m_magDock; + InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay* m_infoDisplay; + QToolBar* m_mainToolBar; // VIEW menu actions QAction* m_viewToolbar_action; @@ -327,13 +341,13 @@ private: /** WINDOW menu actions */ QAction* m_windowCascade_action; QAction* m_windowTileHorizontal_action; - QAction* m_windowTileVertical_action; - QMenu* m_windowArrangementModeMenu; + QAction* m_windowTileVertical_action; QAction* m_windowManualMode_action; QAction* m_windowAutoCascade_action; QAction* m_windowAutoTileVertical_action; QAction* m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action; QAction* m_windowCloseAll_action; + BtActionCollection* m_actionCollection; QMenu* m_windowSaveProfileMenu; QAction* m_windowSaveToNewProfile_action; @@ -341,24 +355,13 @@ private: QMenu* m_windowDeleteProfileMenu; QAction* m_windowFullscreen_action; - QList m_windowOpenWindowsList; - - bool m_initialized; - /** - * The list of installed SWORD modules - */ - QList* m_moduleList; + /// \todo remove? + // QList m_windowOpenWindowsList; - Profile::CProfile* m_currentProfile; CMDIArea* m_mdi; Profile::CProfileMgr m_profileMgr; - // docking windows - CBookmarkIndex* m_bookmarksPage; - CBookshelfIndex* m_bookshelfPage; - InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay* m_infoDisplay; - protected: //DBUS interface implementation void closeAllModuleWindows(); void syncAllBibles(const QString& key); diff --git a/src/bibletime_init.cpp b/src/bibletime_init.cpp index 5effe7e..c59964b 100644 --- a/src/bibletime_init.cpp +++ b/src/bibletime_init.cpp @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ #include "backend/managers/cswordbackend.h" #include "backend/managers/clanguagemgr.h" #include "frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.h" +#include "frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.h" #include "frontend/profile/cprofilemgr.h" #include "frontend/profile/cprofile.h" #include "frontend/cmdiarea.h" @@ -49,147 +50,248 @@ void BibleTime::initView() m_mdi = new CMDIArea(this); setCentralWidget(m_mdi); - m_dock0 = new QDockWidget(tr("Bookshelf"), this); - m_dock0->setObjectName("BookshelfDock"); + m_bookshelfDock = new QDockWidget(tr("Bookshelf"), this); + m_bookshelfDock->setObjectName("BookshelfDock"); m_bookshelfPage = new CBookshelfIndex(0); - m_dock0->setWidget(m_bookshelfPage); - addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, m_dock0); + m_bookshelfDock->setWidget(m_bookshelfPage); + addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, m_bookshelfDock); - m_dock1 = new QDockWidget(tr("Bookmarks"), this); - m_dock1->setObjectName("BookmarksDock"); + m_bookmarksDock = new QDockWidget(tr("Bookmarks"), this); + m_bookmarksDock->setObjectName("BookmarksDock"); m_bookmarksPage = new CBookmarkIndex(0); - m_dock1->setWidget(m_bookmarksPage); - addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, m_dock1); - tabifyDockWidget(m_dock1, m_dock0); + m_bookmarksDock->setWidget(m_bookmarksPage); + addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, m_bookmarksDock); + tabifyDockWidget(m_bookmarksDock, m_bookshelfDock); - m_dock2 = new QDockWidget(tr("Mag"), this); - m_dock2->setObjectName("MagDock"); + m_magDock = new QDockWidget(tr("Mag"), this); + m_magDock->setObjectName("MagDock"); m_infoDisplay = new CInfoDisplay(this); m_infoDisplay->resize(150,150); - m_dock2->setWidget(m_infoDisplay); - addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, m_dock2); + m_magDock->setWidget(m_infoDisplay); + addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, m_magDock); CPointers::setInfoDisplay(m_infoDisplay); m_mdi->setMinimumSize(100, 100); m_mdi->setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus); } -QAction* BibleTime::initAction(QAction* action, QString text, QString icon, QKeySequence accel, QString tooltip, const char* slot ) +QAction* BibleTime::initAction(QAction* action, QString text, QString icon, QKeySequence accel, + const QString& tooltip, const QString& actionName, const char* slot ) { action->setText(text); if ( ! icon.isEmpty() ) action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(icon)); action->setShortcut(accel); if (tooltip != QString::null) action->setToolTip(tooltip); -// actionCollection()->addAction(actionName, action); + m_actionCollection->addAction(actionName, action); if (slot) QObject::connect( action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, slot ); return action; } +// Creates QAction's for all actions that can have keyboard shortcuts +// Used in creating the main window and by the configuration dialog for setting shortcuts +void BibleTime::insertKeyboardActions( BtActionCollection* const a ) +{ + QAction* action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Quit")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon("exit.svg")); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Q)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Quit BibleTime")); + a->addAction("quit", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Fullscreen mode")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::showFullscreen::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::showFullscreen::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window")); + a->addAction("toggleFullscreen", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Show toolbar")); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F6)); + a->addAction("showToolbar", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Search in &open works...")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::search::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::search::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Search in all works that are currently open")); + a->addAction("searchOpenWorks", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Search in standard &Bible...")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::searchdefaultbible::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::searchdefaultbible::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Search in the standard Bible")); + a->addAction("searchStdBible", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Save as &new session...")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::saveToNewProfile::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::saveToNewProfile::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Create and save a new session")); + a->addAction("saveNewSession", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Manual mode")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::manual::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::manual::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Manually arrange the open windows")); + a->addAction("manualArrangement", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Auto-tile &vertically")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileVertical::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileVertical::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side)")); + a->addAction("autoVertical", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Auto-tile &horizontally")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileHorizontal::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileHorizontal::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other)")); + a->addAction("autoHorizontal", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Auto-&cascade")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoCascade::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoCascade::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Automatically cascade the open windows")); + a->addAction("autoCascade", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Cascade")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::cascade::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::cascade::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Cascade the open windows")); + a->addAction("cascade", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Tile &vertically")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileVertical::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileVertical::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows")); + a->addAction("tileVertically", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Tile &horizontally")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileHorizontal::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileHorizontal::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows")); + a->addAction("tileHorizontally", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Cl&ose all windows")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::closeAll::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::window::closeAll::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Close all open windows inside BibleTime")); + a->addAction("closeAllWindows", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Configure BibleTime...")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon("configure.svg")); + action->setToolTip(tr("Set BibleTime's preferences")); + a->addAction("setPreferences", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("Bookshelf &Manager...")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::settings::swordSetupDialog::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::settings::swordSetupDialog::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works")); + a->addAction("bookshelfManager", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Handbook")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::help::handbook::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::help::handbook::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Open BibleTime's handbook")); + a->addAction("openHandbook", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&Bible Study Howto")); + action->setIcon(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getIcon(CResMgr::mainMenu::help::bibleStudyHowTo::icon)); + action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(CResMgr::mainMenu::help::bibleStudyHowTo::accel)); + action->setToolTip(tr("Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.
                    This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way.")); + a->addAction("bibleStudyHowto", action); + + action = new QAction(a); + action->setText(tr("&About BibleTime")); + action->setToolTip(tr("Information about the BibleTime program")); + a->addAction("aboutBibleTime", action); +} + /** Initializes the action objects of the GUI */ void BibleTime::initActions() { - //:Main menu item + m_actionCollection = new BtActionCollection(this); + + insertKeyboardActions(m_actionCollection); + + // Main menus QMenu* fileMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&File")); - //:Main menu item QMenu* viewMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&View")); - //:Main menu item QMenu* searchMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&Search")); - //:Main menu item m_windowMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&Window")); - //:Main menu item QMenu* settingsMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("Se&ttings")); - //:Main menu item QMenu* helpMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&Help")); - //:Name of the main toolbar + // Name of the main toolbar m_mainToolBar = addToolBar(tr("Main Toolbar")); m_mainToolBar->setObjectName("MainToolBar"); m_mainToolBar->setFloatable(false); m_mainToolBar->setMovable(false); - QAction* tmp = new QAction(this); - initAction( - tmp, - tr("&Quit"), - QString("exit.svg"), - QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Q), - tr("Quit BibleTime"), - SLOT( close() ) - ); + QAction* tmp = m_actionCollection->action("quit"); fileMenu->addAction(tmp); m_mainToolBar->addAction(tmp); m_mainToolBar->addSeparator(); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(close()) ); - m_windowFullscreen_action = new QAction(this); + m_windowFullscreen_action = m_actionCollection->action("toggleFullscreen"); m_windowFullscreen_action->setCheckable(true); - viewMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowFullscreen_action, - tr("&Fullscreen mode"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::showFullscreen::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::showFullscreen::accel, - tr("Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window"), - SLOT(toggleFullscreen())) - ); + viewMenu->addAction(m_windowFullscreen_action); m_mainToolBar->addAction(m_windowFullscreen_action); + connect(m_windowFullscreen_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(toggleFullscreen()) ); - m_viewToolbar_action = new QAction(this); + m_viewToolbar_action = m_actionCollection->action("showToolbar"); m_viewToolbar_action->setCheckable(true); m_viewToolbar_action->setChecked(true); - viewMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_viewToolbar_action, - tr("&Show toolbar"), - "", - QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F6), - "", - SLOT(slotToggleToolbar()))); + viewMenu->addAction(m_viewToolbar_action); + connect(m_viewToolbar_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotToggleToolbar()) ); + - QAction* action = m_dock0->toggleViewAction(); + QAction* action = m_bookshelfDock->toggleViewAction(); action->setText(tr("Show Bookshelf")); viewMenu->addAction(action); - action = m_dock1->toggleViewAction(); + action = m_bookmarksDock->toggleViewAction(); action->setText(tr("Show Bookmarks")); viewMenu->addAction(action); - action = m_dock2->toggleViewAction(); + action = m_magDock->toggleViewAction(); action->setText(tr("Show Mag")); viewMenu->addAction(action); m_mainToolBar->addSeparator(); - tmp = initAction( - new QAction(this), - tr("Search in &open works..."), - CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::search::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::search::accel, - tr("Search in all works that are currently open"), - SLOT( slotSearchModules() ) - ); + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("searchOpenWorks"); searchMenu->addAction(tmp); m_mainToolBar->addAction(tmp); m_mainToolBar->addSeparator(); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotSearchModules()) ); - searchMenu->addAction(initAction( - new QAction(this), - tr("Search in standard &Bible..."), - CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::searchdefaultbible::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::mainIndex::searchdefaultbible::accel, - tr("Search in the standard Bible"), - SLOT(slotSearchDefaultBible()))); + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("searchStdBible"); + searchMenu->addAction(tmp); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotSearchDefaultBible()) ); m_windowSaveProfileMenu = new QMenu(tr("&Save session")); m_windowMenu->addMenu(m_windowSaveProfileMenu); - m_windowSaveToNewProfile_action = new QAction(this); - m_windowMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowSaveToNewProfile_action, - tr("Save as &new session..."), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::saveToNewProfile::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::saveToNewProfile::accel, - tr("Create and save a new session"), - SLOT( saveToNewProfile() )) - ); + m_windowSaveToNewProfile_action = m_actionCollection->action("saveNewSession"); + m_windowMenu->addAction(m_windowSaveToNewProfile_action); + connect(m_windowSaveToNewProfile_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveToNewProfile()) ); + m_windowLoadProfileMenu = new QMenu(tr("&Load session")); m_windowMenu->addMenu(m_windowLoadProfileMenu); @@ -210,146 +312,74 @@ void BibleTime::initActions() QMenu* arrangementMenu = new QMenu(tr("&Arrangement mode")); m_windowMenu->addMenu(arrangementMenu); - m_windowManualMode_action = new QAction(this); + m_windowManualMode_action = m_actionCollection->action("manualArrangement"); m_windowManualMode_action->setCheckable(true); - arrangementMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowManualMode_action, - tr("&Manual mode"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::manual::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::manual::accel, - "", - SLOT( slotManualArrangementMode() )) - ); - - m_windowAutoTileVertical_action = new QAction(this); - m_windowAutoTileVertical_action->setCheckable(true); + arrangementMenu->addAction(m_windowManualMode_action); + connect(m_windowManualMode_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotManualArrangementMode()) ); + //: Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side - arrangementMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowAutoTileVertical_action, - tr("Auto-tile &vertically"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileVertical::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileVertical::accel, - tr("Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side)"), - SLOT( slotAutoTileVertical() )) - ); - - m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action = new QAction(this); + m_windowAutoTileVertical_action = m_actionCollection->action("autoVertical"); + m_windowAutoTileVertical_action->setCheckable(true); + arrangementMenu->addAction(m_windowAutoTileVertical_action); + connect(m_windowAutoTileVertical_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotAutoTileVertical()) ); + + //: Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other + m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action = m_actionCollection->action("autoHorizontal"); m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action->setCheckable(true); - arrangementMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action, - //: Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other - tr("Auto-tile &horizontally"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileHorizontal::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoTileHorizontal::accel, - tr("Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other)"), - SLOT( slotAutoTileHorizontal() )) - ); - - m_windowAutoCascade_action = new QAction(this); + arrangementMenu->addAction(m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action); + connect(m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotAutoTileHorizontal()) ); + + m_windowAutoCascade_action = m_actionCollection->action("autoCascade"); m_windowAutoCascade_action->setCheckable(true); - arrangementMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowAutoCascade_action, - //: Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that - tr("Auto-&cascade"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoCascade::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::arrangementMode::autoCascade::accel, - tr("Automatically cascade the open windows"), - SLOT( slotAutoCascade() )) - ); - - m_windowCascade_action = new QAction(this); - m_windowMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowCascade_action, - tr("&Cascade"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::cascade::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::cascade::accel, - tr("Cascade the open windows"), - SLOT( slotCascade() )) - ); - - m_windowTileVertical_action = new QAction(this); - m_windowMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowTileVertical_action, - tr("Tile &vertically"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileVertical::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileVertical::accel, - tr("Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows"), - SLOT( slotTileVertical() )) - ); - - m_windowTileHorizontal_action = new QAction(this); - m_windowMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowTileHorizontal_action, - tr("Tile &horizontally"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileHorizontal::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::tileHorizontal::accel, - tr("Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows"), - SLOT( slotTileHorizontal() )) - ); - - m_windowCloseAll_action = new QAction(this); - m_windowMenu->addAction(initAction( - m_windowCloseAll_action, - tr("Cl&ose all windows"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::closeAll::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::window::closeAll::accel, - tr("Close all open windows inside BibleTime"), - 0) - ); - QObject::connect(m_windowCloseAll_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), m_mdi, SLOT( deleteAll() ) ); - - settingsMenu->addAction(initAction( - new QAction(this), - tr("&Configure BibleTime..."), - "configure.svg", - QKeySequence(), - tr("Set BibleTime's preferences"), - SLOT( slotSettingsOptions() ))); + arrangementMenu->addAction(m_windowAutoCascade_action); + connect(m_windowAutoCascade_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotAutoCascade()) ); + + m_windowCascade_action = m_actionCollection->action("cascade"); + m_windowMenu->addAction(m_windowCascade_action); + connect(m_windowCascade_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotCascade()) ); + + m_windowTileVertical_action = m_actionCollection->action("tileVertically"); + m_windowMenu->addAction(m_windowTileVertical_action); + connect(m_windowTileVertical_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotTileVertical()) ); + + m_windowTileHorizontal_action = m_actionCollection->action("tileHorizontally"); + m_windowMenu->addAction(m_windowTileHorizontal_action); + connect(m_windowTileHorizontal_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotTileHorizontal()) ); + + m_windowCloseAll_action = m_actionCollection->action("closeAllWindows"); + m_windowMenu->addAction(m_windowCloseAll_action); + connect(m_windowCloseAll_action, SIGNAL(triggered()), m_mdi, SLOT(deleteAll())); + + + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("setPreferences"); + settingsMenu->addAction(tmp); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotSettingsOptions()) ); + settingsMenu->addSeparator(); - settingsMenu->addAction(initAction( - new QAction(this), - tr("Bookshelf &Manager..."), - CResMgr::mainMenu::settings::swordSetupDialog::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::settings::swordSetupDialog::accel, - tr("Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works"), - SLOT( slotSwordSetupDialog() ))); - - tmp = initAction( - new QAction(this), - tr("&Handbook"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::help::handbook::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::help::handbook::accel, - tr("Open BibleTime's handbook"), - SLOT( openOnlineHelp_Handbook() ) - ); + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("bookshelfManager"); + settingsMenu->addAction(tmp); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotSwordSetupDialog()) ); + + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("openHandbook"); helpMenu->addAction(tmp); m_mainToolBar->addAction(tmp); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openOnlineHelp_Handbook()) ); + + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("bibleStudyHowto"); + helpMenu->addAction(tmp); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openOnlineHelp_Howto()) ); - helpMenu->addAction(initAction( - new QAction(this), - //: "Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide - tr("&Bible Study Howto"), - CResMgr::mainMenu::help::bibleStudyHowTo::icon, - CResMgr::mainMenu::help::bibleStudyHowTo::accel, - tr("Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.
                    This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way."), - SLOT( openOnlineHelp_Howto() )) - ); - helpMenu->addSeparator(); - helpMenu->addAction( initAction( - new QAction(this), - tr("&About BibleTime"), - "", - QKeySequence(), - "", - SLOT(slotOpenAboutDialog())) - ); + tmp = m_actionCollection->action("aboutBibleTime"); + helpMenu->addAction(tmp); + connect(tmp, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotOpenAboutDialog()) ); } /** Initializes the SIGNAL / SLOT connections */ -void BibleTime::initConnections() { +void BibleTime::initConnections() +{ QObject::connect(m_mdi, SIGNAL(sigSetToplevelCaption(const QString&)), this, SLOT(setPlainCaption(const QString&))); QObject::connect(m_mdi, SIGNAL(createReadDisplayWindow(QList, const QString&)), @@ -377,7 +407,8 @@ void BibleTime::initConnections() { } /** Initializes the backend */ -void BibleTime::initBackends() { +void BibleTime::initBackends() +{ qDebug("BibleTime::initBackends"); sword::StringMgr::setSystemStringMgr( new BTStringMgr() ); @@ -389,12 +420,7 @@ void BibleTime::initBackends() { CPointers::setBackend(backend); const CSwordBackend::LoadError errorCode = CPointers::backend()->initModules(CSwordBackend::OtherChange); - m_moduleList = 0; - if ( errorCode == CSwordBackend::NoError ) { //no error - m_moduleList = &(CPointers::backend()->moduleList()); - } - else { - m_moduleList = 0; + if (errorCode != CSwordBackend::NoError) { //show error message that initBackend failed //TODO: // switch (errorCode) { @@ -438,7 +464,8 @@ void BibleTime::initBackends() { } -void BibleTime::applyProfileSettings( CProfile* p ) { +void BibleTime::applyProfileSettings( CProfile* p ) +{ qDebug("BibleTime::applyProfileSettings"); Q_ASSERT(p); if (!p) return; @@ -463,7 +490,8 @@ void BibleTime::applyProfileSettings( CProfile* p ) { } } -void BibleTime::storeProfileSettings( CProfile* p ) { +void BibleTime::storeProfileSettings( CProfile* p ) +{ Q_ASSERT(p && m_windowFullscreen_action); if (!p || !m_windowFullscreen_action) return; diff --git a/src/bibletime_slots.cpp b/src/bibletime_slots.cpp index 3e054af..471c96f 100644 --- a/src/bibletime_slots.cpp +++ b/src/bibletime_slots.cpp @@ -69,21 +69,30 @@ using namespace Profile; // }; /** Opens the optionsdialog of BibleTime. */ -void BibleTime::slotSettingsOptions() { +void BibleTime::slotSettingsOptions() +{ qDebug("BibleTime::slotSettingsOptions"); - CConfigurationDialog *dlg = new CConfigurationDialog(this, 0 /*actionCollection()*/); + CConfigurationDialog *dlg = new CConfigurationDialog(this, m_actionCollection); QObject::connect(dlg, SIGNAL(signalSettingsChanged()), this, SLOT(slotSettingsChanged()) ); dlg->show(); } +/** Save the settings, used when no settings have been saved before **/ +void BibleTime::saveConfigSettings() +{ + CConfigurationDialog* dlg = new CConfigurationDialog(this, 0); + dlg->save(); + delete dlg; +} + /** Is called when settings in the optionsdialog were changed (ok or apply) */ -void BibleTime::slotSettingsChanged() { +void BibleTime::slotSettingsChanged() +{ qDebug("BibleTime::slotSettingsChanged"); - const QString language = CBTConfig::get - (CBTConfig::language); - //m_backend->booknameLanguage(language); + const QString language = CBTConfig::get(CBTConfig::language); CPointers::backend()->booknameLanguage(language); + // TODO: update the bookmarks after Bible bookname language has been changed // QTreeWidgetItemIterator it(m_mainIndex); // while (*it) { @@ -94,13 +103,15 @@ void BibleTime::slotSettingsChanged() { // ++it; // } + refreshBibleTimeAccel(); refreshDisplayWindows(); refreshProfileMenus(); qDebug("BibleTime::slotSettingsChanged"); } /** Opens the sword setup dialog of BibleTime. */ -void BibleTime::slotSwordSetupDialog() { +void BibleTime::slotSwordSetupDialog() +{ //TODO: nonmodal dialog, memory management (one instance only! //BtModuleManagerDialog *dlg = new BtModuleManagerDialog(this); BtModuleManagerDialog* dlg = BtModuleManagerDialog::getInstance(this); @@ -115,7 +126,8 @@ void BibleTime::slotSwordSetupDialog() { } /** Is called when settings in the sword setup dialog were changed (ok or apply) */ -void BibleTime::slotSwordSetupChanged() { +void BibleTime::slotSwordSetupChanged() +{ /* Refresh everything here what might have changed these are the mainindex, the searchdialog, the displaywindows @@ -140,41 +152,48 @@ void BibleTime::slotSwordSetupChanged() { } /** Is called just before the window menu is ahown. */ -void BibleTime::slotWindowMenuAboutToShow() { +void BibleTime::slotWindowMenuAboutToShow() +{ Q_ASSERT(m_windowMenu); - if (!m_windowMenu) { + if (!m_windowMenu) + { return; } - if ( m_mdi->subWindowList().isEmpty() ) { + if ( m_mdi->subWindowList().isEmpty() ) + { m_windowCascade_action->setEnabled(false); m_windowTileVertical_action->setEnabled(false); m_windowTileHorizontal_action->setEnabled(false); m_windowCloseAll_action->setEnabled(false); } - else if (m_mdi->subWindowList().count() == 1) { + else if (m_mdi->subWindowList().count() == 1) + { m_windowTileVertical_action->setEnabled( false ); m_windowTileHorizontal_action->setEnabled( false ); m_windowCascade_action->setEnabled( false ); m_windowCloseAll_action->setEnabled( true ); // m_windowMenu->insertSeparator(); } - else { + else + { slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions(0); //update the window tile/cascade states m_windowCloseAll_action->setEnabled( true ); } - QList::iterator end = m_windowOpenWindowsList.end(); - for (QList::iterator it = m_windowOpenWindowsList.begin(); it != end; ++it ) { + // QList::iterator end = m_windowOpenWindowsList.end(); + // for (QList::iterator it = m_windowOpenWindowsList.begin(); it != end; ++it ) + // { //(*it)->unplugAll(); //see kde porting doc - foreach (QWidget *w, (*it)->associatedWidgets() ) { - w->removeAction(*it); - } - } + // foreach (QWidget *w, (*it)->associatedWidgets() ) + // { + // w->removeAction(*it); + // } + // } //m_windowOpenWindowsList.setAutoDelete(true); - qDeleteAll(m_windowOpenWindowsList); - m_windowOpenWindowsList.clear(); + // qDeleteAll(m_windowOpenWindowsList); + // m_windowOpenWindowsList.clear(); // if (!m_windowActionCollection) { // m_windowActionCollection = new KActionCollection(this, KComponentData()); @@ -197,7 +216,8 @@ void BibleTime::slotWindowMenuAboutToShow() { } /** This slot is connected with the windowAutoTile_action object */ -void BibleTime::slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( QAction* clickedAction ) { +void BibleTime::slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( QAction* clickedAction ) +{ /* If a toggle action was clicked we see if it checked ot unchecked and * enable/disable the simple cascade and tile options accordingly */ @@ -205,7 +225,8 @@ void BibleTime::slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( QAction* clickedAction ) { m_windowTileHorizontal_action->setEnabled( m_windowManualMode_action->isChecked() ); m_windowCascade_action->setEnabled( m_windowManualMode_action->isChecked() ); - if (clickedAction) { + if (clickedAction) + { m_windowManualMode_action->setEnabled( m_windowManualMode_action != clickedAction && m_windowTileHorizontal_action != clickedAction @@ -217,81 +238,97 @@ void BibleTime::slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( QAction* clickedAction ) { m_windowAutoCascade_action->setEnabled( m_windowAutoCascade_action != clickedAction ); } - if (clickedAction == m_windowManualMode_action) { + if (clickedAction == m_windowManualMode_action) + { m_windowAutoTileVertical_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoCascade_action->setChecked(false); m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeManual ); } - else if (clickedAction == m_windowAutoTileVertical_action) { + else if (clickedAction == m_windowAutoTileVertical_action) + { m_windowManualMode_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoCascade_action->setChecked(false); m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeTileVertical ); } - else if (clickedAction == m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action) { + else if (clickedAction == m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action) + { m_windowManualMode_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoTileVertical_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoCascade_action->setChecked(false); m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeTileHorizontal ); } - else if (clickedAction == m_windowAutoCascade_action) { + else if (clickedAction == m_windowAutoCascade_action) + { m_windowManualMode_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action->setChecked(false); m_windowAutoTileVertical_action->setChecked(false); m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeCascade ); } - else if (clickedAction == m_windowCascade_action) { + else if (clickedAction == m_windowCascade_action) + { m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeManual ); m_mdi->myCascade(); } - else if (clickedAction == m_windowTileVertical_action) { + else if (clickedAction == m_windowTileVertical_action) + { m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeManual ); m_mdi->myTileVertical(); } - else if (clickedAction == m_windowTileHorizontal_action) { + else if (clickedAction == m_windowTileHorizontal_action) + { m_mdi->setMDIArrangementMode( CMDIArea::ArrangementModeManual ); m_mdi->myTileHorizontal(); } } -void BibleTime::slotManualArrangementMode() { +void BibleTime::slotManualArrangementMode() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowManualMode_action ); } /** This slot is connected with the windowAutoTile_action object */ -void BibleTime::slotAutoTileHorizontal() { +void BibleTime::slotAutoTileHorizontal() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowAutoTileHorizontal_action ); } /** This slot is connected with the windowAutoTile_action object */ -void BibleTime::slotAutoTileVertical() { +void BibleTime::slotAutoTileVertical() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowAutoTileVertical_action ); } -void BibleTime::slotCascade() { +void BibleTime::slotCascade() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowCascade_action ); } -void BibleTime::slotTileVertical() { +void BibleTime::slotTileVertical() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowTileVertical_action ); } -void BibleTime::slotTileHorizontal() { +void BibleTime::slotTileHorizontal() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowTileHorizontal_action ); } /** This slot is connected with the windowAutoCascade_action object */ -void BibleTime::slotAutoCascade() { +void BibleTime::slotAutoCascade() +{ slotUpdateWindowArrangementActions( m_windowAutoCascade_action ); } -void BibleTime::slotWindowMenuActivated() { - if (!m_windowMenu) { +void BibleTime::slotWindowMenuActivated() +{ + if (!m_windowMenu) + { return; } @@ -307,22 +344,28 @@ void BibleTime::slotWindowMenuActivated() { } /** Shows/hides the toolbar */ -void BibleTime::slotToggleToolbar() { +void BibleTime::slotToggleToolbar() +{ Q_ASSERT(m_mainToolBar); - if (m_viewToolbar_action->isChecked()) { + if (m_viewToolbar_action->isChecked()) + { m_mainToolBar->show(); } - else { + else + { m_mainToolBar->hide(); } } -void BibleTime::slotSearchModules() { +void BibleTime::slotSearchModules() +{ //get the modules of the open windows QList modules; - foreach(QMdiSubWindow* subWindow, m_mdi->subWindowList()){ - if (CDisplayWindow* w = dynamic_cast(subWindow->widget())) { + foreach(QMdiSubWindow* subWindow, m_mdi->subWindowList()) + { + if (CDisplayWindow* w = dynamic_cast(subWindow->widget())) + { modules << w->modules(); } } @@ -332,10 +375,12 @@ void BibleTime::slotSearchModules() { /* Search default Bible slot * Call CSearchDialog::openDialog with only the default bible module */ -void BibleTime::slotSearchDefaultBible() { +void BibleTime::slotSearchDefaultBible() +{ QList module; CSwordModuleInfo* bible = CBTConfig::get(CBTConfig::standardBible); - if (bible) { + if (bible) + { module.append(bible); } Search::CSearchDialog::openDialog(module, QString::null); @@ -360,30 +405,36 @@ void BibleTime::slotOpenAboutDialog() } /** Saves the current settings into the currently activated profile. */ -void BibleTime::saveProfile(QAction* action) { +void BibleTime::saveProfile(QAction* action) +{ m_mdi->setUpdatesEnabled(false); const QString profileName = action->text().remove("&"); CProfile* p = m_profileMgr.profile( profileName ); Q_ASSERT(p); - if ( p ) { + if ( p ) + { saveProfile(p); } m_mdi->setUpdatesEnabled(true); } -void BibleTime::saveProfile(CProfile* profile) { - if (!profile) { +void BibleTime::saveProfile(CProfile* profile) +{ + if (!profile) + { return; } //save mainwindow settings storeProfileSettings(profile); QList profileWindows; - foreach (QMdiSubWindow* w, m_mdi->subWindowList()) { + foreach (QMdiSubWindow* w, m_mdi->subWindowList()) + { CDisplayWindow* displayWindow = dynamic_cast(w->widget()); - if (!displayWindow) { + if (!displayWindow) + { continue; } @@ -399,18 +450,22 @@ void BibleTime::saveProfile(CProfile* profile) { profileWindows.clear(); } -void BibleTime::loadProfile(QAction* action) { +void BibleTime::loadProfile(QAction* action) +{ const QString profileName = action->text().remove("&"); CProfile* p = m_profileMgr.profile( profileName ); Q_ASSERT(p); - if ( p ) { + if ( p ) + { m_mdi->deleteAll(); loadProfile(p); } } -void BibleTime::loadProfile(CProfile* p) { - if (!p) return; +void BibleTime::loadProfile(CProfile* p) +{ + if (!p) + return; QList windows = p->load(); @@ -422,31 +477,39 @@ void BibleTime::loadProfile(CProfile* p) { QWidget* focusWindow = 0; // for (CProfileWindow* w = windows.last(); w; w = windows.prev()) { //from the last one to make sure the order is right in the mdi area - foreach (CProfileWindow* w, windows) { + foreach (CProfileWindow* w, windows) + { const QString key = w->key(); QStringList usedModules = w->modules(); QList modules; - for ( QStringList::Iterator it = usedModules.begin(); it != usedModules.end(); ++it ) { - if (CSwordModuleInfo* m = CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName(*it)) { + for ( QStringList::Iterator it = usedModules.begin(); it != usedModules.end(); ++it ) + { + if (CSwordModuleInfo* m = CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName(*it)) + { modules.append(m); } } - if (!modules.count()) { //are the modules still installed? If not continue wih next session window + if (!modules.count()) + { //are the modules still installed? If not continue wih next session window continue; } //is w->isWriteWindow is false we create a write window, otherwise a read window CDisplayWindow* displayWindow = 0; - if (w->writeWindowType() > 0) { //create a write window + if (w->writeWindowType() > 0) + { //create a write window displayWindow = createWriteDisplayWindow(modules.first(), key, CDisplayWindow::WriteWindowType(w->writeWindowType()) ); } - else { //create a read window + else + { //create a read window displayWindow = createReadDisplayWindow(modules, key); } - if (displayWindow) { //if a window was created initialize it. - if (w->hasFocus()) { + if (displayWindow) + { //if a window was created initialize it. + if (w->hasFocus()) + { focusWindow = displayWindow; } @@ -457,12 +520,14 @@ void BibleTime::loadProfile(CProfile* p) { m_mdi->setUpdatesEnabled(true); m_mdi->triggerWindowUpdate(); - if (focusWindow) { + if (focusWindow) + { focusWindow->setFocus(); } } -void BibleTime::deleteProfile(QAction* action) { +void BibleTime::deleteProfile(QAction* action) +{ //HACK: work around the inserted & char by KPopupMenu const QString profileName = action->text().remove("&"); CProfile* p = m_profileMgr.profile( profileName ); @@ -471,16 +536,20 @@ void BibleTime::deleteProfile(QAction* action) { refreshProfileMenus(); } -void BibleTime::toggleFullscreen() { +void BibleTime::toggleFullscreen() +{ m_windowFullscreen_action->isChecked() ? showFullScreen() : showNormal(); m_mdi->triggerWindowUpdate(); } /** Saves current settings into a new profile. */ -void BibleTime::saveToNewProfile() { +void BibleTime::saveToNewProfile() +{ bool ok = false; - const QString name = QInputDialog::getText(this, tr("New Session"), tr("Please enter a name for the new session."), QLineEdit::Normal, QString::null, &ok); - if (ok && !name.isEmpty()) { + const QString name = QInputDialog::getText(this, tr("New Session"), + tr("Please enter a name for the new session."), QLineEdit::Normal, QString::null, &ok); + if (ok && !name.isEmpty()) + { CProfile* profile = m_profileMgr.create(name); saveProfile(profile); } @@ -488,7 +557,8 @@ void BibleTime::saveToNewProfile() { } /** Slot to refresh the save profile and load profile menus. */ -void BibleTime::refreshProfileMenus() { +void BibleTime::refreshProfileMenus() +{ m_windowSaveProfileMenu->clear(); m_windowLoadProfileMenu->clear(); m_windowDeleteProfileMenu->clear(); @@ -502,7 +572,8 @@ void BibleTime::refreshProfileMenus() { m_windowLoadProfileMenu->setEnabled(enableActions); m_windowDeleteProfileMenu->setEnabled(enableActions); - foreach (CProfile* p, profiles) { + foreach (CProfile* p, profiles) + { m_windowSaveProfileMenu->addAction(p->name()); m_windowLoadProfileMenu->addAction(p->name()); m_windowDeleteProfileMenu->addAction(p->name()); diff --git a/src/bibletimeapp.h b/src/bibletimeapp.h index b4036a3..74f0ea5 100644 --- a/src/bibletimeapp.h +++ b/src/bibletimeapp.h @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ */ class BibleTimeApp : public QApplication, public CPointers { public: - BibleTimeApp( int & argc, char ** argv ); - virtual ~BibleTimeApp(); + BibleTimeApp(int &argc, char **argv); + ~BibleTimeApp(); protected: // void initDCOP(); diff --git a/src/display-templates/Blue.tmpl b/src/display-templates/Blue.tmpl index 881ce1c..df78897 100644 --- a/src/display-templates/Blue.tmpl +++ b/src/display-templates/Blue.tmpl @@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ /* /* /* table { margin: 0; diff --git a/src/display-templates/Simple.tmpl b/src/display-templates/Simple.tmpl index 9d9e6c8..756de3e 100644 --- a/src/display-templates/Simple.tmpl +++ b/src/display-templates/Simple.tmpl @@ -10,10 +10,11 @@